WWW/0407750070060000000000000000005611134251007636 5 0joesystem 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/0407750070060000000000000000005611134410006653 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Server/0407750070060000000000000000005611134204010122 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTAlert.c1006640070060000000000000575405546170436012430 037777777777 1 0 /* Displaying messages and getting input for LineMode Browser ** ========================================================== ** ** REPLACE THIS MODULE with a GUI version in a GUI environment! ** ** History: ** Jun 92 Created May 1992 By C.T. Barker ** Feb 93 Simplified, portablised TBL ** Sep 93 Corrected 3 bugs in HTConfirm() :-( AL */ #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTextDef.h" #include "tcp.h" /* for TOUPPER */ #include /* for toupper - should be in tcp.h */ PUBLIC void HTAlert ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg) { #ifdef NeXTStep NXRunAlertPanel(NULL, "%s", NULL, NULL, NULL, Msg); #else fprintf(stderr, "WWW Alert: %s\n", Msg); #endif } PUBLIC void HTProgress ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg) { Tcl_VarEval(HtTclInterp, "tkW3HtProgress {", Msg, "}", NULL); } PUBLIC BOOL HTConfirm ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg) { char Reply[4]; /* One more for terminating NULL -- AL */ char *URep; fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s (y/n) ", Msg); /* (y/n) came twice -- AL */ if (!fgets(Reply, 4, stdin)) /* get reply, max 3 characters */ return NO; URep=Reply; while (*URep) { if (*URep == '\n') { *URep = (char)0; /* Overwrite newline */ break; } *URep=TOUPPER(*URep); URep++; /* This was previously embedded in the TOUPPER */ /* call an it became evaluated twice because */ /* TOUPPER is a macro -- AL */ } if ((strcmp(Reply,"YES")==0) || (strcmp(Reply,"Y")==0)) return(YES); else return(NO); } /* Prompt for answer and get text back */ PUBLIC char * HTPrompt ARGS2(CONST char *, Msg, CONST char *, deflt) { char Tmp[200]; char * rep = 0; fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s", Msg); if (deflt) fprintf(stderr, " (RETURN for [%s]) ", deflt); if (!fgets(Tmp, 200, stdin)) return ""; /* Empty string on error, Henrik */ Tmp[strlen(Tmp)-1] = (char)0; /* Overwrite newline */ StrAllocCopy(rep, *Tmp ? Tmp : deflt); return rep; } /* Prompt for password without echoing the reply */ PUBLIC char * HTPromptPassword ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg) { char *result = NULL; char *pw = (char*)getpass(Msg ? Msg : "Password: "); StrAllocCopy(result, pw); return result; } /* Prompt both username and password HTPromptUsernameAndPassword() ** --------------------------------- ** On entry, ** Msg is the prompting message. ** *username and ** *password are char pointers; they are changed ** to point to result strings. ** ** If *username is not NULL, it is taken ** to point to a default value. ** Initial value of *password is ** completely discarded. ** ** On exit, ** *username and *password point to newly allocated ** strings -- original strings pointed to by them ** are NOT freed. ** */ PUBLIC void HTPromptUsernameAndPassword ARGS3(CONST char *, Msg, char **, username, char **, password) { if (Msg) fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s\n", Msg); *username = HTPrompt("Username: ", *username); *password = HTPromptPassword("Password: "); } WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTFile.c1006640070060000000000007715705546170441012242 037777777777 1 0 /* File Access HTFile.c ** =========== ** ** This is unix-specific code in general, with some VMS bits. ** These are routines for file access used by browsers. ** ** History: ** Feb 91 Written Tim Berners-Lee CERN/CN ** Apr 91 vms-vms access included using DECnet syntax ** 26 Jun 92 (JFG) When running over DECnet, suppressed FTP. ** Fixed access bug for relative names on VMS. ** Sep 93 (MD) Access to VMS files allows sharing. ** 15 Nov 93 (MD) Moved HTVMSname to HTVMSUTILS.C ** 22 Feb 94 (MD) Excluded two routines if we are not READING directories ** ** Bugs: ** FTP: Cannot access VMS files from a unix machine. ** How can we know that the ** target machine runs VMS? */ #include "HTFile.h" /* Implemented here */ #include "TkWWWCmds.h" #define INFINITY 512 /* file name length @@ FIXME */ #ifdef VMS PRIVATE char * suffix_separators = "._"; #else PRIVATE char * suffix_separators = ".,_"; #endif #include "HTUtils.h" #ifdef VMS #include "HTVMSUtils.h" #endif /* VMS */ #include "HTParse.h" #include "tcp.h" #include "HTTCP.h" #ifndef DECNET #include "HTFTP.h" #endif #include "HTAnchor.h" #include "HTAtom.h" #include "HTWriter.h" #include "HTFWriter.h" #include "HTInit.h" #include "HTBTree.h" #include "HTFormat.h" #include "HTMulti.h" typedef struct _HTSuffix { char * suffix; HTAtom * rep; /* Content-Type */ HTAtom * encoding; /* Content-Encoding */ HTAtom * language; /* Content-Language */ float quality; } HTSuffix; #ifdef USE_DIRENT /* Set this for Sys V systems */ #define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent #else #define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct #endif #include "HTML.h" /* For directory object building */ #define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c) #define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s) #define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0) #define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e) #define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target) struct _HTStructured { CONST HTStructuredClass * isa; /* ... */ }; /* Controlling globals ** */ PUBLIC int HTDirAccess = HT_DIR_OK; PUBLIC int HTDirReadme = HT_DIR_README_TOP; PUBLIC BOOL HTTakeBackup = YES; PUBLIC BOOL HTSuffixCaseSense = NO; /* Are suffixes case sensitive */ PRIVATE char *HTMountRoot = "/Net/"; /* Where to find mounts */ #ifdef VMS PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/WWW$SCRATCH"; /* Where to cache things */ #else PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/tmp/W3_Cache_"; /* Where to cache things */ #endif /* PRIVATE char *HTSaveRoot = "$(HOME)/WWW/";*/ /* Where to save things */ /* Suffix registration */ PRIVATE HTList * HTSuffixes = 0; PRIVATE HTSuffix no_suffix = { "*", NULL, NULL, NULL, 1.0 }; PRIVATE HTSuffix unknown_suffix = { "*.*", NULL, NULL, NULL, 1.0}; /* Define the representation associated with a file suffix ** ------------------------------------------------------- ** ** Calling this with suffix set to "*" will set the default ** representation. ** Calling this with suffix set to "*.*" will set the default ** representation for unknown suffix files which contain a ".". ** ** If filename suffix is already defined its previous ** definition is overridden. */ PUBLIC void HTAddType ARGS4(CONST char *, suffix, CONST char *, representation, CONST char *, encoding, float, value) { HTSetSuffix(suffix, representation, encoding, NULL, value); } PUBLIC void HTAddEncoding ARGS3(CONST char *, suffix, CONST char *, encoding, float, value) { HTSetSuffix(suffix, NULL, encoding, NULL, value); } PUBLIC void HTAddLanguage ARGS3(CONST char *, suffix, CONST char *, language, float, value) { HTSetSuffix(suffix, NULL, NULL, language, value); } PUBLIC void HTSetSuffix ARGS5(CONST char *, suffix, CONST char *, representation, CONST char *, encoding, CONST char *, language, float, value) { HTSuffix * suff; if (strcmp(suffix, "*")==0) suff = &no_suffix; else if (strcmp(suffix, "*.*")==0) suff = &unknown_suffix; else { HTList *cur = HTSuffixes; while (NULL != (suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (suff->suffix && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, suffix)) break; } if (!suff) { /* Not found -- create a new node */ suff = (HTSuffix*) calloc(1, sizeof(HTSuffix)); if (suff == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetSuffix"); if (!HTSuffixes) HTSuffixes = HTList_new(); HTList_addObject(HTSuffixes, suff); StrAllocCopy(suff->suffix, suffix); } } if (representation) suff->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); if (language) suff->language = HTAtom_for(language); if (encoding) { char * enc = NULL; char * p; StrAllocCopy(enc, encoding); for (p=enc; *p; p++) *p = TOLOWER(*p); suff->encoding = HTAtom_for(enc); free(enc); /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */ } suff->quality = value; } PRIVATE BOOL is_separator ARGS1(char, ch) { if (strchr(suffix_separators, ch)) return YES; else return NO; } /* PUBLIC HTSplitFilename() ** ** Split the filename to an array of suffixes. ** Return the number of parts placed to the array. ** Array should have MAX_SUFF+1 items. */ PUBLIC int HTSplitFilename ARGS2(char *, s_str, char **, s_arr) { char * start = s_str; char * end; char save; int i; if (!s_str || !s_arr) return 0; for (i=0; i < MAX_SUFF && *start; i++) { for(end=start+1; *end && !is_separator(*end); end++); save = *end; *end = 0; StrAllocCopy(s_arr[i], start); /* Frees the previous value */ *end = save; start = end; } FREE(s_arr[i]); /* Terminating NULL */ return i; } PUBLIC HTContentDescription * HTGetContentDescription ARGS2(char **, actual, int, n) { HTContentDescription * cd; int i; #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif if (n < 2) return NULL; /* No suffix */ cd = (HTContentDescription*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTContentDescription)); if (!cd) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTContentDescription"); cd->quality = 1.0; for (i=n-1; i>0; i--) { HTList * cur = HTSuffixes; HTSuffix * suff; BOOL found = NO; CTRACE(stderr, "Searching... for suffix %d: \"%s\"\n", i, actual[i]); while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if ((HTSuffixCaseSense && !strcmp(suff->suffix, actual[i])) || (!HTSuffixCaseSense && !strcasecomp(suff->suffix, actual[i]))){ if (!cd->content_type) cd->content_type = suff->rep; if (!cd->content_encoding) cd->content_encoding = suff->encoding; if (!cd->content_language) cd->content_language = suff->language; if (suff->quality > 0.0000001) cd->quality *= suff->quality; found = YES; break; } } if (!found) { if (i < n-1) break; else { free(cd); return NULL; } } } return cd; } /* Send README file ** ** If a README file exists, then it is inserted into the document here. */ #ifdef GOT_READ_DIR PRIVATE void do_readme ARGS2(HTStructured *, target, CONST char *, localname) { FILE * fp; char * readme_file_name = malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_README_FILE) + 1); strcpy(readme_file_name, localname); strcat(readme_file_name, "/"); strcat(readme_file_name, HT_DIR_README_FILE); fp = fopen(readme_file_name, "r"); if (fp) { HTStructuredClass targetClass; targetClass = *target->isa; /* (Can't init agregate in K&R) */ START(HTML_PRE); for(;;){ char c = fgetc(fp); if (c == (char)EOF) break; switch (c) { case '&': case '<': case '>': PUTC('&'); PUTC('#'); PUTC((char)(c / 10)); PUTC((char) (c % 10)); PUTC(';'); break; /* case '\n': PUTC('\r'); Bug removed thanks to joe@athena.mit.edu */ default: PUTC(c); } } END(HTML_PRE); fclose(fp); } free(readme_file_name); /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */ } #endif /* Make the cache file name for a W3 document ** ------------------------------------------ ** Make up a suitable name for saving the node in ** ** E.g. /tmp/WWW_Cache_news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch ** /tmp/WWW_Cache_http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx ** ** On exit, ** returns a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller. */ PUBLIC char * HTCacheFileName ARGS1(CONST char *,name) { char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS); char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST); char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION); char * result; result = (char *)malloc( strlen(HTCacheRoot)+strlen(access) +strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTCacheFileName"); sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", HTCacheRoot, access, host, path); free(path); free(access); free(host); return result; } /* Open a file for write, creating the path ** ---------------------------------------- */ #ifdef NOT_IMPLEMENTED PRIVATE int HTCreatePath ARGS1(CONST char *,path) { return -1; } #endif /* Convert filenames between local and WWW formats ** ----------------------------------------------- ** Make up a suitable name for saving the node in ** ** E.g. $(HOME)/WWW/news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch ** $(HOME)/WWW/http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx ** ** On exit, ** returns a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller. */ PUBLIC char * HTLocalName ARGS1(CONST char *,name) { char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS); char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST); char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION); HTUnEscape(path); /* Interpret % signs */ if (HTImServer && !*access) { free(access); free(host); CTRACE(stderr, "Local filename is \"%s\"\n", path); return(path); } if (0==strcmp(access, "file")) { /* local file */ free(access); if ((0==strcasecomp(host, HTHostName())) || (0==strcasecomp(host, "localhost")) || !*host) { free(host); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means path `%s'\n", name, path); return(path); } else { char * result = (char *)malloc( strlen("/Net/")+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName"); sprintf(result, "%s%s%s", "/Net/", host, path); free(host); free(path); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means file `%s'\n", name, result); return result; } } else { /* other access */ char * result; CONST char * home = (CONST char*)getenv("HOME"); #ifdef VMS if (!home) home = HTCacheRoot; else home = HTVMS_wwwName(home); #else /* not VMS */ if (!home) home = "/tmp"; #endif /* not VMS */ result = (char *)malloc( strlen(home)+strlen(access)+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName"); sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", home, access, host, path); free(path); free(access); free(host); return result; } } /* Make a WWW name from a full local path name ** ** Bugs: ** At present, only the names of two network root nodes are hand-coded ** in and valid for the NeXT only. This should be configurable in ** the general case. */ PUBLIC char * WWW_nameOfFile ARGS1 (CONST char *,name) { char * result; #ifdef NeXT if (0==strncmp("/private/Net/", name, 13)) { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+13)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+13); } else #endif if (0==strncmp(HTMountRoot, name, 5)) { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+5)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+5); } else { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(HTHostName())+strlen(name)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s%s", HTHostName(), name); } if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File `%s'\n\tmeans node `%s'\n", name, result); return result; } /* Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation ** ----------------------------------------------------- ** ** On entry, ** rep is the atomized MIME style representation ** ** On exit, ** returns a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been ** found, else "". */ PUBLIC CONST char * HTFileSuffix ARGS1(HTAtom*, rep) { HTSuffix * suff; HTList * cur; #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif cur = HTSuffixes; while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (suff->rep == rep) { return suff->suffix; /* OK -- found */ } } return ""; /* Dunno */ } /* Determine file format from file name ** ------------------------------------ ** ** This version will return the representation and also set ** a variable for the encoding. ** ** It will handle for example x.txt, x.txt,Z, x.Z */ PUBLIC HTFormat HTFileFormat ARGS3(CONST char *, filename, HTAtom **, pencoding, HTAtom **, planguage) { char * actual[MAX_SUFF+1]; int n; HTContentDescription * cd; HTFormat content_type = NULL; if (!filename) return WWW_BINARY; #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif for (n=0; n 0) if (actual[n]) free(actual[n]); if (cd) { if (pencoding) *pencoding = cd->content_encoding; if (planguage) *planguage = cd->content_language; content_type = cd->content_type; free(cd); } else { HTSuffix * suff = strchr(filename,'.') ? (unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix) : &no_suffix; if (pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding; if (planguage) *planguage = suff->language; content_type = suff->rep; } if (pencoding && !*pencoding) *pencoding = HTAtom_for("binary"); return content_type ? content_type : WWW_BINARY; } #ifdef OLD_CODE HTSuffix * suff; HTList * cur; int lf = strlen(filename); if (pencoding) *pencoding = NULL; cur = HTSuffixes; while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { int ls = strlen(suff->suffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) { if (pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding; if (suff->rep) return suff->rep; /* OK -- found */ /* Got encoding, need representation */ cur = HTSuffixes; while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { int ls2 = strlen(suff->suffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strncmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls -ls2, ls2)) { if (suff->rep) return suff->rep; } } } } /* defaults tree */ suff = strchr(filename, '.') ? /* Unknown suffix */ ( unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix) : &no_suffix; /* set default encoding unless found with suffix already */ if (pencoding && !*pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding ? suff->encoding : HTAtom_for("binary"); return suff->rep ? suff->rep : WWW_BINARY; } #endif /* OLD_CODE */ /* Determine value from file name ** ------------------------------ ** */ PUBLIC float HTFileValue ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename) { HTSuffix * suff; HTList * cur; int lf = strlen(filename); #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif cur = HTSuffixes; while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { int ls = strlen(suff->suffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File: Value of %s is %.3f\n", filename, suff->quality); return suff->quality; /* OK -- found */ } } return 0.3; /* Dunno! */ } /* Determine write access to a file ** -------------------------------- ** ** On exit, ** return value YES if file can be accessed and can be written to. ** ** Bugs: ** 1. No code for non-unix systems. ** 2. Isn't there a quicker way? */ #ifdef VMS #define NO_GROUPS #endif #ifdef NO_UNIX_IO #define NO_GROUPS #endif #ifdef PCNFS #define NO_GROUPS #endif PUBLIC BOOL HTEditable ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename) { #ifdef NO_GROUPS return NO; /* Safe answer till we find the correct algorithm */ #else #ifdef NeXT int groups[NGROUPS]; #else gid_t groups[NGROUPS]; #endif uid_t myUid; int ngroups; /* The number of groups */ struct stat fileStatus; int i; if (stat(filename, &fileStatus)) /* Get details of filename */ return NO; /* Can't even access file! */ ngroups = getgroups(NGROUPS, groups); /* Groups to which I belong */ myUid = geteuid(); /* Get my user identifier */ if (TRACE) { int i; fprintf(stderr, "File mode is 0%o, uid=%d, gid=%d. My uid=%d, %d groups (", (unsigned int) fileStatus.st_mode, fileStatus.st_uid, fileStatus.st_gid, myUid, ngroups); for (i=0; ianchor); char * filename = HTLocalName(addr); FILE* fp; /* @ Introduce CVS handling here one day */ /* Take a backup before we do anything silly 931205 */ if (HTTakeBackup) { char * backup_filename = 0; char * p = backup_filename; backup_filename = malloc(strlen(filename)+2); if (!backup_filename) outofmem(__FILE__, "taking backup"); strcpy(backup_filename, filename); for(p=backup_filename+strlen(backup_filename);; p--) { if ((*p=='/') || (p Failure */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Rename `%s' to `%s' FAILED!\n", filename, backup_filename); } else { /* Success */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Renamed `%s' to `%s'\n", filename, backup_filename); } } free(backup_filename); } /* if take backup */ { fp = fopen(filename, "w"); if (!fp) return NULL; return HTFWriter_new(fp, NO); } } /* Output one directory entry ** */ PUBLIC void HTDirEntry ARGS3(HTStructured *, target, CONST char * , tail, CONST char *, entry) { char * relative; char * escaped = HTEscape(entry, URL_XPALPHAS); /* If empty tail, gives absolute ref below */ relative = (char*) malloc(strlen(tail) + strlen(escaped)+2); if (relative == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "DirRead"); sprintf(relative, "%s/%s", tail, escaped); HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, relative); free(escaped); free(relative); PUTS(entry); END(HTML_A); } /* Output parent directory entry ** ** This gives the TITLE and H1 header, and also a link ** to the parent directory if appropriate. */ PUBLIC void HTDirTitles ARGS2(HTStructured *, target, HTAnchor * , anchor) { char * logical = HTAnchor_address(anchor); char * path = HTParse(logical, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION); char * current; current = strrchr(path, '/'); /* last part or "" */ free(logical); { char * printable = NULL; StrAllocCopy(printable, (current + 1)); HTUnEscape(printable); START(HTML_TITLE); PUTS(*printable ? printable : "Welcome "); PUTS(" directory"); END(HTML_TITLE); START(HTML_H1); PUTS(*printable ? printable : "Welcome"); END(HTML_H1); free(printable); } /* Make link back to parent directory */ if (current && current[1]) { /* was a slash AND something else too */ char * parent; char * relative; *current++ = 0; parent = strrchr(path, '/'); /* penultimate slash */ relative = (char*) malloc(strlen(current) + 4); if (relative == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "DirRead"); sprintf(relative, "%s/..", current); HTStartAnchor(target, "", relative); free(relative); PUTS("Up to "); if (parent) { char * printable = NULL; StrAllocCopy(printable, parent + 1); HTUnEscape(printable); PUTS(printable); free(printable); } else { PUTS("/"); } END(HTML_A); } free(path); } /* Load a document ** --------------- ** ** On entry, ** addr must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference. ** This is the physsical address of the file ** ** On exit, ** returns <0 Error has occured. ** HTLOADED OK ** */ PUBLIC int HTLoadFile ARGS1 (HTRequest *, request) { CONST char * addr; char * filename; char * access; HTFormat format; static char * nodename = 0; char * newname=0; /* Simplified name of file */ HTAtom * encoding; HTAtom * language; if (!request || !request->anchor) return HT_INTERNAL; FREE(nodename); /* From prev call - Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */ /* Reduce the filename to a basic form (hopefully unique!) */ addr = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor); StrAllocCopy(newname, addr); filename=HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION); nodename=HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_HOST); /* If access is ftp => go directly to ftp code (henrik 27/02-94) */ access = HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_ACCESS); if(!strcmp("ftp", access)) { FREE(newname); FREE(access); FREE(filename); /* Not used anymore */ goto try_ftp; } else { FREE(newname); FREE(access); } format = HTFileFormat(filename, &encoding, &language); #ifdef VMS /* Assume that the file is in Unix-style syntax if it contains a '/' after the leading one @@ */ { FILE * fp; char * vmsname = strchr(filename + 1, '/') ? HTVMS_name(nodename, filename) : filename + 1; fp = fopen(vmsname, "r", "shr=put", "shr=upd"); /* If the file wasn't VMS syntax, then perhaps it is ultrix */ if (!fp) { char ultrixname[INFINITY]; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: Can't open as %s\n", vmsname); sprintf(ultrixname, "%s::\"%s\"", nodename, filename); fp = fopen(ultrixname, "r", "shr=put", "shr=upd"); if (!fp) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: Can't open as %s\n", ultrixname); } } if (fp) { if (HTEditable(vmsname)) { HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT"); HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(request->anchor); if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) { HTList_addObject(methods, put); } } HTParseFile(format, fp, request); fclose(fp); return HT_LOADED; } /* If successfull open */ } #else FREE(filename); /* For unix, we try to translate the name into the name of a transparently ** mounted file. ** ** Not allowed in secure (HTClienntHost) situations TBL 921019 */ #ifndef NO_UNIX_IO /* Need protection here for telnet server but not httpd server */ if (!HTSecure) { /* try local file system */ char * localname = HTLocalName(addr); struct stat dir_info; char * multi; #ifdef GOT_READ_DIR /* Multiformat handling ** ** If needed, scan directory to find a good file. ** Bug: we don't stat the file to find the length */ multi = strrchr(localname, MULTI_SUFFIX[0]); if (multi && !strcmp(multi, MULTI_SUFFIX)) { struct stat stat_info; char * new_path = HTMulti(request, localname, &stat_info); if (new_path) { FREE(localname); localname = new_path; HTAnchor_setPhysical(request->anchor, localname); format = HTFileFormat(localname, &encoding, &language); goto open_file; } else { /* If not found suitable file */ FREE(localname); return HTLoadError(request, 403, /* List formats? */ "Could not find suitable representation for transmission."); } } /* if multi suffix */ /* ** Check to see if the 'localname' is in fact a directory. If it is ** create a new hypertext object containing a list of files and ** subdirectories contained in the directory. All of these are links ** to the directories or files listed. ** NB This assumes the existance of a type 'STRUCT_DIRENT', which will ** hold the directory entry, and a type 'DIR' which is used to point to ** the current directory being read. */ if (stat(localname,&dir_info) == -1) { /* get file information */ /* if can't read file information */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: can't stat %s\n", localname); } else { /* Stat was OK */ if (((dir_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) { /* if localname is a directory */ HTStructured* target; /* HTML object */ HTStructuredClass targetClass; DIR *dp; STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf; char * logical; static char * tail = NULL; BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES]; char * tmpfilename = NULL; struct stat file_info; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,"%s is a directory\n",localname); /* Check directory access. ** Selective access means only those directories containing a ** marker file can be browsed */ if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_FORBID) { FREE(localname); return HTLoadError(request, 403, "Directory browsing is not allowed."); } if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_SELECTIVE) { char * enable_file_name = malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE) + 1); strcpy(enable_file_name, localname); strcat(enable_file_name, "/"); strcat(enable_file_name, HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE); if (stat(enable_file_name, &file_info) != 0) { FREE(localname); return HTLoadError(request, 403, "Selective access is not enabled for this directory"); } } dp = opendir(localname); if (!dp) { FREE(localname); return HTLoadError(request, 403, "This directory is not readable."); } /* Directory access is allowed and possible */ logical = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)request->anchor); FREE(tail); /* From previous call */ tail = strrchr(logical, '/') +1; /* last part or "" */ /* ** Fix AL 26.1.94: make dir.indexing work also if ** there is a trailing slash: */ if (!tail || !*tail) tail = "."; tail = HTEscape(tail, URL_XALPHAS); target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML, request->output_format, request->output_stream); targetClass = *target->isa; /* Copy routine entry points */ { int i; for(i=0; ianchor); if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_TOP) do_readme(target, localname); { HTBTree * bt = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecomp); while ((dirbuf = readdir(dp))!=0) { HTBTElement * dirname = NULL; /* while there are directory entries to be read */ if (dirbuf->d_ino == 0) /* if the entry is not being used, skip it */ continue; /* if the current entry is parent directory */ if ((*(dirbuf->d_name)=='.') || (*(dirbuf->d_name)==',')) continue; /* skip those files whose name begins with '.' or ',' */ dirname = (HTBTElement *)malloc( strlen(dirbuf->d_name) + 2); if (dirname == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__,"DirRead"); StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname); if (strcmp(localname,"/")) /* if filename is not root directory */ StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,dirbuf->d_name); stat(tmpfilename, &file_info); if (((file_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) sprintf((char *)dirname,"D%s",dirbuf->d_name); else sprintf((char *)dirname,"F%s",dirbuf->d_name); /* D & F to have first directories, then files */ HTBTree_add(bt,dirname); /* Sort dirname in the tree bt */ } /* Run through tree printing out in order */ { HTBTElement * next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,NULL); /* pick up the first element of the list */ char state; /* I for initial (.. file), D for directory file, F for file */ state = 'I'; while (next_element != NULL) { StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname); if (strcmp(localname,"/")) /* if filename is not root directory */ StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); StrAllocCat(tmpfilename, (char *)HTBTree_object(next_element)+1); /* append the current entry's filename to the path */ HTSimplify(tmpfilename); /* Output the directory entry */ if (strcmp((char *) (HTBTree_object(next_element)),"D..")) { if (state != *(char *)(HTBTree_object(next_element))) { if (state == 'D') END(HTML_DIR); state = *(char *) (HTBTree_object(next_element))=='D'?'D':'F'; START(HTML_H2); PUTS(state == 'D'?"Subdirectories:":"Files"); END(HTML_H2); START(HTML_DIR); } START(HTML_LI); } HTDirEntry(target, tail, (char*)HTBTree_object(next_element) +1); next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,next_element); /* pick up the next element of the list; if none, return NULL*/ } if (state == 'I') { START(HTML_P); PUTS("Empty Directory"); } else END(HTML_DIR); } /* end while directory entries left to read */ closedir(dp); free(logical); free(tmpfilename); HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt); if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM) do_readme(target, localname); FREE_TARGET; FREE(localname); return HT_LOADED; /* document loaded */ } } /* end if localname is directory */ } /* end if file stat worked */ /* End of directory reading section */ #endif open_file: { FILE * fp = fopen(localname,"r"); if(TRACE) fprintf (stderr, "HTFile: Opening `%s' gives %p\n", localname, (void*)fp); if (fp) { /* Good! */ if (HTEditable(localname)) { HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT"); HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(request->anchor); if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) { HTList_addObject(methods, put); } } if (HTTkUseInPlace(format, request)) HTTkSetOutputFile(request, format, localname, encoding); else HTParseFile(format, fp, request); fclose(fp); FREE(localname); return HT_LOADED; } /* If succesfull open */ FREE(localname); /* If error in fopen */ } /* scope of fp */ } /* local unix file system */ #endif #endif try_ftp: #ifndef DECNET /* Now, as transparently mounted access has failed, we try FTP. */ { #ifdef OLD_CODE if (nodename && strcmp(nodename, HTHostName())!=0) return HTFTPLoad(request, NULL, addr, request->anchor, request->output_format, request->output_stream); #endif char * newname = NULL; StrAllocCopy(newname, "ftp:"); if (!strncmp(addr, "file:", 5)) StrAllocCat(newname, addr+5); else StrAllocCat(newname, addr); HTAnchor_setPhysical(request->anchor, newname); free(newname); return HTLoad(request); } #endif /* All attempts have failed. */ { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Can't open `%s', errno=%d\n", addr, errno); return HTLoadError(request, 403, "Can't access requested file."); } } /* Protocol descriptors */ GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFTP = { "ftp", HTFTPLoad, 0 , 0 }; GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFile = { "file", HTLoadFile, HTFileSaveStream, 0 }; FREE(newname); FREE(access); FREE(filename); /* Not used anymore */ goto try_ftp; } else { FREE(newname); FREE(access); } format = HTFileFormat(filename, &encoding, &language); #ifdef VMS /* Assume that the file is in Unix-style syntax if it contains a '/' after the leading one @@ */ { FILE * fp; char *WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTFormat.c1006640070060000000000006752405546170444012613 037777777777 1 0 /* Manage different file formats HTFormat.c ** ============================= ** ** Bugs: ** Not reentrant. ** ** Assumes the incoming stream is ASCII, rather than a local file ** format, and so ALWAYS converts from ASCII on non-ASCII machines. ** Therefore, non-ASCII machines can't read local files. ** */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTFormat.h" PUBLIC float HTMaxSecs = 1e10; /* No effective limit */ PUBLIC float HTMaxLength = 1e10; /* No effective limit */ #ifdef unix #ifdef NeXT #define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "open %s; /bin/rm -f %s\n" #else #define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "(ghostview %s ; /bin/rm -f %s)&\n" /* Full pathname would be better! */ #endif #endif #include "HTUtils.h" #include "tcp.h" #include "HTML.h" #include "HTMLPDTD.h" #include "HText.h" #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTList.h" #include "HTInit.h" /* Streams and structured streams which we use: */ #include "HTFWriter.h" #include "HTPlain.h" #include "SGML.h" #include "HTML.h" #include "HTMLGen.h" PUBLIC BOOL HTOutputSource = NO; /* Flag: shortcut parser to stdout */ #ifdef ORIGINAL struct _HTStream { CONST HTStreamClass* isa; /* ... */ }; #endif /* this version used by the NetToText stream */ struct _HTStream { CONST HTStreamClass * isa; BOOL had_cr; HTStream * sink; }; /* ** Accept-Encoding and Accept-Language */ typedef struct _HTAcceptNode { HTAtom * atom; float quality; } HTAcceptNode; /* Presentation methods ** -------------------- */ PUBLIC HTList * HTConversions = NULL; /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- This function replaces the code in HTRequest_delete() in order to keep the data structure hidden (it is NOT a joke!) Henrik 14/03-94 ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HTFormatDelete ARGS1(HTList *, me) { HTList *cur = me; HTPresentation *pres; if (!me) return; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*) HTList_nextObject(cur))) { FREE(pres->command); /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */ free(pres); } HTList_delete(me); /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */ } /* Define a presentation system command for a content-type ** ------------------------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HTSetPresentation ARGS6( HTList *, conversions, CONST char *, representation, CONST char *, command, float, quality, float, secs, float, secs_per_byte ){ HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation)); if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation"); pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); pres->rep_out = WWW_PRESENT; /* Fixed for now ... :-) */ pres->converter = HTSaveAndExecute; /* Fixed for now ... */ pres->quality = quality; pres->secs = secs; pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte; pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); pres->command = 0; StrAllocCopy(pres->command, command); /* if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new(); */ #ifdef OLD_CODE if (strcmp(representation, "*")==0) { if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation); default_presentation = pres; } else #endif HTList_addObject(conversions, pres); } /* Define a built-in function for a content-type ** --------------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HTSetConversion ARGS7( HTList *, conversions, CONST char *, representation_in, CONST char *, representation_out, HTConverter*, converter, float, quality, float, secs, float, secs_per_byte ){ HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation)); if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation"); pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation_in); pres->rep_out = HTAtom_for(representation_out); pres->converter = converter; pres->command = NULL; /* Fixed */ pres->quality = quality; pres->secs = secs; pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte; pres->command = 0; /* if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new(); */ #ifdef OLD_CODE if (strcmp(representation_in, "*")==0) { if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation); default_presentation = pres; } else #endif HTList_addObject(conversions, pres); } PUBLIC void HTAcceptEncoding ARGS3(HTList *, list, char *, enc, float, quality) { HTAcceptNode * node; char * cur; if (!list || !enc || !*enc) return; for(cur=enc; *cur; cur++) *cur=TOLOWER(*cur); node = (HTAcceptNode*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTAcceptNode)); if (!node) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAcceptEncoding"); HTList_addObject(list, (void*)node); node->atom = HTAtom_for(enc); node->quality = quality; } PUBLIC void HTAcceptLanguage ARGS3(HTList *, list, char *, lang, float, quality) { HTAcceptNode * node; if (!list || !lang || !*lang) return; node = (HTAcceptNode*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTAcceptNode)); if (!node) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAcceptLanguage"); HTList_addObject(list, (void*)node); node->atom = HTAtom_for(lang); node->quality = quality; } PRIVATE BOOL wild_match ARGS2(HTAtom *, template, HTAtom *, actual) { char *t, *a, *st, *sa; BOOL match = NO; if (template && actual && (t = HTAtom_name(template))) { if (!strcmp(t, "*")) return YES; if (strchr(t, '*') && (a = HTAtom_name(actual)) && (st = strchr(t, '/')) && (sa = strchr(a,'/'))) { *sa = 0; *st = 0; if ((*(st-1)=='*' && (*(st+1)=='*' || !strcasecomp(st+1, sa+1))) || (*(st+1)=='*' && !strcasecomp(t,a))) match = YES; *sa = '/'; *st = '/'; } } return match; } PRIVATE float type_value ARGS2(HTAtom *, content_type, HTList *, accepted) { HTList * cur = accepted; HTPresentation * pres; HTPresentation * wild = NULL; if (!content_type || !accepted) return -1; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (pres->rep == content_type) return pres->quality; else if (wild_match(pres->rep, content_type)) wild = pres; } if (wild) return wild->quality; else return -1; } PRIVATE float lang_value ARGS2(HTAtom *, language, HTList *, accepted) { HTList * cur = accepted; HTAcceptNode * node; HTAcceptNode * wild = NULL; if (!language || !accepted || HTList_isEmpty(accepted)) { return 0.1; } while ((node = (HTAcceptNode*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (node->atom == language) { return node->quality; } else if (wild_match(node->atom, language)) { wild = node; } } if (wild) { return wild->quality; } else { return 0.1; } } PRIVATE float encoding_value ARGS2(HTAtom *, encoding, HTList *, accepted) { HTList * cur = accepted; HTAcceptNode * node; HTAcceptNode * wild = NULL; char * e; if (!encoding || !accepted || HTList_isEmpty(accepted)) return 1; e = HTAtom_name(encoding); if (!strcmp(e, "7bit") || !strcmp(e, "8bit") || !strcmp(e, "binary")) return 1; while ((node = (HTAcceptNode*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (node->atom == encoding) return node->quality; else if (wild_match(node->atom, encoding)) wild = node; } if (wild) return wild->quality; else return 1; } PUBLIC BOOL HTRank ARGS4(HTList *, possibilities, HTList *, accepted_content_types, HTList *, accepted_languages, HTList *, accepted_encodings) { int accepted_cnt = 0; HTList * accepted; HTList * sorted; HTList * cur; HTContentDescription * d; if (!possibilities) return NO; accepted = HTList_new(); cur = possibilities; while ((d = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { float tv = type_value(d->content_type, accepted_content_types); float lv = lang_value(d->content_language, accepted_languages); float ev = encoding_value(d->content_encoding, accepted_encodings); #ifdef ARI_DEBUG CTRACE(stderr, " ## FOR FILE \"%s\" (%.3f) VALUES type %.3f enc %.3f lang %.3f\n", d->filename, d->quality, tv, ev, lv); #endif if (tv > 0) { d->quality *= tv * lv * ev; HTList_addObject(accepted, d); accepted_cnt++; } else { if (d->filename) free(d->filename); free(d); } } CTRACE(stderr, "Ranking.....\n"); CTRACE(stderr, "\nRANK QUALITY CONTENT-TYPE LANGUAGE ENCODING FILE\n"); sorted = HTList_new(); while (accepted_cnt-- > 0) { HTContentDescription * worst = NULL; cur = accepted; while ((d = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (!worst || d->quality < worst->quality) worst = d; } if (worst) { CTRACE(stderr, "%d. %.4f %-20.20s %-8.8s %-10.10s %s\n", accepted_cnt+1, worst->quality, (worst->content_type ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_type) : "-"), (worst->content_language ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_language) :"-"), (worst->content_encoding ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_encoding) :"-"), (worst->filename ? worst->filename :"-")); HTList_removeObject(accepted, (void*)worst); HTList_addObject(sorted, (void*)worst); } } CTRACE(stderr, "\n"); HTList_delete(accepted); HTList_delete(possibilities->next); possibilities->next = sorted->next; sorted->next = NULL; HTList_delete(sorted); if (!HTList_isEmpty(possibilities)) return YES; else return NO; } /* Socket Input Buffering ** ---------------------- ** ** This code is used because one cannot in general open a ** file descriptor for a socket. ** ** The input file is read using the macro which can read from ** a socket or a file, but this should not be used for files ** as fopen() etc is more portable of course. ** ** The input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and ** release the server faster, and if small will save space on PCs etc. */ /* Set up the buffering ** ** These routines are public because they are in fact needed by ** many parsers, and on PCs and Macs we should not duplicate ** the static buffer area. */ PUBLIC HTInputSocket * HTInputSocket_new ARGS1 (int,file_number) { HTInputSocket *isoc = (HTInputSocket *)calloc(1, sizeof(*isoc)); if (!isoc) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTInputSocket_new"); isoc->input_file_number = file_number; isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer; return isoc; } PUBLIC char HTInputSocket_getCharacter ARGS1(HTInputSocket*, isoc) { char ch; do { if (isoc-> input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit) { int status = NETREAD( isoc->input_file_number, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) return (char)EOF; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status); return (char)EOF; /* -1 is returned by UCX at end of HTTP link */ } isoc-> input_pointer = isoc->input_buffer; isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer + status; } ch = *isoc-> input_pointer++; } while (ch == (char) 13); /* Ignore ASCII carriage return */ return FROMASCII(ch); } PUBLIC void HTInputSocket_free ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, me) { if (me) free(me); } PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getBlock ARGS2(HTInputSocket*, isoc, int *, len) { if (isoc->input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit) { int status = NETREAD(isoc->input_file_number, isoc->input_buffer, ((*len < INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE) ? *len : INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE)); if (status <= 0) { isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer; if (status < 0) CTRACE(stderr, "HTInputSocket: File read error %d\n", status); *len = 0; return NULL; } else { *len = status; return isoc->input_buffer; } } else { char * ret = isoc->input_pointer; *len = isoc->input_limit - isoc->input_pointer; isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_limit; return ret; } } PRIVATE int fill_in_buffer ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc) { if (isoc) { int status; isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_buffer; status = NETREAD(isoc->input_file_number, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer; if (status < 0) if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTInputSocket: File read error %d\n", status); } else isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer + status; return status; } return -1; } PRIVATE void ascii_cat ARGS3(char **, linep, char *, start, char *, end) { if (linep && start && end && start <= end) { char *ptr; if (*linep) { int len = strlen(*linep); *linep = (char*)realloc(*linep, len + end-start + 1); ptr = *linep + len; } else { ptr = *linep = (char*)malloc(end-start + 1); } while (start < end) { *ptr = FROMASCII(*start); ptr++; start++; } *ptr = 0; } } PRIVATE char * get_some_line ARGS2(HTInputSocket *, isoc, BOOL, unfold) { if (!isoc) return NULL; else { BOOL check_unfold = NO; int prev_cr = 0; char *start = isoc->input_pointer; char *cur = isoc->input_pointer; char * line = NULL; for(;;) { /* ** Get more if needed to complete line */ if (cur >= isoc->input_limit) { /* Need more data */ ascii_cat(&line, start, cur); if (fill_in_buffer(isoc) <= 0) return line; start = cur = isoc->input_pointer; } /* if need more data */ /* ** Find a line feed if there is one */ for(; cur < isoc->input_limit; cur++) { char c = FROMASCII(*cur); if (!c) { if (line) free(line); /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 94 */ return NULL; /* Panic! read a 0! */ } if (check_unfold && c != ' ' && c != '\t') { return line; /* Note: didn't update isoc->input_pointer */ } else { check_unfold = NO; } if (c=='\r') { prev_cr = 1; } else { if (c=='\n') { /* Found a line feed */ ascii_cat(&line, start, cur-prev_cr); start = isoc->input_pointer = cur+1; if (line && strlen(line) > 0 && unfold) { check_unfold = YES; } else { return line; } } /* if NL */ /* else just a regular character */ prev_cr = 0; } /* if not CR */ } /* while characters in buffer remain */ } /* until line read or end-of-file */ } /* valid parameters to function */ } PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc) { return get_some_line(isoc, NO); } PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getUnfoldedLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc) { return get_some_line(isoc, YES); } /* ** Read HTTP status line (if there is one). ** ** Kludge to trap binary responses from illegal HTTP0.9 servers. ** First look at the stub in ASCII and check if it starts "HTTP/". ** ** Bugs: A HTTP0.9 server returning a document starting "HTTP/" ** will be taken as a HTTP 1.0 server. Failure. */ #define STUB_LENGTH 20 PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getStatusLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc) { if (!isoc) { return NULL; } else { char buf[STUB_LENGTH + 1]; int i; char server_version[STUB_LENGTH+1]; int server_status; /* ** Read initial buffer */ if (isoc->input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit && fill_in_buffer(isoc) <= 0) { return NULL; } for (i=0; i < STUB_LENGTH; i++) buf[i] = FROMASCII(isoc->input_buffer[i]); buf[STUB_LENGTH] = 0; if (0 != strncmp(buf, "HTTP/", 5) || sscanf(buf, "%20s%d", server_version, &server_status) < 2) return NULL; else return get_some_line(isoc, NO); } } /* ** Do heuristic test to see if this is binary. ** ** We check for characters above 128 in the first few bytes, and ** if we find them we forget the html default. ** Kludge to trap binary responses from illegal HTTP0.9 servers. ** ** Bugs: An HTTP 0.9 server returning a binary document with ** characters < 128 will be read as ASCII. */ PUBLIC BOOL HTInputSocket_seemsBinary ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc) { if (isoc && (isoc->input_pointer < isoc->input_limit || fill_in_buffer(isoc) > 0)) { char *p = isoc->input_buffer; int i = STUB_LENGTH; for( ; i && p < isoc->input_limit; p++, i++) if (((int)*p)&128) return YES; } return NO; } /* Stream the data to an ouput file as binary */ PUBLIC int HTOutputBinary ARGS3( HTInputSocket *, isoc, int, input, FILE *, output) { do { int status = NETREAD( input, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) return 0; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status); return 2; /* Error */ } fwrite(isoc->input_buffer, sizeof(char), status, output); } while (YES); } /* Create a filter stack ** --------------------- ** ** If a wildcard match is made, a temporary HTPresentation ** structure is made to hold the destination format while the ** new stack is generated. This is just to pass the out format to ** MIME so far. Storing the format of a stream in the stream might ** be a lot neater. ** ** The star/star format is special, in that if you can take ** that you can take anything. However, we */ PUBLIC HTStream * HTStreamStack ARGS2( HTFormat, rep_in, HTRequest *, request) { HTFormat rep_out = request->output_format; /* Could be a param */ HTList * conversion[2]; int which_list; float best_quality = -1e30; /* Pretty bad! */ HTPresentation *pres, *match, *best_match=0; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Constructing stream stack for %s to %s\n", HTAtom_name(rep_in), HTAtom_name(rep_out)); if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE || rep_out == rep_in) return request->output_stream; conversion[0] = request->conversions; conversion[1] = HTConversions; for(which_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++) { HTList * cur = conversion[which_list]; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if ((pres->rep == rep_in || wild_match(pres->rep, rep_in)) && (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))) { if (pres->quality > best_quality) { best_match = pres; best_quality = pres->quality; } } #ifdef OLD_CODE /* This case is now included in the best_match loop */ /* Special case when input format is 'www/source' */ if (pres->rep == source) { if (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out)) source_match = pres; } #endif } } match = best_match ? best_match : NULL; if (match) { if (match->rep == WWW_SOURCE) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Don't know how to handle this, so put out %s to %s\n", HTAtom_name(match->rep), HTAtom_name(rep_out)); } return (*match->converter)( request, match->command, rep_in, rep_out, request->output_stream); } return NULL; } /* Find the cost of a filter stack ** ------------------------------- ** ** Must return the cost of the same stack which StreamStack would set up. ** ** On entry, ** length The size of the data to be converted */ PUBLIC float HTStackValue ARGS5( HTList *, theseConversions, HTFormat, rep_in, HTFormat, rep_out, float, initial_value, long int, length) { int which_list; HTList* conversion[2]; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Evaluating stream stack for %s worth %.3f to %s\n", HTAtom_name(rep_in), initial_value, HTAtom_name(rep_out)); if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE || rep_out == rep_in) return 0.0; /* if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit(); set up the list */ conversion[0] = theseConversions; conversion[1] = HTConversions; for(which_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++) if (conversion[which_list]) { HTList * cur = conversion[which_list]; HTPresentation * pres; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (pres->rep == rep_in && (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))) { float value = initial_value * pres->quality; if (HTMaxSecs != 0.0) value = value - (length*pres->secs_per_byte + pres->secs) /HTMaxSecs; return value; } } } return -1e30; /* Really bad */ } /* Push data from a socket down a stream ** ------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** ** RETURNS the number of bytes transferred. ** */ PUBLIC int HTCopy ARGS2( int, file_number, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; HTInputSocket * isoc; int cnt = 0; /* Push the data down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ isoc = HTInputSocket_new(file_number); /* Push binary from socket down sink ** ** This operation could be put into a main event loop */ for(;;) { int status = NETREAD( file_number, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) break; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d with errno=%d\n", status, errno); break; } #ifdef NOT_ASCII { char * p; for(p = isoc->input_buffer; p < isoc->input_buffer+status; p++) { *p = FROMASCII(*p); } } #endif (*targetClass.put_block)(sink, isoc->input_buffer, status); cnt += status; HTProgress(""); } /* next bufferload */ HTInputSocket_free(isoc); return cnt; } /* Push data from a file pointer down a stream ** ------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** */ PUBLIC void HTFileCopy ARGS2( FILE *, fp, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE]; /* Push the data down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ /* Push binary from socket down sink */ for(;;) { int status = fread( input_buffer, 1, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, fp); if (status == 0) { /* EOF or error */ if (ferror(fp) == 0) break; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", ferror(fp)); break; } (*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status); } /* next bufferload */ } /* Push data from a socket down a stream STRIPPING CR ** -------------------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the socket. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC void HTCopyNoCR ARGS2( int, file_number, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; HTInputSocket * isoc; /* Push the data, ignoring CRLF, down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ /* Push text from telnet socket down sink ** ** @@@@@ To push strings could be faster? (especially is we ** cheat and don't ignore CR! :-} */ isoc = HTInputSocket_new(file_number); for(;;) { char character; character = HTInputSocket_getCharacter(isoc); if (character == (char)EOF) break; (*targetClass.put_character)(sink, character); } HTInputSocket_free(isoc); } /* Parse a socket given format and file number ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC int HTParseSocket ARGS3( HTFormat, rep_in, int, file_number, HTRequest *, request) { HTStream * stream; HTStreamClass targetClass; stream = HTStreamStack(rep_in, request); if (!stream) { char buffer[1024]; /* @@@@@@@@ */ sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.", HTAtom_name(rep_in), HTAtom_name(request->output_format)); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseSocket): %s\n", buffer); return HTLoadError(request, 501, buffer); } /* Push the data, ignoring CRLF if necessary, down the stream ** ** ** @@ Bug: This decision ought to be made based on "encoding" ** rather than on format. @@@ When we handle encoding. ** The current method smells anyway. */ targetClass = *(stream->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ if (rep_in == WWW_BINARY || rep_in == WWW_UNKNOWN || HTOutputSource || (request->content_encoding && request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("8bit") && request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("7bit")) || strstr(HTAtom_name(rep_in), "image/") || strstr(HTAtom_name(rep_in), "video/")) { /* @@@@@@ */ HTCopy(file_number, stream); } else { /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */ HTCopyNoCR(file_number, stream); } (*targetClass.free)(stream); return HT_LOADED; } /* Parse a file given format and file pointer ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to \n for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC int HTParseFile ARGS3( HTFormat, rep_in, FILE *, fp, HTRequest *, request) { HTStream * stream; HTStreamClass targetClass; stream = HTStreamStack(rep_in, request); if (!stream) { char buffer[1024]; /* @@@@@@@@ */ sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.", HTAtom_name(rep_in), HTAtom_name(request->output_format)); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseFile): %s\n", buffer); return HTLoadError(request, 501, buffer); } /* Push the data down the stream ** ** ** @@ Bug: This decision ought to be made based on "encoding" ** rather than on content-type. @@@ When we handle encoding. ** The current method smells anyway. */ targetClass = *(stream->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ HTFileCopy(fp, stream); (*targetClass.free)(stream); return HT_LOADED; } /* Converter stream: Network Telnet to internal character text ** ----------------------------------------------------------- ** ** The input is assumed to be in ASCII, with lines delimited ** by (13,10) pairs, These pairs are converted into (CR,LF) ** pairs in the local representation. The (CR,LF) sequence ** when found is changed to a '\n' character, the internal ** C representation of a new line. */ PRIVATE void NetToText_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, net_char) { char c = FROMASCII(net_char); if (me->had_cr) { if (c==LF) { me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, '\n'); /* Newline */ me->had_cr = NO; return; } else { me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, CR); /* leftover */ } } me->had_cr = (c==CR); if (!me->had_cr) me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, c); /* normal */ } PRIVATE void NetToText_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char *, s) { CONST char * p; for(p=s; *p; p++) NetToText_put_character(me, *p); } PRIVATE void NetToText_put_block ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l) { CONST char * p; for(p=s; p<(s+l); p++) NetToText_put_character(me, *p); } PRIVATE void NetToText_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me) { me->sink->isa->free(me->sink); /* Close rest of pipe */ free(me); } PRIVATE void NetToText_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e) { me->sink->isa->abort(me->sink,e); /* Abort rest of pipe */ free(me); } /* The class structure */ PRIVATE HTStreamClass NetToTextClass = { "NetToText", NetToText_free, NetToText_abort, NetToText_put_character, NetToText_put_string, NetToText_put_block }; /* The creation method */ PUBLIC HTStream * HTNetToText ARGS1(HTStream *, sink) { HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "NetToText"); me->isa = &NetToTextClass; me->had_cr = NO; me->sink = sink; return me; } * Special case when input format is 'www/source' */ if (pres->rep == source) { if (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out)) WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTInit.c1006640070060000000000000135105370617253012247 037777777777 1 0 /* Configuration-specific Initialialization HTInit.c ** ---------------------------------------- */ /* Define a basic set of suffixes and presentations ** ------------------------------------------------ */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTInit.h" PUBLIC void HTFormatInit NOARGS { } /* Define a basic set of suffixes ** ------------------------------ ** ** The LAST suffix for a type is that used for temporary files ** of that type. ** The quality is an apriori bias as to whether the file should be ** used. Not that different suffixes can be used to represent files ** which are of the same format but are originals or regenerated, ** with different values. */ #ifndef NO_INIT PUBLIC void HTFileInit NOARGS { } #endif /* NO_INIT */ ch_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++) if (conversion[which_list]) { HTList * cur = conversion[which_list]; HTPresentation * pres; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if (pres->rep == rep_in && (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_matcWWW/TkWWW/Server/HTML.c1006640070060000000000004572705560046031011662 037777777777 1 0 /* Structured stream to Rich hypertext converter ** ============================================ ** ** This generates of a hypertext object. It converts from the ** structured stream interface fro HTMl events into the style- ** oriented iunterface of the HText.h interface. This module is ** only used in clients and shouldnot be linked into servers. ** ** Override this module if making a new GUI browser. ** */ #include "HTML.h" #include #include #include "HTAtom.h" #include "HTextDef.h" #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTMLGen.h" #include "HTParse.h" #include "TkWWWCmds.h" /* These defines should be in HTMLPDTD.h but aren't */ #define HTML_BASE_HREF 0 #define HTML_LINK_HREF 0 #define HTML_LINK_IDREF 1 #define HTML_LINK_METHODS 2 #define HTML_LINK_REL 3 #define HTML_LINK_REV 4 PUBLIC HTStyleSheet *styleSheet = NULL; /* HTML Object ** ----------- */ struct _HTStructured { CONST HTStructuredClass * isa; HTParentAnchor * node_anchor; HText * text; HTStream* target; /* Output stream */ HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Output routines */ HTChunk title; /* Grow by 128 */ char * comment_start; /* for literate programming */ char * comment_end; CONST SGML_dtd* dtd; BOOL in_title; BOOL in_comment; BOOL in_word; /* Have just had a non-white char */ BOOL in_verbatim; BOOL in_string; BOOL error; }; struct _HTStream { CONST HTStreamClass * isa; /* .... */ }; static char * ISO_Latin1[] = { "\306", /* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ "\301", /* capital A, acute accent */ "\302", /* capital A, circumflex accent */ "\300", /* capital A, grave accent */ "\305", /* capital A, ring */ "\303", /* capital A, tilde */ "\304", /* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\307", /* capital C, cedilla */ "\320", /* capital Eth, Icelandic */ "\311", /* capital E, acute accent */ "\312", /* capital E, circumflex accent */ "\310", /* capital E, grave accent */ "\313", /* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\315", /* capital I, acute accent */ "\316", /* capital I, circumflex accent */ "\314", /* capital I, grave accent */ "\317", /* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\321", /* capital N, tilde */ "\323", /* capital O, acute accent */ "\324", /* capital O, circumflex accent */ "\322", /* capital O, grave accent */ "\330", /* capital O, slash */ "\325", /* capital O, tilde */ "\326", /* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\336", /* capital THORN, Icelandic */ "\332", /* capital U, acute accent */ "\333", /* capital U, circumflex accent */ "\331", /* capital U, grave accent */ "\334", /* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\335", /* capital Y, acute accent */ "\341", /* small a, acute accent */ "\342", /* small a, circumflex accent */ "\346", /* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ "\340", /* small a, grave accent */ "\046", /* ampersand */ "\345", /* small a, ring */ "\343", /* small a, tilde */ "\344", /* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\347", /* small c, cedilla */ "\351", /* small e, acute accent */ "\352", /* small e, circumflex accent */ "\350", /* small e, grave accent */ "\360", /* small eth, Icelandic */ "\353", /* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\076", /* greater than */ "\355", /* small i, acute accent */ "\356", /* small i, circumflex accent */ "\354", /* small i, grave accent */ "\357", /* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\074", /* less than */ "\361", /* small n, tilde */ "\363", /* small o, acute accent */ "\364", /* small o, circumflex accent */ "\362", /* small o, grave accent */ "\370", /* small o, slash */ "\365", /* small o, tilde */ "\366", /* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\337", /* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ "\376", /* small thorn, Icelandic */ "\372", /* small u, acute accent */ "\373", /* small u, circumflex accent */ "\371", /* small u, grave accent */ "\374", /* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\375", /* small y, acute accent */ "\377", /* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ }; /* Entity values -- for ISO Latin 1 local representation ** ** This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD! */ /* Set character set ** ---------------- */ PRIVATE char** p_entity_values = ISO_Latin1; /* Pointer to translation */ PUBLIC void HTMLUseCharacterSet ARGS1(HTMLCharacterSet, i) { p_entity_values = ISO_Latin1; } /*_________________________________________________________________________ ** ** A C T I O N R O U T I N E S */ PRIVATE void begin_string ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { if (!me->in_string) { HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtAdd \""); me->in_string = YES; } } PRIVATE void begin_command ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { if (me->in_string) { HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); me->in_string = NO; } } /* Character handling ** ------------------ */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c) { if (me->in_comment) return; if (me->in_title) { HTChunkPutc(&me->title, c); return; } if (me->in_verbatim) { begin_string(me); HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c); return; } if (isspace(c)) { if (me->in_word) { begin_string (me); HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' '); me->in_word = NO; } } else { begin_string(me); HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c); me->in_word = YES; } } /* String handling ** --------------- ** ** This is written separately from put_character becuase the loop can ** in some cases be promoted to a higher function call level for speed. */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s) { CONST char *p; begin_string(me); if (me->in_comment) return; if (me->in_title) { HTChunkPuts(&me->title, s); return; } if (me->in_verbatim) { begin_string(me); HText_appendText(me->text, s); return; } for(p=s; *p; p++) { if (isspace(*p)) { if (me->in_word) { begin_string(me); HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' '); me->in_word = NO; } } else { begin_string(me); HText_appendCharacter(me->text, *p); me->in_word = YES; } } /* for */ } /* Buffer write ** ------------ */ PRIVATE void HTML_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l) { CONST char* p; CONST char* e = s+l; for (p=s; stext, "tkW3HtBeginAnc \""); HText_puts(me->text, name); HText_puts(me->text, "\" \""); HText_puts(me->text, href); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } PRIVATE void endAnchor ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtEndAnc\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } PRIVATE void setImage ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, name, BOOL, is_map) { begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetImg "); HText_puts(me->text, name); HText_puts(me->text, " "); HText_puts(me->text, is_map ? "1" : "0"); HText_puts(me->text, "\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } PRIVATE void addCommand ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char *, command, int, elem) { begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, command); HText_putc(me->text, ' '); HText_puts(me->text, me->dtd->tags[elem].name); HText_puts(me->text, "\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } #define beginParaStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtBegin para", (elem)); #define endParaStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtEnd para", (elem)); #define beginCharStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtBegin char", (elem)); #define endCharStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtEnd char", (elem)); #define beginListStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtBegin list", (elem)); #define endListStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtEnd list", (elem)); #define appendBullet(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtAddBul", (elem)); /* Start Element ** ------------- */ PRIVATE void HTML_start_element ARGS4( HTStructured *, me, int, element_number, CONST BOOL*, present, CONST char **, value) { switch (element_number) { case HTML_A: { CONST char * id = ""; char * href = NULL; if (present[HTML_A_HREF]) { StrAllocCopy(href, value[HTML_A_HREF]); HTSimplify(href); } if (present[HTML_A_ID]) id = value[HTML_A_ID]; else if (present[HTML_A_NAME]) id = value[HTML_A_NAME]; beginAnchor(me, id, present[HTML_A_HREF] ? href: ""); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } break; case HTML_LINK: begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetLink \""); HText_puts(me->text, present[HTML_LINK_REL] ? value[HTML_LINK_REL] : ""); HText_puts(me->text, "\" \""); HText_puts(me->text, present[HTML_LINK_HREF] ? value[HTML_LINK_HREF] : ""); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); break; case HTML_IMG: if (present[HTML_IMG_SRC]) setImage(me, value[HTML_IMG_SRC], present[HTML_IMG_ISMAP]); break; case HTML_TITLE: me->in_title = YES; HTChunkClear(&me->title); break; case HTML_NEXTID: if (present[HTML_NEXTID_N]) { begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetNextId \""); HText_puts(me->text, value[HTML_NEXTID_N]); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); } break; case HTML_BASE: if (present[HTML_BASE_HREF]) { begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetBase \""); HText_puts(me->text, value[HTML_BASE_HREF]); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); } break; case HTML_ISINDEX: HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor); begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetInd \""); if (present[HTML_BASE_HREF]) HText_puts(me->text, value[HTML_BASE_HREF]); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); break; case HTML_DL: case HTML_UL: case HTML_OL: case HTML_MENU: case HTML_DIR: beginListStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_DT: case HTML_DD: case HTML_LI: case HTML_P: case HTML_BR: case HTML_HR: appendBullet(me, element_number); me->in_word = NO; break; case HTML_LISTING: /* Litteral text */ case HTML_XMP: case HTML_PLAINTEXT: case HTML_PRE: case HTML_LIT: me->in_verbatim = YES; /* @@@@@@@ Assumes these do not nest */ case HTML_ABSTRACT: case HTML_BYLINE: case HTML_H1: case HTML_H2: case HTML_H3: case HTML_H4: case HTML_H5: case HTML_H6: case HTML_H7: case HTML_ADDRESS: case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE: case HTML_FOOTNOTE: case HTML_MARGIN: beginParaStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_TT: /* Physical character highlighting */ case HTML_B: case HTML_I: case HTML_U: case HTML_EM: /* Logical character highlighting */ case HTML_STRONG: case HTML_CODE: case HTML_SAMP: case HTML_KBD: case HTML_VAR: case HTML_DFN: case HTML_CITE: case HTML_Q: case HTML_PERSON: case HTML_ACRONYM: case HTML_ABBREV: case HTML_CMD: case HTML_ARG: beginCharStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_COMMENT: me->in_comment = YES; } /* end switch */ } /* End Element ** ----------- ** */ PRIVATE void HTML_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int , element_number) { switch(element_number) { case HTML_A: endAnchor(me); break; case HTML_TITLE: HTChunkTerminate(&me->title); HTAnchor_setTitle(me->node_anchor, me->title.data); me->in_title = NO; break; case HTML_COMMENT: me->in_comment = NO; break; case HTML_TT: /* Physical character highlighting */ case HTML_B: case HTML_I: case HTML_U: case HTML_EM: /* Logical character highlighting */ case HTML_STRONG: case HTML_CODE: case HTML_SAMP: case HTML_KBD: case HTML_VAR: case HTML_DFN: case HTML_CITE: case HTML_Q: case HTML_PERSON: case HTML_ACRONYM: case HTML_ABBREV: case HTML_CMD: case HTML_ARG: endCharStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_DL: case HTML_UL: case HTML_OL: case HTML_MENU: case HTML_DIR: endListStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_LISTING: /* Litteral text */ case HTML_XMP: case HTML_PLAINTEXT: case HTML_PRE: case HTML_LIT: me->in_verbatim = NO; /* @@@@@@@ Assumes these do not nest */ case HTML_ABSTRACT: case HTML_BYLINE: case HTML_H1: case HTML_H2: case HTML_H3: case HTML_H4: case HTML_H5: case HTML_H6: case HTML_H7: case HTML_ADDRESS: case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE: case HTML_FOOTNOTE: case HTML_MARGIN: endParaStyle(me, element_number); break; default: break; } /* switch */ } /* Expanding entities ** ------------------ */ /* (In fact, they all shrink!) */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number) { begin_string(me); /* @@ Other representations */ HTML_put_string(me, ISO_Latin1[entity_number]); } /* Free an HTML object ** ------------------- ** ** If the document is empty, the text object will not yet exist. So we could in fact abandon creating the document and return an error code. In fact an empty document is an important type of document, so we don't. ** ** If non-interactive, everything is freed off. No: crashes -listrefs ** Otherwise, the interactive object is left. */ PUBLIC void HTML_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { char *address; CONST char *title; if (me->comment_end) HTML_put_string(me,me->comment_end); begin_command(me); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtSetName \""); address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) me->node_anchor); HText_appendText(me->text, address); free(address); HText_puts(me->text, "\" \""); title = HTAnchor_title(me->node_anchor); if (title) HText_appendText(me->text, title); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtEndDoc\n"); HText_endAppend(me->text); HText_executeTCL(me->text); if (me->target) (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target); free(me); } PRIVATE void HTML_abort ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTError, e) { if (me->target) { (*me->targetClass.abort)(me->target, e); } free(me); } /* P U B L I C */ /* Structured Object Class ** ----------------------- */ PUBLIC CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation = /* As opposed to print etc */ { "text/html", HTML_free, HTML_abort, HTML_put_character, HTML_put_string, HTML_write, HTML_start_element, HTML_end_element, HTML_put_entity }; /* New Structured Text object ** -------------------------- ** ** The strutcured stream can generate either presentation, ** or plain text, or HTML. */ PUBLIC HTStructured* HTML_new ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { HTStructured * me; me = (HTStructured*) malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new"); if (output_format != WWW_PLAINTEXT && output_format != WWW_PRESENT && output_format != HTAtom_for("text/x-c")) { HTStream * intermediate = HTStreamStack(WWW_HTML, request); if (intermediate) return HTMLGenerator(intermediate); fprintf(stderr, "** Internal error: can't parse HTML to %s\n", HTAtom_name(output_format)); exit (-99); } me->isa = &HTMLPresentation; me->dtd = &DTD; me->node_anchor = request->anchor; me->title.size = 0; me->title.growby = 128; me->title.allocated = 0; me->title.data = 0; me->comment_start = NULL; me->comment_end = NULL; me->target = output_stream; me->in_verbatim = NO; me->in_word = NO; me->in_comment = NO; me->in_title = NO; me->in_string = NO; if (output_stream) me->targetClass = *output_stream->isa; /* Copy pointers */ me->text = HText_new2(request->anchor, output_stream); HText_puts(me->text, "tkW3HtBeginDoc\n"); HText_executeTCL(me->text); return (HTStructured*) me; } /* HTConverter for HTML to plain text ** ---------------------------------- ** ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToPlain ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { return SGML_new(&DTD, HTML_new( request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream)); } /* HTConverter for HTML to C code ** ------------------------------ ** ** C copde is like plain text but all non-preformatted code ** is commented out. ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { HTStructured * html; (*output_stream->isa->put_string)(output_stream, "/* "); /* Before even title */ html = HTML_new(request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream); html->comment_start = "/* "; html->dtd = &DTD; html->comment_end = " */\n"; /* Must start in col 1 for cpp */ /* HTML_put_string(html,html->comment_start); */ return SGML_new(&DTD, html); } /* Presenter for HTML ** ------------------ ** ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. ** ** Override this if you have a windows version */ #ifndef GUI PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLPresent ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { return SGML_new(&DTD, HTML_new( request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream)); } #endif /* Record error message as a hypertext object ** ------------------------------------------ ** ** The error message should be marked as an error so that ** it can be reloaded later. ** This implementation just throws up an error message ** and leaves the document unloaded. ** A smarter implementation would load an error document, ** marking at such so that it is retried on reload. ** ** On entry, ** sink is a stream to the output device if any ** number is the HTTP error number ** message is the human readable message. ** ** On exit, ** returns a negative number to indicate lack of success in the load. */ PUBLIC int HTLoadError ARGS3( HTRequest *, req, int, number, CONST char *, message) { char *err = "Oh I screwed up!"; Tcl_SetResult(HtTclInterp, (char *) message, TCL_VOLATILE); if (req && req->output_stream) (*req->output_stream->isa->abort)(req->output_stream, err); return -number; } id = value[HTML_A_NAME]; beginAnchoWWW/TkWWW/Server/HText.c1006640070060000000000001314505555540544012153 037777777777 1 0 /* Character grid hypertext object ** =============================== ** Converted for use with tkWWW */ #include #include #include #include "HTUtils.h" #include "HTString.h" #include "HTextDef.h" struct _HTStream { /* only know it as object */ CONST HTStreamClass * isa; /* ... */ }; /* Creation Method ** --------------- */ PUBLIC HText * HText_new ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *,anchor) { HText * self = (HText *) malloc(sizeof(*self)); if (!self) return self; self->node_anchor = anchor; self->output = HTChunkCreate(1024); self->execute_pointer = 0; self->error_code = TCL_OK; HTAnchor_setDocument(anchor, (HyperDoc *)self); return self; } /* Creation Method 2 ** --------------- ** ** Stream is assumed open and left open. */ PUBLIC HText * HText_new2 ARGS2( HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream*, stream) { HText * this = HText_new(anchor); if (stream) { this->target = stream; this->targetClass = *stream->isa; /* copy action procedures */ } return this; } /* Free Entire Text ** ---------------- */ PUBLIC void HText_free ARGS1(HText *,self) { HTAnchor_setDocument(self->node_anchor, (HyperDoc *)0); HTChunkClear(self->output); } /* Object Building methods ** ----------------------- ** ** These are used by a parser to build the text in an object */ /* Append a character to the text object ** ------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HText_appendCharacter ARGS2(HText *,text, char,ch) { switch (ch) { case '{': /* add an escape before braces */ case '}': case '[': case ']': case '\"': case '\\': case '$': HText_putc(text, '\\'); break; } HText_putc(text, ch); } /* Anchor handling ** --------------- */ /* Start an anchor field */ PUBLIC void HText_beginAnchor ARGS2(HText *,text, HTChildAnchor *,anc) { HText_puts(text, "\"\n"); } PUBLIC void HText_endAnchor ARGS1(HText *,text) { HText_puts(text, "\"\n"); } PUBLIC void HText_appendText ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char *,str) { CONST char * p; for(p=str; *p; p++) HText_appendCharacter(text, *p); } PUBLIC void HText_puts ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char *, s) { HTChunkPuts(text->output, s); } PUBLIC void HText_putc ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char, c) { HTChunkPutc(text->output, c); } PUBLIC void HText_executeTCL ARGS1(HText *,text) { if (text->error_code != TCL_OK) return; /* check there is enough in the buffer to execute */ if (text->output->size > 0) { int value; char *cmd_start; cmd_start = text->output->data + text->execute_pointer; /* never access directly, it crash when chunk is just full use that instead : -- dl */ HTChunkPutc(text->output,0) ; /* subtract one from pointer so that the next write to the chunk overwrites the null at the end. WARNING: This breaks an abstraction barrier. Unfortunately, I don't know of a better way of doing this. Simply putting a NULL at the end of the string will cause problems if it is at the end of an allocated space. So I have to use HTChunkPutc(text->output,0); There should be a HTChunkRewind */ text->output->size--; if (Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd_start)) { text->execute_pointer = text->output->size; value = Tcl_Eval(HtTclInterp, cmd_start); if (value != TCL_OK) text->error_code = value; } } } PUBLIC void HText_endAppend ARGS1(HText *,text) { HTChunkTerminate(text->output); HtTclErrorCode = text->error_code; } /* Dump diagnostics to stderr */ PUBLIC void HText_dump ARGS1(HText *,text) { fprintf(stderr, "HText: Dump called\n"); } /* Return the anchor associated with this node */ PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HText_nodeAnchor ARGS1(HText *,text) { return text->node_anchor; } /* Browsing functions ** ================== ** This procedure is called if a node is already loaded. In this case ** all we need to do is to execute the cache of TCL commands */ PUBLIC BOOL HText_select ARGS1(HText *,text) { if (Tcl_Eval(HtTclInterp, text->output->data) == TCL_OK) return YES; else return NO; } PUBLIC BOOL HText_selectAnchor ARGS2(HText *,text, HTChildAnchor *,anchor) { return YES; } /* Editing functions - NOT IMPLEMENTED ** ================= ** ** These are called from the application. There are many more functions ** not included here from the orginal text object. */ /* Style handling: */ /* Apply this style to the selection */ PUBLIC void HText_applyStyle ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Update all text with changed style. */ PUBLIC void HText_updateStyle ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Return style of selection */ PUBLIC HTStyle * HText_selectionStyle ARGS2( HText *,me, HTStyleSheet *,sheet) { return 0; } /* Paste in styled text */ PUBLIC void HText_replaceSel ARGS3( HText *,me, CONST char *,aString, HTStyle *,aStyle) { } /* Apply this style to the selection and all similarly formatted text ** (style recovery only) */ PUBLIC void HTextApplyToSimilar ARGS2(HText *,me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Select the first unstyled run. ** (style recovery only) */ PUBLIC void HTextSelectUnstyled ARGS2(HText *,me, HTStyleSheet *,sheet) { } /* Anchor handling: */ PUBLIC void HText_unlinkSelection ARGS1(HText *,me) { } PUBLIC HTAnchor * HText_referenceSelected ARGS1(HText *,me) { return 0; } PUBLIC HTAnchor * HText_linkSelTo ARGS2(HText *,me, HTAnchor *,anchor) { return 0; } PUBLIC void HText_setStyle ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *, style) { } PUBLIC void HText_beginAppend ARGS1(HText *, text) { } esentation, ** or plain text, or HTML. */ PUBLIC HTStructured* HTML_new ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { HTStructured * me; me = (HTStructured*) malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new"); if (output_format != WWW_PLAINTEXT && output_format != WWW_PRESENT &&WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTextDef.h1006640070060000000000000201205475037364012570 037777777777 1 0 /* Specialities of GridText as subclass of HText ** ** This file has been modified for use with tkWWW */ #ifndef HTEXTDEF_H #define HTEXTDEF_H #include "HText.h" /* Superclass */ #include "HTChunk.h" #include "HTStream.h" #include "tcl.h" EXTERN Tcl_Interp *HtTclInterp; /* Notes on struct _Htext: ** next_line is valid iff state is false. ** top_of_screen line means the line at the top of the screen ** or just under the title if there is one. */ struct _HText { HTParentAnchor * node_anchor; HTChunk * output; int execute_pointer; HTStream* target; /* Output stream */ HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Output routines */ int error_code; }; #ifdef SHORT_NAMES #define HText_executeTCL HTTxEt #define HText_puts HTTxPs #define HText_putc HTTxPc #endif extern void HText_executeTCL PARAMS((HText *)); extern void HText_puts PARAMS((HText *, CONST char *)); extern void HText_putc PARAMS((HText *, CONST char)); extern int HtTclErrorCode; #endif l convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { HTStructured * html; (*output_stream->isa->put_string)(output_stream, "/* "); /* Before even title */ html = HTML_new(request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream); html->comment_start = "/* "; html->dtd = &DTD; html->comment_end = " */\n"; /*WWW/TkWWW/Server/Makefile.in1006640070060000000000000442605575577670013036 037777777777 1 0 # Makefile for wwwish SHELL = /bin/sh #### Start of system configuration section. #### srcdir = @srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ CC = @CC@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ CFLAGS = -O LDFLAGS = -O DEFINES = @DEFS@ prefix = /usr/local exec_prefix = $(prefix) # Where to install the executable. bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin XINCLUDES = @XINCLUDES@ XLIBSW = @XLIBSW@ TCL_INCDIR = @TCL_INCDIR@ TK_INCDIR = @TK_INCDIR@ TCL_LIBDIR = @TCL_LIBDIR@ TK_LIBDIR = @TK_LIBDIR@ INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) $(TCL_INCDIR) $(TK_INCDIR) \ $(XINCLUDES) -I$(srcdir)/../../Library/Implementation ALL_CFLAGS= $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) WWW_LIB= ../Library/libwww.a LIBS= $(TCL_LIBDIR) $(TK_LIBDIR) -ltk -ltcl $(XLIBSW) @LIBS@ -lm TEST_LIBS=$(TCL_LIBDIR) -ltcl -lm objs = TkWWWCmds.o HText.o HTML.o HTFile.o HTAlert.o HTFormat.o TkWWWBitmap.o srcs = TkWWWCmds.c HText.c HTML.c HTFile.c HTAlert.c HTFormat.c TkWWWBitmap.c distfiles = $(srcs) all: libtkwww.a interp: @tk_www_tk_executable@ .c.o: $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< @tk_www_tk_executable@: TclAppInit.o $(objs) $(CC) -o $@ $(LDFLAGS) TclAppInit.o $(objs) $(WWW_LIB) $(LIBS) wwwtest: TclAppTest.o $(objs) $(CC) -o $@ $(LDFLAGS) TclAppTest.o $(objs) $(WWW_LIB) $(TEST_LIBS) libtkwww.a: $(objs) ar r libtkwww.a $(objs) -ranlib libtkwww.a saber: TclAppTest.c $(srcs) saber $(LDFLAGS) TclAppTest.c $(srcs) $(TEST_LIBS) $(INCLUDES) Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(SHELL) config.status interpinstall: all $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) @tk_www_tk_executable@ $(bindir)/@tk_www_tk_executable@ install: TAGS: $(srcs) etags $(srcs) clean: rm -f sed *.o *.a core mostlyclean: clean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile config.status realclean: distclean rm -f TAGS dist: $(distfiles) echo sed-`sed -e '/version_string/!d' -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' -e q sed.c` > .fname rm -rf `cat .fname` mkdir `cat .fname` ln $(distfiles) `cat .fname` tar chZf `cat .fname`.tar.Z `cat .fname` rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname dist.afs: $(distfiles) echo sed-`sed -e '/version_string/!d' -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' -e q sed.c` > .fname rm -rf `cat .fname` mkdir `cat .fname` cd `cat .fname`; \ for file in $(distfiles); do ln -s ../"$$file" .; done; \ cd .. tar chf `cat .fname`.tar `cat .fname` gzip `cat .fname`.tar rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname is assumed open and left open. */ PUBLIC HText * HText_new2 ARGS2( HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream*, stream) { HText * this = HText_new(anchor); if (stream) { this->target = stream; this->targetClassWWW/TkWWW/Server/TclAppInit.c1006640070060000000000000074005557035425013122 037777777777 1 0 #include #include #include #include int Tcl_AppInit(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { Tk_Window main; main = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (WWW_AppInit(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (WWW_BitmapInit(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } return (TCL_OK); } n"); } PUBLIC void HText_appendWWW/TkWWW/Server/TclAppTest.c1006640070060000000000000037105540463314013130 037777777777 1 0 #include #include int Tcl_AppInit(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (WWW_AppInit(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } return (TCL_OK); } ; /* subtract one from pointer so that the next write to the chunk overwrites the null at the end. WARNING: This breaks an abstraction barrier. Unfortunately, I don't know of a better way of doing this. Simply putting a NULLWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWBitmap.c1006640070060000000000000034305557035431013227 037777777777 1 0 #include #include int WWW_BitmapInit(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { /* Create logo */ Tk_DefineBitmap(interp, Tk_GetUid("HtLogoBitmap"), logo_bits, logo_width, logo_height); return (TCL_OK); } / PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HText_nodeAnchor ARGS1(HText *,text) { return text->node_anchor; } /* Browsing functions ** ================== ** This procedure is called if a node is already loaded. In this case ** all we need to do is to execute the cache of TCL commands */ PUBLIC WWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWBitmap.h1006640070060000000000000017105546756331013242 037777777777 1 0 #ifndef TKWWWBITMAP_H #define TKWWWBITMAP_H #include "tcl.h" extern int WWW_BitmapInit PARAMS((Tcl_Interp *)); #endif ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Return style of selection */ PUBLIC HTStyle * HText_selectionStyle ARGS2( HText *,me, HTStyleSheet *,sheet) { return 0; } /* Paste in styled text */ PUBLIC void HText_replaceSel ARGS3( HText *,me, CONST char *,aString, HTStyle *,aStyle) { } /* Apply this style to the selection and all similarly formatted text ** (style recovery WWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWCmds.c1006640070060000000000002575705557035437012727 037777777777 1 0 /* TkWWWCmds.c Adds World Wide Web commands to a Tcl interpreter ** =============== ** ** Authors: ** Joseph Wang, Department of Astronomy, University of Texas at Austin ** (joe@astro.as.utexas.edu) ** ** Copyright: ** Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ** Globewide Network Academy ** Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ** ** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ** (at your option) any later version. ** ** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** GNU General Public License for more details. ** ** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* Include c stuff ** --------------- */ #include #include #include #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif /* Include World Wide Web stuff ** ---------------------------- */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* Some Global Variables ** --------------------- */ PUBLIC char * HTAppName = "tkWWW"; /* Application name */ PUBLIC char * HTAppVersion = SERVER_VERSION; /* Application version */ PUBLIC Tcl_Interp* HtTclInterp = 0; /* @@@@@@@@ */ PUBLIC int HtTclErrorCode = TCL_OK; PUBLIC HText* HtTclExecText = 0; EXTERN HTPresentation* default_presentation; /* Macro to check arguments ** ------------------------ ** Assumes interpreter is in interp and number of arguments is in argc */ #define HtCheckArgc(min,max,function_name) \ if ((argc < (min)) || (argc > (max))) { \ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, (function_name), \ ": Incorrect number of arguments" , NULL); \ return (TCL_ERROR); \ } /* Procedures called by tkWWW functions ** ------------------------------------ */ PRIVATE int HtLoadCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { HTRequest *request; HtCheckArgc(2,2, "HtLoad"); HtTclInterp = interp; HtTclErrorCode = TCL_OK; HtTclExecText = NULL; request = HTRequest_new(); if (!HTLoadAbsolute(argv[1], request)) { if (*interp->result == '\0') { HTLoadError(request, 500, "Unable to access document."); } HTRequest_delete (request); return (TCL_ERROR); } if (HtTclExecText) HtTclErrorCode = Tcl_Eval(interp, HtTclExecText->output->data); HTRequest_delete (request); return (HtTclErrorCode); } PRIVATE int HtParseNameCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { char *current_address = NULL; HtCheckArgc(2,3,"HtParseName"); if (argc == 3 && argv[2] && *(argv[2])) StrAllocCopy(current_address, argv[2]); else { StrAllocCopy(current_address, "file:"); /* The following mess is to get the current working directory in a manner * that will work on most platforms */ #ifndef MAXPATHLEN #define NO_GETWD /* Assume no getwd() if no MAXPATHLEN */ #endif #ifdef NO_GETWD /* No getwd() on this machine */ #ifdef HAS_GETCWD /* System V variant SIGN CHANGED TBL 921006 !! */ { char wd[1024]; /*!! Arbitrary*/ extern char * getcwd(); char * result = getcwd(wd, sizeof(wd)); if (result) { #ifdef vms /* convert directory name to Unix-style syntax */ char * disk = strchr (wd, ':'); char * dir = strchr (wd, '['); if (disk) { *disk = '\0'; StrAllocCat (current_address, "/"); /* needs delimiter */ StrAllocCat (current_address, wd); } if (dir) { char *p; *dir = '/'; /* Convert leading '[' */ for (p = dir ; *p != ']'; ++p) if (*p == '.') *p = '/'; *p = '\0'; /* Cut on final ']' */ StrAllocCat (current_address, dir); } #else /* not VMS */ StrAllocCat (current_address, wd); #endif /* not VMS */ } else { fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: Can't read working directory (getcwd).\n"); } } /* end if good getcwd result */ #else /* has NO getcwd */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: This platform does not support getwd() or getcwd()\n"); #endif /* has no getcwd */ #else /* has getwd */ { char wd[MAXPATHLEN]; extern char * getwd(); char * result = getwd(wd); if (result) { StrAllocCat(current_address, wd); } else { fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: Can't read working directory.\n"); } } #endif #ifdef vms StrAllocCat(current_address, "default.html"); #else StrAllocCat(current_address, "/default.html"); #endif } Tcl_SetResult(interp, HTParse(argv[1], current_address, PARSE_ALL), TCL_DYNAMIC); free(current_address); return (TCL_OK); } PRIVATE int HtUncacheCmd (dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { HTParentAnchor *parent_anchor; HTAnchor *anchor; HText *document; HtCheckArgc(2, 2, "HtUncache"); anchor = HTAnchor_findAddress(argv[1]); if (anchor) { parent_anchor = HTAnchor_parent(anchor); document = (HText *)HTAnchor_document(parent_anchor); if (document) HText_free(document); } return (TCL_OK); } /* HtVersion ** ------------ ** returns the version of the tkWWW server */ PRIVATE int HtVersionCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { Tcl_SetResult(interp, SERVER_VERSION, TCL_STATIC); return (TCL_OK); } PUBLIC void HTTkSetOutputFile(request, format, fnam, encoding) HTRequest *request; HTFormat format; CONST char *fnam; HTFormat encoding; { char *address; HText *text = HText_new(request->anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, "tkW3ConfigDisplayFile "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, HTAtom_name(format)); HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, fnam); HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) request->anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, address); if (encoding) { HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, HTAtom_name(encoding)); } HTChunkPuts(text->output, "\n"); free(address); HTChunkTerminate(text->output); HtTclExecText = text; } PUBLIC HTStream* HTTkDisplay ARGS5( HTRequest *, request, void *, param, HTFormat, input_format, HTFormat, output_format, HTStream *, output_stream) { char *fnam; CONST char * suffix; HTStream* this; FILE *fp; HTFormat encoding; encoding = request->content_encoding ? request->content_encoding : WWW_BINARY; /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */ suffix = HTFileSuffix(input_format); fnam = tempnam (NULL, "www"); if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix); fp = fopen (fnam, "w"); if (!fp) { HTAlert("Can't open temporary file!"); free(fnam); return NULL; } this = HTFWriter_new(fp, FALSE); HTTkSetOutputFile(request, input_format, fnam, encoding); free (fnam); return this; } PRIVATE BOOL wild_match ARGS2(HTAtom *, template, HTAtom *, actual) { char *t, *a, *st, *sa; BOOL match = NO; if (template && actual && (t = HTAtom_name(template))) { if (!strcmp(t, "*")) return YES; if (strchr(t, '*') && (a = HTAtom_name(actual)) && (st = strchr(t, '/')) && (sa = strchr(a,'/'))) { *sa = 0; *st = 0; if ((*(st-1)=='*' && (*(st+1)=='*' || !strcasecomp(st+1, sa+1))) || (*(st+1)=='*' && !strcasecomp(t,a))) match = YES; *sa = '/'; *st = '/'; } } return match; } PUBLIC BOOL HTTkUseInPlace(rep_in, request) HTFormat rep_in; HTRequest *request; { HTFormat rep_out = request->output_format; HTList * conversion[2]; int which_list; float best_quality = -1e30; /* Pretty bad! */ HTPresentation *pres, *match, *best_match=0; conversion[0] = request->conversions; conversion[1] = HTConversions; for(which_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++) { HTList * cur = conversion[which_list]; while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) { if ((pres->rep == rep_in || wild_match(pres->rep, rep_in)) && (pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out)) ) { if (pres->quality > best_quality) { best_match = pres; best_quality = pres->quality; } } } match = best_match ? best_match : NULL; if (match) { return (match->converter == HTTkDisplay); } } return FALSE; } PRIVATE int HtAddEncodingCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { float priority; HtCheckArgc(3, 4, "HtAddEncoding"); priority = (argc==3) ? 1.0 : atof(argv[3]); HTAddEncoding(argv[1], argv[2], priority); return (TCL_OK); } PRIVATE int HtAddTypeCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { float priority; HtCheckArgc(4, 5, "HtAddType"); priority = (argc==4) ? 1.0 : atof(argv[4]); HTAddType(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3], priority); return (TCL_OK); } /* Add tkWWW commands to a tcl interpreter init_tkWWW(interp) ** ------------- */ int WWW_AppInit(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { if (!HTConversions) HTConversions = HTList_new(); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtAddType", HtAddTypeCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtAddEncoding", HtAddEncodingCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtLoad", HtLoadCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtParseName", HtParseNameCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtUncache", HtUncacheCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtVersion", HtVersionCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "www/mime", "*/*", HTMIMEConvert, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "text/html", "text/x-c", HTMLToC, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "text/html", "text/plain", HTMLToPlain, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "text/html", "www/present", HTMLPresent, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "text/plain", "text/html", HTPlainToHTML, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion(HTConversions, "*/*", "www/present", HTTkDisplay, 0.3, 0.0, 0.0); return (TCL_OK); } mbridge, MA 02139WWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWCmds.h1006640070060000000000000047405546170461012714 037777777777 1 0 #ifndef TKWWWCMDS_H #define TKWWWCMDS_H #include "HTAnchor.h" #include "HTFormat.h" #include "tcl.h" extern void HTTkSetOutputFile PARAMS((HTRequest *, HTFormat, CONST char *, HTFormat)); extern BOOL HTTkUseInPlace PARAMS((HTFormat, HTRequest *)); extern int WWW_AppInit PARAMS((Tcl_Interp *)); #endif /* Application version */ PUBLIC Tcl_Interp* HtTclInterp = 0; /* @@@@@@@@ */ PUBLIC int HtTclErrorCode = TCL_OK; PUBLIC HText* HtTclExecText = 0; EXTERN HTPresentation* default_presentation; WWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWTest.tcl1006640070060000000000000523605435573417013306 037777777777 1 0 # tkWWW tk interface to World Wide Web # Copyright (C) 1992 Joseph Wang (joe@athena.mit.edu) # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. # ******* The Home Page set tkWWWHomePage file:/afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/html/welcome.html proc go {w} { HtLoad [HtParseName [lindex [HtGetReference $w] 1]] show_text } proc back {} { HtBacktrack show_text } proc home {} { global tkWWWHomePage HtLoad $tkWWWHomePage } proc find {w} { HtFind $w show_text } proc show_text {} { set file [open /tmp/output w+] puts $file [HtGetText] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc show_source {} { set file [open /tmp/output w+] puts $file [HtGetSource] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc load_suffixes {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetSuffix $item } } proc load_presentations {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetConversionToFrontEnd $item } } set suffix_list { { ".mime" "www/mime" 1.0 } { ".PS" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".eps" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".ai" "application/postscript" 0.5 } { ".ps" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".html" "text/html" 1.0 } { ".c" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".h" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".m" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".txt" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".rtf" "application/x-rtf" 1.0 } { ".snd" "audio/basic" 1.0 } { ".bin" "application/octet-stream" 1.0 } { ".Z" "application/x-compressed" 1.0 } { ".gif" "image/gif" 1.0 } { ".tiff" "image/x-tiff" 1.0 } { ".jpg" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".JPG" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".JPEG" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".jpeg" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".MPEG" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".mpg" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".MPG" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".mpeg" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".tex" "application/tex" 1.0} { ".latex" "application/latex" 1.0} { ".texi" "application/texinfo" 1.0} { ".dvi" "application/dvi" 1.0} } load_suffixes $suffix_list set foo [home] ddress, PARSE_ALL), TCL_DYNAMIC); free(current_address); return (TCL_OK); } PRIVATE int HtUncacheCmd (dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { HTParentAnchor *parent_anchor; HTAnchor *anchor; HText *document; HtCheckArgc(2, 2, "HtUncache"); anchor = HTAnchor_fiWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWVersion.h1006640070060000000000000003605575577674013470 037777777777 1 0 #define SERVER_VERSION "0.12" t, format, fnam, encoding) HTRequest *request; HTFormat format; CONST char *fnam; HTFormat encoding; { char *address; HText *text = HText_new(request->anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, "tkW3ConfigDisplayFile "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, HTAtom_name(format)); HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, fnam); HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) request->anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, aWWW/TkWWW/Server/logo.h1006640070060000000000001525005546756341012067 037777777777 1 0 #define logo_width 90 #define logo_height 90 static char logo_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xcf, 0x55, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x4f, 0x01, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe7, 0xa0, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x31, 0x00, 0xc4, 0xef, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x84, 0xef, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0xce, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf4, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x13, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0xed, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x9c, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x08, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x62, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x08, 0x80, 0x1f, 0x40, 0xf6, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xaf, 0x36, 0xe8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x0f, 0x14, 0xfd, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x0c, 0xfc, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf7, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xef, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xef, 0x9f, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x90, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xff, 0x38, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x50, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xff, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xff, 0x71, 0x00, 0x14, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0x61, 0x00, 0x5a, 0x00, 0x50, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x61, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x90, 0x01, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x41, 0x00, 0x10, 0x03, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7d, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x33, 0x80, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x00, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x02, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x20, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x20, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x80, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x08, 0x02, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x08, 0x02, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x48, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x48, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x41, 0x00, 0x01, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x23, 0x00, 0x01, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x31, 0x80, 0x00, 0xf2, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x39, 0x80, 0x00, 0xf4, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x3c, 0x80, 0x00, 0xe4, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x1c, 0x40, 0x00, 0xe4, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0c, 0x40, 0x00, 0xe8, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0e, 0x40, 0x00, 0xc8, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x10, 0x80, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x06, 0x20, 0x00, 0xc8, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x10, 0x80, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x06, 0x20, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x12, 0x80, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x90, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x12, 0x80, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x20, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x40, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x08, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7d, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x34, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x88, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; etText] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc show_source {} { set file [open /tmp/output w+] puts $file [HtGetSource] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc load_suffixes {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetSuffix $item } } proc load_presentations {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetConversionToFrWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/0407750070060000000000000000005611134251007400 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/COPYRIGHT1006640070060000000000000146205476445427011527 037777777777 1 0 ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ## (at your option) any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. ## 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/Makefile.in1006640070060000000000000677605575577736012327 037777777777 1 0 .SUFFIXES: .tcl .sed #### Start of system configuration section. #### srcdir = @srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ CC = @CC@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ AR = ar RANLIB = @RANLIB@ RM = rm -f DEFS = @DEFS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBPROGS = @LIBPROGS@ CFLAGS = -O LDFLAGS = prefix = /usr/local exec_prefix = $(prefix) # Where to install the executables. bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin # Where to put mvdir, if your system lacks the rename system call. libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib tkwww_libdir = $(libdir)/tkWWW # Where to put the manual pages. mandir = $(prefix)/man/man1 # Extension (not including `.') for the installed manual page filenames. manext = 1 # Where the program finds things tk_www_src_dir = $(tkwww_libdir) tk_www_extra_path = @tk_www_extra_path@ tk_www_home_page = @tk_www_home_page@ tk_www_start_page = @tk_www_start_page@ tk_www_mail = @tk_www_mail@ tk_www_tk_cmd = $(bindir)/@tk_www_tk_executable@ #### End of system configuration section. #### SHELL = /bin/sh TCL2C = $(srcdir)/tcl2c CFLAGS = -O LDFLAGS = -O DEFINES = @DEFS@ XINCLUDES = @XINCLUDES@ XLIBSW = @XLIBSW@ TCL_INCDIR = @TCL_INCDIR@ TK_INCDIR = @TK_INCDIR@ TCL_LIBDIR = @TCL_LIBDIR@ TK_LIBDIR = @TK_LIBDIR@ INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir)/../Server $(TCL_INCDIR) $(TK_INCDIR) \ $(XINCLUDES) -I$(srcdir)/../../Library/Implementation ALL_CFLAGS= $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(CFLAGS) WWW_LIB= $(srcdir)/../Library/libwww.a TKWWW_LIB= $(srcdir)/../Server/libtkwww.a LIBS= $(TK_LIBDIR) $(TCL_LIBDIR) -ltk -ltcl $(XLIBSW) @LIBS@ -lm objs = binary.init.o binary.tk.o binary.tkbind.o binary.tcllib.o \ annotate.o bookmarks.o dialog.o edit.anchor.o \ edit.generate.o edit.modified.o edit.selection.o edit.o \ editwin.o file.o font.o grpan.o help.o history.o \ hypertext.o image.o init.o main.o menu.o msgdialog.o \ navigate.o output.o pan.o parse_args.o server.o telnet.o srcs = binary.sed binary.tk.tcl binary.tkbind.tcl binary.tcllib.tcl \ annotate.tcl bookmarks.tcl dialog.tcl edit.anchor.tcl \ edit.generate.tcl edit.modified.tcl edit.selection.tcl edit.tcl \ editwin.tcl file.tcl font.tcl grpan.tcl help.tcl history.tcl \ hypertext.tcl image.tcl init.tcl main.tcl menu.tcl msgdialog.tcl \ navigate.tcl output.tcl pan.tcl parse_args.tcl server.tcl telnet.tcl tkobjs = tkMain.o TclAppInit.o .sed.o: sed -e 's;tk_www_src_dir;$(tk_www_src_dir);' \ -e 's;tk_www_extra_path;$(tk_www_extra_path);' \ -e 's;tk_www_home_page;$(tk_www_home_page);' \ -e 's;tk_www_start_page;$(tk_www_start_page);' \ -e 's;tk_www_mail;$(tk_www_mail);' \ -e 's;tk_www_tk_cmd;$(tk_www_tk_cmd);' $< > $*.sed_tcl $(TCL2C) $*.sed_tcl $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $*.sed_tcl.c -o $@ $(RM) $*.sed_tcl.c $*.sed_tcl .tcl.o: $(TCL2C) $< $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $*.tcl.c -o $@ $(RM) $*.tcl.c .c.o: $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< all: $(tkobjs) $(objs) $(CC) $(tkobjs) $(objs) $(LDFLAGS) \ $(TKWWW_LIB) $(WWW_LIB) $(LIBS) -o tkwww interp: tkwww.sed sed -e 's;tk_www_src_dir;$(tk_www_src_dir);' \ -e 's;tk_www_extra_path;$(tk_www_extra_path);' \ -e 's;tk_www_home_page;$(tk_www_home_page);' \ -e 's;tk_www_start_page;$(tk_www_start_page);' \ -e 's;tk_www_mail;$(tk_www_mail);' \ -e 's;tk_www_tk_cmd;$(tk_www_tk_cmd);' \ $(srcdir)/tkwww.sed > tkwww chmod a+x tkwww clean: $(RM) *.o tkwww *~ core *.tcl.c *.sed_tcl *.sed_tcl.c interpinstall: $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(srcdir)/tkwww $(bindir)/tkwww cp $(srcdir)/*.tcl $(tkwww_libdir) cp $(srcdir)/tclIndex $(tkwww_libdir) install: $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(srcdir)/tkwww $(bindir)/tkwww 2,WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/TclAppInit.c1006640070060000000000000441305575577742012414 037777777777 1 0 #include #include #include #include extern char binary_init_tcl[], binary_tcllib_tcl[], binary_tk_tcl[]; extern char binary_tkbind_tcl[]; extern char annotate_tcl[], bookmarks_tcl[], dialog_tcl[]; extern char edit_anchor_tcl[], edit_generate_tcl[], edit_modified_tcl[]; extern char edit_selection_tcl[], edit_tcl[], editwin_tcl[]; extern char file_tcl[], font_tcl[]; extern char grpan_tcl[], help_tcl[], history_tcl[]; extern char hypertext_tcl[], image_tcl[], init_tcl[]; extern char main_tcl[], menu_tcl[], msgdialog_tcl[], navigate_tcl[]; extern char output_tcl[], pan_tcl[]; extern char parse_args_tcl[], server_tcl[], telnet_tcl[]; /* * The following variable is a special hack that allows applications * to be linked using the procedure "main" from the Tk library. The * variable generates a reference to "main", which causes main to * be brought in from the library (and all of Tk and Tcl with it). */ extern int main(); int *tclDummyMainPtr = (int *) main; #define EXEC_STRING(s) if ((result=Tcl_Eval(interp,s)) != TCL_OK) \ return (result); int Tcl_AppInit(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { Tk_Window main; int result; if (WWW_AppInit(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (WWW_BitmapInit(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { return TCL_ERROR; } /*The following must be executed first */ EXEC_STRING(binary_init_tcl); EXEC_STRING(binary_tk_tcl); EXEC_STRING(binary_tkbind_tcl); EXEC_STRING(binary_tcllib_tcl); EXEC_STRING(init_tcl); /* Load the modules */ EXEC_STRING(annotate_tcl); EXEC_STRING(bookmarks_tcl); EXEC_STRING(dialog_tcl); EXEC_STRING(edit_anchor_tcl); EXEC_STRING(edit_generate_tcl); EXEC_STRING(edit_modified_tcl); EXEC_STRING(edit_selection_tcl); EXEC_STRING(edit_tcl); EXEC_STRING(editwin_tcl); EXEC_STRING(file_tcl); EXEC_STRING(font_tcl); EXEC_STRING(grpan_tcl); EXEC_STRING(help_tcl); EXEC_STRING(history_tcl); EXEC_STRING(hypertext_tcl); EXEC_STRING(image_tcl); EXEC_STRING(menu_tcl); EXEC_STRING(msgdialog_tcl); EXEC_STRING(navigate_tcl); EXEC_STRING(output_tcl); EXEC_STRING(pan_tcl); EXEC_STRING(parse_args_tcl); EXEC_STRING(server_tcl); EXEC_STRING(telnet_tcl); /*execute this last */ EXEC_STRING(main_tcl); return (TCL_OK); } 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/annotate.tcl1006640070060000000000000401005476445433012536 037777777777 1 0 ## annotation.tcl: Procedures for handling annotations ## ================ ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ## The format of the annotations is that of Xmosaic by Marc Andersen ## Add annotation proc tkW3AnnotateAdd {} { set w .annotate_dialog set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor $w " tkW3PanNewPan $address \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 2\] \ \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 1\] \[$w.text get 0.0 end\] tkW3ConfigDisplay" "" set author [exec whoami] DLG:set_entry_value .annotate_dialog 1 $author DLG:set_entry_value .annotate_dialog 2 "Annotation by $author" DLG:show . .annotate_dialog } ## Edit annotation proc tkW3AnnotateEdit {} { set w .annotate_dialog set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] if {[tkW3PanIsEditablePan $address]} { set list [tkW3PanGrokPanPieces $address] tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor $w " tkW3PanModifyPan [lindex $list 0] \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 2\]\ \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 1\] \[$w.text get 0.0 end\] tkW3NavigateUncache $address tkW3NavigateGoto $address" "tkW3PanDeletePan [lindex $list 0]" DLG:set_entry_value $w 1 [lindex $list 2] DLG:set_entry_value $w 2 [lindex $list 1] .annotate_dialog.text insert 0.0 [lindex $list 3] DLG:show . $w } } ## Create the annotation editor proc tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor {w command delete_command} { DLG:toplevel . $w DLG:draw_entries $w {"Annotation Author:" "Annotation Title:"} pack append $w \ [label $w.label \ -text "Please type your comments below" ] { fillx top} \ [text $w.text ] {expand fill top} DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "Annotate" "Delete" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "$command ; DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "$delete_command ; DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 4 "tkW3HelpNoHelp" } ## Display annotations proc tkW3AnnotateDisplay {} { tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] } LITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. ## 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.init.sed1006640070060000000000000132605575577751013164 037777777777 1 0 ## binary.sed initialization file for binary tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions # This file is only executed when tkWWW is running as a single executable # It sets up some tkWWW variables and then executes the default tk/tcl # startup scripts if ![info exists env(TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE)] { set env(TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE) tk_www_home_page } if ![info exists env(TK_WWW_START_PAGE)] { set env(TK_WWW_START_PAGE) tk_www_start_page } if ![info exists env(TK_WWW_MAIL)] { set env(TK_WWW_MAIL) tk_www_mail_page } set tkW3BinaryInBinary 1 set tkW3Version "0.12" w_libdir) tk_www_extra_path = @tk_www_extra_path@ tk_www_home_page = @tk_www_home_page@ tk_www_start_page = @tk_www_start_page@ tk_www_mail = @tk_www_mail@ tk_www_tk_cmd = $(bindir)/@tk_www_tk_executable@ #### End of system configuration section. #### SHELL = /bin/sh TCL2C = $(srcdir)/tcl2c CFWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tcllib.tcl1006640070060000000000002267305575577756013516 037777777777 1 0 # init.tcl -- # # Default system startup file for Tcl-based applications. Defines # "unknown" procedure and auto-load facilities. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tcllib.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:34 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # set auto_path [info library] # unknown: # Invoked when a Tcl command is invoked that doesn't exist in the # interpreter: # # 1. See if the autoload facility can locate the command in a # Tcl script file. If so, load it and execute it. # 2. See if the command exists as an executable UNIX program. # If so, "exec" the command. # 3. If the command was invoked at top-level: # (a) see if the command requests csh-like history substitution # in one of the common forms !!, !, or ^old^new. If # so, emulate csh's history substitution. # (b) see if the command is a unique abbreviation for another # command. If so, invoke the command. proc unknown args { global auto_noexec auto_noload env unknown_pending tcl_interactive; set name [lindex $args 0] if ![info exists auto_noload] { # # Make sure we're not trying to load the same proc twice. # if [info exists unknown_pending($name)] { unset unknown_pending($name) if {[array size unknown_pending] == 0} { unset unknown_pending } return -code error "self-referential recursion in \"unknown\" for command \"$name\""; } set unknown_pending($name) pending; set ret [catch {auto_load $name} msg] unset unknown_pending($name); if {$ret != 0} { return -code $ret "error while autoloading \"$name\": $msg" } if ![array size unknown_pending] { unset unknown_pending } if $msg { return [uplevel $args] } } if {([info level] == 1) && ([info script] == "") && $tcl_interactive} { if ![info exists auto_noexec] { if [auto_execok $name] { return [uplevel exec >&@stdout <@stdin $args] } } if {$name == "!!"} { return [uplevel {history redo}] } if [regexp {^!(.+)$} $name dummy event] { return [uplevel [list history redo $event]] } if [regexp {^\^([^^]*)\^([^^]*)\^?$} $name dummy old new] { return [uplevel [list history substitute $old $new]] } set cmds [info commands $name*] if {[llength $cmds] == 1} { return [uplevel [lreplace $args 0 0 $cmds]] } if {[llength $cmds] != 0} { if {$name == ""} { return -code error "empty command name \"\"" } else { return -code error \ "ambiguous command name \"$name\": [lsort $cmds]" } } } return -code error "invalid command name \"$name\"" } # auto_load: # Checks a collection of library directories to see if a procedure # is defined in one of them. If so, it sources the appropriate # library file to create the procedure. Returns 1 if it successfully # loaded the procedure, 0 otherwise. proc auto_load cmd { global auto_index auto_oldpath auto_path env errorInfo errorCode if [info exists auto_index($cmd)] { uplevel #0 $auto_index($cmd) return 1 } if [catch {set path $auto_path}] { if [catch {set path $env(TCLLIBPATH)}] { if [catch {set path [info library]}] { return 0 } } } if [info exists auto_oldpath] { if {$auto_oldpath == $path} { return 0 } } set auto_oldpath $path catch {unset auto_index} foreach dir $path { set f "" if [catch {set f [open $dir/tclIndex]}] { continue } set error [catch { set id [gets $f] if {$id == "# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0"} { eval [read $f] } elseif {$id == "# Tcl autoload index file: each line identifies a Tcl"} { while {[gets $f line] >= 0} { if {([string index $line 0] == "#") || ([llength $line] != 2)} { continue } set name [lindex $line 0] if {![info exists auto_index($name)]} { set auto_index($name) "source $dir/[lindex $line 1]" } } } else { error "$dir/tclIndex isn't a proper Tcl index file" } } msg] if {$f != ""} { close $f } if $error { error $msg $errorInfo $errorCode } } if [info exists auto_index($cmd)] { uplevel #0 $auto_index($cmd) if {[info commands $cmd] != ""} { return 1 } } return 0 } # auto_execok: # Returns 1 if there's an executable in the current path for the # given name, 0 otherwise. Builds an associative array auto_execs # that caches information about previous checks, for speed. proc auto_execok name { global auto_execs env if [info exists auto_execs($name)] { return $auto_execs($name) } set auto_execs($name) 0 if {[string first / $name] >= 0} { if {[file executable $name] && ![file isdirectory $name]} { puts "special, ok!" set auto_execs($name) 1 } return $auto_execs($name) } foreach dir [split $env(PATH) :] { if {[file executable $dir/$name] && ![file isdirectory $dir/$name]} { set auto_execs($name) 1 return 1 } } return 0 } # auto_reset: # Destroy all cached information for auto-loading and auto-execution, # so that the information gets recomputed the next time it's needed. # Also delete any procedures that are listed in the auto-load index # except those related to auto-loading. proc auto_reset {} { global auto_execs auto_index auto_oldpath foreach p [info procs] { if {[info exists auto_index($p)] && ($p != "unknown") && ![string match auto_* $p]} { rename $p {} } } catch {unset auto_execs} catch {unset auto_index} catch {unset auto_oldpath} } # auto_mkindex: # Regenerate a tclIndex file from Tcl source files. Takes as argument # the name of the directory in which the tclIndex file is to be placed, # floowed by any number of glob patterns to use in that directory to # locate all of the relevant files. proc auto_mkindex {dir args} { global errorCode errorInfo set oldDir [pwd] cd $dir set dir [pwd] append index "# Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0\n" append index "# This file is generated by the \"auto_mkindex\" command\n" append index "# and sourced to set up indexing information for one or\n" append index "# more commands. Typically each line is a command that\n" append index "# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the\n" append index "# element name is the name of a command and the value is\n" append index "# a script that loads the command.\n\n" foreach file [eval glob $args] { set f "" set error [catch { set f [open $file] while {[gets $f line] >= 0} { if [regexp {^proc[ ]+([^ ]*)} $line match procName] { append index "set [list auto_index($procName)]" append index " \"source \$dir/$file\"\n" } } close $f } msg] if $error { set code $errorCode set info $errorInfo catch {close $f} cd $oldDir error $msg $info $code } } set f [open tclIndex w] puts $f $index nonewline close $f cd $oldDir } # parray: # Print the contents of a global array on stdout. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tcllib.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:34 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # proc parray a { upvar 1 $a array if [catch {array size array}] { error "\"$a\" isn't an array" } set maxl 0 foreach name [lsort [array names array]] { if {[string length $name] > $maxl} { set maxl [string length $name] } } set maxl [expr {$maxl + [string length $a] + 2}] foreach name [lsort [array names array]] { set nameString [format %s(%s) $a $name] puts stdout [format "%-*s = %s" $maxl $nameString $array($name)] } } iguration section. #### SHELL = /bin/sh TCL2C = $(srcdir)/tcl2c CFWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl1006640070060000000000007053605575577765012664 037777777777 1 0 # tk.tcl -- # # Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each # Tk-based application. Arranges class bindings for widgets. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # Insist on running with compatible versions of Tcl and Tk. # Add Tk's directory to the end of the auto-load search path: lappend auto_path $tk_library # Turn off strict Motif look and feel as a default. set tk_strictMotif 0 # normally auto-loaded files # button.tcl -- # # This file contains Tcl procedures used to manage Tk buttons. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # The procedure below is invoked when the mouse pointer enters a # button widget. It records the button we're in and changes the # state of the button to active unless the button is disabled. proc tk_butEnter w { global tk_priv tk_strictMotif if {[lindex [$w config -state] 4] != "disabled"} { if {!$tk_strictMotif} { $w config -state active } set tk_priv(window) $w } } # The procedure below is invoked when the mouse pointer leaves a # button widget. It changes the state of the button back to # inactive. proc tk_butLeave w { global tk_priv tk_strictMotif if {[lindex [$w config -state] 4] != "disabled"} { if {!$tk_strictMotif} { $w config -state normal } } set tk_priv(window) "" } # The procedure below is invoked when the mouse button is pressed in # a button/radiobutton/checkbutton widget. It records information # (a) to indicate that the mouse is in the button, and # (b) to save the button's relief so it can be restored later. proc tk_butDown w { global tk_priv set tk_priv(relief) [lindex [$w config -relief] 4] set tk_priv(buttonWindow) $w if {[lindex [$w config -state] 4] != "disabled"} { $w config -relief sunken } } # The procedure below is invoked when the mouse button is released # for a button/radiobutton/checkbutton widget. It restores the # button's relief and invokes the command as long as the mouse # hasn't left the button. proc tk_butUp w { global tk_priv if {$w == $tk_priv(buttonWindow)} { $w config -relief $tk_priv(relief) if {($w == $tk_priv(window)) && ([lindex [$w config -state] 4] != "disabled")} { uplevel #0 [list $w invoke] } set tk_priv(buttonWindow) "" } } # dialog.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_dialog, which creates a dialog # box containing a bitmap, a message, and one or more buttons. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # # tk_dialog: # # This procedure displays a dialog box, waits for a button in the dialog # to be invoked, then returns the index of the selected button. # # Arguments: # w - Window to use for dialog top-level. # title - Title to display in dialog's decorative frame. # text - Message to display in dialog. # bitmap - Bitmap to display in dialog (empty string means none). # default - Index of button that is to display the default ring # (-1 means none). # args - One or more strings to display in buttons across the # bottom of the dialog box. proc tk_dialog {w title text bitmap default args} { global tk_priv # 1. Create the top-level window and divide it into top # and bottom parts. catch {destroy $w} toplevel $w -class Dialog wm title $w $title wm iconname $w Dialog frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1 pack $w.top -side top -fill both frame $w.bot -relief raised -bd 1 pack $w.bot -side bottom -fill both # 2. Fill the top part with bitmap and message. message $w.msg -width 3i -text $text \ -font -Adobe-Times-Medium-R-Normal-*-180-* pack $w.msg -in $w.top -side right -expand 1 -fill both -padx 5m -pady 5m if {$bitmap != ""} { label $w.bitmap -bitmap $bitmap pack $w.bitmap -in $w.top -side left -padx 5m -pady 5m } # 3. Create a row of buttons at the bottom of the dialog. set i 0 foreach but $args { button $w.button$i -text $but -command "set tk_priv(button) $i" if {$i == $default} { frame $w.default -relief sunken -bd 1 raise $w.button$i $w.default pack $w.default -in $w.bot -side left -expand 1 -padx 3m -pady 2m pack $w.button$i -in $w.default -padx 2m -pady 2m \ -ipadx 2m -ipady 1m bind $w "$w.button$i flash; set tk_priv(button) $i" } else { pack $w.button$i -in $w.bot -side left -expand 1 \ -padx 3m -pady 3m -ipadx 2m -ipady 1m } incr i } # 4. Withdraw the window, then update all the geometry information # so we know how big it wants to be, then center the window in the # display and de-iconify it. wm withdraw $w update idletasks set x [expr [winfo screenwidth $w]/2 - [winfo reqwidth $w]/2 \ - [winfo vrootx [winfo parent $w]]] set y [expr [winfo screenheight $w]/2 - [winfo reqheight $w]/2 \ - [winfo vrooty [winfo parent $w]]] wm geom $w +$x+$y wm deiconify $w # 5. Set a grab and claim the focus too. set oldFocus [focus] grab $w focus $w # 6. Wait for the user to respond, then restore the focus and # return the index of the selected button. tkwait variable tk_priv(button) destroy $w focus $oldFocus return $tk_priv(button) } # entry.tcl -- # # This file contains Tcl procedures used to manage Tk entries. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # The procedure below is invoked to backspace over one character # in an entry widget. The name of the widget is passed as argument. proc tk_entryBackspace w { set x [expr {[$w index insert] - 1}] if {$x != -1} {$w delete $x} } # The procedure below is invoked to backspace over one word in an # entry widget. The name of the widget is passed as argument. proc tk_entryBackword w { set string [$w get] set curs [expr [$w index insert]-1] if {$curs < 0} return for {set x $curs} {$x > 0} {incr x -1} { if {([string first [string index $string $x] " \t"] < 0) && ([string first [string index $string [expr $x-1]] " \t"] >= 0)} { break } } $w delete $x $curs } # The procedure below is invoked after insertions. If the caret is not # visible in the window then the procedure adjusts the entry's view to # bring the caret back into the window again. Also, try to keep at # least one character visible to the left of the caret. proc tk_entrySeeCaret w { set c [$w index insert] set left [$w index @0] if {$left >= $c} { if {$c > 0} { $w view [expr $c-1] } else { $w view $c } return } while {([$w index @[expr [winfo width $w]-5]] < $c) && ($left < $c)} { set left [expr $left+1] $w view $left } } # listbox.tcl -- # # This file contains Tcl procedures used to manage Tk listboxes. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # The procedure below may be invoked to change the behavior of # listboxes so that only a single item may be selected at once. # The arguments give one or more windows whose behavior should # be changed; if one of the arguments is "Listbox" then the default # behavior is changed for all listboxes. proc tk_listboxSingleSelect args { foreach w $args { bind $w {%W select from [%W nearest %y]} bind $w {%W select from [%W nearest %y]} bind $w {%W select from [%W nearest %y]} } } # menu.tcl -- # # This file contains Tcl procedures used to manage Tk menus and # menubuttons. Most of the code here is dedicated to support for # pulling down menus and menu traversal via the keyboard. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # The procedure below is publically available. It is used to identify # a frame that serves as a menu bar and the menu buttons that lie inside # the menu bar. This procedure establishes proper "menu bar" behavior # for all of the menu buttons, including keyboard menu traversal. Only # one menu bar may exist for a given top-level window at a time. # Arguments: # # bar - The path name of the containing frame. Must # be an ancestor of all of the menu buttons, # since it will be be used in grabs. # additional arguments - One or more menu buttons that are descendants # of bar. The order of these arguments # determines the order of keyboard traversal. # If no extra arguments are named then all of # the menu bar information for bar is cancelled. proc tk_menuBar {w args} { global tk_priv if {$args == ""} { if [catch {set menus $tk_priv(menusFor$w)}] { return "" } return $menus } if [info exists tk_priv(menusFor$w)] { unset tk_priv(menusFor$w) unset tk_priv(menuBarFor[winfo toplevel $w]) } if {$args == "{}"} { return } set tk_priv(menusFor$w) $args set tk_priv(menuBarFor[winfo toplevel $w]) $w bind $w {tk_traverseToMenu %W %A} bind $w {tk_firstMenu %W} bind $w tk_mbUnpost } proc tk_menus {w args} { error "tk_menus is obsolete in Tk versions 3.0 and later; please change your scripts to use tk_menuBar instead" } # The procedure below is publically available. It takes any number of # arguments that are names of widgets or classes. It sets up bindings # for the widgets or classes so that keyboard menu traversal is possible # when the input focus is in those widgets or classes. proc tk_bindForTraversal args { foreach w $args { bind $w {tk_traverseToMenu %W %A} bind $w {tk_firstMenu %W} } } # The procedure below does all of the work of posting a menu (including # unposting any other menu that might currently be posted). The "w" # argument is the name of the menubutton for the menu to be posted. # Note: if $w is disabled then the procedure does nothing. proc tk_mbPost {w} { global tk_priv tk_strictMotif if {[lindex [$w config -state] 4] == "disabled"} { return } if {$w == $tk_priv(posted)} { grab -global $tk_priv(grab) return } set menu [lindex [$w config -menu] 4] if {$menu == ""} { return } if ![string match $w* $menu] { error "can't post $menu: it isn't a descendant of $w (this is a new requirement in Tk versions 3.0 and later)" } set cur $tk_priv(posted) if {$cur != ""} tk_mbUnpost set tk_priv(relief) [lindex [$w config -relief] 4] $w config -relief raised set tk_priv(posted) $w if {$tk_priv(focus) == ""} { set tk_priv(focus) [focus] } set tk_priv(activeBg) [lindex [$menu config -activebackground] 4] set tk_priv(activeFg) [lindex [$menu config -activeforeground] 4] if $tk_strictMotif { $menu config -activebackground [lindex [$menu config -background] 4] $menu config -activeforeground [lindex [$menu config -foreground] 4] } $menu activate none focus $menu $menu post [winfo rootx $w] [expr [winfo rooty $w]+[winfo height $w]] if [catch {set grab $tk_priv(menuBarFor[winfo toplevel $w])}] { set grab $w } else { if [lsearch $tk_priv(menusFor$grab) $w]<0 { set grab $w } } set tk_priv(cursor) [lindex [$grab config -cursor] 4] $grab config -cursor arrow set tk_priv(grab) $grab grab -global $grab } # The procedure below does all the work of unposting the menubutton that's # currently posted. It takes no arguments. Special notes: # 1. It's important to unpost the menu before releasing the grab, so # that any Enter-Leave events (e.g. from menu back to main # application) have mode NotifyGrab. # 2. Be sure to enclose various groups of commands in "catch" so that # the procedure will complete even if the menubutton or the menu # or the grab window has been deleted. proc tk_mbUnpost {} { global tk_priv set w $tk_priv(posted) if {$w != ""} { catch { set menu [lindex [$w config -menu] 4] $menu unpost $menu config -activebackground $tk_priv(activeBg) $menu config -activeforeground $tk_priv(activeFg) $w config -relief $tk_priv(relief) } catch {$tk_priv(grab) config -cursor $tk_priv(cursor)} catch {focus $tk_priv(focus)} grab release $tk_priv(grab) set tk_priv(grab) "" set tk_priv(focus) "" set tk_priv(posted) {} } } # The procedure below is invoked to implement keyboard traversal to # a menu button. It takes two arguments: the name of a window where # a keystroke originated, and the ascii character that was typed. # This procedure finds a menu bar by looking upward for a top-level # window, then looking for a window underneath that named "menu". # Then it searches through all the subwindows of "menu" for a menubutton # with an underlined character matching char. If one is found, it # posts that menu. proc tk_traverseToMenu {w char} { global tk_priv if {$char == ""} { return } set char [string tolower $char] foreach mb [tk_getMenuButtons $w] { if {[winfo class $mb] == "Menubutton"} { set char2 [string index [lindex [$mb config -text] 4] \ [lindex [$mb config -underline] 4]] if {[string compare $char [string tolower $char2]] == 0} { tk_mbPost $mb [lindex [$mb config -menu] 4] activate 0 return } } } } # The procedure below is used to implement keyboard traversal within # the posted menu. It takes two arguments: the name of the menu to # be traversed within, and an ASCII character. It searches for an # entry in the menu that has that character underlined. If such an # entry is found, it is invoked and the menu is unposted. proc tk_traverseWithinMenu {w char} { if {$char == ""} { return } set char [string tolower $char] set last [$w index last] if {$last == "none"} { return } for {set i 0} {$i <= $last} {incr i} { if [catch {set char2 [string index \ [lindex [$w entryconfig $i -label] 4] \ [lindex [$w entryconfig $i -underline] 4]]}] { continue } if {[string compare $char [string tolower $char2]] == 0} { tk_mbUnpost $w invoke $i return } } } # The procedure below takes a single argument, which is the name of # a window. It returns a list containing path names for all of the # menu buttons associated with that window's top-level window, or an # empty list if there are none. proc tk_getMenuButtons w { global tk_priv set top [winfo toplevel $w] if [catch {set bar [set tk_priv(menuBarFor$top)]}] { return "" } return $tk_priv(menusFor$bar) } # The procedure below is used to traverse to the next or previous # menu in a menu bar. It takes one argument, which is a count of # how many menu buttons forward or backward (if negative) to move. # If there is no posted menu then this procedure has no effect. proc tk_nextMenu count { global tk_priv if {$tk_priv(posted) == ""} { return } set buttons [tk_getMenuButtons $tk_priv(posted)] set length [llength $buttons] for {set i 0} 1 {incr i} { if {$i >= $length} { return } if {[lindex $buttons $i] == $tk_priv(posted)} { break } } incr i $count while 1 { while {$i < 0} { incr i $length } while {$i >= $length} { incr i -$length } set mb [lindex $buttons $i] if {[lindex [$mb configure -state] 4] != "disabled"} { break } incr i $count } tk_mbUnpost tk_mbPost $mb [lindex [$mb config -menu] 4] activate 0 } # The procedure below is used to traverse to the next or previous entry # in the posted menu. It takes one argument, which is 1 to go to the # next entry or -1 to go to the previous entry. Disabled entries are # skipped in this process. proc tk_nextMenuEntry count { global tk_priv if {$tk_priv(posted) == ""} { return } set menu [lindex [$tk_priv(posted) config -menu] 4] if {[$menu index last] == "none"} { return } set length [expr [$menu index last]+1] set i [$menu index active] if {$i == "none"} { set i 0 } else { incr i $count } while 1 { while {$i < 0} { incr i $length } while {$i >= $length} { incr i -$length } if {[catch {$menu entryconfigure $i -state} state] == 0} { if {[lindex $state 4] != "disabled"} { break } } incr i $count } $menu activate $i } # The procedure below invokes the active entry in the posted menu, # if there is one. Otherwise it does nothing. proc tk_invokeMenu {menu} { set i [$menu index active] if {$i != "none"} { tk_mbUnpost update idletasks $menu invoke $i } } # The procedure below is invoked to keyboard-traverse to the first # menu for a given source window. The source window is passed as # parameter. proc tk_firstMenu w { set mb [lindex [tk_getMenuButtons $w] 0] if {$mb != ""} { tk_mbPost $mb [lindex [$mb config -menu] 4] activate 0 } } # The procedure below is invoked when a button-1-down event is # received by a menu button. If the mouse is in the menu button # then it posts the button's menu. If the mouse isn't in the # button's menu, then it deactivates any active entry in the menu. # Remember, event-sharing can cause this procedure to be invoked # for two different menu buttons on the same event. proc tk_mbButtonDown w { global tk_priv if {[lindex [$w config -state] 4] == "disabled"} { return } if {$tk_priv(inMenuButton) == $w} { tk_mbPost $w } } # text.tcl -- # # This file contains Tcl procedures used to manage Tk entries. # # /mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tk.tcl,v 1.1 1994/06/09 11:41:41 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley) # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # All rights reserved. # # Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without # license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this # software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the # above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in # all copies of this software. # # IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR # DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT # OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF # CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, # INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY # AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS # ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO # PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. # # The procedure below is invoked when dragging one end of the selection. # The arguments are the text window name and the index of the character # that is to be the new end of the selection. proc tk_textSelectTo {w index} { global tk_priv case $tk_priv(selectMode) { char { if [$w compare $index < anchor] { set first $index set last anchor } else { set first anchor set last [$w index $index+1c] } } word { if [$w compare $index < anchor] { set first [$w index "$index wordstart"] set last [$w index "anchor wordend"] } else { set first [$w index "anchor wordstart"] set last [$w index "$index wordend"] } } line { if [$w compare $index < anchor] { set first [$w index "$index linestart"] set last [$w index "anchor lineend + 1c"] } else { set first [$w index "anchor linestart"] set last [$w index "$index lineend + 1c"] } } } $w tag remove sel 0.0 $first $w tag add sel $first $last $w tag remove sel $last end } # The procedure below is invoked to backspace over one character in # a text widget. The name of the widget is passed as argument. proc tk_textBackspace w { $w delete insert-1c insert } # The procedure below compares three indices, a, b, and c. Index b must # be less than c. The procedure returns 1 if a is closer to b than to c, # and 0 otherwise. The "w" argument is the name of the text widget in # which to do the comparison. proc tk_textIndexCloser {w a b c} { set a [$w index $a] set b [$w index $b] set c [$w index $c] if [$w compare $a <= $b] { return 1 } if [$w compare $a >= $c] { return 0 } scan $a "%d.%d" lineA chA scan $b "%d.%d" lineB chB scan $c "%d.%d" lineC chC if {$chC == 0} { incr lineC -1 set chC [string length [$w get $lineC.0 $lineC.end]] } if {$lineB != $lineC} { return [expr {($lineA-$lineB) < ($lineC-$lineA)}] } return [expr {($chA-$chB) < ($chC-$chA)}] } # The procedure below is called to reset the selection anchor to # whichever end is FARTHEST from the index argument. proc tk_textResetAnchor {w index} { global tk_priv if {[$w tag ranges sel] == ""} { set tk_priv(selectMode) char $w mark set anchor $index return } if [tk_textIndexCloser $w $index sel.first sel.last] { if {$tk_priv(selectMode) == "char"} { $w mark set anchor sel.last } else { $w mark set anchor sel.last-1c } } else { $w mark set anchor sel.first } } # This file contains a default version of the tkError procedure. It # posts a dialog box with the error message and gives the user a chance # to see a more detailed stack trace. proc tkerror err { global errorInfo set info $errorInfo if {[tk_dialog .tkerrorDialog "Error in Tcl Script" \ "Error: $err" error 0 OK "See Stack Trace"] == 0} { return } set w .tkerrorTrace catch {destroy $w} toplevel $w -class ErrorTrace wm minsize $w 1 1 wm title $w "Stack Trace for Error" wm iconname $w "Stack Trace" button $w.ok -text OK -command "destroy $w" text $w.text -relief raised -bd 2 -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \ -setgrid true -width 40 -height 10 scrollbar $w.scroll -relief flat -command "$w.text yview" pack $w.ok -side bottom -padx 3m -pady 3m -ipadx 2m -ipady 1m pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y pack $w.text -side left -expand yes -fill both $w.text insert 0.0 $info $w.text mark set insert 0.0 # Center the window on the screen. wm withdraw $w update idletasks set x [expr [winfo screenwidth $w]/2 - [winfo reqwidth $w]/2 \ - [winfo vrootx [winfo parent $w]]] set y [expr [winfo screenheight $w]/2 - [winfo reqheight $w]/2 \ - [winfo vrooty [winfo parent $w]]] wm geom $w +$x+$y wm deiconify $w } et tk_priv(grab) "" set tk_priv(focus) "" set tk_priv(posted) {} } } # The procedure below is invoked to implement keyboard traversal to # a menu button. WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/binary.tkbind.tcl1006640070060000000000002306705575577775013517 037777777777 1 0 # standard TK bindings # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for various flavors of button widgets. $tk_priv(window) # keeps track of the button containing the mouse $tk_priv(relief) saves # the original relief of the button so it can be restored when the mouse # button is released, and $tk_priv(buttonWindow) keeps track of the # window in which the mouse button was pressed. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Button {tk_butEnter %W} bind Button {tk_butLeave %W} bind Button <1> {tk_butDown %W} bind Button {tk_butUp %W} bind Checkbutton {tk_butEnter %W} bind Checkbutton {tk_butLeave %W} bind Checkbutton <1> {tk_butDown %W} bind Checkbutton {tk_butUp %W} bind Radiobutton {tk_butEnter %W} bind Radiobutton {tk_butLeave %W} bind Radiobutton <1> {tk_butDown %W} bind Radiobutton {tk_butUp %W} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for entry widgets. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Entry <1> { %W icursor @%x %W select from @%x if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "normal"} {focus %W} } bind Entry {%W select to @%x} bind Entry {%W select adjust @%x} bind Entry {%W select to @%x} bind Entry <2> {%W scan mark %x} bind Entry {%W scan dragto %x} bind Entry { if {"%A" != ""} { %W insert insert %A tk_entrySeeCaret %W } } bind Entry {tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {%W delete sel.first sel.last; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {%W delete 0 end} bind Entry {%W insert insert [selection get]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {tk_entryBackword %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} tk_bindForTraversal Entry # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for listbox widgets. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Listbox <1> {%W select from [%W nearest %y]} bind Listbox {%W select to [%W nearest %y]} bind Listbox {%W select adjust [%W nearest %y]} bind Listbox {%W select to [%W nearest %y]} bind Listbox <2> {%W scan mark %x %y} bind Listbox {%W scan dragto %x %y} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for scrollbar widgets. When strict Motif is requested, # the bindings use $tk_priv(buttons) and $tk_priv(activeFg) to set the # -activeforeground color to -foreground when the mouse is in the window # and restore it when the mouse leaves. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Scrollbar { if $tk_strictMotif { set tk_priv(activeFg) [lindex [%W config -activeforeground] 4] %W config -activeforeground [lindex [%W config -foreground] 4] } } bind Scrollbar { if {$tk_strictMotif && ($tk_priv(buttons) == 0)} { %W config -activeforeground $tk_priv(activeFg) } } bind Scrollbar {incr tk_priv(buttons)} bind Scrollbar {incr tk_priv(buttons) -1} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for scale widgets. When strict Motif is requested, # the bindings use $tk_priv(buttons) and $tk_priv(activeFg) to set the # -activeforeground color to -foreground when the mouse is in the window # and restore it when the mouse leaves. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Scale { if $tk_strictMotif { set tk_priv(activeFg) [lindex [%W config -activeforeground] 4] %W config -activeforeground [lindex [%W config -sliderforeground] 4] } } bind Scale { if {$tk_strictMotif && ($tk_priv(buttons) == 0)} { %W config -activeforeground $tk_priv(activeFg) } } bind Scale {incr tk_priv(buttons)} bind Scale {incr tk_priv(buttons) -1} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for menubutton widgets. Variables used: # $tk_priv(posted) - keeps track of the menubutton whose menu is # currently posted (or empty string, if none). # $tk_priv(inMenuButton)- if non-null, identifies menu button # containing mouse pointer. # $tk_priv(relief) - keeps track of original relief of posted # menu button, so it can be restored later. # $tk_priv(dragging) - if non-null, identifies menu button whose # menu is currently being dragged in a tear-off # operation. # $tk_priv(focus) - records old focus window so focus can be # returned there after keyboard traversal # to menu. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Menubutton { set tk_priv(inMenuButton) %W if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] != "disabled"} { if {!$tk_strictMotif} { %W config -state active } } } bind Menubutton { set tk_priv(inMenuButton) {} if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "active"} { %W config -state normal } } bind Menubutton <1> {tk_mbButtonDown %W} bind Menubutton { if {($tk_priv(posted) == "%W") && ($tk_priv(inMenuButton) == "%W")} { [lindex [$tk_priv(posted) config -menu] 4] activate 0 } else { tk_mbUnpost } } # The binding below is trickier than it looks. It's important to check # to see that another menu is posted in the "if" statement below. # The check is needed because some window managers (e.g. mwm in # click-to-focus mode) cause a button-press event to be preceded by # a B1-Enter event; we don't want to process that B1-Enter event (if # we do, the grab may get mis-set so that the menu is non-responsive). bind Menubutton { set tk_priv(inMenuButton) %W if {([lindex [%W config -state] 4] != "disabled") && ($tk_priv(posted) != "")} { if {!$tk_strictMotif} { %W config -state active } tk_mbPost %W } } bind Menubutton <2> { if {($tk_priv(posted) == "") && ([lindex [%W config -state] 4] != "disabled")} { set tk_priv(dragging) %W [lindex [$tk_priv(dragging) config -menu] 4] post %X %Y } } bind Menubutton { if {$tk_priv(dragging) != ""} { [lindex [$tk_priv(dragging) config -menu] 4] post %X %Y } } bind Menubutton {set tk_priv(dragging) ""} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for menu widgets. $tk_priv(x) and $tk_priv(y) are used # to keep track of the position of the mouse cursor in the menu window # during dragging of tear-off menus. $tk_priv(window) keeps track of # the menu containing the mouse, if any. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Menu {set tk_priv(window) %W; %W activate @%y} bind Menu {set tk_priv(window) {}; %W activate none} bind Menu { if {$tk_priv(window) == "%W"} { %W activate @%y } } bind Menu <1> { if {$tk_priv(grab) != ""} { grab $tk_priv(grab) } } bind Menu {tk_invokeMenu %W} bind Menu <2> {set tk_priv(x) %x; set tk_priv(y) %y} bind Menu { if {$tk_priv(posted) == ""} { %W post [expr %X-$tk_priv(x)] [expr %Y-$tk_priv(y)] } } bind Menu { } bind Menu { } bind Menu {tk_mbUnpost} bind Menu {tk_traverseWithinMenu %W %A} bind Menu {tk_nextMenu -1} bind Menu {tk_nextMenu 1} bind Menu {tk_nextMenuEntry -1} bind Menu {tk_nextMenuEntry 1} bind Menu {tk_invokeMenu %W} # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Class bindings for text widgets. $tk_priv(selectMode) holds one of # "char", "word", or "line" to indicate which selection mode is active. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- bind Text <1> { set tk_priv(selectMode) char %W mark set insert @%x,%y %W mark set anchor insert if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "normal"} {focus %W} } bind Text { set tk_priv(selectMode) word %W mark set insert "@%x,%y wordstart" tk_textSelectTo %W insert } bind Text { set tk_priv(selectMode) line %W mark set insert "@%x,%y linestart" tk_textSelectTo %W insert } bind Text {tk_textSelectTo %W @%x,%y} bind Text { tk_textResetAnchor %W @%x,%y tk_textSelectTo %W @%x,%y } bind Text {tk_textSelectTo %W @%x,%y} bind Text <2> {%W scan mark %y} bind Text {%W scan dragto %y} bind Text { if {"%A" != ""} { %W insert insert %A %W yview -pickplace insert } } bind Text {%W insert insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {tk_textBackspace %W; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {tk_textBackspace %W; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {tk_textBackspace %W; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {%W delete sel.first sel.last} bind Text { %W insert insert [selection get] %W yview -pickplace insert } tk_bindForTraversal Text # Initialize the elements of tk_priv that require initialization. set tk_priv(buttons) 0 set tk_priv(buttonWindow) {} set tk_priv(dragging) {} set tk_priv(focus) {} set tk_priv(grab) {} set tk_priv(inMenuButton) {} set tk_priv(posted) {} set tk_priv(selectMode) char set tk_priv(window) {} 1006640070060000000000002306705575577775013517 037777777777 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bookmarks.tcl1006640070060000000000001103305501523754012710 037777777777 1 0 ## bookmarks.tcl tkW3 bookmarks facility ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## This file contains code to implement the bookmarks feature of tkW3 ## Conventions: ## all global visible objects in this file should begin with ## tkW3Bookmarks ## Global Variables # tkW3BookmarksList contains bookmarks in # {{title address} {title address}} format set tkW3Bookmarks(list) {} set tkW3Bookmarks(file) $env(HOME)/.mosaic-hotlist-default proc tkW3BookmarksInitialize {} { global tkW3Bookmarks if {[file exists $tkW3Bookmarks(file)]} { tkW3BookmarksLoad } } proc tkW3BookmarksDialog {} { global tkW3Bookmarks set parent . set w .bookmarks tkW3BookmarksLoad DLG:toplevel $parent $w tkW3OutputMakeButtons $w.button_frame { {current "Add current" "tkW3BookmarksAdd"} {goto "Go To" "tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected"} {clone "Clone" "tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected 1"} {remove "Remove" "tkW3BookmarksDeleteSelected"} {edit "Edit Title" "tkW3BookmarksEditTitle"} } pack append $w $w.button_frame top DLG:draw_listbox $w {} DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "tkW3HelpNoHelp" foreach item $tkW3Bookmarks(list) { $w.list insert end [lindex $item 0] } bind $w.list "$w.button_frame.goto flash %W select from \[%W nearest %y\] tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected" bind $w.list "$w.button_frame.clone flash %W select from \[%W nearest %y\] tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected 1" DLG:show $parent $w } proc tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected {{clone 0}} { global tkW3Bookmarks set address [ \ lindex [lindex $tkW3Bookmarks(list) \ [DLG:get_listbox_highlighted .bookmarks]] 1] if {$clone} { tkW3NavigateClone $address } { tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $address } } proc tkW3BookmarksDeleteSelected {} { global tkW3Bookmarks set i [DLG:get_listbox_highlighted .bookmarks] set tkW3Bookmarks(list) [ lreplace $tkW3Bookmarks(list) $i $i] .bookmarks.list delete $i tkW3BookmarksSave } proc tkW3BookmarksEditTitle {} { global tkW3Bookmarks set i [DLG:get_listbox_highlighted .bookmarks] set title [lindex [lindex $tkW3Bookmarks(list) $i] 0] DLG:entry . .edit_dialog "Bookmark title" \ {"Title:"} "Edit" "tkW3BookmarksDoEditTitle $i" DLG:set_entry_value .edit_dialog 1 $title DLG:show . .edit_dialog } proc tkW3BookmarksDoEditTitle {i title} { global tkW3Bookmarks set address [lindex [lindex $tkW3Bookmarks(list) $i] 1] set tkW3Bookmarks(list) \ [lreplace $tkW3Bookmarks(list) $i $i [list $title $address]] .bookmarks.list delete $i .bookmarks.list insert $i $title tkW3BookmarksSave } ## tkW3BookmarksAdd: Add a bookmark ## ----------- ## Arguments ## title - Title of the bookmark ## address - Address bookmark refers to ## ## If called with no arguments it sets title and address to current values ## No return value ## ## This procedure adds a bookmark to the list of bookmarks ## proc tkW3BookmarksAdd {{title ""} {address ""}} { global tkW3Bookmarks if {$title == "" && $address == ""} { set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] set title [tkW3NavigateGetTitle] } lappend tkW3Bookmarks(list) [list $title $address] tkW3BookmarksSave if {[winfo exists .bookmarks.list]} { .bookmarks.list insert end $title } } # Load bookmarks from file proc tkW3BookmarksLoad {{filename ""}} { global tkW3Bookmarks if {$filename == ""} { set filename $tkW3Bookmarks(file) } # open the file # trap for errors if {[catch {open $filename r} file]} { tkW3OutputError $file return } # clear the bookmarks set tkW3Bookmarks(list) "" gets $file format gets $file name # while there is stuff in the file while {[gets $file string] != -1} { # the line contains a hypertext anchor load it set address [lindex [split $string " \t"] 0] gets $file title lappend tkW3Bookmarks(list) [list $title $address] } close $file } # save bookmarks in "filename" proc tkW3BookmarksSave {{filename ""}} { global tkW3Bookmarks if {$filename == ""} { set filename $tkW3Bookmarks(file) } if {[catch {open $filename w} file]} { tkW3OutputError $file return } puts $file "ncsa-xmosaic-hotlist-format-1" puts $file "default" foreach item $tkW3Bookmarks(list) { puts $file "[lindex $item 1] [exec date]" puts $file "[lindex $item 0]" } close $file } utton) %W if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] != "disabled"} { if {!$tk_strictMotif} { %W config -state active } } } bind Menubutton { set tk_priv(inMenuButton) {} if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "active"} { %W config -state normal } } bind Menubutton <1> {tk_mbButtonDown %W} bind Menubutton { if {($tk_priv(posted) == "%W") && ($tk_priv(inMenuButton) == "%W")} { [lindex [$tk_priv(posted) config -menu] 4] activatWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/dialog.tcl1006640070060000000000007360505375560761012204 037777777777 1 0 # Program: template # Description: file selector box # Author: $__author$ # Source: $__self$ # Version: $__version$ # Date: $__ctime$ # State: $__state$ # # $__Log$ # # $__Header$ proc FSBoxInitialize {} { global fsBox set fsBox(activeBackground) "" set fsBox(activeForeground) "" set fsBox(background) "" set fsBox(font) "" set fsBox(foreground) "" set fsBox(scrollActiveForeground) "" set fsBox(scrollBackground) "" set fsBox(scrollForeground) "" set fsBox(scrollSide) left set fsBox(showPixmap) 0 set fsBox(name) "" set fsBox(path) [pwd] set fsBox(pattern) * set fsBox(all) 0 set fsBox(button) 0 set fsBox(extensions) 0 set fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } proc FSBox {{fsBoxMessage "Select file:"} {fsBoxFileName ""} {fsBoxActionOk ""} {fsBoxActionCancel ""}} { ########## # Procedure: FSBox # Description: show file selector box # Arguments: fsBoxMessage - the text to display # fsBoxFileName - a file name that should be selected # fsBoxActionOk - the action that should be performed on ok # fsBoxActionCancel - the action that should be performed on cancel # Returns: the filename that was selected, or nothing # Sideeffects: none ########## # # global fsBox(activeBackground) - active background color # global fsBox(activeForeground) - active foreground color # global fsBox(background) - background color # global fsBox(font) - text font # global fsBox(foreground) - foreground color # global fsBox(extensions) - scan directory for extensions # global fsBox(scrollActiveForeground) - scrollbar active background color # global fsBox(scrollBackground) - scrollbar background color # global fsBox(scrollForeground) - scrollbar foreground color # global fsBox(scrollSide) - side where scrollbar is located global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" set tmpFrameOpt "" set tmpMessageOpt "" set tmpScaleOpt "" set tmpScrollOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activebackground \"$fsBox(activeBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(activeForeground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(activeForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(background)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " append tmpFrameOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " } if {"$fsBox(font)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " } if {"$fsBox(foreground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollActiveForeground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(scrollActiveForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollBackground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-background \"$fsBox(scrollBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollForeground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(scrollForeground)\" " } set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) [string trimleft $fsBox(path) @] } if {"$fsBox(path)" != "" && [file exists $fsBox(path)] && [file isdirectory $fsBox(path)]} { set fsBox(internalPath) $fsBox(path) } { if {"$fsBox(internalPath)" == "" || ![file exists $fsBox(internalPath)]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } } # build widget structure # start build of toplevel if {"[info commands XFDestroy]" != ""} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} } toplevel .fsBox \ -borderwidth 0 catch ".fsBox config $tmpFrameOpt" wm geometry .fsBox 350x300 wm title .fsBox {File select box} wm maxsize .fsBox 1000 1000 wm minsize .fsBox 100 100 # wm positionfrom .fsBox program wm sizefrom .fsBox user wm withdraw .fsBox # end build of toplevel label .fsBox.message1 \ -anchor c \ -relief raised \ -text "$fsBoxMessage" catch ".fsBox.message1 config $tmpMessageOpt" frame .fsBox.frame1 \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.frame1 config $tmpFrameOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.ok \ -text "OK" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(name) \[.fsBox.file.file get\] if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) @\[.fsBox.path.path get\] } { set fsBox(path) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] } set fsBox(internalPath) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] $fsBoxActionOk if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" catch ".fsBox.frame1.ok config $tmpButtonOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.rescan \ -text "Rescan" \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} catch ".fsBox.frame1.rescan config $tmpButtonOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.cancel \ -text "Cancel" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(name) {} set fsBox(path) {} $fsBoxActionCancel if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" catch ".fsBox.frame1.cancel config $tmpButtonOpt" if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { frame .fsBox.frame2 \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.frame2 config $tmpFrameOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 \ -command {.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 xview} \ -orient {horizontal} \ -relief {raised} catch ".fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 config $tmpScrollOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 \ -command {.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 yview} \ -relief {raised} catch ".fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 config $tmpScrollOpt" canvas .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 \ -confine {true} \ -relief {raised} \ -scrollregion {0c 0c 20c 20c} \ -width {100} \ -xscrollcommand {.fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 set} \ -yscrollcommand {.fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 set} catch ".fsBox.frame2.canvas2 config $tmpFrameOpt" .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 addtag currentBitmap withtag [.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 create bitmap 5 5 -anchor nw] } frame .fsBox.path \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path config $tmpFrameOpt" frame .fsBox.path.paths \ -borderwidth 2 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path.paths config $tmpFrameOpt" menubutton .fsBox.path.paths.paths \ -borderwidth 0 \ -menu ".fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu" \ -relief flat \ -text "Pathname:" catch ".fsBox.path.paths.paths config $tmpButtonOpt" menu .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu catch ".fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu add command \ -label "[string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]" \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]" entry .fsBox.path.path \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path.path config $tmpMessageOpt" if {![IsADir $fsBox(internalPath)]} { set $fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) frame .fsBox.pattern \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern config $tmpFrameOpt" frame .fsBox.pattern.patterns \ -borderwidth 2 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns config $tmpFrameOpt" menubutton .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns \ -borderwidth 0 \ -menu ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu" \ -relief flat \ -text "Selection pattern:" catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns config $tmpButtonOpt" menu .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add checkbutton \ -label "Scan extensions" \ -variable fsBoxExtensions \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} entry .fsBox.pattern.pattern \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern.pattern config $tmpMessageOpt" .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 $fsBox(pattern) frame .fsBox.files \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.files config $tmpFrameOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.files.vscroll \ -relief raised \ -command ".fsBox.files.files yview" catch ".fsBox.files.vscroll config $tmpScrollOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.files.hscroll \ -orient horiz \ -relief raised \ -command ".fsBox.files.files xview" catch ".fsBox.files.hscroll config $tmpScrollOpt" listbox .fsBox.files.files \ -exportselection false \ -relief raised \ -xscrollcommand ".fsBox.files.hscroll set" \ -yscrollcommand ".fsBox.files.vscroll set" catch ".fsBox.files.files config $tmpMessageOpt" frame .fsBox.file \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.file config $tmpFrameOpt" label .fsBox.file.labelfile \ -relief raised \ -text "Filename:" catch ".fsBox.file.labelfile config $tmpMessageOpt" entry .fsBox.file.file \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.file.file config $tmpMessageOpt" .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBox(name) checkbutton .fsBox.pattern.all \ -offvalue 0 \ -onvalue 1 \ -text "Show all files" \ -variable fsBox(all) \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} catch ".fsBox.pattern.all config $tmpButtonOpt" FSBoxFSShow $fsBox(internalPath) $fsBox(pattern) $fsBox(all) # bindings bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble %W $fsBox(showPixmap) \{$fsBoxActionOk\} %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.path.path { FSBoxFSNameComplete path} bind .fsBox.path.path { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) FSBoxFSInsertPath .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} catch "bind .fsBox.path.path {}" bind .fsBox.path.path { .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} bind .fsBox.file.file { FSBoxFSNameComplete file} bind .fsBox.file.file " global fsBox set fsBox(name) \[.fsBox.file.file get\] if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) @\[.fsBox.path.path get\] } { set fsBox(path) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] } set fsBox(internalPath) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] $fsBoxActionOk if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" bind .fsBox.file.file { .fsBox.path.path icursor end focus .fsBox.path.path} bind .fsBox.file.file { .fsBox.pattern.pattern icursor end focus .fsBox.pattern.pattern} bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern { .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} catch "bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern {}" # packing pack append .fsBox.files \ .fsBox.files.vscroll "$fsBox(scrollSide) filly" \ .fsBox.files.hscroll {bottom fillx} \ .fsBox.files.files {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.file \ .fsBox.file.labelfile {left} \ .fsBox.file.file {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.frame1 \ .fsBox.frame1.ok {left fill expand} \ .fsBox.frame1.rescan {left fill expand} \ .fsBox.frame1.cancel {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.path.paths \ .fsBox.path.paths.paths {left} pack append .fsBox.pattern.patterns \ .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns {left} pack append .fsBox.path \ .fsBox.path.paths {left} \ .fsBox.path.path {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.pattern \ .fsBox.pattern.patterns {left} \ .fsBox.pattern.all {right fill} \ .fsBox.pattern.pattern {left fill expand} if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { pack append .fsBox.frame2 \ .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 {left filly} \ .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 {top expand fill} \ .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 {top fillx} pack append .fsBox \ .fsBox.message1 {top fill} \ .fsBox.frame1 {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.pattern {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.file {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.path {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.frame2 {right fill} \ .fsBox.files {left fill expand} } { pack append .fsBox \ .fsBox.message1 {top fill} \ .fsBox.frame1 {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.pattern {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.file {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.path {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.files {left fill expand} } if {"$fsBoxActionOk" == "" && "$fsBoxActionCancel" == ""} { # wait for the box to be destroyed update idletask grab .fsBox tkwait window .fsBox if {"[string trim $fsBox(path)]" != "" || "[string trim $fsBox(name)]" != ""} { if {"[string trimleft [string trim $fsBox(name)] /]" == ""} { return [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(path)] /] } { return [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(path)] /]/[string trimleft [string trim $fsBox(name)] /] } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSFileSelect # Description: select file name # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxShowPixmap - show pixmaps # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSFileSelect {fsBoxW fsBoxShowPixmap fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox FSBoxBindSelectOne $fsBoxW $fsBoxY set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [$fsBoxW get $fsBoxNearest] if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "/" || "[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "@"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]] && ![IsASymlink [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "*"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![file executable $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBox(name) if {$fsBoxShowPixmap} { catch ".fsBox.frame2.canvas2 itemconfigure currentBitmap -bitmap \"@$fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBox(name)\"" } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble # Description: select file when double clicked # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxShowPixmap - show pixmaps # fsBoxAction - the action bound to the ok button # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble {fsBoxW fsBoxShowPixmap fsBoxAction fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox FSBoxBindSelectOne $fsBoxW $fsBoxY set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [$fsBoxW get $fsBoxNearest] if {"$fsBoxTmpEntry" == "../"} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(internalPath)] "@/"] if {"$fsBoxTmpEntry" == ""} { return } FSBoxFSShow [file dirname $fsBoxTmpEntry] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "/" || "[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "@"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]] && ![IsASymlink [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "*"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![file executable $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBox(internalPath) "[string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]/$fsBoxFileName" FSBoxFSShow $fsBox(internalPath) \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) } { set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName if {$fsBoxShowPixmap} { set fsBox(path) @$fsBox(internalPath) } { set fsBox(path) $fsBox(internalPath) } if {"$fsBoxAction" != ""} { eval "global fsBox; $fsBoxAction" } if {"[info commands XFDestroy]" != ""} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} } } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSInsertPath # Description: insert current pathname into menu # Arguments: none # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSInsertPath {} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set fsBoxLast [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu index last] set fsBoxNewEntry [string trimright [.fsBox.path.path get] "/@"] for {set fsBoxCounter 0} {$fsBoxCounter <= $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter 1} { if {"$fsBoxNewEntry" == \ "[lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter -label] 4]"} { return } } if {$fsBoxLast < 9} { .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu add command \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow $fsBoxNewEntry \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBoxNewEntry" } { for {set fsBoxCounter 0} {$fsBoxCounter < $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter 1} { .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter -label \ [lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4] .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxCounter \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 [lindex \ [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4]" } .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxLast \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxCounter \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBoxNewEntry" } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSNameComplete # Description: perform name completion for fs box # Arguments: fsBoxType - the type we want to complete (path or file) # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSNameComplete {fsBoxType} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set fsBoxNewFile "" if {"$fsBoxType" == "path"} { set fsBoxDirName [file dirname [.fsBox.path.path get]] set fsBoxFileName [file tail [.fsBox.path.path get]] } { set fsBoxDirName [file dirname [.fsBox.path.path get]/] set fsBoxFileName [file tail [.fsBox.file.file get]] } set fsBoxNewFile "" if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName @]]} { catch "glob -nocomplain $fsBoxDirName/${fsBoxFileName}*" fsBoxResult foreach fsBoxCounter $fsBoxResult { if {"$fsBoxNewFile" == ""} { set fsBoxNewFile [file tail $fsBoxCounter] } { if {"[string index [file tail $fsBoxCounter] 0]" != "[string index $fsBoxNewFile 0]"} { set fsBoxNewFile "" break } set fsBoxCounter1 0 set fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxNewFile set fsBoxTmpFile2 [file tail $fsBoxCounter] set fsBoxLength1 [string length $fsBoxTmpFile1] set fsBoxLength2 [string length $fsBoxTmpFile2] set fsBoxNewFile "" if {$fsBoxLength1 > $fsBoxLength2} { set fsBoxLength1 $fsBoxLength2 } while {$fsBoxCounter1 < $fsBoxLength1} { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxCounter1]" == \ "[string index $fsBoxTmpFile2 $fsBoxCounter1]"} { append fsBoxNewFile [string index $fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxCounter1] } { break } incr fsBoxCounter1 1 } } } } if {"$fsBoxNewFile" != ""} { if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]] || ![IsAFile [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]]} { if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]]} { if {"$fsBoxDirName" == "/"} { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]/" } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName /]/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]/" } FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) FSBoxFSInsertPath } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName /]/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]" } } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName {@/}]/" .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBoxNewFile .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSShow # Description: show the file list # Arguments: fsBoxPath - the path to show # fsBoxPattern - selection pattern # fsBoxAll - show all files # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSShow {fsBoxPath fsBoxPattern fsBoxAll} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activebackground \"$fsBox(activeBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(activeForeground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(activeForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(background)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " } if {"$fsBox(font)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " } if {"$fsBox(foreground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " } set fsBox(pattern) $fsBoxPattern if {[file exists $fsBoxPath] && [file readable $fsBoxPath] && [IsADir $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) $fsBoxPath } { if {[file exists $fsBoxPath] && [file readable $fsBoxPath] && [IsAFile $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [file dirname $fsBoxPath] .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 [file tail $fsBoxPath] set fsBoxPath $fsBox(internalPath) } { while {"$fsBoxPath" != "" && "$fsBoxPath" != "/" && ![file isdirectory $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [file dirname $fsBoxPath] set fsBoxPath $fsBox(internalPath) } } } if {"$fsBoxPath" == ""} { set fsBoxPath "/" set fsBox(internalPath) "/" } .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) if {[.fsBox.files.files size] > 0} { .fsBox.files.files delete 0 end } if {$fsBoxAll} { if {[catch "exec ls -F -a $fsBoxPath" fsBoxResult]} { puts stderr "$fsBoxResult" } } { if {[catch "exec ls -F $fsBoxPath" fsBoxResult]} { puts stderr "$fsBoxResult" } } set fsBoxElementList [lsort $fsBoxResult] foreach fsBoxCounter [winfo children .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns] { if {[string length [info commands XFDestroy]] > 0} { catch {XFDestroy $fsBoxCounter} } { catch {destroy $fsBoxCounter} } } menu .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" if {$fsBox(extensions)} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add command \ -label "*" \ -command { global fsBox set fsBox(pattern) "*" .fsBox.pattern.pattern delete 0 end .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 $fsBox(pattern) FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] $fsBox(pattern) \ $fsBox(all)} } if {"$fsBoxPath" != "/"} { .fsBox.files.files insert end "../" } foreach fsBoxCounter $fsBoxElementList { if {[string match $fsBoxPattern $fsBoxCounter] || [IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxPath/$fsBoxCounter "/@"]]} { if {"$fsBoxCounter" != "../" && "$fsBoxCounter" != "./"} { .fsBox.files.files insert end $fsBoxCounter } } if {$fsBox(extensions)} { catch "file rootname $fsBoxCounter" fsBoxRootName catch "file extension $fsBoxCounter" fsBoxExtension set fsBoxExtension [string trimright $fsBoxExtension "/*@"] if {"$fsBoxExtension" != "" && "$fsBoxRootName" != ""} { set fsBoxInsert 1 set fsBoxLast [.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu index last] for {set fsBoxCounter1 0} {$fsBoxCounter1 <= $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter1 1} { if {"*$fsBoxExtension" == \ "[lindex [.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter1 -label] 4]"} { set fsBoxInsert 0 } } if {$fsBoxInsert} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add command \ -label "*$fsBoxExtension" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(pattern) \"*$fsBoxExtension\" .fsBox.pattern.pattern delete 0 end .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 \$fsBox(pattern) FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \$fsBox(pattern) \ \$fsBox(all)" } } } } if {$fsBox(extensions)} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add separator } if {$fsBox(extensions) || "[.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu index last]" == "none"} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add checkbutton \ -label "Scan extensions" \ -variable "fsBox(extensions)" \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxBindSelectOne # Description: action to select the current list item # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxBindSelectOne {fsBoxW fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { $fsBoxW select from $fsBoxNearest $fsBoxW select to $fsBoxNearest } } proc IsADir {pathName} { ########## # Procedure: IsADir # Description: check if name is a directory (including symbolic links) # Arguments: pathName - the path to check # Returns: 1 if its a directory, otherwise 0 # Sideeffects: none ########## if {[file isdirectory $pathName]} { return 1 } { catch "file type $pathName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $pathName" linkName]} { return 0 } catch "file type $linkName" fileType while {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $linkName" linkName]} { return 0 } } return [file isdirectory $linkName] } } return 0 } proc IsAFile {fileName} { ########## # Procedure: IsAFile # Description: check if filename is a file (including symbolic links) # Arguments: fileName - the filename to check # Returns: 1 if its a file, otherwise 0 # Sideeffects: none ########## if {[file isfile $fileName]} { return 1 } { catch "file type $fileName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $fileName" linkName]} { return 0 } catch "file type $linkName" fileType while {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $linkName" linkName]} { return 0 } } return [file isfile $linkName] } } return 0 } proc IsASymlink {fileName} { ########## # Procedure: IsASymlink # Description: check if filename is a symbolic link # Arguments: fileName - the path/filename to check # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## catch "file type $fileName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { return 1 } return 0 } # eof .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxLast \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu enWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.anchor.tcl1006640070060000000000000536005476445436013137 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.anchor.tcl Functions relating to adding anchors ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ****************** ## tkW3EditAnchor ## ----------------- ## Insert or edit an Anchor ## ****************** ## tkW3EditBeginAnchor ## ----------------- ## Turn the currently highlighted area into an Anchor proc tkW3EditBeginAnchor {w {anchorDialog "tkW3EditAnchorDialog"}} { global tkW3EditVars if {[tkW3EditSelectionExists $w]} { # store selection before it can be lost during editing the dialog: set tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) [.f.msg index sel.first] set tkW3EditVars(anchorFinish) [.f.msg index sel.last] $anchorDialog } } ## tkW3EditAnchorDialog ## -------------------- ## the dialog for entering an anchor. proc tkW3EditAnchorDialog {} { global tkW3EditVars DLG:entry . .anchor_dialog "Anchor Dialog" \ {"Name:" "Href:"} {Begin} "tkW3EditAddAnchor" if {"$tkW3EditVars(name)$tkW3EditVars(href)" != ""} { DLG:set_entry_value .anchor_dialog 1 $tkW3EditVars(name) DLG:set_entry_value .anchor_dialog 2 $tkW3EditVars(href) } DLG:show . .anchor_dialog set tkW3EditVars(name) "" set tkW3EditVars(href) "" } ## tkW3EditSetupAnchorDialog ## ------------------------- ## Read the current values of anchor ($link_number) proc tkW3EditSetupAnchorDialog {w {link_number ""}} { global tkW3EditVars global tkW3HtPage tkW3EditSelectionClear $w set tkW3EditVars(name) $tkW3HtPage(anchor.name.$link_number) set tkW3EditVars(href) $tkW3HtPage(anchor.href.$link_number) $w tag add sel \ [$w index h$link_number.first] \ [$w index h$link_number.last] set tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) [$w index h$link_number.first] set tkW3EditVars(anchorFinish) [$w index h$link_number.last] tkW3EditBeginAnchor $w } proc tkW3EditAddAnchor {name href} { # these array-fileds are set already in tkW3EditBeginAnchor: # anchorStart, anchorFinish global tkW3EditVars tkW3HtPage tkW3HtBeginAnc $name $href set number $tkW3HtPage(anchor.index) tkW3HtEndAnc set start $tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) set finish $tkW3EditVars(anchorFinish) if { $start != {} } { foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { if [regexp {h(0-9)+} $tag] { .f.msg tag remove $tag $start $finish } } .f.msg tag add Anchor $start $finish .f.msg tag add h$number $start $finish .f.msg tag remove sel $start $finish set $tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) {} tkW3EditModifiedSet } } attern - selection pattern # fsBoxAll - show all files # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSShow {fsBoxPath fsBoxPattern fsBoxAll} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { appendWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.generate.tcl1006640070060000000000001350605555624433013452 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.generate.tcl Generate HTML ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ******************** ## Procedures to generate HTML in the edit window from ## stuff displayed in the display window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditGenerate {} { tkW3EditOpen tkW3EditCopyText .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditCopyTags .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditConvertToHTML .edit.main.t } proc tkW3EditCopyText {from to} { $to delete 1.0 end $to insert 1.0 [$from get 1.0 end] } proc tkW3EditCopyTags {from to} { foreach item [$from tag names] { set range [$from tag ranges $item] set length [llength $range] for {set i 0} {$i < $length} {incr i 2} { set j $i incr j 1 $to tag add $item [lindex $range $i] [lindex $range $j] } } } proc tkW3EditConvertToHTML {w} { global tkW3HtPage $w mark set tmp 1.0 $w insert tmp " $tkW3HtPage(title)" if {$tkW3HtPage(base) != "" && $tkW3HtPage(base.use)} { $w insert tmp "\n" } if $tkW3HtPage(is_index) { $w insert tmp "\n" } if {$tkW3HtPage(next_id) != ""} { $w insert tmp "\n" } $w insert tmp " " tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag $w blank for {set n 1} {$n < 7} {incr n} { tkW3EditDelimitTag $w H$n "\n" "" } tkW3EditConvertLineItems $w set delimit_tags { {ADDRESS "\n
" "\n
"} {PRE "\n
" "\n
"} {CODE "" ""} {TT "" ""} {B "" ""} {I "" ""} {U "" ""} {EM "" ""} {STRONG "" ""} {SAMP "" ""} {KBD "" ""} {VAR "" ""} {DFN "" ""} {CITE "" ""} } foreach tag $delimit_tags { tkW3EditDelimitTag $w [lindex $tag 0] [lindex $tag 1] [lindex $tag 2] } tkW3EditConvertBullets $w HR "\n
" tkW3EditConvertBullets $w P "\n

" tkW3EditBreakLines $w tkW3EditConvertAnchors $w tkW3EditConvertImages $w $w insert end "\n" } proc tkW3EditConvertAnchors {w} { global tkW3HtPage $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange "Anchor" tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 1] $w mark set insert [lindex $range 0] foreach t [$w tag names insert] { if [regexp {h([0-9]+)} $t {} n] { set string "" tkW3EditInsertClean $w $string tkW3EditInsertClean $w "" tmp } } } } proc tkW3EditBreakLines {w} { for {set i 1} {[$w compare $i.0 < end]} {incr i} { set chars [lindex [split [$w index "$i.0 lineend"] "."] 1] if {$chars > 80 && [$w compare "$i.80 wordstart" > "$i.0"]} { $w mark set tmp "$i.80 wordstart" if {[$w get tmp] == " "} { $w delete tmp } $w insert tmp "\n" } } } proc tkW3EditConvertBullets {w text_tag sgml_tag} { $w mark set insert 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $text_tag insert]] != ""} { $w mark set insert [lindex $range 0] $w delete insert [lindex $range 1] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $sgml_tag } } # This long hairy procedure converts list items to the proper SGML tags proc tkW3EditConvertLineItems {w} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 set list_stack "" set prev_line 0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange LI tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 0] set string [$w get tmp [lindex $range 1]] set new_list_type "UL" foreach t [$w tag names [lindex $range 0]] { if [regexp {type.([A-Za-z]+)} $t {} n] { set new_list_type $n break } } $w delete tmp [lindex $range 1] # Get the list level by counting the number of tabs before the # bullet if [regexp {^ +} $string string] { set new_list_level [string length $string] incr new_list_level } { set new_list_level 1 } # Get the list type set list_level [llength $list_stack] $w mark set insert [$w index tmp] set current_line [lindex [split [$w index tmp] "."] 0] if {$current_line > $prev_line && $prev_line > 0} { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n" endmark incr list_level -1 incr current_line } while {$new_list_level < [llength $list_stack]} { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n" incr list_level -1 incr current_line } if {$new_list_level > $list_level} { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n<$new_list_type>" lappend list_stack $new_list_type incr current_line } $w mark set endmark {insert lineend} if {$new_list_type == "DL"} { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n

" } { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n
  • " } incr current_line set prev_line $current_line } while {[llength $list_stack]} { tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n" endmark incr list_level -1 } tkW3EditConvertBullets $w DD "\n
    " } proc tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag {w tag} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $tag tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 1] $w delete [lindex $range 0] tmp } } proc tkW3EditDelimitTag {w tag begin end} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $tag tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set insert [lindex $range 0] $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 1] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $begin tkW3EditInsertClean $w $end tmp } } proc tkW3EditInsertClean {w text {tag insert}} { set start [$w index $tag] $w insert $tag $text foreach t [$w tag names $start] { $w tag remove $t $start $tag } } {"$fileType" == "link"} { return 1 } return 0 } # eof .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxLast \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu enWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.modified.tcl1006640070060000000000000143105476445445013440 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.modified.tcl Some auxilary procedures for edit ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ******************** ## Set/Reset and check Modified flag ## ******************** proc tkW3EditModifiedSet {{on 1}} { ## Parameter on : 0 = off ; else on global tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(modified) $on tkW3ConfigDisplay } proc tkW3EditModifiedCheck {} { global tkW3HtPage if {$tkW3HtPage(modified) == 0} {return 1} if {[DLG:msg . .confirm_action_dialog \ "You didn't save this file! Do you want to discard your changes?"\ question "Discard" "Cancel"] == 1} { return 1 } return 0 } horDialog } } ## tkW3EditAnchorDialog ## -------------------- ## the dialog for entering an anchor. proc tkW3EditAnchorDialog {} { global tkW3EditVars DLG:entry . .anchor_dialog "Anchor Dialog" \ {"NWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.selection.tcl1006640070060000000000000223405476445454013647 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.selection.tcl Handling Selection ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for editing inside of tkWWW. ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkWWWEditSelection ## ******************** ## Selection Handling Procedures: ## ******************** proc tkW3EditSelectionGet {} { # the safe way set xfSelection "" catch "selection get" xfSelection if {"$xfSelection" == "selection doesn't exist or form \"STRING\" not defined"} { return "" } { return $xfSelection } } proc tkW3EditSelectionClear {w} { set range [$w tag ranges sel] set length [llength $range] for {set i 0} {$i < $length} {incr i 2} { set j $i incr j 1 $w tag remove sel [lindex $range $i] [lindex $range $j] } } proc tkW3EditSelectionExists {w} { if {[$w tag ranges sel] == ""} { return 0 } return 1 } proc tkW3EditSelectionChange {w start finish} { tkW3EditClearSelection $w $w tag add sel $start $finish } inish set $tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) {} tkW3EditModifiedSet } } attern - selection pattern # fsBoxAll - show all files # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSShow {fsBoxPath fsBoxPattern fsBoxAll} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { appendWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.tcl1006640070060000000000003757505602051471011662 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.tcl main file for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar School of Education and Technology ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for editing inside of tkWWW. ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkWWWEdit ## Bugs and Todo: ## Some abstraction questions # This is the style that the editor is current writing in set tkW3EditStyle(para) "" set tkW3EditStyle(char) "" # This is the cut buffer set tkW3EditSelection {} ## ******************** ## Initialization procedures ## ******************** proc tkW3EditInitialize {} { global tkW3EditConvert tkW3EditChar tkW3EditTags tkW3EditVars set convert_list { {"" "default"} {H1 heading1} {H2 heading2} {H3 heading3} {H4 heading4} {H5 heading5} {H6 heading6} {ADDRESS address} {PRE preformatted} {XMP example} {TT typewriter} {B bold} {I italics} {U underline} {EM emphasis} {STRONG "strong emphasis"} {SAMP sample} {KBD keyboard} {VAR variable} {DFN definition} {CITE citation} {CODE code} } foreach item $convert_list { set tkW3EditConvert([lindex $item 0]) [lindex $item 1] } # divide tags into classes set tkW3EditTags(para) {H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 PRE ADDRESS LIST XMP} set tkW3EditTags(char) {TT B I U EM STRONG SAMP KBD VAR DFN CITE} set tkW3EditTags(bull) {LI DD DT P} tkW3EditBindText .f.msg tkW3EditDisplayStatus set tkW3EditVars(anchorStart) {} set tkW3EditVars(href) {} set tkW3EditVars(name) {} # if a key possibly starts a 2-key sequence, to be translated according to # tkW3EditCharTranslate, store this pending char here: set tkW3EditChar(pending) "" } set tkW3ConfigEditTk { .edit.menu.file.m delete "*Quit*" .edit.menu.file.m entryconfigure "Save" -command "tkW3EditSave" .edit.menu.edit.m add command -label "Spell Check" -command \ {ispell_text .edit.main.t} set button_list { {generate "Generate Source" "tkW3EditGenerate"} {save "Save As..." "tkW3EditSave"} {close "Close Window" "tkW3EditClose"} } pack append .edit \ [ tkW3OutputMakeButtons .edit.button_box $button_list] {bottom fillx} } proc tkW3EditBindText {w} { global tkW3EditStyle bind $w {tkW3EditInsert %W %A} bind $w {tkW3EditInsert %W %A} bind $w {tkW3EditInsert [tkW3EditSelectionGet]} bind $w {tkW3HtButtonPress %W @%x,%y %b} bind $w {tkW3HtButtonPress %W @%x,%y %b} bind $w {tkW3HtButtonRelease %W @%x,%y %b} bind $w {tkW3HtButtonRelease %W @%x,%y %b} bind $w {tkW3HtButtonRelease %W @%x,%y %b} bind $w { tkW3EditSelectionClear %W set tk_priv(selectMode) char %W mark set insert @%x,%y %W mark set insert [tkW3EditDisplace %W [%W index insert]] %W mark set anchor insert tkW3EditSelectionClear %W if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "normal"} {focus %W} tkW3EditUseStyle %W tkW3HtButtonPress %W @%x,%y %b } bind $w { tkW3EditSelectionClear %W set tk_priv(selectMode) word %W mark set insert @%x,%y %W mark set insert [tkW3EditDisplace %W [%W index insert]] %W mark set anchor insert %W tag add sel "insert wordstart" "insert wordend" if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "normal"} {focus %W} tkW3EditUseStyle %W } bind $w { case $tkW3EditStyle(para) { {H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6} { tkW3EditInsertClean %W \n set tkW3EditStyle(para) "" %W yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditDisplayStatus return } {PRE XMP} {%W insert insert \n} {default} { tkW3EditInsertBullet %W "P" } } %W yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditUseStyle %W } bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} bind $w {tkW3EditDelChar %W} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c" 1} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c" 1} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c" 0} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c" 0} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert linestart" 1} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert lineend" 0} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 lines" 0} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 lines" 0} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c wordend" 1} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c wordstart" 0} } ## ******************** ## Keybinding actions ## ******************** proc tkW3EditInsert {w a} { global tkW3EditStyle tkW3EditChar set start [$w index insert] set tags [$w tag names "insert - 1 c"] set add_tag "" set anchor_number [lsearch $tags "h*"] if {$anchor_number != -1} { lappend add_tag Anchor lappend add_tag [lindex $tags $anchor_number] } if {$tkW3EditStyle(para) != ""} { lappend add_tag $tkW3EditStyle(para) } if {$tkW3EditStyle(char) != ""} { lappend add_tag $tkW3EditStyle(char) } if {$a != ""} { # this is the regular case of "Modified" : tkW3EditModifiedSet if { $tkW3EditChar(pending) != ""} { # try to do the translation: set translator [lindex $tkW3EditChar(translate) \ [expr [lsearch $tkW3EditChar(translate) $tkW3EditChar(pending)]+1] ] set substit [lindex $translator [lsearch $translator "$a?"]] set char [string index $substit 1] if { $char == "" } { if {$a == "\033"} { # ESC = cancell pending char. set a "" } { set a "$tkW3EditChar(pending)$a" } } { set a $char } set tkW3EditChar(pending) "" tkW3OutputSetMessage "" } } if {$a != "\033"} { if {[lsearch $tkW3EditChar(translate) $a] == -1} { $w insert insert $a foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { .f.msg tag remove $tag $start insert } foreach tag $add_tag { .f.msg tag add $tag $start insert } } { # this key possible starts a 2-key sequence. tkW3OutputSetMessage "char compose for $a" set tkW3EditChar(pending) $a } } } proc tkW3EditBackspace {w} { set i [$w index insert] $w delete [tkW3EditDisplace $w [$w index "$i-1c"] 0] $i $w yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditUseStyle $w tkW3EditModifiedSet } proc tkW3EditDelChar {w} { $w delete insert [tkW3EditDisplace $w [$w index "insert +1c"] 1] $w yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditUseStyle $w tkW3EditModifiedSet } proc tkW3EditMoveInsertTo {w loc {dir {}}} { # 3. parameter 'dir' sets direction to forward (1) or backward (0); # this applies, if the desired location is not allowed and the # insertion cursor needs to be displaced in either direction. $w mark set insert $loc $w mark set insert [tkW3EditDisplace $w [$w index insert] $dir] $w yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditUseStyle $w } # displace insertion from "index" to next allowed location, if necessary. # Insertion is not allowed within the representation of a bullet. # dir 1 means search forward, 0 backward. proc tkW3EditDisplace {w index {dir {}}} { global tkW3EditTags set inbul {} set names [$w tag names $index] foreach bultag $tkW3EditTags(bull) { if {[lsearch $names $bultag] != -1} { set inbul $bultag break } } if {$inbul == {}} {return $index} set range [tkW3EditCurRange $w $inbul $index] if {$dir != {} } { return [lindex $range $dir] } set start [lindex $range 0] set finish [lindex $range 1] scan $start "%d" l1 scan $finish "%d" l2 scan $index "%d" li if {($li == $l1) && ($li < $l2)} { return $start } return $finish } proc tkW3EditUseStyle {w} { global tkW3EditStyle tkW3EditTags set tags [$w tag names "insert - 1 c"] set tkW3EditStyle(char) "" set tkW3EditStyle(para) "" foreach tag $tags { if {[lsearch $tkW3EditTags(para) $tag] != -1} { set tkW3EditStyle(para) $tag } if {[lsearch $tkW3EditTags(char) $tag] != -1} { set tkW3EditStyle(char) $tag } } tkW3EditDisplayStatus } proc tkW3EditDisplayStatus {} { global tkW3EditStyle tkW3EditConvert tkW3OutputEntryPrint .style.char $tkW3EditConvert($tkW3EditStyle(char)) tkW3OutputEntryPrint .style.para $tkW3EditConvert($tkW3EditStyle(para)) } proc tkW3EditSetStyle {type style} { global tkW3EditStyle tkW3EditTagSelected .f.msg $style set tkW3EditStyle($type) $style tkW3EditDisplayStatus } ## ******************** ## Procedures to show or hide the edit window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditOpen {{display 1}} { global tkW3ConfigEditTk if {![winfo exists ".edit"]} { edittkmain "" "" toplevel "" $tkW3ConfigEditTk } if {$display} { wm deiconify .edit } } proc tkW3EditClose {} { wm withdraw .edit } ## ******************** ## Save Generated HTML to a file ## ******************** proc tkW3EditSave {{no_prompt 0}} { global fsBox set list [split [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] ":"] set type [lindex $list 0] set name [lindex $list 1] set file [file tail $name] set fsBox(path) "" if {"$type" == "file" && ![string match $name "//*"]} { set fsBox(path) [file dirname $name] if {$no_prompt != 0} { tkW3EditClose tkW3EditOutputHTML $fsBox(path)/$file return } } tkW3EditClose FSBox {Save HTML} $file \ {tkW3EditOutputHTML $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3EditOutputHTML {filename {saveas 0}} { # 2. Parameter controls if we are doing a save or a save as... set dir [file dirname $filename] set has_rcs [tkW3EditRcsFileExists $filename] if {![file exists $dir]} { if {[DLG:msg . .mkdir "directory $dir does not exist" question \ "Create" "Cancel"] == 1} { exec mkdir $dir } else { c return } } # If file is not writable and is RCS'ed attempt to check out if {![file writable $filename] && $has_rcs} { if {[DLG:msg . .rcs "RCS file exists, attempt to checkout?" question \ "Check out file" "Cancel"] == 1} { tkW3EditRcsCheckout $filename } { tkW3OutputError "Checkout aborted" } } if {[catch "open $filename w" file] != 0} { tkW3OutputError "couldn't open $filename for writing" return } puts $file [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] close $file # file is saved: tkW3EditModifiedSet 0 # Ask user about checking file into RCS if {$has_rcs || [tkW3EditRcsDirExists $filename]} { if {[DLG:msg . .rcs "Attempt to check file into RCS?" question \ "Check in file" "Cancel"] == 1} { tkW3EditRcsCheckin $filename } } # RELOAD: # make sure, file and view are identical (this is important for # page caching, which would otherwise keep the old page). if {$saveas} { tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto file:$filename } { tkW3NavigateReload } } ## ******************** ## These procedure are used to edit the display window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle {w} { global tkW3HtPage set w .change_title DLG:toplevel . $w DLG:draw_entries $w {"Title:"} tkW3OutputMakeToggles $w.toggle_frame { {base "Include BASE tag"} {is_index "Is index"} } 0 {expand fillx left} pack $w.toggle_frame -side top -fill both DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "OK" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:set_entry_value .change_title 1 $tkW3HtPage(title) tkW3OutputToggleSet $w.toggle_frame.base $tkW3HtPage(base.use) tkW3OutputToggleSet $w.toggle_frame.is_index $tkW3HtPage(is_index) DLG:bind_button $w 1 "tkW3EditChangeTitle $w" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:show . .change_title } proc tkW3EditChangeTitle {w} { global tkW3HtPage base is_index set tkW3HtPage(title) [lindex [DLG:get_entry_values $w 1] 0] set tkW3HtPage(base.use) $base set tkW3HtPage(is_index) $is_index tkW3OutputSetAddress $tkW3HtPage(address) $tkW3HtPage(title) DLG:hide $w } proc tkW3EditTagSelected {w tag {begin 0} {end 0}} { set list [tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected $w] if {$list != {}} { if {$begin != 0} { $w mark set insert [lindex $list 0] } $w tag add $tag [lindex $list 0] [lindex $list 1] $w mark set insert [lindex $list 1] if {$end != 0} { tkW3HtBlankLines $begin $w mark set insert [lindex $list 1] } tkW3EditModifiedSet } } proc tkW3EditBeginListItem {w} { tkW3HtAddBul LI } proc tkW3EditBeginGlossaryItem {w} { tkW3HtAddBul DT set tmp [$w index insert] tkW3HtAddBul DD $w mark set insert $tmp } proc tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected {w} { global tkW3EditCurrentStyle if {[$w tag ranges sel] != {}} { set start [$w index sel.first] set finish [$w index sel.last] foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { $w tag remove $tag $start $finish } return [list $start $finish] } set tkW3EditCurrentStyle Normal return {} } proc tkW3EditCut {w} { tkW3EditCopy $w tkW3EditDelete $w } proc tkW3EditCopy {w} { global tkW3EditSelection set tkW3EditSelection [$w get sel.first sel.last] } proc tkW3EditDelete {w} { $w delete sel.first sel.last } proc tkW3EditPaste {w} { global tkW3EditSelection if {"" != [$w tag ranges sel]} { $w delete sel.first sel.last $w set mark insert sel.first } $w insert insert "$tkW3EditSelection" } proc tkW3EditClear {w} { $w delete 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditInsertBullet {w type} { tkW3HtAddBul $type } proc tkW3EditCurRange {w tag index} { set ranges [$w tag ranges $tag] if {$ranges == {}} { return {} } set i 0 while {[$w compare [lindex $ranges $i] <= $index] == 1} { if {[$w compare [lindex $ranges [expr $i+1]] >= $index] == 1} { return [lrange $ranges $i [incr i]] } incr i 2 if {[llength $ranges] < $i} { return {} } } return {} } proc tkW3EditSelectAll {w} { $w tag add sel 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditDeselectAll {w} { $w tag remove sel 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditCreateNewPage {{address ""}} { global tkW3HtPage if {[tkW3EditModifiedCheck] == 0} { return } tkW3HtBeginDoc set tkW3HtPage(address) $address set tkW3HtPage(title) "" tkW3HtEndDoc tkW3EditModifiedSet 0 tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle .f.msg } ## ******************** ## Procedures dealing with image tags ## ******************** proc tkW3EditConvertImages {w} { global tkW3HtPage $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange "Image" tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 0] foreach t [$w tag names tmp] { if [regexp {i([0-9]+)} $t {} number] { set src $tkW3HtPage(image.$number) } } $w delete tmp [lindex $range 1] tkW3EditInsertClean $w "\n" tmp } } proc tkW3EditAddImage {w} { DLG:entry . .image_dialog "Image Dialog" \ {"Source:"} {Add} "tkW3HtSetImg " DLG:show . .image_dialog } proc tkW3EditChangeImage {i} { global tkW3HtPage DLG:entry . .image_dialog "Image Dialog" \ {"Source:"} {Change} "set tkW3HtPage(image.$i) " DLG:set_entry_value .image_dialog 1 $tkW3HtPage(image.$i) DLG:show . .image_dialog } ## ********************* ## Procedures dealing with RCS ## ********************* proc tkW3EditRcsFileExists {file} { set directory [file dirname $file] set tail [file tail $file] return [expr "[file readable $directory/$tail,v] || [file readable $directory/RCS/$tail,v]"] } proc tkW3EditRcsDirExists {file} { set directory [file dirname $file] return [file isdirectory "$directory/RCS"] } proc tkW3EditRcsCheckout {file} { tkW3ConfigExecTerm "co -l $file" } proc tkW3EditRcsCheckin {file} { tkW3ConfigExecTerm "ci -u $file" } tkW3EditChar(pending) "" tkW3OutputSetMessage "" } } if {$a != "\033"} { if {[lsearch $tkW3EditChar(translate) $a] =WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/editwin.tcl1007750070060000000000011757205540463333012404 037777777777 1 0 #!/usr/local/bin/wish -f # editwin.tk - simple Tk-based text editor window # from jstools, adjusted by creilly@maths.tcd.ie to be more modular # #THIS IS ALPHA. # # Thu Jul 15 20:24:58 BST 1993 #Takes as an argument a procedure to call upon quitting and (optionally) #a piece of text to edit. #Also optionally toplevel to tell it to go to a toplevel window and #an optional title for the toplevel #It return the window name which is static for the moment. # #TODO # #Add an optional script to run so we can configure the window #to fit the look of other apps. # proc edittkmain {rv {text ""} {type "frame"} {title "Editor"} {script ""}} { if {$type == "toplevel"} { toplevel .edit wm title .edit $title } { frame .edit } global env argc argv catch {tk colormodel . color} ;# colour even on a 2-bit display global _edtkVERSION global _edtk_rv set _edtk_rv $rv set _edtkVERSION {3.2/1.0} # TO DO # abbrev fixes: # abbrev panel # maybe some heuristics for things like plurals # maybe a syntax for suffixes (e.g., commit;t -> commitment) # deal with capitalisation # site-wide default bindings file # documentation for keybindings # routine to display output of a command # problem with filename getting set when you cancel Save # for the first time on a new unnamed file # improve find panel # have find wrap around (if last time didn't match) # regex search/replace # change all # break out search and replace routines for re-use # gesture commands ###################################################################### global _edtkNAME ;# user's login name global _edtkHOME ;# user's home directory global _edtkPREFS ;# user preferences if [info exists env(USER)] { set _edtkNAME $env(USER) } elseif [info exists env(LOGNAME)] { set _edtkNAME $env(LOGNAME) } else { error "Can't find environment variable USER or LOGNAME" } set _edtkHOME $env(HOME) # check for $HOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl and read it in if it exists. # this contains library procedures. it would normally be in $tk_library, # but we check for its presence here for people who can't put things in # $tk_library. # if {[file isfile "$_edtkHOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl"]} then { source "$_edtkHOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl" } if {! [info exists env(PRINTER)]} {set env(PRINTER) lp} set _edtkPREFS(autoposition) 0 ;# centre dialogue boxes and alerts set _edtkPREFS(confirm) 1 ;# annoying confirmation dialogues set _edtkPREFS(textwidth) 80 ;# width of text widget set _edtkPREFS(textheight) 24 ;# height of text widget set _edtkPREFS(textwrap) char ;# none, char, word set _edtkPREFS(sabbrev) 0 ;# expands static abbrevs? set _edtkPREFS(dabbrev) 0 ;# expands dynamic abbrevs? set _edtkPREFS(autobreak) 0 ;# break long lines on ? set _edtkPREFS(autoindent) 0 ;# preserve indentation on ? global _edtkFILENAME ;# left unset, so we can ask for one if needed global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER {} global _edtkABBREV ;# contains last abbrev expanded set _edtkABBREV {} global _edtkABBREV_POS ;# start of last abbrev set _edtkABBREV_POS {} global MATCH ;# contains last match found set MATCH {} global MATCH_POS ;# position last match found set MATCH_POS {} global _edtkABBREV_LIST ;# list of abbrevs read from file set _edtkABBREV_LIST {} global _edtkABBREVS ;# text-indexed array of expansions ###################################################################### foreach key {! $ & * ) - _ = + ] \} ; : ' \" , . / ? } { bind Text $key { tke_sabbrev_hook %W %W insert insert %A %W yview -pickplace insert } } ###################################################################### # bind arrow keys before reading in user's configuration, so # the user can override bindings in ~/.textbindings.tcl. bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert - 1 line} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert + 1 line} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert - 1 char} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert + 1 char} %W yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # some default values that can be redefined in .edit.edittkrc.tcl: # global _edtkTEXTBG; set _edtkTEXTBG white ;# Tk default background is {#4eee94} global _edtkTEXTFG; set _edtkTEXTFG black global _edtkTEXTSB; set _edtkTEXTSB black ;# selected bg; Tk default is lt blue global _edtkTEXTSF; set _edtkTEXTSF white ;# selected fg global _edtkTEXTBW; set _edtkTEXTBW 0 ;# selection border width global _edtkPREFS(textfont); set _edtkPREFS(textfont) default ; # if default, font won't be set tkW3MenuMakeMenus .edit.menu { {{file "File" 0} { {{Load ...} {cmd_load}} {{Save} {cmd_save}} {{Save As ...} {cmd_saveas}} {{Print ...} {cmd_print}} {} {{Insert File ...} {cmd_insfile}} {} {{Checkpoint} {cmd_save_checkpoint}} {{Revert to Checkpoint} {cmd_restore_checkpoint}} {} {{Preferences ...} {cmd_prefs}} {{Issue Tcl Command ...} {tkW3FileRunTclCommand}} {} {{Quit ...} {cmd_quit}} }} {{edit "Edit" 0} { {{Cut} {cmd_cut}} {{Copy} {cmd_copy}} {{Paste} {cmd_paste}} {{Insert X Selection} {cmd_xpaste}} {{Select All} {cmd_select_all}} {} {{Find ...} {cmd_find}} {{Find Again} {cmd_find_again}} {} {{Go to Line ...} {cmd_go_to_line}} {{Show Current Position ...} {cmd_current_line}} }} {{abbrev "Abbrev" 0} {}} {{pipe "Pipe" 0} { {{Format Lines with `fmt'} {tke_pipenl {fmt}}} {{Capitalise} {tke_pipe {tr \[a-z\] \[A-Z\]}}} {{Lowercase} {tke_pipe {tr \[A-Z\] \[a-z\]}}} {{Toggle Case} {tke_pipe {tr \[A-Z\]\[a-z\] \[a-z\]\[A-Z\]}}} {} {{Indent} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^/ /"}}} {{Unindent/Unquote} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^\[ >:|\}\] // s/^\t/ /"}}} {{Quote Email} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^/> /"}}} {} {{Sort by ASCII Sequence} {tke_pipenl {sort}}} {{Sort Numerically} {tke_pipenl {sort -n}}} {{Sort Alphabetically} {tke_pipenl {sort -if}}} {} {{Pipe Through ...} {cmd_run_pipe}} {{Insert Output of ...} {cmd_run_command}} }} {{help "Help" 0 right} { {{About the Editor ...} {tkW3HelpGetTopic edit.about.editor}} }} } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add checkbutton -label {Static Abbreviation} \ -accelerator {[Space]} \ -variable ED_PREFS(sabbrev) -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0 .edit.menu.abbrev.m add checkbutton -label {Dynamic Abbreviation} \ -accelerator {[Tab]} \ -variable ED_PREFS(dabbrev) -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0 .edit.menu.abbrev.m add separator .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Expand Static Abbreviation} -command { cmd_sabbrev } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Expand Dynamic Abbreviation} -command { cmd_dabbrev } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add separator .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Edit Static Abbreviations} -command { cmd_edit_abbrevs } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Reread Static Abbreviations} -command { cmd_read_abbrevs } ###################################################################### frame .edit.main -relief flat -borderwidth 5 pack append .edit.main \ [scrollbar .edit.main.s -command {.edit.main.t yview}] {right filly} \ [text .edit.main.t -yscroll {.edit.main.s set} -setgrid true \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight)] \ {right expand fill} # the following can't be redefined in the above; if you want to change # them, do so in $HOME/.edittkrc.tcl # bind .edit.main.t {set _edtkPREFS(sabbrev) [expr {! $_edtkPREFS(sabbrev)}]} bind .edit.main.t {set _edtkPREFS(dabbrev) [expr {! $_edtkPREFS(dabbrev)}]} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_run_pipe} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_run_command} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_select_all} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_copy} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_current_line} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_find} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_find_again} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_help} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_insfile} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_load} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_go_to_line} bind .edit.main.t {exec edit.tk &} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_print} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_save} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_saveas} bind .edit.main.t {tkW3FileRunTclCommand} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_paste} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_xpaste} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_cut} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_quit} bind .edit.main.t {tke_tabkey} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert "\t"} bind .edit.main.t {tke_spacebar} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert " "} bind .edit.main.t {tke_returnkey} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert "\n"} ###################################################################### pack append .edit .edit.menu {top fillx} pack append .edit .edit.main {top expand fill} ###################################################################### ###################################################################### ########## START OF PROCEDURE DEFINITIONS ########################## ###################################################################### ###################################################################### ###################################################################### # abbrev - set an abbreviation (used by .edit.tk/abbrevs.tcl ###################################################################### proc abbrev {{abbrev} {expansion}} { global _edtkABBREVS set _edtkABBREVS($abbrev) $expansion } ###################################################################### # tke_pipenl command - pipe selection through command (and replace) # adds a newline ###################################################################### proc tke_pipenl { command } { catch { eval exec $command << {[j:selection_if_any]} } result append result "\n" if [j:no_selection] {return 0} # save current position of selection: set selfirst [.edit.main.t index sel.first] # insert result: .edit.main.t insert sel.first $result # delete old selection: .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last # find end of result: set sellast [.edit.main.t index "$selfirst +[string length $result]chars"] # select result: .edit.main.t tag add sel $selfirst $sellast } ###################################################################### # tke_pipe command - pipe selection through command (and replace) # does not add a newline ###################################################################### proc tke_pipe { command } { catch { eval exec $command << {[j:selection_if_any]} } result if [j:no_selection] {return 0} # save current position of selection: set selfirst [.edit.main.t index sel.first] # insert result: .edit.main.t insert sel.first $result # delete old selection: .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last # find end of result: set sellast [.edit.main.t index "$selfirst +[string length $result]chars"] # select result: .edit.main.t tag add sel $selfirst $sellast } ###################################################################### # tke_read filename ?t? - "Load..." with supplied filename ###################################################################### proc tke_read { filename {t .edit.main.t}} { if {! [file exists $filename]} then { $t delete 1.0 end $t mark set insert 1.0 } else { # should do error checking set file [open $filename {r}] $t delete 1.0 end $t insert end [read $file] $t mark set insert 1.0 close $file } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # tke_write filename ?t? - write out a file ###################################################################### proc tke_write {filename {t .edit.main.t}} { # should do error checking set file [open $filename {w}] puts $file [$t get 1.0 end] nonewline close $file } ###################################################################### # tke_tabkey - do whatever tab does (abbrev, indent, whatever) ###################################################################### proc tke_tabkey {{t .edit.main.t}} { global PREFS if $PREFS(dabbrev) { if [cmd_dabbrev] {$t insert insert " "} } else { $t insert insert "\t" } } ###################################################################### # tke_spacebar - do whatever space does (abbrev, line breaking, whatever) ###################################################################### proc tke_spacebar {{t .edit.main.t}} { tke_sabbrev_hook $t $t insert insert " " tke_autobreak_hook } ###################################################################### # tke_sabbrev_hook - cmd_sabbrev if it's on ###################################################################### proc tke_sabbrev_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(sabbrev) { cmd_sabbrev } } ###################################################################### # tke_autobreak_hook - insert a cr if line is long enough ###################################################################### proc tke_autobreak_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(autobreak) { set length [string length [$t get {insert linestart} insert]] if {$length > ($_edtkPREFS(textwidth) - 15)} { tke_returnkey } } } ###################################################################### # tke_returnkey - do whatever return does (indentation, etc.) ###################################################################### proc tke_returnkey {{t .edit.main.t}} { tke_sabbrev_hook $t $t insert insert "\n" $t yview -pickplace insert tke_autoindent_hook } ###################################################################### # tke_autoindent_hook - insert same indentation as previous line ###################################################################### proc tke_autoindent_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(autoindent) { set prevline [$t get {insert -1lines linestart} {insert -1lines lineend}] if [regexp "^\[ \t\]\[ \t\]*" $prevline indentation] { $t insert insert $indentation } } } ###################################################################### # cmd_prefs - preferences panel ###################################################################### proc cmd_prefs {} { global _edtkPREFS env tk_strictMotif toplevel .edit.prefs frame .edit.prefs.autoposition checkbutton .edit.prefs.autoposition.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Auto-position dialogue boxes} -variable PREFS(autoposition) frame .edit.prefs.confirm checkbutton .edit.prefs.confirm.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Confirm actions} -variable PREFS(confirm) frame .edit.prefs.motif checkbutton .edit.prefs.motif.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Strict Motif emulation} -variable tk_strictMotif frame .edit.prefs.r1 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.autobreak checkbutton .edit.prefs.autobreak.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Break long lines with } -variable PREFS(autobreak) frame .edit.prefs.autoindent checkbutton .edit.prefs.autoindent.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Preserve indentation with } -variable PREFS(autoindent) frame .edit.prefs.r2 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.sabbrev checkbutton .edit.prefs.sabbrev.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Expand static abbreviations with } -variable PREFS(sabbrev) frame .edit.prefs.dabbrev checkbutton .edit.prefs.dabbrev.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Expand dynamic abbreviations with } -variable PREFS(dabbrev) frame .edit.prefs.r3 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.wrap radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.none -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Don't wrap lines} -variable PREFS(textwrap) -value none radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.char -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Wrap lines on character boundaries} \ -variable _edtkPREFS(textwrap) -value char radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.word -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Wrap lines at word boundaries} -variable _edtkPREFS(textwrap) -value word frame .edit.prefs.r4 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.font frame .edit.prefs.font.top label .edit.prefs.font.top.l -text {Font:} button .edit.prefs.font.top.default -width 8 -text {Default} -command { set _edtkPREFS(textfont) {default} } button .edit.prefs.font.top.choose -text {Choose .edit. .edit. .edit.} -command { set _edtkPREFS(textfont) [j:prompt_font] } frame .edit.prefs.font.bot entry .edit.prefs.font.bot.e -relief sunken -width 50 \ -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textfont) frame .edit.prefs.r5 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.size label .edit.prefs.size.wl -text {Width:} entry .edit.prefs.size.we -relief sunken -width 3 -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textwidth) label .edit.prefs.size.hl -text {Height:} entry .edit.prefs.size.he -relief sunken -width 3 -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textheight) frame .edit.prefs.printer label .edit.prefs.printer.l -text {Printer:} entry .edit.prefs.printer.e -relief sunken -width 25 \ -textvariable env(PRINTER) frame .edit.prefs.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.b button .edit.prefs.b.ok -text OK -bd 4 -width 8 -command { if {$_edtkPREFS(textwidth) < 20} {set _edtkPREFS(textwidth) 20} if {$_edtkPREFS(textheight) < 4} {set _edtkPREFS(textheight) 4} .edit.main.t configure \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) \ -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight) \ -wrap $_edtkPREFS(textwrap) j:configure_font .edit.main.t $_edtkPREFS(textfont) ;# knows about `default' focus .edit.main.t destroy .edit.prefs } button .edit.prefs.b.save -text Save -width 8 -command { j:write_prefs edittkprefs.tcl .edit.prefs.b.ok invoke } pack append .edit.prefs.b \ .edit.prefs.b.ok {right padx 10 pady 10} \ .edit.prefs.b.save {right pady 10} pack append .edit.prefs.autoposition .edit.prefs.autoposition.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.confirm .edit.prefs.confirm.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.motif .edit.prefs.motif.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.autobreak .edit.prefs.autobreak.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.autoindent .edit.prefs.autoindent.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.sabbrev .edit.prefs.sabbrev.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.dabbrev .edit.prefs.dabbrev.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.wrap \ .edit.prefs.wrap.none {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap.char {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap.word {top expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.font.top \ .edit.prefs.font.top.l {left} \ .edit.prefs.font.top.choose {right padx 10 pady 5} \ .edit.prefs.font.top.default {right pady 5} pack append .edit.prefs.font.bot \ .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {left padx 10 pady 5} pack append .edit.prefs.font \ .edit.prefs.font.top {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.font.bot {top expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.size \ .edit.prefs.size.wl {left fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size.we {left} \ .edit.prefs.size.hl {left fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size.he {left} pack append .edit.prefs.printer \ .edit.prefs.printer.l {left} \ .edit.prefs.printer.e {left padx 10 pady 10} pack append .edit.prefs \ .edit.prefs.autoposition {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.confirm {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.motif {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r1 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.autobreak {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.autoindent {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.r2 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.sabbrev {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.dabbrev {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r3 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r4 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.font {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.r5 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.printer {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.b {top expand fillx} j:dialogue .edit.prefs ;# position in centre of screen focus .edit.prefs bind .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.size.we {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.size.he {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.printer.e {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {focus .edit.prefs.size.we} bind .edit.prefs.size.we {focus .edit.prefs.size.he} bind .edit.prefs.size.he {focus .edit.prefs.printer.e} bind .edit.prefs.printer.e {focus .edit.prefs.size.we} bind .edit.prefs {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs {focus .edit.prefs.font.bot.e} grab .edit.prefs tkwait window .edit.prefs } ###################################################################### # cmd_quit - quit the editor ###################################################################### proc cmd_quit {} { global _edtk_rv if {[DLG:msg .edit .quit_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to quit?" question "Yes" "No"] == 1} { set alpha [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] destroy .edit $_edtk_rv $alpha } } ###################################################################### # cmd_load - read in a file ###################################################################### proc cmd_load {} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Load:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_read $_edtkFILENAME } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_save - write out a file, using $_edtkFILENAME if defined ###################################################################### proc cmd_save {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined if {[string length $_edtkFILENAME] > 0} then { tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } else { set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Save as:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } } focus $t } ###################################################################### # cmd_saveas - write out a file, prompting for a filename ###################################################################### proc cmd_saveas {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Save as:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.} && \ ( ! [file exists $prompt_result] || \ [DLG:msg .edit .prompt_result "File \"$prompt_result\" exists; replace it?" question "Yes" "No"] == 1 )} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } focus $t } ###################################################################### # cmd_print - print the file using lpr ###################################################################### proc cmd_print {} { if {[DLG:msg .edit .print "Print using `lpr' to the default printer?" question "Yes" "No"]==1} { exec lpr << [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_insfile - read in a file and insert it at the insert mark ###################################################################### proc cmd_insfile {} { set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Insert:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { .edit.main.t insert insert [exec cat $prompt_result] .edit.main.t insert insert "\n" } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_save_checkpoint - save current state ###################################################################### proc cmd_save_checkpoint {} { global CKPT__edtkTEXT global CKPT_INSERT set CKPT__edtkTEXT [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] set CKPT_INSERT [.edit.main.t index insert] } ###################################################################### # cmd_restore_checkpoint - restore from saved state ###################################################################### proc cmd_restore_checkpoint {} { global CKPT__edtkTEXT global CKPT_INSERT if {[DLG:msg .edit .abandon \ "Abandon changes since last checkpoint?" question "Yes" "No"] ==1} { .edit.main.t delete 1.0 end .edit.main.t insert end $CKPT__edtkTEXT .edit.main.t mark set insert $CKPT_INSERT .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } } ###################################################################### # cmd_cut - delete the selection and copy it to _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_cut {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER [.edit.main.t get sel.first sel.last] .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last } ###################################################################### # cmd_copy - copy the selection into _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_copy {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER [.edit.main.t get sel.first sel.last] } ###################################################################### # cmd_paste - insert _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_paste {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER .edit.main.t insert insert $_edtkCUTBUFFER } ###################################################################### # cmd_select_all - mark the entire text as selected ###################################################################### proc cmd_select_all {} { .edit.main.t tag add sel 1.0 end } ###################################################################### # cmd_run_pipe - prompt for a Unix command to run on the selection ###################################################################### proc cmd_run_pipe {} { global UNIX_PIPE; append UNIX_PIPE {} set prompt_result [j:prompt "Unix Filter:" $UNIX_PIPE] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set UNIX_PIPE $prompt_result tke_pipenl $UNIX_PIPE } } ###################################################################### # cmd_run_command - prompt for a Unix command to insert ###################################################################### # just calls cmd_run_pipe on a zero-length selection proc cmd_run_command {} { global UNIX_COMMAND; append UNIX_COMMAND {} set prompt_result [j:prompt "Unix Command:" $UNIX_COMMAND] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set UNIX_COMMAND $prompt_result catch { eval exec $UNIX_COMMAND } result if {$result != {}} { append result "\n" .edit.main.t insert insert $result } } } ###################################################################### # cmd_dabbrev - expand abbreviation before insert ###################################################################### proc cmd_dabbrev {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS MATCH MATCH_POS $t mark set abbrevstart insert while {[$t compare abbrevstart != 1.0] && [string match {[a-zA-Z0-9']} [$t get {abbrevstart - 1 char}]]} { $t mark set abbrevstart {abbrevstart -1char} } set _edtkABBREV_POS [$t index abbrevstart] ;# for dabbrev_agaiin set _edtkABBREV [$t get abbrevstart insert] set context [$t get 0.0 abbrevstart] while {1} { set matchpos [string last $_edtkABBREV $context] if {$matchpos == -1} {return 0} ;# not found $t mark set matchstart [$t index "0.0 +$matchpos chars"] if {[$t compare matchstart == {matchstart wordstart}]} { $t mark set matchend [$t index {matchstart wordend}] break ;# sort of an `until' } set context [$t get 0.0 matchstart] } set MATCH [$t get matchstart matchend] set MATCH_POS [$t index matchstart] $t delete abbrevstart insert $t insert insert $MATCH return 1 } ###################################################################### # dabbrev_again - search earlier in the text for abbrevs ###################################################################### proc dabbrev_again {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS _edtkMATCH _edtkMATCH_POS set context [$t get 0.0 $_edtkMATCH_POS] while {1} { set matchpos [string last $_edtkABBREV $context] if {$matchpos == -1} { return [sabbrev] ;# try the static table } $t mark set matchstart [$t index "0.0 +$matchpos chars"] if {[$t compare matchstart == {matchstart wordstart}]} { $t mark set matchend [$t index {matchstart wordend}] break ;# sort of an `until' } set context [$t get 0.0 matchstart] } set _edtkMATCH [$t get matchstart matchend] set _edtkMATCH_POS [$t index matchstart] $t delete $_edtkABBREV_POS insert $t insert insert $_edtkMATCH $t insert insert " " } ###################################################################### # cmd_sabbrev - look up an abbrev in a static table ###################################################################### proc cmd_sabbrev {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. # following don't really need to be global (shared with dabbrev): global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS _edtkABBREVS $t mark set abbrevstart insert while {[$t compare abbrevstart != 1.0] && [string match {[a-zA-Z0-9']} [$t get {abbrevstart - 1 char}]]} { $t mark set abbrevstart {abbrevstart -1char} } set _edtkABBREV_POS [$t index abbrevstart] ;# for dabbrev_agaiin set _edtkABBREV [$t get abbrevstart insert] if {[info exists _edtkABBREVS($_edtkABBREV)]} { $t delete $_edtkABBREV_POS insert $t insert insert $_edtkABBREVS($_edtkABBREV) return 1 } return 0 } ###################################################################### # cmd_edit_abbrevs - edit your abbrevs file ###################################################################### proc cmd_edit_abbrevs {} { global _edtkHOME if {! [file isdirectory "$_edtkHOME/.tk"]} then { exec mkdir "$_edtkHOME/.tk" # above should have error-checking } if {! [file isfile "$_edtkHOME/.tk/abbrevs.tcl"]} then { # create it, with examples } exec edit.tk "$_edtkHOME/.tk/abbrevs.tcl" & } ###################################################################### # cmd_find - non-modal search-and-replace panel ###################################################################### proc cmd_find {} { global _edtkSEARCHFOR ;# so it can be default append _edtkSEARCHFOR {} ;# make sure it's defined global _edtkREPLACEWITH ;# so it can be default append _edtkREPLACEWITH {} ;# make sure it's defined global _edtkFINDISACTIVE ;# only one active at a time global _edtkFINDBACKWARDS ;# search backwards from insert point global _edtkFINDCASE ;# find is case-sensitive if {! [info exists _edtkFINDBACKWARDS]} { set _edtkFINDBACKWARDS 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDCASE]} { set _edtkFINDCASE 0 } if [info exists _edtkFINDISACTIVE] { wm withdraw .edit.find wm deiconify .edit.find ;# just try to make it visible focus .edit.find.t.search.e ;# and focus on the search field return 0 } set _edtkFINDISACTIVE 1 toplevel .edit.find wm title .edit.find "Find Panel" frame .edit.find.t frame .edit.find.t.search label .edit.find.t.search.l -text "Search for:" -width 16 -anchor e entry .edit.find.t.search.e -relief sunken -width 40 frame .edit.find.t.replace label .edit.find.t.replace.l -text "Replace with:" -width 16 -anchor e entry .edit.find.t.replace.e -relief sunken -width 40 frame .edit.find.t.options label .edit.find.t.options.filler -text {} -width 16 -anchor e checkbutton .edit.find.t.options.backwards -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Backwards} -variable _edtkFINDBACKWARDS checkbutton .edit.find.t.options.case -relief flat -anchor w \ -text "Case\255sensitive" -variable _edtkFINDCASE frame .edit.find.b frame .edit.find.b.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken button .edit.find.b.search -text Search -bd 4 -width 8 -command { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.replace -text Replace -width 8 -command { tke_replace [set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get]] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.cancel -text Done -width 8 -command { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get] focus .edit.main.t unset _edtkFINDISACTIVE destroy .edit.find } pack append .edit.find.t.search \ .edit.find.t.search.l {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.search.e {left fill} pack append .edit.find.t.replace \ .edit.find.t.replace.l {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.replace.e {left fill} pack append .edit.find.t.options \ .edit.find.t.options.filler {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.options.backwards {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.options.case {left filly padx 20} pack append .edit.find.t \ .edit.find.t.search {top expand pady 10} \ .edit.find.t.replace {top expand} \ .edit.find.t.options {top fillx pady 10} pack append .edit.find.b \ .edit.find.b.r {top fillx} \ .edit.find.b.search {right pady 10 padx 10} \ .edit.find.b.replace {right pady 10} \ .edit.find.b.cancel {right pady 10 padx 10} pack append .edit.find \ .edit.find.t {top fill padx 10 pady 5} \ .edit.find.b {bottom fillx} .edit.find.t.search.e delete 0 end .edit.find.t.search.e insert end $_edtkSEARCHFOR .edit.find.t.replace.e delete 0 end .edit.find.t.replace.e insert end $_edtkREPLACEWITH # return or Meta-g in either field searches: bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} # tab switches fields: bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {focus .edit.find.t.replace.e} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {focus .edit.find.t.search.e} # Control-C, Meta-C, and Meta-period cancel: bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} focus .edit.find.t.search.e } ###################################################################### # cmd_find_again - search-and-replace again ###################################################################### proc cmd_find_again {} { global _edtkSEARCHFOR ;# so it can be default append _edtkSEARCHFOR {} ;# make sure it's defined if {$_edtkSEARCHFOR == {}} { cmd_find } else { tke_find $_edtkSEARCHFOR } } ###################################################################### # tke_find string - find and select the string ###################################################################### # WARNING: since this takes a copy of the file, it could use a LOT # of memory! # should be rewritten to use a different mark than insert. proc tke_find { string } { global _edtkFINDBACKWARDS ;# search backwards from insert point global _edtkFINDCASE ;# find is case-sensitive # don't bother looking for the null string: if {$string == {}} { return 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDBACKWARDS]} { set _edtkFINDBACKWARDS 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDCASE]} { set _edtkFINDCASE 0 } if $_edtkFINDBACKWARDS { set lastfirst last set textpart [.edit.main.t get 0.0 {insert -1char}] set countfrom 0.0 } else { set lastfirst first set textpart [.edit.main.t get insert end] set countfrom insert } if {!$_edtkFINDCASE} { set string [string tolower $string] set textpart [string tolower $textpart] } set foundpos [string $lastfirst $string $textpart] if {$foundpos == -1} then { j:alert "Not found." return 0 } # deselect any already-selected text: catch {.main.t tag remove sel sel.first sel.last} # select the range that matched: set lastpos [expr {$foundpos + [string length $string]}] .edit.main.t tag add sel \ "$countfrom + $foundpos chars" "$countfrom + $lastpos chars" # move insert just after the match (so we can continue from there) .edit.main.t mark set insert "$countfrom + $lastpos chars" .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # tke_replace string - replace the selection with the string ###################################################################### # SHOULD CONFIRM THAT A SELECTION EXISTS! proc tke_replace { string } { .edit.main.t insert sel.first $string .edit.main.t mark set insert sel.first .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last } ###################################################################### # cmd_go_to_line - go to a particular line ######## NEED TO CHECK THAT AN INDEX WAS TYPED! ###################################################################### proc cmd_go_to_line {} { set prompt_result [j:prompt "Go to line number:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { tke_go_to_line $prompt_result } } ###################################################################### # tke_go_to_line lineno - go to a particular line ###################################################################### proc tke_go_to_line {{lineno 0}} { .edit.main.t mark set insert $lineno.0 .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # cmd_current_line lineno - display which line the cursor is on ###################################################################### proc cmd_current_line {} { set insertindex [split [.edit.main.t index insert] {.}] set line [lindex $insertindex 0] set column [lindex $insertindex 1] j:alert "The insertion point is at line $line, column $column." } ###################################################################### # cmd_xpaste - insert _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_xpaste {} { .edit.main.t insert insert [j:selection_if_any] } ###################################################################### # FINAL SETUP ###################################################################### # read in user's .edit.tk/edittkrc.tcl and .edit.tk/edittkprefs.tcl file # # implement user preferences (_edtkPREFS(textheight) and _edtkPREFS(textwidth) on panel): catch {.main.t configure \ -background $_edtkTEXTBG \ -foreground $_edtkTEXTFG \ -insertbackground $_edtkTEXTFG \ -selectbackground $_edtkTEXTSB \ -selectforeground $_edtkTEXTSF \ -selectborderwidth $_edtkTEXTBW \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) \ -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight) \ -wrap $_edtkPREFS(textwrap)} # process arguments, if any # .edit.main.t insert end $text if {$script != ""} {eval $script} ###################################################################### wm withdraw .edit return .edit } POS _edtkABBREVS $t mark set abbrevstart insert while {[$t compare abbrevstart != 1.0] && [string match {[a-zA-Z0-9']} [WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/file.tcl1006640070060000000000000426205575600013011640 037777777777 1 0 ## file.tcl file menu items ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar School of Education and Techology ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions proc tkW3FileInitialize {} { global tkW3ConfigViewer DLG:entry . .mail_dialog "Enter the To and Subject fields" \ {"To:" "Subject:"} "Mail" "tkW3NavigateMailText" DLG:entry . .find_dialog "Enter the keywords to find" \ {"Find Keywords:"} "Find" "tkW3NavigateFind" DLG:entry . .goto_dialog "Enter the link you wish to go to" \ {"Goto Page:"} "Goto" "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto" DLG:entry . .print_dialog "Enter the command to print with" \ {"Print Command:"} "Print" "tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand" DLG:entry . .tcl_command "Run TCL Command" \ {"Tcl Command:"} {Run TCL Command} "eval" DLG:set_entry_value .print_dialog 1 $tkW3ConfigViewer(printer) } proc tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow {} { if {[DLG:msg . .close_window_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to close this window?" question "Yes" "No"] \ == 1} { tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow } } proc tkW3FileQueryExit {} { if {[DLG:msg "" .exit_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to close ALL tkWWW windows?" question \ "Yes" "No"] == 1} { tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows } } proc tkW3FileLoadSource {} { FSBox {Load Source} "source.html" \ {tkW3NavigateGoto file:$fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3FileSave {} { tkW3EditOpen 0 tkW3EditCopyText .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditCopyTags .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditConvertToHTML .edit.main.t tkW3EditSave 1 } proc tkW3FileSaveAs {} { tkW3EditOpen 0 tkW3EditCopyText .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditCopyTags .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditConvertToHTML .edit.main.t tkW3EditSave } proc tkW3FileSaveText {} { FSBox {Save Text} "file.txt" \ {tkW3NavigateSaveText $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3FileRunTclCommand {{w .}} { DLG:show $w .tcl_command } proc tkW3FileChangeDirectory {} { global fsBox set oldPattern $fsBox(pattern) set fsBox(pattern) */ FSBox {Change Directory} "" {cd $fsBox(path)} DLG:show . .fsBox set fsBox(pattern) $oldPattern } and { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.replace -text Replace -width 8 -command { tke_replace [set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get]] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/font.tcl1006640070060000000000000273205476445475011712 037777777777 1 0 ## font.tcl Procedures for changing fonts ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for font display ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Font proc tkW3FontSetTextFonts {w list} { foreach font $list { set style [lindex $font 0] if {$style == ""} { $w configure -font [lindex $font 1] } else { $w tag configure $style -font [lindex $font 1] } } $w tag configure U -underline true } proc tkW3FontInitialize {} { global tkW3ConfigFont tkW3ConfigFontList tkW3ConfigFontDefault DLG:toplevel . .font_dialog pack append .font_dialog \ [frame .font_dialog.f] top foreach item $tkW3ConfigFontList { pack append .font_dialog.f \ [radiobutton .font_dialog.f.[lindex $item 0] \ -text [lindex $item 1] -relief flat \ -variable font_name \ -anchor w ] {top fillx} } DLG:draw_buttons .font_dialog {"OK" "Apply" "Cancel"} DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 1 \ "tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg \$tkW3ConfigFont(\$font_name) DLG:hide .font_dialog" DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 2 \ "tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg \$tkW3ConfigFont(\$font_name)" DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 3 "DLG:hide .font_dialog" tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg $tkW3ConfigFont($tkW3ConfigFontDefault) } bind .edit.find.t.search.e "$w.button_frame.goto flash %W select from \[%W nearest %y\] tkW3HistoryGotoSelected" foreach item $tkW3HistoryList { $w.list insert end [lindex $item 0] } DLG:show . $w } proc tkW3HistoryGotoSelected {} { global tkW3HistoryList tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto [ \ lindex [lindex $tkW3HistoryList \ [DLG:get_listbox_highlighted .history]] 1] } } "" {cd $fsBox(path)} DLG:show . .fsBox set fsBox(pattern) $oldPattern } and { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.replace -text Replace -width 8 -command { tke_replace [set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get]] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/hypertext.tcl1007750070060000000000001721305602051477012765 037777777777 1 0 ## hypertext.tcl Procedures for processing the hypertext ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar School of Education and Technology ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Conventions: ## The procedures in this procedure have names which begin with tkW3Ht # This file contains TCL procedures which are executed by the application # wwwish # tkW3HtPage is an array that contains characteristics of the hypertext page # It is used throughout the application, and should be the only connection # between this file and the rest of the application # tkW3HtText is an array that contains internal variable used to create the # page. tkW3HtText should not be called outside of this file. # Set initial values for the array. These values are set when this file is # autoloaded. set tkW3HtText(anchor.max) 0 set tkW3HtText(image.max) 0 set tkW3HtPage(is_index) 0 set tkW3HtPage(base) "" set tkW3HtPage(modified) 0 # The next procedure is a big bottleneck in tkWWW # It should be rewriiten in C proc tkW3HtInsert {text {list ""}} { set w .f.msg set start [$w index insert] $w insert insert $text foreach tag [$w tag names $start] { $w tag remove $tag $start insert } foreach tag $list { $w tag add $tag $start insert } } proc tkW3HtSetName {address title} { global tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(address) $address set tkW3HtPage(title) $title tkW3OutputSetAddress $address $title } proc tkW3HtBeginDoc {} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText unset tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(anchor.index) 1 set tkW3HtPage(image.index) 1 set tkW3HtPage(is_index) 0 set tkW3HtPage(modified) 0 set tkW3HtPage(base) "" set tkW3HtPage(base.use) 0 set tkW3HtPage(next_id) "" set tkW3HtPage(index.href) "" set tkW3HtPage(link) "" set tkW3HtText(in_anchor) 0 set tkW3HtText(list.stack) {} set tkW3HtText(para.stack) {} set tkW3HtText(char.stack) {} set tkW3HtText(background) [lindex [.f.msg configure -background] 4] tkW3OutputClearBody } proc tkW3HtBeginAnc {name href} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText set i $tkW3HtPage(anchor.index) set tkW3HtPage(anchor.name.$i) $name set tkW3HtPage(anchor.href.$i) $href set tkW3HtPage(id.$name) h$i set tkW3HtText(in_anchor) 1 if {$i >= $tkW3HtText(anchor.max)} { .f.msg tag configure h$i -relief raised -borderwidth 2 \ -background $tkW3HtText(background) incr tkW3HtText(anchor.max) } } proc tkW3HtEndAnc {} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText set tkW3HtText(in_anchor) 0 incr tkW3HtPage(anchor.index) } proc tkW3HtAdd {string {styles ""}} { global tkW3HtText tkW3HtPage if $tkW3HtText(in_anchor) { lappend styles Anchor lappend styles h$tkW3HtPage(anchor.index) } lappend styles [tkW3HtListLast tkW3HtText(para.stack)] if [llength $tkW3HtText(char.stack)] { lappend styles [tkW3HtListLast tkW3HtText(char.stack)] } tkW3HtInsert $string $styles } proc tkW3HtBegin {stack elem} { global tkW3HtText switch -regexp -- $elem { {^H[1-9]+$} - {^ADDRESS$} { tkW3HtBlankLines 2 } {^XMP$} - {^PRE$} { tkW3HtBlankLines 1 } {^Q$} { tkW3HtInsert "``" blank } } lappend tkW3HtText($stack.stack) $elem } proc tkW3HtEnd {stack elem} { global tkW3HtText tkW3HtListPop tkW3HtText($stack.stack) switch -regexp -- $elem { {^H[1-9]+$} - {^ADDRESS$} { tkW3HtBlankLines 1 } {^Q$} { tkW3HtInsert "''" blank } } if {$stack == "list" && $tkW3HtText(list.stack) == {}} { tkW3HtBlankLines 2 } } proc tkW3HtEndDoc {} { global tkW3HtPage if {$tkW3HtPage(base) == ""} { set tkW3HtPage(base) $tkW3HtPage(address) } } proc tkW3HtSetNextId {id} { global tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(next_id) $id } proc tkW3HtAddBul {type} { global tkW3HtText switch -exact -- $type { BR { tkW3HtInsert "\n" BR return } HR { tkW3HtInsert "\n_______________________________________________________________________________\n" HR return } P { tkW3HtInsert "\n\n" P return } DT { tkW3HtBlankLines 1 } } tkW3HtInsert "\n" blank for {set i 1} {$i < [llength $tkW3HtText(list.stack)]} {incr i} { if {$type == "DD"} { tkW3HtInsert "\t" "DD" } { tkW3HtInsert "\t" "LI" } } case $type { "LI" { tkW3HtInsert "* " "LI type.[tkW3HtListLast tkW3HtText(list.stack)]" } "DD" { tkW3HtInsert " * " "DD" } "DT" { tkW3HtInsert "* " "LI type.DL" } } } proc tkW3HtSetImg {source {ismap 0}} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText set image_string "" tkW3HtAdd $image_string "Image i$i" if {$i > $tkW3HtText(image.max)} { .f.msg tag configure i$i -relief raised -borderwidth 2 \ -background $tkW3HtText(background) incr tkW3HtText(image.max) } set tkW3HtPage(image.$i) $source incr tkW3HtPage(image.index) } proc tkW3HtSetInd {href} { global tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(is_index) 1 set tkW3HtPage(index.href) $href } proc tkW3HtSetBase {href} { global tkW3HtPage set tkW3HtPage(base.use) 1 set tkW3HtPage(base) $href } proc tkW3HtBlankLines {n} { set text [regexp {^[ ]*$} \ [.f.msg get {insert linestart} {insert - 1 char lineend}]] if {!$text} { for {set i 0} {$i<$n} {incr i} { tkW3HtInsert "\n" blank } } } proc tkW3HtListPop {in_list} { upvar $in_list list set index [llength $list] incr index -1 set item [lindex $list $index] incr index -1 set list [lrange $list 0 $index] return $item } proc tkW3HtListLast {in_list} { upvar $in_list list set index [llength $list] incr index -1 lindex $list $index } proc tkW3HtSetLink {relation href} { global tkW3HtPage lappend tkW3HtPage(link) $relation set tkW3HtPage(link.$relation) $href } proc tkW3HtButtonPress {w loc b} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText set tag_list [.f.msg tag names $loc] set index [lsearch -regexp $tag_list {^i[0-9]+$}] if {$index == -1} { set index [lsearch -regexp $tag_list {^h[0-9]+$}] } if {$index != -1} { $w tag configure [lindex $tag_list $index] -relief sunken update idletasks } } proc tkW3HtButtonRelease {w loc b} { global tkW3HtPage tkW3HtText set tag_list [.f.msg tag names $loc] # Search for active tag # image tags override hypertext anchor tags set index [lsearch -regexp $tag_list {^i[0-9]+$}] if {$index == -1} { set index [lsearch -regexp $tag_list {^h[0-9]+$}] } if {$index != -1} { set tag [lindex $tag_list $index] $w tag configure $tag -relief raised update idletasks regexp {([hi])([0-9]+)} $tag {} tag_type i switch -- $tag_type { "h" { switch -- $b { "1" { tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $tkW3HtPage(anchor.href.$i) } "2" { tkW3NavigateClone $tkW3HtPage(anchor.href.$i) } "3" { tkW3EditSetupAnchorDialog $w $i } } } "i" { switch -- $b { "1" { tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto \ $tkW3HtPage(image.$i) {} \ $tkW3HtPage(image.anchor.$i) \ $tkW3HtPage(image.ismap.$i) } "2" { tkW3NavigateClone $tkW3HtPage(image.$i) } "3" { tkW3EditChangeImage $i } } } } } } proc tkW3HtProgress {msg} { tkW3OutputSetMessage $msg update idletasks } e for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions set tkW3HistoryList {} set tkW3HistoryOldList {} proc tkW3HistoryInitialize {} { } proc tkW3HistoryRecord {title address {scroll_pos ""} {anchor ""} {ismap ""}} { global tkW3HistoryList tkW3HistoryOldList set tkW3HistoryOldList $tkW3HistoryList if {$title == {}} { set titWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/image.tcl1006640070060000000000000557505557035477012033 037777777777 1 0 ## image.tcl Procedures for displaying images ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1993-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions proc tkW3ImageDisplayFile {file_name} { global tkW3ConfigViewer tkW3ConfigImageDirectView if {$tkW3ConfigImageDirectView} { tkW3OutputClearBody place .f.msg.image -in .f.msg -relx 0.0 \ -rely 0.0 -relwidth 0.0 -relheight 0.0 update idletasks set output [open "| $tkW3ConfigViewer(image) \ -windowid [winfo id .f.msg.image] -private $file_name" "r"] # Some weirdness is in the following lines # I have to trap for error in reading with both the gets and the close # I don't know why but I suspect it has something to do with # buffering set width 100 set height 100 while {1} { if [catch {gets $output string} value] { # If there is an error in the output tkW3OutputError \ "Error executing image browser $tkW3ConfigViewer(image)" return } # If we are done reading things if {$value == -1} { break } regexp {([0-9]+)x([0-9]+)} $string {} width height .f.msg insert insert "$string\n" update idletasks } if [catch {close $output}] { # If there is an error in the output tkW3OutputError \ "Error executing image browser $tkW3ConfigViewer(image)" return } place .f.msg.image -in .f.msg -relx 0.0 \ -rely 0.0 -width $width -height $height tkW3OutputClearBody tkW3OutputSetMessage {} } { tkW3NavigatePreface {Image file} {image} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigImageViewer $file_name &" } } proc tkW3ImageHideImageWindow {} { global tkW3ConfigImageDirectView if {$tkW3ConfigImageDirectView} { tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells place forget .f.msg.image } } # This procedure frees the color cells that have been allocated so that # they can be used by other applications proc tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells {} { set window [winfo id .f.msg.image] if {"$window" != "0x0"} { global tkW3ConfigViewer if {[file executable $tkW3ConfigViewer(image)]} { set output \ [open "| $tkW3ConfigViewer(image) -windowid $window stdin > /dev/null" "w"] puts $output "P1 1 1 0" close $output } } } proc tkW3ImageEnableAnchor {anchor ismap} { if {$anchor == ""} { return } if {$ismap} { bind .f.msg.image <1> "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $anchor?%x,%y update" bind .f.msg.image <2> "tkW3NavigateClone $anchor?%x,%y update" tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry \ "Anchor map link - Press on image to show link" } { bind .f.msg.image <1> "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $anchor update" bind .f.msg.image <2> "tkW3NavigateClone $anchor update" tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry \ "Anchor link - Press on image to show link" } } proc tkW3ImageDisableAnchor {} { bind .f.msg.image <1> "" } ss set tkW3HtPage(title) $title tkW3OutputSetAddress $address $title } proc tkW3HtBeginDoc {} { global tkW3HtPage tkWWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/init.tcl1006640070060000000000005103605575600032011666 037777777777 1 0 ## init.tcl: configuration file for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ************************* ## The home page and the start page ## ************************* ## Get it from the environment variable WWW_HOME if possible if {[catch {set env(WWW_HOME)} home_page] != 0} { # Get starting pages from the environment variables set in the shell # script tkWWW set tkW3ConfigHomePage $env(TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE) set tkW3ConfigStartPage $env(TK_WWW_START_PAGE) } { set tkW3ConfigHomePage $home_page set tkW3ConfigStartPage $home_page } catch "set tkW3ConfigFile $env(HOME)/.tkWWW-config" set tkW3EditChar(translate) {} set tkW3HtPage(base) "" set tkW3HtPage(modified) 0 set tkW3HtPage(is_index) 0 set tkW3ConfigHelpRoot http://tk-www.mit.edu:8001/tk-www/help set tkW3ConfigMailList(request) vn@vungtau.cerf.net set tkW3ConfigMailList(list) tkwww@vungtau.cerf.net set tkW3ConfigMailList(bugs) tk-www-bugs@mit.edu # set the logo # This should be defined in the tkWWW server set tkW3ConfigLogo HtLogoBitmap ## The programs that tkWWW uses set tkW3ConfigViewer(editor) emacs set tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) xterm set tkW3ConfigViewer(printer) lpr set tkW3ConfigViewer(dvi) xdvi set tkW3ConfigViewer(image) xli set tkW3ConfigViewer(video) mpeg_play set tkW3ConfigViewer(audio) showaudio set tkW3ConfigViewer(postscript) ghostview set tkW3ConfigImageDirectView 1 ## Procedure to exec a command in a terminal proc tkW3ConfigExecTerm {command} { global tkW3ConfigViewer eval [concat "exec" $tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) "-e" $command] } ## The mail command proc tkW3ConfigSendMail {to subject body} { global env if [file executable /usr/ucb/mail] { set file [open "| /usr/ucb/mail -s \"$subject\" $to" w+] } elseif {$env(TK_WWW_MAIL) == "mhmail"} { set file [open "| mhmail $to -subject \"$subject\"" w+] } puts $file $body close $file } ## Configure the menus set tkW3ConfigMenus { {{file "File" 0} { {"New" {tkW3EditCreateNewPage} 0} {} {"Open File..." tkW3FileLoadSource 0 } {"Open Link..." {DLG:show . .goto_dialog}} {"Change directory..." tkW3FileChangeDirectory} {} {"Save" tkW3FileSave} {"Save as..." tkW3FileSaveAs 0} {"Generate Source" tkW3EditGenerate} {"Save Text..." tkW3FileSaveText} {"Reload page" tkW3NavigateReload} {} {"Find Keyword..." {DLG:show . .find_dialog} 0 ""} {"Clone Current Window" tkW3NavigateClone 1} {} {"Print" {DLG:show . .print_dialog} 0 } {"Mail" {DLG:set_entry_value .mail_dialog 2 [tkW3NavigateGetTitle]; DLG:show . .mail_dialog} } {} {"Run TCL Command" {tkW3FileRunTclCommand} 0 ""} {} {"Close" tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow 0} {"Exit" tkW3FileQueryExit 0} }} {{navigate "Navigate" 0} { {"Backtrack" "tkW3NavigateBacktrack" 0} {"Recall..." tkW3HistoryDialog 0} {} {"Bookmarks..." tkW3BookmarksDialog} {"Add Bookmark" tkW3BookmarksAdd 0} {} {"Open Introduction" {tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto "http://tk-www.mit.edu:8001/tk-www/help/sources.html"}} }} {{edit "Edit" 0} { {"Cut" {tkW3EditCut .f.msg} 2 ""} {"Copy" {tkW3EditCopy .f.msg} 0 ""} {"Paste" {tkW3EditPaste .f.msg} 0 ""} {} {"Delete" {tkW3EditDelete .f.msg} 0} {} {"Select All" {tkW3EditSelectAll .f.msg} {} } {"Deselect All" {tkW3EditDeselectAll .f.msg} {} } {} {"Edit page parameters ..." {tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle .f.msg} {} ""} {"Create anchor ..." {tkW3EditBeginAnchor .f.msg} {} ""} {} {"Change Fonts ..." {DLG:show . .font_dialog}} {} {"Insert List Item" {tkW3EditBeginListItem .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Glossary Item" {tkW3EditBeginGlossaryItem .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Image" {tkW3EditAddImage .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Paragraph Break" {tkW3EditInsertBullet .f.msg P} {} ""} {"Insert Line Break" {tkW3EditInsertBullet .f.msg BR} {} ""} {"Insert Horizontal Rule" {tkW3EditInsertBullet .f.msg HR} {} ""} }} {{paragraph "Paragraph" 0} { {"Default" "tkW3EditSetStyle para {}"} {"Heading" "cascade" {{"Heading1" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H1" "" ""} {"Heading2" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H2" "" ""} {"Heading3" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H3" "" ""} {"Heading4" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H4" "" ""} {"Heading5" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H5" "" ""} {"Heading6" "tkW3EditSetStyle para H6" "" ""} }} {"Address" "tkW3EditSetStyle para ADDRESS"} {"Preformatted" "tkW3EditSetStyle para PRE"} }} {{character "Characters" 0} { {"default" "tkW3EditSetStyle char {}"} {"Italics" "tkW3EditSetStyle char I"} {"Bold" "tkW3EditSetStyle char B"} {"Underline" "tkW3EditSetStyle char U"} {"Typewriter" "tkW3EditSetStyle char TT"} {"Emphasis" "tkW3EditSetStyle char EM"} {"Strong emphasis" "tkW3EditSetStyle char STRONG"} {"Code" "tkW3EditSetStyle char CODE"} {"Sample" "tkW3EditSetStyle char SAMP"} {"Keyboard" "tkW3EditSetStyle char KBD"} {"Variable" "tkW3EditSetStyle char VAR"} {"Definition" "tkW3EditSetStyle char DFN"} {"Citation" "tkW3EditSetStyle char CITE"} }} {{annotate "Annotate" 0} { {"Add Annotation..." tkW3AnnotateAdd} {"Edit Annotation..." tkW3AnnotateEdit} {} {"Goto Annotation" cascade_external annotate} }} {{help "Help" 0 right} { {"Overview" "tkW3HelpGetTopic overview" 0} {"Index" "tkW3HelpGetTopic index" 0} {"Keyboard" "tkW3HelpGetTopic keyboard" 0} {"Tutorial" "tkW3HelpGetTopic tutorial" 0} {} {"About Globewide Network Academy" "tkW3HelpGetTopic uu-gna" 0} {"Starting information sources" "tkW3HelpGetTopic sources" 0} {} {"Send mail to developer..." "DLG:show . .send_mail_dialog" 0} {"Subscribe to mailing list tkwww@vungtau.cerf.net" "tkW3HelpAddToMailingList" } {"Unsubscribe to mailing list tkwww@vungtau.cerf.net" "tkW3HelpRemoveFromMailingList" } {} {"Using Help" "tkW3HelpGetTopic using_help" 6} {"Product Information" "tkW3HelpAbout" 0} }}} set tkW3ConfigEntries { {para "Paragraph: "} {char "Character: "} } set tkW3ConfigButtons { {home "Home" {tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $tkW3ConfigHomePage}} {back "Back" {tkW3NavigateBacktrack}} {find "Find" {DLG:show . .find_dialog}} {goto "Goto..." {DLG:show . .goto_dialog}} {reload "Reload" tkW3NavigateReload} {save "Save" tkW3FileSave} {save_as "Save As..." tkW3FileSaveAs} {generate "Generate Source" {tkW3EditGenerate}} {clone "Clone" {tkW3NavigateClone [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]}} {close_window "Close Window" "tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow"} } set tkW3ConfigToggles { {is_index "Is Index"} {has_annotation "Has Annotations"} {is_modified "Modified"} } proc tkW3ConfigDisplay {} { global tkW3HistoryList global tkW3Bookmarks global tkW3HtPage set history_length [llength $tkW3HistoryList] tkW3OutputButtonSetSensitive .buttons.back $history_length tkW3OutputMenuSetSensitive .menu.navigate.m "Backtrack*" $history_length tkW3OutputButtonSetSensitive .buttons.find $tkW3HtPage(is_index) tkW3OutputMenuSetSensitive .menu.file.m "Find*" $tkW3HtPage(is_index) tkW3OutputToggleSet .toggles.is_index $tkW3HtPage(is_index) set annotate_display [tkW3AnnotateDisplay] tkW3OutputToggleSet .toggles.has_annotation $annotate_display tkW3OutputMenuSetSensitive .menu.annotate.m "Goto*" $annotate_display tkW3OutputToggleSet .toggles.is_modified $tkW3HtPage(modified) } set tkW3ConfigFileTypes { { ".mime" "www/mime" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".PS" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".eps" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".ai" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.5 } { ".ps" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".html" "text/html" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".c" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".h" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".m" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".txt" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".rtf" "application/x-rtf" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".snd" "audio/basic" "binary" 1.0 } { ".au" "audio/basic" "binary" 1.0 } { ".bin" "application/octet-stream" "binary" 1.0 } { ".dmp" "image/x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} { ".pbm" "image/portable-bitmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".ppm" "image/portable-pixmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".xbm" "image/x-bitmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".gif" "image/gif" "binary" 1.0 } { ".tiff" "image/x-tiff" "binary" 1.0 } { ".jpg" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPEG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".jpeg" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".ras" "image/cmu-raster" "binary" 1.0} { ".MPEG" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".mpg" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".MPG" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".mpeg" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".tex" "application/tex" "binary" 1.0} { ".latex" "application/latex" "binary" 1.0} { ".texi" "application/texinfo" "binary" 1.0} { ".dvi" "application/dvi" "binary" 1.0} { ".tar" "archive/tar" "binary" 1.0} { ".shar" "archive/shar" "binary" 1.0} { ".x11" "image/x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} } set tkW3ConfigFileEncodings { { ".Z" "x-compressed" 1.0} { ".gz" "x-gzipped" 1.0} } proc tkW3ConfigDisplayFile {type file_name address {encoding ""}} { global tkW3ConfigViewer switch -glob -- $type { "image/*" { tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name } "video/*" { tkW3NavigatePreface {Video file} "video" \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(video) $file_name &" } "audio/*" { tkW3NavigatePreface {Audio file} "audio" \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(audio) $file_name &" } {application/postscript} { tkW3NavigatePreface {Postscript file} {postscript} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(postscript) $file_name &" } {application/dvi} { tkW3NavigatePreface {TeX Device Independent file} "TeX DVI file" \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(dvi) $file_name &" } {application/tex} - {application/latex} - {application/octet-stream} - {text/plain} { switch -- $encoding { {x-compressed} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| zcat $file_name " } {x-gzipped} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| gunzip -c $file_name" } {default} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile $file_name } } } {default} { case [DLG:msg . .graphics_dialog "Unknown file type" question \ "Display as text" "Display as image" "Save file as..."] { {1} { case $encoding { {x-compressed} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| zcat $file_name " } {x-gzipped} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile \ "| gunzip -c $file_name" } {default} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile $file_name } } } {2} {tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name} {3} {tkW3OutputSaveFileAs $file_name $address} } } } tkW3HtSetName $address "" } ## ************************* ## Font lists ## ************************* set tkW3ConfigFont(times) { \ {"" "-adobe-times-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"B" "-adobe-times-bold-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"EM" "-adobe-times-bold-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"I" "-adobe-times-medium-i-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3ConfigFont(helvetica) { \ {"" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"B" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"EM" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"I" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3ConfigFont(new_century) { \ {"" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"B" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"EM" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"I" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3ConfigFont(lucida) { \ {"" "-b&h-lucida-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-b&h-lucida-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3ConfigFontList { {times Times} {helvetica Helvetica} {lucida Lucida} {new_century "New Century"} } set tkW3ConfigFontDefault times ## ************************* ## Set options ## ************************* option add *background gray userDefault option add *foreground black userDefault option add *buttons*relief raised userDefault option add *buttons*borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *toggles*relief flat userDefault option add *toggles*borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Scrollbar.foreground gray userDefault option add *Hypertext.Button.relief raised userDefault option add *Frame.relief raised userDefault option add *Frame.borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Hypertext*background bisque userDefault option add *Text*background bisque userDefault option add *Text*wrap word userDefault option add *Text.relief sunken userDefault option add *Text.borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Scrollbar*relief sunken userDefault ## ************************* ## Set key bindings ## ************************* bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 tk_textBackspace %W; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert "insert linestart"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert "insert lineend"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete "insert linestart" insert; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \t; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 if {[%W compare insert == "insert lineend"]} { %W delete insert "insert lineend +1c" %W yview -pickplace insert } { %W delete insert "insert lineend" %W yview -pickplace insert}} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert-1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert+1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 catch "%W delete sel.first sel.last"} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[tkW3EditSelectionGet]"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert 1.0; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert end; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert-1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert+1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Entry { %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor 0; %W view 0} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete [%W index insert]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete 0 insert; %W view insert} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert \t; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete insert end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[tkW3EditSelectionGet]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 catch "%W delete sel.first sel.last"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[tkW3EditSelectionGet]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry <2> {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[tkW3EditSelectionGet]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} case $encoding { {x-compressed} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| zcat $file_name " } {x-gzipped} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile \ "| gunzip -c $file_name" } {default} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile $file_name } } } {2} {tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name} {3} {tkW3OutputSaveFileAs $file_name $address} } } } tkW3HtSetName $address "" } ## ************************* ## FonWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/main.tcl1006640070060000000000000445405575600037011656 037777777777 1 0 ## main.tcl main file for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar School of Education and Technology ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions # If the binary variable is not set, then set it to assume that we are # not in the binary if ![info exists tkW3BinaryInBinary] { global tkW3BinaryInBinary set tkW3BinaryInBinary 0 } ## ************************* ## This is the directory containing the source code ## It is retrieved from an environment variable set ## in the shell script tkWWW ## ************************* # skip this section if we are in a binary if !$tkW3BinaryInBinary { set tkW3SourcePath $env(TK_WWW_SRC_DIR) set tkW3Version "0.12" source $tkW3SourcePath/init.tcl # Add the source path to the auto load table set auto_path "$tkW3SourcePath $auto_path" } # Forbid rename for security sake rename rename "" ## ************************* ## Parse the command line ## ************************* tkW3ParseArgs $argv ## ************************* ## source user configuration file ## ************************* catch {source $tkW3ConfigFile} ## ************************* ## Window management and Interface code ## ************************* wm title . "tkWWW" wm minsize . 0 0 wm iconbitmap . $tkW3ConfigLogo pack append . \ [ tkW3MenuMakeMenus .menu $tkW3ConfigMenus ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox .titles ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeText .f ] {top expand fill } \ [ tkW3OutputMakeButtons .buttons $tkW3ConfigButtons ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeEntries .style $tkW3ConfigEntries ] {top fillx } \ [ tkW3OutputMakeToggles .toggles $tkW3ConfigToggles ] {top fillx} tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars ## ************************* ## Do initializations ## ************************* tkW3NavigateInitialize tkW3FontInitialize tkW3FileInitialize tkW3EditInitialize tkW3HistoryInitialize tkW3PanInitialize tkW3HelpInitialize tkW3BookmarksInitialize FSBoxInitialize ## ************************* ## GUI is created ## Set the welcome message and ## Jump to the first page ## ************************* tkW3NavigateGoto $tkW3ConfigStartPage ## enable image links if {$tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor \ $tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) $tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) } ormal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/menu.tcl1006640070060000000000000431605575600043011670 037777777777 1 0 ## menu.tcl: make menu out of list of node names ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institue for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Menu # tkW3MenuMakeMenus # Add items to the menu bar to allow direct access of # some information # The format for the input list is # {{menuname1 title1} {{title1 address1} {title2 address2}}} # {menuname2 title2} {{title1 address1}}}} # # returns a list of menus created proc tkW3MenuMakeMenus {menubar list} { frame $menubar set menu_list "" foreach menu_item $list { set menu [lindex $menu_item 0] set menu_name $menubar.[lindex $menu 0] set menu_title [lindex $menu 1] set menu_underline [lindex $menu 2] set menu_command [lindex $menu 3] if {$menu_command == "right"} { set position "right" } { set position "left" } pack [menubutton $menu_name -text $menu_title \ -menu $menu_name.m] -side $position if {$menu_underline != ""} { $menu_name configure -underline $menu_underline } tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane $menu_name.m [lindex $menu_item 1] lappend menu_list $menu_name } eval tk_menuBar $menubar $menu_list tk_bindForTraversal . return $menubar } proc tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane {w menu_list} { menu $w foreach item $menu_list { if {[llength $item] == 0} { $w add separator } { set name [lindex $item 0] switch -exact -- [lindex $item 1] { "cascade_external" { $w add cascade -label $name -menu $w.[lindex $item 2] menu $w.[lindex $item 2] } "cascade" { $w add cascade -label $name \ -menu [tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane $w.m [lindex $item 2]] } default { $w add command -label $name -command [lindex $item 1] if {[lindex $item 2] != ""} { $w entryconfigure last -underline [lindex $item 2] } if {[lindex $item 3] != ""} { $w entryconfigure last -accelerator [lindex $item 3] bind Text [lindex $item 3] [lindex $item 1] } } } } } return $w } view -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert "insert lineend"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1c; %W yvWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/msgdialog.tcl1006640070060000000000001655605475037506012712 037777777777 1 0 # THIS FILE REQUIRES tk3.3 or greater. # Build a message dialog # Calling arguments are # parent - dialog to be centered on # - "" means center on screen # w - name of dialog # msg - message # bitmap - bitmap to be displayed # args - button list proc DLG:msg {parent w msg bitmap args} { set done "DLG[set w]done" global $done set $done 0 set oldFocus [focus] eval [list DLG:msg_nowait $parent $w $msg $bitmap] $args for {set i 1} {$i <= [llength $args]} {incr i 1} { DLG:bind_button $w $i "global $done; set $done $i" } tkwait variable $done focus $oldFocus DLG:destroy $w return "[set $done]" } proc DLG:msg_nowait {parent w msg bitmap args} { DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_icon_msg $w $bitmap $msg DLG:draw_buttons $w $args DLG:show $parent $w focus $w grab $w } # Create an entry dialog # Calling arguments are # parent - dialog to be centered on # w - name of dialog # message - a list of entry labels # command_output - what to put in the command button # command - command to execute if command button is pressed proc DLG:entry {parent w title message command_output command} { DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_entries $w $message DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "$command_output" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_entry $w [llength $message] "DLG:invoke_button $w 1" DLG:bind_button $w 1 "DLG:hide $w eval $command \[DLG:get_entry_values $w [llength $message]\]" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "tkW3HelpNoHelp" return $w } proc DLG:listbox {parent w title list_items command_output command} { DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_listbox $w $list_items DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "$command_output" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "DLG:hide $w eval $command \[DLG:get_listbox_highlighted $w\]" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "tkWWWHelpNoHelp" return $w } # The next procedures manage the dialog boxes proc DLG:show {parent dialog} { # First update to make sure the boxes are the right size update idletask # Then we set the position and update DLG:position $parent $dialog update idletask # and now make it visible. Viola! Centered over parent. wm deiconify $dialog } proc DLG:position {parent w} { # Tell the WM that we'll do this ourselves. wm sizefrom $w user wm positionfrom $w user # Where is my parent and what are it's dimensions if {$parent != ""} { set pargeo [split [wm geometry $parent] "+x"] set parwidth [lindex $pargeo 0] set parheight [lindex $pargeo 1] set parx [lindex $pargeo 2] set pary [lindex $pargeo 3] } { set parwidth [winfo screenwidth $w] set parheight [winfo screenheight $w] set parx 0 set pary 0 set parent [winfo parent $w] } # What are is the offset of the virtual window set vrootx [winfo vrootx $parent] set vrooty [winfo vrooty $parent] # What are my dimensions ? set dialogwidth [winfo reqwidth $w] set dialogheight [winfo reqheight $w] set dialogx [expr $parx+($parwidth-$dialogwidth)/2+$vrootx] set dialogy [expr $pary+($parheight-$dialogheight)/2+$vrooty] set maxx [expr "[winfo screenwidth $parent] - $dialogwidth"] set maxy [expr "[winfo screenheight $parent] - $dialogheight"] # Make sure it doesn't go off screen if {$dialogx < 0} { set dialogx 0 } { if {$dialogx > $maxx} { set dialogx $maxx } } if {$dialogy < 0} { set dialogy 0 } { if {$dialogy > $maxy} { set dialogy $maxy } } # Build my new position (and dimensions) wm geometry $w [ format "%dx%d+%d+%d" $dialogwidth $dialogheight \ $dialogx $dialogy] } proc DLG:hide {w} { wm withdraw $w } proc DLG:destroy {w} { destroy $w } # These are procedures for building the dialog boxes # You can use them to create new types of boxes # Create a toplevel window with dialog box characteristics proc DLG:toplevel { parent w {title ""}} { catch { destroy $w } toplevel $w -class Dialog # Lets the dialog window be handled like Motif dialogs by the WM if {$parent != ""} { wm group $w $parent wm transient $w $parent } wm minsize $w 0 0 if {$title != ""} { wm title $w title } wm withdraw $w return $w } # Draw a frame with an icon and a message proc DLG:draw_icon_msg {w bitmap text} { pack [frame $w.top -relief raised -bd 1] -side top -fill both message $w.msg -aspect 1500 -text $text pack $w.msg -in $w.top -side right -expand 1 -fill both -padx 5m -pady 5m if {$bitmap != ""} { pack [label $w.bitmap -bitmap $bitmap] \ -in $w.top -side left -padx 5m -pady 5m } } # Draw some entries in your box proc DLG:draw_entries {w llist} { set index 1 pack append $w \ [frame $w.entry_frame -borderwidth 2 -relief raised] {top fill expand} foreach label $llist { set name ef$index pack append $w.entry_frame \ [frame $w.$name -borderwidth 5 -relief flat] {top fill expand} # Add the entry widget pack append $w.$name \ [label $w.$name.label -text "$label" -anchor w ] {top fillx} \ [entry $w.$name.entry -relief sunken] { bottom expand fillx} incr index 1 } } # Add bindings to the entries proc DLG:bind_entry {w index binding} { bind $w.ef$index.entry $binding } # Get values from entries proc DLG:get_entry_values {w number} { set return_string "" for {set i 1} {$i <= $number} {incr i 1} { lappend return_string [$w.ef$i.entry get] } return $return_string } proc DLG:get_entry_value {w i} { $w.ef$i.entry get } # Set entry values proc DLG:set_entry_value {w index message} { $w.ef$index.entry delete 0 end $w.ef$index.entry insert 0 $message } # create a listbox proc DLG:draw_listbox {w elements} { pack append $w \ [frame $w.frame -borderwidth 5 -relief flat] {top fill expand} pack append $w.frame \ [listbox $w.list -relief sunken \ -xscrollcommand "$w.hs set" \ -yscrollcommand "$w.vs set"] {top fill expand} pack before $w.list \ [scrollbar $w.vs \ -command "$w.list yview" -orient vertical ] {right filly} pack before $w.list \ [scrollbar $w.hs \ -command "$w.list xview" -orient horizontal ] {bottom fillx} foreach elem $elements { $w.list insert end $elem } } proc DLG:get_listbox_highlighted {w} { $w.list curselection } # Draw the buttons at the bottom proc DLG:draw_buttons { w blist } { global DLG_focus pack [frame $w.cmds -bd 1] -side bottom -fill both set i 1 foreach btn $blist { if {"$btn" != ""} { button $w.cmds.f$i -text "$btn" -anchor center frame $w.cmds.default$i -relief flat -bd 1 raise $w.cmds.f$i $w.cmds.default$i pack $w.cmds.default$i -side left -expand 1 -padx 3m -pady 2m pack $w.cmds.f$i -in $w.cmds.default$i -padx 2m -pady 2m \ -ipadx 2m -ipady 1m bind $w.cmds.f$i \ "DLG:button_focus_in $w $i;tk_butEnter %W" } incr i } set DLG_focus($w) "" if {$blist != ""} { DLG:button_focus_in $w 1 } } proc DLG:button_focus_in {w i} { global DLG_focus if {$DLG_focus($w) != ""} { $w.cmds.default$DLG_focus($w) config -relief flat } $w.cmds.default$i config -relief sunken bind $w "$w.cmds.f$i flash; $w.cmds.f$i invoke " set DLG_focus($w) $i } proc DLG:bind_button {w index command} { $w.cmds.f$index config -command $command } proc DLG:invoke_button {w index} { $w.cmds.f$index invoke } of # some information # The format for the input list is # {{menuname1 title1} {{title1 address1} {title2 address2}}} # {menuname2 title2} {{titWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/navigate.tcl1006640070060000000000001616005560046054012522 037777777777 1 0 ## navigate.tcl Procedures for navigation ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for navigation between ## different hypertext pages on World Wide Web. They are called by the ## objects in other tkWWW files in response to a user's request to ## display a WWW page. ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Navigate proc tkW3NavigateBacktrack {} { if {[set backpage [tkW3HistoryPop]] !={}} { tkW3NavigateGoto [lindex $backpage 1] [lindex $backpage 3] set anchor [lindex $backpage 4] if {$anchor != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor $anchor [lindex $backpage 5] } } { tkW3OutputError "Error: No pages previous to this" } } proc tkW3NavigateClone {{page ""} {anchor ""} {ismap 0}} { global tkW3SourcePath tkW3ConfigHomePage if {$page == ""} { set page [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] } tkW3OutputSetMessage "Opening New Window ..." 5000 set command [list exec tkwww -start \ [HtParseName $page [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]] \ -home $tkW3ConfigHomePage -noinfo -name tkWWW ] if {$anchor != ""} { lappend command "-imageanc" lappend command $anchor if {$ismap != 0} { lappend command "-imageismap" } } lappend command "&" eval $command } # This closes this tkW3 window proc tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow {} { # Necessary to clear color map tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells # Necessary to clear name from interpreter table destroy . catch "exit" } # This closes all tkWWW windows proc tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows {} { set self [winfo name .] foreach interp [winfo interps] { if {[regexp {tkWWW.*} $interp] && "$interp" != "$self"} { catch "send \"$interp\" {after 1 {tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow}}" } } tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow } ## tkW3NavigateFind: Does keyword search off current page ## ---------- ## Arguments: ## key - a space separated list of keywords ## No return value ## ## This procedure performs a keyword search off the currently displayed ## page. It works by converting the keywords and current page into a ## World Wide Web address, and then calls the procedure tkW3NavigateGoto ## and goes to that page. ## proc tkW3NavigateFind {key} { global tkW3HtPage regsub -all {[ ]+} $key {+} key if {$tkW3HtPage(index.href) == ""} { set address $tkW3HtPage(address) } { set address [HtParse $tkW3HtPage(index.href) $tkW3HtPage(base)] } set address [string trim $address " \n?"] set address [lindex [split $address "?"] 0] append address "?" $key tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $address } # Some abstraction barriers # Note that tcl returns the value of the last statement executed proc tkW3NavigateGetAddress {} { .titles.address_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGetTitle {} { .titles.title_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGoto {page {scroll_position ""}} { global tkW3HtPage # this is the central place, where the modified-flag is checked and reset. # (other cases of reset are: # - tkW3EditCreateNewPage # - tkW3EditOutputHTML ). if { [tkW3EditModifiedCheck] == 0} { return } # Change the cursor to a busy signal and tell user we are getting file tkW3OutputCursorWait tkW3OutputSetMessage "Getting page ..." tkW3ImageHideImageWindow update idletask if {![string match "#*" $page]} { # case on the type of page # wish doesn't like comments in case statements case [set page_name [HtParseName $page $tkW3HtPage(base)]] { {telnet:* tn3270:* rlogin:*} { tkW3TelnetPage $page_name } {exec:*} { # Find the command if [regexp {^exec:(.*)} $page_name {} command] { regsub -all %20 $command " " command tkW3OutputSetAddress $page_name {} tkW3NavigatePreface "System Call Execute system command \"$command\" " {Push here to execute System Call} "Executing System Call \"$command\"..." \ "exec $command &" } } default { # if the file type if file, http, gopher, or wais we need # to load the page in from the server tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer $page_name } } # Set the output to the correct line if {$scroll_position != ""} { tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition $scroll_position } } { set page_name $page } # Goto to the anchor set page_tag "" regexp {#(.*)$} $page_name {} page_tag if {$page_tag != ""} { set tag $tkW3HtPage(id.$page_tag) if {$tag != ""} { .f.msg yview $tag.first } } # Display tkW3ConfigDisplay # Clear the message and set the cursor back to normal tkW3OutputSetMessage {} tkW3OutputCursorNormal } proc tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer {page_name} { # Chop off the anchor regexp {^[^#]*} $page_name page_value # Load the page and get the return code # If the return code contains "Error" signal an error if [catch [list HtLoad $page_value] return_value] { # Ooops there's an error # If it is a "Page Not Found" error create new page if {[regexp {Unable to acces} $return_value] && [regexp {^file:} $page_name]} { if {[DLG:msg . .page_not_found "$page_name Do you wish to create?" question "Yes" "No"]==1} { tkW3EditCreateNewPage $page_name } { tkW3HistoryRestore } return } # Undo any changes we have made to the history list tkW3HistoryRestore # Tell the user about the error tkW3OutputError $return_value } } proc tkW3NavigatePreface {body_text type command} { tkW3OutputClearBody tkW3HtInsert "$body_text To display press the button below and wait a few seconds " tkW3HtInsert "Press here to show $type" action .f.msg tag configure action -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background \ [lindex [.f.msg configure -background] 4] .f.msg tag bind action "%W tag configure action \ -relief sunken" .f.msg tag bind action \ "%W tag configure action -relief raised tkW3OutputSetMessage \{Displaying $type...\} 5000 $command" } proc tkW3NavigateSaveText {filename} { set file [open $filename a+] puts $file [.f.msg get 0.0 end] close $file } proc tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand {command} { tkW3NavigateSaveText "| $command" } proc tkW3NavigateMailText {to subject} { tkW3ConfigSendMail $to $subject [.f.msg get 0.0 end] } # Record current address on the history list and go to the requested page proc tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto {page {scroll ""} {anchor ""} {ismap 0}} { tkW3HistoryRecord \ [tkW3NavigateGetTitle] [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] \ [tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition] $anchor $ismap tkW3NavigateGoto $page if {$anchor != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor $anchor $ismap } } proc tkW3NavigateUncache {address} { HtUncache $address } proc tkW3NavigateReload {} { set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] tkW3NavigateUncache $address tkW3NavigateGoto $address } proc tkW3NavigateInitialize {} { global tkW3ConfigFileTypes global tkW3ConfigFileEncodings foreach i $tkW3ConfigFileTypes { eval HtAddType $i } foreach i $tkW3ConfigFileEncodings { eval HtAddEncoding $i } } ndex 1 } } # Add bindings to the entries proc DLG:bind_entry {w index binding} { bind $w.ef$index.entry $binding } # Get values from entries proc DLG:get_entry_values {w number} { set return_string "" for {set i 1} {$i <= $number} {incr i 1} { lappend return_string [$w.ef$i.entry get] } return $return_string } proc DLG:get_entry_value {w i} { $w.ef$i.entry WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/output.tcl1006640070060000000000001105605575600047012267 037777777777 1 0 ## output.tcl: output for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1994 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar School of Educational and Technology ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions # All output should go through these procedures proc tkW3OutputSetMessage {message {duration ""}} { tkW3OutputEntryPrint .message $message if {$duration != ""} { after $duration {tkW3OutputSetMessage {}} } } proc tkW3OutputEntryPrint {w message} { $w configure -state normal $w delete 0 end $w insert 0 $message $w configure -state disabled } proc tkW3OutputSetAddress {address title} { tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.address_entry $address tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry $title } proc tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile {filename} { tkW3OutputClearBody set file [open $filename "r"] while {[gets $file line] != -1} { .f.msg insert insert "$line\n" } close $file .f.msg tag add PRE 1.0 end } proc tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition {} { lindex [.vs get] 2 } proc tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition {value} { .f.msg yview $value } ## ************************ ## Cursor procedures ## ************************ proc tkW3OutputCursorWait {} { .f.msg configure -cursor watch } proc tkW3OutputCursorNormal {} { .f.msg configure -cursor xterm } proc tkW3OutputMakeEntries {w list} { if [winfo exists $w] { foreach child [winfo children $w] { destroy $child } } { frame $w -borderwidth 0 } foreach item $list { pack append $w \ [label $w.[lindex $item 0]_label -text [lindex $item 1]] {left} \ [entry $w.[lindex $item 0] -state disabled] {left expand fillx} } return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeFrame {w} { if [winfo exists $w] { foreach child [winfo children $w] { destroy $child } } { frame $w -borderwidth 0 } } proc tkW3OutputMakeButtons {w list} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w foreach item $list { pack append $w \ [frame $w.[lindex $item 0]_frame -relief flat -borderwidth 2] \ {left fill} pack append $w.[lindex $item 0]_frame \ [button $w.[lindex $item 0] \ -text [lindex $item 1] -command [lindex $item 2]] \ {left fill} } return $w } proc tkW3OutputDoNothing {} { } proc tkW3OutputMakeToggles {w list {static 1} {pos right}} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w foreach item $list { set name [lindex $item 0] pack append $w \ [ checkbutton $w.$name -text [lindex $item 1] -variable $name] \ $pos if {$static} { bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name <1> "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" } } if {$static} { pack append $w \ [label .message_label -text "Message:"] {left} \ [entry .message -state disabled] {left expand fillx} } return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox {w} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w pack append $w \ [frame $w.address_frame -borderwidth 0] {top fillx expand} \ [frame $w.title_frame -borderwidth 0] {bottom fillx expand} pack append $w.address_frame \ [label $w.address_label -text "Document Address:"] {left} \ [entry $w.address_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand} pack append $w.title_frame \ [label $w.title_label -text "Document Title:"] {left} \ [entry $w.title_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand} return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeText {w} { frame $w -relief flat -borderwidth 5 pack [ text $w.msg -yscrollcommand { .vs set } \ -width 80 -height 40 ] -expand 1 -fill both -padx 2 -pady 2 frame $w.msg.image $w.msg.image configure -cursor crosshair return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars {} { pack before .f.msg \ [scrollbar .vs \ -command { .f.msg yview } -orient vertical] { right filly } } proc tkW3OutputClearBody {} { .f.msg delete 1.0 end } proc tkW3OutputSaveFileAs {file_name address} { global fsBox tkW3OutputClearBody set name [file tail $address] set fsBox(path) "" FSBox {Save File} $name \ "exec mv $file_name \$fsBox(path)/\$fsBox(name)" DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3OutputToggleSet {w var} { if {$var == 0} { $w deselect } { $w select } } proc tkW3OutputMenuSetSensitive {w entry var} { if {$var == 0} { $w entryconfigure $entry -state disabled } { $w entryconfigure $entry -state normal } } proc tkW3OutputButtonSetSensitive {w var} { if {$var == 0} { $w configure -state disabled } { $w configure -state normal } } proc tkW3OutputError {message} { DLG:msg . .error_dialog $message error "OK" } ress [string trim $address " \n?"] set address [lindex [split $address "?"] 0] append address "?" $key tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $address } # Some abstraction barriers # Note that tcl returns the value of the last statement executed proc tkW3NavigateGetAddress {} { .titles.address_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGetTitle {} { .titles.title_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGoto {page {scroll_position ""}} { global tkW3HtPage # this is the WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/pan.tcl1006640070060000000000001222705540463351011503 037777777777 1 0 ## pan.tcl: Procedures for handling Xmosaic personal annotations ## =============== ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Globewide Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ## This file is a tcl translation of the procedures ## used in X Mosaic by Marc Anderssen set tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne \ "ncsa-mosaic-personal-annotation-log-format-1" set tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne "" set tkW3PanDefaultDirectory "$env(HOME)/.mosaic-personal-annotations" set tkW3PanLogFilename "LOG" set tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix "PAN-" ## The format of the list global tkW3PanAnnotationList ## Initialize proc tkW3PanInitialize {} { global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory global tkW3PanLogFilename tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory tkW3PanReadLog $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanLogFilename } ## Read a Pan File proc tkW3PanReadLog {filename} { global tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne global tkW3PanAnnotationList if {[catch "open $filename r" file] != 0} { return } gets $file line if {[string first $tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne $line] == -1} { return } gets $file line catch {unset tkW3PanAnnotationList} while {[gets $file line] != -1} { set tkW3PanAnnotationList([lindex [split $line] 0]) \ [lrange $line 1 end] } close $file } proc tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists {directory} { if {![file isdirectory $directory]} { exec mkdir $directory } } proc tkW3PanIsEditablePan {url} { global tkW3AnnotationFormatOne if {[regexp {PAN-[0-9]+\.html} $url] == 1} { return 1 } { return 0 } } proc tkW3PanWriteLog {filename} { global tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne global tkW3PanAnnotationList if [catch {open $filename "w"} file] { return } puts $file $tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne puts $file "Personal" foreach item [array names tkW3PanAnnotationList] { puts $file "$item " nonewline foreach piece $tkW3PanAnnotationList($item) { puts $file $piece nonewline puts $file " " nonewline } puts $file "" } close $file } proc tkW3PanWritePan {filename title author text} { global tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne if [catch "open $filename w" file] { return } puts $file "\ $tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne\n\ $title\n\

    $title

    \n\
    $author
    \n\
    [exec date]
    \n\ _______________________________________\n\ 
    \n\
$text"
    close $file
}

proc tkW3PanNewPan {url title author text} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory
    global tkW3PanLogFilename

    if {[catch {set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url)} list]} {
	set list ""
    }

# Scan through the files for an available ID
    for {set id 1} {[file exists [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id]]} {incr id 1} {}
 
    lappend list $id

    set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url) $list

    tkW3PanWriteLog $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanLogFilename
    tkW3PanWritePan [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] $title $author $text
}

proc tkW3PanDeletePan {id} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    foreach i [array names tkW3PanAnnotationList] {
	set j [lsearch $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) $id]
	if {$j != -1} {
	    set $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) \
		[ lreplace $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) $j ]
	    if {[llength $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)] == 0} {
		unset $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)
	    }
	    exec mv [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] \
		[format "%s/#%s%d" \
		 $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory $tkW3PanLogFilename $id]
	    break
	}
    }
}

proc tkW3PanModifyPan {id title author text} {
    tkW3PanWritePan [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] $title $author $text
}

proc tkW3PanIdToFilename {id} {
    global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory
    global tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix

    return $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix$id.html
}

# The next procedure returns a list of hypertext commands which 
# display the annotations
proc tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations {url} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    catch {destroy .menu.annotate.m.annotate}
    menu .menu.annotate.m.annotate
    if {[catch  {set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url)} list] == 0} {
	foreach item $list {
	    set file [open [tkW3PanIdToFilename $item] "r"]
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file title
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file date

	    regexp {(.*)} $title {} title
	    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $date {} date
	    .menu.annotate.m.annotate add command -label "$title $date" \
		-command "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto file:[tkW3PanIdToFilename $item]"
	}
	return 1
    }
    return 0
}

# return list: {id title author text}

proc tkW3PanGrokPanPieces {url} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix

    regexp {:(//[^/])*(.*)} $url {} {} filename
    regexp {([0-9]+)\.html} $filename {} id

    if {[catch "open $filename r" file]} {
	return
    }
    gets $file line
    gets $file title
    gets $file line
    gets $file author
    gets $file date
    gets $file line
    gets $file line

    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $author {} author
    regexp {(.*)} $title {} title
    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $date {} date

    set text [read $file]
    close $file
    return [list $id $title $author $text]
}

les.address_entry $address
    tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry $title
}

proc tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile {filename} {
    tkW3OutputClearBody
    set file [open $filename "r"]
    while {[gets $file line] != -1} {
	.f.msg insert insert "$line\n"
    }
    close $file
    .f.msg tag add PRE 1.0 end
}

proc tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition {} {
    lindex [.vsWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/parse_args.tcl1006640070060000000000000530505560046061013047 037777777777 1 0 ## parse_args.tcl - Parse command line arguments
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Globewide Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

set tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo 1

## tkW3ParseArgs: Parse arguments
## ----------
## On entry,
##   argv: command line to parse
## On exit,
##   none
## Side effects,
##   Resets various internal variables 

proc tkW3ParseArgs {argv} {
   global tkW3ConfigStartPage tkW3ConfigHomePage tkW3ConfigFile
   global tkW3ParseArgsImages tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo
   global tkW3Version

   set tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) ""
   set tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) 0

   set argc [llength $argv]
   set iconic 0
   for {set i 0} {$i < $argc} { incr i 1} {
       set flag [string tolower [lindex $argv $i]]
       switch -exact -- $flag {
	   {-home} -
	   {--home} -
	   {-wwwhome} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   set tkW3ConfigHomePage [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {-start} -
	   {--start} -
	   {-wwwstart} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   set tkW3ConfigStartPage [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {-noinfo} -
	   {--noinfo} -
	   {-wwwnoinfo} {
	       set tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo 0
	   }
	   {-iconic} -
	   {--iconic} -
	   {-wwwiconic} {
	       wm iconify .
	   }
	   {-iconpos} -
	   {--iconpos} -
	   {-wwwiconpos} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   set x [lindex $argv $i]
		   incr i
		   wm iconpos . $x [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {-geometry} -
	   {--geometry} -
	   {-wwwgeometry} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   wm geometry . [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {-imageanc} -
	   {--imageanc} -
	   {-wwwimageanc} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   set tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {-imageismap} -
	   {--imageismap} -
	   {-wwwimageismap} {
	       set tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) 1
	   }
	   {-help} -
	   {--help} {
	       puts stdout "\
Arguments:
   -home = Set the home page
   -start = Set the start page
   -config = specify alternative config file
   -noinfo = Start up tkWWW without showing the info window
   -iconic = Start up tkWWW in iconic mode
   -iconpos x y = Set tkWWW icon position
   -geometry = Set tkWWW geometry
"
	       exit
	   }
	   {--config} -
	   {-wwwconfig} {
	       incr i
	       if {$i < $argc} {
		   set tkW3ConfigFile [lindex $argv $i]
	       }
	   }
	   {--version} {
	       puts stdout "tkwww version $tkW3Version"
	       exit
	   }
	   {-*} {
	       puts stdout "tkWWW Warning: Unknown command line flag $flag
Type \"tkwww --help\" for valid flags"
	       exit
	   }
	   {default} {
	       set tkW3ConfigStartPage [lindex $argv $i]
	   }
       }
   }
}
e {w entry var} {
    if {$var == 0} {
	$w entryconfigure $entry -state disabled
    } {
	$w entryconfigure $entry -state normal
    }
}

proc tkW3OutputButtonSetSensitive {w var} {
    if {$var == 0} {
	$w configure -state disabled
    } {
	$w configure -state normal
    }
}

proc tkW3OutputError {message} {
    WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/server.tcl1006640070060000000000001041305476445537012244 037777777777 1 0 ## server.tcl - Communication with backend processes
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Globewide Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

## Conventions:
##   all interaction with the tkW3 server should occur through the
##     procedures in this file

## These routines depend on a structure called server info which consists
## of 
##
## {"the filehandle" "the prompt" "debug"}

## *************************
## Procedures for communicating with the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerOpen - opens a connection with the tkW3 server and
##       returns the opening message
##    tkW3ServerSend - sends a string to the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerReceive - receives a string from the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerClose - shuts down the tkW3 server
## *************************

## tkW3ServerOpen: Open connection with server
## ----------
## On entry,
##   exec_string: string to execute
## On exit,
##   returns info structure
## Side effects,
##   resets the variable tkW3Server

## Remember that tcl returns value of the the last statement executed in 
## a procedure

proc tkW3ServerOpen {exec_string prompt} {
   # open connection with server
   # There should be some way of figuring out if the server responds
   set tkW3Server [open "| $exec_string" w+]
   set info [list $tkW3Server $prompt 0]
   tkW3ServerReceive $info
   return $info
}

## tkW3ServerSend: Send message to tkW3 Server
## ----------
## On entry,
##   w: message to server
## On exit,
##   returns response from server
## WARNING:
##   SERVER MUST MAKE SOME SORT OF RESPONSE OR ELSE THERE WILL BE DEADLOCK

proc tkW3ServerSend {info w} {
   # Print out if debug
   if {[lindex $info 2]} {
       puts stdout $w
   }

   puts [lindex $info 0] $w
   tkW3ServerReceive $info
}

## tkW3ServerReceive: Wait for response from server
## ----------
## On exit,
##   returns response from server
## WARNING:
##   SERVER MUST MAKE SOME SORT OF RESPONSE OR ELSE THERE WILL BE DEADLOCK
##
## Note: If the prompt is set to "EOF" server will read to end of file

proc tkW3ServerReceive {info} {
  set tkW3Server [lindex $info 0]
  set tkW3ServerPrompt [lindex $info 1]
  set tkW3ServerDebug [lindex $info 2]

  set return_string ""

  # *** THIS FLUSH IS VERY IMPORTANT
  # *** If this isn't put here, you are likely to send the application
  # ***    into deadlock

  flush $tkW3Server

  # Get stuff from the server until the prompt string is detected
  # Then return everything.  WARNING.  This will freeze if the prompt
  # string is never detected

  while {1} {
      if {[gets $tkW3Server string] == -1} {
	  if {$tkW3ServerPrompt == "EOF"} { 
	      break
	  } {
	      tkW3ServerError
	  }
      }
      if {$tkW3ServerPrompt != "EOF" && \
	  [regexp $tkW3ServerPrompt $string]} {
	  break;
      }
      append return_string $string
      append return_string "\n"
  }

  # Print out if debug
  if {$tkW3ServerDebug} {
      puts stdout $return_string
  }

  # Make sure you remove newlines from the end of return string.
  # Otherwise, strange things will happen.
  # 
  # What will happen is this when you try to evaluate
  #   tkW3Goto [tkW3ParseName $page]
  # tkW3ParseName calls this procedure which returns with 
  #   file:filename.html\n\n
  # When tkW3Goto then calls this procedure with that as an arg
  # the second newline will cause two "tkW3:" prompts to appear
  # messing up the sychronoization between the GUI and the backend.

  string trim $return_string
}

## tkW3ServerClose: Close connection with server
## ----------
## Side effects:
##   Closes the pipe to the server, resets the server value

proc tkW3ServerClose {info} {
    set tkW3Server [lindex $info 0]
    if {$tkW3Server != ""} {
	# Tell the server to exit
	catch "puts $tkW3Server \"exit\""
	# Make sure the message gets there
	catch "flush $tkW3Server"
	# Close the pipe
	catch "close $tkW3Server"
    }
}

proc tkW3ServerError {} {
    tkW3OutputError "Server process no longer exists" 1
}

proc tkW3ServerSetPrompt {info prompt} {
    list [lindex $info 0] $prompt [lindex $info 2]
}

proc tkW3ServerSetDebug {info debug} {
    list [lindex $info 0] [lindex $info 1] $debug
}

proc tkW3ServerConnect {machine port} {
    set info [tkW3ServerOpen "telnet $machine $port" "Escape"]
    tkW3ServerSetPrompt $info "EOF"
}
tml
}

# The next procedure returns a list of hypertext commands which 
# display the annotations
proc tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations {url} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    catch {destroy .menu.annotate.m.annotate}
    menu .menu.annotate.m.annWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tcl2c1007750070060000000000000226105575600053011153 037777777777 1 0 #!/bin/csh
# convert a wish script to an initialized C string
# Modified 10/1/93 by sau@bellcore.com
# Modified 3/31/94 by joe@mit.edu
# Modified 6/8/94 by joe@mit.edu to remove reference to $USER

    if ($#argv < 1) then
            echo "usage: $0 filename.tcl [c_variable_name]"
            exit 1
    endif
    
    set root=$1:r
    set var=`echo $root |tr . _`"_tcl"
    
    if ($#argv == 2) then
		 set var="$2"
    endif

    set file=$1.c  

    echo "/* this file was machine generated from $1 */" > $file
    echo "" >>  $file
    echo 'char '$var'[] = "\' >>$file
    
    # Transformations applied to each line of the file:
    #       eliminate blank lines
    #       eliminate lines that are only comments
    #       Convert preexisting backslash into double backslash.
    #       Precede preexisting double quote (") with backslash.
    #       Add backslash, n, backslash to the end of each line.
    
    sed -e '/^$/d'            \
        -e '/^[ 	]*#/d'            \
        -e 's/\\/\\\\/g'            \
        -e 's/"/\\\"/g'              \
        -e 's/$/\\n\\/'             \
       $1 >> $file
    
    # Final line of transformed file:
    
    echo '   ";' >> $file
37777777777 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tclIndex1006640070060000000000003736405575600060011725 037777777777 1 0 # Tcl autoload index file, version 2.0
# This file is generated by the "auto_mkindex" command
# and sourced to set up indexing information for one or
# more commands.  Typically each line is a command that
# sets an element in the auto_index array, where the
# element name is the name of a command and the value is
# a script that loads the command.

set auto_index(tkW3AnnotateAdd) "source $dir/annotate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3AnnotateEdit) "source $dir/annotate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor) "source $dir/annotate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3AnnotateDisplay) "source $dir/annotate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksInitialize) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksDialog) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksGotoSelected) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksDeleteSelected) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksEditTitle) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksDoEditTitle) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksAdd) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksLoad) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3BookmarksSave) "source $dir/bookmarks.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ConfigExecTerm) "source $dir/init.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ConfigSendMail) "source $dir/init.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ConfigDisplay) "source $dir/init.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ConfigDisplayFile) "source $dir/init.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxInitialize) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBox) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxFSFileSelect) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxFSInsertPath) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxFSNameComplete) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxFSShow) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(FSBoxBindSelectOne) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(IsADir) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(IsAFile) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(IsASymlink) "source $dir/dialog.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditInitialize) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBindText) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditInsert) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBackspace) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDelChar) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditMoveInsertTo) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDisplace) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditUseStyle) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDisplayStatus) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSetStyle) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditOpen) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditClose) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSave) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditOutputHTML) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditChangeTitle) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditTagSelected) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBeginListItem) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBeginGlossaryItem) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCut) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCopy) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDelete) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditPaste) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditClear) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditInsertBullet) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCurRange) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSelectAll) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDeselectAll) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCreateNewPage) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditConvertImages) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditAddImage) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditChangeImage) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditRcsFileExists) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditRcsDirExists) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditRcsCheckout) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditRcsCheckin) "source $dir/edit.tcl"
set auto_index(edittkmain) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(abbrev) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_pipenl) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_pipe) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_read) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_write) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_tabkey) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_spacebar) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_sabbrev_hook) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_autobreak_hook) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_returnkey) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_autoindent_hook) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_prefs) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_quit) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_load) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_save) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_saveas) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_print) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_insfile) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_save_checkpoint) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_restore_checkpoint) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_cut) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_copy) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_paste) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_select_all) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_run_pipe) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_run_command) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_dabbrev) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(dabbrev_again) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_sabbrev) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_edit_abbrevs) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_find) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_find_again) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_find) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_replace) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_go_to_line) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_go_to_line) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_current_line) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_xpaste) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileInitialize) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileQueryExit) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileLoadSource) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileSaveSource) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileSave) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileSaveAs) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileSaveText) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileRunTclCommand) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FileChangeDirectory) "source $dir/file.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FontSetTextFonts) "source $dir/font.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3FontInitialize) "source $dir/font.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3GrpanFetchAnnotations) "source $dir/grpan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3GrpanDeleteGroupAnnotation) "source $dir/grpan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3GrpanAddGroupAnnotation) "source $dir/grpan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpInitialize) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpCreateWhineDialog) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpNotAvailable) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpNoHelp) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpAddToMailingList) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpRemoveFromMailingList) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpGetTopic) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HelpAbout) "source $dir/help.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryInitialize) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryRecord) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryRestore) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryPop) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryDialog) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryGotoSelected) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtInsert) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetName) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBeginDoc) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBeginAnc) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtEndAnc) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBindText) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtAdd) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBegin) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtEnd) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtEndDoc) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetNextId) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtAddBul) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetImg) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetInd) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetBase) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBlankLines) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtListPop) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtListLast) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetLink) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3MenuMakeMenus) "source $dir/menu.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane) "source $dir/menu.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:msg) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:msg_nowait) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:entry) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:listbox) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:show) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:position) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:hide) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:destroy) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:toplevel) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:draw_icon_msg) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:draw_entries) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:bind_entry) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:get_entry_values) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:get_entry_value) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:set_entry_value) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:draw_listbox) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:get_listbox_highlighted) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:draw_buttons) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:button_focus_in) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:bind_button) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(DLG:invoke_button) "source $dir/msgdialog.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateBacktrack) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateClone) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateFind) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateGetAddress) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateGetTitle) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateGoto) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigatePreface) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateSaveText) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateMailText) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateUncache) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateReload) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3NavigateInitialize) "source $dir/navigate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputSetMessage) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputEntryPrint) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputSetAddress) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputCursorWait) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputCursorNormal) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeEntries) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeFrame) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeButtons) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputDoNothing) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeToggles) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeText) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputClearBody) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputSaveFileAs) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputToggleSet) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputMenuSetSensitive) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputButtonSetSensitive) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3OutputError) "source $dir/output.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanInitialize) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanReadLog) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanIsEditablePan) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanWriteLog) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanWritePan) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanNewPan) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanDeletePan) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanModifyPan) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanIdToFilename) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3PanGrokPanPieces) "source $dir/pan.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ParseArgs) "source $dir/parse_args.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerOpen) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerSend) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerReceive) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerClose) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerError) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerSetPrompt) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerSetDebug) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ServerConnect) "source $dir/server.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3Telnet) "source $dir/telnet.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3TelnetPage) "source $dir/telnet.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditModifiedSet) "source $dir/edit.modified.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditModifiedCheck) "source $dir/edit.modified.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBeginAnchor) "source $dir/edit.anchor.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditAnchorDialog) "source $dir/edit.anchor.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSetupAnchorDialog) "source $dir/edit.anchor.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditAddAnchor) "source $dir/edit.anchor.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSelectionGet) "source $dir/edit.selection.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSelectionClear) "source $dir/edit.selection.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSelectionExists) "source $dir/edit.selection.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditSelectionChange) "source $dir/edit.selection.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditGenerate) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCopyText) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditCopyTags) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditConvertToHTML) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditConvertAnchors) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditBreakLines) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditConvertBullets) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditConvertLineItems) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditDelimitTag) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3EditInsertClean) "source $dir/edit.generate.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ImageDisplayFile) "source $dir/image.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ImageHideImageWindow) "source $dir/image.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells) "source $dir/image.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ImageEnableAnchor) "source $dir/image.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3ImageDisableAnchor) "source $dir/image.tcl"
ex(cmd_find) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_find_again) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_find) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(tke_replace) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_index(cmd_go_to_line) "source $dir/editwin.tcl"
set auto_iWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/telnet.tcl1006640070060000000000000212105501524000012172 037777777777 1 0 ## telnet.tcl interface with telnet
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 
## Globewide Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

proc tkW3Telnet {command host port} {
   global tkW3ConfigViewer
   if {$port=={}} {
     exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) -e $command $host &
   } {
     exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) -e $command $host $port &
   }
}

proc tkW3TelnetPage {page} {
    # Parse the page to get command user host and port
    if [regexp {([a-zA-z0-9]+)://([a-zA-Z0-9\-]+@)*([-a-zA-Z0-9\.]+)(:[0-9]+)*}  $page {} command user host port] {
	set user [string trim $user "@"] 
	set port [string trimleft $port ":"]
 
	# Put together a string to let user know what is going on
	set body_text "$command to\nhost: $host\n"
	if {$port!={}} {
	    append body_text "Port: $port\n"
	}
	if {$user!={}} {
	    append body_text "Log in as \"$user\"\n"
	}
	tkW3OutputSetAddress $page {}
	tkW3NavigatePreface $body_text "telnet connection" \
	    [format "tkW3Telnet \{%s\} \{%s\} \{%s\}" $command $host $port]
    }
}


dex(tkW3HistoryRecord) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryRestore) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryPop) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryDialog) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryGotoSelected) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtInsert) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetName) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBeWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tkMain.c1006200070060000000000001570605546756407011622 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * Removed the interactive stuff for tkWWW
 */

/* 
 * main.c --
 *
 *	This file contains the main program for "wish", a windowing
 *	shell based on Tk and Tcl.  It also provides a template that
 *	can be used as the basis for main programs for other Tk
 *	applications.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 * All rights reserved.
 *
 * Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without
 * license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
 * software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the
 * above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in
 * all copies of this software.
 * 
 * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
 * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT
 * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF
 * CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 *
 * THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
 * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
 * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO
 * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
 */

#ifndef lint
static char rcsid[] = "/mit/tkwww/CVS/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tkMain.c,v 1.1 1994/04/01 08:36:23 joe Exp SPRITE (Berkeley)";
#endif

#include 
#include 
#include 

/*
 * Declarations for various library procedures and variables (don't want
 * to include tkInt.h or tkConfig.h here, because people might copy this
 * file out of the Tk source directory to make their own modified versions).
 */

extern void		exit _ANSI_ARGS_((int status));
extern int		isatty _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd));
extern int		read _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, char *buf, size_t size));
extern char *		strrchr _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string, int c));

/*
 * Global variables used by the main program:
 */

static Tk_Window mainWindow;	/* The main window for the application.  If
				 * NULL then the application no longer
				 * exists. */
static Tcl_Interp *interp;	/* Interpreter for this application. */
char *tcl_RcFileName = NULL;	/* Name of a user-specific startup script
				 * to source if the application is being run
				 * interactively (e.g. "~/.wishrc").  Set
				 * by Tcl_AppInit.  NULL means don't source
				 * anything ever. */
static Tcl_DString command;	/* Used to assemble lines of terminal input
				 * into Tcl commands. */
static int tty;			/* Non-zero means standard input is a
				 * terminal-like device.  Zero means it's
				 * a file. */
static char errorExitCmd[] = "exit 1";

/*
 * Command-line options:
 */

static int synchronize = 0;
static char *fileName = NULL;
static char *name = NULL;
static char *display = NULL;
static char *geometry = NULL;

static Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
    {"-file", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &fileName,
	"File from which to read commands"},
    {"-geometry", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &geometry,
	"Initial geometry for window"},
    {"-display", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &display,
	"Display to use"},
    {"-name", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &name,
	"Name to use for application"},
    {"-sync", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &synchronize,
	"Use synchronous mode for display server"},
    {(char *) NULL, TK_ARGV_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
	(char *) NULL}
};

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * main --
 *
 *	Main program for Wish.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None. This procedure never returns (it exits the process when
 *	it's done
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	This procedure initializes the wish world and then starts
 *	interpreting commands;  almost anything could happen, depending
 *	on the script being interpreted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
main(argc, argv)
    int argc;				/* Number of arguments. */
    char **argv;			/* Array of argument strings. */
{
    char *args, *p, *msg;
    char buf[20];
    int code;

    interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
    Tcl_InitMemory(interp);
#endif

    /*
     * Parse command-line arguments.
     */

    if (Tk_ParseArgv(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, &argc, argv, argTable, 0)
	    != TCL_OK) {
	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", interp->result);
	exit(1);
    }
    /*
     * If a display was specified, put it into the DISPLAY
     * environment variable so that it will be available for
     * any sub-processes created by us.
     */

    if (display != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", display, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

    /*
     * Initialize the Tk application.
     */

    mainWindow = Tk_CreateMainWindow(interp, display, "tkWWW", "Tk");
    if (mainWindow == NULL) {
	fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", interp->result);
	exit(1);
    }
    if (synchronize) {
	XSynchronize(Tk_Display(mainWindow), True);
    }
    Tk_GeometryRequest(mainWindow, 200, 200);

    /*
     * Make command-line arguments available in the Tcl variables "argc"
     * and "argv".  Also set the "geometry" variable from the geometry
     * specified on the command line.
     */

    args = Tcl_Merge(argc-1, argv+1);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv", args, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    ckfree(args);
    sprintf(buf, "%d", argc-1);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argc", buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv0", (fileName != NULL) ? fileName : argv[0],
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    if (geometry != NULL) {
	Tcl_SetVar(interp, "geometry", geometry, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    }

    /*
     * Set the "tcl_interactive" variable.
     */

    tty = isatty(0);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_interactive",
	    ((fileName == NULL) && tty) ? "1" : "0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Add a few application-specific commands to the application's
     * interpreter.
     */

    /*
     * Invoke application-specific initialization.
     */

    if (Tcl_AppInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Tcl_AppInit failed: %s\n", interp->result);
    }

    /*
     * Set the geometry of the main window, if requested.
     */

    if (geometry != NULL) {
	code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, "wm geometry . ", geometry, (char *) NULL);
	if (code != TCL_OK) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", interp->result);
	}
    }

    Tcl_DStringInit(&command);

    /*
     * Loop infinitely, waiting for commands to execute.  When there
     * are no windows left, Tk_MainLoop returns and we exit.
     */

    Tk_MainLoop();

    /*
     * Don't exit directly, but rather invoke the Tcl "exit" command.
     * This gives the application the opportunity to redefine "exit"
     * to do additional cleanup.
     */

    Tcl_Eval(interp, "exit");
    exit(1);

error:
    msg = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    if (msg == NULL) {
	msg = interp->result;
    }
    fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg);
    Tcl_Eval(interp, errorExitCmd);
    return 1;			/* Needed only to prevent compiler warnings. */
}
kW3ImageDisplayFile) "source $dir/image.tcl"
set auto_indeWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tkwww.sed1006640070060000000000000317605575600066012110 037777777777 1 0 #!/bin/sh
## main.tcl main file for tkWWW  user interface
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Globewide Network Academy
## Macvicar School of Education and Technology
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions 

# where can I find the executable
if test "$TK_WWW_TK_CMD" = ""; then
  TK_WWW_TK_CMD=tk_www_tk_cmd
fi

# where can I find my files
if test "$TK_WWW_SRC_DIR" = ""; then
  TK_WWW_SRC_DIR=tk_www_src_dir
fi

# where can I find my files
if test "$TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE" = ""; then
  TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE=tk_www_home_page
fi

# where can I find my files
if test "$TK_WWW_START_PAGE" = ""; then
  TK_WWW_START_PAGE=tk_www_start_page
fi

# the mailing program
if test "$TK_WWW_MAIL" = ""; then
  TK_WWW_MAIL=tk_www_mail
fi

PATH=$PATH:tk_www_extra_path
export PATH

# Backup in case tk command cannot be found

if test \!  -f $TK_WWW_TK_CMD ; then
    echo "Cannot find $TK_WWW_TK_CMD"
    if test -f ../Server/wwwish ; then
	TK_WWW_TK_CMD=../Server/wwwish
        echo "Using $TK_WWW_TK_CMD as executable"
    elif test -f ./wwwish ; then
	TK_WWW_TK_CMD=./wwwish
        echo "Using $TK_WWW_TK_CMD as executable"
    fi
fi

# Backup in case main.tcl cannot be found

if test \!  -f $TK_WWW_SRC_DIR/main.tcl ; then
    echo "Cannot find $TK_WWW_SRC_DIR"
    if test -f ../Tcl/main.tcl ; then
	TK_WWW_SRC_DIR=../Tcl
        echo "Using $TK_WWW_SRC_DIR as source directory"
    elif test -f ./main.tcl ; then
	TK_WWW_SRC_DIR=.
        echo "Using $TK_WWW_SRC_DIR as source directory"
    fi
fi

export TK_WWW_SRC_DIR
export TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE
export TK_WWW_START_PAGE
export TK_WWW_MAIL

exec $TK_WWW_TK_CMD \
	-f $TK_WWW_SRC_DIR/main.tcl \
	-name tkWWW $@
cl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryRestore) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryPop) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryDialog) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HistoryGotoSelected) "source $dir/history.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtInsert) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtSetName) "source $dir/hypertext.tcl"
set auto_index(tkW3HtBeWWW/TkWWW/Makefile.in1006640070060000000000000656705557035321011556 037777777777 1 0 # Master Makefile for tkWWW

# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.

# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.

# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

#### Start of system configuration section. ####

srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@

CC = @CC@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@

AR = ar
RANLIB = @RANLIB@

DEFS = @DEFS@
LIBS = @LIBS@

CFLAGS = -O
LDFLAGS =

prefix = /usr/local
exec_prefix = $(prefix)

# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'.
binprefix = 
# Prefix for each installed man page, normally empty or `g'.
manprefix = 

# Where to install the executables.
bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin

# Where to put mvdir, if your system lacks the rename system call.
libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
tkwww_libdir = $(libdir)/tkWWW

# Where to put the manual pages.
mandir = $(prefix)/man/man1
# Extension (not including `.') for the installed manual page filenames.
manext = 1

# Where the program finds things
tk_www_src_dir = $(tkwww_libdir)
tk_www_extra_path = @tk_www_extra_path@
tk_www_home_page = @tk_www_home_page@
tk_www_start_page = @tk_www_start_page@
tk_www_mail = @tk_www_mail@
tk_www_tk_cmd = $(bindir)/@tk_www_tk_executable@

#### End of system configuration section. ####

SHELL = /bin/sh

DISTFILES =  Makefile.in README.txt configure configure.in

# Redundant stuff for making only selected programs.
PROGS =

# Subdirectories to run make in for the primary targets.
SUBDIRS = Library Server Tcl

all interp::
	for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
	  echo making $@ in $$dir ; \
	  (cd $$dir; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) CC="$(CC)" $@) ; \
	done

info:
install-info:
dvi:

check:
installcheck:

Makefile: config.status $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Server/Makefile.in \
	    $(srcdir)/Library/Makefile.in
	$(SHELL) config.status

# Make sure all installation directories, e.g. $(bindir) actually exist by
# making them if necessary.

installdirs:
	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mkinstalldirs \
	  $(bindir) $(datadir) $(libdir) $(infodir) $(mandir) $(tkwww_libdir)

install interpinstall:: installdirs 
	for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
	  echo making $@ in $$dir ; \
	  (cd $$dir; $(MAKE) $@) ; \
	done

uninstall TAGS clean mostlyclean distclean realclean::
	for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
	  echo making $@ in $$dir ; \
	  (cd $$dir; $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@) ; \
	done

distclean realclean::
	rm -f Makefile config.status

ac_dir = /home/gd/gnu/autoconf
dist: $(DISTFILES)
	if [ -f $(ac_dir)/autoconf ]; then \
	  $(ac_dir)/autoconf --macrodir=$(ac_dir); \
	else :; fi
	echo fileutils-`sed -e '/version_string/!d' -e 's/[^0-9.]*\([0-9.]*\).*/\1/' -e q src/version.c` > .fname
	rm -rf `cat .fname`
	mkdir `cat .fname`
	ln $(DISTFILES) `cat .fname`
	for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
	  mkdir `cat .fname`/$$dir; \
	  (cd $$dir; $(MAKE) $@); \
	done
	tar chzf `cat .fname`.tar.z `cat .fname`
	rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname

# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV.
.NOEXPORT:
ous mode for display server"},
    {(char *) NULL, TK_ARGV_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
	(char *) NULL}
};

/*
 *-----------------WWW/TkWWW/README.txt1006640070060000000000000336305602051424011167 037777777777 1 0 tkWWW Version 0.12 beta (joe@mit.edu)
--------------------------------------------
WHAT IS THIS?
-------------
World Wide Web (WWW) is a hypertext project which seeks to build a
world wide network of hypertext links.  There are several different
browsers for this system including a simple tty interface.

Tk is an interpreted toolkit which allows one to build X11 applications
quickly and easily.

tkWWW is a Tk interface to (WWW).

Since the entire user interface is written in an interpreted language,
it is very easy to make modifications and extensions to the system.
tkWWW is the first X11 browser with the ability to edit HTML!!!!!

Requirements
------------
tkWWW requires the installation of the tk and tcl packages which can
be retrieved from sprite.berkely.edu

To display images, tkWWW requires the xli package which can be
retrieved from ftp.x.org

To Install the single executable version of tkWWW
-------------------------------------------------
In this directory

1. Type "./configure"
2. Type "make"
3. Type "make install"

To Install the interpreted version of tkWWW
-------------------------------------------
In this directory

1. Type "./configure"
2. Type "make interp"
3. Type "make interpinstall"

Bug fixes
---------
12 Jun 1994 Added CODE to convert list in edit.tcl
           (lusol@turkey.cc.lehigh.edu)

06 Jun 1994 Broke up binary files 
            Server/Makefile.in: Now deletes libraries when cleaning
            tcl2c: Removed reference to $USER 
                   (reported by ivler@bbs.ug.eds.com)

27 Apr 1994 Changed parse args so that help works correctly
            HText.c: Changed HTML_A tags to HTML_LINK tags to fix core dump
            configure.in: Changed configure script to work 
                (R.Turnbull@csc.liv.ac.uk)
_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    /*
     * Add a few application-specific commands to the application's
     * interpreter.
     */

    /*
     * Invoke application-specific initialization.
     */

    if (Tcl_AppInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Tcl_AppInit failed: %s\WWW/TkWWW/configure1007750070060000000000005777005560043726011424 037777777777 1 0 #!/bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated automatically using autoconf.
# Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.

# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.

# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

# Usage: configure [--srcdir=DIR] [--host=HOST] [--gas] [--nfp]
#        [--prefix=PREFIX] [--exec-prefix=PREFIX] [--with-PACKAGE[=VALUE]]
# Ignores all args except --srcdir, --prefix, --exec-prefix, and
# --with-PACKAGE[=VALUE] unless this script has special code to handle it.

for arg
do
  # Handle --exec-prefix with a space before the argument.
  if test x$next_exec_prefix = xyes; then exec_prefix=$arg; next_exec_prefix=
  # Handle --host with a space before the argument.
  elif test x$next_host = xyes; then next_host=
  # Handle --prefix with a space before the argument.
  elif test x$next_prefix = xyes; then prefix=$arg; next_prefix=
  # Handle --srcdir with a space before the argument.
  elif test x$next_srcdir = xyes; then srcdir=$arg; next_srcdir=
  else
    case $arg in
     # For backward compatibility, recognize -exec-prefix and --exec_prefix.
     -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=* | --e=*)
	exec_prefix=`echo $arg | sed 's/[-a-z_]*=//'` ;;
     -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- | --exec | --exe | --ex | --e)
	next_exec_prefix=yes ;;

     -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) ;;

     -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=* | --h=*) ;;
     -host | --host | --hos | --ho | --h)
	next_host=yes ;;

     -nfp | --nfp | --nf) ;;

     -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
	prefix=`echo $arg | sed 's/[-a-z_]*=//'` ;;
     -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
	next_prefix=yes ;;

     -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=* | --s=*)
	srcdir=`echo $arg | sed 's/[-a-z_]*=//'` ;;
     -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr | --s)
	next_srcdir=yes ;;

     -with-* | --with-*)
       package=`echo $arg|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
       # Reject names that aren't valid shell variable names.
       if test -n "`echo $package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
         echo "configure: $package: invalid package name" >&2; exit 1
       fi
       package=`echo $package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
       case "$arg" in
         *=*) val="`echo $arg|sed 's/[^=]*=//'`" ;;
         *) val=1 ;;
       esac
       eval "with_$package='$val'" ;;

     -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb | --ver | --ve | --v)
       verbose=yes ;;

     *) ;;
    esac
  fi
done

trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core; exit 1' 1 3 15
trap 'rm -f confdefs*' 0

# NLS nuisances.
# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = 'set' ; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
if test "${LANG+set}"   = 'set' ; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi

rm -f conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo > confdefs.h
compile='${CC-cc} $CFLAGS conftest.c -o conftest $LIBS >/dev/null 2>&1'

# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
unique_file=README.txt

# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  srcdirdefaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then `..'.
  prog=$0
  confdir=`echo $prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
  test "X$confdir" = "X$prog" && confdir=.
  srcdir=$confdir
  if test ! -r $srcdir/$unique_file; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$unique_file; then
  if test x$srcdirdefaulted = xyes; then
    echo "configure: Can not find sources in \`${confdir}' or \`..'." 1>&2
  else
    echo "configure: Can not find sources in \`${srcdir}'." 1>&2
  fi
  exit 1
fi
# Preserve a srcdir of `.' to avoid automounter screwups with pwd.
# But we can't avoid them for `..', to make subdirectories work.
case $srcdir in
  .|/*|~*) ;;
  *) srcdir=`cd $srcdir; pwd` ;; # Make relative path absolute.
esac


# Save the original args to write them into config.status later.
configure_args="$*"


tk_www_home_page=http://info.cern.ch/default.html

echo "What is the default home page ? (press return for default page)"
read tk_www_home_page
if test -z "$tk_www_home_page" ; then
	tk_www_home_page=http://info.cern.ch/default.html
fi
echo "setting starting page as $tk_www_home_page"   


tk_www_start_page=$tk_www_home_page


if test -z "$prefix"
then
  echo checking for wish to derive installation directory prefix
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="$IFS:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    if test $dir != . && test -f $dir/wish; then
      # Not all systems have dirname.
      prefix=`echo $dir|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
  echo "	chose installation directory prefix ${prefix}"
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of `gcc', so it can be a program name with args.
  set dummy gcc; word=$2
  echo checking for $word
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    if test -f $dir/$word; then
      CC="gcc"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
fi
test -z "$CC" && CC="cc"
test -n "$CC" && test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting CC to $CC"

# Find out if we are using GNU C, under whatever name.
cat > conftest.c < conftest.out 2>&1
if egrep yes conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  GCC=1 # For later tests.
fi
rm -f conftest*

# Make sure to not get the incompatible SysV /etc/install and
# /usr/sbin/install, which might be in PATH before a BSD-like install,
# or the SunOS /usr/etc/install directory, or the AIX /bin/install,
# or the AFS install, which mishandles nonexistent args, or
# /usr/ucb/install on SVR4, which tries to use the nonexistent group
# `staff'.  On most BSDish systems install is in /usr/bin, not /usr/ucb
# anyway.  Sigh.
if test "z${INSTALL}" = "z" ; then
  echo checking for install
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    case $dir in
    /etc|/usr/sbin|/usr/etc|/usr/afsws/bin|/usr/ucb) ;;
    *)
      if test -f $dir/installbsd; then
	INSTALL="$dir/installbsd -c" # OSF1
	INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL)'
	INSTALL_DATA='$(INSTALL) -m 644'
	break
      fi
      if test -f $dir/install; then
	if grep dspmsg $dir/install >/dev/null 2>&1; then
	  : # AIX
	else
	  INSTALL="$dir/install -c"
	  INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL)'
	  INSTALL_DATA='$(INSTALL) -m 644'
	  break
	fi
      fi
      ;;
    esac
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
fi
INSTALL=${INSTALL-cp}
test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting INSTALL to $INSTALL"
INSTALL_PROGRAM=${INSTALL_PROGRAM-'$(INSTALL)'}
test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting INSTALL_PROGRAM to $INSTALL_PROGRAM"
INSTALL_DATA=${INSTALL_DATA-'$(INSTALL)'}
test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting INSTALL_DATA to $INSTALL_DATA"

if test -z "$RANLIB"; then
  # Extract the first word of `ranlib', so it can be a program name with args.
  set dummy ranlib; word=$2
  echo checking for $word
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    if test -f $dir/$word; then
      RANLIB="ranlib"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
fi
test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=":"
test -n "$RANLIB" && test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting RANLIB to $RANLIB"

echo checking how to run the C preprocessor
if test -z "$CPP"; then
  # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
  # substituted into the Makefile and ``${CC-cc}'' will simply confuse
  # make.  It must be expanded now.
  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
  cat > conftest.c <
Syntax Error
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  :
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  CPP=/lib/cpp
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
test ".${verbose}" != "." && echo "	setting CPP to $CPP"

echo checking for ANSI C header files
cat > conftest.c <
#include 
#include 
#include 
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
echo '#include "confdefs.h"
#include ' > conftest.c
eval "$CPP conftest.c > conftest.out 2>&1"
if egrep "memchr" conftest.out >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  # SGI's /bin/cc from Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
cat > conftest.c <
#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#define XOR(e,f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
exit (0); }

EOF
eval $compile
if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
  
{
test -n "$verbose" && \
echo "	defining STDC_HEADERS"
echo "#define" STDC_HEADERS 1 >> confdefs.h
DEFS="$DEFS -DSTDC_HEADERS=1"
}


fi
rm -fr conftest*

fi
rm -f conftest*


fi
rm -f conftest*


#
# Check for dirent.h or sys/dir.h.  autoconf generates a define of DIRENT,
# while WWW libraries want USE_DIRENT, so we roll our own check.
#

echo checking for getwd 
cat > conftest.c <
int main() { exit(0); }
int t() { 
/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
#if defined (__stub_getwd ) || defined (__stub___getwd )
choke me
#else
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
extern char getwd (); getwd ();
#endif
 }
EOF
if eval $compile; then
  :
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  {
test -n "$verbose" && \
echo "	defining NO_GETWD"
echo "#define" NO_GETWD 1 >> confdefs.h
DEFS="$DEFS -DNO_GETWD=1"
}

fi
rm -f conftest*


#
# Check if mhmail exists (this check is broken with certain versions of 
# autoconf, so we make sure the variable gets set).
#

if test -z "$tk_www_mail"; then
  # Extract the first word of `mhmail', so it can be a program name with args.
  set dummy mhmail; word=$2
  echo checking for $word
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    if test -f $dir/$word; then
      tk_www_mail="mail"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
fi

test -n "$tk_www_mail" && test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting tk_www_mail to $tk_www_mail"

if test -z "$tk_www_mail"; then
   tk_www_mail=mail
fi



#
# Run xmkmf to check for location of X libraries and includes
#

if test -z "$tk_ok"; then
  # Extract the first word of `xmkmf', so it can be a program name with args.
  set dummy xmkmf; word=$2
  echo checking for $word
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
  for dir in $PATH; do
    test -z "$dir" && dir=.
    if test -f $dir/$word; then
      tk_ok="1"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
fi
test -z "$tk_ok" && tk_ok="0"
test -n "$tk_ok" && test -n "$verbose" && echo "	setting tk_ok to $tk_ok"

if test $tk_ok = 1; then
    # If we find X, set shell vars x_includes and x_libraries to the paths.
no_x=true
echo checking for X include and library files with xmkmf
rm -fr conftestdir
if mkdir conftestdir; then
  cd conftestdir
  cat > Imakefile <<\EOF
acfindx:
	@echo "im_incroot=$(INCROOT); im_usrlibdir=$(USRLIBDIR); im_libdir=$(LIBDIR)"
EOF
  if (xmkmf) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then
    no_x=
    # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
    eval `make acfindx | grep -v make`
    # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR.
    if test ! -f $im_usrlibdir/libX11.a && test -f $im_libdir/libX11.a; then
      im_usrlibdir=$im_libdir
    fi
    case "$im_incroot" in
	/usr/include) ;;
	*) x_includes="$im_incroot" ;;
    esac
    case "$im_usrlibdir" in
	/usr/lib | /lib) ;;
	*) x_libraries="$im_usrlibdir" ;;
    esac
  fi
  cd ..
  rm -fr conftestdir
fi

if test -z "$im_usrlibdir"; then
echo checking for X include and library files directly
cat > conftest.c <
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  no_x=

else
  rm -rf conftest*
  for dir in \
    /usr/local/include \
    /usr/unsupported/include \
    /usr/x386/include \
    /usr/local/x11r5/include \
    /usr/include/X11R5 \
    /usr/include/X11R4 \
    /usr/X11R5/include \
    /usr/X11/include \
    /usr/openwin/include \
    /usr/openwin/share/include \
    /usr/lpp/Xamples/include \
    ; \
  do
    if test -r $dir/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
      x_includes=$dir; no_x=
      break
    fi
  done
fi
rm -f conftest*

# Check for the libraries.  First see if replacing the `include' by
# `lib' works.
LIBS_save="${LIBS}"
LIBS="${LIBS} -lXt"
have_lib=""
echo checking for -lXt
cat > conftest.c < conftest.c <
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  :
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  XINCLUDES="nope"
fi
rm -f conftest*
    if test "$XINCLUDES" = nope; then
        dirs=${XINCLUDE_DIR-"/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include"}
        for i in $dirs ; do
	    if test -r $i/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
	        XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
	    fi
        done
    fi
fi
if test "$XINCLUDES" = nope; then
  echo "Warning:  couldn't find any X11 include files."
  XINCLUDES="# no include files found"
fi


if test "$x_libraries" = /usr/lib; then
    XLIBSW=-lX11
elif test "$x_libraries" != ""; then
    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
else
    echo "checking for X11 library archive"
    LIBS_save="${LIBS}"
LIBS="${LIBS} -lX11"
have_lib=""
echo checking for -lX11
cat > conftest.c < conftest.c < conftest.c <
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  :
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  
dirs="$testdir/include $testdir/include/tcl $x_includes/tk /usr/local/include"
dir=nope
for i in $dirs ; do
    if test -r $i/tcl.h; then
	dir=$i
       break
    fi
done
if test "$dir" = "nope" ; then
    echo "What directory contains tcl.h (absolute path) ?"
    read dir
fi
tclinc=$dir
TCL_INCDIR="-I$dir"


fi
rm -f conftest*


dirs="$testdir/lib $x_libraries /usr/local/lib"
dir=nope
for i in $dirs ; do
    if test -r $i/libtcl.a; then
	dir=$i
	break
    fi
done
if test "$dir" = nope ; then
  echo "What directory contains libtcl.a ?"
  read dir
fi
TCL_LIBDIR="-L$dir"
tcllib=$dir


echo checking for tk.h
cat > conftest.c <
EOF
err=`eval "($CPP conftest.c >/dev/null) 2>&1"`
if test -z "$err"; then
  :
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  
if test ! -r $tclinc/tk.h ; then
   dir=nope
   dirs="$testdir/include $testdir/include/tk $x_includes/tk /usr/local/include"
   for i in $dirs ; do
      if test -r $i/tk.h; then
	 dir=$i
         break
      fi
   done
   if test "$dir" = nope ; then
      echo "What directory contains tk.h?"
      read dir
   fi
   TK_INCDIR="-I$dir"
fi


fi
rm -f conftest*


if test ! -r $tcllib/libtk.a ; then
   dirs="$testdir/lib $x_libraries /usr/local/lib"
   dir=nope
   for i in $dirs ; do
      if test -r $i/libtk.a; then
	 dir = $i 
	 break
      fi
   done
   if test "$dir" = nope ; then
      echo "What directory contains libtk.a?"
      read dir

   fi
   TK_LIBDIR="-L$dir"
fi


# Add special libraries for solaris
#

LIBS_save="${LIBS}"
LIBS="${LIBS} -lelf"
have_lib=""
echo checking for -lelf
cat > conftest.c < conftest.c < conftest.c <conftest.def < config.status </dev/null | sed 1q`:
#
# $0 $configure_args

for arg
do
  case "\$arg" in
    -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    echo running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $configure_args
    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $configure_args ;;
    *) echo "Usage: config.status --recheck" 2>&1; exit 1 ;;
  esac
done

trap 'rm -f Makefile Server/Makefile Library/Makefile Tcl/Makefile; exit 1' 1 3 15
tk_www_home_page='$tk_www_home_page'
tk_www_start_page='$tk_www_start_page'
CC='$CC'
INSTALL='$INSTALL'
INSTALL_PROGRAM='$INSTALL_PROGRAM'
INSTALL_DATA='$INSTALL_DATA'
RANLIB='$RANLIB'
CPP='$CPP'
tk_www_mail='$tk_www_mail'
tk_ok='$tk_ok'
XINCLUDES='$XINCLUDES'
XLIBSW='$XLIBSW'
tk_www_extra_path='$tk_www_extra_path'
tk_www_tk_executable='$tk_www_tk_executable'
TCL_INCDIR='$TCL_INCDIR'
TCL_LIBDIR='$TCL_LIBDIR'
TK_INCDIR='$TK_INCDIR'
TK_LIBDIR='$TK_LIBDIR'
LIBS='$LIBS'
srcdir='$srcdir'
DEFS='$DEFS'
prefix='$prefix'
exec_prefix='$exec_prefix'
prsub='$prsub'
extrasub='$extrasub'
EOF
cat >> config.status <<\EOF

top_srcdir=$srcdir

CONFIG_FILES=${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile Server/Makefile Library/Makefile Tcl/Makefile"}
for file in .. ${CONFIG_FILES}; do if test "x$file" != x..; then
  srcdir=$top_srcdir
  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
  dir=`echo $file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
  if test "$dir" != "$file"; then
    test "$top_srcdir" != . && srcdir=$top_srcdir/$dir
    test ! -d $dir && mkdir $dir
  fi
  echo creating $file
  rm -f $file
  echo "# Generated automatically from `echo $file|sed 's|.*/||'`.in by configure." > $file
  sed -e "
$prsub
$extrasub
s%@tk_www_home_page@%$tk_www_home_page%g
s%@tk_www_start_page@%$tk_www_start_page%g
s%@CC@%$CC%g
s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
s%@tk_www_mail@%$tk_www_mail%g
s%@tk_ok@%$tk_ok%g
s%@XINCLUDES@%$XINCLUDES%g
s%@XLIBSW@%$XLIBSW%g
s%@tk_www_extra_path@%$tk_www_extra_path%g
s%@tk_www_tk_executable@%$tk_www_tk_executable%g
s%@TCL_INCDIR@%$TCL_INCDIR%g
s%@TCL_LIBDIR@%$TCL_LIBDIR%g
s%@TK_INCDIR@%$TK_INCDIR%g
s%@TK_LIBDIR@%$TK_LIBDIR%g
s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%
" $top_srcdir/${file}.in >> $file
fi; done


exit 0
EOF
chmod +x config.status
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} config.status

/X11/libWWW/TkWWW/configure.in1006640070060000000000001246605560043736012020 037777777777 1 0 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_INIT(README.txt)

dnl Prompt user for home page
tk_www_home_page=http://info.cern.ch/default.html

echo "What is the default home page ? (press return for default page)"
read tk_www_home_page
if test -z "$tk_www_home_page" ; then
	tk_www_home_page=http://info.cern.ch/default.html
fi
echo "setting starting page as $tk_www_home_page"   
AC_SUBST(tk_www_home_page)

tk_www_start_page=$tk_www_home_page
AC_SUBST(tk_www_start_page)

dnl Guess prefix
AC_PREFIX(wish)
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_STDC_HEADERS

#
# Check for dirent.h or sys/dir.h.  autoconf generates a define of DIRENT,
# while WWW libraries want USE_DIRENT, so we roll our own check.
#
dnl AC_COMPILE_CHECK(, ,[#include ], , [DEFS="$DEFS -DUSE_DIRENT"])

AC_FUNC_CHECK(getwd , , AC_DEFINE(NO_GETWD))

#
# Check if mhmail exists (this check is broken with certain versions of 
# autoconf, so we make sure the variable gets set).
#

AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(tk_www_mail,mhmail,mail)
if test -z "$tk_www_mail"; then
   tk_www_mail=mail
fi
AC_SUBST(tk_www_mail)


#
# Run xmkmf to check for location of X libraries and includes
#

AC_PROGRAM_CHECK(tk_ok, xmkmf, 1, 0)
if test $tk_ok = 1; then
    AC_FIND_X
fi
if test "$x_includes" = /usr/include; then
    XINCLUDES="# no special path needed"
elif test "$x_includes" != ""; then
    XINCLUDES=" -I$x_includes"
else
    echo checking for X11 header files
    XINCLUDES="# no special path needed"
    AC_TEST_CPP([#include ], , XINCLUDES="nope")
    if test "$XINCLUDES" = nope; then
        dirs=${XINCLUDE_DIR-"/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include"}
        for i in $dirs ; do
	    if test -r $i/X11/Intrinsic.h; then
	        XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
	    fi
        done
    fi
fi
if test "$XINCLUDES" = nope; then
  echo "Warning:  couldn't find any X11 include files."
  XINCLUDES="# no include files found"
fi
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)

if test "$x_libraries" = /usr/lib; then
    XLIBSW=-lX11
elif test "$x_libraries" != ""; then
    XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11"
else
    echo "checking for X11 library archive"
    AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(X11, XLIBSW="-lX11", XLIBSW=nope)
    if test "$XLIBSW" = nope; then
	dirs=${XLIBRARY_DIR-"/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib"}
	for i in $dirs ; do
	    if test -r $i/libX11.a; then
		XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11"
	    fi
	done
    fi
fi
if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
    AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(Xwindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow)
fi
if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then
    echo "Warning:  couldn't find the X11 library archive.  Using -lX11."
    XLIBSW=-lX11
fi
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)

define(AC_FIND_PROG_PATH,
[echo checking for path of $1
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; saveifs="$IFS"; IFS="$IFS:"
for dir in $PATH; do
   test -z "$dir" && dir=.
   if test $dir != . && test -f $dir/$1; then
changequote(,)dnl
      # Not all systems have dirname.
      echo Found $1 in $dir
      $2
changequote([,])dnl
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$saveifs"
]
)

#
# This is to substitute extra paths that 
#
AC_FIND_PROG_PATH(xli,tk_www_extra_path="$tk_www_extra_path:$dir")
AC_FIND_PROG_PATH(ghostview,tk_www_extra_path="$tk_www_extra_path:$dir")
AC_FIND_PROG_PATH(xdvi,tk_www_extra_path="$tk_www_extra_path:$dir")
AC_SUBST(tk_www_extra_path)

tk_www_tk_executable=wwwish
AC_SUBST(tk_www_tk_executable)


#
# Make some guesses where the Tcl/Tk include files and libraries are.
# I hate this way of doing it to.  It would be better to specify something
# from the command line invoking configure.
#

PWD=`pwd`
testdir=""
export testdir
AC_FIND_PROG_PATH(wish,[testdir=`echo $dir|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`])
echo $testdir

AC_HEADER_CHECK(tcl.h,, [
dirs="$testdir/include $testdir/include/tcl $x_includes/tk /usr/local/include"
dir=nope
for i in $dirs ; do
    if test -r $i/tcl.h; then
	dir=$i
       break
    fi
done
if test "$dir" = "nope" ; then
    echo "What directory contains tcl.h (absolute path) ?"
    read dir
fi
tclinc=$dir
TCL_INCDIR="-I$dir"
AC_SUBST(TCL_INCDIR)
])

dirs="$testdir/lib $x_libraries /usr/local/lib"
dir=nope
for i in $dirs ; do
    if test -r $i/libtcl.a; then
	dir=$i
	break
    fi
done
if test "$dir" = nope ; then
  echo "What directory contains libtcl.a ?"
  read dir
fi
TCL_LIBDIR="-L$dir"
tcllib=$dir
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBDIR)

AC_HEADER_CHECK(tk.h,, [
if test ! -r $tclinc/tk.h ; then
   dir=nope
   dirs="$testdir/include $testdir/include/tk $x_includes/tk /usr/local/include"
   for i in $dirs ; do
      if test -r $i/tk.h; then
	 dir=$i
         break
      fi
   done
   if test "$dir" = nope ; then
      echo "What directory contains tk.h?"
      read dir
   fi
   TK_INCDIR="-I$dir"
fi
AC_SUBST(TK_INCDIR)
])

if test ! -r $tcllib/libtk.a ; then
   dirs="$testdir/lib $x_libraries /usr/local/lib"
   dir=nope
   for i in $dirs ; do
      if test -r $i/libtk.a; then
	 dir = $i 
	 break
      fi
   done
   if test "$dir" = nope ; then
      echo "What directory contains libtk.a?"
      read dir

   fi
   TK_LIBDIR="-L$dir"
fi
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBDIR)

# Add special libraries for solaris
#

AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(elf, [LIBS="$LIBS -lelf"])
AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(socket, [LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket"])
AC_HAVE_LIBRARY(nsl, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])

AC_OUTPUT(Makefile Server/Makefile Library/Makefile Tcl/Makefile)
ad dir

   fi
   TK_LIBDIR="-L$dir"
fi


# Add special libraries for solaris
#

LIBS_save="${LIBS}"
LIBS="${LIBS} -lelf"
have_lib=""
echo checking for -lelf
cat > conftest.c <
# Public domain.

defaultIFS=' 	
'
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"

errstatus=0

for file in ${1+"$@"} ; do 
   oIFS="${IFS}"
   # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
   IFS='%'
   set - `echo ${file} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
   IFS="${oIFS}"

   pathcomp=''

   for d in ${1+"$@"} ; do
     pathcomp="${pathcomp}${d}"

     if test ! -d "${pathcomp}"; then
        echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2
        mkdir "${pathcomp}" || errstatus=$?
     fi

     pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
   done
done

exit $errstatus

# eof
%^exec_prefix\\([ 	]*\\)=\\([ 	]*\\).*$%exec_prefix\\1=\\2$exec_prefix%"
fi
# Quote sed substitution magic chars in DEFS.
cat >conftest.def < $*.h
#	chmod -w $*.h

# If this is actually run in a subdirectory,
#
# WWW = ../../..
# WWW = ../..	For [cernlib] build in this directory

WC = $(WWW)/Library
CMN = $(WWW)/Library/Implementation/
SERVER = $(WWW)/TkWWW/Server

# Where shall we put the objects and built library?

LOB = $(WWW)/TkWWW/Library/tkWWW

# Only needed if HTWAIS.c is to be compiled. Put into your Makefile.include
#   WAIS = YES
#   WAISINC = -I../../../freeWAIS/ir
#   WAISCFLAGS = -DDIRECT_WAIS
#

# This path, if relative, is taken relative to the directory
# in which this makefile is, not the pwd.  This screws up the 
# recursive invocation

#include "../Implementation/Version.make"

# XMOsAIC hack is only for server to cope with xmosaic kludge for mmedia
CFLAGS2 = $(WAISCFLAGS) -I$(SERVER) \
     -I$(CMN) -DACCESS_AUTH @DEFS@ $(CFLAGS) 

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
        $(LOB)/HTFile.o $(LOB)/HTBTree.o $(LOB)/HTFTP.o $(LOB)/HTTCP.o \
        $(LOB)/SGML.o $(LOB)/HTML.o $(LOB)/HTMLPDTD.o $(LOB)/HTChunk.o \
        $(LOB)/HTPlain.o $(LOB)/HTWriter.o $(LOB)/HTFWriter.o \
        $(LOB)/HTMLGen.o $(LOB)/HTTee.o\
        $(LOB)/HTAtom.o $(LOB)/HTAnchor.o $(LOB)/HTStyle.o \
        $(LOB)/HTList.o $(LOB)/HTString.o $(LOB)/HTAlert.o \
        $(LOB)/HTRules.o $(LOB)/HTFormat.o $(LOB)/HTInit.o $(LOB)/HTMIME.o \
        $(LOB)/HTHistory.o $(LOB)/HTNews.o $(LOB)/HTGopher.o \
        $(LOB)/HTTelnet.o $(LOB)/HTWSRC.o $(HTWAIS) \
        $(LOB)/HTAAUtil.o $(LOB)/HTAABrow.o $(LOB)/HTAssoc.o \
        $(LOB)/HTUU.o $(LOB)/HTMulti.o $(LOB)/HTTeXGen.o

CFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTFile.c \
        $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTMulti.c \
        $(CMN)HTFTP.c   $(CMN)HTTCP.c     $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTML.c     \
        $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c \
        $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTWriter.c  $(CMN)HTFWriter.c \
        $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTTee.c   \
        $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTAtom.c   $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTStyle.c \
        $(CMN)HTList.c  $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTRules.c \
        $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTHistory.c \
        $(CMN)HTNews.c  $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTTelnet.c \
        $(CMN)HTWAIS.c  $(CMN)HTWSRC.c \
        $(CMN)HTAAUtil.c $(CMN)HTAABrow.c $(CMN)HTAssoc.c \
        $(CMN)HTUU.c $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c

HFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTAccess.h $(CMN)HTTP.h $(CMN)HTFile.h \
        $(CMN)HTMulti.h $(CMN)HTBTree.h $(CMN)HTFTP.h $(CMN)HTTCP.h \
        $(CMN)SGML.h $(CMN)HTML.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h $(CMN)HTChunk.h \
        $(CMN)HTPlain.h         $(CMN)HTWriter.h \
        $(CMN)HTFWriter.h       $(CMN)HTMLGen.h \
        $(CMN)HTStream.h $(CMN)HTTee.h\
        $(CMN)HTAtom.h $(CMN)HTAnchor.h $(CMN)HTStyle.h \
        $(CMN)HTList.h \
        $(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h $(CMN)HTRules.h \
        $(CMN)HTFormat.h $(CMN)HTInit.h \
        $(CMN)HTMIME.h $(CMN)HTHistory.h $(CMN)HTNews.h \
        $(CMN)HTGopher.h \
        $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)tcp.h $(CMN)HText.h \
        $(CMN)HTTelnet.h \
        $(CMN)HTWAIS.h  $(CMN)HTWSRC.h \
        $(CMN)HTAAUtil.h $(CMN)HTAABrow.h $(CMN)HTAssoc.h \
        $(CMN)HTUU.h $(CMN)HTTeXGen.h

SOURCES = $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(CMN)Version.make \
	$(CMN)CommonMakefile $(CMN)Makefile \
	$(WWW)/README.txt $(WWW)/Copyright.txt $(WWW)/BUILD $(WWW)/Makefile
SPECIFIC = $(WWW)/All/*/Makefile.include $(WWW)/All/Implementation/Makefile*


#	Library
#
#  On SGI, ranlib is unnecessary and does not exist so we ignore errors
# for that step
all interp:: libwww.a

libwww.a: $(LOB)/libwww.a
	cp $(LOB)/libwww.a .

$(LOB)/libwww.a : $(COMMON)
	ar r $(LOB)/libwww.a $(COMMON)
	-ranlib $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Clean up everythin
clean :
	$(RM) $(LOB)/*.o $(LOB)/.created  $(LOB)/libwww.a
	-rmdir $(LOB)

#	Install W3 library into system space (not normally necessary)

install interpinstall: 

installlib : libwww.a
	if [ ! -r $(LIBDIR) ] mkdir $(LIBDIR)
	cp libwww.a $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a
	
uninstalllib :
	$(RM) $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a

#		Distribution use only:
#		----------------------

#	Needs www version 2.4 or later to do this
inc : $(HFILES)
	echo Include files generated from hypertext.

binary : /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a
	echo FTP archive binary Libray $(VC) for $(WWW_MACH) up to date.


/pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a : libwww.a
	-mkdir /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)
	cp libwww.a /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a

#	Source Distribution:

distribute :  /pub/www/README.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt
	(cd $(WWW)/..; WWW=WWW ABS=`pwd`/ make $(MFLAGS) \
		-f WWW/Library/Implementation/CommonMakefile \
		/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z)
	(cd ../Implementation; cvs tag \
	    `sed -e 's/VC = /v/' Version.make | sed -e 's?\.?/?'` )
	echo Distribution of Library version $(VC) up to date.

/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z : $(SOURCES)
	tar cf /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar \
	    $(SOURCES)  $(SPECIFIC) $(WC)/*/Makefile $(WC)/vms/descrip.mms
	compress /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar


#	Hypertext supplied in text format
#	---------------------------------

$(WWW)/README.txt : $(WWW)/../README.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/README.html \
		> $(WWW)/README.txt
/pub/www/README.txt : $(WWW)/README.txt
	cp $(WWW)/README.txt /pub/www/README.txt

$(WWW)/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/../Copyright.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/Copyright.html \
		> $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
/pub/www/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
	cp $(WWW)/Copyright.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt


# 			Common code
#			-----------

#	Directory for object files - .created checks it exists

OE = $(LOB)/.created
$(OE) :
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP) ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP); else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library; else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH) ] ; \
		then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH); else echo OK ; fi
	touch $@

$(LOB)/HTList.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTList.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTList.c

$(LOB)/HTAnchor.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c

$(LOB)/HTFormat.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFormat.c

$(LOB)/HTInit.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTInit.c

$(LOB)/HTMIME.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMIME.c

$(LOB)/HTHistory.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTHistory.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTHistory.c

$(LOB)/HTNews.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTNews.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h\
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTNews.c

$(LOB)/HTGopher.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h \
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTGopher.c

$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTTelnet.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c

$(LOB)/HTStyle.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTStyle.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTStyle.c

$(LOB)/HTAtom.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAtom.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAtom.c

$(LOB)/HTChunk.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTChunk.c

$(LOB)/HTString.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTString.c

$(LOB)/HTAlert.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTAlert.c

$(LOB)/HTRules.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTRules.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTRules.c

$(LOB)/SGML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)SGML.c

$(LOB)/HTML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTML.c

$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c

$(LOB)/HTTeXGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c

$(LOB)/HTMLPDTD.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c $(CMN)SGML.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c

$(LOB)/HTPlain.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTPlain.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTPlain.c

$(LOB)/HTTee.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTee.c $(CMN)HTTee.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTee.c

$(LOB)/HTWAIS.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(WAISINC) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c

$(LOB)/HTWSRC.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

$(LOB)/HTWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWriter.c $(CMN)HTWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWriter.c

$(LOB)/HTFWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTFWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c


#	Access Authorization

$(LOB)/HTAAUtil.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAAUtil.c $(CMN)HTAAUtil.h \
	 $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAAUtil.c

$(LOB)/HTAABrow.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAABrow.c $(CMN)HTAABrow.h \
	 $(CMN)HTAAUtil.h $(CMN)HTUU.h \
	 $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h \
	 $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTList.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h \
	 $(CMN)HTAssoc.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAABrow.c

$(LOB)/HTAssoc.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAssoc.c $(CMN)HTAssoc.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAssoc.c

$(LOB)/HTUU.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTUU.c $(CMN)HTUU.h $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTUU.c


#	Communications & Files

$(LOB)/HTTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTAABrow.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTP.c

$(LOB)/HTTCP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTCP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTCP.c

$(LOB)/HTFile.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFile.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h \
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFile.c

$(LOB)/HTMulti.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMulti.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h \
	 $(CMN)HTFile.h $(CMN)HTMulti.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMulti.c

$(LOB)/HTBTree.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTBTree.c

$(LOB)/HTFTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFTP.c

$(LOB)/HTAccess.o : $(OE)  $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAccess.c

$(LOB)/HTParse.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTParse.c

lt library?

LOB = $(WWW)/TkWWW/Library/tkWWW

# Only needWWW/Library/0407750070060000000000000000005611134410007274 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/0407750070060000000000000000005611134367012274 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/0407750070060000000000000000005611134406013073 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/COPYING.LIB1006640070060000000000006126105475034146015357 037777777777 1 0 		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
		       Version 2, June 1991

 Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
 numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]

			    Preamble

  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.

  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
your libraries, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.

  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.

  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.

  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
the original authors' reputations.

  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
free use or not licensed at all.

  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
the same as in the ordinary license.

  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
treats it as such.

  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.

  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
will lead to faster development of free libraries.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
works together with the library.

  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
General Public License rather than by this special one.

		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION

  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
addressed as "you".

  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.

  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)

  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.

  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
  
  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.

  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.

  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.

    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.

    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.

    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
    in the event an application does not supply such function or
    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
    its purpose remains meaningful.

    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
    root function must still compute square roots.)

These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.

Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.

In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.

  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
these notices.

  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.

  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.

  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.

  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.

  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.

  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.

  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.

  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)

  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.

  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.

  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
of these things:

    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
    to use the modified definitions.)

    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
    least three years, to give the same user the materials
    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
    than the cost of performing this distribution.

    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
    specified materials from the same place.

    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.

  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.

  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.

  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:

    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
    Sections above.

    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.

  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.

  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.

  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.

If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.

It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.

This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.

  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.

  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.

  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.

			    NO WARRANTY

  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.

		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries

  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).

  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    
    Copyright (C)   

    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:

  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.

  , 1 April 1990
  Ty Coon, President of Vice

That's all there is to it!
ffer, valid for at
    least three years, to give the same user the materials
    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
    than the cost of performing this distribution.

    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
    WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.c1006640070060000000000003121505544654457016013 037777777777 1 0 /* MODULE							HTVMSUtil.c
**		VMS Utility Routines
**
** AUTHORS:
**	MD	Mark Donszelmann    duns@vxdeop.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	14 Nov 93  MD	Written
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 

#include 
#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTVMSUtils.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"

#define INFINITY 512            /* file name length @@ FIXME */


typedef struct {
   unsigned BufferLength : 16;
   unsigned ItemCode : 16;
   unsigned BufferAddress : 32;
   unsigned ReturnLengthAddress : 32;
} ItemStruct;

/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_authSysPrv()
**		CHECKS IF THIS PROCESS IS AUTHORIZED TO ENABLE SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	YES if SYSPRV is authorized
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTVMS_authSysPrv NOARGS
{
unsigned long Result;
ItemStruct ItemList[2];
unsigned long Length;
unsigned long Buffer[2];

  /* fill Item */
  ItemList[0].BufferLength = sizeof(Buffer);
  ItemList[0].BufferAddress = Buffer;
  ItemList[0].ReturnLengthAddress = &Length;
  ItemList[0].ItemCode = JPI$_AUTHPRIV;

  /* terminate list */
  ItemList[1].ItemCode = 0;
  ItemList[1].BufferLength = 0;

  /* call system */
  Result = SYS$GETJPIW(0, 0, 0, ItemList, 0, 0, 0);

  if (Result != SS$_NORMAL)
     return(NO);  

  if (Buffer[0] & PRV$M_SYSPRV)
     return(YES);

  return(NO);  
}



/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_enableSysPrv()
**		ENABLES SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_enableSysPrv NOARGS
{
unsigned long Result;
unsigned long Prv[2], PreviousPrv[2];

   Prv[0] = PRV$M_SYSPRV;
   Prv[1] = 0;
   Result = SYS$SETPRV(1,&Prv,0,&PreviousPrv);

      if (Result == SS$_NORMAL) {
         if (!(PreviousPrv[0] & PRV$M_SYSPRV)) {
            CTRACE(stderr, "VMS......... Enabled SYSPRV\n");
	}
   }
}



/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_disableSysPrv()
**		DISABLES SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_disableSysPrv NOARGS
{
unsigned long Result;
unsigned long Prv[2], PreviousPrv[2];

   Prv[0] = PRV$M_SYSPRV;
   Prv[1] = 0;
   Result = SYS$SETPRV(0,&Prv,0,&PreviousPrv);

      if (Result == SS$_NORMAL) {
         if (PreviousPrv[0] & PRV$M_SYSPRV) {
            CTRACE(stderr, "VMS......... Disabled SYSPRV\n");
         }
   }
}



/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_checkAccess()
**		CHECKS ACCESS TO FILE FOR CERTAIN USER
** ON ENTRY:
**	FileName	The file to be accessed
**	UserName	Name of the user to check access for.
**			User nobody, represented by "" is given NO for an answer
**	Method		Method to be checked for
**			'method'	'access reuired'
**			METHOD_GET	read
**			METHOD_HEAD	read
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns YES if access is allowed
**	
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTVMS_checkAccess ARGS3(
	CONST char *, FileName,
	CONST char *, UserName,
	HTMethod, Method)
{
unsigned long Result;
ItemStruct ItemList[2];
unsigned long Flags;
unsigned long FlagsLength;
unsigned long Access;
unsigned long AccessLength;
unsigned long ObjType;

char *VmsName;

struct dsc$descriptor_s FileNameDesc;
struct dsc$descriptor_s UserNameDesc;

char *colon;

   /* user nobody should access as from account under which server is running */
   if (0 == strcmp(UserName,""))
   {
      CTRACE(stderr, "VMSAccess... No access allowed user nobody. Error in rulefile specifying 'nobody' as uid for protect rule\n");
      return(NO);
   }

   /* check Filename and convert */
   colon = strchr(FileName,':');
   if (colon)
      VmsName = HTVMS_name("",colon+1);
   else
      VmsName = HTVMS_name("",FileName);

   /* check for GET */
   if ((Method == METHOD_GET) ||
       (Method == METHOD_HEAD)) 
   {
     Access = ARM$M_READ;
     Flags = CHP$M_READ;

     /* fill Access */
     ItemList[0].BufferLength = sizeof(Access);
     ItemList[0].BufferAddress = &Access;
     ItemList[0].ReturnLengthAddress = &AccessLength;
     ItemList[0].ItemCode = CHP$_ACCESS;

     /* fill Flags */
     ItemList[1].BufferLength = sizeof(Flags);
     ItemList[1].BufferAddress = &Flags;
     ItemList[1].ReturnLengthAddress = &FlagsLength;
     ItemList[1].ItemCode = CHP$_FLAGS;

     /* terminate list */
     ItemList[2].ItemCode = 0;
     ItemList[2].BufferLength = 0;

     /* fill input */
     ObjType = ACL$C_FILE;
     UserNameDesc.dsc$w_length = strlen(UserName);
     UserNameDesc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
     UserNameDesc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
     UserNameDesc.dsc$a_pointer = UserName;
     FileNameDesc.dsc$w_length = strlen(VmsName);
     FileNameDesc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
     FileNameDesc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
     FileNameDesc.dsc$a_pointer = VmsName;

     /* call system */
     Result = SYS$CHECK_ACCESS(&ObjType,&FileNameDesc,&UserNameDesc,ItemList);

     if (Result == SS$_NORMAL)
        return(YES);
     else
     {
        CTRACE(stderr, "VMSAccess... No access allowed for user '%s', file '%s' under method '%s'\n",UserName,FileName,HTMethod_name(Method));
        return(NO);
     }
   }

   CTRACE(stderr, "VMSAccess... No access allowed for method '%s'\n",HTMethod_name(Method));

   return(NO);
}




/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_wwwName()
**		CONVERTS VMS Name into WWW Name 
** ON ENTRY:
**	vmsname		VMS file specification (NO NODE)
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns 	www file specification
**
** EXAMPLES:
**	vmsname				wwwname
**	DISK$USER 			disk$user
**	DISK$USER: 			/disk$user/
**	DISK$USER:[DUNS] 		/disk$user/duns
**	DISK$USER:[DUNS.ECHO] 		/disk$user/duns/echo
**	[DUNS] 				duns
**	[DUNS.ECHO] 			duns/echo
**	[DUNS.ECHO.-.TRANS] 		duns/echo/../trans
**	[DUNS.ECHO.--.TRANS] 		duns/echo/../../trans
**	[.DUNS] 			duns
**	[.DUNS.ECHO] 			duns/echo
**	[.DUNS.ECHO]TEST.COM 		duns/echo/test.com 
**	TEST.COM 			test.com
**
**	
*/
PUBLIC char * HTVMS_wwwName ARGS1(
	char *, vmsname)
{
static char wwwname[256];
char *src, *dst;
int dir;
   dst = wwwname;
   src = vmsname;
   dir = 0;
   if (strchr(src,':')) *(dst++) = '/';
   for ( ; *src != '\0' ; src++)
   {
      switch(*src)
      {
         case ':':  *(dst++) = '/'; break;
         case '-': if (*(src-1) == '-') *(dst++) = '/';
                   *(dst++) = '.'; 
                   *(dst++) = '.'; 
                   break;
         case '.': if (dir)
                   {
                      if (*(src-1) != '[') *(dst++) = '/';
                   }
                   else
                      *(dst++) = '.';
                   break;
         case '[': dir = 1; break;
         case ']': dir = 0; break;
         default:  if (*(src-1) == ']') *(dst++) = '/';
                   *(dst++) = *src; 
                   break;
      }
   }
   *(dst++) = '\0';
   return(wwwname);
}


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_name()
**		CONVERTS WWW name into a VMS name
** ON ENTRY:
**	nn		Node Name (optional)
**	fn		WWW file name
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns 	vms file specification
**
** Bug:	Returns pointer to static -- non-reentrant
*/
PUBLIC char * HTVMS_name ARGS2(
	CONST char *, nn, 
	CONST char *, fn)
{

/*	We try converting the filename into Files-11 syntax. That is, we assume
**	first that the file is, like us, on a VMS node. We try remote
**	(or local) DECnet access. Files-11, VMS, VAX and DECnet
**	are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation. 
**	The node is assumed to be local if the hostname WITHOUT DOMAIN
**	matches the local one. @@@
*/
    static char vmsname[INFINITY];	/* returned */
    char * filename = (char*)malloc(strlen(fn)+1);
    char * nodename = (char*)malloc(strlen(nn)+2+1);	/* Copies to hack */
    char *second;		/* 2nd slash */
    char *last;			/* last slash */
    
    char * hostname = HTHostName();

    if (!filename || !nodename) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTVMSname");
    strcpy(filename, fn);
    strcpy(nodename, "");	/* On same node? Yes if node names match */
    {
        char *p, *q;
        for (p=hostname, q=nn; *p && *p!='.' && *q && *q!='.'; p++, q++){
	    if (TOUPPER(*p)!=TOUPPER(*q)) {
	        strcpy(nodename, nn);
		q = strchr(nodename, '.');	/* Mismatch */
		if (q) *q=0;			/* Chop domain */
		strcat(nodename, "::");		/* Try decnet anyway */
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    second = strchr(filename+1, '/');		/* 2nd slash */
    last = strrchr(filename, '/');	/* last slash */
        
    if (!second) {				/* Only one slash */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s", nodename, filename + 1);
    } else if(second==last) {		/* Exactly two slashes */
	*second = 0;		/* Split filename from disk */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:%s", nodename, filename+1, second+1);
	*second = '/';	/* restore */
    } else { 				/* More than two slashes */
	char * p;
	*second = 0;		/* Split disk from directories */
	*last = 0;		/* Split dir from filename */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:[%s]%s",
		nodename, filename+1, second+1, last+1);
	*second = *last = '/';	/* restore filename */
	for (p=strchr(vmsname, '['); *p!=']'; p++)
	    if (*p=='/') *p='.';	/* Convert dir sep.  to dots */
    }
    free(nodename);
    free(filename);
    return vmsname;
}


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_putenv()
**		Create logical name
** ON ENTRY:
**	string		name value pair separated by equal sign. 
**			"name=value"
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	0 		ok
**	1		failed
**	
*/
PUBLIC int HTVMS_putenv ARGS1(
	CONST char *, string)
{
    $DESCRIPTOR(job_table,"LNM$JOB");
    char * name = (char*)malloc(strlen(string)+1);
    char * value = (char*)malloc(strlen(string)+1);	/* Copies to hack */
    char * equal;
    long result = 1;

    /* separate pair */
    strcpy(name,string);
    equal = strchr(name,'=');
    if (equal)
    {
    ItemStruct ItemList[2];
    struct dsc$descriptor_s log_name;

       /* get value */
       *equal = '\0';
       strcpy(value,equal+1);

       /* fill logical name */       
       log_name.dsc$w_length = strlen(name);
       log_name.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
       log_name.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
       log_name.dsc$a_pointer = name;

       /* fill Item */
       ItemList[0].BufferLength = strlen(value);
       ItemList[0].BufferAddress = value;
       ItemList[0].ReturnLengthAddress = 0;
       ItemList[0].ItemCode = LNM$_STRING;

       /* terminate list */
       ItemList[1].ItemCode = 0;
       ItemList[1].BufferLength = 0;

       /* put into job logical name table */
       result = SYS$CRELNM(0, &job_table, &log_name, 0, ItemList);
       if ((result == SS$_NORMAL) || (result == SS$_SUPERSEDE))
          result = 0;
       else
          result = 1;
    }    

    free(name);
    free(value);

    return(result);
}




/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_start_timer()
**		Starts a timer
** ON ENTRY:
**	n		A number to recognise the timer. 0 may be used to 
**			say that recognision is not needed
**	fun		ptr to a function to be called asynchronously
**	sec		number of seconds to wait before firing.
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_start_timer ARGS3(
	CONST int, n,
	CONST char *, fun,
	CONST int, sec)
{
long Result;
long DeltaTime[2];
long Operation = LIB$K_DELTA_SECONDS;

   Result = LIB$CVT_TO_INTERNAL_TIME(&Operation, &sec, DeltaTime);
   
   Result = SYS$SETIMR(0, DeltaTime, fun, n, 0);
}


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_cancel_timer()
**		Cancel a specific or all timers
** ON ENTRY:
**	n		timer number (0 to cancel all timers)
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_cancel_timer ARGS1(
	CONST int, n)
{
long Result;

   Result = SYS$CANTIM(n, 0);
}



/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_getpwnam()
**		getpwnam routine
** ON ENTRY:
**	username	Username specification
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	NULL		error
**	
*/
PUBLIC struct passwd *HTVMS_getpwnam ARGS1(
	CONST char *, username)
{
long Result;
struct dsc$descriptor_s UserNameDesc;
ItemStruct ItemList[3];
unsigned long DeviceLength;
char Device[33];
unsigned long DirLength;
char Dir[64];
char VMSName[100];
static struct passwd pw;
static char pw_dir[100];

   /* make sure pointers are correct */
   pw.pw_dir = pw_dir;

   /* construct UserName */
   UserNameDesc.dsc$w_length = strlen(username);
   UserNameDesc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
   UserNameDesc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
   UserNameDesc.dsc$a_pointer = username;

   /* Default Device */
   ItemList[0].BufferLength = 33;
   ItemList[0].BufferAddress = Device;
   ItemList[0].ReturnLengthAddress = &DeviceLength;
   ItemList[0].ItemCode = UAI$_DEFDEV;

   /* Default Directory */
   ItemList[1].BufferLength = 64;
   ItemList[1].BufferAddress = Dir;
   ItemList[1].ReturnLengthAddress = &DirLength;
   ItemList[1].ItemCode = UAI$_DEFDIR;

   /* terminate list */
   ItemList[2].ItemCode = 0;
   ItemList[2].BufferLength = 0;

   /* get info */
   Result = SYS$GETUAI(0,0,&UserNameDesc,ItemList,0,0,0);
   if (Result != SS$_NORMAL)
      return(NULL);

   /* create vms name */
   strncpy(VMSName,&(Device[1]),Device[0]);
   VMSName[Device[0]] = '\0';
   strncat(VMSName,&(Dir[1]),Dir[0]);
   VMSName[Device[0]+Dir[0]] = '\0';
   
   /* convert it into www name */
   strcpy(pw_dir,HTVMS_wwwName(VMSName));

   return(&pw);
}



ccess reuired'
**			METHOD_GET	read
**			METHOD_HEAD	read
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns YES if access is allowed
**	
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTVMS_checkAccess ARGS3(
	CONST char *, FileName,
	CONST char *, UserName,
	HTMethod, Method)
{
unsigned long Result;
ItemStruct ItemList[2];
unsigned long Flags;
unsigned long FlagsLength;
unsigned long Access;
unsigned long AccessLength;
unsWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.h1006640070060000000000000616105544654455016020 037777777777 1 0 /*             VMS specific routines
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTVMSUTIL_H
#define HTVMSUTIL_H


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_authSysPrv()
**		CHECKS IF THIS PROCESS IS AUTHORIZED TO ENABLE SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	YES if SYSPRV is authorized
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTVMS_authSysPrv NOPARAMS;


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_enableSysPrv()
**		ENABLES SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_enableSysPrv NOPARAMS;


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_disableSysPrv()
**		DISABLES SYSPRV
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_disableSysPrv NOPARAMS;

/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_checkAccess()
**		CHECKS ACCESS TO FILE FOR CERTAIN USER
** ON ENTRY:
**	FileName	The file to be accessed
**	UserName	Name of the user to check access for
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns YES if access is allowed
**	
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTVMS_checkAccess PARAMS((
	CONST char * FileName,
	CONST char * UserName,
	HTMethod Method));


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_wwwName()
**		CONVERTS VMS Name into WWW Name 
** ON ENTRY:
**	vmsname		VMS file specification (NO NODE)
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns 	www file specification
**
** EXAMPLES:
**	vmsname				wwwname
**	DISK$USER 			disk$user
**	DISK$USER: 			/disk$user/
**	DISK$USER:[DUNS] 		/disk$user/duns
**	DISK$USER:[DUNS.ECHO] 		/disk$user/duns/echo
**	[DUNS] 				duns
**	[DUNS.ECHO] 			duns/echo
**	[DUNS.ECHO.-.TRANS] 		duns/echo/../trans
**	[DUNS.ECHO.--.TRANS] 		duns/echo/../../trans
**	[.DUNS] 			duns
**	[.DUNS.ECHO] 			duns/echo
**	[.DUNS.ECHO]TEST.COM 		duns/echo/test.com 
**	TEST.COM 			test.com
**
**	
*/
PUBLIC char * HTVMS_wwwName PARAMS((
	char * vmsname));

/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_name()
**		CONVERTS WWW name into a VMS name
** ON ENTRY:
**	nn		Node Name (optional)
**	fn		WWW file name
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns 	vms file specification
**
** Bug:	Returns pointer to static -- non-reentrant
*/
PUBLIC char * HTVMS_name PARAMS((
	CONST char * nn, 
	CONST char * fn));

/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_putenv()
**		Create logical name
** ON ENTRY:
**	string		name value pair separated by equal sign. 
**			"name=value"
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC int HTVMS_putenv PARAMS((
	CONST char * string));

/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_start_timer()
**		Starts a timer
** ON ENTRY:
**	n		A number to recognise the timer. 0 may be used to 
**			say that recognision is not needed
**	fun		ptr to a function to be called asynchronously
**	sec		number of seconds to wait before firing.
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_start_timer PARAMS((
	CONST int n,
	CONST (*fun)(),
	CONST int sec));


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_cancel_timer()
**		Cancel a specific or all timers
** ON ENTRY:
**	n		timer number (0 to cancel all timers)
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTVMS_cancel_timer PARAMS((
	CONST int n));



#define getpwnam HTVMS_getpwnam
struct passwd
{
   char *pw_dir;		/* Home Directory */
};


/* PUBLIC							HTVMS_getpwnam()
**		getpwnam routine
** ON ENTRY:
**	username	Username specification
**	
**
** ON EXIT:
**	NULL		error
**	
*/
PUBLIC struct passwd *HTVMS_getpwnam PARAMS((
	CONST char *, username));


#endif /* not HTVMSUTIL_H */
/*
   End of file HTVMSUtil.h.  */
VERTS WWW name into a VMS name
** ON ENTRY:
**	nn		Node Name (optional)
**	fn		WWW file name
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns 	vms file specification
**
** Bug:	Returns pointer to static -- non-reentrant
*/
PUBLIC char * HTVMS_name ARGS2(
	CONST char *, nn, 
	CONST char *, fn)
{

/*	We try converting the filename into Files-11 syntax. That is, we assume
**	first that the file is, like us, on a VMS node.WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/build_multinet.com1006640070060000000000003024405544654436017443 037777777777 1 0 $ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "Creating WWWLIB for "MULTINET" on "VAX"." 
$ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "=================================================" 
$ IF "''F$SEARCH("[--.VAX.MULTINET]*.*")'" .EQS. "" 	   THEN CREATE/DIR [--.VAX.MULTINET]
$ copy []MULTINET.opt [--.VAX.MULTINET]wwwlib.opt
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTPARSE.obj [-]HTParse.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTPARSE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTACCESS.obj [-]HTAccess.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTACCESS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTP.obj [-]HTTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFILE.obj [-]HTFile.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFILE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMULTI.obj [-]HTMulti.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMULTI.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTBTREE.obj [-]HTBTree.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTBTREE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFTP.obj [-]HTFTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTCP.obj [-]HTTCP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTCP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]SGML.obj [-]SGML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]SGML.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTML.obj [-]HTML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTML.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMLPDTD.obj [-]HTMLPDTD.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMLPDTD.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTCHUNK.obj [-]HTChunk.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTCHUNK.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTPLAIN.obj [-]HTPlain.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTPLAIN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTWRITER.obj [-]HTWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFWRITER.obj [-]HTFWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMLGEN.obj [-]HTMLGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMLGEN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTEE.obj [-]HTTee.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTEE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTATOM.obj [-]HTAtom.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTATOM.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTANCHOR.obj [-]HTAnchor.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTANCHOR.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTSTYLE.obj [-]HTStyle.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTSTYLE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTLIST.obj [-]HTList.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTLIST.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTSTRING.obj /define=(VC="""2.15""") [-]HTString.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTSTRING.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTALERT.obj [-]HTAlert.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTALERT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTRULES.obj [-]HTRules.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTRULES.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFORMAT.obj [-]HTFormat.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFORMAT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTINIT.obj [-]HTInit.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTINIT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMIME.obj [-]HTMIME.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTMIME.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTHISTORY.obj [-]HTHistory.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTHISTORY.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTNEWS.obj [-]HTNews.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTNEWS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTGOPHER.obj [-]HTGopher.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTGOPHER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTELNET.obj [-]HTTelnet.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTELNET.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTWSRC.obj [-]HTWSRC.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTWSRC.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTAAUTIL.obj [-]HTAAUtil.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTAAUTIL.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTAABROW.obj [-]HTAABrow.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTAABROW.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTASSOC.obj [-]HTAssoc.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTASSOC.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTUU.obj [-]HTUU.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTUU.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTEXGEN.obj [-]HTTeXGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTEXGEN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTVMSUTILS.obj []HTVMSUtils.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTVMSUTILS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]GETPASS.obj []GETPASS.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]GETPASS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]GETLINE.obj []GETLINE.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]GETLINE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]CRYPT.obj []CRYPT.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]CRYPT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]CRYPT_UTIL.obj []CRYPT_UTIL.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]CRYPT_UTIL.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]DIRENT.obj []dirent.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]DIRENT.OBJ
$ continue
B [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTFTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTCP.obj [-]HTTCP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.MULTINET]HTTCP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/build_multinet.com_alpha1006640070060000000000003227205544654441020607 037777777777 1 0 $ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "Creating WWWLIB for "MULTINET" on "ALPHA"." 
$ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "=================================================" 
$ IF "''F$SEARCH("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]*.*")'" .EQS. "" 	   THEN CREATE/DIR [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]
$ copy []MULTINET.opt_ALPHA [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]wwwlib.opt
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTPARSE.obj [-]HTParse.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTPARSE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTACCESS.obj [-]HTAccess.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTACCESS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTP.obj [-]HTTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFILE.obj [-]HTFile.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFILE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMULTI.obj [-]HTMulti.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMULTI.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTBTREE.obj [-]HTBTree.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTBTREE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFTP.obj [-]HTFTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFTP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTCP.obj [-]HTTCP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTCP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]SGML.obj [-]SGML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]SGML.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTML.obj [-]HTML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTML.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMLPDTD.obj [-]HTMLPDTD.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMLPDTD.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTCHUNK.obj [-]HTChunk.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTCHUNK.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTPLAIN.obj [-]HTPlain.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTPLAIN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTWRITER.obj [-]HTWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFWRITER.obj [-]HTFWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMLGEN.obj [-]HTMLGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMLGEN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTEE.obj [-]HTTee.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTEE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTATOM.obj [-]HTAtom.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTATOM.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTANCHOR.obj [-]HTAnchor.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTANCHOR.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTSTYLE.obj [-]HTStyle.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTSTYLE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTLIST.obj [-]HTList.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTLIST.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTSTRING.obj /define=(VC="""2.15""") [-]HTString.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTSTRING.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTALERT.obj [-]HTAlert.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTALERT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTRULES.obj [-]HTRules.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTRULES.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFORMAT.obj [-]HTFormat.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTFORMAT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTINIT.obj [-]HTInit.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTINIT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMIME.obj [-]HTMIME.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMIME.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTHISTORY.obj [-]HTHistory.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTHISTORY.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTNEWS.obj [-]HTNews.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTNEWS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTGOPHER.obj [-]HTGopher.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTGOPHER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTELNET.obj [-]HTTelnet.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTELNET.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTWSRC.obj [-]HTWSRC.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTWSRC.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTAAUTIL.obj [-]HTAAUtil.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTAAUTIL.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTAABROW.obj [-]HTAABrow.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTAABROW.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTASSOC.obj [-]HTAssoc.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTASSOC.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTUU.obj [-]HTUU.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTUU.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTEXGEN.obj [-]HTTeXGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTTEXGEN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTVMSUTILS.obj []HTVMSUtils.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTVMSUTILS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]GETPASS.obj []GETPASS.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]GETPASS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]GETLINE.obj []GETLINE.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]GETLINE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]CRYPT.obj []CRYPT.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]CRYPT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]CRYPT_UTIL.obj []CRYPT_UTIL.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]CRYPT_UTIL.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]DIRENT.obj []dirent.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]DIRENT.OBJ
$ continue
ACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTML.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,MULTINET)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]HTMLPDTD.obj [-]HTMLPDTD.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.MULTINET]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.MULTINWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/build_ucx.com1006640070060000000000002560105544654443016400 037777777777 1 0 $ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "Creating WWWLIB for "UCX" on "VAX"." 
$ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "=================================================" 
$ IF "''F$SEARCH("[--.VAX.UCX]*.*")'" .EQS. "" 	   THEN CREATE/DIR [--.VAX.UCX]
$ copy []UCX.opt [--.VAX.UCX]wwwlib.opt
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTPARSE.obj [-]HTParse.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTPARSE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTACCESS.obj [-]HTAccess.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTACCESS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTTP.obj [-]HTTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTFILE.obj [-]HTFile.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTFILE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTMULTI.obj [-]HTMulti.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTMULTI.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTBTREE.obj [-]HTBTree.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTBTREE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTFTP.obj [-]HTFTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTFTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTTCP.obj [-]HTTCP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTCP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]SGML.obj [-]SGML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]SGML.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTML.obj [-]HTML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTML.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTMLPDTD.obj [-]HTMLPDTD.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTMLPDTD.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTCHUNK.obj [-]HTChunk.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTCHUNK.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTPLAIN.obj [-]HTPlain.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTPLAIN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTWRITER.obj [-]HTWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTFWRITER.obj [-]HTFWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTFWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTMLGEN.obj [-]HTMLGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTMLGEN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTTEE.obj [-]HTTee.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTEE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTATOM.obj [-]HTAtom.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTATOM.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTANCHOR.obj [-]HTAnchor.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTANCHOR.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTSTYLE.obj [-]HTStyle.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTSTYLE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTLIST.obj [-]HTList.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTLIST.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTSTRING.obj /define=(VC="""2.15""") [-]HTString.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTSTRING.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTALERT.obj [-]HTAlert.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTALERT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTRULES.obj [-]HTRules.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTRULES.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTFORMAT.obj [-]HTFormat.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTFORMAT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTINIT.obj [-]HTInit.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTINIT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTMIME.obj [-]HTMIME.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTMIME.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTHISTORY.obj [-]HTHistory.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTHISTORY.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTNEWS.obj [-]HTNews.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTNEWS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTGOPHER.obj [-]HTGopher.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTGOPHER.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTTELNET.obj [-]HTTelnet.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTELNET.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTWSRC.obj [-]HTWSRC.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTWSRC.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTAAUTIL.obj [-]HTAAUtil.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTAAUTIL.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTAABROW.obj [-]HTAABrow.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTAABROW.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTASSOC.obj [-]HTAssoc.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTASSOC.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTUU.obj [-]HTUU.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTUU.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTTEXGEN.obj [-]HTTeXGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTEXGEN.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]HTVMSUTILS.obj []HTVMSUtils.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTVMSUTILS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]GETPASS.obj []GETPASS.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]GETPASS.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]GETLINE.obj []GETLINE.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]GETLINE.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]CRYPT.obj []CRYPT.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]CRYPT.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]CRYPT_UTIL.obj []CRYPT_UTIL.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]CRYPT_UTIL.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.VAX.UCX]DIRENT.obj []dirent.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]DIRENT.OBJ
$ continue
 Then LIBRARY/Create [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.VAX.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.VAX.UCX]HTTP.OBJ
$ cc /DEFINE=(DEBUG,AWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/build_ucx.com_alpha1006640070060000000000002762705544654443017557 037777777777 1 0 $ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "Creating WWWLIB for "UCX" on "ALPHA"." 
$ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "=================================================" 
$ IF "''F$SEARCH("[--.ALPHA.UCX]*.*")'" .EQS. "" 	   THEN CREATE/DIR [--.ALPHA.UCX]
$ copy []UCX.opt_ALPHA [--.ALPHA.UCX]wwwlib.opt
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTPARSE.obj [-]HTParse.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTPARSE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTACCESS.obj [-]HTAccess.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTACCESS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTP.obj [-]HTTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFILE.obj [-]HTFile.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFILE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMULTI.obj [-]HTMulti.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMULTI.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTBTREE.obj [-]HTBTree.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTBTREE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFTP.obj [-]HTFTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFTP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTCP.obj [-]HTTCP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTCP.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]SGML.obj [-]SGML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]SGML.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTML.obj [-]HTML.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTML.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMLPDTD.obj [-]HTMLPDTD.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMLPDTD.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTCHUNK.obj [-]HTChunk.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTCHUNK.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTPLAIN.obj [-]HTPlain.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTPLAIN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTWRITER.obj [-]HTWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFWRITER.obj [-]HTFWriter.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFWRITER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMLGEN.obj [-]HTMLGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMLGEN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTEE.obj [-]HTTee.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTEE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTATOM.obj [-]HTAtom.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTATOM.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTANCHOR.obj [-]HTAnchor.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTANCHOR.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTSTYLE.obj [-]HTStyle.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTSTYLE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTLIST.obj [-]HTList.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTLIST.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTSTRING.obj /define=(VC="""2.15""") [-]HTString.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTSTRING.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTALERT.obj [-]HTAlert.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTALERT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTRULES.obj [-]HTRules.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTRULES.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFORMAT.obj [-]HTFormat.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFORMAT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTINIT.obj [-]HTInit.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTINIT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMIME.obj [-]HTMIME.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTMIME.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTHISTORY.obj [-]HTHistory.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTHISTORY.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTNEWS.obj [-]HTNews.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTNEWS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTGOPHER.obj [-]HTGopher.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTGOPHER.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTELNET.obj [-]HTTelnet.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTELNET.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTWSRC.obj [-]HTWSRC.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTWSRC.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTAAUTIL.obj [-]HTAAUtil.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTAAUTIL.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTAABROW.obj [-]HTAABrow.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTAABROW.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTASSOC.obj [-]HTAssoc.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTASSOC.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTUU.obj [-]HTUU.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTUU.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTEXGEN.obj [-]HTTeXGen.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTTEXGEN.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTVMSUTILS.obj []HTVMSUtils.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTVMSUTILS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]GETPASS.obj []GETPASS.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]GETPASS.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]GETLINE.obj []GETLINE.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]GETLINE.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]CRYPT.obj []CRYPT.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]CRYPT.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]CRYPT_UTIL.obj []CRYPT_UTIL.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]CRYPT_UTIL.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]DIRENT.obj []dirent.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB")'" .EQS. "" Then LIBRARY/Create [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]DIRENT.OBJ
$ continue
=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTFTP.obj [-]HTFTP.c
$ If "''F$Search("[--.ALPHA.WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt.c1006640070060000000000000650705475034146015226 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * UFC-crypt: ultra fast crypt(3) implementation
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Library General Public License for more details.
 * 
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
 * Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 * @(#)crypt.c	2.19 5/28/92
 *
 * Semiportable C version
 *
 */

#include "ufc-crypt.h"

#ifdef _UFC_32_

/*
 * 32 bit version
 */

extern long32 _ufc_keytab[16][2];
extern long32 _ufc_sb0[], _ufc_sb1[], _ufc_sb2[], _ufc_sb3[];

#define SBA(sb, v) (*(long32*)((char*)(sb)+(v)))

static ufc_long ary[4];

ufc_long *_ufc_doit(l1, l2, r1, r2, itr)
  ufc_long l1, l2, r1, r2, itr;
  { int i;
    long32 s, *k;
    register long32 *sb0 = _ufc_sb0;
    register long32 *sb1 = _ufc_sb1;
    register long32 *sb2 = _ufc_sb2;
    register long32 *sb3 = _ufc_sb3;

    while(itr--) {
      k = &_ufc_keytab[0][0];
      for(i=8; i--; ) {
	s = *k++ ^ r1;
	l1 ^= SBA(sb1, s & 0xffff); l2 ^= SBA(sb1, (s & 0xffff)+4);  
        l1 ^= SBA(sb0, s >>= 16);   l2 ^= SBA(sb0, (s)         +4); 
        s = *k++ ^ r2; 
        l1 ^= SBA(sb3, s & 0xffff); l2 ^= SBA(sb3, (s & 0xffff)+4);
        l1 ^= SBA(sb2, s >>= 16);   l2 ^= SBA(sb2, (s)         +4);

        s = *k++ ^ l1; 
        r1 ^= SBA(sb1, s & 0xffff); r2 ^= SBA(sb1, (s & 0xffff)+4);  
        r1 ^= SBA(sb0, s >>= 16);   r2 ^= SBA(sb0, (s)         +4); 
        s = *k++ ^ l2; 
        r1 ^= SBA(sb3, s & 0xffff); r2 ^= SBA(sb3, (s & 0xffff)+4);  
        r1 ^= SBA(sb2, s >>= 16);   r2 ^= SBA(sb2, (s)         +4);
      } 
      s=l1; l1=r1; r1=s; s=l2; l2=r2; r2=s;
    }
    ary[0] = l1; ary[1] = l2; ary[2] = r1; ary[3] = r2;
    return ary;
  }

#endif

#ifdef _UFC_64_

/*
 * 64 bit version
 */

extern long64 _ufc_keytab[16];
extern long64 _ufc_sb0[], _ufc_sb1[], _ufc_sb2[], _ufc_sb3[];

#define SBA(sb, v) (*(long64*)((char*)(sb)+(v)))

static ufc_long ary[4];

ufc_long *_ufc_doit(l1, l2, r1, r2, itr)
  ufc_long l1, l2, r1, r2, itr;
  { int i;
    long64 l, r, s, *k;
    register long64 *sb0 = _ufc_sb0;
    register long64 *sb1 = _ufc_sb1;
    register long64 *sb2 = _ufc_sb2;
    register long64 *sb3 = _ufc_sb3;

    l = (((long64)l1) << 32) | ((long64)l2);
    r = (((long64)r1) << 32) | ((long64)r2);

    while(itr--) {
      k = &_ufc_keytab[0];
      for(i=8; i--; ) {
	s = *k++ ^ r;
	l ^= SBA(sb3, (s >>  0) & 0xffff);
        l ^= SBA(sb2, (s >> 16) & 0xffff);
        l ^= SBA(sb1, (s >> 32) & 0xffff);
        l ^= SBA(sb0, (s >> 48) & 0xffff);

	s = *k++ ^ l;
	r ^= SBA(sb3, (s >>  0) & 0xffff);
        r ^= SBA(sb2, (s >> 16) & 0xffff);
        r ^= SBA(sb1, (s >> 32) & 0xffff);
        r ^= SBA(sb0, (s >> 48) & 0xffff);
      } 
      s=l; l=r; r=s;
    }

    ary[0] = l >> 32; ary[1] = l & 0xffffffff;
    ary[2] = r >> 32; ary[3] = r & 0xffffffff;
    return ary;
  }

#endif
HA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB
$ LIBRARY/REPLACE [--.ALPHA.UCX]WWWLIB.OLB [--.ALPHA.UCX]HTLIST.OBJ
$ cc /Standard=VAXC/DEFINE=(DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH,UCX)/INC=([],[-])/obj=[--.ALPHA.UCX]HTSTRING.obj /defWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt_util.c1006640070060000000000006244305475034147016265 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * UFC-crypt: ultra fast crypt(3) implementation
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Library General Public License for more details.
 *
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
 * Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 * @(#)crypt_util.c	2.40 09/21/92
 *
 * Support routines
 *
 */

#ifdef DEBUG
#include 
#endif

#ifndef STATIC
#define STATIC static
#endif

#ifndef DOS
#include "patchlevel.h"
#include "ufc-crypt.h"
#else
/*
 * Thanks to greg%wind@plains.NoDak.edu (Greg W. Wettstein)
 * for DOS patches
 */
#include "pl.h"
#include "ufc.h"
#endif

static char patchlevel_str[] = PATCHLEVEL;

/* 
 * Permutation done once on the 56 bit 
 *  key derived from the original 8 byte ASCII key.
 */
static int pc1[56] = { 
  57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17,  9,  1, 58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18,
  10,  2, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11,  3, 60, 52, 44, 36,
  63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15,  7, 62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22,
  14,  6, 61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13,  5, 28, 20, 12,  4
};

/*
 * How much to rotate each 28 bit half of the pc1 permutated
 *  56 bit key before using pc2 to give the i' key
 */
static int rots[16] = { 
  1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1 
};

/* 
 * Permutation giving the key 
 * of the i' DES round 
 */
static int pc2[48] = { 
  14, 17, 11, 24,  1,  5,  3, 28, 15,  6, 21, 10,
  23, 19, 12,  4, 26,  8, 16,  7, 27, 20, 13,  2,
  41, 52, 31, 37, 47, 55, 30, 40, 51, 45, 33, 48,
  44, 49, 39, 56, 34, 53, 46, 42, 50, 36, 29, 32
};

/*
 * The E expansion table which selects
 * bits from the 32 bit intermediate result.
 */
static int esel[48] = { 
  32,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,
   8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
  16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,
  24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,  1
};
static int e_inverse[64];

/* 
 * Permutation done on the 
 * result of sbox lookups 
 */
static int perm32[32] = {
  16,  7, 20, 21, 29, 12, 28, 17,  1, 15, 23, 26,  5, 18, 31, 10,
  2,   8, 24, 14, 32, 27,  3,  9, 19, 13, 30,  6, 22, 11,  4, 25
};

/* 
 * The sboxes
 */
static int sbox[8][4][16]= {
        { { 14,  4, 13,  1,  2, 15, 11,  8,  3, 10,  6, 12,  5,  9,  0,  7 },
          {  0, 15,  7,  4, 14,  2, 13,  1, 10,  6, 12, 11,  9,  5,  3,  8 },
          {  4,  1, 14,  8, 13,  6,  2, 11, 15, 12,  9,  7,  3, 10,  5,  0 },
          { 15, 12,  8,  2,  4,  9,  1,  7,  5, 11,  3, 14, 10,  0,  6, 13 }
        },

        { { 15,  1,  8, 14,  6, 11,  3,  4,  9,  7,  2, 13, 12,  0,  5, 10 },
          {  3, 13,  4,  7, 15,  2,  8, 14, 12,  0,  1, 10,  6,  9, 11,  5 },
          {  0, 14,  7, 11, 10,  4, 13,  1,  5,  8, 12,  6,  9,  3,  2, 15 },
          { 13,  8, 10,  1,  3, 15,  4,  2, 11,  6,  7, 12,  0,  5, 14,  9 }
        },

        { { 10,  0,  9, 14,  6,  3, 15,  5,  1, 13, 12,  7, 11,  4,  2,  8 },
          { 13,  7,  0,  9,  3,  4,  6, 10,  2,  8,  5, 14, 12, 11, 15,  1 },
          { 13,  6,  4,  9,  8, 15,  3,  0, 11,  1,  2, 12,  5, 10, 14,  7 },
          {  1, 10, 13,  0,  6,  9,  8,  7,  4, 15, 14,  3, 11,  5,  2, 12 }
        },

        { {  7, 13, 14,  3,  0,  6,  9, 10,  1,  2,  8,  5, 11, 12,  4, 15 },
          { 13,  8, 11,  5,  6, 15,  0,  3,  4,  7,  2, 12,  1, 10, 14,  9 },
          { 10,  6,  9,  0, 12, 11,  7, 13, 15,  1,  3, 14,  5,  2,  8,  4 },
          {  3, 15,  0,  6, 10,  1, 13,  8,  9,  4,  5, 11, 12,  7,  2, 14 }
        },

        { {  2, 12,  4,  1,  7, 10, 11,  6,  8,  5,  3, 15, 13,  0, 14,  9 },
          { 14, 11,  2, 12,  4,  7, 13,  1,  5,  0, 15, 10,  3,  9,  8,  6 },
          {  4,  2,  1, 11, 10, 13,  7,  8, 15,  9, 12,  5,  6,  3,  0, 14 },
          { 11,  8, 12,  7,  1, 14,  2, 13,  6, 15,  0,  9, 10,  4,  5,  3 }
        },

        { { 12,  1, 10, 15,  9,  2,  6,  8,  0, 13,  3,  4, 14,  7,  5, 11 },
          { 10, 15,  4,  2,  7, 12,  9,  5,  6,  1, 13, 14,  0, 11,  3,  8 },
          {  9, 14, 15,  5,  2,  8, 12,  3,  7,  0,  4, 10,  1, 13, 11,  6 },
          {  4,  3,  2, 12,  9,  5, 15, 10, 11, 14,  1,  7,  6,  0,  8, 13 }
        },

        { {  4, 11,  2, 14, 15,  0,  8, 13,  3, 12,  9,  7,  5, 10,  6,  1 },
          { 13,  0, 11,  7,  4,  9,  1, 10, 14,  3,  5, 12,  2, 15,  8,  6 },
          {  1,  4, 11, 13, 12,  3,  7, 14, 10, 15,  6,  8,  0,  5,  9,  2 },
          {  6, 11, 13,  8,  1,  4, 10,  7,  9,  5,  0, 15, 14,  2,  3, 12 }
        },

        { { 13,  2,  8,  4,  6, 15, 11,  1, 10,  9,  3, 14,  5,  0, 12,  7 },
          {  1, 15, 13,  8, 10,  3,  7,  4, 12,  5,  6, 11,  0, 14,  9,  2 },
          {  7, 11,  4,  1,  9, 12, 14,  2,  0,  6, 10, 13, 15,  3,  5,  8 },
          {  2,  1, 14,  7,  4, 10,  8, 13, 15, 12,  9,  0,  3,  5,  6, 11 }
        }
};

/* 
 * This is the initial 
 * permutation matrix
 */
static int initial_perm[64] = { 
  58, 50, 42, 34, 26, 18, 10,  2, 60, 52, 44, 36, 28, 20, 12, 4,
  62, 54, 46, 38, 30, 22, 14,  6, 64, 56, 48, 40, 32, 24, 16, 8,
  57, 49, 41, 33, 25, 17,  9,  1, 59, 51, 43, 35, 27, 19, 11, 3,
  61, 53, 45, 37, 29, 21, 13,  5, 63, 55, 47, 39, 31, 23, 15, 7
};

/* 
 * This is the final 
 * permutation matrix
 */
static int final_perm[64] = {
  40,  8, 48, 16, 56, 24, 64, 32, 39,  7, 47, 15, 55, 23, 63, 31,
  38,  6, 46, 14, 54, 22, 62, 30, 37,  5, 45, 13, 53, 21, 61, 29,
  36,  4, 44, 12, 52, 20, 60, 28, 35,  3, 43, 11, 51, 19, 59, 27,
  34,  2, 42, 10, 50, 18, 58, 26, 33,  1, 41,  9, 49, 17, 57, 25
};

/* 
 * The 16 DES keys in BITMASK format 
 */
#ifdef _UFC_32_
long32 _ufc_keytab[16][2];
#endif
#ifdef _UFC_64_
long64 _ufc_keytab[16];
#endif

#define ascii_to_bin(c) ((c)>='a'?(c-59):(c)>='A'?((c)-53):(c)-'.')
#define bin_to_ascii(c) ((c)>=38?((c)-38+'a'):(c)>=12?((c)-12+'A'):(c)+'.')

/* Macro to set a bit (0..23) */
#define BITMASK(i) ( (1L<<(11L-(i)%12L+3L)) << ((i)<12L?16L:0L) )

/*
 * sb arrays:
 *
 * Workhorses of the inner loop of the DES implementation.
 * They do sbox lookup, shifting of this  value, 32 bit
 * permutation and E permutation for the next round.
 *
 * Kept in 'BITMASK' format.
 */

#ifdef _UFC_32_
long32 _ufc_sb0[8192], _ufc_sb1[8192], _ufc_sb2[8192], _ufc_sb3[8192];
static long32 *sb[4] = {_ufc_sb0, _ufc_sb1, _ufc_sb2, _ufc_sb3}; 
#endif

#ifdef _UFC_64_
long64 _ufc_sb0[4096], _ufc_sb1[4096], _ufc_sb2[4096], _ufc_sb3[4096];
static long64 *sb[4] = {_ufc_sb0, _ufc_sb1, _ufc_sb2, _ufc_sb3}; 
#endif

/* 
 * eperm32tab: do 32 bit permutation and E selection
 *
 * The first index is the byte number in the 32 bit value to be permuted
 *  -  second  -   is the value of this byte
 *  -  third   -   selects the two 32 bit values
 *
 * The table is used and generated internally in init_des to speed it up
 */
static ufc_long eperm32tab[4][256][2];

/* 
 * do_pc1: permform pc1 permutation in the key schedule generation.
 *
 * The first   index is the byte number in the 8 byte ASCII key
 *  -  second    -      -    the two 28 bits halfs of the result
 *  -  third     -   selects the 7 bits actually used of each byte
 *
 * The result is kept with 28 bit per 32 bit with the 4 most significant
 * bits zero.
 */
static ufc_long do_pc1[8][2][128];

/*
 * do_pc2: permform pc2 permutation in the key schedule generation.
 *
 * The first   index is the septet number in the two 28 bit intermediate values
 *  -  second    -    -  -  septet values
 *
 * Knowledge of the structure of the pc2 permutation is used.
 *
 * The result is kept with 28 bit per 32 bit with the 4 most significant
 * bits zero.
 */
static ufc_long do_pc2[8][128];

/*
 * efp: undo an extra e selection and do final
 *      permutation giving the DES result.
 * 
 *      Invoked 6 bit a time on two 48 bit values
 *      giving two 32 bit longs.
 */
static ufc_long efp[16][64][2];

/*
 * revfinal: undo final permutation and do E expension.
 *
 *           Invoked 6 bit a time on DES output
 *           giving 4 32 bit longs.
 */
static ufc_long revfinal[11][64][4];


static unsigned char bytemask[8]  = {
  0x80, 0x40, 0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01
};

static ufc_long longmask[32] = {
  0x80000000, 0x40000000, 0x20000000, 0x10000000,
  0x08000000, 0x04000000, 0x02000000, 0x01000000,
  0x00800000, 0x00400000, 0x00200000, 0x00100000,
  0x00080000, 0x00040000, 0x00020000, 0x00010000,
  0x00008000, 0x00004000, 0x00002000, 0x00001000,
  0x00000800, 0x00000400, 0x00000200, 0x00000100,
  0x00000080, 0x00000040, 0x00000020, 0x00000010,
  0x00000008, 0x00000004, 0x00000002, 0x00000001
};

#ifdef DEBUG

pr_bits(a, n)
  ufc_long *a;
  int n;
  { ufc_long i, j, t, tmp;
    n /= 8;
    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
      tmp=0;
      for(j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
	t=8*i+j;
	tmp|=(a[t/24] & BITMASK(t % 24))?bytemask[j]:0;
      }
      (void)printf("%02x ",tmp);
    }
    printf(" ");
  }

static set_bits(v, b)
  ufc_long v;
  ufc_long *b;
  { ufc_long i;
    *b = 0;
    for(i = 0; i < 24; i++) {
      if(v & longmask[8 + i])
	*b |= BITMASK(i);
    }
  }

#endif

/*
 * Silly rewrite of 'bzero'. I do so
 * because some machines don't have
 * bzero and some don't have memset.
 */

STATIC void clearmem(start, cnt)
  char *start;
  int cnt;
  { while(cnt--)
      *start++ = '\0';
  }

static int initialized = 0;

/* lookup a 6 bit value in sbox */

#define s_lookup(i,s) sbox[(i)][(((s)>>4) & 0x2)|((s) & 0x1)][((s)>>1) & 0xf];

/*
 * Initialize unit - may be invoked directly
 * by fcrypt users.
 */

void init_des()
  { int comes_from_bit;
    int bit, sg;
    ufc_long j;
    ufc_long mask1, mask2;

    /*
     * Create the do_pc1 table used
     * to affect pc1 permutation
     * when generating keys
     */
    for(bit = 0; bit < 56; bit++) {
      comes_from_bit  = pc1[bit] - 1;
      mask1 = bytemask[comes_from_bit % 8 + 1];
      mask2 = longmask[bit % 28 + 4];
      for(j = 0; j < 128; j++) {
	if(j & mask1) 
	  do_pc1[comes_from_bit / 8][bit / 28][j] |= mask2;
      }
    }

    /*
     * Create the do_pc2 table used
     * to affect pc2 permutation when
     * generating keys
     */
    for(bit = 0; bit < 48; bit++) {
      comes_from_bit  = pc2[bit] - 1;
      mask1 = bytemask[comes_from_bit % 7 + 1];
      mask2 = BITMASK(bit % 24);
      for(j = 0; j < 128; j++) {
	if(j & mask1)
	  do_pc2[comes_from_bit / 7][j] |= mask2;
      }
    }

    /* 
     * Now generate the table used to do combined
     * 32 bit permutation and e expansion
     *
     * We use it because we have to permute 16384 32 bit
     * longs into 48 bit in order to initialize sb.
     *
     * Looping 48 rounds per permutation becomes 
     * just too slow...
     *
     */

    clearmem((char*)eperm32tab, sizeof(eperm32tab));

    for(bit = 0; bit < 48; bit++) {
      ufc_long mask1,comes_from;
	
      comes_from = perm32[esel[bit]-1]-1;
      mask1      = bytemask[comes_from % 8];
	
      for(j = 256; j--;) {
	if(j & mask1)
	  eperm32tab[comes_from / 8][j][bit / 24] |= BITMASK(bit % 24);
      }
    }
    
    /* 
     * Create the sb tables:
     *
     * For each 12 bit segment of an 48 bit intermediate
     * result, the sb table precomputes the two 4 bit
     * values of the sbox lookups done with the two 6
     * bit halves, shifts them to their proper place,
     * sends them through perm32 and finally E expands
     * them so that they are ready for the next
     * DES round.
     *
     */
    for(sg = 0; sg < 4; sg++) {
      int j1, j2;
      int s1, s2;
    
      for(j1 = 0; j1 < 64; j1++) {
	s1 = s_lookup(2 * sg, j1);
	for(j2 = 0; j2 < 64; j2++) {
	  ufc_long to_permute, inx;
    
	  s2         = s_lookup(2 * sg + 1, j2);
	  to_permute = (((ufc_long)s1 << 4)  | 
	               (ufc_long)s2) << (24 - 8 * (ufc_long)sg);

#ifdef _UFC_32_
	  inx = ((j1 << 6)  | j2) << 1;
	  sb[sg][inx  ]  = eperm32tab[0][(to_permute >> 24) & 0xff][0];
	  sb[sg][inx+1]  = eperm32tab[0][(to_permute >> 24) & 0xff][1];
	  sb[sg][inx  ] |= eperm32tab[1][(to_permute >> 16) & 0xff][0];
	  sb[sg][inx+1] |= eperm32tab[1][(to_permute >> 16) & 0xff][1];
  	  sb[sg][inx  ] |= eperm32tab[2][(to_permute >>  8) & 0xff][0];
	  sb[sg][inx+1] |= eperm32tab[2][(to_permute >>  8) & 0xff][1];
	  sb[sg][inx  ] |= eperm32tab[3][(to_permute)       & 0xff][0];
	  sb[sg][inx+1] |= eperm32tab[3][(to_permute)       & 0xff][1];
#endif
#ifdef _UFC_64_
	  inx = ((j1 << 6)  | j2);
	  sb[sg][inx]  = 
	    ((long64)eperm32tab[0][(to_permute >> 24) & 0xff][0] << 32) |
	     (long64)eperm32tab[0][(to_permute >> 24) & 0xff][1];
	  sb[sg][inx] |=
	    ((long64)eperm32tab[1][(to_permute >> 16) & 0xff][0] << 32) |
	     (long64)eperm32tab[1][(to_permute >> 16) & 0xff][1];
  	  sb[sg][inx] |= 
	    ((long64)eperm32tab[2][(to_permute >>  8) & 0xff][0] << 32) |
	     (long64)eperm32tab[2][(to_permute >>  8) & 0xff][1];
	  sb[sg][inx] |=
	    ((long64)eperm32tab[3][(to_permute)       & 0xff][0] << 32) |
	     (long64)eperm32tab[3][(to_permute)       & 0xff][1];
#endif
	}
      }
    }  

    /* 
     * Create an inverse matrix for esel telling
     * where to plug out bits if undoing it
     */
    for(bit=48; bit--;) {
      e_inverse[esel[bit] - 1     ] = bit;
      e_inverse[esel[bit] - 1 + 32] = bit + 48;
    }

    /* 
     * create efp: the matrix used to
     * undo the E expansion and effect final permutation
     */
    clearmem((char*)efp, sizeof efp);
    for(bit = 0; bit < 64; bit++) {
      int o_bit, o_long;
      ufc_long word_value, mask1, mask2;
      int comes_from_f_bit, comes_from_e_bit;
      int comes_from_word, bit_within_word;

      /* See where bit i belongs in the two 32 bit long's */
      o_long = bit / 32; /* 0..1  */
      o_bit  = bit % 32; /* 0..31 */

      /* 
       * And find a bit in the e permutated value setting this bit.
       *
       * Note: the e selection may have selected the same bit several
       * times. By the initialization of e_inverse, we only look
       * for one specific instance.
       */
      comes_from_f_bit = final_perm[bit] - 1;         /* 0..63 */
      comes_from_e_bit = e_inverse[comes_from_f_bit]; /* 0..95 */
      comes_from_word  = comes_from_e_bit / 6;        /* 0..15 */
      bit_within_word  = comes_from_e_bit % 6;        /* 0..5  */

      mask1 = longmask[bit_within_word + 26];
      mask2 = longmask[o_bit];

      for(word_value = 64; word_value--;) {
	if(word_value & mask1)
	  efp[comes_from_word][word_value][o_long] |= mask2;
      }
    }

    
    /*
     * Create revfinal: an array to undo final
     * the effects of efp
     */
    clearmem((char*)revfinal, sizeof(revfinal));
    for(bit = 0; bit < 96; bit++) {
      int ibit = initial_perm[esel[bit % 48] - 1 + ((bit >= 48) ? 32 : 0)] - 1;
      mask1 = bytemask[ibit % 6 +  2];
      mask2 = BITMASK(bit % 24);
      for(j = 64; j--;) {
        if(j & mask1) {
          revfinal[ibit / 6][j][bit / 24] |= mask2;
        }
      }
    }

    initialized++;
  }

/* 
 * Process the elements of the sb table permuting the
 * bits swapped in the expansion by the current salt.
 */

#ifdef _UFC_32_
STATIC void shuffle_sb(k, saltbits)
  long32 *k;
  ufc_long saltbits;
  { ufc_long j;
    long32 x;
    for(j=4096; j--;) {
      x = (k[0] ^ k[1]) & (long32)saltbits;
      *k++ ^= x;
      *k++ ^= x;
    }
  }
#endif

#ifdef _UFC_64_
STATIC void shuffle_sb(k, saltbits)
  long64 *k;
  ufc_long saltbits;
  { ufc_long j;
    long64 x;
    for(j=4096; j--;) {
      x = ((*k >> 32) ^ *k) & (long64)saltbits;
      *k++ ^= (x << 32) | x;
    }
  }
#endif

/* 
 * Setup the unit for a new salt
 * Hopefully we'll not see a new salt in each crypt call.
 */

static unsigned char current_salt[3] = "&&"; /* invalid value */
static ufc_long current_saltbits = 0;
static int direction = 0;

STATIC void setup_salt(s)
  char *s;
  { ufc_long i, j, saltbits;

    if(!initialized)
      init_des();

    if(s[0] == current_salt[0] && s[1] == current_salt[1])
      return;
    current_salt[0] = s[0]; current_salt[1] = s[1];
    
    /* 
     * This is the only crypt change to DES:
     * entries are swapped in the expansion table
     * according to the bits set in the salt.
     */
    saltbits = 0;
    for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
      long c=ascii_to_bin(s[i]);
#ifdef notdef
      /* 
       * Some applications do rely on illegal
       * salts. It seems that UFC-crypt behaves
       * identically to standard crypt 
       * implementations on illegal salts -- glad
       */
      if(c < 0 || c > 63)
	c = 0;
#endif
      for(j = 0; j < 6; j++) {
	if((c >> j) & 0x1)
	  saltbits |= BITMASK(6 * i + j);
      }
    }

    /*
     * Permute the sb table values
     * to reflect the changed e
     * selection table
     */
    shuffle_sb(_ufc_sb0, current_saltbits ^ saltbits); 
    shuffle_sb(_ufc_sb1, current_saltbits ^ saltbits);
    shuffle_sb(_ufc_sb2, current_saltbits ^ saltbits);
    shuffle_sb(_ufc_sb3, current_saltbits ^ saltbits);

    current_saltbits = saltbits;
  }

STATIC void ufc_mk_keytab(key)
  char *key;
  { ufc_long v1, v2, *k1;
    int i;
#ifdef _UFC_32_
    long32 v, *k2 = &_ufc_keytab[0][0];
#endif
#ifdef _UFC_64_
    long64 v, *k2 = &_ufc_keytab[0];
#endif

    v1 = v2 = 0; k1 = &do_pc1[0][0][0];
    for(i = 8; i--;) {
      v1 |= k1[*key   & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v2 |= k1[*key++ & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
    }

    for(i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
      k1 = &do_pc2[0][0];

      v1 = (v1 << rots[i]) | (v1 >> (28 - rots[i]));
      v  = k1[(v1 >> 21) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v1 >> 14) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v1 >>  7) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v1      ) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;

#ifdef _UFC_32_
      *k2++ = v;
      v = 0;
#endif
#ifdef _UFC_64_
      v <<= 32;
#endif

      v2 = (v2 << rots[i]) | (v2 >> (28 - rots[i]));
      v |= k1[(v2 >> 21) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v2 >> 14) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v2 >>  7) & 0x7f]; k1 += 128;
      v |= k1[(v2      ) & 0x7f];

      *k2++ = v;
    }

    direction = 0;
  }

/* 
 * Undo an extra E selection and do final permutations
 */

ufc_long *_ufc_dofinalperm(l1, l2, r1, r2)
  ufc_long l1,l2,r1,r2;
  { ufc_long v1, v2, x;
    static ufc_long ary[2];

    x = (l1 ^ l2) & current_saltbits; l1 ^= x; l2 ^= x;
    x = (r1 ^ r2) & current_saltbits; r1 ^= x; r2 ^= x;

    v1=v2=0; l1 >>= 3; l2 >>= 3; r1 >>= 3; r2 >>= 3;

    v1 |= efp[15][ r2         & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[15][ r2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[14][(r2 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[14][ r2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[13][(r2 >>= 10) & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[13][ r2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[12][(r2 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[12][ r2 & 0x3f][1];

    v1 |= efp[11][ r1         & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[11][ r1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[10][(r1 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[10][ r1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 9][(r1 >>= 10) & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 9][ r1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 8][(r1 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 8][ r1 & 0x3f][1];

    v1 |= efp[ 7][ l2         & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 7][ l2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 6][(l2 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 6][ l2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 5][(l2 >>= 10) & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 5][ l2 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 4][(l2 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 4][ l2 & 0x3f][1];

    v1 |= efp[ 3][ l1         & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 3][ l1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 2][(l1 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 2][ l1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 1][(l1 >>= 10) & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 1][ l1 & 0x3f][1];
    v1 |= efp[ 0][(l1 >>= 6)  & 0x3f][0]; v2 |= efp[ 0][ l1 & 0x3f][1];

    ary[0] = v1; ary[1] = v2;
    return ary;
  }

/* 
 * crypt only: convert from 64 bit to 11 bit ASCII 
 * prefixing with the salt
 */

STATIC char *output_conversion(v1, v2, salt)
  ufc_long v1, v2;
  char *salt;
  { static char outbuf[14];
    int i, s, shf;

    outbuf[0] = salt[0];
    outbuf[1] = salt[1] ? salt[1] : salt[0];

    for(i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
      shf = (26 - 6 * i); /* to cope with MSC compiler bug */
      outbuf[i + 2] = bin_to_ascii((v1 >> shf) & 0x3f);
    }

    s  = (v2 & 0xf) << 2;
    v2 = (v2 >> 2) | ((v1 & 0x3) << 30);

    for(i = 5; i < 10; i++) {
      shf = (56 - 6 * i);
      outbuf[i + 2] = bin_to_ascii((v2 >> shf) & 0x3f);
    }

    outbuf[12] = bin_to_ascii(s);
    outbuf[13] = 0;

    return outbuf;
  }

ufc_long *_ufc_doit();

/* 
 * UNIX crypt function
 */
   
char *crypt(key, salt)
  char *key, *salt;
  { ufc_long *s;
    char ktab[9];

    /*
     * Hack DES tables according to salt
     */
    setup_salt(salt);

    /*
     * Setup key schedule
     */
    clearmem(ktab, sizeof ktab);
    (void)strncpy(ktab, key, 8);
    ufc_mk_keytab(ktab);

    /*
     * Go for the 25 DES encryptions
     */
    s = _ufc_doit((ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, 
		  (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)25);
    /*
     * Do final permutations
     */
    s = _ufc_dofinalperm(s[0], s[1], s[2], s[3]);

    /*
     * And convert back to 6 bit ASCII
     */
    return output_conversion(s[0], s[1], salt);
  }

/* 
 * To make fcrypt users happy.
 * They don't need to call init_des.
 */

char *fcrypt(key, salt)
  char *key;
  char *salt;
  { return crypt(key, salt);
  }

/* 
 * UNIX encrypt function. Takes a bitvector
 * represented by one byte per bit and
 * encrypt/decrypt according to edflag
 */

void encrypt(block, edflag)
  char *block;
  int edflag;
  { ufc_long l1, l2, r1, r2, *s;
    int i;

    /*
     * Undo any salt changes to E expansion
     */
    setup_salt("..");

    /*
     * Reverse key table if
     * changing operation (encrypt/decrypt)
     */
    if((edflag == 0) != (direction == 0)) {
      for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
#ifdef _UFC_32_
	long32 x;
	x = _ufc_keytab[15-i][0]; 
        _ufc_keytab[15-i][0] = _ufc_keytab[i][0]; 
        _ufc_keytab[i][0] = x;

	x = _ufc_keytab[15-i][1]; 
        _ufc_keytab[15-i][1] = _ufc_keytab[i][1]; 
        _ufc_keytab[i][1] = x;
#endif
#ifdef _UFC_64_
	long64 x;
	x = _ufc_keytab[15-i];
	_ufc_keytab[15-i] = _ufc_keytab[i];
	_ufc_keytab[i] = x;
#endif
      }
      direction = edflag;
    }

    /*
     * Do initial permutation + E expansion
     */
    i = 0;
    for(l1 = 0; i < 24; i++) {
      if(block[initial_perm[esel[i]-1]-1])
	l1 |= BITMASK(i);
    }
    for(l2 = 0; i < 48; i++) {
      if(block[initial_perm[esel[i]-1]-1])
	l2 |= BITMASK(i-24);
    }

    i = 0;
    for(r1 = 0; i < 24; i++) {
      if(block[initial_perm[esel[i]-1+32]-1])
	r1 |= BITMASK(i);
    }
    for(r2 = 0; i < 48; i++) {
      if(block[initial_perm[esel[i]-1+32]-1])
	r2 |= BITMASK(i-24);
    }

    /*
     * Do DES inner loops + final conversion
     */
    s = _ufc_doit(l1, l2, r1, r2, (ufc_long)1);
    /*
     * Do final permutations
     */
    s = _ufc_dofinalperm(s[0], s[1], s[2], s[3]);

    /*
     * And convert to bit array
     */
    l1 = s[0]; r1 = s[1];
    for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
      *block++ = (l1 & longmask[i]) != 0;
    }
    for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
      *block++ = (r1 & longmask[i]) != 0;
    }
    
  }

/* 
 * UNIX setkey function. Take a 64 bit DES
 * key and setup the machinery.
 */

void setkey(key)
  char *key;
  { int i,j;
    unsigned char c;
    unsigned char ktab[8];

    setup_salt(".."); /* be sure we're initialized */

    for(i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
      for(j = 0, c = 0; j < 8; j++)
	c = c << 1 | *key++;
      ktab[i] = c >> 1;
    }
    
    ufc_mk_keytab(ktab);
  }

/* 
 * Ultrix crypt16 function, thanks to pcl@convex.oxford.ac.uk (Paul Leyland)
 */
   
char *crypt16(key, salt)
  char *key, *salt;
  { ufc_long *s, *t;
    char ktab[9], ttab[9];
    static char q[14], res[25];
    /*
     * Hack DES tables according to salt
     */
    setup_salt(salt);
    
    /*
     * Setup key schedule
     */
    clearmem(ktab, sizeof ktab);
    (void)strncpy(ktab, key, 8);
    ufc_mk_keytab(ktab);
    
    /*
     * Go for first 20 DES encryptions
     */
    s = _ufc_doit((ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, 
		  (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)20);
    
    /*
     * And convert back to 6 bit ASCII
     */
    strcpy (res, output_conversion(s[0], s[1], salt));
    
    clearmem(ttab, sizeof ttab);
    if (strlen (key) > 8) (void)strncpy(ttab, key+8, 8);
    ufc_mk_keytab(ttab);
    
    /*
     * Go for second 5 DES encryptions
     */
    t = _ufc_doit((ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, 
		  (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)5);
    /*
     * And convert back to 6 bit ASCII
     */
    strcpy (q, output_conversion(t[0], t[1], salt));
    strcpy (res+13, q+2);
    
    clearmem(ktab, sizeof ktab);
    (void)strncpy(ktab, key, 8);
    ufc_mk_keytab(ktab);
    
    return res;
  }

/*
 * Experimental -- not supported -- may choke your dog
 */

void ufc_setup_password(cookie, s)
  long *cookie;
  char *s;
  { char c;
    int i;
    ufc_long x;
    ufc_long dl1, dl2, dr1, dr2;

    setup_salt(s);
    dl1 = dl2 = dr1 = dr2 = 0;
    for(i = 0, s += 2; c = *s++; i++) {
      int x = ascii_to_bin(c);
      dl1 |= revfinal[i][x][0];
      dl2 |= revfinal[i][x][1];
      dr1 |= revfinal[i][x][2];
      dr2 |= revfinal[i][x][3];
    }
    x = (dl1 ^ dl2) & current_saltbits;
    x = (dr1 ^ dr2) & current_saltbits;
    cookie[0] = dl1 ^ x; cookie[1] = dl2 ^ x;
    cookie[2] = dr1 ^ x; cookie[3] = dr2 ^ x;
  }

void ufc_do_pw(cookie, guess)
  long *cookie;  
  char *guess;
  { char ktab[9];
    ufc_long *s;
    clearmem(ktab, sizeof ktab);
    (void)strncpy(ktab, guess, 8);
    ufc_mk_keytab(ktab);
    s = _ufc_doit((ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, 
		  (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)0, (ufc_long)25);
    cookie[0] = s[0];    cookie[1] = s[1];
    cookie[2] = s[2];    cookie[3] = s[3];
  }
 x;
    }
  }
#endif

#ifdef _UFC_64_
STATIC void shuffle_sb(k, saltbits)
  long64 *k;
  ufc_long saltbits;
  { ufc_long j;
    long64 x;
    for(j=4096; j--;) {
      x = ((*k >> 32) ^ *k) & (long64)saltbits;
      *k++ WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/descrip.mms1006640070060000000000010625105544654431016067 037777777777 1 0 !
!	Make WorldWideWeb LIBRARY under VMS
!       =======================================================
!
! History:
!  14 Aug 91 (TBL)	Reconstituted
!  25 Jun 92 (JFG)	Added TCP socket emulation over DECnet
!  07 Sep 93 (MD)	Remade for version 2.09a
!  02 Nov 93 (MD)	Added new modules for AA 2.12 including VMS specific
!  14 Nov 93 (MD)	Added HTVMSUtils.c and .h
!  22 Feb 94 (MD)	Changed for version 2.15
!			- took out modules
!			- (WG) added DECC, LIST flags
!			- added ALPHA flag
!			- generates obj directory structure...
!
! Bugs:
!	The dependencies are anything but complete - they were
!	just enough to allow the files to be compiled.
!
! Instructions:
!	Use the correct command line for your TCP/IP implementation,
!	inside the VMS directory:
!                                                                       target dir
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(MULTINET=1)	for Multinet,Vax 		[.VAX.MULTINET]
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(WIN_TCP=1)		for Wollongong TCP/IP           [.VAX.WIN_TCP]
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(UCX=1)		for DEC/UCX                     [.VAX.UCX]
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(DECNET=1)		for socket emul over DECnet	[.VAX.DECNET]
!
! To compile with debug mode:
!	
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(DEBUG=1)       	Debug Flag on
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(LIST=1)       	Produce Listing Files
!
! To compile for DECC use:
!
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(DECC=1)		for DECC only. Generates .OLB
!
! But to compile for ALPHA use:
!                                                                       target dir
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(ALPHA=1)		on ALPHA (implies DECC) 	[.ALPHA.MULTINET]
!
! If you are on HEP net and want to build using the really latest sources on
! DXCERN:: then define an extra macro U=DXCERN::, e.g.
!
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(MULTINET=1, U=DXCERN::)	for Multinet
!
! This will copy the sources from DXCERN as necessary. You can also try
!
!	$ MMS/MACRO=(U=DXCERN::) descrip.mms
!
! to update this file.
!
!

SRC = [-]
VMS = []

! debug flags
.IFDEF DEBUG
DEBUGFLAGS = /DEBUG/NOOPT
.ENDIF

.IFDEF ALPHA
ALPHA_EXT=_ALPHA
MACH=ALPHA
DECC=1
.ELSE
ALPHA_EXT= 
MACH=VAX
.ENDIF

.IFDEF DECC
CQUALDECC=/Standard=VAXC
.ELSE
CQUALDECC=
.ENDIF

.IFDEF LIST
CLIST=/LIST/SHOW=ALL
.ELSE
CLIST=
.ENDIF

! defines valid for all compilations
EXTRADEFINES = DEBUG,ACCESS_AUTH

.IFDEF UCX
TCP=UCX
.ENDIF
.IFDEF MULTINET
TCP=MULTINET
.ENDIF
.IFDEF WIN_TCP
TCP=WIN_TCP
.ENDIF
.IFDEF DECNET
TCP=DECNET
.ENDIF

.IFDEF TCP
.ELSE
TCP=MULTINET
.ENDIF

! now lib points at [--.machine.tcp layer]
LIB=[--.$(MACH).$(TCP)]
CFLAGS = $(DEBUGFLAGS)$(CQUALDECC)$(CLIST)/DEFINE=($(EXTRADEFINES),$(TCP))/INC=($(VMS),$(SRC))

.INCLUDE $(SRC)Version.make


SETUP_FILES = $(LIB)wwwlib.opt

VMS_FILES = $(VMS)COPYING.LIB $(VMS)descrip.mms -
	    $(VMS)multinet.opt $(VMS)multinet.opt_alpha -
	    $(VMS)ucx.opt $(VMS)ucx.opt_alpha

HEADERS = $(SRC)HTParse.h, $(SRC)HTAccess.h, $(SRC)HTTP.h, $(SRC)HTFile.h, -
	$(SRC)HTMulti.h, - 
	$(SRC)HTBTree.h, $(SRC)HTFTP.h, $(SRC)HTTCP.h, -
	$(SRC)SGML.h, $(SRC)HTML.h, $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h, $(SRC)HTChunk.h, -
	$(SRC)HTPlain.h, $(SRC)HTWriter.h, -
	$(SRC)HTFwriter.h, $(SRC)HTMLGen.h, -
	$(SRC)HTStream.h, $(SRC)HTTee.h, -
	$(SRC)HTAtom.h, $(SRC)HTAnchor.h, $(SRC)HTStyle.h, -
	$(SRC)HTList.h, -
 	$(SRC)HTString.h, $(SRC)HTAlert.h, $(SRC)HTRules.h, -
	$(SRC)HTFormat.h, $(SRC)HTInit.h, -
	$(SRC)HTMIME.h, $(SRC)HTHistory.h, $(SRC)HTNews.h, -
	$(SRC)HTGopher.h, -
        $(SRC)HTUtils.h, $(SRC)tcp.h, $(SRC)HText.h, -
	$(SRC)HTTelnet.h, -
	$(SRC)HTWAIS.h, $(SRC)HTWSRC.h, -
        $(SRC)HTAAUtil.h, $(SRC)HTAABrow.h, $(SRC)HTAssoc.h, -
	$(SRC)HTUU.h, $(SRC)HTTeXGen.h -
	$(VMS)HTVMSUtils.h, -
	$(VMS)ufc-crypt.h, $(VMS)patchlevel.h -
	$(VMS)dirent.h, $(VMS)sys_dirent.h

.IFDEF DECNET  ! Strip FTP, Gopher, News, (WAIS)
MODULES = HTParse=$(LIB)HTParse.obj, HTAccess=$(LIB)HTAccess.obj, HTTP=$(LIB)HTTP.obj, -
	HTFile=$(LIB)HTFile.obj, HTMulti=$(LIB)HTMulti.obj, HTBTree=$(LIB)HTBTree.obj, HTTCP=$(LIB)HTTCP.obj, -
	SGML=$(LIB)SGML.obj, HTML=$(LIB)HTML.obj, HTMLPDTD=$(LIB)HTMLPDTD.obj, HTChunk=$(LIB)HTChunk.obj, -
	HTPlain=$(LIB)HTPlain.obj, HTWriter=$(LIB)HTWriter.obj, HTFwriter=$(LIB)HTFwriter.obj, -
	HTMLGen=$(LIB)HTMLGen.obj, HTTee=$(LIB)HTTee.obj, -
	HTAtom=$(LIB)HTAtom.obj, HTAnchor=$(LIB)HTAnchor.obj, HTStyle=$(LIB)HTStyle.obj, -
	HTList=$(LIB)HTList.obj, HTString=$(LIB)HTString.obj, HTAlert=$(LIB)HTAlert.obj, -
	HTRules=$(LIB)HTRules.obj, HTFormat=$(LIB)HTFormat.obj, HTInit=$(LIB)HTInit.obj, HTMIME=$(LIB)HTMIME.obj, -
	HTHistory=$(LIB)HTHistory.obj, -         
	HTTelnet=$(LIB)HTTelnet.obj, HTWSRC=$(LIB)HTWSRC.obj, -
        HTAAUtil=$(LIB)HTAAUtil.obj, HTAABrow=$(LIB)HTAABrow.obj, HTAssoc=$(LIB)HTAssoc.obj, - 
	HTUU=$(LIB)HTUU.obj, HTTeXGen=$(LIB)HTTeXGen.obj, -
	HTVMSUtils=$(LIB)HTVMSUtils.obj, -
 	getpass=$(LIB)getpass.obj, getline=$(LIB)getline.obj, -
	crypt=$(LIB)crypt.obj, crypt_util=$(LIB)crypt_util.obj -
        dirent=$(LIB)dirent.obj
.ELSE                   
MODULES = HTParse=$(LIB)HTParse.obj, HTAccess=$(LIB)HTAccess.obj, HTTP=$(LIB)HTTP.obj, -
	HTFile=$(LIB)HTFile.obj, HTMulti=$(LIB)HTMulti.obj, HTBTree=$(LIB)HTBTree.obj, HTFTP=$(LIB)HTFTP.obj, HTTCP=$(LIB)HTTCP.obj, -
	SGML=$(LIB)SGML.obj, HTML=$(LIB)HTML.obj, HTMLPDTD=$(LIB)HTMLPDTD.obj, HTChunk=$(LIB)HTChunk.obj, -
	HTPlain=$(LIB)HTPlain.obj, HTWriter=$(LIB)HTWriter.obj, HTFwriter=$(LIB)HTFwriter.obj, -
	HTMLGen=$(LIB)HTMLGen.obj, HTTee=$(LIB)HTTee.obj, -
	HTAtom=$(LIB)HTAtom.obj, HTAnchor=$(LIB)HTAnchor.obj, HTStyle=$(LIB)HTStyle.obj, -
	HTList=$(LIB)HTList.obj, HTString=$(LIB)HTString.obj, HTAlert=$(LIB)HTAlert.obj, -
	HTRules=$(LIB)HTRules.obj, HTFormat=$(LIB)HTFormat.obj, HTInit=$(LIB)HTInit.obj, HTMIME=$(LIB)HTMIME.obj, -
	HTHistory=$(LIB)HTHistory.obj, HTNews=$(LIB)HTNews.obj, HTGopher=$(LIB)HTGopher.obj, -         
	HTTelnet=$(LIB)HTTelnet.obj, HTWSRC=$(LIB)HTWSRC.obj, -
        HTAAUtil=$(LIB)HTAAUtil.obj, HTAABrow=$(LIB)HTAABrow.obj, HTAssoc=$(LIB)HTAssoc.obj, - 
	HTUU=$(LIB)HTUU.obj, HTTeXGen=$(LIB)HTTeXGen.obj, -
	HTVMSUtils=$(LIB)HTVMSUtils.obj, -
 	getpass=$(LIB)getpass.obj, getline=$(LIB)getline.obj, -
	crypt=$(LIB)crypt.obj, crypt_util=$(LIB)crypt_util.obj -
        dirent=$(LIB)dirent.obj
.ENDIF

!___________________________________________________________________
!.obj.olb
!	IF "''F$SEARCH("$(MMS$TARGET)")'" .EQS. "" -
!	   THEN $(LIBR)/CREATE $(MMS$TARGET)
!	$(LIBR) $(LIBRFLAGS) $(MMS$TARGET) $(LIB)$(MMS$SOURCE)
!
!___________________________________________________________________
.FIRST
	@ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "Creating WWWLIB for "$(TCP)" on "$(MACH)"." 
	@ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "=================================================" 
	@ IF "''F$SEARCH("$(LIB)*.*")'" .EQS. "" -
	   THEN CREATE/DIR $(LIB)
!___________________________________________________________________
! WWW Library

lib : $(SRC)Version.make $(VMS_FILES) $(HEADERS) $(LIB)wwwlib.opt $(LIB)wwwlib.olb($(MODULES)) $(VMS)build_$(TCP).com$(ALPHA_EXT)
 	@ continue

lib_only : $(SRC)Version.make $(LIB)wwwlib.opt $(LIB)wwwlib.olb($(MODULES))
 	@ continue

$(VMS)build_$(TCP).com$(ALPHA_EXT) : $(VMS)descrip.mms
	mms/noaction/from_sources/out=$(VMS)build_$(TCP).com$(ALPHA_EXT)/macro=($(TCP)=1,$(MACH)=1) lib_only

$(LIB)wwwlib.opt : $(VMS)$(TCP).opt$(ALPHA_EXT)
	copy $(VMS)$(TCP).opt$(ALPHA_EXT) $(LIB)wwwlib.opt
!___________________________________________________________________
! BASIC modules


!    C O M M O N	M O D U L E S

!_____________________________	HTList

$(LIB)HTList.obj   : $(SRC)HTList.c $(SRC)HTList.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTList.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTList.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTList.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTList.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTList.c
$(SRC)HTList.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTList.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTList.h" -
             $(SRC)HTList.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTAnchor

$(LIB)HTAnchor.obj   : $(SRC)HTAnchor.c $(SRC)HTAnchor.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAnchor.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAnchor.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAnchor.c
$(SRC)HTAnchor.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAnchor.h
.ENDIF

!_____________________________	HTFormat

$(LIB)HTFormat.obj   : $(SRC)HTFormat.c $(SRC)HTFormat.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTML.h $(SRC)SGML.h $(SRC)HTPlain.h $(SRC)HTMLGen.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTFormat.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTFormat.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTFormat.c
$(SRC)HTFormat.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.h" -
             $(SRC)HTFormat.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTInit

$(LIB)HTInit.obj   : $(SRC)HTInit.c $(SRC)HTInit.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTInit.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTInit.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTInit.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTInit.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTInit.c
$(SRC)HTInit.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTInit.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTInit.h" -
             $(SRC)HTInit.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTMIME

$(LIB)HTMIME.obj   : $(SRC)HTMIME.c $(SRC)HTMIME.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTMIME.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTMIME.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTMIME.c
$(SRC)HTMIME.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.h" -
             $(SRC)HTMIME.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTHistory

$(LIB)HTHistory.obj   : $(SRC)HTHistory.c $(SRC)HTHistory.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTHistory.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTHistory.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTHistory.c
$(SRC)HTHistory.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.h" -
             $(SRC)HTHistory.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTNews
.IFDEF DECNET
.ELSE
$(LIB)HTNews.obj   : $(SRC)HTNews.c $(SRC)HTNews.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTNews.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTNews.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTNews.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTNews.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTNews.c
$(SRC)HTNews.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTNews.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTNews.h" -
             $(SRC)HTNews.h
.ENDIF
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTGopher
.IFDEF DECNET
.ELSE
$(LIB)HTGopher.obj   : $(SRC)HTGopher.c $(SRC)HTGopher.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTGopher.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTGopher.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTGopher.c
$(SRC)HTGopher.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.h" -
             $(SRC)HTGopher.h
.ENDIF
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTTelnet

$(LIB)HTTelnet.obj   : $(SRC)HTTelnet.c $(SRC)HTTelnet.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTTelnet.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTTelnet.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTTelnet.c
$(SRC)HTTelnet.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.h" -
             $(SRC)HTTelnet.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTStyle

$(LIB)HTStyle.obj   : $(SRC)HTStyle.c $(SRC)HTStyle.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTStyle.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTStyle.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTStyle.c
$(SRC)HTStyle.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.h" -
             $(SRC)HTStyle.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTAtom

$(LIB)HTAtom.obj   : $(SRC)HTAtom.c $(SRC)HTAtom.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTString.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAtom.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAtom.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAtom.c
$(SRC)HTAtom.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAtom.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTChunk

$(LIB)HTChunk.obj   : $(SRC)HTChunk.c $(SRC)HTChunk.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTChunk.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTChunk.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTChunk.c
$(SRC)HTChunk.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.h" -
             $(SRC)HTChunk.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTString

$(LIB)HTString.obj   : $(SRC)HTString.c $(SRC)HTString.h $(SRC)tcp.h $(SRC)Version.make $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj /define=(VC="""$(VC)""") $(SRC)HTString.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTString.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTString.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTString.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTString.c
$(SRC)HTString.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTString.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTString.h" -
             $(SRC)HTString.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTAlert

$(LIB)HTAlert.obj   : $(SRC)HTAlert.c $(SRC)HTAlert.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)Version.make
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAlert.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAlert.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAlert.c
$(SRC)HTAlert.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAlert.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTRules

$(LIB)HTRules.obj   : $(SRC)HTRules.c $(SRC)HTRules.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)Version.make
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTRules.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTRules.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTRules.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTRules.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTRules.c
$(SRC)HTRules.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTRules.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTRules.h" -
             $(SRC)HTRules.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	SGML

$(LIB)SGML.obj   : $(SRC)SGML.c $(SRC)SGML.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)SGML.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)SGML.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/SGML.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/SGML.c" - 
             $(SRC)SGML.c
$(SRC)SGML.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/SGML.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/SGML.h" -
             $(SRC)SGML.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTML

$(LIB)HTML.obj   : $(SRC)HTML.c $(SRC)HTML.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTML.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTML.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTML.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTML.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTML.c
$(SRC)HTML.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTML.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTML.h" -
             $(SRC)HTML.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTMLGen

$(LIB)HTMLGen.obj   : $(SRC)HTMLGen.c $(SRC)HTMLGen.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTMLGen.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTMLGen.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTMLGen.c
$(SRC)HTMLGen.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.h" -
             $(SRC)HTMLGen.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTTeXGen

$(LIB)HTTeXGen.obj   : $(SRC)HTTeXGen.c $(SRC)HTTeXGen.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTTeXGen.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTTeXGen.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTTeXGen.c
$(SRC)HTTeXGen.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.h" -
             $(SRC)HTTeXGen.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTMLPDTD

$(LIB)HTMLPDTD.obj   : $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.c $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h $(SRC)SGML.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTMLPDTD.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.c
$(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.h" -
             $(SRC)HTMLPDTD.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTPlain

$(LIB)HTPlain.obj   : $(SRC)HTPlain.c $(SRC)HTPlain.h $(SRC)HTStream.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTPlain.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTPlain.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTPlain.c
$(SRC)HTPlain.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.h" -
             $(SRC)HTPlain.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTTee

$(LIB)HTTee.obj   : $(SRC)HTTee.c $(SRC)HTTee.h $(SRC)HTStream.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTTee.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTTee.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTee.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTee.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTTee.c
$(SRC)HTTee.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTee.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTee.h" -
             $(SRC)HTTee.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTWAIS
.IFDEF DECNET
.ELSE
$(LIB)HTWAIS.obj   : $(SRC)HTWAIS.c $(SRC)HTWAIS.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTWAIS.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTWAIS.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTWAIS.c
$(SRC)HTWAIS.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.h" -
             $(SRC)HTWAIS.h
.ENDIF
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTWSRC
.IFDEF DECNET
.ELSE
$(LIB)HTWSRC.obj   : $(SRC)HTWSRC.c $(SRC)HTWSRC.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTWSRC.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTWSRC.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTWSRC.c
$(SRC)HTWSRC.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.h" -
             $(SRC)HTWSRC.h
.ENDIF
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTWriter

$(LIB)HTWriter.obj   : $(SRC)HTWriter.c $(SRC)HTWriter.h $(SRC)HTStream.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTWriter.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTWriter.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTWriter.c
$(SRC)HTWriter.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.h" -
             $(SRC)HTWriter.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTFWriter

$(LIB)HTFWriter.obj   : $(SRC)HTFWriter.c $(SRC)HTFWriter.h $(SRC)HTStream.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTFWriter.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTFWriter.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTFWriter.c
$(SRC)HTFWriter.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.h" -
             $(SRC)HTFWriter.h
.ENDIF

! Access Authorisation Code


!_____________________________	HTAAUtil

$(LIB)HTAAUtil.obj   : $(SRC)HTAAUtil.c $(SRC)HTAAUtil.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTString.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAAUtil.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAAUtil.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAAUtil.c
$(SRC)HTAAUtil.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAAUtil.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTAABrow

$(LIB)HTAABrow.obj   : $(SRC)HTAABrow.c $(SRC)HTAABrow.h $(SRC)HTAAUtil.h $(SRC)HTUU.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTString.h $(SRC)HTParse.h $(SRC)HTList.h $(SRC)HTAlert.h $(SRC)HTAssoc.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAABrow.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAABrow.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAABrow.c
$(SRC)HTAABrow.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAABrow.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTAssoc

$(LIB)HTAssoc.obj   : $(SRC)HTAssoc.c $(SRC)HTAssoc.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTString.h $(SRC)HTList.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAssoc.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAssoc.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAssoc.c
$(SRC)HTAssoc.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAssoc.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTUU

$(LIB)HTUU.obj   : $(SRC)HTUU.c $(SRC)HTUU.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTUU.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTUU.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUU.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUU.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTUU.c
$(SRC)HTUU.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUU.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUU.h" -
             $(SRC)HTUU.h
.ENDIF

! Communication and Files

!________________________________ HTTP

$(LIB)HTTP.obj   : $(SRC)HTTP.c $(SRC)HTTP.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTTP.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTTP.c     : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTP.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTP.c" -
             $(SRC)HTTP.c
$(SRC)HTTP.h     : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTP.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTP.h" -
             $(SRC)HTTP.h 
.ENDIF

! _________________________________ HTTCP

$(LIB)HTTCP.obj : $(SRC)HTTCP.c $(SRC)HTTCP.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)tcp.h
         cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTTCP.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTTCP.c    : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTTCP.c
$(SRC)HTTCP.h    : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h" - 
             $(SRC)HTTCP.h
.ENDIF
!_________________________________ HTFile

$(LIB)HTFile.obj : $(SRC)HTFile.c $(SRC)HTFile.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
         cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTFile.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTFile.c   : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFile.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFile.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTFile.c
$(SRC)HTFile.h   : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFile.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFile.h" -
             $(SRC)HTFile.h
.ENDIF
!_________________________________ HTMulti

$(LIB)HTMulti.obj : $(SRC)HTMulti.c $(SRC)HTMulti.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
         cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTMulti.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTMulti.c   : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTMulti.c
$(SRC)HTMulti.h   : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.h" -
             $(SRC)HTMulti.h
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	HTBTree

$(LIB)HTBTree.obj   : $(SRC)HTBTree.c $(SRC)HTBTree.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTBTree.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTBTree.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTBTree.c
$(SRC)HTBTree.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.h" -
             $(SRC)HTBTree.h
.ENDIF

!__________________________________ HTFTP
.IFDEF DECNET
.ELSE
$(LIB)HTFTP.obj   : $(SRC)HTFTP.c $(SRC)HTFTP.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTFTP.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTFTP.c    : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.c"
             copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.c" -
             $(SRC)HTFTP.c
$(SRC)HTFTP.h    : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.h"
             copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.h" - 
             $(SRC)HTFTP.h
.ENDIF
.ENDIF

!_____________________________	HTAccess

$(LIB)HTAccess.obj   : $(SRC)HTAccess.c $(SRC)HTAccess.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTAccess.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTAccess.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTAccess.c
$(SRC)HTAccess.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.h" -
             $(SRC)HTAccess.h
.ENDIF

!________________________________ HTParse

$(LIB)HTParse.obj   : $(SRC)HTParse.c $(SRC)HTParse.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(SRC)HTParse.c
.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTParse.c  : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTParse.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTParse.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTParse.c
$(SRC)HTParse.h  : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTParse.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTParse.h" -
             $(SRC)HTParse.h
.ENDIF

!_________________________________ include files only:

.IFDEF U
$(SRC)HTUtils.h  : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUtils.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTUtils.h" -
             $(SRC)HTUtils.h
$(SRC)HTStream.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStream.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTStream.h" -
             $(SRC)HTStream.h
$(SRC)tcp.h      : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/tcp.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/tcp.h" - 
             $(SRC)tcp.h
$(SRC)HText.h      : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HText.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HText.h" - 
             $(SRC)HText.h
$(SRC)README      : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/README"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/README" - 
             $(SRC)README
.ENDIF
 
! ______________________________  The version file

.IFDEF U
$(SRC)Version.make :  $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/Version.make"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/Version.make" - 
             $(SRC)Version.make
	@- write sys$output "Please rebuild with new Version file"
	@- exit 2	! Error
.ENDIF

! _____________________________VMS SPECIFIC FILES:
! latest version of this one:

.IFDEF U
$(VMS)descrip.mms : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/descrip.mms"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/descrip.mms" -
	$(VMS)descrip.mms
	@- write sys$output "Please rebuild with new MMS file"
	@- exit 2	! Error

$(VMS)COPYING.LIB : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/COPYING.LIB"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/COPYING.LIB" -
	$(VMS)COPYING.LIB
                    
$(VMS)multinet.opt : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt" -
	$(VMS)multinet.opt
                    
$(VMS)multinet.opt_alpha : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt_alpha"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt_alpha" -
	$(VMS)multinet.opt_alpha
                    
$(VMS)ucx.opt : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt" -
	$(VMS)ucx.opt
                    
$(VMS)ucx.opt_alpha : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt_alpha"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt_alpha" -
	$(VMS)ucx.opt_alpha
                    
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	VMS/HTVMSUTILS

$(LIB)HTVMSUtils.obj   : $(VMS)HTVMSUtils.c $(VMS)HTVMSUtils.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h $(SRC)HTAccess.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)HTVMSUtils.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)HTVMSUtils.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.c" - 
             $(VMS)HTVMSUtils.c
$(VMS)HTVMSUtils.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/HTVMSUtils.h" -
             $(VMS)HTVMSUtils.h
.ENDIF

!_____________________________	VMS/GETPASS

$(LIB)GETPASS.obj   : $(VMS)GETPASS.c
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)GETPASS.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)GETPASS.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getpass.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getpass.c" - 
             		$(VMS)GETPASS.c
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	VMS/GETLINE

$(LIB)GETLINE.obj   : $(VMS)GETLINE.c
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)GETLINE.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)GETLINE.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getline.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getline.c" - 
             		$(VMS)GETLINE.c
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	VMS/CRYPT

$(LIB)CRYPT.obj   : $(VMS)CRYPT.c $(VMS)UFC-CRYPT.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)CRYPT.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)CRYPT.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt.c" - 
             		$(VMS)CRYPT.c
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	VMS/CRYPT_UTIL

$(LIB)CRYPT_UTIL.obj   : $(VMS)CRYPT_UTIL.c $(VMS)UFC-CRYPT.h $(VMS)PATCHLEVEL.h
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)CRYPT_UTIL.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)CRYPT_UTIL.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt_util.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/crypt_util.c" - 
             		$(VMS)CRYPT_UTIL.c
.ENDIF
!_____________________________	VMS/DIRENT

$(LIB)dirent.obj   : $(VMS)dirent.c $(VMS)dirent.h $(VMS)sys_dirent.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)dirent.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)dirent.c : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.c" - 
             $(VMS)dirent.c
$(VMS)dirent.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.h" -
             $(VMS)dirent.h
$(VMS)sys_dirent.h : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/sys_dirent.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/sys_dirent.h" -
             $(VMS)sys_dirent.h
.ENDIF

!_________________________________ VMS include files only:

.IFDEF U
$(VMS)UFC-CRYPT.h : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ufc-crypt.h"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/ufc-crypt.h" - 
             		$(VMS)UFC-CRYPT.h
$(VMS)PATCHLEVEL.h : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/patchlevel.h"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/patchlevel.h" - 
             		$(VMS)PATCHLEVEL.h
.ENDIF



erd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c" - 
             $(SRC)HTTCP.c
$(SRC)HTTCP.h    : $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h"
	     copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h" - 
         WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.c1006640070060000000000000456605544654464015365 037777777777 1 0 /* file changed to make it VMS compatible. NOT ALL UNIX FEATURES WORK */

#include 
#include "dirent.h"

/* routines are not reentrant... */

#define NO_VERSIONS


DIR *opendir(char *dirname)
{
static DIR dir;
char *closebracket;

   strcpy(dir.dirname,HTVMS_name("",dirname));
/* might move this to HTVMSname... */
   /* now correct dirname, which looks like disk$user:[duns.www.test]multi */
   /* and should look like disk$user:[duns.www.test.multi] */
   closebracket = strchr(dir.dirname,']');
   *closebracket = '.';
   strcat(dir.dirname,"]");

#ifdef NO_VERSIONS
   strcat(dir.dirname,"*.*");
#else
   strcat(dir.dirname,"*.*;*");
#endif
   dir.context = 0;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$w_length = strlen(dir.dirname);
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$a_pointer = &(dir.dirname);
   return(&dir);
}

struct dirent *readdir(DIR *dirp)
{
static struct dirent entry;
long status;
struct dsc$descriptor_s entryname_desc;
char *space, *slash;
char VMSentry[256];
char *UnixEntry;

   entryname_desc.dsc$w_length = 255;
   entryname_desc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
   entryname_desc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
   entryname_desc.dsc$a_pointer = VMSentry;

   status = LIB$FIND_FILE(&(dirp->dirname_desc), 
                          &entryname_desc, 
                          &(dirp->context),
                          0,0,0);
   if (status == RMS$_NMF)
   { /* no more files */
      return(NULL);
   }
   else
   { /* ok */
      if (!(status & 0x01)) exit(status);
#ifdef NO_VERSIONS
      space = strchr(VMSentry,';');
#else
      space = strchr(VMSentry,' ');
#endif
      if (space)
         *space = '\0';
      UnixEntry = HTVMS_wwwName(VMSentry);
      slash = strrchr(UnixEntry,'/') + 1;
      strcpy(entry.d_name,slash);
      entry.d_namlen = strlen(entry.d_name);
      entry.d_fileno = 1;
      return(&entry);
   }
}

int closedir(DIR *dirp)
{
long status;

   status = LIB$FIND_FILE_END(&(dirp->context));
   if (!(status & 0x01)) exit(status);
   dirp->context = 0;
   return(0);
}


/* rest of routines not implemented */
#if 0
#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
extern	void seekdir(/* DIR *dirp, int loc */);
extern	long telldir(/* DIR *dirp */);
#endif	/* POSIX_SOURCE */
extern	void rewinddir(/* DIR *dirp */);

#ifndef	lint
#define	rewinddir(dirp)	seekdir((dirp), (long)0)
#endif
#endif /* not defined for VMS */
________________________ HTParse

$(LIB)HTParse.obj   : $(SRC)HTParse.c $(SRC)HTParse.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/dirent.h1006640070060000000000000265405544654463015365 037777777777 1 0 /* file changed to make it VMS compatible. NOT ALL UNIX FEATURES WORK */
/* NOTE: the routines are NOT re-entrant... */

/*
 * Filesystem-independent directory information.
 */

#ifndef	__dirent_h
#define	__dirent_h

#include 

#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
#define	d_ino	d_fileno	/* compatability */
#ifndef	NULL
#define	NULL	0
#endif
#endif	/* !_POSIX_SOURCE */

/*
 * Definitions for library routines operating on directories.
 */
#include 

typedef	struct __dirdesc {
#if 0
	int	dd_fd;		/* file descriptor */
	long	dd_loc;		/* buf offset of entry from last readddir() */
	long	dd_size;	/* amount of valid data in buffer */
	long	dd_bsize;	/* amount of entries read at a time */
	long	dd_off;		/* Current offset in dir (for telldir) */
	char	*dd_buf;	/* directory data buffer */
#endif
	long 	context;	/* context descriptor for LIB$FIND_FILE calls */
	char	dirname[255+1];	/* keeps the directory name, including *.* */
	struct dsc$descriptor_s dirname_desc;	/* descriptor of dirname */
} DIR;

extern	DIR *opendir(char *dirname);
extern	struct dirent *readdir(DIR *dirp);
extern	int closedir(DIR *dirp);
#if 0
#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
extern	void seekdir(/* DIR *dirp, int loc */);
extern	long telldir(/* DIR *dirp */);
#endif	/* POSIX_SOURCE */
extern	void rewinddir(/* DIR *dirp */);

#ifndef	lint
#define	rewinddir(dirp)	seekdir((dirp), (long)0)
#endif
#endif /* not defined for VMS */

#include "sys_dirent.h"

#endif	/* !__dirent_h */
hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/descrip.mms"
	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/getline.c1006640070060000000000000352105475034147015506 037777777777 1 0 /* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.

The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.

The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */

/* CHANGED FOR VMS */

/*
 * 
 */

#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 

/* Read up to (and including) a newline from STREAM into *LINEPTR
   (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or
   NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'd as
   necessary.  Returns the number of characters read (not including the
   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */

int getline(char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
{
static char line[256];
char *ptr;
unsigned int len;

   if (lineptr == NULL || n == NULL)
   {
      errno = EINVAL;
      return -1;
   }

   if (ferror (stream))
      return -1;

   if (feof(stream))
      return -1;
     
   fgets(line,256,stream);

   ptr = strchr(line,'\n');   
   if (ptr)
      *ptr = '\0';

   len = strlen(line);
   
   if ((len+1) < 256)
   {
      ptr = realloc(*lineptr, 256);
      if (ptr == NULL)
         return(-1);
      *lineptr = ptr;
      *n = 256;
   }

   strcpy(*lineptr,line); 
   return(len);
}
GS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)GETLINE.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)GETLINE.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getline.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertexWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/getpass.c1006640070060000000000000277005475034147015532 037777777777 1 0 /* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.

The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.

The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */

/* CHANGED FOR VMS */

/*
 * 
 */

#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 

char *getpass (const char *prompt)
{
  static char *buf;

  int result;
  $DESCRIPTOR(devnam,"SYS$INPUT");
  int chan;
  int promptlen;
  struct {
     short result;
     short count;
     int   info;
  } iosb;

  promptlen = strlen(prompt);

  buf = malloc(256);
  if (buf == NULL)
     return(NULL);  

  result = SYS$ASSIGN(&devnam, &chan, PSL$C_USER, 0, 0);

  result = SYS$QIOW(0, chan, IO$_READPROMPT | IO$M_PURGE |IO$M_NOECHO, &iosb, 0, 0,
                    buf, 255, 0, 0, prompt, promptlen);

  buf[iosb.count] = '\0';

  result = SYS$DASSGN(chan);

  return buf;
}
y/ImplemWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt1006640070060000000000000007705544654441016305 037777777777 1 0 MULTINET:MULTINET_SOCKET_LIBRARY/share
sys$share:vaxcrtl/share
1006640070060000000000000456605544654464015365 037777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/multinet.opt_alpha1006640070060000000000000004705544654443017451 037777777777 1 0 MULTINET:MULTINET_SOCKET_LIBRARY/share
ame,"]");

#ifdef NO_VERSIONS
   strcat(dir.dirname,"*.*");
#else
   strcat(dir.dirname,"*.*;*");
#endif
   dir.context = 0;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$w_length = strlen(dir.dirname);
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S;
   dir.dirname_desc.dsc$a_pointer = &(dir.dirname);
   return(&dir);
}

struct dirent *readdir(DIR *dirp)
{
static struct dirent entry;
long status;
struct dsc$descriptor_s entryname_desc;
char WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/patchlevel.h1006640070060000000000000167705475034146016224 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * UFC-crypt: ultra fast crypt(3) implementation
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Library General Public License for more details.
 
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
 * Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 * @(#)patchlevel.h	1.11 7/15/92
 *
 */

#define PATCHLEVEL "UFC-crypt, patchlevel 1e, @(#)patchlevel.h	1.11 7/15/92"
(SRC)HTParse.h $(SRC)HTUtils.h 
        cc $(CFLAGS)/obj=$*.obj $WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/sys_dirent.h1006640070060000000000000355005544654464016260 037777777777 1 0 /* this file was adapted for VMS. NOT ALL UNIX FEATURES WORK */

/*
 *------> THE DESCRIPTION BELOW IS FOR UNIX... <----- 
 * Filesystem-independent directory information.
 * Directory entry structures are of variable length.
 * Each directory entry is a struct dirent containing its file number, the
 * offset of the next entry (a cookie interpretable only the filesystem
 * type that generated it), the length of the entry, and the length of the
 * name contained in the entry.  These are followed by the name. The
 * entire entry is padded with null bytes to a 4 byte boundary. All names
 * are guaranteed null terminated. The maximum length of a name in a
 * directory is MAXNAMLEN, plus a null byte.
 *------> THE DESCRIPTION BELOW IS FOR VMS... <----- 
 * for VMS only d_name, d_namlen and d_ino are defined.
 * d_fileno is a nonzero number to make you think the file is there. The number
 *          has no other meaning.
 */

#ifndef	__sys_dirent_h
#define	__sys_dirent_h

struct	dirent {
#if 0
	off_t		d_off;		/* offset of next disk dir entry */
#endif
	unsigned long	d_fileno;	/* file number of entry */
#if 0
	unsigned short	d_reclen;	/* length of this record */
#endif
	unsigned short	d_namlen;	/* length of string in d_name */
	char		d_name[255+1];	/* name (up to MAXNAMLEN + 1) */
};

#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
/*
 * It's unlikely to change, but make sure that sizeof d_name above is
 * at least MAXNAMLEN + 1 (more may be added for padding).
 */
#define	MAXNAMLEN	255
/*
 * The macro DIRSIZ(dp) gives the minimum amount of space required to represent
 * a directory entry.  For any directory entry dp->d_reclen >= DIRSIZ(dp).
 * Specific filesystem types may use this macro to construct the value
 * for d_reclen.
 */
#undef	DIRSIZ
#define	DIRSIZ(dp) \
	(((sizeof(struct dirent) - (MAXNAMLEN+1) + ((dp)->d_namlen+1)) +3) & ~3)

#endif	/* !_POSIX_SOURCE */
#endif	/* !__sys_dirent_h */
WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt1006640070060000000000000006005544654444015236 037777777777 1 0 sys$library:ucx$ipc/lib
sys$share:vaxcrtl/share
l Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */

/* CHANGED FOR VMS */

/*
 * 
 */

#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 

/* Read up to (and including) a newline from STREAM into *LINEPTR
   (and WWW/Library/Implementation/vms/ucx.opt_alpha1006640070060000000000000003405544654444016404 037777777777 1 0 sys$share:ucx$ipc_shr/share
ets(line,256,stream);

   ptr = strchr(line,'\n');   
   if (ptr)
      *ptr = '\0';

   len = strlen(line);
   
   if ((len+1) < 256)
   {
      ptr = realloc(*lineptr, 256);
      if (ptr == NULL)
         return(-1);
      *lineptr = ptr;
      *n = 256;
   }

   strcpy(*lineptr,line); 
   return(len);
}
GS)/obj=$*.obj $(VMS)GETLINE.c
.IFDEF U
$(VMS)GETLINE.c : 	$(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertext/WWW-duns/Library/Implementation/vms/getline.c"
	            	copy $(U)"/userd/tbl/hypertexWWW/Library/Implementation/vms/ufc-crypt.h1006640070060000000000000467305475034146016010 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * UFC-crypt: ultra fast crypt(3) implementation
 *
 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 *
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 *
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 * Library General Public License for more details.
 
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
 * Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 *
 * @(#)ufc-crypt.h	1.16 09/21/92
 *
 * Definitions of datatypes 
 * 
 */

/* 
 * Requirements for datatypes:
 * 
 * A datatype 'ufc_long' of at least 32 bit
 * *and*
 *   A type 'long32' of exactly 32 bits (_UFC_32_)
 *   *or*
 *   A type 'long64' of exactly 64 bits (_UFC_64_)
 *
 * 'int' is assumed to be at least 8 bit
 */

/*
 * #ifdef's for various architectures
 */

#ifdef cray
/* thanks to  (Tom Hutton)  for testing */
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef unsigned long long64;
#define _UFC_64_
#endif

#ifdef convex
/* thanks to pcl@convex.oxford.ac.uk (Paul Leyland) for testing */
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef long long     long64;
#define _UFC_64_
#endif

#ifdef ksr
/* 
 * Note - the KSR machine does not define a unique symbol
 * which we can check. So you MUST add '-Dksr' to your Makefile.
 * Thanks to lijewski@theory.tc.cornell.edu (Mike Lijewski) for
 * the patch.
 */
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef unsigned long long64;
#define _UFC_64_
#endif

/*
 * For debugging 64 bit code etc with 'gcc'
 */

#ifdef GCC3232
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef unsigned long long32;
#define _UFC_32_
#endif

#ifdef GCC3264
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef long long     long64;
#define _UFC_64_
#endif

#ifdef GCC6432
typedef long long ufc_long;
typedef unsigned long long32;
#define _UFC_32_
#endif

#ifdef GCC6464
typedef long long     ufc_long;
typedef long long     long64;
#define _UFC_64_
#endif

/*
 * Catch all for 99.95% of all UNIX machines
 */

#ifndef _UFC_64_
#ifndef _UFC_32_
#define _UFC_32_
typedef unsigned long ufc_long;
typedef unsigned long long32;
#endif
#endif


WWW/Library/Implementation/CommonMakefile1006640070060000000000002750005544654425015726 037777777777 1 0 #	Common Makefile for W3 Library Code
#	-----------------------------------
#
#	(c) CERN 1990, 1991 -- see Copyright.html for conditions
#
# This file should be invariant between systems.
#	DEPENDENCIES NOT COMPLETE @@
#
#	make		Compile and link the software (private version)
#	make install	Copy it into the system (implies make)
#	make update	Copy installed version into installed version
#	make uninstall	Unlink installed version from the system
#	make clean	Remove intermediate files
#	make cleanall	Remove intremediate files and products
#	
# Macros required to be defined already for make:
#
# CC		The C compiler
# CFLAGS	Flags for $(CC) -- except the -I which are below
# LFLAGS	Flags for ld
#
# WWW           The WWW source tree directory
#
# Macros needed for make install:
#
# LIBDIR	Directory for installed library
#______________________________________________________________________

#  If this env var is set to something else Some makes will use that instead
SHELL = /bin/sh

#	.h files are distributed but originally are made from the
#	self-documenting hypertext files.

.SUFFIXES: .h .html
.html.h:
#	- chmod +w $*.h
	www -w90 -na -to text/x-c $*.html > $*.h
#	chmod -w $*.h

# If this is actually run in a subdirectory,
#
# WWW = ../../..
# WWW = ../..	For [cernlib] build in this directory

WC = $(WWW)/Library
CMN = $(WWW)/Library/Implementation/
VMS = $(CMN)vms
# Where shall we put the objects and built library?

LOB = $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)

# Only needed if HTWAIS.c is to be compiled. Put into your Makefile.include
#   WAIS = YES
#   WAISINC = -I../../../freeWAIS/ir
#   WAISCFLAGS = -DDIRECT_WAIS
#

# This path, if relative, is taken relative to the directory
# in which this makefile is, not the pwd.  This screws up the 
# recursive invocation
# include $(CMN)Version.make
include $(ABS)$(WWW)/Library/Implementation/Version.make

CFLAGS2 = $(CFLAGS) $(WAISCFLAGS) -I$(CMN) -DACCESS_AUTH

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
	$(LOB)/HTFile.o	$(LOB)/HTBTree.o $(LOB)/HTFTP.o $(LOB)/HTTCP.o \
	$(LOB)/SGML.o $(LOB)/HTML.o $(LOB)/HTMLPDTD.o $(LOB)/HTChunk.o \
	$(LOB)/HTPlain.o $(LOB)/HTWriter.o $(LOB)/HTFWriter.o \
	$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o $(LOB)/HTTee.o\
	$(LOB)/HTAtom.o $(LOB)/HTAnchor.o $(LOB)/HTStyle.o \
	$(LOB)/HTList.o $(LOB)/HTString.o $(LOB)/HTAlert.o \
	$(LOB)/HTRules.o $(LOB)/HTFormat.o $(LOB)/HTInit.o $(LOB)/HTMIME.o \
	$(LOB)/HTHistory.o $(LOB)/HTNews.o $(LOB)/HTGopher.o \
	$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o $(LOB)/HTWSRC.o $(HTWAIS) \
	$(LOB)/HTAAUtil.o $(LOB)/HTAABrow.o $(LOB)/HTAssoc.o \
	$(LOB)/HTUU.o $(LOB)/HTMulti.o $(LOB)/HTTeXGen.o

CFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTFile.c \
        $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTMulti.c \
	$(CMN)HTFTP.c   $(CMN)HTTCP.c     $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTML.c	\
	$(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.c	$(CMN)HTWriter.c  $(CMN)HTFWriter.c \
        $(CMN)HTMLGen.c	$(CMN)HTTee.c	\
	$(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTAtom.c   $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTStyle.c \
	$(CMN)HTList.c  $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTRules.c \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTHistory.c \
	$(CMN)HTNews.c  $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTTelnet.c \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.c  $(CMN)HTWSRC.c \
	$(CMN)HTAAUtil.c $(CMN)HTAABrow.c $(CMN)HTAssoc.c \
	$(CMN)HTUU.c $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c

HFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTAccess.h $(CMN)HTTP.h $(CMN)HTFile.h \
	$(CMN)HTMulti.h $(CMN)HTBTree.h $(CMN)HTFTP.h $(CMN)HTTCP.h \
	$(CMN)SGML.h $(CMN)HTML.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h $(CMN)HTChunk.h \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.h		$(CMN)HTWriter.h \
	$(CMN)HTFWriter.h 	$(CMN)HTMLGen.h	\
	$(CMN)HTStream.h $(CMN)HTTee.h\
	$(CMN)HTAtom.h $(CMN)HTAnchor.h $(CMN)HTStyle.h \
	$(CMN)HTList.h \
	$(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h $(CMN)HTRules.h \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.h $(CMN)HTInit.h \
	$(CMN)HTMIME.h $(CMN)HTHistory.h $(CMN)HTNews.h \
	$(CMN)HTGopher.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)tcp.h $(CMN)HText.h \
	$(CMN)HTTelnet.h \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.h  $(CMN)HTWSRC.h \
	$(CMN)HTAAUtil.h $(CMN)HTAABrow.h $(CMN)HTAssoc.h \
	$(CMN)HTUU.h $(CMN)HTTeXGen.h

SOURCES = $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(CMN)Version.make \
	$(CMN)CommonMakefile $(CMN)Makefile \
	$(WWW)/README.txt $(WWW)/Copyright.txt $(WWW)/BUILD $(WWW)/Makefile
SPECIFIC = $(WWW)/All/*/Makefile.include $(WWW)/All/Implementation/Makefile* \
	$(VMS)/descrip.mms  $(VMS)/COPYING.LIB $(VMS)/setup.com \
 	$(VMS)/build_multinet.com $(VMS)/build_multinet.com_alpha \
	$(VMS)/multinet.opt $(VMS)/multinet.opt_alpha \
	$(VMS)/build_ucx.com $(VMS)/build_ucx.com_alpha \
	$(VMS)/ucx.opt $(VMS)/ucx.opt_alpha \
	$(VMS)/patchlevel.h $(VMS)/ufc-crypt.h \
	$(VMS)/crypt.c $(VMS)/crypt_util.c \
	$(VMS)/getline.c $(VMS)/getpass.c \
	$(VMS)/HTVMSUtils.h $(VMS)/HTVMSUtils.c \
	$(VMS)/dirent.h $(VMS)/dirent.c $(VMS)/sys_dirent.h


all : inc $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Library
#
#  On SGI, ranlib is unnecessary and does not exist so we ignore errors
# for that step.
#  On next 3.1 and following, the archive must be deleted before being
#	build, because has ranlib turned it from an archive of fat files
#	into a fat file of archives. Next time round, ar(1) is 
#	confused as the .a is now a fat file, not an archive.
#
$(LOB)/libwww.a : $(COMMON)
	- rm $(LOB)/libwww.a
	ar r $(LOB)/libwww.a $(COMMON)
	-ranlib $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Clean up everything generatable except final products
clean :
	rm $(LOB)/*.o $(LOB)/.created
	-rmdir $(LOB)

#	Clean up everything generatable including final products

cleanall : clean
	rm $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Install W3 library into system space (not normally necessary)

install : libwww.a
	if [ ! -r $(LIBDIR) ] mkdir $(LIBDIR)
	cp libwww.a $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a
	
uninstall :
	rm $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a

#		Distribution use only:
#		----------------------

#	Needs www version 2.4 or later to do this
inc : $(HFILES)
	echo Include files generated from hypertext.

binary : /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a
	echo FTP archive binary Libray $(VC) for $(WWW_MACH) up to date.


/pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a : libwww.a
	-mkdir /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)
	cp libwww.a /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a

#	Source Distribution:

distribute :  /pub/www/README.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt
	(cd $(WWW)/..; WWW=WWW ABS=`pwd`/ make $(MFLAGS) \
		-f WWW/Library/Implementation/CommonMakefile \
		/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z)
	(cd ../Implementation; cvs tag \
	    `sed -e 's/VC = /v/' Version.make | sed -e 's?\.?/?'` )
	echo Distribution of Library version $(VC) up to date.

/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z : $(SOURCES)
	tar cf /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar \
	    $(SOURCES)  $(SPECIFIC) $(WC)/*/Makefile
	compress /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar


#	Hypertext supplied in text format
#	---------------------------------

$(WWW)/README.txt : $(WWW)/../README.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/README.html \
		> $(WWW)/README.txt
/pub/www/README.txt : $(WWW)/README.txt
	cp $(WWW)/README.txt /pub/www/README.txt

$(WWW)/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/../Copyright.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/Copyright.html \
		> $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
/pub/www/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
	cp $(WWW)/Copyright.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt

# 			Common code
#			-----------

#	Directory for object files - .created checks it exists

OE = $(LOB)/.created
$(OE) :
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP) ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP); else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library; else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH) ] ; \
		then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH); else echo OK ; fi
	touch $@

$(LOB)/HTList.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTList.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTList.c

$(LOB)/HTAnchor.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c

$(LOB)/HTFormat.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFormat.c

$(LOB)/HTInit.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTInit.c

$(LOB)/HTMIME.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMIME.c

$(LOB)/HTHistory.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTHistory.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTHistory.c

$(LOB)/HTNews.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTNews.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h\
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTNews.c

$(LOB)/HTGopher.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h \
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTGopher.c

$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTTelnet.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c

$(LOB)/HTStyle.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTStyle.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTStyle.c

$(LOB)/HTAtom.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAtom.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAtom.c

$(LOB)/HTChunk.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTChunk.c

$(LOB)/HTString.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTString.c

$(LOB)/HTAlert.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTAlert.c

$(LOB)/HTRules.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTRules.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTRules.c

$(LOB)/SGML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)SGML.c

$(LOB)/HTML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTML.c

$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c

$(LOB)/HTTeXGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTeXGen.c

$(LOB)/HTMLPDTD.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c $(CMN)SGML.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.c

$(LOB)/HTPlain.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTPlain.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTPlain.c

$(LOB)/HTTee.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTee.c $(CMN)HTTee.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTee.c

$(LOB)/HTWAIS.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(WAISINC) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c

$(LOB)/HTWSRC.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

$(LOB)/HTWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWriter.c $(CMN)HTWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWriter.c

$(LOB)/HTFWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTFWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c


#	Access Authorization

$(LOB)/HTAAUtil.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAAUtil.c $(CMN)HTAAUtil.h \
	 $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAAUtil.c

$(LOB)/HTAABrow.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAABrow.c $(CMN)HTAABrow.h \
	 $(CMN)HTAAUtil.h $(CMN)HTUU.h \
	 $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h \
	 $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTList.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h \
	 $(CMN)HTAssoc.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAABrow.c

$(LOB)/HTAssoc.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAssoc.c $(CMN)HTAssoc.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAssoc.c

$(LOB)/HTUU.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTUU.c $(CMN)HTUU.h $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTUU.c


#	Communications & Files

$(LOB)/HTTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTAABrow.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTP.c

$(LOB)/HTTCP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTCP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTCP.c

$(LOB)/HTFile.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFile.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h \
	 $(CMN)HTMLPDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFile.c

$(LOB)/HTMulti.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMulti.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h \
	 $(CMN)HTFile.h $(CMN)HTMulti.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMulti.c

$(LOB)/HTBTree.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTBTree.c

$(LOB)/HTFTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFTP.c

$(LOB)/HTAccess.o : $(OE)  $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAccess.c

$(LOB)/HTParse.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTParse.c

Version.make

CFLAGS2 = $(CFLAGS) $(WAISCFLAGS) -I$(CMN) -DACCESS_AUTH

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
	$(LOB)/HTFile.o	$(LOB)/HTBTree.o $WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.c1006640070060000000000005731705544654240014634 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAABrow.c
**		BROWSER SIDE ACCESS AUTHORIZATION MODULE
**
**	Containts the code for keeping track on server hostnames,
**	port numbers, scheme names, usernames, passwords
**	(and servers' public keys).
**
** IMPORTANT:
**	Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free
**	automatically all the memory reserved by them.
**
**	Therefore the caller never has to (and never should)
**	free() any object returned by these functions.
**
**	Therefore also all the strings returned by this package
**	are only valid until the next call to the same function
**	is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature
**	of access authorization: no string returned by the package
**	needs to be valid longer than until the next call.
**
**	This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in:
**	you don't have to ponder whether to free() something
**	here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always
**	done somewhere else).
**
**	The strings that the package needs to store are copied
**	so the original strings given as parameters to AA
**	functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
**
**	The AA package does not free() anything else than what
**	it has itself allocated.
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	Oct 17	AL	Made corrections suggested by marca:
**			Added  if (!realm->username) return NULL;
**			Changed some ""s to NULLs.
**			Now doing calloc() to init uuencode source;
**			otherwise HTUU_encode() reads uninitialized memory
**			every now and then (not a real bug but not pretty).
**			Corrected the formula for uuencode destination size.
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 		/* strchr() */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTString.h"
#include "HTParse.h"		/* URL parsing function		*/
#include "HTList.h"		/* HTList object		*/
#include "HTAlert.h"		/* HTConfirm(), HTPrompt()	*/
#include "HTAAUtil.h"		/* AA common to both sides	*/
#include "HTAssoc.h"		/* Assoc list			*/
#include "HTAABrow.h"		/* Implemented here		*/
#include "HTUU.h"		/* Uuencoding and uudecoding	*/
#include "HTAccess.h"		/* HTRequest structure		*/


/*
** Module-wide global variables
*/

PRIVATE HTList *server_table	= NULL;	/* Browser's info about servers	     */


/**************************** HTAAServer ***********************************/


/* PRIVATE						HTAAServer_new()
**		ALLOCATE A NEW NODE TO HOLD SERVER INFO
**		AND ADD IT TO THE LIST OF SERVERS
** ON ENTRY:
**	hostname	is the name of the host that the server
**			is running in.
**	portnumber	is the portnumber which the server listens.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the newly-allocated node with all the strings
**			duplicated.
**			Strings will be automatically freed by
**			the function HTAAServer_delete(), which also
**			frees the node itself.
*/
PRIVATE HTAAServer *HTAAServer_new ARGS2(CONST char*,	hostname,
					 int,		portnumber)
{
    HTAAServer *server;

    if (!(server = (HTAAServer *)malloc(sizeof(HTAAServer))))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAAServer_new");

    server->hostname	= NULL;
    server->portnumber	= (portnumber > 0 ? portnumber : 80);
    server->setups	= HTList_new();
    server->realms	= HTList_new();

    if (hostname) StrAllocCopy(server->hostname, hostname);

    if (!server_table) server_table = HTList_new();
    
    HTList_addObject(server_table, (void*)server);

    return server;
}


/* PRIVATE						HTAAServer_delete()
**
**	DELETE THE ENTRY FOR THE SERVER FROM THE HOST TABLE,
**	AND FREE THE MEMORY USED BY IT.
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	killme		points to the HTAAServer to be freed.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
#ifdef NOT_NEEDED_IT_SEEMS
PRIVATE void HTAASetup_delete();	/* Forward */
PRIVATE void HTAAServer_delete ARGS1(HTAAServer *, killme)
{
    if (killme) {
	HTList *cur1 = killme->setups;
	HTList *cur2 = killme->realms;
	HTAASetup *setup;
	HTAARealm *realm;

	while (NULL != (setup = (HTAASetup*)HTList_nextObject(cur1)))
	    HTAASetup_delete(setup);
	HTList_delete(killme->setups);

	while (NULL != (realm = (HTAARealm*)HTList_nextObject(cur2)))
	    ;	/* This sould free() the realm */
	HTList_delete(killme->realms);

	FREE(killme->hostname);

	HTList_removeObject(server_table, (void*)killme);

	free(killme);
    }
}
#endif /*NOT_NEEDED_IT_SEEMS*/


/* PRIVATE						HTAAServer_lookup()
**		LOOK UP SERVER BY HOSTNAME AND PORTNUMBER
** ON ENTRY:
**	hostname	obvious.
**	portnumber	if non-positive defaults to 80.
**
**	Looks up the server in the module-global server_table.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		pointer to a HTAAServer structure
**			representing the looked-up server.
**			NULL, if not found.
*/
PRIVATE HTAAServer *HTAAServer_lookup ARGS2(CONST char *, hostname,
					    int,	  portnumber)
{
    if (hostname) {
	HTList *cur = server_table;
	HTAAServer *server;

	if (portnumber <= 0) portnumber = 80;

	while (NULL != (server = (HTAAServer*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (server->portnumber == portnumber  &&
		0==strcmp(server->hostname, hostname))
		return server;
	}
    }
    return NULL;	/* NULL parameter, or not found */
}




/*************************** HTAASetup *******************************/    


/* PRIVATE						HTAASetup_lookup()
**	FIGURE OUT WHICH AUTHENTICATION SETUP THE SERVER
**	IS USING FOR A GIVEN FILE ON A GIVEN HOST AND PORT
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	hostname	is the name of the server host machine.
**	portnumber	is the port that the server is running in.
**	docname		is the (URL-)pathname of the document we
**			are trying to access.
**
** 	This function goes through the information known about
**	all the setups of the server, and finds out if the given
**	filename resides in one of the protected directories.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		NULL if no match.
**			Otherwise, a HTAASetup structure representing
**			the protected server setup on the corresponding
**			document tree.
**			
*/
PRIVATE HTAASetup *HTAASetup_lookup ARGS3(CONST char *, hostname,
					  int,		portnumber,
					  CONST char *, docname)
{
    HTAAServer *server;
    HTAASetup *setup;

    if (portnumber <= 0) portnumber = 80;

    if (hostname && docname && *hostname && *docname &&
	NULL != (server = HTAAServer_lookup(hostname, portnumber))) {

	HTList *cur = server->setups;

	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s (%s:%d:%s)\n",
			   "HTAASetup_lookup: resolving setup for",
			   hostname, portnumber, docname);

	while (NULL != (setup = (HTAASetup*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (HTAA_templateMatch(setup->template, docname)) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' %s `%s'\n",
				   "HTAASetup_lookup:", docname,
				   "matched template", setup->template);
		return setup;
	    }
	    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' %s `%s'\n",
				    "HTAASetup_lookup:", docname,
				    "did NOT match template", setup->template);
	} /* while setups remain */
    } /* if valid parameters and server found */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' %s\n",
		       "HTAASetup_lookup: No template matched",
		       (docname ? docname : "(null)"),
		       "(so probably not protected)");

    return NULL;	/* NULL in parameters, or not found */
}




/* PRIVATE						HTAASetup_new()
**			CREATE A NEW SETUP NODE
** ON ENTRY:
**	server		is a pointer to a HTAAServer structure
**			to which this setup belongs.
**	template	documents matching this template
**			are protected according to this setup.
**	valid_schemes	a list containing all valid authentication
**			schemes for this setup.
**			If NULL, all schemes are disallowed.
**	scheme_specifics is an array of assoc lists, which
**			contain scheme specific parameters given
**			by server in Authenticate: fields.
**			If NULL, all scheme specifics are
**			set to NULL.
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		a new HTAASetup node, and also adds it as
**			part of the HTAAServer given as parameter.
*/
PRIVATE HTAASetup *HTAASetup_new ARGS4(HTAAServer *,	server,
				       char *,		template,
				       HTList *,	valid_schemes,
				       HTAssocList **,	scheme_specifics)
{
    HTAASetup *setup;

    if (!server || !template || !*template) return NULL;

    if (!(setup = (HTAASetup*)malloc(sizeof(HTAASetup))))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAASetup_new");

    setup->reprompt = NO;
    setup->server = server;
    setup->template = NULL;
    if (template) StrAllocCopy(setup->template, template);
    setup->valid_schemes = valid_schemes;
    setup->scheme_specifics = scheme_specifics;

    HTList_addObject(server->setups, (void*)setup);

    return setup;
}



/* PRIVATE						HTAASetup_delete()
**			FREE A HTAASetup STRUCTURE
** ON ENTRY:
**	killme		is a pointer to the structure to free().
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
#ifdef NOT_NEEDED_IT_SEEMS
PRIVATE void HTAASetup_delete ARGS1(HTAASetup *, killme)
{
    int scheme;

    if (killme) {
	if (killme->template) free(killme->template);
	if (killme->valid_schemes)
	    HTList_delete(killme->valid_schemes);
	for (scheme=0; scheme < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; scheme++)
	    if (killme->scheme_specifics[scheme])
		HTAssocList_delete(killme->scheme_specifics[scheme]);
	free(killme);
    }
}
#endif /*NOT_NEEDED_IT_SEEMS*/



/* PRIVATE					HTAASetup_updateSpecifics()
*		COPY SCHEME SPECIFIC PARAMETERS
**		TO HTAASetup STRUCTURE
** ON ENTRY:
**	setup		destination setup structure.
**	specifics	string array containing scheme
**			specific parameters for each scheme.
**			If NULL, all the scheme specific
**			parameters are set to NULL.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
PRIVATE void HTAASetup_updateSpecifics ARGS2(HTAASetup *,	setup,
					     HTAssocList **,	specifics)
{
    int scheme;

    if (setup) {
	if (setup->scheme_specifics) {
	    for (scheme=0; scheme < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; scheme++) {
		if (setup->scheme_specifics[scheme])
		    HTAssocList_delete(setup->scheme_specifics[scheme]);
	    }
	    free(setup->scheme_specifics);
	}
	setup->scheme_specifics = specifics;
    }
}




/*************************** HTAARealm **********************************/

/* PRIVATE 						HTAARealm_lookup()
**		LOOKUP HTAARealm STRUCTURE BY REALM NAME
** ON ENTRY:
**	realm_table	a list of realm objects.
**	realmname	is the name of realm to look for.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the realm.  NULL, if not found.
*/
PRIVATE HTAARealm *HTAARealm_lookup ARGS2(HTList *,	realm_table,
					  CONST char *, realmname)
{
    if (realm_table && realmname) {
	HTList *cur = realm_table;
	HTAARealm *realm;
	
	while (NULL != (realm = (HTAARealm*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (0==strcmp(realm->realmname, realmname))
		return realm;
	}
    }
    return NULL;	/* No table, NULL param, or not found */
}



/* PRIVATE						HTAARealm_new()
**		CREATE A NODE CONTAINING USERNAME AND
**		PASSWORD USED FOR THE GIVEN REALM.
**		IF REALM ALREADY EXISTS, CHANGE
**		USERNAME/PASSWORD.
** ON ENTRY:
**	realm_table	a list of realms to where to add
**			the new one, too.
**	realmname	is the name of the password domain.
**	username	and
**	password	are what you can expect them to be.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the created realm.
*/
PRIVATE HTAARealm *HTAARealm_new ARGS4(HTList *,	realm_table,
				       CONST char *,	realmname,
				       CONST char *,	username,
				       CONST char *,	password)
{
    HTAARealm *realm;

    realm = HTAARealm_lookup(realm_table, realmname);

    if (!realm) {
	if (!(realm = (HTAARealm*)malloc(sizeof(HTAARealm))))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAARealm_new");
	realm->realmname = NULL;
	realm->username = NULL;
	realm->password = NULL;
	StrAllocCopy(realm->realmname, realmname);
	if (realm_table) HTList_addObject(realm_table, (void*)realm);
    }
    if (username) StrAllocCopy(realm->username, username);
    if (password) StrAllocCopy(realm->password, password);

    return realm;
}




/***************** Basic and Pubkey Authentication ************************/

/* PRIVATE						compose_Basic_auth()
**
**		COMPOSE Basic SCHEME AUTHENTICATION STRING
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	req		request, where
**	req->scheme	== HTAA_BASIC
**	req->realm	contains username and password.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		a newly composed authorization string,
**			NULL, if something fails.
** NOTE:
**	Like throughout the entire AA package, no string or structure
**	returned by AA package needs to (or should) be freed.
**
*/
PRIVATE char *compose_Basic_auth ARGS1(HTRequest *, req)
{
    static char *result = NULL;	/* Uuencoded presentation, the result */
    char *cleartext = NULL;	/* Cleartext presentation */
    int len;

    FREE(result);	/* From previous call */

    if (!req || req->scheme != HTAA_BASIC || !req->setup ||
	!req->setup->server)
	return NULL;

    if (!req->realm) {
	char *realmname;

	if (!req->setup || !req->setup->scheme_specifics ||
	    !(realmname =
	      HTAssocList_lookup(req->setup->scheme_specifics[HTAA_BASIC],
				 "realm")))
	    return NULL;

	req->realm = HTAARealm_lookup(req->setup->server->realms, realmname);
	if (!req->realm) {
	    req->realm = HTAARealm_new(req->setup->server->realms,
				       realmname, NULL, NULL);
	    return NULL;
	}
    }

    len = strlen(req->realm->username ? req->realm->username : "") +
	  strlen(req->realm->password ? req->realm->password : "") + 3;

    if (!(cleartext  = (char*)calloc(len, 1)))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "compose_Basic_auth");

    if (req->realm->username) strcpy(cleartext, req->realm->username);
    else *cleartext = (char)0;

    strcat(cleartext, ":");

    if (req->realm->password) strcat(cleartext, req->realm->password);

    if (!(result = (char*)malloc(4 * ((len+2)/3) + 1)))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "compose_Basic_auth");
    HTUU_encode((unsigned char *)cleartext, strlen(cleartext), result);
    free(cleartext);

    return result;
}



/* BROWSER PRIVATE					HTAA_selectScheme()
**		SELECT THE AUTHENTICATION SCHEME TO USE
** ON ENTRY:
**	setup	is the server setup structure which can
**		be used to make the decision about the
**		used scheme.
**
**	When new authentication methods are added to library
**	this function makes the decision about which one to
**	use at a given time.  This can be done by inspecting
**	environment variables etc.
**
**	Currently only searches for the first valid scheme,
**	and if nothing found suggests Basic scheme;
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the authentication scheme to use.
*/
PRIVATE HTAAScheme HTAA_selectScheme ARGS1(HTAASetup *, setup)
{
    HTAAScheme scheme;

    if (setup && setup->valid_schemes) {
	for (scheme=HTAA_BASIC; scheme < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; scheme++)
	    if (-1 < HTList_indexOf(setup->valid_schemes, (void*)scheme))
		return scheme;
    }
    return HTAA_NONE;
}




/* BROWSER PUBLIC					HTAA_composeAuth()
**
**	COMPOSE Authorization: HEADER LINE CONTENTS
**	IF WE ALREADY KNOW THAT THE HOST REQUIRES AUTHENTICATION
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	req		request, which contains
**	req->setup	protection setup info on browser.
**	req->scheme	selected authentication scheme.
**	req->realm	for Basic scheme the username and password.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	NO, if no authorization seems to be needed, and
**		req->authorization is NULL.
**		YES, if it has composed Authorization field,
**		in which case the result is in req->authorization,
**		e.g.
**
**		   "Basic AkRDIhEF8sdEgs72F73bfaS=="
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_composeAuth ARGS1(HTRequest *, req)
{
    char *auth_string = NULL;
    static char *docname;
    static char *hostname;
    int portnumber;
    char *colon;
    char *gate = NULL;	/* Obsolite? */
    char *arg = NULL;

    FREE(hostname);	/* From previous call */
    FREE(docname);	/*	- " -	      */

    if (!req  ||  !req->anchor)
	return NO;

#ifdef OLD_CODE
    if (req->authorization) {
	CTRACE(stderr,
"HTAA_composeAuth: forwarding auth.info from client\nAuthorization: %s\n",
	       req->authorization);
	return YES;
    }
#endif

    arg = HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor);
    docname = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH);
    hostname = HTParse((gate ? gate : arg), "", PARSE_HOST);
    if (hostname &&
	NULL != (colon = strchr(hostname, ':'))) {
	*(colon++) = '\0';	/* Chop off port number */
	portnumber = atoi(colon);
    }
    else portnumber = 80;
	
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		       "Composing Authorization for %s:%d/%s\n",
		       hostname, portnumber, docname);

#ifdef OLD_CODE
    if (current_portnumber != portnumber ||
	!current_hostname || !current_docname ||
	!hostname         || !docname         ||
	0 != strcmp(current_hostname, hostname) ||
	0 != strcmp(current_docname, docname)) {

	retry = NO;

	current_portnumber = portnumber;
	
	if (hostname) StrAllocCopy(current_hostname, hostname);
	else FREE(current_hostname);

	if (docname) StrAllocCopy(current_docname, docname);
	else FREE(current_docname);
    }
    else retry = YES;
#endif /*OLD_CODE*/

    if (!req->setup)
	req->setup = HTAASetup_lookup(hostname, portnumber, docname);
    if (!req->setup)
	return NO;

    if (req->scheme == HTAA_NONE)
	req->scheme = HTAA_selectScheme(req->setup);

    switch (req->scheme) {
      case HTAA_BASIC:
	auth_string = compose_Basic_auth(req);
	break;
      case HTAA_PUBKEY:
      case HTAA_KERBEROS_V4:
	/* OTHER AUTHENTICATION ROUTINES ARE CALLED HERE */
      default:
	{
	    char msg[100];
	    sprintf(msg, "%s %s `%s'",
		    "This client doesn't know how to compose authentication",
		    "information for scheme", HTAAScheme_name(req->scheme));
	    HTAlert(msg);
	    auth_string = NULL;
	}
    } /* switch scheme */

    req->setup->reprompt = NO;

    /* Added by marca. */
    if (!auth_string)
	return NO;
    
    FREE(req->authorization);	 /* Free from previous call, Henrik 14/03-94 */
    if (!(req->authorization =
	  (char*)malloc(sizeof(char) * (strlen(auth_string)+40))))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_composeAuth");

    strcpy(req->authorization, HTAAScheme_name(req->scheme));
    strcat(req->authorization, " ");
    strcat(req->authorization, auth_string);

    return YES;
}


/* BROWSER OVERLOADED					HTPasswordDialog()
**
**		PROMPT USERNAME AND PASSWORD, AND MAKE A
**		CALLBACK TO FUNCTION HTLoadHTTP().
**
**	This function must be redifined by GUI clients, which
**	call HTLoadHTTP(req) when user presses "Ok".
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	req		request.
**	req->dialog_msg	prompting message.
**	req->setup	information about protections of this request.
**	req->realm	structure describing one password realm.
**			This function should only be called when
**			server has replied with a 401 (Unauthorized)
**			status code, and req structure has been filled
**			up according to server reply, especially the
**			req->valid_shemes list must have been set up
**			according to WWW-Authenticate: headers.
**	req->retry_callback
**			function to call when username and password
**			have been entered.
** ON EXIT:
**
**	returns	nothing.
**		Calls (*req->retry_callback)(req).
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTPasswordDialog ARGS1(HTRequest *,	req)
{
    if (!req || !req->setup || !req->realm || !req->dialog_msg ||
	!req->retry_callback) {
	HTAlert("HTPasswordDialog() called with an illegal parameter");
	return;
    }
    if (req->setup->reprompt &&
	NO == HTConfirm("Authorization failed.  Retry?")) {
	return;
    } /* HTConfirm(...) == NO */
    else { /* re-ask username+password (if misspelled) */
	char *username = req->realm->username;
	char *password = NULL;

	HTPromptUsernameAndPassword(req->dialog_msg, &username, &password);

	if (req->realm->username) free(req->realm->username);
	if (req->realm->password) free(req->realm->password);
	req->realm->username = username;
	req->realm->password = password;

	if (!req->realm->username)
	    return;		/* Suggested by marca; thanks! */
	else
	    (*req->retry_callback)(req);	/* Callback */
    }
}



/* BROWSER PUBLIC					HTAA_retryWithAuth()
**
**		RETRY THE SERVER WITH AUTHORIZATION (OR IF
**		ALREADY RETRIED, WITH A DIFFERENT USERNAME
**		AND/OR PASSWORD (IF MISSPELLED)) OR CANCEL
** ON ENTRY:
**	req		request.
**	req->valid_schemes
**			This function should only be called when
**			server has replied with a 401 (Unauthorized)
**			status code, and req structure has been filled
**			up according to server reply, especially the
**			req->valid_shemes list must have been set up
**			according to WWW-Authenticate: headers.
** ON EXIT:
**	On GUI clients pops up a username/password dialog box
**	with "Ok" and "Cancel".
**	"Ok" button press should do a callback
**
**		HTLoadHTTP(req);
**
**	This actually done by function HTPasswordDialog(),
**	which GUI clients redefine.
**
**	returns		YES, if dialog box was popped up.
**			NO, on failure.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_retryWithAuth ARGS2(HTRequest *,	  req,
				     HTRetryCallbackType, callback)
{
    int len;
    char *realmname;
    char *arg = NULL;

    if (!req || !req->anchor ||
	!req->valid_schemes || HTList_count(req->valid_schemes) == 0) {
	req->setup = NULL;
	return NO;
    }

    arg = HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor);

    if (req->setup && req->setup->server) {
	/* So we have already tried with authorization.	*/
	/* Either we don't have access or username or	*/
	/* password was misspelled.			*/
	    
	/* Update scheme-specific parameters	*/
	/* (in case they have expired by chance).	*/
	HTAASetup_updateSpecifics(req->setup, req->scheme_specifics);
	req->scheme = HTAA_selectScheme(req->setup);
	req->setup->reprompt = YES;
    }
    else { /* current_setup == NULL, i.e. we have a	 */
	   /* first connection to a protected server or  */
	   /* the server serves a wider set of documents */
	   /* than we expected so far.                   */

	static char *hostname;
	static char *docname;
	int portnumber;
	char *colon;
	HTAAServer *server;

	FREE(hostname);	/* From previous call */
	FREE(docname);	/*	- " -	      */

	docname = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH);
	hostname = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	if (hostname &&
	    NULL != (colon = strchr(hostname, ':'))) {
	    *(colon++) = '\0';	/* Chop off port number */
	    portnumber = atoi(colon);
	}
	else portnumber = 80;
	
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_retryWithAuth: first retry of %s:%d/%s\n",
			   hostname, portnumber, docname);

	if (!(server = HTAAServer_lookup(hostname, portnumber))) {
	    server = HTAAServer_new(hostname, portnumber);
	}
	else {
	    HTAlert("Access without authorization denied -- retrying");
	}

	if (!req->prot_template)
	    req->prot_template = HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate(docname);
	req->setup = HTAASetup_new(server, 
				   req->prot_template,
				   req->valid_schemes,
				   req->scheme_specifics);
	req->setup->reprompt = NO;
	req->scheme = HTAA_selectScheme(req->setup);

    } /* else current_setup == NULL */

    realmname = HTAssocList_lookup(req->setup->scheme_specifics[req->scheme],
				   "realm");
    if (!realmname)
	return NO;

    req->realm = HTAARealm_lookup(req->setup->server->realms, realmname);
    if (!req->realm)
	req->realm = HTAARealm_new(req->setup->server->realms,
				   realmname, NULL, NULL);

    len = strlen(realmname) + 100;
    if (req->setup->server->hostname)
	len += strlen(req->setup->server->hostname);

    FREE(req->dialog_msg);	 /* Free from previous call, Henrik 14/03-94 */
    if (!(req->dialog_msg = (char*)malloc(len)))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_retryWithAuth");
    if (!req->realm->username)
	sprintf(req->dialog_msg, "%s %s at %s",
		"Document is protected. Enter username for",
		req->realm->realmname,
		req->setup->server->hostname
		? req->setup->server->hostname : "??");
    else sprintf(req->dialog_msg, "%s %s at %s",
		 "Authorization failed. Enter username for",
		 req->realm->realmname,
		 req->setup->server->hostname
		 ? req->setup->server->hostname : "??");

    req->retry_callback = callback;	/* Set callback function */
    HTPasswordDialog(req);
    return YES;
}


/* PUPLIC						HTAA_cleanup()
**
**	Free the memory used by the entries concerning Access Authorization
**	in the request structure and put all pointers to NULL
**	Henrik 14/03-94.
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	req		the request structure
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAACleanup ARGS1(HTRequest *, req)
{
    if (req) {
	FREE(req->authorization);
	FREE(req->prot_template);
	FREE(req->dialog_msg);
	if (req->valid_schemes) {
	    HTList_delete(req->valid_schemes);
	    req->valid_schemes = NULL;
	}
	if (req->scheme_specifics) {
	    int cnt;
	    for (cnt=0; cntscheme_specifics[cnt])
		    HTAssocList_delete(req->scheme_specifics[cnt]);
	    }
	    FREE(req->scheme_specifics);
	}
    }
    return;
}



 scheme,
**	and if nothing found suggests Basic scheme;
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the authentication scheme to use.
*/
PRIVATE HTAAScheme HTAA_selectScheme ARGS1(HTAASetup *, setup)
{
    HTAAScheme scheme;

    if (setup && setup->valid_schemes) {
	for (scheme=HTAA_BASIC; scheme < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; scheWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAABrow.h1006640070060000000000001630005544654413014626 037777777777 1 0 /*                          BROWSER SIDE ACCESS AUTHORIZATION MODULE
                                             
   This module is the browser side interface to Access Authorization (AA) package.  It
   contains code only for browser.
   
   Important to know about memory allocation:
   
   Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free automatically all the memory
   reserved by them.
   
   Therefore the caller never has to (and never should) free() any object returned by
   these functions.
   
   Therefore also all the strings returned by this package are only valid until the next
   call to the same function is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature of
   access authorization: no string returned by the package needs to be valid longer than
   until the next call.
   
   This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in: you don't have to ponder whether to
   free()something here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always done somewhere
   else).
   
   The strings that the package needs to store are copied so the original strings given as
   parameters to AA functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
   
   Also note:The AA package does not free() anything else than what it has itself
   allocated.
   
 */

#ifndef HTAABROW_H
#define HTAABROW_H

#include "HTUtils.h"            /* BOOL, PARAMS, ARGS */
#include "HTAAUtil.h"           /* Common parts of AA */
#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTAssoc.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAcoAu        HTAA_composeAuth
#define HTAAsRWA        HTAA_shouldRetryWithAuth
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/


/*
** Local datatype definitions
**
** HTAAServer contains all the information about one server.
*/
typedef struct {

    char *      hostname;       /* Host's name                  */
    int         portnumber;     /* Port number                  */
    HTList *    setups;         /* List of protection setups    */
                                /* on this server; i.e. valid   */
                                /* authentication schemes and   */
                                /* templates when to use them.  */
                                /* This is actually a list of   */
                                /* HTAASetup objects.           */
    HTList *    realms;         /* Information about passwords  */
} HTAAServer;


/*
** HTAASetup contains information about one server's one
** protected tree of documents.
*/
typedef struct {
    HTAAServer *server;         /* Which server serves this tree             */
    char *      template;       /* Template for this tree                    */
    HTList *    valid_schemes;  /* Valid authentic.schemes                   */
    HTAssocList**scheme_specifics;/* Scheme specific params                  */
    BOOL        reprompt;       /* Failed last time -- reprompt (or whatever)*/
} HTAASetup;


/*
** Information about usernames and passwords in
** Basic and Pubkey authentication schemes;
*/
typedef struct {
    char *      realmname;      /* Password domain name         */
    char *      username;       /* Username in that domain      */
    char *      password;       /* Corresponding password       */
} HTAARealm;


#include "HTAccess.h"           /* HTRequest */

/*

Routines for Browser Side Recording of AA Info

   Most of the browser-side AA is done by the following two functions (which are called
   from file HTTP.c so the browsers using libwww only need to be linked with the new
   library and not be changed at all):
   
      HTAA_composeAuth() composes the Authorization: line contents, if the AA package
      thinks that the given document is protected. Otherwise this function returns NULL.
      This function also calls the functions HTPrompt(),HTPromptPassword() and HTConfirm()
      to get the username, password and some confirmation from the user.
      
      HTAA_shouldRetryWithAuth() determines whether to retry the request with AA or with a
      new AA (in case username or password was misspelled).
      
 */

/* BROWSER PUBLIC                                       HTAA_composeAuth()
**
**      COMPOSE Authorization: HEADER LINE CONTENTS
**      IF WE ALREADY KNOW THAT THE HOST REQUIRES AUTHENTICATION
**
** ON ENTRY:
**      req             request, which contains
**      req->argument   document, that we're trying to access.
**      req->setup      protection setup info on browser.
**      req->scheme     selected authentication scheme.
**      req->realm      for Basic scheme the username and password.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns NO, if no authorization seems to be needed, and
**              req->authorization is NULL.
**              YES, if it has composed Authorization field,
**              in which case the result is in req->authorization,
**              e.g.
**
**                 "Basic AkRDIhEF8sdEgs72F73bfaS=="
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_composeAuth PARAMS((HTRequest * req));


/* BROWSER PUBLIC                                       HTAA_retryWithAuth()
**
**              RETRY THE SERVER WITH AUTHORIZATION (OR IF
**              ALREADY RETRIED, WITH A DIFFERENT USERNAME
**              AND/OR PASSWORD (IF MISSPELLED)) OR CANCEL
** ON ENTRY:
**      req             request.
**      req->valid_schemes
**                      This function should only be called when
**                      server has replied with a 401 (Unauthorized)
**                      status code, and req structure has been filled
**                      up according to server reply, especially the
**                      req->valid_shemes list must have been set up
**                      according to WWW-Authenticate: headers.
**      callback        the function to call when username and
**                      password have been entered (HTLoadHTTP()).
** ON EXIT:
**      On GUI clients pops up a username/password dialog box
**      with "Ok" and "Cancel".
**      "Ok" button press should do a callback
**
**              HTLoadHTTP(req);
**
**      This actually done by function HTPasswordDialog(),
**      which GUI clients redefine.
**
**      returns         YES, if dialog box was popped up.
**                      NO, on failure.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_retryWithAuth PARAMS((HTRequest *              req,
                                       HTRetryCallbackType      callback));


/* PUPLIC                                               HTAA_cleanup()
**
**      Free the memory used by the entries concerning Access Authorization
**      in the request structure and put all pointers to NULL
**      Henrik 14/03-94.
**
** ON ENTRY:
**      req             the request structure
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         nothing.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAACleanup PARAMS((HTRequest *req));
/*

Enabling Gateway httpds to Forward Authorization

   These functions should only be called from daemon code, and HTAAForwardAuth_reset()
   must be called before the next request is handled to make sure that authorization
   string isn't cached in daemon so that other people can access private files using
   somebody elses previous authorization information.
   
 */

PUBLIC void HTAAForwardAuth_set PARAMS((CONST char * scheme_name,
                                        CONST char * scheme_specifics));
PUBLIC void HTAAForwardAuth_reset NOPARAMS;
/*

 */

#endif  /* NOT HTAABROW_H */
/*

   End of file HTAABrow.h.  */
mplate,
				   req->valid_schemes,
				   req->scheme_specifics);
	req->setup->reprompt = NO;
	req->scheme = HTAA_selectScheme(req->setup);

    } /* else current_setup == NULL */

    realmname = HTAssocList_lookup(req->setup->scheme_specifics[req->scheme],
				   "realm");
    if (!realmname)
	return NO;

    req->reWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAFile.c1006640070060000000000001261405475034127014570 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAAFile.c
**		FILE ROUTINES FOR AUTHENTICATION
**		(PASSWD AND GROUP FILES) AND
**		ACCESS CONTROL LIST (.www_acl)
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/


#include 		/* FILE */
#include 
#include "tcp.h"		/* Macro FROMASCII() */
#include "HTAAUtil.h"		/* Common utilities used in AA */
#include "HTAAFile.h"		/* Implemented here */


#define SPACE			' '
#define TAB			'\t'



/* PUBLIC						HTAAFile_nextRec()
**		GO TO THE BEGINNING OF THE NEXT RECORD
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp	is the file from which records are read from.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	nothing. File read pointer is located at the beginning
**		of the next record. Handles continuation lines
**		(lines ending in comma indicate a following
**		continuation line).
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTAAFile_nextRec ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    int ch = getc(fp);
    int last = (char)0;

    do {
	while (ch != EOF  &&  ch != CR  &&  ch != LF) {
	    if (ch != ' '  && ch != '\t')
		last = ch;		/* Last non-whitespace */
	    ch = getc(fp);		/* Skip until end-of-line */
	}
	while (ch != EOF &&
	       (ch == CR  ||  ch == LF))/*Skip carriage returns and linefeeds*/
	    ch = getc(fp);
	if (ch != EOF)
	    ungetc(ch, fp);
    } while (last == ',' && ch != EOF);	/* Skip also continuation lines */
}


/* PRIVATE							read_item()
**		READ AN ITEM FROM A PASSWORD, GROUP
**		OR ACCESS CONTROL LIST FILE
**		i.e. either a field, or a list item.
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp		is the file to read the characters from
**	contents	is the character array to put the characters
**	reading_list	if TRUE, read a list item (ends either in
**			acomma or acolon),
**			if FALSE, read a field (ends in acolon).
**	max_len		is the maximum number of characters that may
**			be read (i.e. the size of dest minus one for
**			terminating null).
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the terminating character
**			(i.e. either separator or CR or LF or EOF).
**	contents	contains a null-terminated string representing
**			the read field.
** NOTE 1:
**			Ignores leading and trailing blanks and tabs.
** NOTE 2:
**			If the item is more than max_len characters
**			long, the rest of the characters in that item
**			are ignored.  However, contents is always
**			null-terminated!
*/
PRIVATE int read_item ARGS4(FILE *,	fp,
			    char *,	contents,
			    BOOL,	reading_list,
			    int,	max_len)
{
    char * dest = contents;
    char * end = contents;
    int cnt = 0;
    int ch = getc(fp);

    while (SPACE == ch || TAB == ch)	/* Skip spaces and tabs */
	ch = getc(fp);

    while (ch != FIELD_SEPARATOR &&
	   (!reading_list || ch != LIST_SEPARATOR) &&
	   ch != CR  &&  ch != LF  &&  ch != EOF  &&  cnt < max_len) {
	*(dest++) = ch;
	cnt++;
	if (ch != SPACE && ch != TAB)
	    end = dest;
	ch = getc(fp);
    } /* while not eol or eof or too many read */

    if (cnt == max_len)	{
	/* If the field was too long (or exactly maximum) ignore the rest */
	while (ch != FIELD_SEPARATOR &&
	       (!reading_list || ch != LIST_SEPARATOR) &&
	       ch != CR  &&  ch != LF  &&  ch != EOF)
	    ch = getc(fp);
    }

    if (ch == CR || ch == LF)
	ungetc(ch, fp);	/* Push back the record separator (NL or LF) */

    /* Terminate the string, truncating trailing whitespace off.
    ** Otherwise (if whitespace would be included), here would
    ** be *dest='\0'; and  cnt -= ... would be left out.
    */
    *end = '\0';
    cnt -= dest-end;

    return ch;		/* Return the terminating character */
}



/* PUBLIC						HTAAFile_readField()
**		READ A FIELD FROM A PASSWORD, GROUP
**		OR ACCESS CONTROL LIST FILE
**		i.e. an item terminated by colon,
**		end-of-line, or end-of-file. 
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp		is the file to read the characters from
**	contents	is the character array to put the characters
**	max_len		is the maximum number of characters that may
**			be read (i.e. the size of dest minus one for
**			terminating null).
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the terminating character
**			(i.e. either separator or CR or LF or EOF).
**	contents	contains a null-terminated string representing
**			the read field.
** NOTE 1:
**			Ignores leading and trailing blanks and tabs.
** NOTE 2:
**			If the field is more than max_len characters
**			long, the rest of the characters in that item
**			are ignored.  However, contents is always
**			null-terminated!
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readField ARGS3(FILE *, fp,
				    char *, contents,
				    int,    max_len)
{
    return read_item(fp, contents, NO, max_len);
}




/* PUBLIC						HTAAFile_readList()
**
**			READ A LIST OF STRINGS SEPARATED BY COMMAS
**			(FROM A GROUP OR ACCESS CONTROL LIST FILE)
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp		is a pointer to the input file.
**	result		is the list to which append the read items.
**	max_len		is the maximum number of characters in each
**			list entry (extra characters are ignored).
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the number of items read.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readList ARGS3(FILE *,	fp,
				   HTList *,	result,
				   int,		max_len)
{
    char *item = NULL;
    char terminator;
    int cnt = 0;

    do {
	if (!item  &&  !(item = (char*)malloc(max_len+1)))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAAFile_readList");
	terminator = read_item(fp, item, YES, max_len);
	if (strlen(item) > 0) {
	    cnt++;
	    HTList_addObject(result, (void*)item);
	    item = NULL;
	}
    } while (terminator != FIELD_SEPARATOR  &&
	     terminator != CR  &&  terminator != LF  &&
	     terminator != EOF);

    if (item) free(item);	/* This was not needed */
    return cnt;
}

ith the new
   library and not be changed at all):
   
      HTAA_composeAuth() composes the Authorization: line conWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAFile.h1006640070060000000000001036405475034132014571 037777777777 1 0 /*                       FILE ROUTINES FOR ACCESS AUTHORIZATION PACKAGE
                                             
   This module implements the routines used for accessing (and parsing) the files used in
   the access authorization:
   
      password file
      
      group file
      
      access control list (ACL) file
      
 */


#ifndef HTAAFILE_H
#define HTAAFILE_H

#include       /* FILE */
#include "HTUtils.h"            /* BOOL, PARAMS, ARGS */
#include "HTList.h"             /* HTList */

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAFnRe        HTAAFile_nextRec
#define HTAAFrFi        HTAAFile_readField
#define HTAAFrLi        HTAAFile_readList
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/


/* Used field separators */

#define FIELD_SEPARATOR ':'     /* Used to separate fields              */
#define LIST_SEPARATOR  ','     /* Used to separate items in a list     */
                                /* in group and ALC files.              */

/*

Naming conventions

  Record                 is an entire line in file.
                         
  Field                  is an entity separated by colons and/or by end-of-line.
                         
  List                   is a field in which there are items separated by commas.
                         
Record-oriented Read Routines

   Password, group and ACL are internally read in by the following functions:
   
  HTAAFile_nextRec()      skips to the beginning of the next record (must be called even
                         after the last field of a record is read to proceed to the next
                         record).
                         
  HTAAFile_readField()    reads a field (separated by colons).
                         
  HTAAFile_readList()     reads a field containing a comma-separated list of items.
                         
 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAFile_nextRec()
**                      GO TO THE BEGINNING OF THE NEXT RECORD
** ON ENTRY:
**      fp      is the file from which records are read from.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns nothing. File read pointer is located at the beginning
**              of the next record.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTAAFile_nextRec PARAMS((FILE * fp));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAFile_readField()
**              READ A FIELD FROM A PASSWORD, GROUP
**              OR ACCESS CONTROL LIST FILE
**              i.e. an item terminated by colon,
**              end-of-line, or end-of-file.
** ON ENTRY:
**      fp              is the file to read the characters from
**      contents        is the character array to put the characters
**      max_len         is the maximum number of characters that may
**                      be read (i.e. the size of dest minus one for
**                      terminating null).
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the terminating character
**                      (i.e. either separator or CR or LF or EOF).
**      contents        contains a null-terminated string representing
**                      the read field.
** NOTE 1:
**                      Ignores leading and trailing blanks and tabs.
** NOTE 2:
**                      If the field is more than max_len characters
**                      long, the rest of the characters in that item
**                      are ignored.  However, contents is always
**                      null-terminated!
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readField PARAMS((FILE * fp,
                                      char * contents,
                                      int    max_len));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAFile_readList()
**
**                      READ A LIST OF STRINGS SEPARATED BY COMMAS
**                      (FROM A GROUP OR ACCESS CONTROL LIST FILE)
** ON ENTRY:
**      fp              is a pointer to the input file.
**      result          is the list to which append the read items.
**      max_len         is the maximum number of characters in each
**                      list entry (extra characters are ignored).
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the number of items read.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readList PARAMS((FILE *     fp,
                                     HTList *   result,
                                     int        max_len));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTAAFILE_H */
/*

   End of file HTAAFile.h.  */
.h>		/* FILE */
#include 
#include "tcp.h"		/* Macro FROMASCII() */
#include "HTAAUtil.h"		/* Common utilities used in AA */
#include "HTAAFile.h"		/* Implemented here */


#define SPACE			' '
#define TAB			'\t'



/* PUBLIC						HTAAFile_nextRec()
**		GO TOWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAProt.c1006640070060000000000003733405475034130014635 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAAProt.c
**		PROTECTION FILE PARSING MODULE
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**	MD	Mark Donszelmann    duns@vxdeop.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	20 Oct 93  AL	Now finds uid/gid for nobody/nogroup by name
**			(doesn't use default 65534 right away).
**			Also understands negative uids/gids.
**	14 Nov 93  MD	Added VMS compatibility
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 
#ifndef VMS
#include 	/* Unix password file routine: getpwnam()	*/
#include 	/* Unix group file routine: getgrnam()		*/
#endif /* not VMS */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTAAFile.h"
#include "HTLex.h"	/* Lexical analysor	*/
#include "HTAssoc.h"	/* Association list	*/
#include "HTAAProt.h"	/* Implemented here	*/


/*
** Protection setup caching
*/
typedef struct {
    char *	prot_filename;
    HTAAProt *	prot;
} HTAAProtCache;

PRIVATE HTList *  prot_cache	= NULL;	/* Protection setup cache.	*/
PRIVATE HTAAProt *default_prot	= NULL;	/* Default protection.		*/
PRIVATE HTAAProt *current_prot	= NULL;	/* Current protection mode	*/
                                        /* which is set up by callbacks	*/
                                        /* from the rule system when	*/
                                        /* a "protect" rule is matched.	*/



/* PRIVATE							isNumber()
**		DOES A CHARACTER STRING REPRESENT A NUMBER
*/
PRIVATE BOOL isNumber ARGS1(CONST char *, s)
{
    CONST char *cur = s;

    if (!s || !*s) return NO;

    if (*cur == '-')
	cur++;		/* Allow initial minus sign in a number */

    while (*cur) {
	if (*cur < '0' || *cur > '9')
	    return NO;
	cur++;
    }
    return YES;
}


#ifdef VMS

/* PUBLIC							HTAA_getUidName()
**		GET THE USER ID NAME (VMS ONLY)
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the user name 
**		Default is "" (nobody).
*/
PUBLIC char * HTAA_getUidName NOARGS
{
    if (current_prot && current_prot->uid_name 
                  && (0 != strcmp(current_prot->uid_name,"nobody")) )
       return(current_prot->uid_name);
    else
       return("");
}

/* PUBLIC							HTAA_getFileName
**		GET THE FILENAME (VMS ONLY)
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the filename
*/
PUBLIC char * HTAA_getFileName NOARGS
{
    if (current_prot && current_prot->filename)
       return(current_prot->filename);
    else
       return("");
}

#else /* not VMS */

/* PUBLIC							HTAA_getUid()
**		GET THE USER ID TO CHANGE THE PROCESS UID TO
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the uid number to give to setuid() system call.
**		Default is 65534 (nobody).
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_getUid NOARGS
{
    struct passwd *pw = NULL;

    if (current_prot  &&  current_prot->uid_name) {
	if (isNumber(current_prot->uid_name)) {
	    if (NULL != (pw = getpwuid(atoi(current_prot->uid_name)))) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
				   "%s(%s) returned (%s:%s:%d:%d:...)\n",
				   "HTAA_getUid: getpwuid",
				   current_prot->uid_name,
				   pw->pw_name, pw->pw_passwd,
				   pw->pw_uid, pw->pw_gid);
		return pw->pw_uid;	
	    }
	}
	else {	/* User name (not a number) */
	    if (NULL != (pw = getpwnam(current_prot->uid_name))) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s(\"%s\") %s (%s:%s:%d:%d:...)\n",
				   "HTAA_getUid: getpwnam",
				   current_prot->uid_name, "returned",
				   pw->pw_name, pw->pw_passwd,
				   pw->pw_uid, pw->pw_gid);
		return pw->pw_uid;
	    }
	}
    }
    /*
    ** Ok, then let's get uid for nobody.
    */
    if (NULL != (pw = getpwnam("nobody"))) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_getUid: Uid for `nobody' is %d\n",
			   pw->pw_uid);
	return pw->pw_uid;
    }
    /*
    ** Ok, then use default.
    */
    return 65534;	/* nobody */
}



/* PUBLIC							HTAA_getGid()
**		GET THE GROUP ID TO CHANGE THE PROCESS GID TO
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the uid number to give to setgid() system call.
**		Default is 65534 (nogroup).
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_getGid NOARGS
{    
    struct group *gr = NULL;
    
    if (current_prot  &&  current_prot->gid_name) {
	if (isNumber(current_prot->gid_name)) {
	    if (NULL != (gr = getgrgid(atoi(current_prot->gid_name)))) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
				   "%s(%s) returned (%s:%s:%d:...)\n",
				   "HTAA_getGid: getgrgid",
				   current_prot->gid_name,
				   gr->gr_name, gr->gr_passwd, gr->gr_gid);
		return gr->gr_gid;
	    }
	}
	else {	/* Group name (not number) */
	    if (NULL != (gr = getgrnam(current_prot->gid_name))) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
				   "%s(\"%s\") returned (%s:%s:%d:...)\n",
				   "HTAA_getGid: getgrnam",
				   current_prot->gid_name,
				   gr->gr_name, gr->gr_passwd, gr->gr_gid);
		return gr->gr_gid;
	    }
	}
    }
    /*
    ** Ok, then let's get gid for nogroup.
    */
    if (NULL != (gr = getgrnam("nogroup"))) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_getGid: Gid for `nogroup' is %d\n",
			   gr->gr_gid);
	return gr->gr_gid;
    }
    /*
    ** Ok, then use default.
    */
    return 65534;	/* nogroup */
}

#endif /* not VMS */




/* PRIVATE							HTAA_setIds()
**		SET UID AND GID (AS NAMES OR NUMBERS)
**		TO HTAAProt STRUCTURE
** ON ENTRY:
**	prot		destination.
**	ids		is a string like "james.www" or "1422.69" etc.
**			giving uid and gid.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
PRIVATE void HTAA_setIds ARGS2(HTAAProt *,	prot,
			       CONST char *,	ids)
{
    if (ids) {
	char *local_copy = NULL;
	char *point;

	StrAllocCopy(local_copy, ids);
	point = strchr(local_copy, '.');
	if (point) {
	    *(point++) = (char)0;
	    StrAllocCopy(prot->gid_name, point);
	}
	else {
	    StrAllocCopy(prot->gid_name, "nogroup");
	}
	StrAllocCopy(prot->uid_name, local_copy);
	FREE(local_copy);
    }
    else {
	StrAllocCopy(prot->uid_name, "nobody");
	StrAllocCopy(prot->gid_name, "nogroup");
    }
}



/* PRIVATE						HTAA_parseProtFile()
**		PARSE A PROTECTION SETUP FILE AND
**		PUT THE RESULT IN A HTAAProt STRUCTURE
** ON ENTRY:
**	prot		destination structure.
**	fp		open protection file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
PRIVATE void HTAA_parseProtFile ARGS2(HTAAProt *, prot,
				      FILE *,	  fp)
{
    if (prot && fp) {
	LexItem lex_item;
	char *fieldname = NULL;

	while (LEX_EOF != (lex_item = lex(fp))) {

	    while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP)	/* Ignore empty lines */
		lex_item = lex(fp);

	    if (lex_item == LEX_EOF)		/* End of file */
		break;

	    if (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR) {	/* Valid setup record */
		
		StrAllocCopy(fieldname, lex_buffer);
		
		if (LEX_FIELD_SEP != (lex_item = lex(fp)))
		    unlex(lex_item);	/* If someone wants to use colon */
		                        /* after field name it's ok, but */
		                        /* not required. Here we read it.*/

		if (0==strncasecomp(fieldname, "Auth", 4)) {
		    lex_item = lex(fp);
		    while (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR) {
			HTAAScheme scheme = HTAAScheme_enum(lex_buffer);
			if (scheme != HTAA_UNKNOWN) {
			    if (!prot->valid_schemes)
				prot->valid_schemes = HTList_new();
			    HTList_addObject(prot->valid_schemes,(void*)scheme);
			    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s `%s'\n",
					       "HTAA_parseProtFile: valid",
					       "authentication scheme:",
					       HTAAScheme_name(scheme));
			}
			else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s `%s'\n",
						"HTAA_parseProtFile: unknown",
						"authentication scheme:",
						lex_buffer);
			
			if (LEX_ITEM_SEP != (lex_item = lex(fp)))
			    break;
			/*
			** Here lex_item == LEX_ITEM_SEP; after item separator
			** it is ok to have one or more newlines (LEX_REC_SEP)
			** and they are ignored (continuation line).
			*/
			do {
			    lex_item = lex(fp);
			} while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP);
		    } /* while items in list */
		} /* if "Authenticate" */

		else if (0==strncasecomp(fieldname, "mask", 4)) {
		    prot->mask_group = HTAA_parseGroupDef(fp);
		    lex_item=LEX_REC_SEP; /*groupdef parser read this already*/
		    if (TRACE) {
			if (prot->mask_group) {
			    fprintf(stderr,
				    "HTAA_parseProtFile: Mask group:\n");
			    HTAA_printGroupDef(prot->mask_group);
			} else fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_parseProtFile: %s\n",
				       "Mask group syntax error");
		    }
		} /* if "Mask" */

		else {	/* Just a name-value pair, put it to assoclist */

		    if (LEX_ALPH_STR == (lex_item = lex(fp))) {
			if (!prot->values)
			    prot->values = HTAssocList_new();
			HTAssocList_add(prot->values, fieldname, lex_buffer);
			lex_item = lex(fp);  /* Read record separator */
			if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
					   "%s `%s' bound to value `%s'\n",
					   "HTAA_parseProtFile: Name",
					   fieldname, lex_buffer);
		    }
		} /* else name-value pair */

	    } /* if valid field */

	    if (lex_item != LEX_EOF  &&  lex_item != LEX_REC_SEP) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %d (that line ignored)\n",
				   "HTAA_parseProtFile: Syntax error",
				   "in protection setup file at line",
				   lex_line);
		do {
		    lex_item = lex(fp);
		} while (lex_item != LEX_EOF && lex_item != LEX_REC_SEP);
	    } /* if syntax error */
	} /* while not end-of-file */
    } /* if valid parameters */
}




/* PRIVATE						HTAAProt_new()
**		ALLOCATE A NEW HTAAProt STRUCTURE AND
**		INITIALIZE IT FROM PROTECTION SETUP FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	cur_docname	current filename after rule translations.
**	prot_filename	protection setup file name.
**			If NULL, not an error.
**	ids		Uid and gid names or numbers,
**			examples:
**				james	( <=> james.nogroup)
**				.www	( <=> nobody.www)
**				james.www
**				james.69
**				1422.69
**				1422.www
**
**			May be NULL, defaults to nobody.nogroup.
**			Should be NULL, if prot_file is NULL.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		returns a new and initialized protection
**			setup structure.
**			If setup file is already read in (found
**			in cache), only sets uid_name and gid
**			fields, and returns that.
*/
PRIVATE HTAAProt *HTAAProt_new ARGS3(CONST char *,	cur_docname,
				     CONST char *,	prot_filename,
				     CONST char *,	ids)
{
    HTList *cur = prot_cache;
    HTAAProtCache *cache_item = NULL;
    HTAAProt *prot;
    FILE *fp;

    if (!prot_cache)
	prot_cache = HTList_new();
    
    while (NULL != (cache_item = (HTAAProtCache*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (!strcmp(cache_item->prot_filename, prot_filename))
	    break;
    }
    if (cache_item) {
	prot = cache_item->prot;
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' already in cache\n",
			   "HTAAProt_new: Protection file", prot_filename);
    } else {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAAProt_new: Loading protection file `%s'\n",
			   prot_filename);

	if (!(prot = (HTAAProt*)malloc(sizeof(HTAAProt))))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAAProt_new");

	prot->template	= NULL;
	prot->filename	= NULL;
	prot->uid_name	= NULL;
	prot->gid_name	= NULL;
	prot->valid_schemes = HTList_new();
	prot->mask_group= NULL;		/* Masking disabled by defaults */
	prot->values	= HTAssocList_new();

	if (prot_filename && NULL != (fp = fopen(prot_filename, "r"))) {
	    HTAA_parseProtFile(prot, fp);
	    fclose(fp);
	    if (!(cache_item = (HTAAProtCache*)malloc(sizeof(HTAAProtCache))))
		outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAAProt_new");
	    cache_item->prot = prot;
	    cache_item->prot_filename = NULL;
	    StrAllocCopy(cache_item->prot_filename, prot_filename);
	    HTList_addObject(prot_cache, (void*)cache_item);
	}
	else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAAProt_new: %s `%s'\n",
				"Unable to open protection setup file",
				(prot_filename ? prot_filename : "(null)"));
    }

    if (cur_docname)
	StrAllocCopy(prot->filename, cur_docname);
    HTAA_setIds(prot, ids);

    return prot;
}



/* PUBLIC					HTAA_setDefaultProtection()
**		SET THE DEFAULT PROTECTION MODE
**		(called by rule system when a
**		"defprot" rule is matched)
** ON ENTRY:
**	cur_docname	is the current result of rule translations.
**	prot_filename	is the protection setup file (second argument
**			for "defprot" rule, optional)
**	ids		contains user and group names separated by
**			a dot, corresponding to the uid
**			gid under which the server should run,
**			default is "nobody.nogroup" (third argument
**			for "defprot" rule, optional; can be given
**			only if protection setup file is also given).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
**			Sets the module-wide variable default_prot.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_setDefaultProtection ARGS3(CONST char *,	cur_docname,
					    CONST char *,	prot_filename,
					    CONST char *,	ids)
{
    default_prot = NULL;	/* Not free()'d because this is in cache */

    if (prot_filename) {
	default_prot = HTAAProt_new(cur_docname, prot_filename, ids);
    } else {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
			   "HTAA_setDefaultProtection: ERROR: Protection file",
			   "not specified (obligatory for DefProt rule)!!\n");
    }
}



/* PUBLIC					HTAA_setCurrentProtection()
**		SET THE CURRENT PROTECTION MODE
**		(called by rule system when a
**		"protect" rule is matched)
** ON ENTRY:
**	cur_docname	is the current result of rule translations.
**	prot_filename	is the protection setup file (second argument
**			for "protect" rule, optional)
**	ids		contains user and group names separated by
**			a dot, corresponding to the uid
**			gid under which the server should run,
**			default is "nobody.nogroup" (third argument
**			for "protect" rule, optional; can be given
**			only if protection setup file is also given).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
**			Sets the module-wide variable current_prot.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_setCurrentProtection ARGS3(CONST char *,	cur_docname,
					    CONST char *,	prot_filename,
					    CONST char *,	ids)
{
    current_prot = NULL;	/* Not free()'d because this is in cache */

    if (prot_filename) {
	current_prot = HTAAProt_new(cur_docname, prot_filename, ids);
    } else {
	if (default_prot) {
	    current_prot = default_prot;
	    HTAA_setIds(current_prot, ids);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s\n",
			       "HTAA_setCurrentProtection: Protection file",
			       "not specified for Protect rule",
			       "-- using default protection");
	} else {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s\n",
			       "HTAA_setCurrentProtection: ERROR: Protection",
			       "file not specified for Protect rule, and",
			       "default protection is not set!!");
	}
    }
}



/* PUBLIC					HTAA_getCurrentProtection()
**		GET CURRENT PROTECTION SETUP STRUCTURE
**		(this is set up by callbacks made from
**		 the rule system when matching "protect"
**		 (and "defprot") rules)
** ON ENTRY:
**	HTTranslate() must have been called before calling
**	this function.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a HTAAProt structure representing the
**		protection setup of the HTTranslate()'d file.
**		This must not be free()'d.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAProt *HTAA_getCurrentProtection NOARGS
{
    return current_prot;
}



/* PUBLIC					HTAA_getDefaultProtection()
**		GET DEFAULT PROTECTION SETUP STRUCTURE
**		AND SET IT TO CURRENT PROTECTION
**		(this is set up by callbacks made from
**		 the rule system when matching "defprot"
**		 rules)
** ON ENTRY:
**	HTTranslate() must have been called before calling
**	this function.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a HTAAProt structure representing the
**		default protection setup of the HTTranslate()'d
**		file (if HTAA_getCurrentProtection() returned
**		NULL, i.e. if there is no "protect" rule
**		but ACL exists, and we need to know default
**		protection settings).
**		This must not be free()'d.
** IMPORTANT:
**	As a side-effect this tells the protection system that
**	the file is in fact protected and sets the current
**	protection mode to default.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAProt *HTAA_getDefaultProtection NOARGS
{
    if (!current_prot) {
	current_prot = default_prot;
	default_prot = NULL;
    }	
    return current_prot;
}



/* SERVER INTERNAL					HTAA_clearProtections()
**		CLEAR DOCUMENT PROTECTION MODE
**		(ALSO DEFAULT PROTECTION)
**		(called by the rule system)
** ON ENTRY:
**	No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	nothing.
**		Frees the memory used by protection information.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_clearProtections NOARGS
{
    current_prot = NULL;	/* These are not freed because	*/
    default_prot = NULL;	/* they are actually in cache.	*/
}


FILE AND
**		PUT THE RESULT IN A HTAAProt STRUCTURE
** ON ENTRY:
**	prot		destination structure.
**	fp		open protection file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		nothing.
*/
PRIVATE void HTAA_parseProtFile ARGS2(HTAAProt *, prot,
				      FILE *,	  fp)
{
    if (prot && fp) {
	LexItem lex_item;
	chaWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAProt.h1006640070060000000000001676305475034133014650 037777777777 1 0 /*                                   PROTECTION SETUP FILE
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTAAPROT_H
#define HTAAPROT_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTGroup.h"
#include "HTAssoc.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAgUid        HTAA_getUid
#define HTAAgGid        HTAA_getGid
#define HTAAgDPr        HTAA_setDefaultProtection
#define HTAAsCPr        HTAA_setCurrentProtection
#define HTAAgCPr        HTAA_getCurrentProtection
#define HTAAgDPr        HTAA_getDefaultProtection
#define HTAAclPr        HTAA_clearProtections
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/
/*

Server's Representation of Document (Tree) Protections

 */

typedef struct {
    char *        template;     /* Template for this protection         */
    char *        filename;     /* Current document file                */
    char *        uid_name;     /* Effective uid (name of it)           */
    char *        gid_name;     /* Effective gid (name of it)           */
    GroupDef *    mask_group;   /* Allowed users and IP addresses       */
    HTList *      valid_schemes;/* Valid authentication schemes         */
    HTAssocList * values;       /* Association list for scheme specific */
                                /* parameters.                          */
} HTAAProt;
/*

Callbacks for rule system

   The following three functioncs are called by the rule system:
   
      HTAA_clearProtections() when starting to translate a filename
      
      HTAA_setDefaultProtection() when "defprot" rule is matched
      
      HTAA_setCurrentProtection() when "protect" rule is matched
      
   Protection setup files are cached by these functions.
   
 */

/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_setDefaultProtection()
**              SET THE DEFAULT PROTECTION MODE
**              (called by rule system when a
**              "defprot" rule is matched)
** ON ENTRY:
**      cur_docname     is the current result of rule translations.
**      prot_filename   is the protection setup file (second argument
**                      for "defprot" rule, optional)
**      eff_ids         contains user and group names separated by
**                      a dot, corresponding to the effective uid
**                      gid under which the server should run,
**                      default is "nobody.nogroup" (third argument
**                      for "defprot" rule, optional; can be given
**                      only if protection setup file is also given).
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         nothing.
**                      Sets the module-wide variable default_prot.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_setDefaultProtection PARAMS((CONST char *      cur_docname,
                                              CONST char *      prot_filename,
                                              CONST char *      eff_ids));



/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_setCurrentProtection()
**              SET THE CURRENT PROTECTION MODE
**              (called by rule system when a
**              "protect" rule is matched)
** ON ENTRY:
**      cur_docname     is the current result of rule translations.
**      prot_filename   is the protection setup file (second argument
**                      for "protect" rule, optional)
**      eff_ids         contains user and group names separated by
**                      a dot, corresponding to the effective uid
**                      gid under which the server should run,
**                      default is "nobody.nogroup" (third argument
**                      for "protect" rule, optional; can be given
**                      only if protection setup file is also given).
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         nothing.
**                      Sets the module-wide variable current_prot.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_setCurrentProtection PARAMS((CONST char *      cur_docname,
                                              CONST char *      prot_filename,
                                              CONST char *      eff_ids));


/* SERVER INTERNAL                                      HTAA_clearProtections()
**              CLEAR DOCUMENT PROTECTION MODE
**              (ALSO DEFAULT PROTECTION)
**              (called by the rule system)
** ON ENTRY:
**      No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns nothing.
**              Frees the memory used by protection information.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_clearProtections NOPARAMS;
/*

Getting Protection Settings

      HTAA_getCurrentProtection() returns the current protection mode (if there was a
      "protect" rule). NULL, if no "protect" rule has been matched.
      
      HTAA_getDefaultProtection() sets the current protection mode to what it was set to
      by "defprot" rule and also returns it (therefore after this call also
      HTAA_getCurrentProtection() returns the same structure.
      
 */

/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_getCurrentProtection()
**              GET CURRENT PROTECTION SETUP STRUCTURE
**              (this is set up by callbacks made from
**               the rule system when matching "protect"
**               (and "defprot") rules)
** ON ENTRY:
**      HTTranslate() must have been called before calling
**      this function.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a HTAAProt structure representing the
**              protection setup of the HTTranslate()'d file.
**              This must not be free()'d.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAProt *HTAA_getCurrentProtection NOPARAMS;



/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_getDefaultProtection()
**              GET DEFAULT PROTECTION SETUP STRUCTURE
**              (this is set up by callbacks made from
**               the rule system when matching "defprot"
**               rules)
** ON ENTRY:
**      HTTranslate() must have been called before calling
**      this function.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a HTAAProt structure representing the
**              default protection setup of the HTTranslate()'d
**              file (if HTAA_getCurrentProtection() returned
**              NULL, i.e. if there is no "protect" rule
**              but ACL exists, and we need to know default
**              protection settings).
**              This must not be free()'d.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAProt *HTAA_getDefaultProtection NOPARAMS;
/*

Get User and Group IDs to Which Set to

 */

#ifndef VMS
/* PUBLIC                                                       HTAA_getUid()
**              GET THE USER ID TO CHANGE THE PROCESS UID TO
** ON ENTRY:
**      No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns the uid number to give to setuid() system call.
**              Default is 65534 (nobody).
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_getUid NOPARAMS;


/* PUBLIC                                                       HTAA_getGid()
**              GET THE GROUP ID TO CHANGE THE PROCESS GID TO
** ON ENTRY:
**      No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns the uid number to give to setgid() system call.
**              Default is 65534 (nogroup).
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_getGid NOPARAMS;
#endif /* not VMS */
/*

   For VMS:
   
 */

#ifdef VMS
/* PUBLIC                                                       HTAA_getUidName()
**              GET THE USER ID NAME (VMS ONLY)
** ON ENTRY:
**      No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns the user name
**              Default is "" (nobody).
*/
PUBLIC char * HTAA_getUidName NOPARAMS;

/* PUBLIC                                                       HTAA_getFileName
**              GET THE FILENAME (VMS ONLY)
** ON ENTRY:
**      No arguments.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns the filename
*/
PUBLIC char * HTAA_getFileName NOPARAMS;
#endif /* VMS */
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTAAPROT_H */
/*

   End of file HTAAProt.h.  */
m
**		 the ruWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAServ.c1006640070060000000000004332005475034122014621 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAAServ.c
**		SERVER SIDE ACCESS AUTHORIZATION MODULE
**
**	Contains the means for checking the user access
**	authorization for a file.
**
** IMPORTANT:
**	Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free
**	automatically all the memory reserved by them.
**
**	Therefore the caller never has to (and never should)
**	free() any object returned by these functions.
**
**	Therefore also all the strings returned by this package
**	are only valid until the next call to the same function
**	is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature
**	of access authorization: no string returned by the package
**	needs to be valid longer than until the next call.
**
**	This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in:
**	you don't have to ponder whether to free() something
**	here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always
**	done somewhere else).
**
**	The strings that the package needs to store are copied
**	so the original strings given as parameters to AA
**	functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
**
**	The AA package does not free() anything else than what
**	it has itself allocated.
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 		/* FILE */
#include 		/* strchr() */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTString.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"		/* HTSecure			*/
#include "HTFile.h"		/* HTLocalName			*/
#include "HTRules.h"		/* 				*/
#include "HTParse.h"		/* URL parsing function		*/
#include "HTList.h"		/* HTList object		*/

#include "HTAAUtil.h"		/* AA common parts		*/
#include "HTAuth.h"		/* Authentication		*/
#include "HTACL.h"		/* Access Control List		*/
#include "HTGroup.h"		/* Group handling		*/
#include "HTAAProt.h"		/* Protection file parsing	*/
#include "HTAAServ.h"		/* Implemented here		*/



/*
** Global variables
*/
PUBLIC time_t theTime;


/*
** Module-wide global variables
*/
PRIVATE FILE *  htaa_logfile	    = NULL; 		/* Log file	      */
PRIVATE HTAAUser *htaa_user = NULL;			/* Authenticated user */
PRIVATE HTAAFailReasonType HTAAFailReason = HTAA_OK;	/* AA fail reason     */



/* SERVER PUBLIC					HTAA_statusMessage()
**		RETURN A STRING EXPLAINING ACCESS
**		AUTHORIZATION FAILURE
**		(Can be used in server reply status line
**		 with 401/403 replies.)
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a string containing the error message
**		corresponding to internal HTAAFailReason.
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_statusMessage NOARGS
{
    switch (HTAAFailReason) {

    /* 401 cases */
      case HTAA_NO_AUTH:
	return "Unauthorized -- authentication failed";
	break;
      case HTAA_NOT_MEMBER:
	return "Unauthorized to access the document";
	break;

    /* 403 cases */
      case HTAA_BY_RULE:
	return "Forbidden -- by rule";
	break;
      case HTAA_IP_MASK:
	return "Forbidden -- server refuses to serve to your IP address";
	break;
      case HTAA_NO_ACL:
      case HTAA_NO_ENTRY:
	return "Forbidden -- access to file is never allowed";
	break;
      case HTAA_SETUP_ERROR:
	return "Forbidden -- server protection setup error";
	break;
      case HTAA_DOTDOT:
	return "Forbidden -- URL containing /../ disallowed";
	break;
      case HTAA_HTBIN:
	return "Forbidden -- /htbin feature not enabled on this server";
	break;

    /* 404 cases */
      case HTAA_NOT_FOUND:
	return "Not found -- file doesn't exist or is read protected";
	break;

    /* Success */
      case HTAA_OK:
	return "AA: Access should be ok but something went wrong"; 
	break;

      case HTAA_OK_GATEWAY:
	return "AA check bypassed (gatewaying) but something went wrong";
	break;

    /* Others */
      default:
	return "Access denied -- unable to specify reason (bug)";

    } /* switch */
}



PRIVATE char *status_name ARGS1(HTAAFailReasonType, reason)
{
    switch (HTAAFailReason) {

    /* 401 cases */
      case HTAA_NO_AUTH:
	return "NO-AUTHENTICATION";
	break;
      case HTAA_NOT_MEMBER:
	return "NOT-AUTHORIZED";
	break;

    /* 403 cases */
      case HTAA_BY_RULE:
	return "FORB-RULE";
	break;
      case HTAA_IP_MASK:
	return "FORB-IP";
	break;
      case HTAA_NO_ACL:
	return "NO-ACL-FILE";
	break;
      case HTAA_NO_ENTRY:
	return "NO-ACL-ENTRY";
	break;
      case HTAA_SETUP_ERROR:
	return "SETUP-ERROR";
	break;
      case HTAA_DOTDOT:
	return "SLASH-DOT-DOT";
	break;
      case HTAA_HTBIN:
	return "HTBIN-OFF";
	break;

    /* 404 cases */
      case HTAA_NOT_FOUND:
	return "NOT-FOUND";
	break;

    /* Success */
      case HTAA_OK:
	return "OK";
	break;
      case HTAA_OK_GATEWAY:
	return "OK-GATEWAY";
	break;

    /* Others */
      default:
	return "SERVER-BUG";
    } /* switch */
}

    




/* PRIVATE						check_uthorization()
**		CHECK IF USER IS AUTHORIZED TO ACCESS A FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	pathname	is the physical file pathname
**			to access.
**	method		method, e.g. METHOD_GET, METHOD_PUT, ...
**	scheme		authentication scheme.
**	scheme_specifics authentication string (or other
**			scheme specific parameters, like
**			Kerberos-ticket).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		HTAA_OK on success.
**			Otherwise the reason for failing.
** NOTE:
**	This function does not check whether the file
**	exists or not -- so the status  404 Not found
**	must be returned from somewhere else (this is
**	to avoid unnecessary overhead of opening the
**	file twice).
*/
PRIVATE HTAAFailReasonType check_authorization ARGS4(CONST char *,  pathname,
						     HTAAMethod,    method,
						     HTAAScheme,    scheme,
						     char *, scheme_specifics)
{
    HTAAFailReasonType reason;
    GroupDef *allowed_groups;
    FILE *acl_file = NULL;
    HTAAProt *prot = NULL;	/* Protection mode */

    htaa_user = NULL;

    if (!pathname) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: Forbidden by rule\n");
	return HTAA_BY_RULE;
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' %s %s\n",
		       "HTAA_checkAuthorization: translated path:",
		       pathname, "method:", HTAAMethod_name(method));

    /*
    ** Get protection setting (set up by callbacks from rule system)
    ** NULL, if not protected by a "protect" rule.
    */
    prot = HTAA_getCurrentProtection();

    /*
    ** Check ACL existence
    */
    if (!(acl_file = HTAA_openAcl(pathname))) {
	if (prot) { /* protect rule, but no ACL */
	    if (prot->mask_group) {
		/*
		** Only mask enabled, check that
		*/
		GroupDefList *group_def_list =
		    HTAA_readGroupFile(HTAssocList_lookup(prot->values,
							  "group"));
		/*
		** Authenticate if authentication info given
		*/
		if (scheme != HTAA_UNKNOWN  &&  scheme != HTAA_NONE) {
		    htaa_user = HTAA_authenticate(scheme,
						  scheme_specifics,
						  prot);
		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Authentication returned: %s\n",
				       (htaa_user ? htaa_user->username
					          : "NOT-AUTHENTICATED"));
		}
		HTAA_resolveGroupReferences(prot->mask_group, group_def_list);
		reason = HTAA_userAndInetInGroup(prot->mask_group,
						 htaa_user
						  ? htaa_user->username : "",
						 HTClientHost,
						 NULL);
		if (TRACE) {
		    if (reason != HTAA_OK)
			fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s %s\n",
				"HTAA_checkAuthorization: access denied",
				"by mask (no ACL, only Protect rule)",
				"host", HTClientHost);
		    else fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s %s\n",
				 "HTAA_checkAuthorization: request from",
				 HTClientHost, 
				 "accepted by only mask match (no ACL, only",
				 "Protect rule, and only mask enabled)");
		}
		return reason;
	    }
	    else {	/* 403 Forbidden */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
				   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: Protected, but",
				   "no mask group nor ACL -- forbidden");
		return HTAA_NO_ACL;
	    }
	}
	else { /* No protect rule and no ACL => OK 200 */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_checkAuthorization: %s\n",
			       "no protect rule nor ACL -- ok\n");
	    return HTAA_OK;
	}
    }

    /*
    ** Now we know that ACL exists
    */
    if (!prot) {		/* Not protected by "protect" rule */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: default protection\n");
	prot = HTAA_getDefaultProtection();   /* Also sets current protection */

	if (!prot) {		/* @@ Default protection not set ?? */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
			       "HTAA_checkAuthorization: default protection",
			       "not set (internal server error)!!");
	    return HTAA_SETUP_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
    ** Now we know that document is protected and ACL exists.
    ** Check against ACL entry.
    */
    {
	GroupDefList *group_def_list =
	    HTAA_readGroupFile(HTAssocList_lookup(prot->values, "group"));

	/*
	** Authenticate now that we know protection mode
	*/
	if (scheme != HTAA_UNKNOWN  &&  scheme != HTAA_NONE) {
	    htaa_user = HTAA_authenticate(scheme,
					  scheme_specifics,
					  prot);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Authentication returned: %s\n",
			       (htaa_user
				? htaa_user->username : "NOT-AUTHENTICATED"));
	}
	/* 
	** Check mask group
	*/
	if (prot->mask_group) {
	    HTAA_resolveGroupReferences(prot->mask_group, group_def_list);
	    reason=HTAA_userAndInetInGroup(prot->mask_group,
					   htaa_user ? htaa_user->username : "",
					   HTClientHost,
					   NULL);
	    if (reason != HTAA_OK) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s\n",
				   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: access denied",
				   "by mask, host:", HTClientHost);
		return reason;
	    }
	    else {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s %s %s %s\n",
				   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: request from",
				   HTClientHost, 
				   "accepted by just mask group match",
				   "(no ACL, only Protect rule, and only",
				   "mask enabled)");
		/* And continue authorization checking */
	    }
	}
	/*
        ** Get ACL entries; get first one first, the loop others
	** Remember, allowed_groups is automatically freed by
	** HTAA_getAclEntry().
	*/
	allowed_groups = HTAA_getAclEntry(acl_file, pathname, method);
	if (!allowed_groups) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s' %s\n",
			       "No entry for file", pathname, "in ACL");
	    HTAA_closeAcl(acl_file);
	    return HTAA_NO_ENTRY;	/* Forbidden -- no entry in the ACL */
	}
	else {
	    do {
		HTAA_resolveGroupReferences(allowed_groups, group_def_list);
		reason = HTAA_userAndInetInGroup(allowed_groups,
						 htaa_user
						 ? htaa_user->username : "",
						 HTClientHost,
						 NULL);
		if (reason == HTAA_OK) {
		    HTAA_closeAcl(acl_file);
		    return HTAA_OK;	/* OK */
		}
		allowed_groups = HTAA_getAclEntry(acl_file, pathname, method);
	    } while (allowed_groups);
	    HTAA_closeAcl(acl_file);
	    return HTAA_NOT_MEMBER;	/* Unauthorized */
	}
    }
}



/* PUBLIC					      HTAA_checkAuthorization()
**		CHECK IF USER IS AUTHORIZED TO ACCESS A FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	url		is the document to be accessed.
**	method_name	name of the method, e.g. "GET"
**	scheme_name	authentication scheme name.
**	scheme_specifics authentication string (or other
**			scheme specific parameters, like
**			Kerberos-ticket).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	status codes uniform with those of HTTP:
**	  200 OK	   if file access is ok.
**	  401 Unauthorized if user is not authorized to
**			   access the file.
**	  403 Forbidden	   if there is no entry for the
**			   requested file in the ACL.
**
** NOTE:
**	This function does not check whether the file
**	exists or not -- so the status  404 Not found
**	must be returned from somewhere else (this is
**	to avoid unnecessary overhead of opening the
**	file twice).
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_checkAuthorization ARGS4(CONST char *,	url,
					 CONST char *,	method_name,
					 CONST char *,	scheme_name,
                                         char *,	scheme_specifics)
{
    static char *pathname = NULL;
    char *local_copy = NULL;
    HTAAMethod method = HTAAMethod_enum(method_name);
    HTAAScheme scheme = HTAAScheme_enum(scheme_name);

    HTAAFailReason = HTAA_OK;

    /*
    ** Translate into absolute pathname, and
    ** check for "protect" and "defprot" rules.
    */
    FREE(pathname);		/* From previous call	*/
    StrAllocCopy(local_copy, url);
    {
	char *keywords = strchr(local_copy, '?');
	if (keywords) *keywords = (char)0;	/* Chop off keywords */
    }
    HTSimplify(local_copy);	/* Remove ".." etc. */

    /* HTSimplify will leave in a "/../" at the top, which can
    ** be a security hole.
    */
    if (strstr(local_copy, "/../")) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_checkAuthorization: %s (`%s')\n",
			   "Illegal attempt to use /../", url);
	HTAAFailReason = HTAA_DOTDOT;
    }
    else {
	pathname = HTTranslate(local_copy); /* Translate rules even if */
	                                    /* a /htbin call to set up */
	                                    /* protections.	       */
	if (0 == strncmp(local_copy, "/htbin/", 7)) {
	    if (!HTBinDir)
		HTAAFailReason = HTAA_HTBIN;
	    else {
		char *end = strchr(local_copy+7, '/');
		if (end)
		    *end = (char)0;
		FREE(pathname);
		pathname=(char*)malloc(strlen(HTBinDir)+strlen(local_copy)+1);
		strcpy(pathname, HTBinDir);
		strcat(pathname, local_copy+6);
	    }
	}

	if (!pathname) {		/* Forbidden by rule */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			       "HTAA_checkAuthorization: Forbidden by rule\n");
	    HTAAFailReason = HTAA_BY_RULE;
	}
	else if (HTAAFailReason != HTAA_HTBIN) {
	    /* pathname != NULL */
	    char *access = HTParse(pathname, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
	    if (!*access || 0 == strcmp(access,"file")) { /*Local file, do AA*/
		if (!HTSecure && 0 != strncmp(local_copy, "/htbin/", 7)) {
		    char *localname = HTLocalName(pathname);
		    free(pathname);
		    pathname = localname;
		}
		HTAAFailReason = check_authorization(pathname, method,
						     scheme, scheme_specifics);
	    }
	    else {  /* Not local access */
		HTAAFailReason = HTAA_OK_GATEWAY;
		fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_checkAuthorization: %s (%s access)\n",
			"Gatewaying -- skipping authorization check",
			access);
	    }
	} /* pathname */
    }
    FREE(local_copy);

    if (htaa_logfile) {
	time(&theTime);
	fprintf(htaa_logfile, "%24.24s %s %s %s %s %s\n",
		ctime(&theTime),
		HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
		method_name,
		url,
		status_name(HTAAFailReason),
		htaa_user && htaa_user->username
		? htaa_user->username : "");
	fflush(htaa_logfile);	/* Actually update it on disk */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Log: %24.24s %s %s %s %s %s\n",
			   ctime(&theTime),
			   HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
			   method_name,
			   url,
			   status_name(HTAAFailReason),
			   htaa_user && htaa_user->username
			   ? htaa_user->username : "");
    }

    switch (HTAAFailReason) {

      case HTAA_NO_AUTH:
      case HTAA_NOT_MEMBER:
	return 401;
	break;

      case HTAA_BY_RULE:
      case HTAA_IP_MASK:
      case HTAA_NO_ACL:
      case HTAA_NO_ENTRY:
      case HTAA_SETUP_ERROR:
      case HTAA_DOTDOT:
      case HTAA_HTBIN:
	return 403;
	break;

      case HTAA_NOT_FOUND:
	return 404;
	break;

      case HTAA_OK:
      case HTAA_OK_GATEWAY:
	return 200;
	break;

      default:
	return 500;
    } /* switch */
}





/* PRIVATE					compose_scheme_specifics()
**		COMPOSE SCHEME-SPECIFIC PARAMETERS
**		TO BE SENT ALONG WITH SERVER REPLY
**		IN THE WWW-Authenticate: FIELD.
** ON ENTRY:
**	scheme		is the authentication scheme for which
**			parameters are asked for.
**	prot		protection setup structure.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		scheme specific parameters in an
**			auto-freed string.
*/
PRIVATE char *compose_scheme_specifics ARGS2(HTAAScheme,	scheme,
					     HTAAProt *,	prot)
{
    static char *result = NULL;

    FREE(result);	/* From previous call */

    switch (scheme) {
      case HTAA_BASIC:
	{
	    char *realm = HTAssocList_lookup(prot->values, "server");
	    result = (char*)malloc(60);
	    sprintf(result, "realm=\"%s\"",
		    (realm ? realm : "UNKNOWN"));
	    return result;
	}
	break;

      case HTAA_PUBKEY:
	{
	    char *realm = HTAssocList_lookup(prot->values, "server");
	    result = (char*)malloc(200);
	    sprintf(result, "realm=\"%s\", key=\"%s\"",
		    (realm ? realm : "UNKNOWN"),
		    "PUBKEY-NOT-IMPLEMENTED");
	    return result;
	}
	break;
      default:
	return NULL;
    }
}


/* SERVER PUBLIC				    HTAA_composeAuthHeaders()
**		COMPOSE WWW-Authenticate: HEADER LINES
**		INDICATING VALID AUTHENTICATION SCHEMES
**		FOR THE REQUESTED DOCUMENT
** ON ENTRY:
**	No parameters, but HTAA_checkAuthorization() must
**	just before have failed because a wrong (or none)
**	authentication scheme was used.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a buffer containing all the WWW-Authenticate:
**		fields including CRLFs (this buffer is auto-freed).
**		NULL, if authentication won't help in accessing
**		the requested document.
**
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_composeAuthHeaders NOARGS
{
    static char *result = NULL;
    HTAAScheme scheme;
    char *scheme_name;
    char *scheme_params;
    HTAAProt *prot = HTAA_getCurrentProtection();

    if (!prot) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
			   "HTAA_composeAuthHeaders: Document not protected",
			   "-- why was this function called??");
	return NULL;
    }
    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_composeAuthHeaders: for file `%s'\n",
			    prot->filename);

    FREE(result);	/* From previous call */
    if (!(result = (char*)malloc(4096)))	/* @@ */
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_composeAuthHeaders");
    *result = (char)0;

    for (scheme=0; scheme < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; scheme++) {
	if (-1 < HTList_indexOf(prot->valid_schemes, (void*)scheme)) {
	    if ((scheme_name = HTAAScheme_name(scheme))) {
		scheme_params = compose_scheme_specifics(scheme,prot);
		strcat(result, "WWW-Authenticate: ");
		strcat(result, scheme_name);
		if (scheme_params) {
		    strcat(result, " ");
		    strcat(result, scheme_params);
		}
		strcat(result, "\r\n");
	    } /* scheme name found */
	    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_composeAuthHeaders: %s %d\n",
				    "No name found for scheme number", scheme);
	} /* scheme valid for requested document */
    } /* for every scheme */
    
    return result;
}



/* PUBLIC						HTAA_startLogging()
**		START UP ACCESS AUTHORIZATION LOGGING
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp	is the open log file.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_startLogging ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    htaa_logfile = fp;
}

/* Not protected by "protect" rule */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_checkAuthorization: default protection\n");
	prot = HTAA_getDefaultProtection();   /* Also sets current protection */

	if (!prot) {		/* @@ Default protection not set ?? */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
			       WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAServ.h1006640070060000000000001143305475034131014626 037777777777 1 0 /*                          SERVER SIDE ACCESS AUTHORIZATION MODULE
                                             
   This module is the server side interface to Access Authorization (AA) package. It
   contains code only for server.
   
   Important to know about memory allocation:
   
   Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free automatically all the memory
   reserved by them.
   
   Therefore the caller never has to (and never should) free() any object returned by
   these functions.
   
   Therefore also all the strings returned by this package are only valid until the next
   call to the same function is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature of
   access authorization: no string returned by the package needs to be valid longer than
   until the next call.
   
   This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in: you don't have to ponder whether to
   free()something here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always done somewhere
   else).
   
   The strings that the package needs to store are copied so the original strings given as
   parameters to AA functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
   
   Also note:The AA package does not free() anything else than what it has itself
   allocated.
   
 */

#ifndef HTAASERV_H
#define HTAASERV_H

#include               /* FILE                 */
#include "HTUtils.h"            /* BOOL, PARAMS, ARGS   */
#include "HTRules.h"            /* This module interacts with rule system */
#include "HTAAUtil.h"           /* Common parts of AA   */
#include "HTAuth.h"             /* Authentication       */


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAstMs        HTAA_statusMessage
#define HTAAchAu        HTAA_checkAuthorization
#define HTAAcoAH        HTAA_composeAuthHeaders
#define HTAAsLog        HTAA_startLogging
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

/*

Check Access Authorization

   HTAA_checkAuthorization() is the main access authorization function.
   
 */

/* PUBLIC                                             HTAA_checkAuthorization()
**              CHECK IF USER IS AUTHORIZED TO ACCESS A FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**      url             is the document to be accessed.
**      method_name     name of the method, e.g. "GET"
**      scheme_name     authentication scheme name.
**      scheme_specifics authentication string (or other
**                      scheme specific parameters, like
**                      Kerberos-ticket).
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns status codes uniform with those of HTTP:
**        200 OK           if file access is ok.
**        401 Unauthorized if user is not authorized to
**                         access the file.
**        403 Forbidden    if there is no entry for the
**                         requested file in the ACL.
**
** NOTE:
**      This function does not check whether the file
**      exists or not -- so the status  404 Not found
**      must be returned from somewhere else (this is
**      to avoid unnecessary overhead of opening the
**      file twice).
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTAA_checkAuthorization PARAMS((CONST char * url,
                                           CONST char * method_name,
                                           CONST char * scheme_name,
                                           char *       scheme_specifics));
/*

Compose Status Line Message

 */

/* SERVER PUBLIC                                        HTAA_statusMessage()
**              RETURN A STRING EXPLAINING ACCESS
**              AUTHORIZATION FAILURE
**              (Can be used in server reply status line
**               with 401/403 replies.)
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a string containing the error message
**              corresponding to internal HTAAFailReason.
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_statusMessage NOPARAMS;
/*

Compose "Authenticate:" Header Lines for Server Reply

 */

/* SERVER PUBLIC                                    HTAA_composeAuthHeaders()
**              COMPOSE WWW-Authenticate: HEADER LINES
**              INDICATING VALID AUTHENTICATION SCHEMES
**              FOR THE REQUESTED DOCUMENT
** ON ENTRY:
**      No parameters, but HTAA_checkAuthorization() must
**      just before have failed because a wrong (or none)
**      authentication scheme was used.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a buffer containing all the WWW-Authenticate:
**              fields including CRLFs (this buffer is auto-freed).
**              NULL, if authentication won't help in accessing
**              the requested document.
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_composeAuthHeaders NOPARAMS;
/*

Start Access Authorization Logging

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_startLogging()
**              START UP ACCESS AUTHORIZATION LOGGING
** ON ENTRY:
**      fp      is the open log file.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_startLogging PARAMS((FILE * fp));
/*

 */

#endif  /* NOT HTAASERV_H */
/*

   End of file HTAAServ.h.  */
   scheme, scheme_specifics);
	    }
	    else {  /* Not local access */
		HTAAFailReason = HTAA_OK_GATEWAY;
		fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_checkAuthorization: %s (%s access)\n",
			"Gatewaying -- skipping authorization check",
			accesWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.c1006640070060000000000002440605544654235014635 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAAUtil.c
**		COMMON PARTS OF ACCESS AUTHORIZATION MODULE
**			FOR BOTH SERVER AND BROWSER
**
** IMPORTANT:
**	Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free
**	automatically all the memory reserved by them.
**
**	Therefore the caller never has to (and never should)
**	free() any object returned by these functions.
**
**	Therefore also all the strings returned by this package
**	are only valid until the next call to the same function
**	is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature
**	of access authorization: no string returned by the package
**	needs to be valid longer than until the next call.
**
**	This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in:
**	you don't have to ponder whether to free() something
**	here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always
**	done somewhere else).
**
**	The strings that the package needs to store are copied
**	so the original strings given as parameters to AA
**	functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
**
**	The AA package does not free() anything else than what
**	it has itself allocated.
**
**	AA (Access Authorization) package means modules which
**	names start with HTAA.
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**	MD 	Mark Donszelmann    duns@vxdeop.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	 8 Nov 93  MD	(VMS only) Added case insensitive comparison
**			in HTAA_templateCaseMatch
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"	/* NETREAD() etc.	*/
#include "HTAAUtil.h"	/* Implemented here	*/
#include "HTAssoc.h"	/* Assoc list		*/


/* PUBLIC						HTAAScheme_enum()
**		TRANSLATE SCHEME NAME INTO
**		A SCHEME ENUMERATION
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	name		is a string representing the scheme name.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the enumerated constant for that scheme.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAScheme HTAAScheme_enum ARGS1(CONST char*, name)
{
    static char *upcased = NULL;
    char *cur;

    if (!name) return HTAA_UNKNOWN;

    StrAllocCopy(upcased, name);
    cur = upcased;
    while (*cur) {
	*cur = TOUPPER(*cur);
	cur++;
    }
    
    if      (!strncmp(upcased, "NONE", 4))	   return HTAA_NONE;
    else if (!strncmp(upcased, "BASIC", 5))	   return HTAA_BASIC;
    else if (!strncmp(upcased, "PUBKEY", 6))	   return HTAA_PUBKEY;
    else if (!strncmp(upcased, "KERBEROSV4", 10))  return HTAA_KERBEROS_V4;
    else if (!strncmp(upcased, "KERBEROSV5", 10))  return HTAA_KERBEROS_V5;
    else					   return HTAA_UNKNOWN;
}


/* PUBLIC						HTAAScheme_name()
**			GET THE NAME OF A GIVEN SCHEME
** ON ENTRY:
**	scheme		is one of the scheme enum values:
**			HTAA_NONE, HTAA_BASIC, HTAA_PUBKEY, ...
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the name of the scheme, i.e.
**			"None", "Basic", "Pubkey", ...
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAAScheme_name ARGS1(HTAAScheme, scheme)
{
    switch (scheme) {
      case HTAA_NONE:		return "None";          break;
      case HTAA_BASIC:		return "Basic";         break;
      case HTAA_PUBKEY:		return "Pubkey";        break;
      case HTAA_KERBEROS_V4:	return "KerberosV4";	break;
      case HTAA_KERBEROS_V5:	return "KerberosV5";	break;
      case HTAA_UNKNOWN:	return "UNKNOWN";       break;
      default:			return "THIS-IS-A-BUG";
    }
}



/* PUBLIC						HTAA_templateMatch()
**		STRING COMPARISON FUNCTION FOR FILE NAMES
**		   WITH ONE WILDCARD * IN THE TEMPLATE
** NOTE:
**	This is essentially the same code as in HTRules.c, but it
**	cannot be used because it is embedded in between other code.
**	(In fact, HTRules.c should use this routine, but then this
**	 routine would have to be more sophisticated... why is life
**	 sometimes so hard...)
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	template	is a template string to match the file name
**			agaist, may contain a single wildcard
**			character * which matches zero or more
**			arbitrary characters.
**	filename	is the filename (or pathname) to be matched
**			agaist the template.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if filename matches the template.
**			NO, otherwise.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_templateMatch ARGS2(CONST char *, template, 
				     CONST char *, filename)
{
    CONST char *p = template;
    CONST char *q = filename;
    int m;

    if (!template || !filename) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_templateMatch: invalid param: %s is NULL!!\n",
			   (template ? "filename" : "template"));
	return NO;
    }

    for( ; *p  &&  *q  &&  *p == *q; p++, q++)	/* Find first mismatch */
	; /* do nothing else */

    if (!*p && !*q)	return YES;	/* Equally long equal strings */
    else if ('*' == *p) {		/* Wildcard */
	p++;				/* Skip wildcard character */
	m = strlen(q) - strlen(p);	/* Amount to match to wildcard */
	if (m < 0) return NO;		/* No match, filename too short */
	else {			/* Skip the matched characters and compare */
	    if (strcmp(p, q+m))	return NO;	/* Tail mismatch */
	    else                return YES;	/* Tail match */
	}
    }	/* if wildcard */
    else		return NO;	/* Length or character mismatch */
}    


/* PUBLIC					HTAA_templateCaseMatch()
**		STRING COMPARISON FUNCTION FOR FILE NAMES
**	   WITH ONE WILDCARD * IN THE TEMPLATE (Case Insensitive)
** NOTE:
**	This is essentially the same code as in HTAA_templateMatch, but
**	it compares case insensitive (for VMS). Reason for this routine
**	is that HTAA_templateMatch gets called from several places, also 
**	there where a case sensitive match is needed, so one cannot just
**	change the HTAA_templateMatch routine for VMS.
**
** ON ENTRY:
**	template	is a template string to match the file name
**			agaist, may contain a single wildcard
**			character * which matches zero or more
**			arbitrary characters.
**	filename	is the filename (or pathname) to be matched
**			agaist the template.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if filename matches the template.
**			NO, otherwise.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_templateCaseMatch ARGS2(CONST char *, template, 
			        	 CONST char *, filename)
{
    CONST char *p = template;
    CONST char *q = filename;
    int m;

    if (!template || !filename) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "HTAA_templateCaseMatch: invalid param: %s is NULL!!\n",
			   (template ? "filename" : "template"));
	return NO;
    }

    for( ; *p  &&  *q  &&  toupper(*p) == toupper(*q); p++, q++) /* Find first mismatch */
	; /* do nothing else */

    if (!*p && !*q)	return YES;	/* Equally long equal strings */
    else if ('*' == *p) {		/* Wildcard */
	p++;				/* Skip wildcard character */
	m = strlen(q) - strlen(p);	/* Amount to match to wildcard */
	if (m < 0) return NO;		/* No match, filename too short */
	else {			/* Skip the matched characters and compare */
	    if (strcasecomp(p, q+m))	return NO;	/* Tail mismatch */
	    else                return YES;	/* Tail match */
	}
    }	/* if wildcard */
    else		return NO;	/* Length or character mismatch */
}    


/* PUBLIC					HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate()
**		CREATE A PROTECTION TEMPLATE FOR THE FILES
**		IN THE SAME DIRECTORY AS THE GIVEN FILE
**		(Used by server if there is no fancier way for
**		it to tell the client, and by browser if server
**		didn't send WWW-ProtectionTemplate: field)
** ON ENTRY:
**	docname	is the document pathname (from URL).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a template matching docname, and other files
**		files in that directory.
**
**		E.g.  /foo/bar/x.html  =>  /foo/bar/ *
**						    ^
**				Space only to prevent it from
**				being a comment marker here,
**				there really isn't any space.
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate ARGS1(CONST char *, docname)
{
    char *template = NULL;
    char *slash = NULL;

    if (docname) {
	StrAllocCopy(template, docname);
	slash = strrchr(template, '/');
	if (slash) slash++;
	else slash = template;
	*slash = (char)0;
	StrAllocCat(template, "*");
    }
    else StrAllocCopy(template, "*");

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		       "make_template: made template `%s' for file `%s'\n",
		       template, docname);

    return template;
}




/*
** Skip leading whitespace from *s forward
*/
#define SKIPWS(s) while (*s==' ' || *s=='\t') s++;

/*
** Kill trailing whitespace starting from *(s-1) backwords
*/
#define KILLWS(s) {char *c=s-1; while (*c==' ' || *c=='\t') *(c--)=(char)0;}


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_parseArgList()
**		PARSE AN ARGUMENT LIST GIVEN IN A HEADER FIELD
** ON ENTRY:
**	str	is a comma-separated list:
**
**			item, item, item
**		where
**			item ::= value
**			       | name=value
**			       | name="value"
**
**		Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored
**		everywhere except inside quotes, so the following
**		examples are equal:
**
**			name=value,foo=bar
**			 name="value",foo="bar"
**			  name = value ,  foo = bar
**			   name = "value" ,  foo = "bar"
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	a list of name-value pairs (actually HTAssocList*).
**		For items with no name, just value, the name is
**		the number of order number of that item. E.g.
**		"1" for the first, etc.
*/
PUBLIC HTAssocList *HTAA_parseArgList ARGS1(char *, str)
{
    HTAssocList *assoc_list = HTAssocList_new();
    char *cur = NULL;
    char *name = NULL;
    int index = 0;

    if (!str) return assoc_list;

    while (*str) {
	SKIPWS(str);				/* Skip leading whitespace */
	cur = str;
	index++;

	while (*cur  &&  *cur != '='  &&  *cur != ',')
	    cur++;	/* Find end of name (or lonely value without a name) */
	KILLWS(cur);	/* Kill trailing whitespace */

	if (*cur == '=') {			/* Name followed by a value */
	    *(cur++) = (char)0;			/* Terminate name */
	    StrAllocCopy(name, str);
	    SKIPWS(cur);			/* Skip WS leading the value */
	    str = cur;
	    if (*str == '"') {			/* Quoted value */
		str++;
		cur = str;
		while (*cur  &&  *cur != '"') cur++;
		if (*cur == '"')
		    *(cur++) = (char)0;	/* Terminate value */
		/* else it is lacking terminating quote */
		SKIPWS(cur);			/* Skip WS leading comma */
		if (*cur == ',') cur++;		/* Skip separating colon */
	    }
	    else {				/* Unquoted value */
		while (*cur  &&  *cur != ',') cur++;
		KILLWS(cur);			/* Kill trailing whitespace */
		if (*cur == ',')
		    *(cur++) = (char)0;
		/* else *cur already NULL */
	    }
	}
	else {	/* No name, just a value */
	    if (*cur == ',') 
		*(cur++) = (char)0;		/* Terminate value */
	    /* else last value on line (already terminated by NULL) */
	    StrAllocCopy(name, "nnn");	/* Room for item order number */
	    sprintf(name, "%d", index); /* Item order number for name */
	}
	HTAssocList_add(assoc_list, name, str);
	str = cur;
    } /* while *str */
    FREE(name);						  /* Henrik 14/03-94 */
    return assoc_list;
}






 never has to (and never should)
**	free() any object returned by these functions.
**
**	Therefore also all the strings returned by this package
**	are only valid until the next call to the same function
**	is made. This approach is selected, becauseWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAAUtil.h1006640070060000000000002042605544654410014633 037777777777 1 0 /*                                            Utilities for the Authorization parts of libwww
             COMMON PARTS OF AUTHORIZATION MODULE TO BOTH SERVER AND BROWSER
                                             
   This module is the interface to the common parts of Access Authorization (AA) package
   for both server and browser. Important to know about memory allocation:
   
   Routines in this module use dynamic allocation, but free automatically all the memory
   reserved by them.
   
   Therefore the caller never has to (and never should) free() any object returned by
   these functions.
   
   Therefore also all the strings returned by this package are only valid until the next
   call to the same function is made. This approach is selected, because of the nature of
   access authorization: no string returned by the package needs to be valid longer than
   until the next call.
   
   This also makes it easy to plug the AA package in: you don't have to ponder whether to
   free() something here or is it done somewhere else (because it is always done somewhere
   else).
   
   The strings that the package needs to store are copied so the original strings given as
   parameters to AA functions may be freed or modified with no side effects.
   
   Also note: The AA package does not free() anything else than what it has itself
   allocated.
   
 */

#ifndef HTAAUTIL_H
#define HTAAUTIL_H

#include "HTUtils.h"            /* BOOL, PARAMS, ARGS */
#include "HTList.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAASenu        HTAAScheme_enum
#define HTAASnam        HTAAScheme_name
#define HTAAteMa        HTAA_templateMatch
#define HTAAmaPT        HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate
#define HTAApALi        HTAA_parseArgList
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/


/*

Default filenames

 */
#ifndef PASSWD_FILE
#define PASSWD_FILE     "/home2/luotonen/passwd"
#endif

#ifndef GROUP_FILE
#define GROUP_FILE      "/home2/luotonen/group"
#endif

#define ACL_FILE_NAME   ".www_acl"


/*
** Numeric constants
*/
#define MAX_USERNAME_LEN        16      /* @@ Longest allowed username    */
#define MAX_PASSWORD_LEN        4*13    /* @@ Longest allowed password    */
                                        /* (encrypted, so really only 4*8)*/
#define MAX_METHODNAME_LEN      12      /* @@ Longest allowed method name */
#define MAX_FIELDNAME_LEN       16      /* @@ Longest field name in       */
                                        /* protection setup file          */
#define MAX_PATHNAME_LEN        80      /* @@ Longest passwd/group file   */
                                        /* patname to allow               */

/*
** Helpful macros
*/
#define FREE(x) if (x) {free(x); x=NULL;}


/*
** Access Authorization failure reasons
*/
typedef enum {
    HTAA_OK,            /* 200 OK                               */
    HTAA_OK_GATEWAY,    /* 200 OK, acting as a gateway          */
    HTAA_OK_REDIRECT,   /* 302 OK, redirected                   */
    HTAA_NO_AUTH,       /* 401 Unauthorized, not authenticated  */
    HTAA_NOT_MEMBER,    /* 401 Unauthorized, not authorized     */
    HTAA_IP_MASK,       /* 403 Forbidden by IP mask             */
    HTAA_BY_RULE,       /* 403 Forbidden by rule                */
    HTAA_NO_ACL,        /* 403 Forbidden, ACL non-existent      */
    HTAA_NO_ENTRY,      /* 403 Forbidden, no ACL entry          */
    HTAA_SETUP_ERROR,   /* 403 Forbidden, server setup error    */
    HTAA_DOTDOT,        /* 403 Forbidden, URL with /../ illegal */
    HTAA_HTBIN,         /* 403 Forbidden, /htbin not enabled    */
    HTAA_INVALID_REDIRECT,
                        /* 403 Forbidden, bad redirection setup */
    HTAA_NOT_ALLOWED,   /* 403 Forbidden, dangerous method must */
                        /*                be explicitly allowed */
    HTAA_NOT_FOUND,     /* 404 Not found, or read protected     */
    HTAA_MULTI_FAILED   /* 404 No suitable presentation found   */
} HTAAFailReason;


/*

Datatype definitions

  HTAASCHEME
  
   The enumeration HTAAScheme represents the possible authentication schemes used by the
   WWW Access Authorization.
   
 */

typedef enum {
    HTAA_UNKNOWN,
    HTAA_NONE,
    HTAA_BASIC,
    HTAA_PUBKEY,
    HTAA_KERBEROS_V4,
    HTAA_KERBEROS_V5,
    HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES /* THIS MUST ALWAYS BE LAST! Number of schemes */
} HTAAScheme;

/*

Authentication Schemes

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAScheme_enum()
**              TRANSLATE SCHEME NAME TO A SCHEME ENUMERATION
** ON ENTRY:
**      name            is a string representing the scheme name.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the enumerated constant for that scheme.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAScheme HTAAScheme_enum PARAMS((CONST char* name));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAScheme_name()
**                      GET THE NAME OF A GIVEN SCHEME
** ON ENTRY:
**      scheme          is one of the scheme enum values:
**                      HTAA_NONE, HTAA_BASIC, HTAA_PUBKEY, ...
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the name of the scheme, i.e.
**                      "none", "basic", "pubkey", ...
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAAScheme_name PARAMS((HTAAScheme scheme));


/* PUBLIC                                           HTAA_templateCaseMatch()
**              STRING COMPARISON FUNCTION FOR FILE NAMES
**                 WITH ONE WILDCARD * IN THE TEMPLATE (Case Insensitive)
** NOTE:
**      This is essentially the same code as in HTAA_templateMatch, but
**      it compares case insensitive (for VMS). Reason for this routine
**      is that HTAA_templateMatch gets called from several places, also
**      there where a case sensitive match is needed, so one cannot just
**      change the HTAA_templateMatch routine for VMS.
**
** ON ENTRY:
**      template        is a template string to match the file name
**                      agaist, may contain a single wildcard
**                      character * which matches zero or more
**                      arbitrary characters.
**      filename        is the filename (or pathname) to be matched
**                      agaist the template.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         YES, if filename matches the template.
**                      NO, otherwise.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_templateCaseMatch PARAMS((CONST char * template,
                                           CONST char * filename));


/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate()
**              CREATE A PROTECTION TEMPLATE FOR THE FILES
**              IN THE SAME DIRECTORY AS THE GIVEN FILE
**              (Used by server if there is no fancier way for
**              it to tell the client, and by browser if server
**              didn't send WWW-ProtectionTemplate: field)
** ON ENTRY:
**      docname is the document pathname (from URL).
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a template matching docname, and other files
**              files in that directory.
**
**              E.g.  /foo/bar/x.html  =>  /foo/bar/ *
**                                                  ^
**                              Space only to prevent it from
**                              being a comment marker here,
**                              there really isn't any space.
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_makeProtectionTemplate PARAMS((CONST char * docname));
/*

MIME Argument List Parser

 */


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_parseArgList()
**              PARSE AN ARGUMENT LIST GIVEN IN A HEADER FIELD
** ON ENTRY:
**      str     is a comma-separated list:
**
**                      item, item, item
**              where
**                      item ::= value
**                             | name=value
**                             | name="value"
**
**              Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored
**              everywhere except inside quotes, so the following
**              examples are equal:
**
**                      name=value,foo=bar
**                       name="value",foo="bar"
**                        name = value ,  foo = bar
**                         name = "value" ,  foo = "bar"
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns a list of name-value pairs (actually HTAssocList*).
**              For items with no name, just value, the name is
**              the number of order number of that item. E.g.
**              "1" for the first, etc.
*/
PUBLIC HTList *HTAA_parseArgList PARAMS((char * str));

/*

 */

#endif  /* NOT HTAAUTIL_H */
/*

   End of file HTAAUtil.h.  */
 */
	    str = cur;
	    if (*str == '"') {			/* Quoted value */
		str++;
		cur = str;
		while (*cur  &&  *cur != '"') cur++;
		if (*cur == '"')
		    *(cur++) = (char)0;	/* Terminate value */
		/* else it is lacking terminating quoteWWW/Library/Implementation/HTACL.c1006640070060000000000001355305475034130014103 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTACL.c
**		ACCESS CONTROL LIST ROUTINES
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**	MD 	Mark Donszelmann    duns@vxdeop.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	 8 Nov 93  MD	(VMS only) case insensitive compare reading acl entry, filename
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/


#include 	/* FILE */
#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAFile.h"	/* File routines	*/
#include "HTGroup.h"	/* GroupDef		*/
#include "HTACL.h"	/* Implemented here	*/


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_getAclFilename()
**	    RESOLVE THE FULL PATHNAME OF ACL FILE FOR A GIVEN FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	path	is the pathname of the file for which to
**		ACL file should be found.
**
**		ACL filename is computed by replacing
**		the filename by .www_acl in the pathname
**		(this is done to a local copy, of course).
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	the absolute pathname of ACL file
**		(which is automatically freed next time
**		this fuction is called).
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_getAclFilename ARGS1(CONST char *, pathname)
{
    static char * local_copy = NULL;
    static char * acl_path = NULL;
    char * directory = NULL;
    char * filename = NULL;

    StrAllocCopy(local_copy, pathname);	/* Also frees local_copy */
                                        /* from previous call.   */

    directory = local_copy;
    filename = strrchr(directory, '/');
    if (!filename) {		/* No path in front of filename */
	directory = ".";	/* So use current directory */
	filename = local_copy;	/* and the pathname itself is the filename */
    }
    else {
	*filename = '\0'; /* Truncate filename off from directory path */
	filename++;	  /* and the filename begins from the next character */
    }
    
    StrAllocCopy(acl_path, directory);	/* Also frees acl_path */
                                        /* from previous call. */
    StrAllocCat(acl_path, "/");
    StrAllocCat(acl_path, ACL_FILE_NAME);

    return acl_path;
}


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_openAcl()
**		OPEN THE ACL FILE FOR THE GIVEN DOCUMENT
** ON ENTRY:
**	pathname	is the absolute pathname of
**			the file to be accessed.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		the FILE* to open ACL.
**			NULL, if ACL not found.
*/
PUBLIC FILE *HTAA_openAcl ARGS1(CONST char *, pathname)
{
    return fopen(HTAA_getAclFilename(pathname), "r");
}


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_closeAcl()
**			CLOSE ACL FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	acl_file is Access Control List file to close.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	nothing.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_closeAcl ARGS1(FILE *, acl_file)
{
    if (acl_file)  fclose(acl_file);
}


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_getAclEntry()
**			CONSULT THE ACCESS CONTROL LIST AND
**			GIVE A LIST OF GROUPS (AND USERS)
**			AUTHORIZED TO ACCESS A GIVEN FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	acl_file	is an open ACL file.
**	pathname	is the absolute pathname of
**			the file to be accessed.
**	method		is the method for which access is wanted.
**
** ALC FILE FORMAT:
**
**	template : method, method, ... : group@addr, user, group, ...
**
**	The last item is in fact in exactly the same format as
**	group definition in group file, i.e. everything that
**	follows the 'groupname:' part,
**	e.g.
**		user, group, user@address, group@address,
**		(user,group,...)@(address, address, ...)
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		NULL, if there is no entry for the file in the ACL,
**			or ACL doesn't exist.
**			If there is, a GroupDef object containing the
**			group and user names allowed to access the file
**			is returned (this is automatically freed
**			next time this function is called).
** IMPORTANT:
**	Returns the first entry with matching template and
**	method. This function should be called multiple times
**	to process all the valid entries (until it returns NULL).
**	This is because there can be multiple entries like:
**
**		*.html : get,put : ari,timbl,robert
**		*.html : get	 : jim,james,jonathan,jojo
**
** NOTE:
**	The returned group definition may well contain references
**	to groups defined in group file. Therefore these references
**	must be resolved according to that rule file by function
**	HTAA_resolveGroupReferences() (group file is read in by
**	HTAA_readGroupFile()) and after that access authorization
**	can be checked with function HTAA_userAndInetGroup().
*/
PUBLIC GroupDef *HTAA_getAclEntry ARGS3(FILE *,		acl_file,
					CONST char *,	pathname,
					HTAAMethod,	method)
{
    static GroupDef * group_def = NULL;
    CONST char * filename;
    int len;
    char *buf;

    if (!acl_file) return NULL;		/* ACL doesn't exist */
    
    if (group_def) {
	GroupDef_delete(group_def);	/* From previous call */
	group_def = NULL;
    }

    if (!(filename = strrchr(pathname, '/')))
	filename = pathname;
    else filename++;	/* Skip slash */

    len = strlen(filename);

    if (!(buf = (char*)malloc((strlen(filename)+2)*sizeof(char))))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_getAuthorizedGroups");
    
    while (EOF != HTAAFile_readField(acl_file, buf, len+1)) {
#ifdef VMS
	if (HTAA_templateCaseMatch(buf, filename)) {
#else /* not VMS */
	if (HTAA_templateMatch(buf, filename)) {
#endif /* not VMS */
	    HTList *methods = HTList_new();
	    HTAAFile_readList(acl_file, methods, MAX_METHODNAME_LEN);
	    if (TRACE) {
		fprintf(stderr,
			"Filename '%s' matched template '%s', allowed methods:",
			filename, buf);
	    }	
	    if (HTAAMethod_inList(method, methods)) {	/* right method? */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, " METHOD OK\n");
		HTList_delete(methods);
		free(buf);
		group_def = HTAA_parseGroupDef(acl_file);
		/*
		** HTAA_parseGroupDef() already reads the record
		** separator so we don't call HTAAFile_nextRec().
		*/
		return group_def;
	    }
	    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, " METHOD NOT FOUND\n");
	    HTList_delete(methods);
	}	/* if template match */
	else {
	    if (TRACE) {
		fprintf(stderr,
			"Filename '%s' didn't match template '%s'\n",
			filename, buf);
	    }
	}

	HTAAFile_nextRec(acl_file);
    }	/* while not eof */
    free(buf);

    return NULL;	/* No entry for requested file */
                        /* (or an empty entry).        */
}

TAA_PUBKEY, ...
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the name of the scheme, i.e.
**                      "none", "basic", "pubkey", ...
*/
PUBLIC WWW/Library/Implementation/HTACL.h1006640070060000000000000664605475034132014117 037777777777 1 0 /*                                ACCESS CONTROL LIST ROUTINES
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTACL_H
#define HTACL_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTGroup.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAgAFn        HTAA_getAclFilename
#define HTAAoACL        HTAA_openAcl
#define HTAAcACL        HTAA_closeAcl
#define HTAAgAEn        HTAA_getAclEntry
#endif /* SHORT_NAMES */

/*

Opening Access Control List File

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_openAcl()
**              OPEN THE ACL FILE FOR THE GIVEN DOCUMENT
** ON ENTRY:
**      pathname        is the absolute pathname of
**                      the file to be accessed.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         the FILE* to open ACL.
**                      NULL, if ACL not found.
*/
PUBLIC FILE *HTAA_openAcl PARAMS((CONST char * pathname));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_closeAcl()
**                      CLOSE ACL FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**      acl_file is Access Control List file to close.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns nothing.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAA_closeAcl PARAMS((FILE * acl_file));
/*

Getting ACL Entry

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_getAclEntry()
**                      CONSULT THE ACCESS CONTROL LIST AND
**                      GIVE A LIST OF GROUPS (AND USERS)
**                      AUTHORIZED TO ACCESS A GIVEN FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**      acl_file        is an open ACL file.
**      pathname        is the absolute pathname of
**                      the file to be accessed.
**      method          is the method for which access is wanted.
**
** ALC FILE FORMAT:
**
**      template : method, method, ... : group@addr, user, group, ...
**
**      The last item is in fact in exactly the same format as
**      group definition in group file, i.e. everything that
**      follows the 'groupname:' part,
**      e.g.
**              user, group, user@address, group@address,
**              (user,group,...)@(address, address, ...)
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         NULL, if there is no entry for the file in the ACL,
**                      or ACL doesn't exist.
**                      If there is, a GroupDef object containing the
**                      group and user names allowed to access the file
**                      is returned (this is automatically freed
**                      next time this function is called).
** IMPORTANT:
**      Returns the first entry with matching template and
**      method. This function should be called multiple times
**      to process all the valid entries (until it returns NULL).
**      This is because there can be multiple entries like:
**
**              *.html : get,put : ari,timbl,robert
**              *.html : get     : jim,james,jonathan,jojo
**
** NOTE:
**      The returned group definition may well contain references
**      to groups defined in group file. Therefore these references
**      must be resolved according to that rule file by function
**      HTAA_resolveGroupReferences() (group file is read in by
**      HTAA_readGroupFile()) and after that access authorization
**      can be checked with function HTAA_userAndInetGroup().
*/
PUBLIC GroupDef *HTAA_getAclEntry PARAMS((FILE *        acl_file,
                                          CONST char *  pathname,
                                          HTAAMethod    method));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTACL_H */
/*

   End of file HTACL.h.  */
WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.c1006640070060000000000006345005544654063014720 037777777777 1 0 /*		Access Manager					HTAccess.c
**		==============
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee timbl@info.cern.ch
**	JFG	Jean-Francois Groff jfg@dxcern.cern.ch
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca (310) 825-4580  
** History
**       8 Jun 92 Telnet hopping prohibited as telnet is not secure TBL
**	26 Jun 92 When over DECnet, suppressed FTP, Gopher and News. JFG
**	 6 Oct 92 Moved HTClientHost and logfile into here. TBL
**	17 Dec 92 Tn3270 added, bug fix. DD
**	 4 Feb 93 Access registration, Search escapes bad chars TBL
**		  PARAMETERS TO HTSEARCH AND HTLOADRELATIVE CHANGED
**	28 May 93 WAIS gateway explicit if no WAIS library linked in.
**	   Dec 93 Bug change around, more reentrant, etc
** Bugs
**	This module assumes that that the graphic object is hypertext, as it
**	needs to select it when it has been loaded.  A superclass needs to be
**	defined which accepts select and select_anchor.
*/

#ifndef DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY
#define DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY "http://info.cern.ch:8001/"
#endif

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTAccess.h"

/* Uses:
*/

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTML.h"		/* SCW */

#ifndef NO_RULES
#include "HTRules.h"
#endif

#include 

#include "HTList.h"
#include "HText.h"	/* See bugs above */
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"	/* for cache stuff */
#include "HTTee.h"

/*	These flags may be set to modify the operation of this module
*/
PUBLIC char * HTCacheDir = 0;	/* Root for cached files or 0 for no cache */
PUBLIC char * HTSaveLocallyDir = SAVE_LOCALLY_HOME_DIR;	/* Save & exe files */
PUBLIC char * HTClientHost = 0;	/* Name of remote login host if any */
PUBLIC FILE * logfile = 0;	/* File to which to output one-liners */
PUBLIC BOOL HTForceReload = NO;	/* Force reload from cache or net */
PUBLIC BOOL HTSecure = NO;	/* Disable access for telnet users? */
PUBLIC BOOL using_proxy = NO;	/* are we using a proxy gateway? */
PUBLIC BOOL HTImServer = NO;	/* cern_httpd sets this */
PUBLIC BOOL HTImProxy = NO;	/* cern_httpd as a proxy? */

/*	To generate other things, play with these:
*/

/* PUBLIC HTFormat HTOutputFormat = NULL;	use request->output_format */
/* PUBLIC HTStream* HTOutputStream = NULL;	use request->output_stream */ 

PRIVATE HTList * protocols = NULL;   /* List of registered protocol descriptors */

/* 	Superclass defn */

struct _HTStream {
	HTStreamClass * isa;
	/* ... */
};

/*	Create  a request structure
**	---------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTRequest * HTRequest_new NOARGS
{
    HTRequest * me = (HTRequest*) calloc(1, sizeof(*me));  /* zero fill */
    if (!me) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTRequest_new()");
    
    me->conversions	= HTList_new();	/* No conversions registerd yet */
    me->output_format	= WWW_PRESENT;	/* default it to present to user */

    return me;
}


/*	Delete a request structure
**	--------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTRequest_delete ARGS1(HTRequest *, req)
{
    if (req) {
	HTFormatDelete(req->conversions);
	HTAACleanup(req);
	FREE(req);
    }
}


PRIVATE char * method_names[(int)MAX_METHODS + 1] =
{
    "INVALID-METHOD",
    "GET",
    "HEAD",
    "POST",
    "PUT",
    "DELETE",
    "CHECKOUT",
    "CHECKIN",
    "SHOWMETHOD",
    "LINK",
    "UNLINK",
    NULL
};

/*	Get method enum value
**	---------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTMethod HTMethod_enum ARGS1(char *, name)
{
    if (name) {
	int i;
	for (i=1; i < (int)MAX_METHODS; i++)
	    if (!strcmp(name, method_names[i]))
		return (HTMethod)i;
    }
    return METHOD_INVALID;
}


/*	Get method name
**	---------------
*/
PUBLIC char * HTMethod_name ARGS1(HTMethod, method)
{
    if ((int)method > (int)METHOD_INVALID  && 
	(int)method < (int)MAX_METHODS)
	return method_names[(int)method];
    else
	return method_names[(int)METHOD_INVALID];
}


/*	Is method in a list of method names?
**	-----------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTMethod_inList ARGS2(HTMethod,	method,
				  HTList *,	list)
{
    char * method_name = HTMethod_name(method);
    HTList *cur = list;
    char *item;

    while (NULL != (item = (char*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	CTRACE(stderr, " %s", item);
	if (0==strcasecomp(item, method_name))
	    return YES;
    }
    return NO;	/* Not found */
}





/*	Register a Protocol				HTRegisterProtocol
**	-------------------
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTRegisterProtocol(protocol)
	HTProtocol * protocol;
{
    if (!protocols) protocols = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject(protocols, protocol);
    return YES;
}


/*	Register all known protocols
**	----------------------------
**
**	Add to or subtract from this list if you add or remove protocol modules.
**	This routine is called the first time the protocol list is needed,
**	unless any protocols are already registered, in which case it is not called.
**	Therefore the application can override this list.
**
**	Compiling with NO_INIT prevents all known protocols from being forced
**	in at link time.
*/
#ifndef NO_INIT
PRIVATE void HTAccessInit NOARGS			/* Call me once */
{
GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTTP, HTFile, HTTelnet, HTTn3270, HTRlogin;
#ifndef DECNET
GLOBALREF  HTProtocol HTFTP, HTNews, HTGopher;
#ifdef DIRECT_WAIS
GLOBALREF  HTProtocol HTWAIS;
#endif
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTFTP);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTNews);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTGopher);
#ifdef DIRECT_WAIS
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTWAIS);
#endif
#endif

    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTP);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTFile);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTelnet);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTn3270);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTRlogin);
}
#endif



/*							override_proxy()
**
**	Check the no_proxy environment variable to get the list
**	of hosts for which proxy server is not consulted.
**
**	no_proxy is a comma- or space-separated list of machine
**	or domain names, with optional :port part.  If no :port
**	part is present, it applies to all ports on that domain.
**
**	Example:
**		no_proxy="cern.ch,some.domain:8001"
**
*/
PRIVATE BOOL override_proxy ARGS1(CONST char *, addr)
{
    CONST char * no_proxy = getenv("no_proxy");
    char * p = NULL;
    char * host = NULL;
    int port = 0;
    int h_len = 0;

    if (!no_proxy || !addr || !(host = HTParse(addr, "", PARSE_HOST)))
	return NO;
    if (!*host) { free(host); return NO; }

    if ((p = strchr(host, ':')) != NULL) {	/* Port specified */
	*p++ = 0;			/* Chop off port */
	port = atoi(p);
    }
    else {				/* Use default port */
	char * access = HTParse(addr, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
	if (access) {
	    if	    (!strcmp(access,"http"))	port = 80;
	    else if (!strcmp(access,"gopher"))	port = 70;
	    else if (!strcmp(access,"ftp"))	port = 21;
	    free(access);
	}
    }
    if (!port) port = 80;		/* Default */
    h_len = strlen(host);

    while (*no_proxy) {
	CONST char * end;
	CONST char * colon = NULL;
	int templ_port = 0;
	int t_len;

	while (*no_proxy && (WHITE(*no_proxy) || *no_proxy==','))
	    no_proxy++;			/* Skip whitespace and separators */

	end = no_proxy;
	while (*end && !WHITE(*end) && *end != ',') {	/* Find separator */
	    if (*end==':') colon = end;			/* Port number given */
	    end++;
	}

	if (colon) {
	    templ_port = atoi(colon+1);
	    t_len = colon - no_proxy;
	}
	else {
	    t_len = end - no_proxy;
	}

	if ((!templ_port || templ_port == port)  &&
	    (t_len > 0  &&  t_len <= h_len  &&
	     !strncmp(host + h_len - t_len, no_proxy, t_len))) {
	    free(host);
	    return YES;
	}
	if (*end) no_proxy = end+1;
	else break;
    }

    free(host);
    return NO;
}



/*		Find physical name and access protocol
**		--------------------------------------
**
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**	anchor		a pareent anchor with whose address is addr
**
** On exit,
**	returns		HT_NO_ACCESS		Error has occured.
**			HT_OK			Success
**
*/
PRIVATE int get_physical ARGS1(HTRequest *, req)
{    
    char * access=0;	/* Name of access method */
    char * addr = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)req->anchor);	/* free me */

    /*
    ** This HACK is here until we have redirection implemented.
    ** This is used when we are recursively calling HTLoad().
    ** We then take the physical address, because currently the
    ** virtual address is kept in a hash table so it can't be
    ** changed -- otherwise it wouldn't be found anymore.
    */
    if (HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor))
	StrAllocCopy(addr, HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor));

#ifndef NO_RULES
    if (HTImServer)	/* cern_httpd has already done its own translations */
	HTAnchor_setPhysical(req->anchor, addr);
    else {
	char * physical = HTTranslate(addr);
	if (!physical) {
	    free(addr);
	    return HT_FORBIDDEN;
	}
	HTAnchor_setPhysical(req->anchor, physical);
	free(physical);			/* free our copy */
    }
#else
    HTAnchor_setPhysical(req->anchor, addr);
#endif

    access =  HTParse(HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor),
		      "file:", PARSE_ACCESS);

/*	Check whether gateway access has been set up for this
**
**	This function can be replaced by the rule system above.
*/
#define USE_GATEWAYS
#ifdef USE_GATEWAYS
    if (!override_proxy(addr)) {
	char * gateway_parameter, *gateway, *proxy;

	gateway_parameter = (char *)malloc(strlen(access)+20);
	if (gateway_parameter == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoad");

	/* search for proxy gateways */
	strcpy(gateway_parameter, "WWW_");
	strcat(gateway_parameter, access);
	strcat(gateway_parameter, "_GATEWAY");
	gateway = (char *)getenv(gateway_parameter); /* coerce for decstation */

	/* search for proxy servers */
	strcpy(gateway_parameter, access);
	strcat(gateway_parameter, "_proxy");
	proxy = (char *)getenv(gateway_parameter);

	free(gateway_parameter);

	if (TRACE && gateway)
	    fprintf(stderr,"Gateway found: %s\n",gateway);
	if (TRACE && proxy)
	    fprintf(stderr,"Proxy server found: %s\n",proxy);

#ifndef DIRECT_WAIS
	if (!gateway && 0==strcmp(access, "wais")) {
	    gateway = DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY;
	}
#endif
	/* make sure the using_proxy variable is false */
	using_proxy = NO;

	/* proxy servers have precedence over gateway servers */
	if (proxy) {
	    char * gatewayed=0;

            StrAllocCopy(gatewayed,proxy);
	    StrAllocCat(gatewayed,addr);
	    using_proxy = YES;
	    HTAnchor_setPhysical(req->anchor, gatewayed);
	    free(gatewayed);
	    free(access);

	    access =  HTParse(HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor),
			      "http:", PARSE_ACCESS);
	} else if (gateway) {
	    char * path = HTParse(addr, "",
	    	PARSE_HOST + PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
		/* Chop leading / off to make host into part of path */
	    char * gatewayed = HTParse(path+1, gateway, PARSE_ALL);
	    free(path);
            HTAnchor_setPhysical(req->anchor, gatewayed);
	    free(gatewayed);
	    free(access);
	    
    	    access =  HTParse(HTAnchor_physical(req->anchor),
    		"http:", PARSE_ACCESS);
	}
    }
#endif

    free(addr);


/*	Search registered protocols to find suitable one
*/
    {
	HTList *cur;
	HTProtocol *p;
#ifndef NO_INIT
        if (!protocols) HTAccessInit();
#endif
	cur = protocols;
	while ((p = (HTProtocol*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (strcmp(p->name, access)==0) {
		HTAnchor_setProtocol(req->anchor, p);
		free(access);
		return (HT_OK);
	    }
	}
    }

    free(access);
    return HT_NO_ACCESS;
}


/*		Load a document
**		---------------
**
**	This is an internal routine, which has an address AND a matching
**	anchor.  (The public routines are called with one OR the other.)
**
** On entry,
**	request->
**	    anchor		a parent anchor with fully qualified
**				hypertext reference as its address set
**	    output_format	valid
**	    output_stream	valid on NULL
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0		Error has occured.
**			HT_LOADED	Success
**			HT_NO_DATA	Success, but no document loaded.
**					(telnet sesssion started etc)
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoad ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
{
    char	*arg = NULL;
    HTProtocol	*p;
    int 	status;

    if (request->method == METHOD_INVALID)
	request->method = METHOD_GET;
    status = get_physical(request);
    if (status == HT_FORBIDDEN) {
        return HTLoadError(request, 500,
			   "Access forbidden by rule");
    }
    if (status < 0) return status;	/* Can't resolve or forbidden */

    if(!(arg = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor)) || !*arg) 
    	return (-1);

    p = HTAnchor_protocol(request->anchor);
    return (*(p->load))(request);
}


/*		Get a save stream for a document
**		--------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream *HTSaveStream ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
{
    HTProtocol * p;
    int status;
    request->method = METHOD_PUT;
    status = get_physical(request);
    if (status == HT_FORBIDDEN) {
        HTLoadError(request, 500,
		    "Access forbidden by rule");
	return NULL;	/* should return error status? */
    }
    if (status < 0) return NULL; /* @@ error. Can't resolve or forbidden */
    
    p = HTAnchor_protocol(request->anchor);
    if (!p) return NULL;
    
    return (*p->saveStream)(request);
    
}


/*		Load a document - with logging etc
**		----------------------------------
**
**	- Checks or documents already loaded
**	- Logs the access
**	- Allows stdin filter option
**	- Trace ouput and error messages
**
**    On Entry,
**        request->anchor	valid for of the document to be accessed.
**	 request->childAnchor   optional anchor within doc to be selected
**
**        filter            if YES, treat stdin as HTML
**
**	  request->anchor   is the node_anchor for the document
**	  request->output_format is valid
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
*/

PRIVATE BOOL HTLoadDocument ARGS1(HTRequest *,		request)

{
    int	        status;
    HText *	text;
    char * full_address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)request->anchor);
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
      "HTAccess: loading document %s\n", full_address);

    request->using_cache = NULL;
    
    if (!request->output_format) request->output_format = WWW_PRESENT;

    if (!HTForceReload && (text=(HText *)HTAnchor_document(request->anchor)))
    {	/* Already loaded */
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAccess: Document already in memory.\n");
	if (request->childAnchor) {
	    HText_selectAnchor(text, request->childAnchor);
	} else {
	    HText_select(text);	
	}
	free(full_address);
	return YES;
    }
    
    /* Check the Cache */
    /* Caching is ONLY done if (char*) HTCacheDir is set. Henrik 09/03-94 */
    /* Bug: for each format, we only check whether it is ok, we
       don't check them all and chose the best */
    if (HTCacheDir && request->anchor->cacheItems) {
        HTList * list = request->anchor->cacheItems;
	HTList * cur = list;
	HTCacheItem * item;

	while ((item = (HTCacheItem*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    HTStream * s;
	    
	    request->using_cache = item;
	    
	    s = HTStreamStack(item->format, request);
	    if (s) {		/* format was suitable */
	        FILE * fp = fopen(item->filename, "r");
	    	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Cache: HIT file %s for %s\n",
				   item->filename, 
				   full_address);
		if (fp) {
		    HTFileCopy(fp, s);
		    (*s->isa->free)(s);	/* close up pipeline */
		    fclose(fp);
		    free(full_address);
		    return YES;
		} else {
		    fprintf(stderr, "***** Can't read cache file %s !\n",
			    item->filename);
		} /* file open ok */
	    } /* stream ok */
	} /* next cache item */
    } /* if cache available for this anchor */
    
    status = HTLoad(request);

    
/*	Log the access if necessary
*/
    if (logfile) {
	time_t theTime;
	time(&theTime);
	fprintf(logfile, "%24.24s %s %s %s\n",
	    ctime(&theTime),
	    HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
	    status<0 ? "FAIL" : "GET",
	    full_address);
	fflush(logfile);	/* Actually update it on disk */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Log: %24.24s %s %s %s\n",
	    ctime(&theTime),
	    HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
	    status<0 ? "FAIL" : "GET",
	    full_address);
    }
    

    if (status == HT_LOADED) {
	if (TRACE) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTAccess: `%s' has been accessed.\n",
	    full_address);
	}
	free(full_address);
	return YES;
    }
    
    if (status == HT_NO_DATA) {
	if (TRACE) {
	    fprintf(stderr, 
	    "HTAccess: `%s' has been accessed, No data left.\n",
	    full_address);
	}
	free(full_address);
	return NO;
    }
    
    /* Bug fix thanks to Lou Montulli. Henrik 10/03-94 */
    if (status<=0) {		      /* Failure in accessing a document */
#ifdef CURSES
        user_message("Can't access `%s'", full_address);
#else
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"HTAccess: Can't access `%s'\n", full_address);
#endif
	/* This is done in the specific load procedures... Henrik 07/03-94 */
	/* HTLoadError(request, 500, "Unable to access document."); */
	free(full_address);
	return NO;
    }
 
    /* If you get this, then please find which routine is returning
       a positive unrecognised error code! */
 
    fprintf(stderr,
    "**** HTAccess: socket or file number returned by obsolete load routine!\n");
    fprintf(stderr,
    "**** HTAccess: Internal software error. Please mail www-bug@info.cern.ch quoting the version number of this software and the URL: %s!\n",
    	full_address);
    free(full_address);
   
    exit(-6996);
    return NO;	/* For gcc :-( */
} /* HTLoadDocument */



/*		Load a document from absolute name
**		---------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        addr     The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
**        filter   if YES, treat document as HTML
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadAbsolute ARGS2(CONST char *,addr, HTRequest*, request)
{
   HTAnchor * anchor = HTAnchor_findAddress(addr);
   request->anchor = HTAnchor_parent(anchor);
   request->childAnchor = ((HTAnchor*)request->anchor == anchor) ?
   			NULL : (HTChildAnchor*) anchor;
   return HTLoadDocument(request);
}


/*		Load a document from absolute name to stream
**		--------------------------------------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        addr     The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
**        request->output_stream     if non-NULL, send data down this stream
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadToStream ARGS3(
		CONST char *,	addr,
		BOOL, 		filter,
		HTRequest*,	request)
{
   HTAnchor * anchor = HTAnchor_findAddress(addr);
   request->anchor = HTAnchor_parent(anchor);
   request->childAnchor = ((HTAnchor*)request->anchor == anchor) ? NULL :
   	(HTChildAnchor*) anchor;
    request->output_stream = request->output_stream;
    return HTLoadDocument(request);
}




/*		Load a document from relative name
**		---------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        relative_name     The relative address of the document
**	  		    to be accessed.
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadRelative ARGS3(
		CONST char *,		relative_name,
		HTParentAnchor *,	here,
		HTRequest *,		request)
{
    char * 		full_address = 0;
    BOOL       		result;
    char * 		mycopy = 0;
    char * 		stripped = 0;
    char *		current_address =
    				HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)here);

    StrAllocCopy(mycopy, relative_name);

    stripped = HTStrip(mycopy);
    full_address = HTParse(stripped,
	           current_address,
		   PARSE_ACCESS|PARSE_HOST|PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    result = HTLoadAbsolute(full_address, request);
    free(full_address);
    free(current_address);
    free(mycopy);  /* Memory leak fixed 10/7/92 -- JFG */
    return result;
}


/*		Load if necessary, and select an anchor
**		--------------------------------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        destination      	    The child or parenet anchor to be loaded.
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success
**                   NO      Failure 
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadAnchor ARGS2(HTAnchor*, anchor, HTRequest *, request)
{
    if (!anchor) return NO;	/* No link */
    
    request->anchor  = HTAnchor_parent(anchor);
    request->childAnchor = ((HTAnchor*)request->anchor == anchor) ? NULL
    					: (HTChildAnchor*) anchor;
    
    return HTLoadDocument(request) ? YES : NO;
	
} /* HTLoadAnchor */


/*		Search
**		------
**  Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to 
**  the end of the current address and attempts to open the new address.
**
**  On Entry,
**       *keywords  	space-separated keyword list or similar search list
**	here		is anchor search is to be done on.
*/

PRIVATE char hex(i)
    int i;
{
    char * hexchars = "0123456789ABCDEF";
    return hexchars[i];
}

PUBLIC BOOL HTSearch ARGS3(
	CONST char *, 		keywords,
	HTParentAnchor *, 	here,
	HTRequest *,		request)
{

#define acceptable \
"1234567890abcdefghijlkmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ.-_"

    char *q, *u;
    CONST char * p, *s, *e;		/* Pointers into keywords */
    char * address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)here);
    BOOL result;
    char * escaped = malloc(strlen(keywords)*3+1);

    /* static CONST BOOL isAcceptable[96] = */
    /* static AND const is not good for a gnu compiler! Frystyk 25/02-94 */
    static BOOL isAcceptable[96] =
    /*   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
    {    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,1,1,0,	/* 2x   !"#$%&'()*+,-./	 */
         1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,	/* 3x  0123456789:;<=>?	 */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,	/* 4x  @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO  */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,	/* 5X  PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_	 */
	 0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,	/* 6x  `abcdefghijklmno	 */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0 };	/* 7X  pqrstuvwxyz{\}~	DEL */

    if (escaped == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSearch");
    
/* Convert spaces to + and hex escape unacceptable characters */

    for(s=keywords; *s && WHITE(*s); s++); /*scan */ 	 /* Skip white space */
    for(e = s + strlen(s); e>s && WHITE(*(e-1)) ; e--);     /* Skip trailers */
    for(q=escaped, p=s; p=32 && c<=127 && isAcceptable[c-32] != 0) {
	    *q++ = *p;			/* 930706 TBL for MVS bug */
	} else {
	    *q++ = '%';
	    *q++ = hex(c / 16);
	    *q++ = hex(c % 16);
	}
    } /* Loop over string */
    
    *q=0;
    				/* terminate escaped sctring */
    u=strchr(address, '?');		/* Find old search string */
    if (u) *u = 0;			        /* Chop old search off */

    StrAllocCat(address, "?");
    StrAllocCat(address, escaped);
    free(escaped);
    result = HTLoadRelative(address, here, request);
    free(address);
    
    return result;
}


/*		Search Given Indexname
**		------
**  Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to 
**  the end of the current address and attempts to open the new address.
**
**  On Entry,
**       *keywords  	space-separated keyword list or similar search list
**	*addres		is name of object search is to be done on.
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTSearchAbsolute ARGS3(
	CONST char *, 	keywords,
	CONST char *, 	indexname,
	HTRequest *,	request)
{
    HTParentAnchor * anchor =
    	(HTParentAnchor*) HTAnchor_findAddress(indexname);
    return HTSearch(keywords, anchor, request);
}


/*		Generate the anchor for the home page
**		-------------------------------------
**
**	As it involves file access, this should only be done once
**	when the program first runs.
**	This is a default algorithm -- browser don't HAVE to use this.
**	But consistency betwen browsers is STRONGLY recommended!
**
**	Priority order is:
**
**		1	WWW_HOME environment variable (logical name, etc)
**		2	~/WWW/default.html
**		3	/usr/local/bin/default.html
**		4	http://info.cern.ch/default.html
**
*/
PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HTHomeAnchor NOARGS
{
    char * my_home_document = NULL;
    char * home = (char *)getenv(LOGICAL_DEFAULT);
    char * ref;
    HTParentAnchor * anchor;
    
    if (home) {
        StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, home);
    
/* 	Someone telnets in, they get a special home.
*/
#define MAX_FILE_NAME 1024					/* @@@ */
    } else  if (HTClientHost) {			/* Telnet server */
    	FILE * fp = fopen(REMOTE_POINTER, "r");
	char * status;
	if (fp) {
	    my_home_document = (char*) malloc(MAX_FILE_NAME);
	    status = fgets(my_home_document, MAX_FILE_NAME, fp);
	    if (!status) {
	        free(my_home_document);
		my_home_document = NULL;
	    }
	    fclose(fp);
	}
	if (!my_home_document) StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, REMOTE_ADDRESS);
    }

    

#ifdef unix

    if (!my_home_document) {
	FILE * fp = NULL;
	CONST char * home =  (CONST char*)getenv("HOME");
	if (home) { 
	    my_home_document = (char *)malloc(
		strlen(home)+1+ strlen(PERSONAL_DEFAULT)+1);
	    if (my_home_document == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	    sprintf(my_home_document, "%s/%s", home, PERSONAL_DEFAULT);
	    fp = fopen(my_home_document, "r");
	}
	
	if (!fp) {
	    StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE);
	    fp = fopen(my_home_document, "r");
	}
	if (fp) {
	    fclose(fp);
	} else {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTBrowse: No local home document ~/%s or %s\n",
	    PERSONAL_DEFAULT, LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE);
	    free(my_home_document);
	    my_home_document = NULL;
	}
    }
#endif
    ref = HTParse( my_home_document ?	my_home_document :
				HTClientHost ? REMOTE_ADDRESS
				: LAST_RESORT,
		    "file:",
		    PARSE_ACCESS|PARSE_HOST|PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    if (my_home_document) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTAccess: Using custom home page %s i.e. address %s\n",
	    my_home_document, ref);
	free(my_home_document);
    }
    anchor = (HTParentAnchor*) HTAnchor_findAddress(ref);
    free(ref);
    return anchor;
}


/*		Bind an Anchor to the request structure
**		---------------------------------------
**
**    On Entry,
**	anchor		The child or parenet anchor to be binded
**	request		The request sturcture
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**  Note: Actually the same as HTLoadAnchor() but DOES NOT do the loading
**						Henrik Frystyk 17/02-94
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTBindAnchor ARGS2(HTAnchor*, anchor, HTRequest *, request)
{
    if (!anchor) return NO;	/* No link */
    
    request->anchor  = HTAnchor_parent(anchor);
    request->childAnchor = ((HTAnchor*)request->anchor == anchor) ? NULL
    					: (HTChildAnchor*) anchor;
	
    return YES;
} /* HTBindAnchor */

ss);
	}
	free(full_address);
	return NO;
    }
    
    /* Bug fix thanks to Lou Montulli. Henrik 10/03-94 */
    if (status<=0) {		      /* Failure in accessing a document */
#ifdef CURSES
        user_message("Can'WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.h1006640070060000000000004224405544654254014725 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                      HTAccess:  Access manager  for libwww
                                      ACCESS MANAGER
                                             
   This module keeps a list of valid protocol (naming scheme) specifiers with associated
   access code.  It allows documents to be loaded given various combinations of
   parameters. New access protocols may be registered at any time.
   
   Note: HTRequest defined and request parametsr added to almost all calls 18 Nov 1993.
   
   Part of the libwww library .  Implemented by HTAcces.c
   
 */
#ifndef HTACCESS_H
#define HTACCESS_H

/*      Definition uses:
*/
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"
#include "tcp.h"


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTClientHost            HTClHost
#define HTSearchAbsolute        HTSeAbso
#define HTOutputStream          HTOuStre
#define HTOutputFormat          HTOuForm
#endif

typedef enum {
        METHOD_INVALID  = 0,
        METHOD_GET      = 1,
        METHOD_HEAD,
        METHOD_POST,
        METHOD_PUT,
        METHOD_DELETE,
        METHOD_CHECKOUT,
        METHOD_CHECKIN,
        METHOD_SHOWMETHOD,
        METHOD_LINK,
        METHOD_UNLINK,
        MAX_METHODS
} HTMethod;


/*

Methods

 */


/*      Get method enum value
**      ---------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTMethod HTMethod_enum PARAMS((char * name));


/*      Get method name
**      ---------------
*/
PUBLIC char * HTMethod_name PARAMS((HTMethod method));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTMethod_inList()
**              IS A METHOD IN A LIST OF METHOD NAMES
** ON ENTRY:
**      method          is the method to look for.
**      list            is a list of method names.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         YES, if method was found.
**                      NO, if not found.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTMethod_inList PARAMS((HTMethod    method,
                                    HTList *    list));
/*

Match Template Against Filename

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_templateMatch()
**              STRING COMPARISON FUNCTION FOR FILE NAMES
**                 WITH ONE WILDCARD * IN THE TEMPLATE
** NOTE:
**      This is essentially the same code as in HTRules.c, but it
**      cannot be used because it is embedded in between other code.
**      (In fact, HTRules.c should use this routine, but then this
**       routine would have to be more sophisticated... why is life
**       sometimes so hard...)
**
** ON ENTRY:
**      template        is a template string to match the file name
**                      agaist, may contain a single wildcard
**                      character * which matches zero or more
**                      arbitrary characters.
**      filename        is the filename (or pathname) to be matched
**                      agaist the template.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         YES, if filename matches the template.
**                      NO, otherwise.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_templateMatch PARAMS((CONST char * template,
                                       CONST char * filename));


/*

   The following have to be defined in advance of the other include files because of
   circular references.
   
 */
typedef struct _HTRequest HTRequest;

/*
** Callback to call when username and password
** have been prompted.
*/
typedef int (*HTRetryCallbackType) PARAMS((HTRequest * req));


#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"           /* HTAAScheme, HTAAFailReason */
#include "HTAABrow.h"           /* HTAASetup */


/*      Return codes from load routines:
**
**      These codes may be returned by the protocol modules,
**      and by the HTLoad routines.
**      In general, positive codes are OK and negative ones are bad.
*/

#define HT_NO_DATA -9999        /* return code: OK but no data was loaded */
                                /* Typically, other app started or forked */

/*

Default Addresses

   These control the home page selection. To mess with these for normal browses is asking
   for user confusion.
   
 */
#define LOGICAL_DEFAULT "WWW_HOME"  /* Defined to be the home page */

#ifndef PERSONAL_DEFAULT
#define PERSONAL_DEFAULT "WWW/default.html"     /* in home directory */
#endif
#ifndef LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE
#define LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE "/usr/local/lib/WWW/default.html"
#endif
/*  If one telnets to a www access point,
    it will look in this file for home page */
#ifndef REMOTE_POINTER
#define REMOTE_POINTER  "/etc/www-remote.url"  /* can't be file */
#endif
/* and if that fails it will use this. */
#ifndef REMOTE_ADDRESS
#define REMOTE_ADDRESS  "http://info.cern.ch/remote.html"  /* can't be file */
#endif

/* If run from telnet daemon and no -l specified, use this file:
*/
#ifndef DEFAULT_LOGFILE
#define DEFAULT_LOGFILE "/usr/adm/www-log/www-log"
#endif

/*      If the home page isn't found, use this file:
*/
#ifndef LAST_RESORT
#define LAST_RESORT     "http://info.cern.ch/default.html"
#endif

/*      This is the default cache directory:
*/
#ifndef CACHE_HOME_DIR
#define CACHE_HOME_DIR          "/tmp/"
#endif

/*      The default directory for "save locally" and "save and execute" files:
*/
#ifndef SAVE_LOCALLY_HOME_DIR
#define SAVE_LOCALLY_HOME_DIR   "/tmp/"
#endif

/*

The Request structure

   When a request is handled, all kinds of things about it need to be passed along.  These
   are all put into a HTRequest structure.  Note there is also a global list of converters
   .
   
 */
struct _HTRequest {

/*

   The elements of the request structure are as follows.
   
  SET BY THE CALLER OF HTACCESS:
  
    Conditions of the request itself:
    
 */
        HTMethod        method;

/*

   An atom for the name of the operation using HTTP method names .
   
 */
        HTList *        conversions ;
/*

   NULL, or a list of conversions which the format manager can do in order to fulfill the
   request.  This is set by the caller of HTAccess. Typically points to a list set up an
   initialisation time for example by HTInit.
   
 */
        HTList *        encodings;      /* allowed content-encodings      */

/*

   The list of encodings acceptablein the output stream.
   
 */
        HTList *        languages;      /* accepted content-languages     */

/*

   The list of (human) language values acceptable in the response
   
 */
        BOOL (* callback ) PARAMS((
                                struct _HTRequest* request,
                                void *param));

/*

   A function to be called back in the event that a file has been saved to disk by
   HTSaveAndCallBack for example.
   
 */
        void *          context;        /* caller data -- HTAccess unaware */

/*

   An arbitrary pointer passed to HTAccess and passed back as a parameter to the callback
   .
   
 */
        HTStream*       output_stream;

/*

   NULL in the case of display to the user, or if a specific output stream is required,
   the stream.
   
 */
        HTAtom *        output_format;

/*

   The output format required, or a generic format such as www/present (present to user).
   
    Information about the requester
    
 */
        char *          from;

/*

   Email format address of person responible for request
   
  SET BY HTACCESS
  
   None of the bits below may be looked at by a client application except in the callback
   routine, when the anchor may be picked out.
   
 */
        HTParentAnchor* anchor;

/*

   The anchor for the object in question. Set immediately by HTAcesss.  Used by the
   protocol and parsing modules. Valid thoughout the access.
   
 */
        HTChildAnchor * childAnchor;    /* For element within the object  */

/*

   T he anchor for the sub object if any.  The object builder should ensure that htis is
   selected, highlighted, etc when the object is loaded. NOTE: Set by HTAccess.
   
 */
        void *          using_cache;

/*

   pointer to cache element if cache hit
   
  SERVER SIDE
  
 */

        HTAtom *        content_type;   /* Content-Type:                  */
        HTAtom *        content_language;/* Language                      */
        HTAtom *        content_encoding;/* Encoding                      */
        int             content_length; /* Content-Length:                */
        HTInputSocket * isoc;           /* InputSocket object for reading */
        char *          authorization;  /* Authorization: field           */
        HTAAScheme      scheme;         /* Authentication scheme used     */
/*

  CLIENT SIDE
  
 */

        HTList *        valid_schemes;  /* Valid auth.schemes             */
        HTAssocList **  scheme_specifics;/* Scheme-specific parameters    */
        char *          prot_template;  /* WWW-Protection-Template: field */
        HTAASetup *     setup;          /* Doc protection info            */
        HTAARealm *     realm;          /* Password realm                 */
        char *          dialog_msg;     /* Authentication prompt (client) */
        HTRetryCallbackType
                        retry_callback; /* Called when password entered   */
};

/*

   Just to make things easier especially for clients, here is a function to return a new
   blank request:
   
Create blank request

   This request has defaults in -- in most cases it will need some information added
   before being passed to HTAccess, but it will work as is for a simple request.
   
 */

PUBLIC HTRequest * HTRequest_new NOPARAMS;


/*

Delete request structure

   Frees also conversion list hanging from req->conversions.
   
 */

PUBLIC void HTRequest_delete PARAMS((HTRequest * req));


/*

Flags which may be set to control this module

 */

extern char * HTSaveLocallyDir;         /* Dir home for "save locally" files */
extern char * HTCacheDir;               /* Cache dir, default NULL: no cache */
extern char * HTClientHost;             /* Name or number of telnetting host */
extern FILE * logfile;                  /* File to output one-liners to */
extern BOOL HTSecure;                   /* Disable security holes? */
extern BOOL HTImServer;                 /* If I'm cern_httpd */
extern BOOL HTImProxy;                  /* If I'm cern_httpd as a proxy */
extern BOOL HTForceReload;              /* Force reload from cache or net */

/*

Load a document from relative name

  ON ENTRY,
  
  relative_name           The relative address of the file to be accessed.
                         
  here                    The anchor of the object being searched
                         
  request->anchor         not filled in yet
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns    YES          Success in opening file
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
 */
extern  BOOL HTLoadRelative PARAMS((
                CONST char *            relative_name,
                HTParentAnchor *        here,
                HTRequest *             request));


/*

Load a document from absolute name

  ON ENTRY,
  
  addr                    The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
                         
  filter                  if YES, treat document as HTML
                         
  request->anchor         not filled in yet
                         
 */

/*

  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

  returns YES             Success in opening document
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTLoadAbsolute PARAMS((CONST char * addr,
                HTRequest *             request));


/*

Load a document from absolute name to a stream

  ON ENTRY,
  
  addr                    The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
                         
  filter                  if YES, treat document as HTML
                         
  request->anchor         not filled in yet
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns YES             Success in opening document
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
   Note: This is equivalent to HTLoadDocument
   
 */
extern BOOL HTLoadToStream PARAMS((
                CONST char *            addr,
                BOOL                    filter,
                HTRequest *             request));


/*

Load if necessary, and select an anchor

   The anchor parameter may be a child anchor. The anchor in the request is set to the
   parent anchor.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  anchor                  may be a child or parenet anchor or 0 in which case there is no
                         effect.
                         
  request->anchor            Not set yet.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

  returns YES             Success
                         
  returns NO              Failure
                         
  request->anchor         The parenet anchor.
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTLoadAnchor PARAMS((HTAnchor * a,
                        HTRequest *             request));


/*

Load a Document

   This is an internal routine, which has an address AND a matching anchor.  (The public
   routines are called with one OR the other.) This is, however, recursively called from
   file load module to try ftp.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
   request->
   
                          anchor
                         
                         
                          a parent anchor with fully qualified
                         
                         
                         
                              hypertext reference as its address set
                         
   output_format
                          valid
                         
   output_stream
                          valid on NULL
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
   returns
   
                           Error has occured.
                         
   HT_LOADED
                          Success
                         
   HT_NO_DATA
                          Success, but no document loaded.
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         (telnet sesssion started etc)
                         
 */

PUBLIC int HTLoad PARAMS((HTRequest * request));
/*

Bind an anchor to a request structure without loading

   The anchor parameter may be a child anchor. The anchor in the request is set to the
   parent anchor. This is useful in non-interactive mode if no home-anchor is known.
   Actually the same as HTLoadAnchor(), but without loading
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  anchor                  may be a child or parenet anchor or 0 in which case there is no
                         effect.
                         
  request->anchor         Not set yet.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

   returns YES   Success
   
   returns NO    Failure
   
   request->anchor       The parenet anchor.
   
 */

extern BOOL HTBindAnchor PARAMS((HTAnchor *anchor, HTRequest *request));


/*

Make a stream for Saving object back

  ON ENTRY,
  
  request->anchor         is valid anchor which has previously beeing loaded
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 0 if error else a stream to save the object to.
                         
 */


extern HTStream * HTSaveStream PARAMS((HTRequest * request));


/*

Search

   Performs a search on word given by the user. Adds the search words to the end of the
   current address and attempts to open the new address.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  *keywords               space-separated keyword list or similar search list
                         
  here                    The anchor of the object being searched
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTSearch PARAMS((
                CONST char *            keywords,
                HTParentAnchor*         here,
                HTRequest *             request));


/*

Search Given Indexname

   Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to  the end of
   the current address and attempts to open the new address.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  *keywords               space-separated keyword list or similar search list
                         
  *indexname              is name of object search is to be done on.
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTSearchAbsolute PARAMS((
        CONST char *            keywords,
        CONST char *            indexname,
        HTRequest *             request));


/*

Register an access method

   An access method is defined by an HTProtocol structure which point to the routines for
   performing the various logical operations on an object: in HTTP terms,  GET, PUT, and
   POST.
   
   Each of these routine takes as a parameter a request structure containing details ofthe
   request.  When the protocol class routine is called, the anchor elemnt in the request
   is already valid (made valid by HTAccess).
   
 */
typedef struct _HTProtocol {
        char * name;
        
        int (*load)PARAMS((HTRequest *  request));
                
        HTStream* (*saveStream)PARAMS((HTRequest *      request));

        HTStream* (*postStream)PARAMS((
                                HTRequest *     request,
                                HTParentAnchor* postTo));

} HTProtocol;

extern BOOL HTRegisterProtocol PARAMS((HTProtocol * protocol));


/*

Generate the anchor for the home page

 */

/*

   As it involves file access, this should only be done once when the program first runs.
   This is a default algorithm -- browser don't HAVE to use this.
   
 */
extern HTParentAnchor * HTHomeAnchor NOPARAMS;

#endif /* HTACCESS_H */

/*

   end of HTAccess */
tine, when the anchor may be picked out.
   
 */
        HTParentAnchor* anchor;

/*

   The anchor for the object in question. Set immediately by HTAcesss.  Used by the
   protocol and parsing modules. Valid thoughout the access.
   
 */
        HTChildAnchor * childAnchor;    /* For element within the object  */

/*

   T he anchor for the sub WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.c1006640070060000000000000567705544654165014600 037777777777 1 0 /*	Displaying messages and getting input for LineMode Browser
**	==========================================================
**
**	REPLACE THIS MODULE with a GUI version in a GUI environment!
**
** History:
**	   Jun 92 Created May 1992 By C.T. Barker
**	   Feb 93 Simplified, portablised TBL
**	   Sep 93 Corrected 3 bugs in HTConfirm() :-( AL
*/


#include "HTAlert.h"

#include "tcp.h"		/* for TOUPPER */
#include  		/* for toupper - should be in tcp.h */

PUBLIC void HTAlert ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
#ifdef NeXTStep
    NXRunAlertPanel(NULL, "%s", NULL, NULL, NULL, Msg);
#else
    fprintf(stderr, "WWW Alert:  %s\n", Msg);
#endif
}


PUBLIC void HTProgress ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
    fprintf(stderr, "   %s ...\n", Msg);
}


PUBLIC BOOL HTConfirm ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
  char Reply[4];	/* One more for terminating NULL -- AL */
  char *URep;
  
  fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s (y/n) ", Msg);
                       /* (y/n) came twice -- AL */

  if (!fgets(Reply, 4, stdin))	 	      /* get reply, max 3 characters */
      return NO;
  URep=Reply;
  while (*URep) {
    if (*URep == '\n') {
	*URep = (char)0;	/* Overwrite newline */
	break;
    }
    *URep=TOUPPER(*URep);
    URep++;	/* This was previously embedded in the TOUPPER */
                /* call an it became evaluated twice because   */
                /* TOUPPER is a macro -- AL */
  }

  if ((strcmp(Reply,"YES")==0) || (strcmp(Reply,"Y")==0))
    return(YES);
  else
    return(NO);
}

/*	Prompt for answer and get text back
*/
PUBLIC char * HTPrompt ARGS2(CONST char *, Msg, CONST char *, deflt)
{
    char Tmp[200];
    char * rep = 0;
    fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s", Msg);
    if (deflt) fprintf(stderr, " (RETURN for [%s]) ", deflt);
    
    if (!fgets(Tmp, 200, stdin))
	return "";		       	/* Empty string on error, Henrik */
    Tmp[strlen(Tmp)-1] = (char)0;	/* Overwrite newline */
   
    StrAllocCopy(rep, *Tmp ? Tmp : deflt);
    return rep;
}


/*	Prompt for password without echoing the reply
*/
PUBLIC char * HTPromptPassword ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
    char *result = NULL;
    char *pw = (char*)getpass(Msg ? Msg : "Password: ");

    StrAllocCopy(result, pw);
    return result;
}


/*	Prompt both username and password	HTPromptUsernameAndPassword()
**	---------------------------------
** On entry,
**	Msg		is the prompting message.
**	*username and
**	*password	are char pointers; they are changed
**			to point to result strings.
**
**			If *username is not NULL, it is taken
**			to point to  a default value.
**			Initial value of *password is
**			completely discarded.
**
** On exit,
**	*username and *password point to newly allocated
**	strings -- original strings pointed to by them
**	are NOT freed.
**	
*/
PUBLIC void HTPromptUsernameAndPassword ARGS3(CONST char *,	Msg,
					      char **,		username,
					      char **,		password)
{
    if (Msg)
	fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s\n", Msg);
    *username = HTPrompt("Username: ", *username);
    *password = HTPromptPassword("Password: ");
}

                        
 */

/*

  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

  returnWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.h1006640070060000000000000604005475034031014551 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                  HTAlert: Handling user messages in libwww
                  DISPLAYING MESSAGES AND GETTING INPUT FOR WWW LIBRARY
                                             
   This module may be overridden for GUI clients.    It allows progress indications and
   warning messages to be communicated to the user in a portable way.  It should be used
   for this purpose throughout the library but isn't yet (July 93)
   
      May 92 Created By C.T. Barker
      
      Feb 93 Portablized etc TBL
      
 */
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTPrPass        HTPromptPassword
#define HTPUnAPw        HTPromptUsernameAndPassword
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

/*

HTPrompt and HTPromptPassword: Display a message and get the input

   HTPromptPassword() doesn't echo reply on the screen.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  Msg                     String to be displayed.
                         
  deflt                   If NULL the default value (only for HTPrompt())
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  Return value            is malloc'd string which must be freed.
                         
 */
                
extern char * HTPrompt PARAMS((CONST char * Msg, CONST char * deflt));
extern char * HTPromptPassword PARAMS((CONST char * Msg));

/*

HTPromptUsernameAndPassword: Get both username and password

  ON ENTRY,
  
  Msg                    String to be displayed.
                         
  username                Pointer to char pointer, i.e. *usernamepoints to a string.  If
                         non-NULL it is taken to be a default value.
                         
  password                Pointer to char pointer, i.e. *passwordpoints to a string.
                         Initial value discarded.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *username               and
                         
  *password               point to newly allocated strings representing the typed-in
                         username and password.  Initial strings pointed to by them are
                         NOT freed!
                         
 */

extern void HTPromptUsernameAndPassword PARAMS((CONST char *    Msg,
                                                char **         username,
                                                char **         password));

/*

Display a message, don't wait for input

  ON ENTRY,
  
  Msg                     String to be displayed.
                         
 */

extern void HTAlert PARAMS((CONST char * Msg));


/*

Display a progress message for information (and diagnostics) only

  ON ENTRY,
  
   The input is a list of parameters for printf.
   
 */
extern void HTProgress PARAMS((CONST char * Msg));


/*

Display a message, then wait for 'yes' or 'no'.

  ON ENTRY,
  
  Msg                     String to be displayed
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  Returns                 If the user reacts in the affirmative, returns TRUE, returns
                         FALSE otherwise.
                         
 */

extern BOOL HTConfirm PARAMS ((CONST char * Msg));





/*

    */
Request *request));


/*

Make a stream for Saving object back

  ON ENTRY,
  
  request->anchor         is valid anchor which has previously beeing loaded
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 0 if error else a stream to save the object to.
                         
 */


extern HTStream * HTSaveStream PARAMS((HTRequest * request));


/*

Search

   Performs a search on word given by the user. Adds the search words to the end of the
   current addWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.c1006640070060000000000003357005544654150014726 037777777777 1 0 /*	Hypertext "Anchor" Object				HTAnchor.c
**	==========================
**
** An anchor represents a region of a hypertext document which is linked to
** another anchor in the same or a different document.
**
** History
**
**         Nov 1990  Written in Objective-C for the NeXT browser (TBL)
**	24-Oct-1991 (JFG), written in C, browser-independant 
**	21-Nov-1991 (JFG), first complete version
**
**	(c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
*/

#define HASH_SIZE 101		/* Arbitrary prime. Memory/speed tradeoff */

#include 
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"	/* for cache stuff */

typedef struct _HyperDoc Hyperdoc;
#ifdef VMS
struct _HyperDoc {
	int junk;	/* VMS cannot handle pointers to undefined structs */
};
#endif

PRIVATE HTList **adult_table=0;  /* Point to table of lists of all parents */

/*				Creation Methods
**				================
**
**	Do not use "new" by itself outside this module. In order to enforce
**	consistency, we insist that you furnish more information about the
**	anchor you are creating : use newWithParent or newWithAddress.
*/

PRIVATE HTParentAnchor * HTParentAnchor_new
  NOARGS
{
  HTParentAnchor *newAnchor = 
    (HTParentAnchor *) calloc (1, sizeof (HTParentAnchor));  /* zero-filled */
  newAnchor->parent = newAnchor;
  return newAnchor;
}

PRIVATE HTChildAnchor * HTChildAnchor_new
  NOARGS
{
  return (HTChildAnchor *) calloc (1, sizeof (HTChildAnchor));  /* zero-filled */
}


/*	Case insensitive string comparison
**	----------------------------------
** On entry,
**	s	Points to one string, null terminated
**	t	points to the other.
** On exit,
**	returns	YES if the strings are equivalent ignoring case
**		NO if they differ in more than  their case.
*/

PRIVATE BOOL equivalent
  ARGS2 (CONST char *,s, CONST char *,t)
{
  if (s && t) {  /* Make sure they point to something */
    for ( ; *s && *t ; s++, t++) {
        if (TOUPPER(*s) != TOUPPER(*t))
	  return NO;
    }
    return TOUPPER(*s) == TOUPPER(*t);
  } else
    return s == t;  /* Two NULLs are equivalent, aren't they ? */
}


/*	Create new or find old sub-anchor
**	---------------------------------
**
**	Me one is for a new anchor being edited into an existing
**	document. The parent anchor must already exist.
*/

PUBLIC HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChild
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,parent, CONST char *,tag)
{
  HTChildAnchor *child;
  HTList *kids;

  if (! parent) {
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "HTAnchor_findChild called with NULL parent.\n");
    return NULL;
  }
  if ((kids = parent->children)) {  /* parent has children : search them */
    if (tag && *tag) {		/* TBL */
	while ((child = HTList_nextObject (kids))) {
	    if (equivalent(child->tag, tag)) { /* Case sensitive 920226 */
		if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
	       "Child anchor %p of parent %p with name `%s' already exists.\n",
		    (void*)child, (void*)parent, tag);
		return child;
	    }
	}
     }  /*  end if tag is void */
  } else  /* parent doesn't have any children yet : create family */
    parent->children = HTList_new ();

  child = HTChildAnchor_new ();
  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "new Anchor %p named `%s' is child of %p\n",
       (void*)child, (int)tag ? tag : (CONST char *)"" , (void*)parent); /* int for apollo */
  HTList_addObject (parent->children, child);
  child->parent = parent;
  StrAllocCopy(child->tag, tag);
  return child;
}


/*	Create or find a child anchor with a possible link
**	--------------------------------------------------
**
**	Create new anchor with a given parent and possibly
**	a name, and possibly a link to a _relatively_ named anchor.
**	(Code originally in ParseHTML.h)
*/
PUBLIC HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChildAndLink
  ARGS4(
       HTParentAnchor *,parent,	/* May not be 0 */
       CONST char *,tag,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       CONST char *,href,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       HTLinkType *,ltype	/* May be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) parent);
    char * parsed_address = HTParse(href, relative_to, PARSE_ALL);
    HTAnchor * dest = HTAnchor_findAddress(parsed_address);
    HTAnchor_link((HTAnchor *) child, dest, ltype);
    free(parsed_address);
    free(relative_to);
  }
  return child;
}


/*	Create new or find old named anchor
**	-----------------------------------
**
**	Me one is for a reference which is found in a document, and might
**	not be already loaded.
**	Note: You are not guaranteed a new anchor -- you might get an old one,
**	like with fonts.
*/

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_findAddress
  ARGS1 (CONST char *,address)
{
  char *tag = HTParse (address, "", PARSE_ANCHOR);  /* Anchor tag specified ? */

  /* If the address represents a sub-anchor, we recursively load its parent,
     then we create a child anchor within that document. */
  if (*tag) {
    char *docAddress = HTParse(address, "", PARSE_ACCESS | PARSE_HOST |
			                    PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    HTParentAnchor * foundParent =
      (HTParentAnchor *) HTAnchor_findAddress (docAddress);
    HTChildAnchor * foundAnchor = HTAnchor_findChild (foundParent, tag);
    free (docAddress);
    free (tag);
    return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
  }
  
  else { /* If the address has no anchor tag, 
	    check whether we have this node */
    int hash;
    CONST char *p;
    HTList * adults;
    HTList *grownups;
    HTParentAnchor * foundAnchor;

    free (tag);
    
    /* Select list from hash table */
    for(p=address, hash=0; *p; p++)
    	hash = (hash * 3 + (*(unsigned char*)p))
    	 % HASH_SIZE;
    if (!adult_table)
        adult_table = (HTList**) calloc(HASH_SIZE, sizeof(HTList*));
    if (!adult_table[hash]) adult_table[hash] = HTList_new();
    adults = adult_table[hash];

    /* Search list for anchor */
    grownups = adults;
    while ((foundAnchor = HTList_nextObject (grownups))) {
       if (equivalent(foundAnchor->address, address)) {
	if (TRACE)
	    fprintf(stderr, "Anchor %p with address `%s' already exists.\n",
		    (void*) foundAnchor, address);
	return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
      }
    }
    
    /* Node not found : create new anchor */
    foundAnchor = HTParentAnchor_new ();
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "New anchor %p has hash %d and address `%s'\n",
		       (void*)foundAnchor, hash, address);
    StrAllocCopy(foundAnchor->address, address);
    HTList_addObject (adults, foundAnchor);
    return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
  }
}


/*	Delete an anchor and possibly related things (auto garbage collection)
**	--------------------------------------------
**
**	The anchor is only deleted if the corresponding document is not loaded.
**	All outgoing links from parent and children are deleted, and this anchor
**	is removed from the sources list of all its targets.
**	We also try to delete the targets whose documents are not loaded.
**	If this anchor's source list is empty, we delete it and its children.
*/

PRIVATE void deleteLinks
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  if (! me)
    return;

  /* Recursively try to delete target anchors */
  if (me->mainLink.dest) {
    HTParentAnchor *parent = me->mainLink.dest->parent;
    HTList_removeObject (parent->sources, me);
    if (! parent->document)  /* Test here to avoid calling overhead */
      HTAnchor_delete (parent);
  }
  if (me->links) {  /* Extra destinations */
    HTLink *target;
    while ((target = HTList_removeLastObject (me->links))) {
      HTParentAnchor *parent = target->dest->parent;
      HTList_removeObject (parent->sources, me);
      if (! parent->document)  /* Test here to avoid calling overhead */
	HTAnchor_delete (parent);
    }
  }
}

PUBLIC BOOL HTAnchor_delete
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  HTChildAnchor *child;

  /* Don't delete if document is loaded */
  if (me->document)
    return NO;

  /* Recursively try to delete target anchors */
  deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) me);

  if (! HTList_isEmpty (me->sources)) {  /* There are still incoming links */
    /* Delete all outgoing links from children, if any */
    HTList *kids = me->children;
    while ((child = HTList_nextObject (kids)))
      deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) child);
    return NO;  /* Parent not deleted */
  }

  /* No more incoming links : kill everything */
  /* First, recursively delete children */
  while ((child = HTList_removeLastObject (me->children))) {
    deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) child);
    free (child->tag);
    free (child);
  }

  /* Now kill myself */
  HTList_delete (me->children);
  HTList_delete (me->sources);
  free (me->address);
  /* Devise a way to clean out the HTFormat if no longer needed (ref count?) */
  free (me);
  if (me->cacheItems) {
      HTCacheClear(me->cacheItems);
  }
  return YES;  /* Parent deleted */
}


/*		Move an anchor to the head of the list of its siblings
**		------------------------------------------------------
**
**	This is to ensure that an anchor which might have already existed
**	is put in the correct order as we load the document.
*/

void HTAnchor_makeLastChild
  ARGS1(HTChildAnchor *,me)
{
  if (me->parent != (HTParentAnchor *) me) {  /* Make sure it's a child */
    HTList * siblings = me->parent->children;
    HTList_removeObject (siblings, me);
    HTList_addObject (siblings, me);
  }
}

/*	Data access functions
**	---------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HTAnchor_parent
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->parent : NULL;
}

void HTAnchor_setDocument
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,me, HyperDoc *,doc)
{
  if (me)
    me->document = doc;
}

HyperDoc * HTAnchor_document
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->document : NULL;
}


/* We don't want code to change an address after anchor creation... yet ?
void HTAnchor_setAddress
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, char *,addr)
{
  if (me)
    StrAllocCopy (me->parent->address, addr);
}
*/

char * HTAnchor_address
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  char *addr = NULL;
  if (me) {
    if (((HTParentAnchor *) me == me->parent) ||
    	!((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag) {  /* it's an adult or no tag */
      StrAllocCopy (addr, me->parent->address);
    }
    else {  /* it's a named child */
      addr = malloc (2 + strlen (me->parent->address)
		     + strlen (((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag));
      if (addr == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_address");
      sprintf (addr, "%s#%s", me->parent->address,
	       ((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag);
    }
  }
  return addr;
}



void HTAnchor_setFormat
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,me, HTFormat ,form)
{
  if (me)
    me->format = form;
}

HTFormat HTAnchor_format
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->format : NULL;
}



void HTAnchor_setIndex
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  if (me)
    me->isIndex = YES;
}

BOOL HTAnchor_isIndex
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->isIndex : NO;
}



BOOL HTAnchor_hasChildren
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? ! HTList_isEmpty(me->children) : NO;
}

/*	Title handling
*/
CONST char * HTAnchor_title
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->title : 0;
}

void HTAnchor_setTitle
  ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *,me, CONST char *,title)
{
  StrAllocCopy(me->title, title);
}

void HTAnchor_appendTitle
  ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *,me, CONST char *,title)
{
  StrAllocCat(me->title, title);
}

/*	Link me Anchor to another given one
**	-------------------------------------
*/

BOOL HTAnchor_link
  ARGS3(HTAnchor *,source, HTAnchor *,destination, HTLinkType *,type)
{
  if (! (source && destination))
    return NO;  /* Can't link to/from non-existing anchor */
  if (TRACE)
      fprintf(stderr, "Linking anchor %p to anchor %p\n",
	      (void *) source, (void *) destination);
  if (! source->mainLink.dest) {
    source->mainLink.dest = destination;
    source->mainLink.type = type;
  } else {
    HTLink * newLink = (HTLink *) malloc (sizeof (HTLink));
    if (newLink == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_link");
    newLink->dest = destination;
    newLink->type = type;
    if (! source->links)
      source->links = HTList_new ();
    HTList_addObject (source->links, newLink);
  }
  if (!destination->parent->sources)
    destination->parent->sources = HTList_new ();
  HTList_addObject (destination->parent->sources, source);
  return YES;  /* Success */
}


/*	Manipulation of links
**	---------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followMainLink
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  return me->mainLink.dest;
}

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followTypedLink
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, HTLinkType *,type)
{
  if (me->mainLink.type == type)
    return me->mainLink.dest;
  if (me->links) {
    HTList *links = me->links;
    HTLink *link;
    while ((link = HTList_nextObject (links)))
      if (link->type == type)
	return link->dest;
  }
  return NULL;  /* No link of me type */
}


/*	Make main link
*/
BOOL HTAnchor_makeMainLink
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, HTLink *,movingLink)
{
  /* Check that everything's OK */
  if (! (me && HTList_removeObject (me->links, movingLink)))
    return NO;  /* link not found or NULL anchor */
  else {
    /* First push current main link onto top of links list */
    HTLink *newLink = (HTLink*) malloc (sizeof (HTLink));
    if (newLink == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_makeMainLink");
    memcpy (newLink, & me->mainLink, sizeof (HTLink));
    HTList_addObject (me->links, newLink);

    /* Now make movingLink the new main link, and free it */
    memcpy (& me->mainLink, movingLink, sizeof (HTLink));
    free (movingLink);
    return YES;
  }
}


/*	Methods List
**	------------
*/

PUBLIC HTList * HTAnchor_methods ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    if (!me->methods) {
        me->methods = HTList_new();
    }
    return me->methods;
}

/*	Protocol
**	--------
*/

PUBLIC void * HTAnchor_protocol ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->protocol;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setProtocol ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	void*,	protocol)
{
    me->protocol = protocol;
}

/*	Physical Address
**	----------------
*/

PUBLIC char * HTAnchor_physical ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->physical;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setPhysical ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	char *,	physical)
{
    StrAllocCopy(me->physical, physical);
}
 be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.h1006640070060000000000002224205544654326014732 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                   Anchor object for libwww
                                HYPERTEXT "ANCHOR" OBJECT
                                             
   An anchor represents a region of a hypertext document which is linked to another anchor
   in the same or a different document.
   
 */
#ifndef HTANCHOR_H
#define HTANCHOR_H

/* Version 0 (TBL) written in Objective-C for the NeXT browser */
/* Version 1 of 24-Oct-1991 (JFG), written in C, browser-independant */

#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"

/*

  SHORT NAMES
  
 */
#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAnchor_findChild                      HTAnFiCh
#define HTAnchor_findChildAndLink               HTAnFiLi
#define HTAnchor_findAddress                    HTAnFiAd
#define HTAnchor_delete                         HTAnDele
#define HTAnchor_makeLastChild                  HTAnMaLa
#define HTAnchor_parent                         HTAnPare
#define HTAnchor_setDocument                    HTAnSeDo
#define HTAnchor_document                       HTAnDocu
#define HTAnchor_setFormat                      HTAnSeFo
#define HTAnchor_format                         HTAnForm
#define HTAnchor_setIndex                       HTAnSeIn
#define HTAnchor_isIndex                        HTAnIsIn
#define HTAnchor_address                        HTAnAddr
#define HTAnchor_hasChildren                    HTAnHaCh
#define HTAnchor_title                          HTAnTitl
#define HTAnchor_setTitle                       HTAnSeTi
#define HTAnchor_appendTitle                    HTAnApTi
#define HTAnchor_link                           HTAnLink
#define HTAnchor_followMainLink                 HTAnFoMa
#define HTAnchor_followTypedLink                HTAnFoTy
#define HTAnchor_makeMainLink                   HTAnMaMa
#define HTAnchor_setProtocol                    HTAnSePr
#define HTAnchor_protocol                       HTAnProt
#define HTAnchor_physical                       HTAnPhys
#define HTAnchor_setPhysical                    HTAnSePh
#define HTAnchor_methods                        HtAnMeth
#endif

/*

Anchor data structures

 */
typedef struct _HyperDoc HyperDoc;  /* Ready for forward references */
typedef struct _HTAnchor HTAnchor;
typedef struct _HTParentAnchor HTParentAnchor;
typedef struct _HTChildAnchor HTChildAnchor;

/*

   Must be AFTER definition of HTAnchor:
   
 */
#include "HTFormat.h"

typedef HTAtom HTLinkType;

typedef struct {
  HTAnchor *    dest;           /* The anchor to which this leads */
  HTLinkType *  type;           /* Semantics of this link */
} HTLink;

/*

  GENERIC ANCHOR TYPE
  
 */
struct _HTAnchor {              /* Generic anchor : just links */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  /* We separate the first link from the others to avoid too many small mallocs
     involved by a list creation. Most anchors only point to one place. */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor (self for adults) */
};

/*

  ANCHOR FOR A WHOLE OBJECT
  
 */
struct _HTParentAnchor {
  /* Common part from the generic anchor structure */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor (self) */

  /* ParentAnchor-specific information */
  HTList *      children;       /* Subanchors of this, if any */
  HTList *      sources;        /* List of anchors pointing to this, if any */
  HyperDoc *    document;       /* The document within which this is an anchor */
  char *        address;        /* Absolute address of this node */
  HTFormat      format;         /* Pointer to node format descriptor */
  BOOL          isIndex;        /* Acceptance of a keyword search */
  char *        title;          /* Title of document */

  HTList*       methods;        /* Methods available as HTAtoms */
  void *        protocol;       /* Protocol object */
  char *        physical;       /* Physical address */
  HTList *      cacheItems ;    /* Cache hits (see HTFWriter ) for this URL */
  long int      size;           /* Indicative size only if multiformat */
};

/*

  ANCHOR FOR A FRAGMENT OF AN OBJECT
  
 */
struct _HTChildAnchor {
  /* Common part from the generic anchor structure */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor */

  /* ChildAnchor-specific information */
  char *        tag;            /* Address of this anchor relative to parent */
};

/*

Class methods

  HTANCHOR_FINDCHILD:  CREATE NEW OR FIND OLD SUB-ANCHOR
  
   This one is for a new anchor being edited into an existing document. The parent anchor
   must already exist.
   
 */
extern HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChild
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *parent,
      CONST char *tag)
  );

/*

  HTANCHOR_FINDCHILDANDLINK:  CREATE OR FIND A CHILD ANCHOR WITH A POSSIBLE LINK
  
   Create new anchor with a given parent and possibly  a name, and possibly a link to a
   _relatively_ named anchor.
   
 */
extern HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChildAndLink
  PARAMS((
      HTParentAnchor * parent,  /* May not be 0 */
      CONST char * tag,         /* May be "" or 0 */
      CONST char * href,        /* May be "" or 0 */
      HTLinkType * ltype        /* May be 0 */
  ));


/*

  CREATE NEW OR FIND OLD NAMED ANCHOR
  
 */

/*

   This one is for a reference which is found in a document, and might not be already
   loaded. Note: You are not guaranteed a new anchor -- you might get an old one, like
   with NXFonts.
   
 */
extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_findAddress
  PARAMS(
     (CONST char * address)
     );


/*

  HTANCHOR_DELETE:  DELETE AN ANCHOR
  
   Also possibly delete related things (auto garbage collection)
   
   The anchor is only deleted if the corresponding document is not loaded. All outgoing
   links from parent and children are deleted, and this anchor is removed from the sources
   list of all its targets. We also try to delete the targets whose documents are not
   loaded. If this anchor's source list is empty, we delete it and  its children.
   
 */
extern BOOL HTAnchor_delete
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );


/*

  HTANCHOR_MAKELASTCHILD:  MOVE AN ANCHOR TO THE HEAD OF THE LIST OF ITS SIBLINGS
  
   This is to ensure that an anchor which might have already existed is put in the correct
   order as we load the document.
   
 */


extern void HTAnchor_makeLastChild
  PARAMS(
     (HTChildAnchor *me)
     );

/*

Accessing propertiesof the anchor

 */


extern HTParentAnchor * HTAnchor_parent
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setDocument
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, HyperDoc *doc)
     );

extern HyperDoc * HTAnchor_document
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );
/* We don't want code to change an address after anchor creation... yet ?
extern void HTAnchor_setAddress
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, char *addr)
     );
*/

/*

  HTANCHOR_ADDRESS
  
   Returns the full URI of the anchor, child or parent as a malloc'd string to be freed by
   the caller.
   
 */

extern char * HTAnchor_address
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  FORMAT OF SOURCE
  
 */
extern void HTAnchor_setFormat
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, HTFormat form)
     );

extern HTFormat HTAnchor_format
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  IS IT SEARCHABLE?
  
 */
extern void HTAnchor_setIndex
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern BOOL HTAnchor_isIndex
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  DOES IT HAVE ANY ANCHORS WITHIN IT?
  
 */
extern BOOL HTAnchor_hasChildren
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  LIST OF METHODS WHICH CAN OPERATE ON OBJECT
  
 */
extern HTList * HTAnchor_methods PARAMS((HTParentAnchor *me));

/*

  PROTOCOL
  
 */
extern void * HTAnchor_protocol PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me));
extern void HTAnchor_setProtocol PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me,
                                        void* protocol));

/*

  PHYSICAL ADDRESS
  
 */
extern char * HTAnchor_physical PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me));
extern void HTAnchor_setPhysical PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me,
                                        char * protocol));

/*

Title handling

 */

extern CONST char * HTAnchor_title
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setTitle
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, CONST char * title)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_appendTitle
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, CONST char * title)
     );


/*

Manipulation of Links

  LINK THIS ANCHOR TO ANOTHER GIVEN ONE
  
 */

extern BOOL HTAnchor_link
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *source, HTAnchor *destination, HTLinkType *type)
     );

/*

  FIND DESTINATION OF LINK
  
 */
extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followMainLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  FIND DESTINATION WITH GIVEN RELATIONSHIP
  
 */
extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followTypedLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, HTLinkType *type)
     );

/*

  MAKE A PARTICULAR LINK THE MAIN LINK
  
 */
extern BOOL HTAnchor_makeMainLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, HTLink *movingLink)
     );


#endif /* HTANCHOR_H */






/*

    */
BLIC char * HTAnchor_physical ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->physical;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setPhysical ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	char *,	physical)
{
    StrAllocCopy(me->physical, physical);
}
 be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.c1006640070060000000000000323305475034130014546 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAssoc.c
**	    ASSOCIATION LIST FOR STORING NAME-VALUE PAIRS.
**	    NAMES NOT CASE SENSITIVE, AND ONLY COMMON LENGTH
**	    IS CHECKED (allows abbreviations; well, length is
**	    taken from lookup-up name, so if table contains
**	    a shorter abbrev it is not found).
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/


#include 

#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTAssoc.h"
#include "HTString.h"


PUBLIC HTAssocList *HTAssocList_new NOARGS
{
    return HTList_new();
}


PUBLIC void HTAssocList_delete ARGS1(HTAssocList *, alist)
{
    if (alist) {
	HTAssocList *cur = alist;
	HTAssoc *assoc;
	while (NULL != (assoc = (HTAssoc*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (assoc->name) free(assoc->name);
	    if (assoc->value) free(assoc->value);
	    free(assoc);
	}
	HTList_delete(alist);
    }
}


PUBLIC void HTAssocList_add ARGS3(HTAssocList *,	alist,
				  CONST char *,		name,
				  CONST char *,		value)
{
    HTAssoc *assoc;

    if (alist) {
	if (!(assoc = (HTAssoc*)malloc(sizeof(HTAssoc))))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAssoc_add");
	assoc->name = NULL;
	assoc->value = NULL;

	if (name) StrAllocCopy(assoc->name, name);
	if (value) StrAllocCopy(assoc->value, value);
	HTList_addObject(alist, (void*)assoc);
    }
    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAssoc_add: ERROR: assoc list NULL!!\n");
}


PUBLIC char *HTAssocList_lookup ARGS2(HTAssocList *,	alist,
				      CONST char *,	name)
{
    HTAssocList *cur = alist;
    HTAssoc *assoc;

    while (NULL != (assoc = (HTAssoc*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (!strncasecomp(assoc->name, name, strlen(name)))
	    return assoc->value;
    }
    return NULL;
}

HTAnchor_followTypedLink                HTAnFoTy
#define HTAnchor_makeMainLink                   HTAnMaMa
#define HTAnchor_setProtocol                    HTAnSePr
#define HTAnchor_protocol                       HTAnProt
#define HTAnchor_physical                       HTAnPhys
#define HTAnchor_setPhysical                    HTAnSePh
#define HTAnchor_methodWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAssoc.h1006640070060000000000000203705475034133014557 037777777777 1 0 /*                       ASSOCIATION LIST FOR STORING NAME-VALUE PAIRS
                                             
   Lookups from assosiation list are not case-sensitive.
   
 */

#ifndef HTASSOC_H
#define HTASSOC_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAL_new        HTAssocList_new
#define HTAL_del        HTAssocList_delete
#define HTAL_add        HTAssocList_add
#define HTAL_lup        HTAssocList_lookup
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

typedef HTList HTAssocList;

typedef struct {
    char * name;
    char * value;
} HTAssoc;


PUBLIC HTAssocList *HTAssocList_new NOPARAMS;
PUBLIC void HTAssocList_delete PARAMS((HTAssocList * alist));

PUBLIC void HTAssocList_add PARAMS((HTAssocList *       alist,
                                    CONST char *        name,
                                    CONST char *        value));

PUBLIC char *HTAssocList_lookup PARAMS((HTAssocList *   alist,
                                        CONST char *    name));

#endif /* not HTASSOC_H */
/*

   End of file HTAssoc.h.  */
ment;       /* The document within which this is an anchor */
  char *        address;        /* Absolute address of this node */
  HTFormat      format;         /* Pointer to node format descriptor */
  BOOL          isIndex;        /* Acceptance of a keyword search */
  char *        title;          /* Title of document */

  HTList*       methods;        /* Methods available as HTAtoms */
  void *        protocol;       /* Protocol object */
  char *        physical;       WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.c1006640070060000000000000530205475033641014403 037777777777 1 0 /*			Atoms: Names to numbers			HTAtom.c
**			=======================
**
**	Atoms are names which are given representative pointer values
**	so that they can be stored more efficiently, and comparisons
**	for equality done more efficiently.
**
**	Atoms are kept in a hash table consisting of an array of linked lists.
**
** Authors:
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee, WorldWideWeb project, CERN
**	(c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
**
*/
#define HASH_SIZE	101		/* Tunable */
#include "HTAtom.h"

#include 				/* joe@athena, TBL 921019 */
#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"

PRIVATE HTAtom * hash_table[HASH_SIZE];
PRIVATE BOOL initialised = NO;

PUBLIC HTAtom * HTAtom_for ARGS1(CONST char *, string)
{
    int hash;
    CONST char * p;
    HTAtom * a;
    
    /*		First time around, clear hash table
    */
    if (!initialised) {
        int i;
	for (i=0; inext) {
	if (0==strcmp(a->name, string)) {
    	    /* if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTAtom: Old atom %p for `%s'\n", a, string); */
	    return a;				/* Found: return it */
	}
    }
    
    /*		Generate a new entry
    */
    a = (HTAtom *)malloc(sizeof(*a));
    if (a == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAtom_for");
    a->name = (char *)malloc(strlen(string)+1);
    if (a->name == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAtom_for");
    strcpy(a->name, string);
    a->next = hash_table[hash];		/* Put onto the head of list */
    hash_table[hash] = a;
/*    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAtom: New atom %p for `%s'\n", a, string); */
    return a;
}


PRIVATE BOOL mime_match ARGS2(CONST char *, name,
			      CONST char *, templ)
{
    if (name && templ) {
	static char *n1 = NULL;
	static char *t1 = NULL;
	char *n2;
	char *t2;

	StrAllocCopy(n1, name);		/* These also free the ones	*/
	StrAllocCopy(t1, templ);	/* from previous call.		*/

	if (!(n2 = strchr(n1, '/'))  ||  !(t2 = strchr(t1, '/')))
	    return NO;

	*(n2++) = (char)0;
	*(t2++) = (char)0;

	if ((0==strcmp(t1, "*") || 0==strcmp(t1, n1)) &&
	    (0==strcmp(t2, "*") || 0==strcmp(t2, n2)))
	    return YES;
    }
    return NO;
}
	

PUBLIC HTList *HTAtom_templateMatches ARGS1(CONST char *, templ)
{
    HTList *matches = HTList_new();

    if (initialised && templ) {
	int i;
	HTAtom *cur;

	for (i=0; inext) {
		if (mime_match(cur->name, templ))
		    HTList_addObject(matches, (void*)cur);
	    }
	}
    }
    return matches;
}

   (HTAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  FORMAT OF SOURCE
  
 */
extern void HTAnchor_setFormat
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, HTFormat form)
     );

extern HTFormat HTAnchor_format
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

/*

  IS IT SEARCHABLE?
  
 */
extern void HTAnchor_setIndex
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.h1006640070060000000000000222105475034016014402 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*                      Atoms: Names to numbers                 HTAtom.h
**                      =======================
**
**      Atoms are names which are given representative pointer values
**      so that they can be stored more efficiently, and compaisons
**      for equality done more efficiently.
**
**      HTAtom_for(string) returns a representative value such that it
**      will always (within one run of the program) return the same
**      value for the same given string.
**
** Authors:
**      TBL     Tim Berners-Lee, WorldWideWeb project, CERN
**
**      (c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
**
*/

#ifndef HTATOM_H
#define HTATOM_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAt_for        HTAtom_for
#define HTAt_tMa        HTAtom_templateMatches
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

typedef struct _HTAtom HTAtom;
struct _HTAtom {
        HTAtom *        next;
        char *          name;
}; /* struct _HTAtom */


PUBLIC HTAtom * HTAtom_for PARAMS((CONST char * string));
PUBLIC HTList * HTAtom_templateMatches PARAMS((CONST char * templ));

#define HTAtom_name(a) ((a)->name)

#endif  /* HTATOM_H */
/*

    */






/*

    */
BLIC char * HTAnchor_physical ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->physical;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setPhysical ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	char *,	physical)
{
    StrAllocCopy(me->physical, physical);
}
 be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAuth.c1006640070060000000000001311205475034130014374 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTAuth.c
**			USER AUTHENTICATION
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	AL 14.10.93 Fixed the colon-not-allowed-in-password-bug.
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTPasswd.h"	/* Password file routines	*/
#include "HTAssoc.h"
#include "HTAuth.h"	/* Implemented here		*/
#include "HTUU.h"	/* Uuencoding and uudecoding	*/


/* PRIVATE					    decompose_auth_string()
**		DECOMPOSE AUTHENTICATION STRING
**		FOR BASIC OR PUBKEY SCHEME
** ON ENTRY:
**	authstring	is the authorization string received
**			from browser.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		a node representing the user information
**			(as always, this is automatically freed
**			by AA package).
*/
PRIVATE HTAAUser *decompose_auth_string ARGS2(char *,		authstring,
					      HTAAScheme,	scheme)
{
    static HTAAUser *user = NULL;
    static char *cleartext = NULL;
    char *username = NULL;
    char *password = NULL;
    char *inet_addr = NULL;
    char *timestamp = NULL;
    char *browsers_key = NULL;

    if (!user && !(user = (HTAAUser*)malloc(sizeof(HTAAUser))))	/* Allocated */
	outofmem(__FILE__, "decompose_auth_string");		/* only once */

    user->scheme = scheme;
    user->username = NULL;	/* Not freed, because freeing */
    user->password = NULL;	/* cleartext also frees these */
    user->inet_addr = NULL;	/* See below: ||              */
    user->timestamp = NULL;	/*            ||              */
    user->secret_key = NULL;	/*            ||              */
                                /*            \/              */
    FREE(cleartext);	/* From previous call.				*/
                        /* NOTE: parts of this memory are pointed to by	*/
                        /* pointers in HTAAUser structure. Therefore,	*/
                        /* this also frees all the strings pointed to	*/
			/* by the static 'user'.			*/

    if (!authstring || !*authstring || 
	scheme != HTAA_BASIC || scheme == HTAA_PUBKEY)
	return NULL;

    if (scheme == HTAA_PUBKEY) {    /* Decrypt authentication string */
	int bytes_decoded;
	char *ciphertext;
	int len = strlen(authstring) + 1;

	if (!(ciphertext = (char*)malloc(len)) ||
	    !(cleartext  = (char*)malloc(len)))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "decompose_auth_string");

	bytes_decoded = HTUU_decode(authstring, ciphertext, len);
	ciphertext[bytes_decoded] = (char)0;
#ifdef PUBKEY
	HTPK_decrypt(ciphertext, cleartext, private_key);
#endif
	free(ciphertext);
    }
    else {   /* Just uudecode */
	int bytes_decoded;
	int len = strlen(authstring) + 1;
	
	if (!(cleartext = (char*)malloc(len)))
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "decompose_auth_string");
	bytes_decoded = HTUU_decode(authstring, cleartext, len);
	cleartext[bytes_decoded] = (char)0;
    }


/*
** Extract username and password (for both schemes)
*/
    username = cleartext;
    if (!(password = strchr(cleartext, ':'))) {
	if (TRACE)
	    fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
		    "decompose_auth_string: password field",
		    "missing in authentication string.\n");
	return NULL;
    }
    *(password++) = '\0';

/*
** Extract rest of the fields
*/
    if (scheme == HTAA_PUBKEY) {
	if (                          !(inet_addr   =strchr(password, ':')) || 
	    (*(inet_addr++)   ='\0'), !(timestamp   =strchr(inet_addr,':')) ||
	    (*(timestamp++)   ='\0'), !(browsers_key=strchr(timestamp,':')) ||
	    (*(browsers_key++)='\0')) {

	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n",
			       "decompose_auth_string: Pubkey scheme",
			       "fields missing in authentication string");
	    return NULL;
	}
    }

/*
** Set the fields into the result
*/
    user->username   = username;
    user->password   = password;
    user->inet_addr  = inet_addr;
    user->timestamp  = timestamp;
    user->secret_key = browsers_key;

    if (TRACE) {
	if (scheme==HTAA_BASIC)
	    fprintf(stderr, "decompose_auth_string: %s (%s,%s)\n",
		    "Basic scheme authentication string:",
		    username, password);
	else
	    fprintf(stderr, "decompose_auth_string: %s (%s,%s,%s,%s,%s)\n",
		    "Pubkey scheme authentication string:",
		    username, password, inet_addr, timestamp, browsers_key);
    }
    
    return user;
}



PRIVATE BOOL HTAA_checkTimeStamp ARGS1(CONST char *, timestamp)
{
    return NO;		/* This is just a stub */
}


PRIVATE BOOL HTAA_checkInetAddress ARGS1(CONST char *, inet_addr)
{
    return NO;		/* This is just a stub */
}


/* SERVER PUBLIC					HTAA_authenticate()
**			AUTHENTICATE USER
** ON ENTRY:
**	scheme		used authentication scheme.
**	scheme_specifics the scheme specific parameters
**			(authentication string for Basic and
**			Pubkey schemes).
**	prot		is the protection information structure
**			for the file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		NULL, if authentication failed.
**			Otherwise a pointer to a structure
**			representing authenticated user,
**			which should not be freed.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAUser *HTAA_authenticate ARGS3(HTAAScheme,	scheme,
					 char *,	scheme_specifics,
					 HTAAProt *,	prot)
{
    if (HTAA_UNKNOWN == scheme || !prot ||
	-1 == HTList_indexOf(prot->valid_schemes, (void*)scheme))
	return NULL;

    switch (scheme) {
      case HTAA_BASIC:
      case HTAA_PUBKEY:
	{
	    HTAAUser *user = decompose_auth_string(scheme_specifics, scheme);
	                                   /* Remember, user is auto-freed */
	    if (user &&
		HTAA_checkPassword(user->username,
				   user->password,
				   HTAssocList_lookup(prot->values, "passw")) &&
		(HTAA_BASIC == scheme ||
		 (HTAA_checkTimeStamp(user->timestamp) &&
		  HTAA_checkInetAddress(user->inet_addr))))
		return user;
	    else
		return NULL;
	}
	break;
      default:
	/* Other authentication routines go here */
	return NULL;
    }
}

   }
    
    /*		Search for the string in the list
    */
    for (a=hash_table[hash]; a; a=a->next) {
	if (0==strcmp(a->name, string)) {
    	    /* if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTAtom: Old atom %p for `%s'\n", a, string); */
	    return a;				/* Found: return it */
	}
    }
    
    /*		Generate a new entry
    */
    a = (HTAtom *)malloc(sizeof(*a));
    if (a == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAtom_for");
    a->name = (char *)mWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAuth.h1006640070060000000000000332605475034133014412 037777777777 1 0 /*                                   AUTHENTICATION MODULE
                                             
   This is the authentication module. By modifying the function HTAA_authenticate() it can
   be made to support external authentication methods.
   
 */

#ifndef HTAUTH_H
#define HTAUTH_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTAAProt.h"


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAauth        HTAA_authenticate
#endif /* SHORT_NAMES */


/*
** Server's representation of a user (fields in authentication string)
*/
typedef struct {
    HTAAScheme  scheme;         /* Scheme used to authenticate this user */
    char *      username;
    char *      password;
    char *      inet_addr;
    char *      timestamp;
    char *      secret_key;
} HTAAUser;
/*

User Authentication

 */

/* SERVER PUBLIC                                        HTAA_authenticate()
**                      AUTHENTICATE USER
** ON ENTRY:
**      scheme          used authentication scheme.
**      scheme_specifics the scheme specific parameters
**                      (authentication string for Basic and
**                      Pubkey schemes).
**      prot            is the protection information structure
**                      for the file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         NULL, if authentication failed.
**                      Otherwise a pointer to a structure
**                      representing authenticated user,
**                      which should not be freed.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAUser *HTAA_authenticate PARAMS((HTAAScheme   scheme,
                                           char *       scheme_specifics,
                                           HTAAProt *   prot));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTAUTH_H */
/*

   End of file HTAuth.h.  */
hat they can be stored more efficiently, and compaisons
**      for equality done more efficiently.
**
**      HTAtom_for(string) returns a representative value such that it
**      will always (within one run of the program) return the same
**      value for the same given string.
**
** Authors:
WWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.c1006640070060000000000006426705544654102014521 037777777777 1 0 /*                  Binary Tree for sorting things
**                  ==============================
**                      Author: Arthur Secret
**
**       4 March 94: Bug fixed in the balancing procedure
**
*/


#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTBTree.h"
#include 
#include 

#define MAXIMUM(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))





PUBLIC HTBTree * HTBTree_new ARGS1(HTComparer, comp)
    /*********************************************************
    ** This function returns an HTBTree with memory allocated 
    ** for it when given a mean to compare things
    */
{
    HTBTree * tree = (HTBTree *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTree));
    if (tree==NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_new");

    tree->compare = comp;
    tree->top = NULL;

    return tree;
}




PRIVATE void HTBTElement_free ARGS1(HTBTElement*, element)
    /**********************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for one element
    */
{
    if (element) {
        if (element->left != NULL)    HTBTElement_free(element->left);
	if (element->right != NULL)    HTBTElement_free(element->right);
	free(element);
    }
}

PUBLIC void HTBTree_free ARGS1(HTBTree*, tree)
    /**************************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for the whole tree
    */
{
    HTBTElement_free(tree->top);
    free(tree);
}




PRIVATE void HTBTElementAndObject_free ARGS1(HTBTElement*, element)
    /**********************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for one element
    */
{
    if (element) {     /* Just in case nothing was in the tree anyway */
        if (element->left != NULL)    HTBTElementAndObject_free(element->left);
	if (element->right != NULL)    
	    HTBTElementAndObject_free(element->right);
	free(element->object);
	free(element);
    }
}

PUBLIC void HTBTreeAndObject_free ARGS1(HTBTree*, tree)
    /**************************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for the whole tree
    */
{
    HTBTElementAndObject_free(tree->top);
    free(tree);
}




PUBLIC void HTBTree_add ARGS2(
		    HTBTree*,  tree,
		    void*,     object)
    /**********************************************************************
    ** This void is the core of HTBTree.c . It will
    **       1/ add a new element to the tree at the right place
    **          so that the tree remains sorted
    **       2/ balance the tree to be as fast as possible when reading it
    */
{
    HTBTElement * father_of_element;
    HTBTElement * added_element;
    HTBTElement * forefather_of_element;
    HTBTElement * father_of_forefather;
    BOOL father_found,top_found;
    int depth,depth2,corrections;
        /* father_of_element is a pointer to the structure that is the father of the
        ** new object "object".
        ** added_element is a pointer to the structure that contains or will contain 
        ** the new object "object".
        ** father_of_forefather and forefather_of_element are pointers that are used
        ** to modify the depths of upper elements, when needed.
        **
        ** father_found indicates by a value NO when the future father of "object" 
        ** is found.
        ** top_found indicates by a value NO when, in case of a difference of depths
        **  < 2, the top of the tree is encountered and forbids any further try to
        ** balance the tree.
        ** corrections is an integer used to avoid infinite loops in cases
        ** such as:
        **
        **             3                        3
        **          4                              4
        **           5                            5
        **
        ** 3 is used here to show that it need not be the top of the tree.
        */

    /*
    ** 1/ Adding of the element to the binary tree
    */

    if (tree->top == NULL)
    {
        tree->top = (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
        if (tree->top == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
        tree->top->up = NULL;
        tree->top->object = object;
        tree->top->left = NULL;
        tree->top->left_depth = 0;
        tree->top->right = NULL;
        tree->top->right_depth = 0;
    }
    else
    {   
        father_found = YES;
        father_of_element = tree->top;
        added_element = NULL;
        father_of_forefather = NULL;
        forefather_of_element = NULL;      
        while (father_found)
        {
            if (tree->compare(object,father_of_element->object)<0)
	    {
                if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
                else 
	        {
                    father_found = NO;
                    father_of_element->left = 
                        (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
                    if (father_of_element->left==NULL) 
                        outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
                    added_element = father_of_element->left;
                    added_element->up = father_of_element;
                    added_element->object = object;
                    added_element->left = NULL;
                    added_element->left_depth = 0;
                    added_element->right = NULL;
                    added_element->right_depth = 0;
                }
   	    }
            if (tree->compare(object,father_of_element->object)>=0)
            {
                if (father_of_element->right != NULL) 
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->right;
                else 
                {  
                    father_found = NO;
                    father_of_element->right = 
                        (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
                    if (father_of_element->right==NULL) 
                        outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
                    added_element = father_of_element->right;
                    added_element->up = father_of_element;
                    added_element->object = object;
                    added_element->left = NULL;
                    added_element->left_depth = 0;
                    added_element->right = NULL;
                    added_element->right_depth = 0;       
    	        }
            }
	}
            /*
            ** Changing of all depths that need to be changed
            */
        father_of_forefather = father_of_element;
        forefather_of_element = added_element;
        do
        {
            if (father_of_forefather->left == forefather_of_element)
            {
                depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
                father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1 
                            + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->right_depth,
                                  forefather_of_element->left_depth);
                depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
            }
            else
	    {
                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
                father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
                            + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->right_depth,
                                  forefather_of_element->left_depth);
                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
            }
            forefather_of_element = father_of_forefather;
            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
        } while ((depth != depth2) && (father_of_forefather != NULL));
        


            /*
            ** 2/ Balancing the binary tree, if necessary
            */
        top_found = YES;
        corrections = 0;
        while ((top_found) && (corrections < 7))
        {
            if ((abs(father_of_element->left_depth
                      - father_of_element->right_depth)) < 2)
	    {
                if (father_of_element->up != NULL) 
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->up;
                else top_found = NO;
	    }
            else
 	    {                /* We start the process of balancing */

                corrections = corrections + 1;
                    /* 
                    ** corrections is an integer used to avoid infinite 
                    ** loops in cases such as:
                    **
                    **             3                        3
                    **          4                              4
                    **           5                            5
                    **
                    ** 3 is used to show that it need not be the top of the tree
		    ** But let's avoid these two exceptions anyhow 
		    ** with the two following conditions (4 March 94 - AS)
                    */

		if ((father_of_element->left == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->right->right == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->right->left->left == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->right->left->right == NULL)) 
		    corrections = 7;

		if ((father_of_element->right == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->left->left == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->left->right->right == NULL) 
		    && (father_of_element->left->right->left == NULL))
		    corrections = 7;
 

                if (father_of_element->left_depth > father_of_element->right_depth)
	        {
                    added_element = father_of_element->left;
                    father_of_element->left_depth = added_element->right_depth;
                    added_element->right_depth = 1
                                    + MAXIMUM(father_of_element->right_depth,
                                          father_of_element->left_depth);
                    if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
		    {
			/* Bug fixed in March 94  -  AS */
			BOOL first_time;

                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        forefather_of_element = added_element;
			first_time = YES;
                        do 
                        {
                            if (father_of_forefather->left
                                 == forefather_of_element->up)
                              {
				  depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
				  if (first_time)
				  {
				      father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
					  + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
						  forefather_of_element->right_depth);
					first_time = NO;
				   }
				   else
				       father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
					   + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->up->left_depth,
					      forefather_of_element->up->right_depth);

                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
			    }
                            else
			    {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
				if (first_time)
				{
				    father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
				      + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
					       forefather_of_element->right_depth);
				    first_time = NO;
				}				
				else
				    father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
				      + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->up->left_depth,
					   forefather_of_element->up->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
			    }
                            forefather_of_element = forefather_of_element->up;
                            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
			} while ((depth != depth2) && 
				 (father_of_forefather != NULL));
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        if (father_of_forefather->left == father_of_element)
	                {
                            /*
                            **                   3                       3
                            **               4                       5
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    7    4
                            **            7 8                          8 6
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree.
                            */ 
                            father_of_forefather->left = added_element;
                            father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                            added_element->right = father_of_element;
                        }
                        if (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **          3                       3
                            **               4                       5
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    7    4
                            **            7 8                          8 6
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->right = added_element;
                            father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                            added_element->right = father_of_element;
                        }
                        added_element->up = father_of_forefather;
		    }
                    else
		    {
                        /*
                        **
                        **               1                       2
                        ** When tree   2   3        becomes    4    1
                        **            4 5                          5 3
                        **
                        ** 1 is used to show that it is the top of the tree    
                        */
                        added_element->up = NULL;
                        father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                        added_element->right = father_of_element;
		    }
                    father_of_element->up = added_element;
                    if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                        father_of_element->left->up = father_of_element;
	        }
                else
	        {
                    added_element = father_of_element->right;
                    father_of_element->right_depth = added_element->left_depth;
                    added_element->left_depth = 1 + 
                            MAXIMUM(father_of_element->right_depth,
                                father_of_element->left_depth);
                    if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
			/* Bug fixed in March 94  -  AS */
		    {
			BOOL first_time;

                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        forefather_of_element = added_element;
			first_time = YES;
                        do 
                        {
                            if (father_of_forefather->left 
				== forefather_of_element->up)
                            {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
                                if (first_time)
				{
				    father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
				       + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
					       forefather_of_element->right_depth);
				    first_time = NO;
				}
                                else
				    father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
				      + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->up->left_depth,
				       	  forefather_of_element->up->right_depth);
				depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
			    }
                            else
			    {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
				if (first_time)
				{
				    father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
				       + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
					       forefather_of_element->right_depth);
				    first_time = NO;
				}
				else
				    father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
				      + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->up->left_depth,
					   forefather_of_element->up->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
			    }
                            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
                            forefather_of_element = forefather_of_element->up;
			} while ((depth != depth2) && 
				 (father_of_forefather != NULL));
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        if (father_of_forefather->left == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **                    3                       3
                            **               4                       6
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree.
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->left = added_element;
                            father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                            added_element->left = father_of_element;
                        }
                        if (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **           3                      3
                            **               4                       6
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->right = added_element;
                            father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                            added_element->left = father_of_element;
                        }
                        added_element->up = father_of_forefather;
		    }
                    else
                    {
                        /*
                        **
                        **               1                       3
                        ** When tree   2   3        becomes    1    5
                        **                4 5                 2 4
                        **
                        ** 1 is used to show that it is the top of the tree.
                        */
                        added_element->up = NULL;
                        father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                        added_element->left = father_of_element;
		    }
                    father_of_element->up = added_element;
                    if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
		        father_of_element->right->up = father_of_element;
		}
	    }
        }
        while (father_of_element->up != NULL)
	{
            father_of_element = father_of_element->up;
        }
        tree->top = father_of_element;
    }
}



PUBLIC HTBTElement * HTBTree_next ARGS2(
                               HTBTree*,       tree,
                               HTBTElement*,   ele)
    /**************************************************************************
    ** this function returns a pointer to the leftmost element if ele is NULL,
    ** and to the next object to the right otherways.
    ** If no elements left, returns a pointer to NULL.
    */
{
    HTBTElement * father_of_element;
    HTBTElement * father_of_forefather;

    if (ele == NULL)
    {
        father_of_element = tree->top;
        if (father_of_element != NULL)
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
    }
    else
    {
        father_of_element = ele;
        if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
	{
            father_of_element = father_of_element->right;
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
	}
        else
	{
            father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
	        while (father_of_forefather && 
		       (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element))
      	        {
                    father_of_element = father_of_forefather;
		    father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
		}
            father_of_element = father_of_forefather;
	}
    }
#ifdef BTREE_TRACE
    /* The option -DBTREE_TRACE will give much more information
    ** about the way the process is running, for debugging matters
    */
    if (father_of_element != NULL)
    {
        printf("\nObject = %s\t",(char *)father_of_element->object);
        if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
            printf("Objet du pere = %s\n",
		   (char *)father_of_element->up->object);
        else printf("Pas de Pere\n");
        if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
            printf("Objet du fils gauche = %s\t",
		   (char *)father_of_element->left->object); 
        else printf("Pas de fils gauche\t");
        if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
            printf("Objet du fils droit = %s\n",
		   (char *)father_of_element->right->object);
        else printf("Pas de fils droit\n");
        printf("Profondeur gauche = %i\t",father_of_element->left_depth);
        printf("Profondeur droite = %i\n",father_of_element->right_depth);
        printf("      **************\n");
    }
#endif
    return father_of_element;
}


#ifdef TEST
main ()
    /******************************************************
    ** This is just a test to show how to handle HTBTree.c
    */
{
    HTBTree * tree;
    HTBTElement * next_element;
    
    tree = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecmp);
    HTBTree_add(tree,"hypertext");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Addressing");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"X11");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Tools");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Protocols");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NeXT");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Daemon");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Test");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Administration");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"LineMode");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"DesignIssues");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MarkUp");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Macintosh");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.rtf.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FIND");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Paper");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Tcl");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talks");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Architecture");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"VMSHelp");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Provider");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Archive");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SLAC");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Project");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"News");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Viola");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Users");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FAQ");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WorkingNotes");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Windows");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FineWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Frame");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XMosaic");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"All");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Curses");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Erwise");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Carl");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MidasWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XPM");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MailRobot");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Illustrations");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"VMClient");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XPA");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Clients.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Library");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CERNLIB_Distribution");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"libHTML");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WindowsPC");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"tkWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"tk2.3");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVS-RCS");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"DecnetSockets");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SGMLStream");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NextStep");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVSRepository_old");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ArthurSecret");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVSROOT");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HytelnetGate");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"cern.www.new.src");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Conditions");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTMLGate");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Newsgroups.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Bugs.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Summary.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"zDesignIssues.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HT.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTandCERN.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Ideas.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MarkUp.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SearchPanel.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Comments.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Xanadu.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Storinglinks.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TheW3Book.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talk_Feb-91.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"JFosterEntry.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Summary.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Bibliography.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTandCern.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talk.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"zDesignNotes.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Link.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Status.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"http.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.html~");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TAGS");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"summary.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Technical.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Terms.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"JANETAccess.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"README.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CodingStandards.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Copyright.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Status_old.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"patches~");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"RelatedProducts.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Implementation");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"History.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile.bak");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile.old");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Policy.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WhatIs.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TheProject.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Notation.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Helping.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Cyber-WWW.sit.Hqx");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Glossary.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"maketags.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"IntroCS.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Contrib");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Help.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CodeManagExec");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HT-0.1draz");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Cello");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TOPUB");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"BUILD");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"BUILDALL");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Lynx");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ArthurLibrary");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"RashtyClient");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"#History.html#");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"PerlServers");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"modules");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NCSA_httpd");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MAIL2HTML");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"core");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"EmacsWWW");
#ifdef BTREE_TRACE
    printf("\nTreeTopObject=%s\n\n",tree->top->object);
#endif
    next_element = HTBTree_next(tree,NULL);
    while (next_element != NULL)
    {
#ifndef BTREE_TRACE
        printf("The next element is %s\n",next_element->object);
#endif
        next_element = HTBTree_next(tree,next_element);
    }
    HTBTree_free (tree);
}


#endif
                         ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree.
                            */
      WWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.h1006640070060000000000000422405435571720014514 037777777777 1 0 /*                  /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.html
                         BALANCED BINARY TREE FOR SORTING THINGS
                                             
   Tree creation, traversal and freeing.  User-supplied comparison routine.
   
   Author: Arthur Secret, CERN. Public domain.  Please mail bugs and changes to
   www-request@info.cern.ch
   
   part of libWWW
   
 */
#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTBTree_new             HTBTNew
#define HTBTree_free            HTBTFree
#define HTBTreeAndObject_free   HTBTAOFr
#define HTBTree_add             HTBTAdd
#define HTBTree_next            HTBTNext
/* #define      HTBTree_object          HTBTObje already a macro */
#endif


/*

Data structures

 */
typedef struct _HTBTree_element {
    void                        *object;        /* User object */
    struct _HTBTree_element     *up;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *left;
    int                         left_depth;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *right;
    int                         right_depth;
} HTBTElement;

typedef int (*HTComparer) PARAMS((void * a, void * b));

typedef struct _HTBTree_top {
    HTComparer                  compare;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *top;
} HTBTree;


/*

Create a binary tree given its discrimination routine

 */
extern HTBTree * HTBTree_new PARAMS((HTComparer comp));



/*

Free storage of the tree but not of the objects

 */
extern void HTBTree_free PARAMS((HTBTree* tree));



/*

Free storage of the tree and of the objects

 */
extern void HTBTreeAndObject_free PARAMS((HTBTree* tree));



/*

Add an object to a binary tree

 */

extern void HTBTree_add PARAMS((HTBTree* tree, void * object));


/*

Find user object for element

 */
#define HTBTree_object(element)  ((element)->object)


/*

Find next element in depth-first order

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ele                    if NULL, start with leftmost element. if != 0 give next object to
                         the right.
                         
  returns                Pointer to element ot NULL if none left.
                         
 */
extern HTBTElement * HTBTree_next PARAMS((HTBTree* tree, HTBTElement * ele));

/*

   end  */
(father_of_element != NULL)
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
    }
    else
    {
        father_of_element = ele;
        if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
	{
            father_of_element = father_of_element->right;
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
          WWW/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.c1006640070060000000000000363505370616414014561 037777777777 1 0 /*		Chunk handling:	Flexible arrays
**		===============================
**
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include 

/*	Create a chunk with a certain allocation unit
**	--------------
*/
PUBLIC HTChunk * HTChunkCreate ARGS1 (int,grow)
{
    HTChunk * ch = (HTChunk *) malloc(sizeof(HTChunk));
    if (ch == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "cretion of chunk");

    ch->data = 0;
    ch->growby = grow;
    ch->size = 0;
    ch->allocated = 0;
    return ch;
}


/*	Clear a chunk of all data
**	--------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkClear ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    if (ch->data) {
	free(ch->data);
	ch->data = 0;
    }
    ch->size = 0;
    ch->allocated = 0;
}


/*	Free a chunk
**	------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkFree ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    if (ch->data) free(ch->data);
    free(ch);
}


/*	Append a character
**	------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkPutc ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, char,c)
{
    if (ch->size >= ch->allocated) {
	ch->allocated = ch->allocated + ch->growby;
        ch->data = ch->data ? (char *)realloc(ch->data, ch->allocated)
			    : (char *)malloc(ch->allocated);
      if (!ch->data) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTChunkPutc");
    }
    ch->data[ch->size++] = c;
}


/*	Ensure a certain size
**	---------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkEnsure ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, int,needed)
{
    if (needed <= ch->allocated) return;
    ch->allocated = needed-1 - ((needed-1) % ch->growby)
    			     + ch->growby; /* Round up */
    ch->data = ch->data ? (char *)realloc(ch->data, ch->allocated)
			: (char *)malloc(ch->allocated);
    if (ch->data == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTChunkEnsure");
}


/*	Terminate a chunk
**	-----------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkTerminate ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    HTChunkPutc(ch, (char)0);
}


/*	Append a string
**	---------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkPuts ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, CONST char *,s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for (p=s; *p; p++)
        HTChunkPutc(ch, *p);
}
ovider");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Archive");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SLAC");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ProjWWW/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.h1006640070060000000000000672705475033767014605 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                HTChunk: Flexible array handling for libwww
                                     CHUNK HANDLING:
                                     FLEXIBLE ARRAYS
                                             
   This module implements a flexible array. It is a general utility module. A chunk is a
   structure which may be extended.  These routines create and append data to chunks,
   automatically reallocating them as necessary.
   
 */
typedef struct {
        int     size;           /* In bytes                     */
        int     growby;         /* Allocation unit in bytes     */
        int     allocated;      /* Current size of *data        */
        char *  data;           /* Pointer to malloced area or 0 */
} HTChunk;


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTChunkClear            HTChClea
#define HTChunkPutc             HTChPutc
#define HTChunkPuts             HTChPuts
#define HTChunkCreate           HTChCrea
#define HTChunkTerminate        HTChTerm
#define HTChunkEnsure           HtChEnsu
#endif


/*

Create new chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  growby                  The number of bytes to allocate at a time when the chunk is
                         later extended. Arbitrary but normally a trade-off time vs.
                         memory
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 A chunk pointer to the new chunk,
                         
 */

extern HTChunk * HTChunkCreate PARAMS((int growby));


/*

Free a chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  ch                      is invalid and may not be used.
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkFree PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));


/*

Clear a chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     The size of the chunk is zero.
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkClear PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));


/*

Ensure a chunk has a certain space in

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  s                       The size required
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Has size at least s
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkEnsure PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, int s));


/*

Append a character to a  chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  c                       The character to be appended
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Is one character bigger
                         
 */
extern void HTChunkPutc PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, char c));

/*

Append a string to a  chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  str                     Tpoints to a zero-terminated string to be appended
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Is bigger by strlen(str)
                         
 */


extern void HTChunkPuts PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, const char *str));


/*

Append a zero character to a  chunk

 */

/*

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Is one character bigger
                         
 */


extern void HTChunkTerminate PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));

/*

   end */
hile (next_element != NULL)
    {
#ifndefWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.c1006640070060000000000006404005544654106014142 037777777777 1 0 /*			File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Client
**			for a WorldWideWeb browser
**			===================================
**
**	A cache of control connections is kept.
**
** Note: Port allocation
**
**	It is essential that the port is allocated by the system, rather
**	than chosen in rotation by us (POLL_PORTS), or the following
**	problem occurs.
**
**	It seems that an attempt by the server to connect to a port which has
**	been used recently by a listen on the same socket, or by another
**	socket this or another process causes a hangup of (almost exactly)
**	one minute. Therefore, we have to use a rotating port number.
**	The problem remains that if the application is run twice in quick
**	succession, it will hang for what remains of a minute.
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-lee 
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca 310 825-4580 
** History:
**	 2 May 91	Written TBL, as a part of the WorldWideWeb project.
**	15 Jan 92	Bug fix: close() was used for NETCLOSE for control soc
**	10 Feb 92	Retry if cached connection times out or breaks
**	 8 Dec 92	Bug fix 921208 TBL after DD
**	17 Dec 92	Anon FTP password now just WWWuser@ suggested by DD
**			fails on princeton.edu!
**
** Options:
**	LISTEN		We listen, the other guy connects for data.
**			Otherwise, other way round, but problem finding our
**			internet address!
**
** Bugs:
**	No binary mode! Always uses ASCII! 
*/

#define LISTEN		/* @@@@ Test */

/*
BUGS:	@@@  	Limit connection cache size!
		Error reporting to user.
		400 & 500 errors are acked by user with windows.
		Use configuration file for user names
		Prompt user for password
		
**		Note for portablility this version does not use select() and
**		so does not watch the control and data channels at the
**		same time.
*/		

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTFTP.h"	/* Implemented here */

#define CR   FROMASCII('\015')	/* Must be converted to ^M for transmission */
#define LF   FROMASCII('\012')	/* Must be converted to ^J for transmission */

#define REPEAT_PORT	/* Give the port number for each file */
#define REPEAT_LISTEN	/* Close each listen socket and open a new one */

/* define POLL_PORTS		 If allocation does not work, poll ourselves.*/
#define LISTEN_BACKLOG 2	/* Number of pending connect requests (TCP)*/

#define FIRST_TCP_PORT	1024	/* Region to try for a listening port */
#define LAST_TCP_PORT	5999	

#define LINE_LENGTH 256
#define COMMAND_LENGTH 256

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTFile.h"	/* For HTFileFormat() */
#include "HTBTree.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#ifndef IPPORT_FTP
#define IPPORT_FTP	21
#endif

#ifdef REMOVED_CODE
extern char *malloc();
extern void free();
extern char *strncpy();
#endif

typedef struct _connection {
    struct _connection *	next;	/* Link on list 	*/
    u_long			addr;	/* IP address		*/
    int				socket;	/* Socket number for communication */
    BOOL			binary; /* Binary mode? */
    HTInputSocket *		isoc;
} connection;

#ifndef NIL
#define NIL 0
#endif

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)
#define FREE_TARGET (*targetClass.free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*	Module-Wide Variables
**	---------------------
*/
PRIVATE connection * connections =0;	/* Linked list of connections */
PRIVATE char    response_text[LINE_LENGTH+1];/* Last response from NewsHost */
PRIVATE connection * control;		/* Current connection */
PRIVATE int	data_soc = -1;		/* Socket for data transfer =invalid */

#ifdef POLL_PORTS
PRIVATE	unsigned short	port_number = FIRST_TCP_PORT;
#endif

#ifdef LISTEN
PRIVATE int     master_socket = -1;	/* Listening socket = invalid	*/
PRIVATE char	port_command[255];	/* Command for setting the port */
PRIVATE fd_set	open_sockets; 		/* Mask of active channels */
PRIVATE int	num_sockets;  		/* Number of sockets to scan */
#else
PRIVATE	unsigned short	passive_port;	/* Port server specified for data */
#endif


#define DATA_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
PRIVATE char data_buffer[DATA_BUFFER_SIZE];		/* Input data buffer */
PRIVATE char * data_read_pointer;
PRIVATE char * data_write_pointer;
#define NEXT_DATA_CHAR next_data_char()


/*	Procedure: Read a character from the data connection
**	----------------------------------------------------
*/
PRIVATE char next_data_char
NOARGS
{
    int status;
    if (data_read_pointer >= data_write_pointer) {
	status = NETREAD(data_soc, data_buffer, DATA_BUFFER_SIZE);
	/* Get some more data */
	if (status <= 0) return (char)-1;
	data_write_pointer = data_buffer + status;
	data_read_pointer = data_buffer;
    }
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
        char c = *data_read_pointer++;
	return FROMASCII(c);
    }
#else
    return *data_read_pointer++;
#endif
}


/*	Close an individual connection
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int close_connection(connection * con)
#else
PRIVATE int close_connection(con)
    connection *con;
#endif
{
    connection * scan;
    int status = NETCLOSE(con->socket);
    
    if(con->isoc) {
	HTInputSocket_free(con->isoc);
	con->isoc = NULL;
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closing control socket %d\n", con->socket);
    if (connections==con) {
        connections = con->next;
	return status;
    }
    for(scan=connections; scan; scan=scan->next) {
        if (scan->next == con) {
	    scan->next = con->next;	/* Unlink */
	    if (control==con) control = (connection*)0;
	    return status;
	} /*if */
    } /* for */
    return -1;		/* very strange -- was not on list. */
}


/*	Execute Command and get Response
**	--------------------------------
**
**	See the state machine illustrated in RFC959, p57. This implements
**	one command/reply sequence.  It also interprets lines which are to
**	be continued, which are marked with a "-" immediately after the
**	status code.
**
**	Continuation then goes on until a line with a matching reply code
**	an a space after it.
**
** On entry,
**	con	points to the connection which is established.
**	cmd	points to a command, or is NIL to just get the response.
**
**	The command is terminated with the CRLF pair.
**
** On exit,
**	returns:  The first digit of the reply type,
**		  or negative for communication failure.
*/
PRIVATE int response ARGS1(char *, cmd)

{
    int result;				/* Three-digit decimal code */
    int	continuation_response = -1;
    int status;
    
    if (!control) {
          if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: No control connection set up!!\n");
	  return -99;
    }
    
    if (cmd) {
    
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "  Tx: %s", cmd);

#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    char * p;
	    for(p=cmd; *p; p++) {
	        *p = TOASCII(*p);
	    }
	}
#endif 
	status = NETWRITE(control->socket, cmd, (int)strlen(cmd));
	if (status<0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"FTP: Error %d sending command: closing socket %d\n",
		status, control->socket);
	    close_connection(control);
	    return status;
	}
    }

    do {
	char *p = response_text;
	for(;;) {  
	    if (((*p++=HTInputSocket_getCharacter(control->isoc)) == LF)
			|| (p == &response_text[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		char continuation;
		*p++=0;			/* Terminate the string */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Rx: %s", response_text);
		sscanf(response_text, "%d%c", &result, &continuation);
		if  (continuation_response == -1) {
			if (continuation == '-')  /* start continuation */
			    continuation_response = result;
		} else { 	/* continuing */
			if (continuation_response == result
				&& continuation == ' ')
			    continuation_response = -1;	/* ended */
		}	
		break;	    
	    } /* if end of line */
	    
	    if (*(p-1) == (char) EOF) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Error on rx: closing socket %d\n",
		    control->socket);
		strcpy(response_text, "000 *** TCP read error on response\n");
	        close_connection(control);
	    	return -1;	/* End of file on response */
	    }
	} /* Loop over characters */

    } while (continuation_response != -1);
    
    if (result==421) {
	if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: They close so we close socket %d\n",
	    control->socket);
	close_connection(control);
	return -1;
    }
    return result/100;
}


/*	Get a valid connection to the host
**	----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	arg	points to the name of the host in a hypertext address
** On exit,
**	returns	<0 if error
**		socket number if success
**
**	This routine takes care of managing timed-out connections, and
**	limiting the number of connections in use at any one time.
**
**	It ensures that all connections are logged in if they exist.
**	It ensures they have the port number transferred.
*/
PRIVATE int get_connection ARGS1 (CONST char *,arg)
{
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;

    char * username=0;
    char * password=0;
    
    if (!arg) return -1;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -1;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/

/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    		/* Family, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(IPPORT_FTP);	    	/* Well Known Number    */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Looking for %s\n", arg);

/* Get node name:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	char *p2 = strrchr(p1, '@');	/* user? */
	char * pw;
	if (p2) {
	    username = p1;
	    *p2=0;			/* terminate */
	    p1 = p2+1;			/* point to host */
	    pw = strchr(username, ':');
	    if (pw) {
	        *pw++ = 0;
		password = pw;
	    }
	}
	if (HTParseInet(sin, p1)) { free(p1); return -1;} /* TBL 920622 */

        if (!username) free(p1);
    } /* scope of p1 */

        
/*	Now we check whether we already have a connection to that port.
*/

    {
	connection * scan;
	for (scan=connections; scan; scan=scan->next) {
	    if (sin->sin_addr.s_addr == scan->addr) {
	  	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"FTP: Already have connection for %d.%d.%d.%d.\n",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+3));
		if (username) free(username);
		return scan->socket;		/* Good return */
	    } else {
	  	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"FTP: Existing connection is %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+3));
	    }
	}
    }

   
/*	Now, let's get a socket set up from the server:
*/      
    {
        int status;
	connection * con = (connection *)calloc(1, sizeof(*con));
	if (con == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
	con->addr = sin->sin_addr.s_addr;	/* save it */
	con->binary = NO;
	status = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	if (status<0) {
	    (void) HTInetStatus("socket");
	    free(con);
	    if (username) free(username);
	    return status;
	}
	con->socket = status;

    	status = connect(con->socket, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
	 sizeof(soc_address));
        if (status<0){
	    (void) HTInetStatus("connect");
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"FTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s'.\n",
	    	arg);
	    NETCLOSE(con->socket);
	    free(con);
	    if (username) free(username);
	    return status;			/* Bad return */
	}
	
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP connected, socket %d\n", con->socket);
	control = con;			/* Current control connection */
	con->next = connections;	/* Link onto list of good ones */
	connections = con;
        con->isoc = HTInputSocket_new(con->socket); /* buffering */


/*	Now we log in		Look up username, prompt for pw.
*/
	{
	    int status = response(NIL);	/* Get greeting */
	    
	    if (status == 2) {		/* Send username */
	        char * command;
		if (username) {
		    command = (char*)malloc(10+strlen(username)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "USER %s%c%c", username, CR, LF);
		} else {
		    command = (char*)malloc(25);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "USER anonymous%c%c", CR, LF);
	        }
		status = response(command);
		free(command);
	    }
	    if (status == 3) {		/* Send password */
	        char * command;
		if (password) {
		    command = (char*)malloc(10+strlen(password)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "PASS %s%c%c", password, CR, LF);
		} else {
		    char * user = getenv("USER");
		    CONST char *host = HTHostName();
		    if (!user) user = "WWWuser";
		    /* If not fully qualified, suppress it as ftp.uu.net
		       prefers a blank to a bad name */
		    if (!strchr(host, '.')) host = "";

		    command = (char*)malloc(20+strlen(host)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command,
		    "PASS %s@%s%c%c", user ? user : "WWWuser",
		    host, CR, LF); /*@@*/
	        }
		status = response(command);
		free(command);
	    }
            if (username) free(username);

	    if (status == 3) {
	        char temp[80];
		sprintf(temp, "ACCT noaccount%c%c", CR, LF);
		status = response(temp);
	    }
	    if (status !=2) {
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Login fail: %s", response_text);
	    	if (control) close_connection(control);
	        return -1;		/* Bad return */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Logged in.\n");
	}

/*	Now we inform the server of the port number we will listen on
*/
#ifndef REPEAT_PORT
	{
	    int status = response(port_command);
	    if (status !=2) {
	    	if (control) close_connection(control);
	        return -status;		/* Bad return */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Port defined.\n");
	}
#endif
	return con->socket;			/* Good return */
    } /* Scope of con */
}  /* get_connection */


#ifdef LISTEN

/*	Close Master (listening) socket
**	-------------------------------
**
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int close_master_socket(void)
#else
PRIVATE int close_master_socket()
#endif
{
    int status;
    FD_CLR(master_socket, &open_sockets);
    status = NETCLOSE(master_socket);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closed master socket %d\n", master_socket);
    master_socket = -1;
    if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("close master socket");
    else return status;
}


/*	Open a master socket for listening on
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	When data is transferred, we open a port, and wait for the server to
**	connect with the data.
**
** On entry,
**	master_socket	Must be negative if not set up already.
** On exit,
**	Returns		socket number if good
**			less than zero if error.
**	master_socket	is socket number if good, else negative.
**	port_number	is valid if good.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int get_listen_socket(void)
#else
PRIVATE int get_listen_socket()
#endif
{
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;
    int new_socket;			/* Will be master_socket */
    
    
    FD_ZERO(&open_sockets);	/* Clear our record of open sockets */
    num_sockets = 0;
    
#ifndef REPEAT_LISTEN
    if (master_socket>=0) return master_socket;  /* Done already */
#endif

/*  Create internet socket
*/
    new_socket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	
    if (new_socket<0)
	return HTInetStatus("socket for master socket");
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Opened master socket number %d\n", new_socket);
    
/*  Search for a free port.
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family = internet, host order  */
    sin->sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; /* Any peer address */
#ifdef POLL_PORTS
    {
        unsigned short old_port_number = port_number;
	for(port_number=old_port_number+1;;port_number++){ 
	    int status;
	    if (port_number > LAST_TCP_PORT)
		port_number = FIRST_TCP_PORT;
	    if (port_number == old_port_number) {
		return HTInetStatus("bind");
	    }
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(port_number);
	    if ((status=bind(new_socket,
		    (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			    /* Cast to generic sockaddr */
		    sizeof(soc_address))) == 0)
		break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"TCP bind attempt to port %d yields %d, errno=%d\n",
		port_number, status, errno);
	} /* for */
    }
#else
    {
        int status;
	int address_length = sizeof(soc_address);
	status = getsockname(control->socket,
			(struct sockaddr *)&soc_address,
			 &address_length);
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("getsockname");
	CTRACE(tfp, "FTP: This host is %s\n",
	    HTInetString(sin));
	
	soc_address.sin_port = 0;	/* Unspecified: please allocate */
	status=bind(new_socket,
		(struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			/* Cast to generic sockaddr */
		sizeof(soc_address));
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("bind");
	
	address_length = sizeof(soc_address);
	status = getsockname(new_socket,
			(struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			&address_length);
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("getsockname");
    }
#endif    

    CTRACE(tfp, "FTP: bound to port %d on %s\n",
    		(int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		HTInetString(sin));

#ifdef REPEAT_LISTEN
    if (master_socket>=0)
        (void) close_master_socket();
#endif    
    
    master_socket = new_socket;
    
/*	Now we must find out who we are to tell the other guy
*/
    (void)HTHostName(); 	/* Make address valid - doesn't work*/
    sprintf(port_command, "PORT %d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d%c%c",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_port)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_port)+1),
		    CR, LF);


/*	Inform TCP that we will accept connections
*/
    if (listen(master_socket, 1)<0) {
	master_socket = -1;
	return HTInetStatus("listen");
    }
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Master socket(), bind() and listen() all OK\n");
    FD_SET(master_socket, &open_sockets);
    if ((master_socket+1) > num_sockets) num_sockets=master_socket+1;

    return master_socket;		/* Good */

} /* get_listen_socket */
#endif



/*	Read a directory into an hypertext object from the data socket
**	--------------------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	anchor		Parent anchor to link the this node to
**	address		Address of the directory
** On exit,
**	returns		HT_LOADED if OK
**			<0 if error.
*/
PRIVATE int read_directory ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
#if OLD_PARAMS
ARGS6 (
  HTRequest *,			request,
  void *,			param,
  HTParentAnchor *,		parent,
  CONST char *,			address,
  HTFormat,			format_out,
  HTStream *,			sink )
#endif
{
    HTStructured* target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML, request->output_format, request->output_stream);
    HTStructuredClass targetClass;
    char *address = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    char *filename = HTParse(address, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    char *lastpath;  /* prefix for link, either "" (for root) or xxx  */

    targetClass = *(target->isa);

    HTDirTitles(target, (HTAnchor*)request->anchor);
  
    data_read_pointer = data_write_pointer = data_buffer;

    if (*filename == 0) { /* Empty filename : use root */
	lastpath = (char*)malloc(2);
        strcpy (lastpath, "/");
    }
    else 
    {
        char * p = strrchr(filename, '/');  /* find lastslash */
        lastpath = (char*)malloc(strlen(p));
	if (!lastpath) outofmem(__FILE__, "read_directory");
        strcpy(lastpath, p+1);    /* take slash off the beginning */
    }
    free (filename);

   
    {
        HTBTree * bt = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecomp);
        char c;
	HTChunk * chunk = HTChunkCreate(128);
	START(HTML_DIR);
	for (c=0; c!=(char)EOF;)   /* For each entry in the directory */
	{
	    char * filename = NULL;
	    HTChunkClear(chunk);
	    /*   read directory entry
	     */
	    for(;;) {                 /* Read in one line as filename */
		c = NEXT_DATA_CHAR;
		if (c == '\r' || c == LF) {    /* Terminator? */ 
		    if (chunk->size != 0)   /* got some text */
		      break;                /* finish getting one entry */
		  } else if (c == (char)EOF) {
		    break;             /* End of file */
		  } else {
		    HTChunkPutc(chunk, c);
		  }
            }
	    HTChunkTerminate(chunk);
	    if (c == (char) EOF && chunk->size == 1)  /* 1 means empty: includes terminating 0 */
	        break;
            if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFTP: file name in %s is %s\n", lastpath, chunk->data);
	    StrAllocCopy(filename, chunk->data);
	    HTBTree_add(bt,filename); /* sort filename in the tree bt */

	}  /* next entry */
        HTChunkFree(chunk);

	/* Run through tree printing out in order 
	 */
	{
	    HTBTElement * ele;
	    for (ele = HTBTree_next(bt, NULL);
		 ele != NULL;
		 ele = HTBTree_next(bt, ele))
	    {
	        START(HTML_LI);
		HTDirEntry(target, lastpath, (char *)HTBTree_object(ele));
	    }
	}
	END(HTML_DIR);
	FREE_TARGET;
	HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt);
    }

    if (lastpath) free(lastpath);
    return response(NIL) == 2 ? HT_LOADED : -1;
}


/*	Retrieve File from Server
**	-------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	name		WWW address of a file: document, including hostname
** On exit,
**	returns		Socket number for file if good.
**			<0 if bad.
*/
PUBLIC int HTFTPLoad ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
#ifdef OLD_PARAMS
ARGS6 (
  HTRequest *,			request,
  void *,			param,
  CONST char *,			name,
  HTParentAnchor *,		anchor,
  HTFormat,			format_out,
  HTStream *,			sink
)
#endif
{
    char * name = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    BOOL isDirectory = NO;
    int status;
    int retry;			/* How many times tried? */
    HTFormat format;
    
    for (retry=0; retry<2; retry++) {	/* For timed out/broken connections */
    
	status = get_connection(name);
	if (status<0) return status;

#ifdef LISTEN
	status = get_listen_socket();
	if (status<0) return status;
    
#ifdef REPEAT_PORT
/*	Inform the server of the port number we will listen on
*/
	{
	    status = response(port_command);
	    if (status !=2) {		/* Could have timed out */
		if (status<0) continue;		/* try again - net error*/
		return -status;			/* bad reply */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Port defined.\n");
	}
#endif
#else	/* Use PASV */
/*	Tell the server to be passive
*/
	{
	    char *p;
	    int reply, h0, h1, h2, h3, p0, p1;	/* Parts of reply */
	    status = response("PASV%c%c", CR, LF);
	    if (status !=2) {
		if (status<0) continue;		/* retry or Bad return */
		return -status;			/* bad reply */
	    }
	    for(p=response_text; *p; p++)
		if ((*p<'0')||(*p>'9')) *p = ' ';	/* Keep only digits */
	    status = sscanf(response_text, "%d%d%d%d%d%d%d",
		    &reply, &h0, &h1, &h2, &h3, &p0, &p1);
	    if (status<5) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: PASV reply has no inet address!\n");
		return -99;
	    }
	    passive_port = (p0<<8) + p1;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Server is listening on port %d\n",
		    passive_port);
	}

/*	Open connection for data:
*/
	{
	    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;
	    int status = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	    if (status<0) {
		(void) HTInetStatus("socket for data socket");
		return status;
	    }
	    data_soc = status;
	    
	    soc_address.sin_addr.s_addr = control->addr;
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(passive_port);
	    soc_address.sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family, host order  */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
		"FTP: Data remote address is port %d, inet %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
			(unsigned int)ntohs(soc_address.sin_port),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+0),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+1),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+2),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+3));
    
	    status = connect(data_soc, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
		    sizeof(soc_address));
	    if (status<0){
		(void) HTInetStatus("connect for data");
		NETCLOSE(data_soc);
		return status;			/* Bad return */
	    }
	    
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP data connected, socket %d\n", data_soc);
	}
#endif /* use PASV */
	status = 0;
        break;	/* No more retries */

    } /* for retries */
    if (status<0) return status;	/* Failed with this code */
    
/*	Ask for the file:
*/    
    {
        char *filename = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
	char command[LINE_LENGTH+1];
	BOOL binary = NO;

	if (!*filename) StrAllocCopy(filename, "/");
	HTUnEscape(filename);	/* Fix 25.1.94 -- thanks to Lou Montulli */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: UnEscaped %s\n", filename);
	format = HTFileFormat(filename,
			      &request->content_encoding,
			      &request->content_language);
	binary = (request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("8bit")
		  && request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("7bit"));
        if (binary != control->binary) {
	    char * mode = binary ? "I" : "A";
	    sprintf(command, "TYPE %s%c%c", mode, CR, LF);
	    status = response(command);
	    if (status != 2) return -status;
	    control->binary = binary;
	}
	sprintf(command, "RETR %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	status = response(command);
	if (status != 1) {  /* Failed : try to CWD to it */
	  sprintf(command, "CWD %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	  status = response(command);
	  if (status == 2) {  /* Successed : let's NAME LIST it */
	    isDirectory = YES;
	    sprintf(command, "NLST%c%c", CR, LF);
	    status = response (command);
	  }
	}
	free(filename);
	if (status != 1) return -status;		/* Action not started */
    }

#ifdef LISTEN
/*	Wait for the connection
*/
    {
	struct sockaddr_in soc_address;
        int	soc_addrlen=sizeof(soc_address);
	status = accept(master_socket,
			(struct sockaddr *)&soc_address,
			&soc_addrlen);
	if (status<0)
	    return HTInetStatus("accept");
	CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Accepted new socket %d\n", status);
	data_soc = status;
    }
#else
    /* @@ */
#endif
    if (isDirectory) {
	return read_directory(request);
      /* returns HT_LOADED or error */
    } else {
	HTParseSocket(format, data_soc, request);
    
	status = NETCLOSE(data_soc);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closing data socket %d\n", data_soc);
	if (status<0) (void) HTInetStatus("close");	/* Comment only */
	data_soc = -1;	/* invalidate it */
	
	status = response(NIL);		/* Pick up final reply */
	if (status!=2) return HTLoadError(request, 500, response_text);

	return HT_LOADED;
    }       
} /* open_file_read */
attempt to port %d yields %d, errno=%d\n",
		port_number, status, errno);
	} /* for */
    }
#else
    {
        int status;
	int address_length = sizeof(soc_address);
	status = getsockname(control->socket,
			(struct sockaddr *)&soc_address,
			 &address_length);
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("getsockname");
	CTRACE(tfp, "FTP: This host is %s\n",
	    HTInetString(sin));
	
	soc_address.sin_port = 0;	/* Unspecified: please allocate */
	status=bind(new_socket,
		(struct sWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.h1006640070060000000000000177305544654270014155 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                               FTP access module for libwww
                                   FTP ACCESS FUNCTIONS
                                             
   This isn't really  a valid protocol module -- it is lumped together with HTFile . That
   could be changed easily.
   
   Author: Tim Berners-Lee. Public Domain. Please mail changes to timbl@info.cern.ch
   
 */
#ifndef HTFTP_H
#define HTFTP_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/*

Retrieve File from Server

  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 Socket number for file if good.<0 if bad.
                         
 */
extern int HTFTPLoad PARAMS((HTRequest * request));
#ifdef OLD_PARAMS
((
  HTRequest *           request,
  void *                param,
  CONST char *          name,
  HTParentAnchor *      anchor,
  HTFormat              format_out,
  HTStream*             sink
));
#endif

/*

Return Host Name

 */
extern CONST char * HTHostName NOPARAMS;

#endif

/*

   end */
ata sWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.c1006640070060000000000004315605544654135015102 037777777777 1 0 /*		FILE WRITER				HTFWrite.h
**		===========
**
**	This version of the stream object just writes to a C file.
**	The file is assumed open and left open.
**
**	Bugs:
**		strings written must be less than buffer size.
*/
#define CACHE_LIMIT 100		/* files */

#include "HTFWriter.h"

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTList.h"

/*		Stream Object
**		------------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	
	FILE *			fp;
	BOOL			leave_open;     /* Close file? HFN 08/02-94 */
	char * 			end_command;
	char * 			remove_command;
	BOOL			announce;
	char *			filename;
	HTRequest *		request;	/* saved for callback */
	BOOL (*callback) PARAMS((struct _HTRequest * req, void * filename));
	HTCacheItem *		cache;
};


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**		B L A C K    H O L E    C L A S S
**
**	There is only one black hole instance shared by anyone
**	who wants a black hole.  These black holes don't radiate,
**	they just absorb data.
*/
PRIVATE void HTBlackHole_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{}
PRIVATE void HTBlackHole_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{}
PRIVATE void HTBlackHole_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{}
PRIVATE void HTBlackHole_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{}
PRIVATE void HTBlackHole_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{}


/*	Black Hole stream
**	-----------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTBlackHoleClass =
{		
	"BlackHole",
	HTBlackHole_free,
	HTBlackHole_abort,
	HTBlackHole_put_character, 	HTBlackHole_put_string,
	HTBlackHole_write
}; 

PRIVATE HTStream HTBlackHoleInstance =
{
	&HTBlackHoleClass,
	NULL,
	NO,				/* HENRIK 08/02-94 */
	NULL,
	NULL,

	NO,
	NULL,
	NULL,
	NULL,
};

/* Black hole creation */
PUBLIC HTStream * HTBlackHole NOARGS
{
    return &HTBlackHoleInstance;
}


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**		F I L E     A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
**  Bug:
**	All errors are ignored.
*/


/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   This function tries really hard to find a non-existent filename relative
   to the path given.
       path:	path name
       url:	used for a similar name or generating a hash within 'limit'
       suffix:	if != 0, this suffix is used, else no suffix
       limit:	if 0 => use last part of url, else generate hash. Max value
                is max(unsigned int).
   Returns NULL if no filename could be found.
   Henrik 10/03-94
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
PRIVATE char *HTFWriter_filename ARGS4(char *, path, char *, url,
				       CONST char *, suffix,
				       unsigned int, limit)
{
#define HASHTRY 5			   /* Keep this less than 10, please */
    static int primes[HASHTRY] = {31, 37, 41, 43, 47};	      /* Some primes */
    char *urlfile = strrchr(url, '/');
    char *filename = NULL;
    StrAllocCopy(filename, path);
    if (filename && urlfile++) {		   /* We don't want two '/'s */
	int digits = 1;
	unsigned hash;
	char *hashstr = NULL;
	char *replace = 0;
	char *ptr;				/* Dummy used several places */
	char format[10];
	if (*(filename+strlen(filename)-1) != '/')  /* But one is OK, though */
	    StrAllocCat(filename, "/");
	if (limit) {					  /* Use hash method */
	    unsigned int residue = limit;
	    while (residue /= 10)		    /* Find number of digits */
		digits++;
	    if ((hashstr = malloc(digits+1)) == NULL)
		outofmem(__FILE__, "HTFWriter_filename");
	    for(ptr=urlfile, hash=0; *ptr; ptr++)          /* Calculate hash */
		hash = *ptr + *primes * hash;
	    hash %= limit;
	    sprintf(format, "%%0%du", digits);     /* Convert hash to string */
	    sprintf(hashstr, format, hash);
	    *(hashstr+digits) = '\0';
	    StrAllocCat(filename, hashstr);
#ifndef NO_GETPID
/* RISK: Race conditions may occur if this is not added to the filename */
	    {
		char pidstr[10];
		sprintf(pidstr, "-%d", getpid());
		StrAllocCat(filename, pidstr);
	    }
#endif
	    if (suffix) {				       /* Add suffix */
		if (*suffix != '.')
		    StrAllocCat(filename, ".");
		StrAllocCat(filename, suffix);
	    }
	    replace = strrchr(filename, '/')+1;	   /* Remember place */
	} else {      					     /* Use url name */
	    char *urlptr = 0;			     /* Strip off any suffix */
	    StrAllocCopy(urlptr, urlfile);
	    ptr = strrchr(urlptr, '.');
	    if (ptr)
		*ptr = '\0';
	    StrAllocCat(filename, urlptr);
	    free(urlptr);
	    if (suffix) {			    /* Add new suffix if any */
		if (*suffix != '.')
		    StrAllocCat(filename, ".");
		StrAllocCat(filename, suffix);
	    }
	}
	{				   	       /* Try if file exists */
	    int cnt;
	    FILE *fp;
	    for (cnt=1; cnt= HASHTRY) {      	   /* If no file name could be found */
		free(filename);
		filename = NULL;
	    }
	}
	FREE(hashstr);
    }
    return filename;
}


/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTFWriter_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    putc(c, me->fp);
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    fputs(s, me->fp);
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    fwrite(s, 1, l, me->fp); 
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created
**	object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    if (me->cache) {
        time_t finish_time;
	time(&finish_time);
	me->cache->load_delay = finish_time - me->cache->load_time;
	/* Actually, ought to use draft ANSI-C difftime() */
	/* But that I bet is more portable in real life  (@@?) */
    }

    if (me->leave_open != YES) fclose(me->fp);

    if (me->end_command) {		/* Temp file */
        HTProgress(me->end_command);	/* Tell user what's happening */
	system(me->end_command);
	free (me->end_command);
	if (me->remove_command) {
	    system(me->remove_command);
	    free(me->remove_command);
	}
    }
    if (me->callback) {
        (*me->callback)(me->request, me->filename);
    }
    if (me->filename) free(me->filename);
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTFWriter_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    if (me->leave_open != YES) fclose(me->fp);
    if (me->end_command) {		/* Temp file */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTFWriter: Aborting: file %s not executed.\n",
		me->filename ? me->filename : "???" );
	free (me->end_command);
	if (me->remove_command) {
	    system(me->remove_command);
	    free(me->remove_command);
	}
    }

    if (me->filename) free(me->filename);
    free(me);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTFWriter = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"FileWriter",
	HTFWriter_free,
	HTFWriter_abort,
	HTFWriter_put_character, 	HTFWriter_put_string,
	HTFWriter_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

/* PUBLIC HTStream* HTFWriter_new ARGS1(FILE *, fp) HENRIK 08/02-94 */
PUBLIC HTStream* HTFWriter_new ARGS2(FILE *, fp, BOOL, leave_open)
{
    HTStream* me;
    
    if (!fp) return NULL;

    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me),1);
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;       

    me->fp = fp;
    me->leave_open = leave_open;		/* HENRIK 08/02-94 */
    me->end_command = NULL;
    me->remove_command = NULL;
    me->announce = NO;
    me->callback = NULL;
    return me;
}

/*	Make system command from template
**	---------------------------------
**
**	See mailcap spec for description of template.
*/
/* @@ to be written.  sprintfs will do for now.  */



/*	Take action using a system command
**	----------------------------------
**
**	Creates temporary file, writes to it, executes system command
**	on end-document.  The suffix of the temp file can be given
**	in case the application is fussy, or so that a generic opener can
**	be used.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTSaveAndExecute ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)

#ifdef unix
#define REMOVE_COMMAND "/bin/rm -f %s\n"	/* @@@ security @@@ */
#endif
#ifdef VMS
#define REMOVE_COMMAND "delete/noconfirm/nolog %s.."
#endif

#ifdef REMOVE_COMMAND
{
    char *fnam;
    
    HTStream* me;
    
    if (HTSecure) {
        HTAlert("Can't save data to file -- please run WWW locally");
	return HTBlackHole();
    }
    
    if (!HTSaveLocallyDir) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Save and execute turned off");
	return HTBlackHole();
    }
	
    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me),1);
    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me), 1);
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "Save and execute");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;  
    
#ifdef OLD_CODE
    CONST char * suffix;
    /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */
    suffix = HTFileSuffix(input_format);
    fnam = (char *)malloc (L_tmpnam + 16 + strlen(suffix));
    tmpnam (fnam);
    if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix);
#endif

    /* Let's find a hash name for this file */
    if ((fnam = HTFWriter_filename(HTSaveLocallyDir,
				   HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor),
				   HTFileSuffix(input_format),
				   1000)) == NULL) {
	HTAlert("Can't find a suitable file name");
	free(me);
	return NULL;
    }

    me->request = request;	/* won't be freed */    
    me->fp = fopen (fnam, "w");
    if (!me->fp) {
	HTAlert("Can't open temporary file!");
        free(fnam);
	free(me);
	return NULL;
    }
    StrAllocCopy(me->filename, fnam);

/*	Make command to process file
*/
    me->end_command = (char *)malloc (
    			(strlen (param) + 10+ 3*strlen(fnam))
    			 * sizeof (char));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "SaveAndExecute");
    
    sprintf (me->end_command, param, fnam, fnam, fnam);

    me->remove_command = NULL;	/* If needed, put into end_command */
#ifdef NOPE
/*	Make command to delete file
*/ 
    me->remove_command = (char *)malloc (
    			(strlen (REMOVE_COMMAND) + 10+ strlen(fnam))
    			 * sizeof (char));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "SaveAndExecute");
    
    sprintf (me->remove_command, REMOVE_COMMAND, fnam);
#endif

    me->announce = NO;
    free (fnam);
    return me;
}

#else	/* can't do remove */
{ return NULL; }
#endif


/*	Save Locally
**	------------
**
**  Bugs:
**	GUI Apps should open local Save panel here really.
**
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTSaveLocally ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)	/* Not used */

{
    char *fnam;
    char * answer;
    HTStream* me;
    
    if (HTClientHost) {
        HTAlert("Can't save data to file -- please run WWW locally");
	return HTBlackHole();
    }

    if (!HTSaveLocallyDir) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Save locally turned off");
	return HTBlackHole();
    }
	
    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me),1);
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "SaveLocally");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;  
    me->announce = YES;
    
#ifdef OLD_CODE
    CONST char * suffix;
    /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */    
    suffix = HTFileSuffix(input_format);
    fnam = (char *)malloc (L_tmpnam + 16 + strlen(suffix));
    tmpnam (fnam);
    if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix);
#endif
 
    /* Let's find a 'human' file name for this file */
    if ((fnam = HTFWriter_filename(HTSaveLocallyDir,
				   HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor),
				   HTFileSuffix(input_format),
				   0)) == NULL) {
	fnam = "";	          /* Well, this might be better than nothing */
    }
    
    /*	Save Panel */
    answer = HTPrompt("Give name of file to save in", fnam);    
    free(fnam);
    
    me->fp = fopen (answer, "w");
    if (!me->fp) {
	HTAlert("Can't open local file to write into.");
        free(answer);
	free(me);
	return NULL;
    }
    me->callback = NULL;
    me->request = request;	/* won't be freed */
    me->filename = answer;	/* Will be freed */
    return me;
}


/*	HTThroughLine
**	-------------
**
** This function is a dummy function that returns the same output stream
** as given as a parameter. Henrik 01/03-94
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTThroughLine ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)	            /* Only one used */
{
    return output_stream;
}


/*	Cache handling
**	--------------
*/

PUBLIC HTList * HTCache = NULL;
PUBLIC int	HTCacheLimit = CACHE_LIMIT;

PRIVATE void HTCache_remove ARGS2(HTList *, list, HTCacheItem *, item)
{
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Cache: Removing %s\n", item->filename);
    HTList_removeObject(list, item);
    HTList_removeObject(item->anchor->cacheItems, item);
    unlink(item->filename);
    free(item->filename);
    free(item);
}

/* This can be called for the main list or an anchor's list
*/



PUBLIC void HTCacheClear ARGS1(HTList *, list)
{
    HTCacheItem * item;
    while ((item=HTList_objectAt(list, 0)) != NULL) {
        HTCache_remove(list, item);
    }
}


/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   This function removes ALL cache files known to this session. The anchors
   ARE updated, but normally this function is for exiting purposes.
   Henrik 09/03-94
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
PUBLIC void HTCacheDeleteAll NOARGS
{
    HTCacheItem * item;
    while ((item=HTList_objectAt(HTCache, 0)) != NULL) {
        HTCache_remove(HTCache, item);
    }
}

/*  Remove a file from the cache to prevent too many files from being cached
*/
PRIVATE void limit_cache ARGS1(HTList * , list)
{
    HTList * cur = list;
    HTCacheItem * item;
    time_t best_delay = 0;   /* time_t in principle can be any arith type */
    HTCacheItem* best_item = NULL;

    if (HTList_count(list) < HTCacheLimit) return;   /* Limit not reached */

    while (NULL != (item = (HTCacheItem*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
        if (best_delay == 0  ||  item->load_delay < best_delay) {
            best_delay = item->load_delay;
            best_item = item;
        }
    }

    if (best_item) HTCache_remove(list, best_item);
}



/*	Save and Call Back
**	------------------
**
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTCacheWriter ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)

{
    char *fnam;
    CONST char * suffix;
    
    HTStream* me;

    if (HTClientHost) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Only caching if WWW is run locally.\n");
	return HTBlackHole();
    }

    /* THIS IS A TEMP SOLUTION UNTIL WE HAVE A MORE STEADY CACHING SYSTEM
       RUNNING. THEN IT SHOULD USE (char *) HTCacheDir from HTAccess.c. 
       FOR NOW, JUST RETURN BLACK HOLE, Henrik 09/03-94 */
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf (stderr, "HTFCacheWriter: Caching is turned OFF...\n");
    return HTBlackHole();
    
    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me),1);
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "CacheWriter");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;  
    me->end_command = NULL;
    me->remove_command = NULL;	/* If needed, put into end_command */
    me->announce = NO;
    
    /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */
    
    suffix = HTFileSuffix(input_format);

    fnam = (char *)malloc (L_tmpnam + 16 + strlen(suffix));
    tmpnam (fnam);
    if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix);
    me->filename = NULL;
    
    limit_cache(HTCache);		/* Limit number (not size) of files */
    
    me->fp = fopen (fnam, "w");
    if (!me->fp) {
	HTAlert("Can't open local file to write into for callback.");
	free(fnam);
	free(me);
	return NULL;
    }
    
    /* Set up a cache record */
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Cache: Creating file %s\n", fnam);
    me->cache = (HTCacheItem*)calloc(sizeof(*me->cache),1);
    if (!me->cache)outofmem(__FILE__, "cache");
    time(&me->cache->load_time);
    StrAllocCopy(me->cache->filename, fnam);
    me->cache->anchor = request->anchor;
    if (!request->anchor->cacheItems)
    	request->anchor->cacheItems = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject(request->anchor->cacheItems, me->cache);
    me->cache->format = input_format;
    
    if (!HTCache) HTCache = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject(HTCache, me->cache);
    
    me->callback = request->callback;
    me->request = request;	/* won't be freed */
    me->filename = fnam;   /* will be freed */
    return me;
}

/*	Save and Call Back
**	------------------
**
**
**	The special case is a kludge. Better is everything uses streams
**	and nothing uses files.  Then this routine will go too. :-))
*/


PUBLIC HTStream* HTSaveAndCallBack ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
   HTStream * me;
   
   if (request->using_cache) {  /* Special case! file wanted && cache hit */
        (*request->callback)(request,
			 ((HTCacheItem*)request->using_cache)->filename);
	return &HTBlackHoleInstance;	/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
   } else {
   	me = HTCacheWriter(request, param,
			    input_format, output_format, output_stream);
	if (me) {
	    me->callback = request->callback;
	}
   }
   return me;   
}


ecific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

/* PUBLIC HTStream* HTFWriter_new ARGS1(FILE *, fp) HENRIK 08/02-94 */
PUBLIC HTStream* HTFWriter_new ARGS2(FILE *, fp, BOOL, leave_open)
{
    HTStream* me;
    
    if (!fp) return NULL;

    me = (HTStream*)calloc(sizeof(*me),1);
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;       

    me->fp = fp;
    me->leave_openWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.h1006640070060000000000000471205544654313015100 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                         HTFWriter:  File Writer for libwww
                                      C FILE WRITER
                                             
   It is useful to have both FWriter and Writer for environments in which fdopen() doesn't
   exist for example.
   
   Part of libwww . Implemented by HTFWriter.c
   
 */
#ifndef HTFWRITE_H
#define HTFWRITE_H

#include "HTStream.h"
#include 
#include "HTFormat.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTFWriter_new   HTFWnew
#endif

/*

Stream given file

 */
extern HTStream * HTFWriter_new PARAMS((FILE *  fp,
                                             BOOL       leave_open));
/*

   OLD: (HENRIK 08/02-94) extern HTStream * HTFWriter_new PARAMS((FILE * fp));
   
   Converters
   
   HTSaveAndCallBack will save to a cache file and call the request->callback function
   with the filename as parameter.
   
 */
extern HTConverter HTSaveAndExecute, HTSaveLocally, HTSaveAndCallBack,
HTThroughLine;

/*

The cache

   The cache contains details of temporary disk files which contain the contents of remote
   documents.   There is also a list of cache items for each URL in its anchor object.
   
  AN ITEM IN THE CACHE
  
 */
typedef struct _HTCacheItem {
    HTParentAnchor *    anchor;
    HTFormat            format;         /* May have many formats per anchor */
    char *              filename;
    time_t              load_time;
    time_t              load_delay;
    int                 reference_count;
} HTCacheItem;

/*

  THE CACHE ITSELF
  
   There is one global cache. No, it's not reentrant code then.  If we find a use for >1
   cache then we can change it. Currently the obvious advantage is when all things which
   could gain from caching use the same one.
   
 */
extern HTList * HTCache;        /* made up of HTCacheItem items */

/*

  THE CACHE LIMIT
  
   The cache limit is the number of files which are kept. Yes, I know, the amount of disk
   space wouldbe more relevant. So this may change. Currentlyit is present to 100 but may
   be changed by the application by writing into this variable.
   
 */
extern int      HTCacheLimit;

/*

  CLEAR A CACHE
  
 */
extern void HTCacheClear PARAMS((HTList * cache));

/*

  TO REMOVE ALL CACHE FILES KNOWN TO THIS SESSION
  
 */

extern void HTCacheDeleteAll NOPARAMS;
/*

  STREAM FOR WRITING TO CACHE
  
   Note that HTSaveAndCallBack will also generate a cache file.
   
 */
extern HTConverter HTCacheWriter;

#endif
/*

   end  */
pps should open local Save panel here really.
**
*/
PUWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFile.c1006640070060000000000007665005544654076014410 037777777777 1 0 /*			File Access				HTFile.c
**			===========
**
**	This is unix-specific code in general, with some VMS bits.
**	These are routines for file access used by browsers.
**
** History:
**	   Feb 91	Written Tim Berners-Lee CERN/CN
**	   Apr 91	vms-vms access included using DECnet syntax
**	26 Jun 92 (JFG) When running over DECnet, suppressed FTP.
**			Fixed access bug for relative names on VMS.
**	   Sep 93 (MD)  Access to VMS files allows sharing.
**	15 Nov 93 (MD)	Moved HTVMSname to HTVMSUTILS.C
**	22 Feb 94 (MD)  Excluded two routines if we are not READING directories
**
** Bugs:
**	FTP: Cannot access VMS files from a unix machine.
**      How can we know that the
**	target machine runs VMS?
*/

#include "HTFile.h"		/* Implemented here */

#define INFINITY 512		/* file name length @@ FIXME */

#ifdef VMS
PRIVATE char * suffix_separators = "._";
#else
PRIVATE char * suffix_separators = ".,_";
#endif


#include "HTUtils.h"

#ifdef VMS
#include "HTVMSUtils.h"
#endif /* VMS */

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#ifndef DECNET
#include "HTFTP.h"
#endif
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTWriter.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"
#include "HTInit.h"
#include "HTBTree.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTMulti.h"

typedef struct _HTSuffix {
	char *		suffix;
	HTAtom *	rep;		/* Content-Type */
	HTAtom *	encoding;	/* Content-Encoding */
	HTAtom *	language;	/* Content-Language */
	float		quality;
} HTSuffix;



#ifdef USE_DIRENT		/* Set this for Sys V systems */
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent
#else
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct
#endif

#include "HTML.h"		/* For directory object building */

#define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e)
#define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*                   Controlling globals
**
*/

PUBLIC int HTDirAccess = HT_DIR_OK;
PUBLIC int HTDirReadme = HT_DIR_README_TOP;
PUBLIC BOOL HTTakeBackup = YES;
PUBLIC BOOL HTSuffixCaseSense = NO;	/* Are suffixes case sensitive */

PRIVATE char *HTMountRoot = "/Net/";		/* Where to find mounts */
#ifdef VMS
PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/WWW$SCRATCH";   /* Where to cache things */
#else
PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/tmp/W3_Cache_";   /* Where to cache things */
#endif

/* PRIVATE char *HTSaveRoot  = "$(HOME)/WWW/";*/    /* Where to save things */


/*	Suffix registration
*/

PRIVATE HTList * HTSuffixes = 0;
PRIVATE HTSuffix no_suffix = { "*", NULL, NULL, NULL, 1.0 };
PRIVATE HTSuffix unknown_suffix = { "*.*", NULL, NULL, NULL, 1.0};


/*	Define the representation associated with a file suffix
**	-------------------------------------------------------
**
**	Calling this with suffix set to "*" will set the default
**	representation.
**	Calling this with suffix set to "*.*" will set the default
**	representation for unknown suffix files which contain a ".".
**
**	If filename suffix is already defined its previous
**	definition is overridden.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAddType ARGS4(CONST char *,	suffix,
			    CONST char *,	representation,
			    CONST char *,	encoding,
			    float,		value)
{
    HTSetSuffix(suffix, representation, encoding, NULL, value);
}


PUBLIC void HTAddEncoding ARGS3(CONST char *,	suffix,
				CONST char *,	encoding,
				float,		value)
{
    HTSetSuffix(suffix, NULL, encoding, NULL, value);
}


PUBLIC void HTAddLanguage ARGS3(CONST char *,	suffix,
				CONST char *,	language,
				float,		value)
{
    HTSetSuffix(suffix, NULL, NULL, language, value);
}


PUBLIC void HTSetSuffix ARGS5(CONST char *,	suffix,
			      CONST char *,	representation,
			      CONST char *,	encoding,
			      CONST char *,	language,
			      float,		value)
{
    HTSuffix * suff;

    if (strcmp(suffix, "*")==0) suff = &no_suffix;
    else if (strcmp(suffix, "*.*")==0) suff = &unknown_suffix;
    else {
	HTList *cur = HTSuffixes;

	while (NULL != (suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (suff->suffix && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, suffix))
		break;
	}
	if (!suff) { /* Not found -- create a new node */
	    suff = (HTSuffix*) calloc(1, sizeof(HTSuffix));
	    if (suff == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetSuffix");

	    if (!HTSuffixes) HTSuffixes = HTList_new();
	    HTList_addObject(HTSuffixes, suff);

	    StrAllocCopy(suff->suffix, suffix);
	}
    }

    if (representation)
	suff->rep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    if (language)
	suff->language = HTAtom_for(language);
    if (encoding) {
	char * enc = NULL;
	char * p;
	StrAllocCopy(enc, encoding);
	for (p=enc; *p; p++) *p = TOLOWER(*p);
	suff->encoding = HTAtom_for(enc);
	free(enc);	/* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */
    }

    suff->quality = value;
}


PRIVATE BOOL is_separator ARGS1(char, ch)
{
    if (strchr(suffix_separators, ch)) return YES;
    else return NO;
}


/* PUBLIC						HTSplitFilename()
**
**	Split the filename to an array of suffixes.
**	Return the number of parts placed to the array.
**	Array should have MAX_SUFF+1 items.
*/
PUBLIC int HTSplitFilename ARGS2(char *,	s_str,
				 char **,	s_arr)
{
    char * start = s_str;
    char * end;
    char save;
    int i;

    if (!s_str || !s_arr) return 0;

    for (i=0; i < MAX_SUFF && *start; i++) {
	for(end=start+1; *end && !is_separator(*end); end++);
	save = *end;
	*end = 0;
	StrAllocCopy(s_arr[i], start);	/* Frees the previous value */
	*end = save;
	start = end;
    }
    FREE(s_arr[i]);	/* Terminating NULL */
    return i;
}



PUBLIC HTContentDescription * HTGetContentDescription ARGS2(char **,	actual,
							    int,	n)
{
    HTContentDescription * cd;
    int i;

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif

    if (n < 2) return NULL;	/* No suffix */

    cd = (HTContentDescription*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTContentDescription));
    if (!cd) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTContentDescription");

    cd->quality = 1.0;

    for (i=n-1; i>0; i--) {
	HTList * cur = HTSuffixes;
	HTSuffix * suff;
	BOOL found = NO;

	CTRACE(stderr, "Searching... for suffix %d: \"%s\"\n", i, actual[i]);

	while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if ((HTSuffixCaseSense && !strcmp(suff->suffix, actual[i])) ||
		(!HTSuffixCaseSense && !strcasecomp(suff->suffix, actual[i]))){

		if (!cd->content_type)
		    cd->content_type = suff->rep;
		if (!cd->content_encoding)
		    cd->content_encoding = suff->encoding;
		if (!cd->content_language)
		    cd->content_language = suff->language;
		if (suff->quality > 0.0000001)
		    cd->quality *= suff->quality;

		found = YES;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (!found) {
	    if (i < n-1)
		break;
	    else {
		free(cd);
		return NULL;
	    }
	}
    }
    return cd;
}



/*	Send README file
**
**  If a README file exists, then it is inserted into the document here.
*/

#ifdef GOT_READ_DIR
PRIVATE void do_readme ARGS2(HTStructured *, target, CONST char *, localname)
{ 
    FILE * fp;
    char * readme_file_name = 
	malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_README_FILE) + 1);
    strcpy(readme_file_name, localname);
    strcat(readme_file_name, "/");
    strcat(readme_file_name, HT_DIR_README_FILE);
    
    fp = fopen(readme_file_name,  "r");
    
    if (fp) {
	HTStructuredClass targetClass;
	
	targetClass =  *target->isa;	/* (Can't init agregate in K&R) */
	START(HTML_PRE);
	for(;;){
	    char c = fgetc(fp);
	    if (c == (char)EOF) break;
	    switch (c) {
	    	case '&':
		case '<':
		case '>':
			PUTC('&');
			PUTC('#');
			PUTC((char)(c / 10));
			PUTC((char) (c % 10));
			PUTC(';');
			break;
/*	    	case '\n':
			PUTC('\r');    
Bug removed thanks to joe@athena.mit.edu */			
		default:
			PUTC(c);
	    }
	}
	END(HTML_PRE);
	fclose(fp);
    } 
    free(readme_file_name);	/* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */
}
#endif


/*	Make the cache file name for a W3 document
**	------------------------------------------
**	Make up a suitable name for saving the node in
**
**	E.g.	/tmp/WWW_Cache_news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch
**		/tmp/WWW_Cache_http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTCacheFileName ARGS1(CONST char *,name)
{
    char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
    char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST);
    char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    
    char * result;
    result = (char *)malloc(
	    strlen(HTCacheRoot)+strlen(access)
	    +strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1);
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTCacheFileName");
    sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", HTCacheRoot, access, host, path);
    free(path);
    free(access);
    free(host);
    return result;
}


/*	Open a file for write, creating the path
**	----------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef NOT_IMPLEMENTED
PRIVATE int HTCreatePath ARGS1(CONST char *,path)
{
    return -1;
}
#endif

/*	Convert filenames between local and WWW formats
**	-----------------------------------------------
**	Make up a suitable name for saving the node in
**
**	E.g.	$(HOME)/WWW/news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch
**		$(HOME)/WWW/http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTLocalName ARGS1(CONST char *,name)
{
    char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
    char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST);
    char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    
    HTUnEscape(path);	/* Interpret % signs */

    if (HTImServer && !*access) {
	free(access);
	free(host);
	CTRACE(stderr, "Local filename is \"%s\"\n", path);
	return(path);
    }

    if (0==strcmp(access, "file")) { /* local file */
        free(access);	
	if ((0==strcasecomp(host, HTHostName())) ||
	    (0==strcasecomp(host, "localhost")) || !*host) {
	    free(host);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means path `%s'\n", name, path);
	    return(path);
	} else {
	    char * result = (char *)malloc(
	    			strlen("/Net/")+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+1);
              if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	    sprintf(result, "%s%s%s", "/Net/", host, path);
	    free(host);
	    free(path);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means file `%s'\n", name, result);
	    return result;
	}
    } else {  /* other access */
	char * result;
        CONST char * home =  (CONST char*)getenv("HOME");
#ifdef VMS
	if (!home) 
	    home = HTCacheRoot; 
	else
   	    home = HTVMS_wwwName(home);
#else /* not VMS */
	if (!home) home = "/tmp"; 
#endif /* not VMS */
	result = (char *)malloc(
		strlen(home)+strlen(access)+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1);
      if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", home, access, host, path);
	free(path);
	free(access);
	free(host);
	return result;
    }
}


/*	Make a WWW name from a full local path name
**
** Bugs:
**	At present, only the names of two network root nodes are hand-coded
**	in and valid for the NeXT only. This should be configurable in
**	the general case.
*/

PUBLIC char * WWW_nameOfFile ARGS1 (CONST char *,name)
{
    char * result;
#ifdef NeXT
    if (0==strncmp("/private/Net/", name, 13)) {
	result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+13)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+13);
    } else
#endif
    if (0==strncmp(HTMountRoot, name, 5)) {
	result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+5)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+5);
    } else {
        result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(HTHostName())+strlen(name)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s%s", HTHostName(), name);
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File `%s'\n\tmeans node `%s'\n", name, result);
    return result;
}


/*	Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation
**	-----------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	rep	is the atomized MIME style representation
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been
**		found, else "".
*/
PUBLIC CONST char * HTFileSuffix ARGS1(HTAtom*, rep)
{
    HTSuffix * suff;
    HTList * cur;

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif
    cur = HTSuffixes;
    while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (suff->rep == rep) {
	    return suff->suffix;		/* OK -- found */
	}
    }
    return "";		/* Dunno */
}


/*	Determine file format from file name
**	------------------------------------
**
**	This version will return the representation and also set
**	a variable for the encoding.
**
**	It will handle for example  x.txt, x.txt,Z, x.Z
*/

PUBLIC HTFormat HTFileFormat ARGS3(CONST char *,	filename,
				   HTAtom **,		pencoding,
				   HTAtom **,		planguage)
{
    char * actual[MAX_SUFF+1];
    int n;
    HTContentDescription * cd;
    HTFormat content_type = NULL;

    if (!filename) return WWW_BINARY;

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif

    for (n=0; n 0) if (actual[n]) free(actual[n]);

    if (cd) {
	if (pencoding) *pencoding = cd->content_encoding;
	if (planguage) *planguage = cd->content_language;
	content_type = cd->content_type;
	free(cd);
    }
    else {
	HTSuffix * suff = strchr(filename,'.') ?
	    (unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix) :
		&no_suffix;

	if (pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding;
	if (planguage) *planguage = suff->language;
	content_type = suff->rep;
    }

    if (pencoding && !*pencoding)
	*pencoding = HTAtom_for("binary");
    return content_type ? content_type : WWW_BINARY;
}

#ifdef OLD_CODE
    HTSuffix * suff;
    HTList * cur;
    int lf = strlen(filename);

    if (pencoding) *pencoding = NULL;
    cur = HTSuffixes;
    while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
        int ls = strlen(suff->suffix);
	if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) {
	    if (pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding;
	    if (suff->rep) return suff->rep;		/* OK -- found */

	    /* Got encoding, need representation */
	    cur = HTSuffixes;
	    while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
		int ls2 = strlen(suff->suffix);
		if ((ls <= lf) &&
		    0==strncmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls -ls2, ls2)) {
		    if (suff->rep) return suff->rep;
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    
    /* defaults tree */
    
    suff = strchr(filename, '.') ? 	/* Unknown suffix */
    	 ( unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix)
	 : &no_suffix;
	 
    /* set default encoding unless found with suffix already */
    if (pencoding && !*pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding ? suff->encoding
				    : HTAtom_for("binary");
    return suff->rep ? suff->rep : WWW_BINARY;
}
#endif /* OLD_CODE */



/*	Determine value from file name
**	------------------------------
**
*/

PUBLIC float HTFileValue ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename)

{
    HTSuffix * suff;
    HTList * cur;
    int lf = strlen(filename);

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif
    cur = HTSuffixes;
    while ((suff = (HTSuffix*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
        int ls = strlen(suff->suffix);
	if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File: Value of %s is %.3f\n",
			       filename, suff->quality);
	    return suff->quality;		/* OK -- found */
	}
    }
    return 0.3;		/* Dunno! */
}


/*	Determine write access to a file
**	--------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	return value	YES if file can be accessed and can be written to.
**
** Bugs:
**	1.	No code for non-unix systems.
**	2.	Isn't there a quicker way?
*/

#ifdef VMS
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif
#ifdef NO_UNIX_IO
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif
#ifdef PCNFS
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif

PUBLIC BOOL HTEditable ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename)
{
#ifdef NO_GROUPS
    return NO;		/* Safe answer till we find the correct algorithm */
#else
#ifdef NeXT
    int		groups[NGROUPS];
#else
    gid_t 	groups[NGROUPS];
#endif	
    uid_t	myUid;
    int		ngroups;			/* The number of groups  */
    struct stat	fileStatus;
    int		i;
        
    if (stat(filename, &fileStatus))		/* Get details of filename */
    	return NO;				/* Can't even access file! */

    ngroups = getgroups(NGROUPS, groups);	/* Groups to which I belong  */
    myUid = geteuid();				/* Get my user identifier */

    if (TRACE) {
        int i;
	fprintf(stderr, 
	    "File mode is 0%o, uid=%d, gid=%d. My uid=%d, %d groups (",
    	    (unsigned int) fileStatus.st_mode, fileStatus.st_uid,
	    fileStatus.st_gid,
	    myUid, ngroups);
	for (i=0; ianchor);
    char *  filename = HTLocalName(addr);
    FILE* fp;

/*	@ Introduce CVS handling here one day
*/
/*	Take a backup before we do anything silly   931205
*/        
    if (HTTakeBackup) {
    	char * backup_filename = 0;
	char * p = backup_filename;
	backup_filename = malloc(strlen(filename)+2);
	if (!backup_filename) outofmem(__FILE__, "taking backup");
	strcpy(backup_filename, filename);
	for(p=backup_filename+strlen(backup_filename);; p--) {
	    if ((*p=='/') || (p Failure */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Rename `%s' to `%s' FAILED!\n",
				   filename, backup_filename);
	    } else {					/* Success */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Renamed `%s' to `%s'\n", filename,
				   backup_filename);
	    }
	}
    	free(backup_filename);
    } /* if take backup */    
    
    {
        fp = fopen(filename, "w");
        if (!fp) return NULL;
    
    	return HTFWriter_new(fp, NO);
    }
}

/*      Output one directory entry
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTDirEntry ARGS3(HTStructured *, target,
		 CONST char * , tail,
		 CONST char *,  entry)
{
    char * relative;
    char * escaped = HTEscape(entry, URL_XPALPHAS);

    /* If empty tail, gives absolute ref below */
    relative = (char*) malloc(strlen(tail) + strlen(escaped)+2);
    if (relative == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "DirRead");
    sprintf(relative, "%s/%s", tail, escaped);
    HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, relative);
    free(escaped);
    free(relative);
    PUTS(entry);
    END(HTML_A);
}
 
/*      Output parent directory entry
**
**    This gives the TITLE and H1 header, and also a link
**    to the parent directory if appropriate.
*/
PUBLIC void HTDirTitles ARGS2(HTStructured *, target,
		 HTAnchor * , anchor)

{
    char * logical = HTAnchor_address(anchor);
    char * path = HTParse(logical, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    char * current;

    current = strrchr(path, '/');	/* last part or "" */
    free(logical);

    {
      char * printable = NULL;
      StrAllocCopy(printable, (current + 1));
      HTUnEscape(printable);
      START(HTML_TITLE);
      PUTS(*printable ? printable : "Welcome ");
      PUTS(" directory");
      END(HTML_TITLE);    
    
      START(HTML_H1);
      PUTS(*printable ? printable : "Welcome");
      END(HTML_H1);
      free(printable);
    }

    /*  Make link back to parent directory
     */

    if (current && current[1]) {   /* was a slash AND something else too */
        char * parent;
	char * relative;
	*current++ = 0;
      parent = strrchr(path, '/');  /* penultimate slash */

	relative = (char*) malloc(strlen(current) + 4);
	if (relative == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "DirRead");
	sprintf(relative, "%s/..", current);
	HTStartAnchor(target, "", relative);
	free(relative);

	PUTS("Up to ");
	if (parent) {
	  char * printable = NULL;
	  StrAllocCopy(printable, parent + 1);
	  HTUnEscape(printable);
	  PUTS(printable);
	  free(printable);
	} else {
	  PUTS("/");
	}

	END(HTML_A);

    }
    free(path);
}
		


/*	Load a document
**	---------------
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**			This is the physsical address of the file
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0		Error has occured.
**			HTLOADED	OK 
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadFile ARGS1 (HTRequest *, request)

{
    CONST char * addr;
    char * filename;
    char * access;
    HTFormat format;
    static char * nodename = 0;
    char * newname=0;	/* Simplified name of file */
    HTAtom * encoding;
    HTAtom * language;

    if (!request  ||  !request->anchor)
	return HT_INTERNAL;

    FREE(nodename);	/* From prev call - Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */
    
/*	Reduce the filename to a basic form (hopefully unique!)
*/
    addr = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    StrAllocCopy(newname, addr);
    filename=HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    nodename=HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_HOST);

    /* If access is ftp => go directly to ftp code (henrik 27/02-94) */
    access = HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
    if(!strcmp("ftp", access)) {
        FREE(newname);
        FREE(access);
	FREE(filename);		                         /* Not used anymore */
        goto try_ftp;
    } else {
        FREE(newname);
        FREE(access);
    }

    format = HTFileFormat(filename, &encoding, &language);

#ifdef VMS
/* Assume that the file is in Unix-style syntax if it contains a '/'
   after the leading one @@ */
    {
        FILE * fp;
	char * vmsname = strchr(filename + 1, '/') ?
	  HTVMS_name(nodename, filename) : filename + 1;
	fp = fopen(vmsname, "r", "shr=put", "shr=upd");
	
/*	If the file wasn't VMS syntax, then perhaps it is ultrix
*/
	if (!fp) {
	    char ultrixname[INFINITY];
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: Can't open as %s\n", vmsname);
	    sprintf(ultrixname, "%s::\"%s\"", nodename, filename);
  	    fp = fopen(ultrixname, "r", "shr=put", "shr=upd");
	    if (!fp) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
				   "HTFile: Can't open as %s\n", ultrixname);
	    }
	}
        if (fp)
        {
	    if (HTEditable(vmsname)) {
		HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT");
		HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(request->anchor);
		if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) {
	   	    HTList_addObject(methods, put);
	        }
	    }
	    HTParseFile(format, fp, request);
	    fclose(fp);
            return HT_LOADED;
        }  /* If successfull open */
    }
#else

    FREE(filename);

/*	For unix, we try to translate the name into the name of a transparently
**	mounted file.
**
**	Not allowed in secure (HTClienntHost) situations TBL 921019
*/
#ifndef NO_UNIX_IO
    /*  Need protection here for telnet server but not httpd server */
	 
    if (!HTSecure) {		/* try local file system */
	char * localname = HTLocalName(addr);
	struct stat dir_info;
	char * multi;

#ifdef GOT_READ_DIR

/*			  Multiformat handling
**
**	If needed, scan directory to find a good file.
**  Bug:  we don't stat the file to find the length
*/
	multi = strrchr(localname, MULTI_SUFFIX[0]);
	if (multi && !strcmp(multi, MULTI_SUFFIX)) {
	    struct stat stat_info;
	    char * new_path = HTMulti(request, localname, &stat_info);
	    if (new_path) {
		FREE(localname);
		localname = new_path;
		HTAnchor_setPhysical(request->anchor, localname);
		format = HTFileFormat(localname, &encoding, &language);
		goto open_file;
	    }
	    else { 			/* If not found suitable file */
		FREE(localname);
		return HTLoadError(request, 403,	/* List formats? */
		   "Could not find suitable representation for transmission.");
	    }
	} /* if multi suffix */
/*
**	Check to see if the 'localname' is in fact a directory.  If it is
**	create a new hypertext object containing a list of files and 
**	subdirectories contained in the directory.  All of these are links
**      to the directories or files listed.
**      NB This assumes the existance of a type 'STRUCT_DIRENT', which will
**      hold the directory entry, and a type 'DIR' which is used to point to
**      the current directory being read.
*/
	
	
	if (stat(localname,&dir_info) == -1) {     /* get file information */
	                               /* if can't read file information */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: can't stat %s\n", localname);

	}  else {		/* Stat was OK */
		
	    if (((dir_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) {
		/* if localname is a directory */	

		HTStructured* target;		/* HTML object */
		HTStructuredClass targetClass;

		DIR *dp;
		STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf;
		
		char * logical;
		static char * tail = NULL;

		BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
		
		char * tmpfilename = NULL;
		struct stat file_info;

		if (TRACE)
		    fprintf(stderr,"%s is a directory\n",localname);
			
/*	Check directory access.
**	Selective access means only those directories containing a
**	marker file can be browsed
*/
		if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_FORBID) {
		    FREE(localname);
		    return HTLoadError(request, 403,
		    "Directory browsing is not allowed.");
		}


		if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_SELECTIVE) {
		    char * enable_file_name = 
			malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 +
			 strlen(HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE) + 1);
		    strcpy(enable_file_name, localname);
		    strcat(enable_file_name, "/");
		    strcat(enable_file_name, HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE);
		    if (stat(enable_file_name, &file_info) != 0) {
			FREE(localname);
			return HTLoadError(request, 403,
			"Selective access is not enabled for this directory");
		    }
		}

 
		dp = opendir(localname);
		if (!dp) {
		    FREE(localname);
		    return HTLoadError(request, 403,
				       "This directory is not readable.");
		}


 /*	Directory access is allowed and possible
 */
		logical = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)request->anchor);
		FREE(tail);	/* From previous call */
		tail = strrchr(logical, '/') +1;	/* last part or "" */

		/*
		** Fix AL 26.1.94: make dir.indexing work also if
		** there is a trailing slash:
		*/
		if (!tail || !*tail) tail = ".";
		tail = HTEscape(tail, URL_XALPHAS);

		target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML, 
			request->output_format, request->output_stream);
		targetClass = *target->isa;	/* Copy routine entry points */
		    
  		{ int i;
			for(i=0; ianchor);

                if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_TOP)
		    do_readme(target, localname);
		{
		    HTBTree * bt = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecomp);

		    while ((dirbuf = readdir(dp))!=0)
		    {
		        HTBTElement * dirname = NULL;

			    /* while there are directory entries to be read */
		        if (dirbuf->d_ino == 0)
				  /* if the entry is not being used, skip it */
			    continue;
		    

				/* if the current entry is parent directory */
			if ((*(dirbuf->d_name)=='.') ||
				(*(dirbuf->d_name)==','))
			    continue;    /* skip those files whose name begins
					    with '.' or ',' */

			dirname = (HTBTElement *)malloc(
					strlen(dirbuf->d_name) + 2);
			if (dirname == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__,"DirRead");
			StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname);
			if (strcmp(localname,"/")) 

					/* if filename is not root directory */
			    StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); 


			StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,dirbuf->d_name);
			stat(tmpfilename, &file_info);
			if (((file_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
		                sprintf((char *)dirname,"D%s",dirbuf->d_name);
			else sprintf((char *)dirname,"F%s",dirbuf->d_name);
			    /* D & F to have first directories, then files */
			HTBTree_add(bt,dirname); /* Sort dirname in the tree bt */
		    }

		    /*    Run through tree printing out in order
		     */
		    {
		        HTBTElement * next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,NULL);
			    /* pick up the first element of the list */
			char state;
			    /* I for initial (.. file),
			       D for directory file,
			       F for file */
			
			state = 'I';

			while (next_element != NULL)
		        {
			    StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname);
			    if (strcmp(localname,"/")) 

					/* if filename is not root directory */
			        StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); 

			    StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,
					(char *)HTBTree_object(next_element)+1);
			    /* append the current entry's filename to the path */
			    HTSimplify(tmpfilename);
			    /* Output the directory entry */
			    if (strcmp((char *)
					     (HTBTree_object(next_element)),"D.."))
			    {			    
				if (state != *(char *)(HTBTree_object(next_element))) 
				{
				    if (state == 'D')
				        END(HTML_DIR);
				    state = *(char *)
				        (HTBTree_object(next_element))=='D'?'D':'F';
				    START(HTML_H2);
				    PUTS(state == 'D'?"Subdirectories:":"Files");
				    END(HTML_H2);
				    START(HTML_DIR);
				}
			        START(HTML_LI);
			    }
			    HTDirEntry(target, tail,
				       (char*)HTBTree_object(next_element) +1);

			    next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,next_element);
			        /* pick up the next element of the list; 
				 if none, return NULL*/
			}
			if (state == 'I')
			{
			    START(HTML_P);
			    PUTS("Empty Directory");
			}
			else
			    END(HTML_DIR);
		    }

		        /* end while directory entries left to read */
		    closedir(dp);
		    free(logical);
		    free(tmpfilename);
		    HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt);

		    if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM)
			  do_readme(target, localname);
		    FREE_TARGET;
		    FREE(localname);
		    return HT_LOADED;	/* document loaded */
		}

	    } /* end if localname is directory */
	
	} /* end if file stat worked */
	
/* End of directory reading section
*/
#endif
open_file:
	{
	    FILE * fp = fopen(localname,"r");

	    if(TRACE) fprintf (stderr, "HTFile: Opening `%s' gives %p\n",
				localname, (void*)fp);
	    if (fp) {		/* Good! */
		if (HTEditable(localname)) {
		    HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT");
		    HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(request->anchor);
		    if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) {
			HTList_addObject(methods, put);
		    }
		}
		FREE(localname);
		HTParseFile(format, fp, request);
		fclose(fp);
		return HT_LOADED;
	    }  /* If succesfull open */
	    FREE(localname);		/* If error in fopen */
	}    /* scope of fp */
    }  /* local unix file system */    
#endif
#endif

  try_ftp:

#ifndef DECNET
/*	Now, as transparently mounted access has failed, we try FTP.
*/
    {
#ifdef OLD_CODE
	if (nodename && strcmp(nodename, HTHostName())!=0)
	    return HTFTPLoad(request, NULL, addr,
	    request->anchor, request->output_format, request->output_stream);
#endif
	char * newname = NULL;
	StrAllocCopy(newname, "ftp:");
	if (!strncmp(addr, "file:", 5))
	    StrAllocCat(newname, addr+5);
	else
	    StrAllocCat(newname, addr);
	HTAnchor_setPhysical(request->anchor, newname);
	free(newname);
	return HTLoad(request);
    }
#endif

/*	All attempts have failed.
*/
    {
    	if (TRACE)
	    fprintf(stderr, "Can't open `%s', errno=%d\n", addr, errno);
	return HTLoadError(request, 403, "Can't access requested file.");
    }
    
 
}

/*		Protocol descriptors
*/
GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFTP  = { "ftp", HTFTPLoad, 0 , 0 };
GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFile = { "file", HTLoadFile,
					HTFileSaveStream, 0 };
me, "", PARSE_HOST);

    /* If access is ftp => go directly to ftp code (henrik 27/02-9WWW/Library/Implementation/HTFile.h1006640070060000000000001404305544654264014400 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                      File access in libwww
                                       FILE ACCESS
                                             
   These are routines for local file access used by WWW browsers and servers. Implemented
   by HTFile.c.
   
   If the file is not a local file, then we pass it on to HTFTP in case it can be reached
   by FTP.
   
 */
#ifndef HTFILE_H
#define HTFILE_H

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTML.h"               /* SCW */

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTGetCoD        HTGetContentDescription
#define HTSplFiN        HTSplitFilename
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

/*

Controlling globals

   These flags control how directories and files are represented as hypertext, and are
   typically set by the application from command line options, etc.
   
 */
extern int HTDirAccess;         /* Directory access level */

#define HT_DIR_FORBID           0       /* Altogether forbidden */
#define HT_DIR_SELECTIVE        1       /* If HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE exists */
#define HT_DIR_OK               2       /* Any accesible directory */

#define HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE      ".www_browsable" /* If exists, can browse */

extern int HTDirReadme;         /* Include readme files in listing? */
                                        /* Values: */
#define HT_DIR_README_NONE      0       /* No */
#define HT_DIR_README_TOP       1       /* Yes, first */
#define HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM    2       /* Yes, at the end */

#define HT_DIR_README_FILE              "README"

/*

Multiformat Handling

  SPLIT FILENAME TO SUFFIXES
  
 */

PUBLIC int HTSplitFilename PARAMS((char *       s_str,
                                   char **      s_arr));

/*

  GET CONTENT DESCRIPTION ACCORDING TO SUFFIXES
  
 */

PUBLIC HTContentDescription * HTGetContentDescription PARAMS((char ** actual,
                                                              int         n));

#define MULTI_SUFFIX ".multi"   /* Extension for scanning formats */
#define MAX_SUFF 15             /* Maximum number of suffixes for a file */

/*

Convert filenames between local and WWW formats

 */
extern char * HTLocalName PARAMS((CONST char * name));


/*

Make a WWW name from a full local path name

 */
extern char * WWW_nameOfFile PARAMS((const char * name));


/*

Generate the name of a cache file

 */
extern char * HTCacheFileName PARAMS((CONST char * name));


/*

Output directory titles

   This is (like the next one) used by HTFTP. It is common code to generate the title and
   heading 1 and the parent directory link for any anchor.
   
 */
extern void HTDirTitles PARAMS((
        HTStructured *  target,
        HTAnchor *      anchor));

/*

Output a directory entry

   This is used by HTFTP.c for example -- it is a common routine for generating a linked
   directory entry.
   
 */
extern void HTDirEntry PARAMS((
        HTStructured *  target,         /* in which to put the linked text */
        CONST char *    tail,           /* last part of directory name */
        CONST char *    entry));        /* name of this entry */

/*

HTSetSuffix: Define the representation for a file suffix

   This defines a mapping between local file suffixes and file content types and
   encodings.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  suffix                  includes the "." if that is important (normally, yes!)
                         
  representation          is MIME-style content-type
                         
  encoding                is MIME-style content-transfer-encoding (8bit, 7bit, etc)
                         
  language               is MIME-style content-language
                         
  quality                 an a priori judgement of the quality of such files (0.0..1.0)
                         
 */

/*
** Example:  HTSetSuffix(".ps", "application/postscript", "8bit", NULL, 1.0);
*/

PUBLIC void HTSetSuffix PARAMS((CONST char *    suffix,
                               CONST char *     representation,
                               CONST char *     encoding,
                               CONST char *     language,
                               float            quality));

PUBLIC void HTAddType PARAMS((CONST char *      suffix,
                              CONST char *      representation,
                              CONST char *      encoding,
                              float             quality));

PUBLIC void HTAddEncoding PARAMS((CONST char *  suffix,
                                  CONST char *  encoding,
                                  float         quality));

PUBLIC void HTAddLanguage PARAMS((CONST char *  suffix,
                                  CONST char *  language,
                                  float         quality));


/*

HTFileFormat: Get Representation and Encoding from file name

  ON EXIT,
  
  return                  The represntation it imagines the file is in
                         
  *pEncoding              The encoding (binary, 7bit, etc). See HTSetSuffix .
                         
  *pLanguage              The language.
                         
 */
extern HTFormat HTFileFormat PARAMS((
                CONST char *    filename,
                HTAtom **       pEncoding,
                HTAtom **       pLanguage));


/*

Determine file value from file name

 */


extern float HTFileValue PARAMS((
                CONST char * filename));


/*

Determine write access to a file

  ON EXIT,
  
  return value            YES if file can be accessed and can be written to.
                         
 */

/*

  BUGS
  
   Isn't there a quicker way?
   
 */


extern BOOL HTEditable PARAMS((CONST char * filename));


/*

Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep                     is the atomized MIME style representation
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been found,
                         else NULL.
                         
 */
extern CONST char * HTFileSuffix PARAMS((
                HTAtom* rep));



/*

The Protocols

 */
GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTFTP, HTFile;

#endif /* HTFILE_H */

/*

   end of HTFile  */
;
			    /* pick up the first element of the list */
			char state;
			    /* I for initial (.. file),
			       D for directory file,
			       F for file */
			
			state = 'I';

			while (next_element != NULL)
		        {
			    StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname);
			    if (strcmp(localname,"/")) 

					/* if filename is not root directory */
			        StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); 

			    StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,
					(char *)HTBTree_object(next_element)+1);
			    WWW/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.c1006640070060000000000006750305544654174014755 037777777777 1 0 
/*		Manage different file formats			HTFormat.c
**		=============================
**
** Bugs:
**	Not reentrant.
**
**	Assumes the incoming stream is ASCII, rather than a local file
**	format, and so ALWAYS converts from ASCII on non-ASCII machines.
**	Therefore, non-ASCII machines can't read local files.
**
*/


/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTFormat.h"

PUBLIC float HTMaxSecs = 1e10;		/* No effective limit */
PUBLIC float HTMaxLength = 1e10;	/* No effective limit */

#ifdef unix
#ifdef NeXT
#define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "open %s; /bin/rm -f %s\n"
#else
#define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "(ghostview %s ; /bin/rm -f %s)&\n"	
	/* Full pathname would be better! */
#endif
#endif


#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTMLPDTD.h"
#include "HText.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTInit.h"
/*	Streams and structured streams which we use:
*/
#include "HTFWriter.h"
#include "HTPlain.h"
#include "SGML.h"
#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"

PUBLIC	BOOL HTOutputSource = NO;	/* Flag: shortcut parser to stdout */

#ifdef ORIGINAL
struct _HTStream {
      CONST HTStreamClass*	isa;
      /* ... */
};
#endif

/* this version used by the NetToText stream */
struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *		isa;
	BOOL			had_cr;
	HTStream * 		sink;
};


/*
** Accept-Encoding and Accept-Language
*/
typedef struct _HTAcceptNode {
    HTAtom *	atom;
    float	quality;
} HTAcceptNode;




/*	Presentation methods
**	--------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTList * HTConversions = NULL;

/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   This function replaces the code in HTRequest_delete() in order to keep
   the data structure hidden (it is NOT a joke!)
   Henrik 14/03-94
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
PUBLIC void HTFormatDelete ARGS1(HTList *, me)
{
    HTList *cur = me;
    HTPresentation *pres;
    if (!me)
	return;
    while ((pres = (HTPresentation*) HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	FREE(pres->command);			 /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */
	free(pres);
    }
    HTList_delete(me);				 /* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 1994 */
}


/*	Define a presentation system command for a content-type
**	-------------------------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTSetPresentation ARGS6(
	HTList *,	conversions,
	CONST char *, 	representation,
	CONST char *, 	command,
	float,		quality,
	float,		secs, 
	float,		secs_per_byte
){

    HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation));
    if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation");
    
    pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    pres->rep_out = WWW_PRESENT;		/* Fixed for now ... :-) */
    pres->converter = HTSaveAndExecute;		/* Fixed for now ...     */
    pres->quality = quality;
    pres->secs = secs;
    pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte;
    pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    pres->command = 0;
    StrAllocCopy(pres->command, command);
    
/*    if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new(); */
    
#ifdef OLD_CODE
    if (strcmp(representation, "*")==0) {
        if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation);
	default_presentation = pres;
    } else 
#endif
    HTList_addObject(conversions, pres);
}


/*	Define a built-in function for a content-type
**	---------------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTSetConversion ARGS7(
	HTList *,	conversions,
	CONST char *, 	representation_in,
	CONST char *, 	representation_out,
	HTConverter*,	converter,
	float,		quality,
	float,		secs, 
	float,		secs_per_byte
){

    HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation));
    if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation");
    
    pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation_in);
    pres->rep_out = HTAtom_for(representation_out);
    pres->converter = converter;
    pres->command = NULL;		/* Fixed */
    pres->quality = quality;
    pres->secs = secs;
    pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte;
    pres->command = 0;
    
/*    if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new();  */
    
#ifdef OLD_CODE
    if (strcmp(representation_in, "*")==0) {
        if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation);
	default_presentation = pres;
    } else 
#endif
    HTList_addObject(conversions, pres);
}



PUBLIC void HTAcceptEncoding ARGS3(HTList *,	list,
				   char *,	enc,
				   float,	quality)
{
    HTAcceptNode * node;
    char * cur;

    if (!list || !enc || !*enc) return;

    for(cur=enc; *cur; cur++) *cur=TOLOWER(*cur);

    node = (HTAcceptNode*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTAcceptNode));
    if (!node) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAcceptEncoding");
    HTList_addObject(list, (void*)node);

    node->atom = HTAtom_for(enc);
    node->quality = quality;
}


PUBLIC void HTAcceptLanguage ARGS3(HTList *,	list,
				   char *,	lang,
				   float,	quality)
{
    HTAcceptNode * node;

    if (!list || !lang || !*lang) return;

    node = (HTAcceptNode*)calloc(1, sizeof(HTAcceptNode));
    if (!node) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAcceptLanguage");

    HTList_addObject(list, (void*)node);
    node->atom = HTAtom_for(lang);
    node->quality = quality;
}


PRIVATE BOOL wild_match ARGS2(HTAtom *,	template,
			      HTAtom *,	actual)
{
    char *t, *a, *st, *sa;
    BOOL match = NO;

    if (template && actual && (t = HTAtom_name(template))) {
	if (!strcmp(t, "*"))
	    return YES;

	if (strchr(t, '*') &&
	    (a = HTAtom_name(actual)) &&
	    (st = strchr(t, '/')) && (sa = strchr(a,'/'))) {

	    *sa = 0;
	    *st = 0;

	    if ((*(st-1)=='*' &&
		 (*(st+1)=='*' || !strcasecomp(st+1, sa+1))) ||
		(*(st+1)=='*' && !strcasecomp(t,a)))
		match = YES;

	    *sa = '/';
	    *st = '/';
	}    
    }
    return match;
}


PRIVATE float type_value ARGS2(HTAtom *,	content_type,
			       HTList *,	accepted)
{
    HTList * cur = accepted;
    HTPresentation * pres;
    HTPresentation * wild = NULL;

    if (!content_type || !accepted) return -1;

    while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (pres->rep == content_type)
	    return pres->quality;
	else if (wild_match(pres->rep, content_type))
	    wild = pres;
    }
    if (wild) return wild->quality;
    else return -1;
}


PRIVATE float lang_value ARGS2(HTAtom *,	language,
			       HTList *,	accepted)
{
    HTList * cur = accepted;
    HTAcceptNode * node;
    HTAcceptNode * wild = NULL;

    if (!language || !accepted || HTList_isEmpty(accepted)) {
	return 0.1;
    }

    while ((node = (HTAcceptNode*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (node->atom == language) {
	    return node->quality;
	}
	else if (wild_match(node->atom, language)) {
	    wild = node;
	}
    }

    if (wild) {
	return wild->quality;
    }
    else {
	return 0.1;
    }
}


PRIVATE float encoding_value ARGS2(HTAtom *,	encoding,
				   HTList *,	accepted)
{
    HTList * cur = accepted;
    HTAcceptNode * node;
    HTAcceptNode * wild = NULL;
    char * e;

    if (!encoding || !accepted || HTList_isEmpty(accepted))
	return 1;

    e = HTAtom_name(encoding);
    if (!strcmp(e, "7bit") || !strcmp(e, "8bit") || !strcmp(e, "binary"))
	return 1;

    while ((node = (HTAcceptNode*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (node->atom == encoding)
	    return node->quality;
	else if (wild_match(node->atom, encoding))
	    wild = node;
    }
    if (wild) return wild->quality;
    else return 1;
}


PUBLIC BOOL HTRank ARGS4(HTList *, possibilities,
			 HTList *, accepted_content_types,
			 HTList *, accepted_languages,
			 HTList *, accepted_encodings)
{
    int accepted_cnt = 0;
    HTList * accepted;
    HTList * sorted;
    HTList * cur;
    HTContentDescription * d;

    if (!possibilities) return NO;

    accepted = HTList_new();
    cur = possibilities;
    while ((d = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	float tv = type_value(d->content_type, accepted_content_types);
	float lv = lang_value(d->content_language, accepted_languages);
	float ev = encoding_value(d->content_encoding, accepted_encodings);

#ifdef ARI_DEBUG
	CTRACE(stderr,
	       " ## FOR FILE \"%s\" (%.3f) VALUES type %.3f enc %.3f lang %.3f\n",
	       d->filename, d->quality, tv, ev, lv);
#endif

	if (tv > 0) {
	    d->quality *= tv * lv * ev;
	    HTList_addObject(accepted, d);
	    accepted_cnt++;
	}
	else {
	    if (d->filename) free(d->filename);
	    free(d);
	}
    }

    CTRACE(stderr, "Ranking.....\n");
    CTRACE(stderr,
	   "\nRANK QUALITY CONTENT-TYPE         LANGUAGE ENCODING    FILE\n");

    sorted = HTList_new();
    while (accepted_cnt-- > 0) {
	HTContentDescription * worst = NULL;
	cur = accepted;
	while ((d = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (!worst || d->quality < worst->quality)
		worst = d;
	}
	if (worst) {
	    CTRACE(stderr, "%d.   %.4f  %-20.20s %-8.8s %-10.10s %s\n",
		   accepted_cnt+1,
		   worst->quality,
		   (worst->content_type
		         ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_type)      : "-"),
		   (worst->content_language
		         ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_language)  :"-"),
		   (worst->content_encoding
		         ? HTAtom_name(worst->content_encoding)  :"-"),
		   (worst->filename
		         ? worst->filename                       :"-"));
	    HTList_removeObject(accepted, (void*)worst);
	    HTList_addObject(sorted, (void*)worst);
	}
    }
    CTRACE(stderr, "\n");
    HTList_delete(accepted);
    HTList_delete(possibilities->next);
    possibilities->next = sorted->next;
    sorted->next = NULL;
    HTList_delete(sorted);

    if (!HTList_isEmpty(possibilities)) return YES;
    else return NO;
}





/*			Socket Input Buffering
**			----------------------
**
**	This code is used because one cannot in general open a
**	file descriptor for a socket.
**
**	The input file is read using the macro which can read from
**	a socket or a file, but this should not be used for files
**	as fopen() etc is more portable of course.
**
**	The input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and
**	release the server faster, and if small will save space on PCs etc.
*/


/*	Set up the buffering
**
**	These routines are public because they are in fact needed by
**	many parsers, and on PCs and Macs we should not duplicate
**	the static buffer area.
*/
PUBLIC HTInputSocket * HTInputSocket_new ARGS1 (int,file_number)
{
    HTInputSocket *isoc = (HTInputSocket *)calloc(1, sizeof(*isoc));
    if (!isoc) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTInputSocket_new");
    isoc->input_file_number = file_number;
    isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer;
    return isoc;
}


PUBLIC char HTInputSocket_getCharacter ARGS1(HTInputSocket*, isoc)
{
    char ch;
    do {
	if (isoc-> input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit) {
	    int status = NETREAD(
		   isoc->input_file_number,
		   isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	    if (status <= 0) {
		if (status == 0) return (char)EOF;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status);
		return (char)EOF; /* -1 is returned by UCX at end of HTTP link */
	    }
	    isoc-> input_pointer = isoc->input_buffer;
	    isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer + status;
	}
	ch = *isoc-> input_pointer++;
    } while (ch == (char) 13); /* Ignore ASCII carriage return */
    
    return FROMASCII(ch);
}

PUBLIC void HTInputSocket_free ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, me)
{
    if (me) free(me);
}


PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getBlock ARGS2(HTInputSocket*,	isoc,
					   int *,		len)
{
    if (isoc->input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit) {
	int status = NETREAD(isoc->input_file_number,
			     isoc->input_buffer,
			     ((*len < INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE) ?
			      *len : INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE));
	if (status <= 0) {
	    isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer;
	    if (status < 0)
		CTRACE(stderr, "HTInputSocket: File read error %d\n", status);
	    *len = 0;
	    return NULL;
	}
	else {
	    *len = status;
	    return isoc->input_buffer;
	}
    }
    else {
	char * ret = isoc->input_pointer;
	*len = isoc->input_limit - isoc->input_pointer;
	isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_limit;
	return ret;
    }
}


PRIVATE int fill_in_buffer ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc)
{
    if (isoc) {
	int status;

	isoc->input_pointer = isoc->input_buffer;
	status = NETREAD(isoc->input_file_number,
			 isoc->input_buffer,
			 INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	if (status <= 0) {
	    isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer;
	    if (status < 0)
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
				   "HTInputSocket: File read error %d\n",
				   status);
	}
	else 
	    isoc->input_limit = isoc->input_buffer + status;
	return status;
    }
    return -1;
}


PRIVATE void ascii_cat ARGS3(char **,	linep,
			     char *,	start,
			     char *,	end)
{
    if (linep && start && end && start <= end) {
	char *ptr;

	if (*linep) {
	    int len = strlen(*linep);
	    *linep = (char*)realloc(*linep, len + end-start + 1);
	    ptr = *linep + len;
	}
	else {
	    ptr = *linep = (char*)malloc(end-start + 1);
	}

	while (start < end) {
	    *ptr = FROMASCII(*start);
	    ptr++;
	    start++;
	}
	*ptr = 0;
    }
}


PRIVATE char * get_some_line ARGS2(HTInputSocket *,	isoc,
				   BOOL,		unfold)
{
    if (!isoc)
	return NULL;
    else {
	BOOL check_unfold = NO;
	int prev_cr = 0;
	char *start = isoc->input_pointer;
	char *cur = isoc->input_pointer;
	char * line = NULL;

	for(;;) {
	    /*
	    ** Get more if needed to complete line
	    */
	    if (cur >= isoc->input_limit) { /* Need more data */
		ascii_cat(&line, start, cur);
		if (fill_in_buffer(isoc) <= 0)
		    return line;
		start = cur = isoc->input_pointer;
	    } /* if need more data */

	    /*
	    ** Find a line feed if there is one
	    */
	    for(; cur < isoc->input_limit; cur++) {
		char c = FROMASCII(*cur);
		if (!c) {
		    if (line) free(line);	/* Leak fixed AL 6 Feb 94 */
		    return NULL;	/* Panic! read a 0! */
		}
		if (check_unfold  &&  c != ' '  &&  c != '\t') {
		    return line;  /* Note: didn't update isoc->input_pointer */
		}
		else {
		    check_unfold = NO;
		}

		if (c=='\r') {
		    prev_cr = 1;
		}
		else {
		    if (c=='\n') {		/* Found a line feed */
			ascii_cat(&line, start, cur-prev_cr);
			start = isoc->input_pointer = cur+1;

			if (line && strlen(line) > 0 && unfold) {
			    check_unfold = YES;
			}
			else {
			    return line;
			}
		    } /* if NL */
		    /* else just a regular character */
		    prev_cr = 0;
		} /* if not CR */
	    } /* while characters in buffer remain */
	} /* until line read or end-of-file */
    } /* valid parameters to function */
}


PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc)
{
    return get_some_line(isoc, NO);
}

PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getUnfoldedLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc)
{
    return get_some_line(isoc, YES);
}


/*
** Read HTTP status line (if there is one).
**
** Kludge to trap binary responses from illegal HTTP0.9 servers.
** First look at the stub in ASCII and check if it starts "HTTP/".
**
** Bugs: A HTTP0.9 server returning a document starting "HTTP/"
**	 will be taken as a HTTP 1.0 server.  Failure.
*/
#define STUB_LENGTH 20
PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getStatusLine ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc)
{
    if (!isoc) {
	return NULL;
    }
    else {
	char buf[STUB_LENGTH + 1];
	int i;
	char server_version[STUB_LENGTH+1];
	int server_status;

	/*
	** Read initial buffer
	*/
	if (isoc->input_pointer >= isoc->input_limit &&
	    fill_in_buffer(isoc) <= 0) {
	    return NULL;
        }

	for (i=0; i < STUB_LENGTH; i++)
	    buf[i] = FROMASCII(isoc->input_buffer[i]);
	buf[STUB_LENGTH] = 0;

	if (0 != strncmp(buf, "HTTP/", 5) ||
	    sscanf(buf, "%20s%d", server_version, &server_status) < 2)
	    return NULL;
	else
	    return get_some_line(isoc, NO);
    }
}


/*
** Do heuristic test to see if this is binary.
**
** We check for characters above 128 in the first few bytes, and
** if we find them we forget the html default.
** Kludge to trap binary responses from illegal HTTP0.9 servers.
**
** Bugs: An HTTP 0.9 server returning a binary document with
**	 characters < 128 will be read as ASCII.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTInputSocket_seemsBinary ARGS1(HTInputSocket *, isoc)
{
    if (isoc &&
	(isoc->input_pointer < isoc->input_limit ||
	 fill_in_buffer(isoc) > 0)) {
	char *p = isoc->input_buffer;
	int i = STUB_LENGTH;

	for( ; i && p < isoc->input_limit; p++, i++)
	    if (((int)*p)&128)
		return YES;
    }
    return NO;
}



/*	Stream the data to an ouput file as binary
*/
PUBLIC int HTOutputBinary ARGS3( HTInputSocket *, isoc,
				int, 		input,
				FILE *, 	output)
{
    do {
	    int status = NETREAD(
		    input, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	    if (status <= 0) {
		if (status == 0) return 0;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status);
		return 2;			/* Error */
	    }
	    fwrite(isoc->input_buffer, sizeof(char), status, output);
    } while (YES);
}



/*		Create a filter stack
**		---------------------
**
**	If a wildcard match is made, a temporary HTPresentation
**	structure is made to hold the destination format while the
**	new stack is generated. This is just to pass the out format to
**	MIME so far.  Storing the format of a stream in the stream might
**	be a lot neater.
**
**	The star/star format is special, in that if you can take
**	that you can take anything. However, we
*/
PUBLIC HTStream * HTStreamStack ARGS2(
	HTFormat,		rep_in,
	HTRequest *,		request)
{
    HTFormat rep_out = request->output_format;	/* Could be a param */
    HTList * conversion[2];
    int which_list;
    float best_quality = -1e30;		/* Pretty bad! */
    HTPresentation *pres, *match, *best_match=0;
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTFormat: Constructing stream stack for %s to %s\n",
	HTAtom_name(rep_in),	
	HTAtom_name(rep_out));
		
    if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE || rep_out == rep_in)
	return request->output_stream;

    conversion[0] = request->conversions;
    conversion[1] = HTConversions;

    for(which_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++) {
	HTList * cur = conversion[which_list];
	
	while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if	((pres->rep == rep_in || wild_match(pres->rep, rep_in)) &&
		(pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))) {
		if (pres->quality > best_quality) {
		    best_match = pres;
		    best_quality = pres->quality;
		}
	    }
	    
#ifdef OLD_CODE
	    /* This case is now included in the best_match loop */
	    /* Special case when input format is 'www/source' */ 
	    if (pres->rep == source) {
	        if (pres->rep_out == rep_out ||
		    wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))
	            source_match = pres;
	    }
#endif
	}
    }
    match = best_match ? best_match : NULL;
    if (match) {
	if (match->rep == WWW_SOURCE) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTFormat: Don't know how to handle this, so put out %s to %s\n",
			       HTAtom_name(match->rep), 
			       HTAtom_name(rep_out));
	}
	return (*match->converter)(
	request, match->command, rep_in, rep_out,
	request->output_stream);
    }
    return NULL;
}
	

/*		Find the cost of a filter stack
**		-------------------------------
**
**	Must return the cost of the same stack which StreamStack would set up.
**
** On entry,
**	length	The size of the data to be converted
*/
PUBLIC float HTStackValue ARGS5(
	HTList *,		theseConversions,
	HTFormat,		rep_in,
	HTFormat,		rep_out,
	float,			initial_value,
	long int,		length)
{
    int which_list;
    HTList* conversion[2];
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTFormat: Evaluating stream stack for %s worth %.3f to %s\n",
	HTAtom_name(rep_in),	initial_value,
	HTAtom_name(rep_out));
		
    if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE ||
    	rep_out == rep_in) return 0.0;

 /*   if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit();	 set up the list */
    
    conversion[0] = theseConversions;
    conversion[1] = HTConversions;
    
    for(which_list = 0; which_list<2; which_list++)
     if (conversion[which_list]) {
        HTList * cur = conversion[which_list];
	HTPresentation * pres;
	while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (pres->rep == rep_in &&
		(pres->rep_out == rep_out || wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))) {
	        float value = initial_value * pres->quality;
		if (HTMaxSecs != 0.0)
		    value = value - (length*pres->secs_per_byte + pres->secs)
			                 /HTMaxSecs;
		return value;
	    }
	}
    }
    
    return -1e30;		/* Really bad */
}




/*	Push data from a socket down a stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
**   RETURNS the number of bytes transferred.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTCopy ARGS2(
	int,			file_number,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    
    HTInputSocket * isoc;
    int cnt = 0;

/*	Push the data down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    isoc = HTInputSocket_new(file_number);
    
    /*	Push binary from socket down sink
    **
    **		This operation could be put into a main event loop
    */
    for(;;) {
	int status = NETREAD(
		file_number, isoc->input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	if (status <= 0) {
	    if (status == 0) break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d with errno=%d\n",
		status, errno);
	    break;
	}

#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    char * p;
	    for(p = isoc->input_buffer; p < isoc->input_buffer+status; p++) {
		*p = FROMASCII(*p);
	    }
	}
#endif

	(*targetClass.put_block)(sink, isoc->input_buffer, status);
	cnt += status;
    } /* next bufferload */

    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);

    return cnt;
}



/*	Push data from a file pointer down a stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTFileCopy ARGS2(
	FILE *,			fp,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    
    char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
    
/*	Push the data down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    
    /*	Push binary from socket down sink
    */
    for(;;) {
	int status = fread(
	       input_buffer, 1, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, fp);
	if (status == 0) { /* EOF or error */
	    if (ferror(fp) == 0) break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", ferror(fp));
	    break;
	}
	(*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status);
    } /* next bufferload */	
}




/*	Push data from a socket down a stream STRIPPING CR
**	--------------------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the socket.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTCopyNoCR ARGS2(
	int,			file_number,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;
    HTInputSocket * isoc;   
    
/*	Push the data, ignoring CRLF, down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */

/*	Push text from telnet socket down sink
**
**	@@@@@ To push strings could be faster? (especially is we
**	cheat and don't ignore CR! :-}
*/  
    isoc = HTInputSocket_new(file_number);
    for(;;) {
	char character;
	character = HTInputSocket_getCharacter(isoc);
	if (character == (char)EOF) break;
	(*targetClass.put_character)(sink, character);           
    }
    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
}



/*	Parse a socket given format and file number
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/

PUBLIC int HTParseSocket ARGS3(
	HTFormat,		rep_in,
	int,			file_number,
	HTRequest *,		request)
{
    HTStream * stream;
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    

    stream = HTStreamStack(rep_in, request);

    if (!stream) {
	char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.",
		HTAtom_name(rep_in), HTAtom_name(request->output_format));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseSocket): %s\n", buffer);
        return HTLoadError(request, 501, buffer);
    }
    
/*	Push the data, ignoring CRLF if necessary, down the stream
**
**
**   @@  Bug:  This decision ought to be made based on "encoding"
**   rather than on format.  @@@  When we handle encoding.
**   The current method smells anyway.
*/
    targetClass = *(stream->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    if (rep_in == WWW_BINARY || rep_in == WWW_UNKNOWN || HTOutputSource
	|| (request->content_encoding &&
	    request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("8bit") &&
	    request->content_encoding != HTAtom_for("7bit"))
        || strstr(HTAtom_name(rep_in), "image/")
	|| strstr(HTAtom_name(rep_in), "video/")) { /* @@@@@@ */
	HTCopy(file_number, stream);
    } else {   /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */
        HTCopyNoCR(file_number, stream);
    }
    (*targetClass.free)(stream);
    
    return HT_LOADED;
}



/*	Parse a file given format and file pointer
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to \n for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTParseFile ARGS3(
	HTFormat,		rep_in,
	FILE *,			fp,
	HTRequest *,		request)
{
    HTStream * stream;
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    

    stream = HTStreamStack(rep_in, request);
    
    if (!stream) {
	char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.",
		HTAtom_name(rep_in), HTAtom_name(request->output_format));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseFile): %s\n", buffer);
	return HTLoadError(request, 501, buffer);
    }
    
/*	Push the data down the stream
**
**
**   @@  Bug:  This decision ought to be made based on "encoding"
**   rather than on content-type.  @@@  When we handle encoding.
**   The current method smells anyway.
*/
    targetClass = *(stream->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    HTFileCopy(fp, stream);
    (*targetClass.free)(stream);
    
    return HT_LOADED;
}


/*	Converter stream: Network Telnet to internal character text
**	-----------------------------------------------------------
**
**	The input is assumed to be in ASCII, with lines delimited
**	by (13,10) pairs, These pairs are converted into (CR,LF)
**	pairs in the local representation.  The (CR,LF) sequence
**	when found is changed to a '\n' character, the internal
**	C representation of a new line.
*/


PRIVATE void NetToText_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, net_char)
{
    char c = FROMASCII(net_char);
    if (me->had_cr) {
        if (c==LF) {
	    me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, '\n');	/* Newline */
	    me->had_cr = NO;
	    return;
        } else {
	    me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, CR);	/* leftover */
	}
    }
    me->had_cr = (c==CR);
    if (!me->had_cr)
	me->sink->isa->put_character(me->sink, c);		/* normal */
}

PRIVATE void NetToText_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char *, s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for(p=s; *p; p++) NetToText_put_character(me, *p);
}

PRIVATE void NetToText_put_block ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for(p=s; p<(s+l); p++) NetToText_put_character(me, *p);
}

PRIVATE void NetToText_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    me->sink->isa->free(me->sink);		/* Close rest of pipe */
    free(me);
}

PRIVATE void NetToText_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    me->sink->isa->abort(me->sink,e);		/* Abort rest of pipe */
    free(me);
}

/*	The class structure
*/
PRIVATE HTStreamClass NetToTextClass = {
    "NetToText",
    NetToText_free,
    NetToText_abort,
    NetToText_put_character,
    NetToText_put_string,
    NetToText_put_block
};

/*	The creation method
*/
PUBLIC HTStream * HTNetToText ARGS1(HTStream *, sink)
{
    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "NetToText");
    me->isa = &NetToTextClass;
    
    me->had_cr = NO;
    me->sink = sink;
    return me;
}


ch loop */
	    /* Special case when input format is 'www/source' */ 
	    if (pres->rep == source) {
	        if (pres->rep_out == rep_out ||
		    wild_match(pres->rep_out, rep_out))
	   WWW/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.h1006640070060000000000003155205544654346014756 037777777777 1 0 /*                                            HTFormat: The format manager in the WWW Library
                            MANAGE DIFFERENT DOCUMENT FORMATS
                                             
   Here we describe the functions of the HTFormat module which handles conversion between
   different data representations.  (In MIME parlance, a representation is known as a
   content-type. In WWW  the term "format" is often used as it is shorter).
   
   This module is implemented by HTFormat.c . This hypertext document is used to generate
   the HTFormat.h include file.  Part of the WWW library .
   
Preamble

 */
#ifndef HTFORMAT_H
#define HTFORMAT_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTOutputSource HTOuSour
#define HTOutputBinary HTOuBina
#endif


typedef struct _HTContentDescription {
    char *      filename;
    HTAtom *    content_type;
    HTAtom *    content_language;
    HTAtom *    content_encoding;
    int         content_length;
    float       quality;
} HTContentDescription;

PUBLIC void HTAcceptEncoding PARAMS((HTList *   list,
                                     char *     enc,
                                     float      quality));

PUBLIC void HTAcceptLanguage PARAMS((HTList *   list,
                                     char *     lang,
                                     float      quality));

PUBLIC BOOL HTRank PARAMS((HTList * possibilities,
                           HTList * accepted_content_types,
                           HTList * accepted_content_languages,
                           HTList * accepted_content_encodings));


/*

HT Input Socket: Buffering for network in

   This routines provide simple character input from sockets. These are used for parsing
   input in arbitrary IP protocols (Gopher, NNTP, FTP).
   
 */
#define INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 4096          /* Tradeoff spped vs memory*/
typedef struct _socket_buffer {
         char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
        char * input_pointer;
        char * input_limit;
        int input_file_number;
} HTInputSocket;

/*

  CREATE INPUT BUFFER AND SET FILE NUMBER
  
 */
extern HTInputSocket* HTInputSocket_new PARAMS((int file_number));

/*

  GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
  
 */
extern char HTInputSocket_getCharacter PARAMS((HTInputSocket* isoc));

/*

  READ BLOCK FROM INPUT SOCKET
  
   Read *len characters and return a buffer (don't free) containing *len characters ( *len
   may have changed). Buffer is not NULL-terminated.
   
 */
extern char * HTInputSocket_getBlock PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc,
                                                  int *           len));

/*

  FREE INPUT SOCKET BUFFER
  
 */
extern void HTInputSocket_free PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));


PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getLine PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));
PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getUnfoldedLine PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));
PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getStatusLine PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));
PUBLIC BOOL   HTInputSocket_seemsBinary PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));

/*

The HTFormat type

   We use the HTAtom object for holding representations. This allows faster manipulation
   (comparison and copying) that if we stayed with strings.
   
   The following have to be defined in advance of the other include files because of
   circular references.
   
 */
typedef HTAtom * HTFormat;

#include "HTAccess.h"   /* Required for HTRequest definition */
                
/*

   These macros (which used to be constants) define some basic internally referenced
   representations.
   
  INTERNAL ONES
  
   The www/xxx ones are of course not MIME standard.
   
   star/star  is an output format which leaves the input untouched. It is useful for
   diagnostics, and for users who want to see the original, whatever it is.
   
 */
#define WWW_SOURCE HTAtom_for("*/*")    /* Whatever it was originally*/

/*

   www/present represents the user's perception of the document.  If you convert to
   www/present, you present the material to the user.
   
 */
#define WWW_PRESENT HTAtom_for("www/present")   /* The user's perception */

/*

   The message/rfc822 format means a MIME message or a plain text message with no MIME
   header. This is what is returned by an HTTP server.
   
 */
#define WWW_MIME HTAtom_for("www/mime")         /* A MIME message */

/*

   www/print is like www/present except it represents a printed copy.
   
 */
#define WWW_PRINT HTAtom_for("www/print")       /* A printed copy */

/*

   www/unknown is a really unknown type. Some default action is appropriate.
   
 */
#define WWW_UNKNOWN     HTAtom_for("www/unknown")



/*

  MIME ONES (A FEW)
  
   These are regular MIME types.  HTML is assumed to be added by the W3 code.
   application/octet-stream was mistakenly application/binary in earlier libwww versions
   (pre 2.11).
   
 */
#define WWW_PLAINTEXT   HTAtom_for("text/plain")
#define WWW_POSTSCRIPT  HTAtom_for("application/postscript")
#define WWW_RICHTEXT    HTAtom_for("application/rtf")
#define WWW_AUDIO       HTAtom_for("audio/basic")
#define WWW_HTML        HTAtom_for("text/html")
#define WWW_BINARY      HTAtom_for("application/octet-stream")

/*

   We must include the following file after defining HTFormat, to which it makes
   reference.
   
The HTEncoding type

 */
typedef HTAtom* HTEncoding;

/*

   The following are values for the MIME types:
   
 */
#define WWW_ENC_7BIT            HTAtom_for("7bit")
#define WWW_ENC_8BIT            HTAtom_for("8bit")
#define WWW_ENC_BINARY          HTAtom_for("binary")

/*

   We also add
   
 */
#define WWW_ENC_COMPRESS        HTAtom_for("compress")

#include "HTAnchor.h"

/*

The HTPresentation and HTConverter types

   This HTPresentation structure represents a possible conversion algorithm from one
   format to annother.  It includes a pointer to a conversion routine. The conversion
   routine returns a stream to which data should be fed. See also HTStreamStack which
   scans the list of registered converters and calls one. See the initialisation module
   for a list of conversion routines.
   
 */
typedef struct _HTPresentation HTPresentation;

typedef HTStream * HTConverter PARAMS((
        HTRequest *             request,
        void *                  param,
        HTFormat                input_format,
        HTFormat                output_format,
        HTStream *              output_stream));
        
struct _HTPresentation {
        HTAtom* rep;            /* representation name atomized */
        HTAtom* rep_out;        /* resulting representation */
        HTConverter *converter; /* The routine to gen the stream stack */
        char *  command;        /* MIME-format string */
        float   quality;        /* Between 0 (bad) and 1 (good) */
        float   secs;
        float   secs_per_byte;
};

/*

   A global list of converters is kept by this module.  It is also scanned by modules
   which want to know the set of formats supported. for example. Note there is also an
   additional list associated with each request .
   
 */
extern HTList * HTConversions ;


/*

HTSetPresentation: Register a system command to present a format

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep                     is the MIME - style format name
                         
  command                 is the MAILCAP - style command template
                         
  quality                 A degradation faction 0..1
                         
  maxbytes                A limit on the length acceptable as input (0 infinite)
                         
  maxsecs                 A limit on the time user will wait (0 for infinity)
                         
 */
extern void HTSetPresentation PARAMS((
        HTList *        conversions,
        CONST char *    representation,
        CONST char *    command,
        float           quality,
        float           secs,
        float           secs_per_byte
));


/*

HTSetConversion:   Register a converstion routine

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep_in                  is the content-type input
                         
  rep_out                 is the resulting content-type
                         
  converter               is the routine to make the stream to do it
                         
 */

extern void HTSetConversion PARAMS((
        HTList *        conversions,
        CONST char *    rep_in,
        CONST char *    rep_out,
        HTConverter *   converter,
        float           quality,
        float           secs,
        float           secs_per_byte
));


/*

HTStreamStack:   Create a stack of streams

   This is the routine which actually sets up the conversion. It currently checks only for
   direct conversions, but multi-stage conversions are forseen. It takes a stream into
   which the output should be sent in the final format, builds the conversion stack, and
   returns a stream into which the data in the input format should be fed.  The anchor is
   passed because hypertxet objects load information into the anchor object which
   represents them.
   
 */
extern HTStream * HTStreamStack PARAMS((
        HTFormat                format_in,
        HTRequest *             request));

/*

HTStackValue: Find the cost of a filter stack

   Must return the cost of the same stack which HTStreamStack would set up.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  format_in               The fomat of the data to be converted
                         
  format_out              The format required
                         
  initial_value           The intrinsic "value" of the data before conversion on a scale
                         from 0 to 1
                         
  length                  The number of bytes expected in the input format
                         
 */
extern float HTStackValue PARAMS((
        HTList *                conversions,
        HTFormat                format_in,
        HTFormat                format_out,
        float                   initial_value,
        long int                length));

#define NO_VALUE_FOUND  -1e20           /* returned if none found */

/*

HTCopy:  Copy a socket to a stream

   This is used by the protocol engines to send data down a stream, typically one which
   has been generated by HTStreamStack. Returns the number of bytes transferred.
   
 */
extern int HTCopy PARAMS((
        int                     file_number,
        HTStream*               sink));

        
/*

HTFileCopy:  Copy a file to a stream

   This is used by the protocol engines to send data down a stream, typically one which
   has been generated by HTStreamStack. It is currently called by HTParseFile
   
 */
extern void HTFileCopy PARAMS((
        FILE*                   fp,
        HTStream*               sink));

        
/*

HTCopyNoCR: Copy a socket to a stream, stripping CR characters.

   It is slower than HTCopy .
   
 */

extern void HTCopyNoCR PARAMS((
        int                     file_number,
        HTStream*               sink));


/*

HTParseSocket: Parse a socket given its format

   This routine is called by protocol modules to load an object.  uses HTStreamStack and
   the copy routines above.  Returns HT_LOADED if succesful, <0 if not.
   
 */
extern int HTParseSocket PARAMS((
        HTFormat        format_in,
        int             file_number,
        HTRequest *     request));

/*

HTParseFile: Parse a File through a file pointer

   This routine is called by protocols modules to load an object. uses HTStreamStack and
   HTFileCopy .  Returns HT_LOADED if succesful, <0 if not.
   
 */
extern int HTParseFile PARAMS((
        HTFormat        format_in,
        FILE            *fp,
        HTRequest *     request));

/*

HTNetToText: Convert Net ASCII to local representation

   This is a filter stream suitable for taking text from a socket and passing it into a
   stream which expects text in the local C representation. It does ASCII and newline
   conversion. As usual, pass its output stream to it when creating it.
   
 */
extern HTStream *  HTNetToText PARAMS ((HTStream * sink));

/*

HTFormatInit: Set up default presentations and conversions

   These are defined in HTInit.c or HTSInit.c if these have been replaced. If you don't
   call this routine, and you don't define any presentations, then this routine will
   automatically be called the first time a conversion is needed. However, if you
   explicitly add some conversions (eg using HTLoadRules) then you may want also to
   explicitly call this to get the defaults as well.
   
 */

extern void HTFormatInit PARAMS((HTList * conversions));

/*

HTFormatInitNIM: Set up default presentations and conversions

   This is a slightly different version of HTFormatInit, but without any conversions that
   might use third party programs. This is intended for Non Interactive Mode.
   
 */
extern void HTFormatInitNIM PARAMS((HTList * conversions));

/*

HTFormatDelete: Remove presentations and conversions

   Deletes the list from HTFormatInit or HTFormatInitNIM
   
 */
extern void HTFormatDelete PARAMS((HTList * conversions));

/*

Epilogue

 */
extern BOOL HTOutputSource;     /* Flag: shortcut parser */
#endif

/*

   end */
 * isoc));
PUBLIC char * HTInputSocket_getStatusLine PARAMS((HTInputSocket * isoc));
PUBLIC BOOL   HTInputSocket_seemsBinary PARAMS((HTInputSocket * iWWW/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.c1006640070060000000000004357505544654214014747 037777777777 1 0 /*			GOPHER ACCESS				HTGopher.c
**			=============
**
** History:
**	26 Sep 90	Adapted from other accesses (News, HTTP) TBL
**	29 Nov 91	Downgraded to C, for portable implementation.
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTGopher.h"


#define GOPHER_PORT 70		/* See protocol spec */
#define BIG 1024		/* Bug */
#define LINE_LENGTH 256		/* Bug */

/*	Gopher entity types:
*/
#define GOPHER_TEXT		'0'
#define GOPHER_MENU		'1'
#define GOPHER_CSO		'2'
#define GOPHER_ERROR		'3'
#define GOPHER_MACBINHEX	'4'
#define GOPHER_PCBINHEX		'5'
#define GOPHER_UUENCODED	'6'
#define GOPHER_INDEX		'7'
#define GOPHER_TELNET		'8'
#define GOPHER_BINARY           '9'
#define GOPHER_GIF              'g'
#define GOPHER_HTML		'h'	        /* HTML */
#define GOPHER_SOUND            's'
#define GOPHER_WWW		'w'		/* W3 address */
#define GOPHER_IMAGE            'I'
#define GOPHER_TN3270           'T'
#define GOPHER_DUPLICATE	'+'

#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"		/* Coding convention macros */
#include "tcp.h"


#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#include "HTFile.h"		/* HTFileFormat() */

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)
#define FREE_TARGET (*targetClass.free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

PRIVATE HTStructured *target;			/* the new hypertext */
PRIVATE HTStructuredClass targetClass;		/* Its action routines */


#define GOPHER_PROGRESS(foo) HTAlert(foo)


#define NEXT_CHAR HTInputSocket_getCharacter(isoc) 



/*	Module-wide variables
*/
PRIVATE int s;					/* Socket for GopherHost */



/*	Matrix of allowed characters in filenames
**	-----------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE BOOL acceptable[256];
PRIVATE BOOL acceptable_inited = NO;

PRIVATE void init_acceptable NOARGS
{
    unsigned int i;
    char * good = 
      "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./-_$";
    for(i=0; i<256; i++) acceptable[i] = NO;
    for(;*good; good++) acceptable[(unsigned int)*good] = YES;
    acceptable_inited = YES;
}

PRIVATE CONST char hex[17] = "0123456789abcdef";

/*	Decdoe one hex character
*/

PRIVATE char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return 		  (c>='0')&&(c<='9') ? c-'0'
			: (c>='A')&&(c<='F') ? c-'A'+10
			: (c>='a')&&(c<='f') ? c-'a'+10
			:		       0;
}



/*	Paste in an Anchor
**	------------------
**
**	The title of the destination is set, as there is no way
**	of knowing what the title is when we arrive.
**
** On entry,
**	HT 	is in append mode.
**	text 	points to the text to be put into the file, 0 terminated.
**	addr	points to the hypertext refernce address 0 terminated.
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchor ARGS2(CONST char *,text, CONST char *,addr)
{


    
    BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char * value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    int i;
    
    for (i=0; i> 4];
			    *q++ = hex[(TOASCII(*p)) & 15];
			}
		    }
		    *q++ = 0;			/* terminate address */
		}
		PUTS("        "); /* Prettier JW/TBL */
		/* Error response from Gopher doesn't deserve to
		   be a hyperlink. */
		if (strcmp (address, "gopher://error.host:1/0"))
		    write_anchor(name, address);
		else
		    PUTS(name);
		PUTS("\n");
	    } else { /* parse error */
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			"HTGopher: Bad menu item.\n");
		PUTS(line);

	    } /* parse error */
	    
	    p = line;	/* Start again at beginning of line */
	    
	} /* if end of line */
	
    } /* Loop over characters */
	
    END(HTML_MENU);
    FREE_TARGET;
    
    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
    return;
}


/*	Parse a Gopher CSO document
 **	============================
 **
 **   Accepts an open socket to a CSO server waiting to send us
 **   data and puts it on the screen in a reasonable manner.
 **
 **   Perhaps this data can be automatically linked to some
 **   other source as well???
 **
 **  Taken from hacking by Lou Montulli@ukanaix.cc.ukans.edu
 **  on XMosaic-1.1, and put on libwww 2.11 by Arthur Secret, 
 **  secret@dxcern.cern.ch .
 */

PRIVATE void parse_cso ARGS3 (
			int,	s,
			CONST char *,		arg,
			HTParentAnchor *,	anAnchor)
{
    char ch;
    char line[BIG];
    char *p = line;
    char *second_colon, last_char='\0';
    CONST char *title;
    HTInputSocket * isoc = HTInputSocket_new(s);
    
    title = HTAnchor_title(anAnchor);
    START(HTML_H1);
    PUTS("CSO Search Results");
    END(HTML_H1);
    START(HTML_PRE);

    /* start grabbing chars from the network */
    while ((ch=NEXT_CHAR) != (char)EOF) 
	{
	    if (ch != '\n') 
		{
		    *p = ch;		/* Put character in line */
		    if (p< &line[BIG-1]) p++;
		} 
	    else 
		{
		    *p++ = 0;		/* Terminate line */
		    p = line;		/* Scan it to parse it */
		    
		    /* OK we now have a line in 'p' lets parse it and 
		       print it */
		    
		    /* Break on line that begins with a 2. It's the end of
		     * data.
		     */
		    if (*p == '2')
			break;
		    
		    /*  lines beginning with 5 are errors, 
		     *  print them and quit
		     */
		    if (*p == '5') {
			START(HTML_H2);
			PUTS(p+4);
			END(HTML_H2);
			break;
		    }
		    
		    if(*p == '-') {
			/*  data lines look like  -200:#:
			 *  where # is the search result number and can be  
			 *  multiple digits (infinate?)
			 *  find the second colon and check the digit to the
			 *  left of it to see if they are diferent
			 *  if they are then a different person is starting. 
			 *  make this line an 
    
			 */
			
			/* find the second_colon */
			second_colon = strchr( strchr(p,':')+1, ':');
			
			if(second_colon != NULL) {  /* error check */
			    
			    if (*(second_colon-1) != last_char)   
				/* print seperator */
			    {
				END(HTML_PRE);
				START(HTML_H2);
			    }
				
			    
			    /* right now the record appears with the alias 
			     * (first line)
			     * as the header and the rest as 
     text
			     * It might look better with the name as the
			     * header and the rest as a 
       with 
    •  tags
			     * I'm not sure whether the name field comes in any
			     * special order or if its even required in a 
			     * record,
			     * so for now the first line is the header no 
			     * matter
			     * what it is (it's almost always the alias)
			     * A 
       with the first line as the 
       and
			     * the rest as some form of 
       might good also?
			     */
			    
			    /* print data */
			    PUTS(second_colon+1);
			    PUTS("\n");
			    
			    if (*(second_colon-1) != last_char)   
				/* end seperator */
			    {
				END(HTML_H2);
				START(HTML_PRE);
			    }
							    
			    /* save the char before the second colon
			     * for comparison on the next pass
			     */
			    last_char =  *(second_colon-1) ;
			    
			} /* end if second_colon */
		    } /* end if *p == '-' */
		} /* if end of line */
	    
	} /* Loop over characters */
    
    /* end the text block */
    PUTS("\n");
    END(HTML_PRE);
    PUTS("\n");
    FREE_TARGET;
    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);

    return;  /* all done */
} /* end of procedure */

/*	Display a Gopher Index document
 **	-------------------------------
 */

PRIVATE void display_index ARGS2 (
				  CONST char *,	arg,
				  HTParentAnchor *,anAnchor)
{
    
    START(HTML_H1);
    PUTS(arg);
    PUTS(" index");
    END(HTML_H1);
    START(HTML_ISINDEX);
    PUTS("\nThis is a searchable Gopher index.");
    PUTS(" Please enter keywords to search for.\n");
    
    if (!HTAnchor_title(anAnchor))
    	HTAnchor_setTitle(anAnchor, arg);
    
    FREE_TARGET;
    return;
}


/*      Display a CSO index document
**      -------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void display_cso ARGS2 (
        CONST char *,   arg,
        HTParentAnchor *,anAnchor)
{
    START(HTML_H1);
    PUTS(arg);
    PUTS(" index");
    END(HTML_H1);
    START(HTML_ISINDEX);
    PUTS("\nThis is a searchable index of a CSO database.\n");
    PUTS(" Please enter keywords to search for. The keywords that you enter");
    PUTS(" will allow you to search on a person's name in the database.\n");

    if (!HTAnchor_title(anAnchor))
    	HTAnchor_setTitle(anAnchor, arg);
    
    FREE_TARGET;
    return;
}


/*		De-escape a selector into a command
**		-----------------------------------
**
**	The % hex escapes are converted. Otheriwse, the string is copied.
*/
PRIVATE void de_escape ARGS2(char *, command, CONST char *, selector)
{
    CONST char * p = selector;
    char * q = command;
	if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");
    while (*p) {		/* Decode hex */
	if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    char c;
	    unsigned int b;
	    p++;
	    c = *p++;
	    b =   from_hex(c);
	    c = *p++;
	    if (!c) break;	/* Odd number of chars! */
	    *q++ = FROMASCII((b<<4) + from_hex(c));
	} else {
	    *q++ = *p++;	/* Record */
	}
    }
    *q++ = 0;	/* Terminate command */

}


/*		Load by name					HTLoadGopher
**		============
**
**	 Bug:	No decoding of strange data types as yet.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadGopher ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
{
    CONST char * arg = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    char *command;			/* The whole command */
    int status;				/* tcp return */
    char gtype;				/* Gopher Node type */
    char * selector;			/* Selector string */
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;
    
    if (!acceptable_inited) init_acceptable();
    
    if (!arg) return -3;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -2;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Looking for %s\n", arg);
    
    
/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    		/* Family, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(GOPHER_PORT);	    	/* Default: new port,  */

/* Get node name and optional port number:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	int status = HTParseInet(sin, p1);
        free(p1);
        if (status) return status;   /* Bad */
    }
    
/* Get entity type, and selector string.
*/        
    {
	char * p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
        gtype = '1';		/* Default = menu */
	selector = p1;
	if ((*selector++=='/') && (*selector)) {	/* Skip first slash */
	    gtype = *selector++;			/* Pick up gtype */
	}
	if (gtype == GOPHER_INDEX) {
	    char * query;
            HTAnchor_setIndex(request->anchor);	/* Search is allowed */
	    query = strchr(selector, '?');	/* Look for search string */
	    if (!query || !query[1]) {		/* No search required */
		target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML,
			request->output_format, request->output_stream);
		targetClass = *target->isa;
		display_index(arg, request->anchor);	/* Display "cover page" */
		free(p1);		/* Leak fixed Henrik 27 Feb 94 */
		return HT_LOADED;		/* Local function only */
	    }
	    *query++ = 0;			/* Skip '?' 	*/
	    command = malloc(strlen(selector)+ 1 + strlen(query)+ 2 + 1);
              if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");
	      
	    de_escape(command, selector);	/* Bug fix TBL 921208 */

	    strcat(command, "\t");
	  
	    {					/* Remove plus signs 921006 */
	    	char *p;
		for (p=query; *p; p++) {
		    if (*p == '+') *p = ' ';
		}
	    }
	    strcat(command, query);
        } else if (gtype == GOPHER_CSO) {
            char * query;
            HTAnchor_setIndex(request->anchor);        /* Search is allowed */
            query = strchr(selector, '?');      /* Look for search string */
            if (!query || !query[1]) {          /* No search required */
		target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML,
			request->output_format, request->output_stream);
		targetClass = *target->isa;
                display_cso(arg, request->anchor);     /* Display "cover page" */
		free(p1);		/* Leak fixed Henrik 27 Feb 94 */
                return HT_LOADED;                 /* Local function only */
            }
            *query++ = 0;                       /* Skip '?'     */
            command = malloc(strlen("query")+ 1 + strlen(query)+ 2 + 1);
              if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");

            de_escape(command, selector);       /* Bug fix TBL 921208 */

            strcpy(command, "query ");

            {                                   /* Remove plus signs 921006 */
                char *p;
                for (p=query; *p; p++) {
                    if (*p == '+') *p = ' ';
                }
            }
            strcat(command, query);

	    
	} else {				/* Not index */
	    command = command = malloc(strlen(selector)+2+1);
	    de_escape(command, selector);
	}
	free(p1);
    }
    
    {
	char * p = command + strlen(command);
	*p++ = CR;		/* Macros to be correct on Mac */
	*p++ = LF;
	*p++ = 0;
	/* strcat(command, "\r\n");	*/	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */
    }

/*	Set up a socket to the server for the data:
*/      
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
    if (status<0){
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s'.\n",
	    arg);
	free(command);
	return HTInetStatus("connect");
    }
    
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Connected, writing command `%s' to socket %d\n", command, s);
    
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
    	char * p;
	for(p = command; *p; p++) {
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
	}
    }
#endif

    status = NETWRITE(s, command, (int)strlen(command));
    free(command);
    if (status<0){
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Unable to send command.\n");
	    return HTInetStatus("send");
    }

/*	Now read the data from the socket:
*/    
    switch (gtype) {
    
    case GOPHER_HTML :
    	HTParseSocket(WWW_HTML,  s, request);
	break;

    case GOPHER_GIF:
    case GOPHER_IMAGE:
    	HTParseSocket(HTAtom_for("image/gif"), s, request);
  	break;
    case GOPHER_MENU :
    case GOPHER_INDEX :
	target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML,
			request->output_format, request->output_stream);
	targetClass = *target->isa;
        parse_menu(s,arg, request->anchor);
	break;
	 
    case GOPHER_CSO:
	target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML,
			request->output_format, request->output_stream);
	targetClass = *target->isa;
      	parse_cso(s, arg, request->anchor);
	break;
   	
      case GOPHER_MACBINHEX:
      case GOPHER_PCBINHEX:
      case GOPHER_UUENCODED:
      case GOPHER_BINARY:
	{	/* Do our own filetyping -- maybe we get lucky */
	    HTFormat format = HTFileFormat(arg,
					   &request->content_encoding,
					   &request->content_language);
	    if (format) {
		CTRACE(stderr,
		       "Gopher...... figured out content-type myself: %s\n",
		       HTAtom_name(format));
		HTParseSocket(format, s, request);
	    }
	    else {
		CTRACE(stderr,"Gopher...... using www/unknown\n");
		/* Specifying WWW_UNKNOWN forces dump to local disk. */
		HTParseSocket (WWW_UNKNOWN, s, request);
	    }
	}
	break;

    case GOPHER_TEXT :
    default:			/* @@ parse as plain text */
     	HTParseSocket(WWW_PLAINTEXT, s, request);
	break;

      case GOPHER_SOUND :
    	HTParseSocket(WWW_AUDIO,  s, request);
	break;
	
    } /* switch(gtype) */

    NETCLOSE(s);
    return HT_LOADED;
}

GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTGopher = { "gopher", HTLoadGopher, NULL, NULL };

quit
		     */
		    if (*p == '5') {
			START(HTML_H2);
			PUTS(p+4);
			END(HTML_H2);
			break;
		    }
		    
		    if(*p == '-'WWW/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.h1006640070060000000000000071105475034063014732 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                          Gopher protocol module for libwww
                                      GOPHER ACCESS
                                             
  HISTORY:
  
  8 Jan 92               Adapted from HTTP TBL
                         
 */


#ifndef HTGOPHER_H
#define HTGOPHER_H

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTGopher;

#endif /* HTGOPHER_H */

/*

   end of gopher module */
   * record,
			     * so for now the first line is theWWW/Library/Implementation/HTGroup.c1006640070060000000000004351005475034127014602 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTGroup.c
**		GROUP FILE ROUTINES
**
**	Contains group file parser and routines to match IP
**	address templates and to find out group membership.
**
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
**
** GROUP DEFINITION GRAMMAR:
**
**	string = "sequence of alphanumeric characters"
**	user_name ::= string
**	group_name ::= string
**	group_ref ::= group_name
**	user_def ::= user_name | group_ref
**	user_def_list ::= user_def { ',' user_def }
**	user_part = user_def | '(' user_def_list ')'
**
**	templ = "sequence of alphanumeric characters and '*'s"
**	ip_number_mask ::= templ '.' templ '.' templ '.' templ
**	domain_name_mask ::= templ { '.' templ }
**	address ::= ip_number_mask | domain_name_mask
**	address_def ::= address
**	address_def_list ::= address_def { ',' address_def }
**	address_part = address_def | '(' address_def_list ')'
**
**	item ::= [user_part] ['@' address_part]
**	item_list ::= item { ',' item }
**	group_def ::= item_list
**	group_decl ::= group_name ':' group_def
**
*/



#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTLex.h"	/* Lexical analysor	*/
#include "HTGroup.h"	/* Implemented here	*/


/*
** Group file parser
*/

typedef HTList UserDefList;
typedef HTList AddressDefList;

typedef struct {
    UserDefList *	user_def_list;
    AddressDefList *	address_def_list;
} Item;

typedef struct {
    char *	name;
    GroupDef *	translation;
} Ref;

	

PRIVATE void syntax_error ARGS3(FILE *,	 fp,
				char *,	 msg,
				LexItem, lex_item)
{
    char buffer[41];
    int cnt = 0;
    char ch;

    while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF  &&  ch != '\n')
	if (cnt < 40) buffer[cnt++] = ch;
    buffer[cnt] = (char)0;

    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "%s %d before: '%s'\nHTGroup.c: %s (got %s)\n",
		"HTGroup.c: Syntax error in rule file at line",
		lex_line, buffer, msg, lex_verbose(lex_item));
    lex_line++;
}


PRIVATE AddressDefList *parse_address_part ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    AddressDefList *address_def_list = NULL;
    LexItem lex_item;
    BOOL only_one = NO;

    lex_item = lex(fp);
    if (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR || lex_item == LEX_TMPL_STR)
	only_one = YES;
    else if (lex_item != LEX_OPEN_PAREN  ||
	     ((lex_item = lex(fp)) != LEX_ALPH_STR &&
	      lex_item != LEX_TMPL_STR)) {
	syntax_error(fp, "Expecting a single address or '(' beginning list",
		     lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    address_def_list = HTList_new();

    for(;;) {
	Ref *ref = (Ref*)malloc(sizeof(Ref));
	ref->name = NULL;
	ref->translation = NULL;
	StrAllocCopy(ref->name, lex_buffer);
	
	HTList_addObject(address_def_list, (void*)ref);

	if (only_one || (lex_item = lex(fp)) != LEX_ITEM_SEP)
	    break;
	/*
	** Here lex_item == LEX_ITEM_SEP; after item separator it
	** is ok to have one or more newlines (LEX_REC_SEP) and
	** they are ignored (continuation line).
	*/
	do {
	    lex_item = lex(fp);
	} while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP);

	if (lex_item != LEX_ALPH_STR && lex_item != LEX_TMPL_STR) {
	    syntax_error(fp, "Expecting an address template", lex_item);
	    HTList_delete(address_def_list);
	    return NULL;
	}
    }

    if (!only_one && lex_item != LEX_CLOSE_PAREN) {
	HTList_delete(address_def_list);
	syntax_error(fp, "Expecting ')' closing address list", lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    return address_def_list;
}


PRIVATE UserDefList *parse_user_part ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    UserDefList *user_def_list = NULL;
    LexItem lex_item;
    BOOL only_one = NO;

    lex_item = lex(fp);
    if (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR)
	only_one = YES;
    else if (lex_item != LEX_OPEN_PAREN  ||
	     (lex_item = lex(fp)) != LEX_ALPH_STR) {
	syntax_error(fp, "Expecting a single name or '(' beginning list",
		     lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    user_def_list = HTList_new();

    for (;;) {
	Ref *ref = (Ref*)malloc(sizeof(Ref));
	ref->name = NULL;
	ref->translation = NULL;
	StrAllocCopy(ref->name, lex_buffer);

	HTList_addObject(user_def_list, (void*)ref);
	
	if (only_one || (lex_item = lex(fp)) != LEX_ITEM_SEP)
	    break;
	/*
	** Here lex_item == LEX_ITEM_SEP; after item separator it
	** is ok to have one or more newlines (LEX_REC_SEP) and
	** they are ignored (continuation line).
	*/
	do {
	    lex_item = lex(fp);
	} while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP);

	if (lex_item != LEX_ALPH_STR) {
	    syntax_error(fp, "Expecting user or group name", lex_item);
	    HTList_delete(user_def_list);
	    return NULL;
	}
    }

    if (!only_one && lex_item != LEX_CLOSE_PAREN) {
	HTList_delete(user_def_list);
	syntax_error(fp, "Expecting ')' closing user/group list", lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    return user_def_list;
}


PRIVATE Item *parse_item ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    Item *item = NULL;
    UserDefList *user_def_list = NULL;
    AddressDefList *address_def_list = NULL;
    LexItem lex_item;

    lex_item = lex(fp);
    if (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR || lex_item == LEX_OPEN_PAREN) {
	unlex(lex_item);
	user_def_list = parse_user_part(fp);
	lex_item = lex(fp);
    }

    if (lex_item == LEX_AT_SIGN) {
	lex_item = lex(fp);
	if (lex_item == LEX_ALPH_STR || lex_item == LEX_TMPL_STR ||
	    lex_item == LEX_OPEN_PAREN) {
	    unlex(lex_item);
	    address_def_list = parse_address_part(fp);
	}
	else {
	    if (user_def_list) HTList_delete(user_def_list);	/* @@@@ */
	    syntax_error(fp, "Expected address part (single address or list)",
			 lex_item);
	    return NULL;
	}
    }
    else unlex(lex_item);

    if (!user_def_list && !address_def_list) {
	syntax_error(fp, "Empty item not allowed", lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    item = (Item*)malloc(sizeof(Item));
    item->user_def_list = user_def_list;
    item->address_def_list = address_def_list;
    return item;
}


PRIVATE ItemList *parse_item_list ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    ItemList *item_list = HTList_new();
    Item *item;
    LexItem lex_item;

    for(;;) {
	if (!(item = parse_item(fp))) {
	    HTList_delete(item_list);	/* @@@@ */
	    return NULL;
	}
	HTList_addObject(item_list, (void*)item);
	lex_item = lex(fp);
	if (lex_item != LEX_ITEM_SEP) {
	    unlex(lex_item);
	    return item_list;
	}
	/*
	** Here lex_item == LEX_ITEM_SEP; after item separator it
	** is ok to have one or more newlines (LEX_REC_SEP) and
	** they are ignored (continuation line).
	*/
	do {
	    lex_item = lex(fp);
	} while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP);
	unlex(lex_item);
    }
}


PUBLIC GroupDef *HTAA_parseGroupDef ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    ItemList *item_list = NULL;
    GroupDef *group_def = NULL;
    LexItem lex_item;

    if (!(item_list = parse_item_list(fp))) {
	return NULL;
    }
    group_def = (GroupDef*)malloc(sizeof(GroupDef));
    group_def->group_name = NULL;
    group_def->item_list = item_list;

    if ((lex_item = lex(fp)) != LEX_REC_SEP) {
	syntax_error(fp, "Garbage after group definition", lex_item);
    }
    
    return group_def;
}    


PRIVATE GroupDef *parse_group_decl ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    char *group_name = NULL;
    GroupDef *group_def = NULL;
    LexItem lex_item;

    do {
	lex_item = lex(fp);
    } while (lex_item == LEX_REC_SEP);	/* Ignore empty lines */

    if (lex_item != LEX_ALPH_STR) {
	if (lex_item != LEX_EOF)
	    syntax_error(fp, "Expecting group name", lex_item);
	return NULL;
    }
    StrAllocCopy(group_name, lex_buffer);

    if (LEX_FIELD_SEP != (lex_item = lex(fp))) {
	syntax_error(fp, "Expecting field separator", lex_item);
	free(group_name);
	return NULL;
    }

    if (!(group_def = HTAA_parseGroupDef(fp))) {
	free(group_name);
	return NULL;
    }
    group_def->group_name = group_name;

    return group_def;
}
	


/*
** Group manipulation routines
*/

PRIVATE GroupDef *find_group_def ARGS2(GroupDefList *,	group_list,
				       CONST char *,	group_name)
{
    if (group_list && group_name) {
	GroupDefList *cur = group_list;
	GroupDef *group_def;

	while (NULL != (group_def = (GroupDef*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (!strcmp(group_name, group_def->group_name)) {
		return group_def;
            }
        }
    }
    return NULL;
}


PUBLIC void HTAA_resolveGroupReferences ARGS2(GroupDef *,	group_def,
					      GroupDefList *,	group_def_list)
{
    if (group_def && group_def->item_list && group_def_list) {
	ItemList *cur1 = group_def->item_list;
	Item *item;

	while (NULL != (item = (Item*)HTList_nextObject(cur1))) {
	    UserDefList *cur2 = item->user_def_list;
	    Ref *ref;

	    while (NULL != (ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur2)))
		ref->translation = find_group_def(group_def_list, ref->name);

	    /* Does NOT translate address_def_list */
	}
    }
}


PRIVATE void add_group_def ARGS2(GroupDefList *, group_def_list,
				 GroupDef *,	 group_def)
{
    HTAA_resolveGroupReferences(group_def, group_def_list);
    HTList_addObject(group_def_list, (void*)group_def);
}


PRIVATE GroupDefList *parse_group_file ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    GroupDefList *group_def_list = HTList_new();
    GroupDef *group_def;
    
    while (NULL != (group_def = parse_group_decl(fp)))
	add_group_def(group_def_list, group_def);
    
    return group_def_list;
}


/*
** Trace functions
*/

PRIVATE void print_item ARGS1(Item *, item)
{
    if (!item)
	fprintf(stderr, "\tNULL-ITEM\n");
    else {
	UserDefList *cur1 = item->user_def_list;
	AddressDefList *cur2 = item->address_def_list;
	Ref *user_ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur1);
	Ref *addr_ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur2);

	if (user_ref) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "\t[%s%s", user_ref->name,
		    (user_ref->translation ? "*REF*" : ""));
	    while (NULL != (user_ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur1)))
		fprintf(stderr, "; %s%s", user_ref->name,
			(user_ref->translation ? "*REF*" : ""));
	    fprintf(stderr, "] ");
	} else fprintf(stderr, "\tANYBODY ");

	if (addr_ref) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "@ [%s", addr_ref->name);
	    while (NULL != (addr_ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur2)))
		fprintf(stderr, "; %s", addr_ref->name);
	    fprintf(stderr, "]\n");
	} else fprintf(stderr, "@ ANYADDRESS\n");
    }
}


PRIVATE void print_item_list ARGS1(ItemList *, item_list)
{
    ItemList *cur = item_list;
    Item *item;

    if (!item_list)
	fprintf(stderr, "EMPTY");
    else while (NULL != (item = (Item*)HTList_nextObject(cur)))
	print_item(item);
}


PUBLIC void HTAA_printGroupDef ARGS1(GroupDef *, group_def)
{
    if (!group_def) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nNULL RECORD\n");
	return;
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\nGroup %s:\n",
	    (group_def->group_name ? group_def->group_name : "NULL"));

    print_item_list(group_def->item_list);
    fprintf(stderr, "\n");
}


PRIVATE void print_group_def_list ARGS1(GroupDefList *, group_list)
{
    GroupDefList *cur = group_list;
    GroupDef *group_def;
    
    while (NULL != (group_def = (GroupDef*)HTList_nextObject(cur)))
	HTAA_printGroupDef(group_def);
}



/*
** IP address template matching
*/

/* PRIVATE						part_match()
**		MATCH ONE PART OF INET ADDRESS AGAIST
**		A PART OF MASK (inet address has 4 parts)
** ON ENTRY:
**	tcur	pointer to the beginning of template part.
**	icur	pointer to the beginning of actual inet
**		number part.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	YES, if match.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL part_match ARGS2(CONST char *, tcur,
			      CONST char *, icur)
{
    char required[4];
    char actual[4];
    CONST char *cur;
    int cnt;

    if (!tcur || !icur) return NO;

    cur=tcur;
    cnt=0;
    while (cnt < 3  &&  *cur && *cur != '.')
	required[cnt++] = *(cur++);
    required[cnt] = (char)0;

    cur=icur;
    cnt=0;
    while (cnt < 3  &&  *cur && *cur != '.')
	actual[cnt++] = *(cur++);
    actual[cnt] = (char)0;

    if (TRACE) {
	BOOL status = HTAA_templateMatch(required, actual);
	fprintf(stderr, "part_match: req: '%s' act: '%s' match: %s\n",
		required, actual, (status ? "yes" : "no"));
	return status;
    }

    return HTAA_templateMatch(required, actual);
}



/* PRIVATE						ip_number_match()
**		MATCH INET NUMBER AGAINST AN INET NUMBER MASK
** ON ENTRY:
**	template	mask to match agaist, e.g. 128.141.*.*
**	inet_addr	actual inet address, e.g. 128.141.201.74
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if match;  NO, if not.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL ip_number_match ARGS2(CONST char *,	template,
				   CONST char *,	inet_addr)
{
    CONST char *tcur = template;
    CONST char *icur = inet_addr;
    int cnt;
    
    for (cnt=0; cnt<4; cnt++) {
	if (!tcur || !icur || !part_match(tcur, icur))
	    return NO;
	if (NULL != (tcur = strchr(tcur, '.'))) tcur++;
	if (NULL != (icur = strchr(icur, '.'))) icur++;
    }
    return YES;
}



/* PRIVATE						is_domain_mask()
**		DETERMINE IF A GIVEN MASK IS A
**		DOMAIN NAME MASK OR AN INET NUMBER MASK
** ON ENTRY:
**	mask	either a domain name mask,
**		e.g.
**			*.cern.ch
**
**		or an inet number mask,
**		e.g.
**			128.141.*.*
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	YES, if mask is a domain name mask.
**		NO, if it is an inet number mask.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL is_domain_mask ARGS1(CONST char *,	mask)
{
    CONST char *cur = mask;

    if (!mask) return NO;

    while (*cur) {
	if (*cur != '.'  &&  *cur != '*'  &&  (*cur < '0' || *cur > '9'))
	    return YES;	/* Even one non-digit makes it a domain name mask */
	cur++;
    }
    return NO;	/* All digits and dots, so it is an inet number mask */
}



/* PRIVATE							ip_mask_match()
**		MATCH AN IP NUMBER MASK OR IP NAME MASK
**		AGAINST ACTUAL IP NUMBER OR IP NAME
**		
** ON ENTRY:
**	mask		mask. Mask may be either an inet number
**			mask or a domain name mask,
**			e.g.
**				128.141.*.*
**			or
**				*.cern.ch
**
**	ip_number	IP number of connecting host.
**	ip_name		IP name of the connecting host.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if hostname/internet number
**			matches the mask.
**			NO, if no match (no fire).
*/
PRIVATE BOOL ip_mask_match ARGS3(CONST char *,	mask,
				 CONST char *,	ip_number,
				 CONST char *,	ip_name)
{
    if (mask && (ip_number || ip_name)) {
	if (is_domain_mask(mask)) {
	    if (HTAA_templateMatch(mask, ip_name))
		return YES;
	}
	else {
	    if (ip_number_match(mask, ip_number))
		return YES;
	}
    }
    return NO;
}




PRIVATE BOOL ip_in_def_list ARGS3(AddressDefList *,	address_def_list,
				  char *,		ip_number,
				  char *,		ip_name)
{
    if (address_def_list && (ip_number || ip_name)) {
	AddressDefList *cur = address_def_list;
	Ref *ref;

	while (NULL != (ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    /* Value of ref->translation is ignored, i.e. */
	    /* no recursion for ip address tamplates.	  */
	    if (ip_mask_match(ref->name, ip_number, ip_name))
		return YES;
	}
    }
    return NO;
}


/*
** Group file cached reading
*/

typedef struct {
    char *	   group_filename;
    GroupDefList * group_list;
} GroupCache;

typedef HTList GroupCacheList;

PRIVATE GroupCacheList *group_cache_list = NULL;


PUBLIC GroupDefList *HTAA_readGroupFile ARGS1(CONST char *, filename)
{
    FILE *fp;
    GroupCache *group_cache;

    if (!filename || !*filename) return NULL;

    if (!group_cache_list)
	group_cache_list = HTList_new();
    else {
	GroupCacheList *cur = group_cache_list;

	while (NULL != (group_cache = (GroupCache*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (!strcmp(filename, group_cache->group_filename)) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s '%s' %s\n",
				   "HTAA_readGroupFile: group file",
				   filename, "already found in cache");
		return group_cache->group_list;
	    } /* if cache match */
	} /* while cached files remain */
    } /* cache exists */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAA_readGroupFile: reading group file `%s'\n",
		       filename);

    if (!(fp = fopen(filename, "r"))) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s '%s'\n",
			   "HTAA_readGroupFile: unable to open group file",
			   filename);
	return NULL;
    }

    if (!(group_cache = (GroupCache*)malloc(sizeof(GroupCache))))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_readGroupFile");

    group_cache->group_filename = NULL;
    StrAllocCopy(group_cache->group_filename, filename);
    group_cache->group_list = parse_group_file(fp);
    HTList_addObject(group_cache_list, (void*)group_cache);
    fclose(fp);

    if (TRACE) {
	fprintf(stderr, "Read group file '%s', results follow:\n", filename);
	print_group_def_list(group_cache->group_list);
    }

    return group_cache->group_list;
}


/* PUBLIC					HTAA_userAndInetInGroup()
**		CHECK IF USER BELONGS TO TO A GIVEN GROUP
**		AND THAT THE CONNECTION COMES FROM AN
**		ADDRESS THAT IS ALLOWED BY THAT GROUP
** ON ENTRY:
**	group		the group definition structure.
**	username	connecting user.
**	ip_number	browser host IP number, optional.
**	ip_name		browser host IP name, optional.
**			However, one of ip_number or ip_name
**			must be given.
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		HTAA_IP_MASK, if IP address mask was
**			reason for failing.
**			HTAA_NOT_MEMBER, if user does not belong
**			to the group.
**			HTAA_OK if both IP address and user are ok.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAFailReasonType HTAA_userAndInetInGroup ARGS4(GroupDef *, group,
							char *,	    username,
							char *,	    ip_number,
							char *,	    ip_name)
{
    HTAAFailReasonType reason = HTAA_NOT_MEMBER;

    if (group && username) {
	ItemList *cur1 = group->item_list;
	Item *item;

	while (NULL != (item = (Item*)HTList_nextObject(cur1))) {
	    if (!item->address_def_list ||	/* Any address allowed */
		ip_in_def_list(item->address_def_list, ip_number, ip_name)) {
		    
		if (!item->user_def_list)	/* Any user allowed */
		    return HTAA_OK;
		else {
		    UserDefList *cur2 = item->user_def_list;
		    Ref *ref;

		    while (NULL != (ref = (Ref*)HTList_nextObject(cur2))) {
			
			if (ref->translation) {	/* Group, check recursively */
			    reason = HTAA_userAndInetInGroup(ref->translation,
							     username,
							     ip_number,ip_name);
			    if (reason == HTAA_OK)
				return HTAA_OK;
			}
			else {	/* Username, check directly */
			    if (username && *username &&
				0==strcmp(ref->name, username))
				return HTAA_OK;
			}
		    } /* Every user/group name in this group */
		} /* search for username */
	    } /* IP address ok */
	    else {
		reason = HTAA_IP_MASK;
	    }
	} /* while items in group */
    } /* valid parameters */
    
    return reason;		/* No match, or invalid parameters */
}


PUBLIC void GroupDef_delete ARGS1(GroupDef *, group_def)
{
    if (group_def) {
	FREE(group_def->group_name);
	if (group_def->item_list)
	    HTList_delete(group_def->item_list);	/* @@@@ */
	free(group_def);
    }
}

A_resolveGroupReferences ARGS2(GroupDef *,	group_def,
					      GroupDefList *,	group_def_list)
{
    if (group_def && group_def->item_list && group_def_list) {
	ItemList *cur1 = grouWWW/Library/Implementation/HTGroup.h1006640070060000000000001274005475034132014604 037777777777 1 0 /*                                    GROUP FILE ROUTINES
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTGROUP_H
#define HTGROUP_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAApGrD        HTAA_parseGroupDef
#define HTAArGrR        HTAA_resolveGroupReferences
#define HTAApGrD        HTAA_printGroupDef
#define HTAAGD_d        GroupDef_delete
#define HTAAuIIG        HTAA_userAndInetInGroup
#endif /* SHORT_NAMES */

typedef HTList GroupDefList;
typedef HTList ItemList;

typedef struct {
    char *      group_name;
    ItemList *  item_list;
} GroupDef;


/*
** Access Authorization failure reasons
*/
typedef enum {
    HTAA_OK,            /* 200 OK                               */
    HTAA_OK_GATEWAY,    /* 200 OK, acting as a gateway          */
    HTAA_NO_AUTH,       /* 401 Unauthorized, not authenticated  */
    HTAA_NOT_MEMBER,    /* 401 Unauthorized, not authorized     */
    HTAA_IP_MASK,       /* 403 Forbidden by IP mask             */
    HTAA_BY_RULE,       /* 403 Forbidden by rule                */
    HTAA_NO_ACL,        /* 403 Forbidden, ACL non-existent      */
    HTAA_NO_ENTRY,      /* 403 Forbidden, no ACL entry          */
    HTAA_SETUP_ERROR,   /* 403 Forbidden, server setup error    */
    HTAA_DOTDOT,        /* 403 Forbidden, URL with /../ illegal */
    HTAA_HTBIN,         /* 403 Forbidden, /htbin not enabled    */
    HTAA_NOT_FOUND      /* 404 Not found, or read protected     */
} HTAAFailReasonType;

/*

Group definition grammar

  string
                         "sequence of alphanumeric characters"
                         
  user_name
                         string
                         
  group_name
                         string
                         
  group_ref
                         group_name
                         
  user_def
                         user_name | group_ref
                         
  user_def_list
                           user_def { ',' user_def }
                         
  user_part
                         user_def | '(' user_def_list ')'
                         
  templ
                         
                         "sequence of alphanumeric characters and '*'s"
                         
  ip_number_mask
                         templ '.' templ '.' templ '.' templ
                         
  domain_name_mask
                         templ { '.' templ }
                         
  address
                         
                         ip_number_mask | domain_name_mask
                         
  address_def
                         
                         address
                         
  address_def_list
                         address_def { ',' address_def }
                         
  address_part
                         address_def | '(' address_def_list ')'
                         
  item
                         [user_part] ['@' address_part]
                         
  item_list
                         item { ',' item }
                         
  group_def
                         item_list
                         
  group_decl
                         group_name ':' group_def
                         
  PARSE GROUP DEFINITION
  
 */

PUBLIC GroupDef *HTAA_parseGroupDef PARAMS((FILE * fp));
/*

Fill in Pointers to referenced Group Definitions in a Group Definition

   References to groups (by their name) are resolved from group_def_list and pointers to
   those structures are added to group_def.
   
 */

PUBLIC void HTAA_resolveGroupReferences PARAMS((GroupDef *     group_def,
                                                GroupDefList * group_def_list));
/*

Read Group File (and do caching)

   If group file is already in cache returns a pointer to previously read group definition
   list.
   
 */

PUBLIC GroupDefList *HTAA_readGroupFile PARAMS((CONST char * filename));
/*

Delete Group Definition

   Groups in cache should never be freed by this function. This should only be used to
   free group definitions read by HTAA_parseGroupDef.
   
 */

PUBLIC void GroupDef_delete PARAMS((GroupDef * group_def));
/*

Print Out Group Definition (for trace purposes)

 */

PUBLIC void HTAA_printGroupDef PARAMS((GroupDef * group_def));
/*

Does a User Belong to a Given Set of Groups

   This function checks both the username and the internet address.
   
 */

/* PUBLIC                                       HTAA_userAndInetInGroup()
**              CHECK IF USER BELONGS TO TO A GIVEN GROUP
**              AND THAT THE CONNECTION COMES FROM AN
**              ADDRESS THAT IS ALLOWED BY THAT GROUP
** ON ENTRY:
**      group           the group definition structure.
**      username        connecting user.
**      ip_number       browser host IP number, optional.
**      ip_name         browser host IP name, optional.
**                      However, one of ip_number or ip_name
**                      must be given.
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         HTAA_IP_MASK, if IP address mask was
**                      reason for failing.
**                      HTAA_NOT_MEMBER, if user does not belong
**                      to the group.
**                      HTAA_OK if both IP address and user are ok.
*/
PUBLIC HTAAFailReasonType HTAA_userAndInetInGroup PARAMS((GroupDef * group,
                                                          char *     username,
                                                          char *     ip_number,
                                                          char *     ip_name));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTGROUP_H */
/*

   End of file HTGroup.h.  */
 tamplates.	  */
	    if (ip_masWWW/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.c1006640070060000000000000741305372243627015154 037777777777 1 0 #include "HTHistory.h"

#include "tcp.h"		/* for standard io */

static HTList * history;	/* List of visited anchors */


/*				Navigation
**				==========
*/

/*		Record the jump to an anchor
**		----------------------------
*/

void HTHistory_record
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,destination)
{
  if (destination) {
    if (! history)
      history = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject (history, destination);
  }
}

/*		Go back in history (find the last visited node)
**		------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_backtrack
  NOARGS  /* FIXME: Should we add a `sticky' option ? */
{
  if (HTHistory_canBacktrack())
    HTList_removeLastObject (history);
  return HTList_lastObject (history);  /* is Home if can't backtrack */
}

BOOL HTHistory_canBacktrack
  NOARGS
{
  return (HTList_objectAt (history, 1) != NULL);
}

/*		Browse through references in the same parent node
**		-------------------------------------------------
**
**	Take the n-th child's link after or before the one we took to get here.
**	Positive offset means go towards most recently added children.
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_moveBy
 ARGS1 (int,offset)
{
  HTAnchor * last = HTList_objectAt (history, 1);
  if (! last)
    return NULL;  /* No last visited node */
  if (last != (HTAnchor *) last->parent) {  /* Was a child */
    HTList * kids = last->parent->children;
    int i = HTList_indexOf (kids, last); 
    HTAnchor * nextOne = HTList_objectAt (kids, i - offset);
    if (nextOne) {
      HTAnchor * destination = HTAnchor_followMainLink (nextOne);
      if (destination) {
	HTList_removeLastObject (history);
	HTList_removeLastObject (history);
	HTList_addObject (history, nextOne);
	HTList_addObject (history, destination);
      }
      return destination;
    } else {
      if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
      		"HTHistory_moveBy: offset by %+d goes out of list %p.\n",
		offset, (void*)kids);
      return NULL;
    }
  } else {  /* Was a parent */
    return NULL;  /* FIXME we could possibly follow the next link... */
  }
}

BOOL HTHistory_canMoveBy
 ARGS1 (int,offset)
{
  HTAnchor * last = HTList_objectAt (history, 1);
  if (! last)
    return NO;  /* No last visited node */
  if (last != (HTAnchor *) last->parent) {  /* Was a child */
    HTList * kids = last->parent->children;
    int i = HTList_indexOf (kids, last); 
    return (HTList_objectAt (kids, i - offset) != NULL);
  } else {  /* Was a parent */
    return NO;  /* FIXME we could possibly follow the next link... */
  }
}


/*				Retrieval
**				=========
*/

/*		Read numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**		----------------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_read
  ARGS1 (int,number)
{
  return HTList_objectAt (history, HTList_count (history) - number);
}


/*		Recall numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**		------------------------------
**	This reads the anchor and stores it again in the list, except if last.
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_recall
  ARGS1 (int,number)
{
  HTAnchor * destination =
    HTList_objectAt (history, HTList_count (history) - number);
  if (destination && destination != HTList_lastObject (history))
    HTList_addObject (history, destination);
  return destination;
}

/*		Number of Anchors stored
**		------------------------
**
**	This is needed in order to check the validity of certain commands
**	for menus, etc.
(not needed for now. Use canBacktrack, etc.)
int HTHistory_count
  NOARGS
{
  return HTList_count (history);
}
*/

/*		Change last history entry
**		-------------------------
**
**	Sometimes we load a node by one anchor but leave by a different
**	one, and it is the one we left from which we want to remember.
*/

void HTHistory_leavingFrom
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,anchor)
{
  if (HTList_removeLastObject (history))
    HTList_addObject (history, anchor);
  else
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTHistory_leavingFrom: empty history !\n");
}
7 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.h1006640070060000000000000654505544654363015172 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                  History module for libwww
                                        HTHISTORY
                                             
   This is a simple history module for a WWW client.  It keeps a linear history, with
   destructive backtrack, and list sequencing (previous, next) operations.
   
   If you are building a client, you don't have to use this: just don't call it.  This
   module is not used by any other modules in the libwww, so if you don't refer to it you
   don't get it in your linked application.
   
 */
#ifndef HTHISTORY_H
#define HTHISTORY_H

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTHistory_record                HTHiReco
#define HTHistory_backtrack             HTHiBack
#define HTHistory_canBacktrack          HTHiCaBa
#define HTHistory_moveBy                HTHiMoBy
#define HTHistory_canMoveBy             HTHiCaMo
#define HTHistory_read                  HTHiRead
#define HTHistory_recall                HTHiReca
#define HTHistory_count                 HTHiCoun
#define HTHistory_leavingFrom           HTHiLeFr
#endif

/*                              Navigation
**                              ==========
*/

/*              Record the jump to an anchor
**              ----------------------------
*/

extern void HTHistory_record
  PARAMS(
    (HTAnchor * destination)
  );

/*              Go back in history (find the last visited node)
**              ------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_backtrack
  NOPARAMS;  /* FIXME: Should we add a `sticky' option ? */

extern BOOL HTHistory_canBacktrack
  NOPARAMS;

/*              Browse through references in the same parent node
**              -------------------------------------------------
**
**      Take the n-th child's link after or before the one we took to get here.
**      Positive offset means go towards most recently added children.
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_moveBy
  PARAMS(
     (int offset)
     );

extern BOOL HTHistory_canMoveBy
  PARAMS(
     (int offset)
     );

#define HTHistory_next (HTHistory_moveBy (+1))
#define HTHistory_canNext (HTHistory_canMoveBy (+1))
#define HTHistory_previous (HTHistory_moveBy (-1))
#define HTHistory_canPrevious (HTHistory_canMoveBy (-1))


/*                              Retrieval
**                              =========
*/

/*              Read numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ----------------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_read
  PARAMS(
    (int number)
  );

/*              Recall numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ------------------------------
**      This reads the anchor and stores it again in the list, except if last.
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_recall
  PARAMS(
    (int number)
  );

/*              Number of Anchors stored
**              ------------------------
**
**      This is needed in order to check the validity of certain commands
**      for menus, etc.
(not needed for now. Use canBacktrack, etc.)
extern int HTHistory_count NOPARAMS;
*/

/*              Change last history entry
**              -------------------------
**
**      Sometimes we load a node by one anchor but leave by a different
**      one, and it is the one we left from which we want to remember.
*/
extern void HTHistory_leavingFrom
  PARAMS(
    (HTAnchor * anchor)
  );

#endif /* HTHISTORY_H */

/*

    */
ed by this function. This should only be used to
   free group definitions read by HTAA_parseGroupDef.
   
 */

PUBLIC void GroupDef_delete PARAMS((GroupDeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTInit.c1006640070060000000000002427605544654202014420 037777777777 1 0 /*		Configuration-specific Initialialization	HTInit.c
**		----------------------------------------
*/

/*	Define a basic set of suffixes and presentations
**	------------------------------------------------
**
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTInit.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTPlain.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTWSRC.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"

PUBLIC void HTFormatInit ARGS1(HTList *, c)	/* Note: Wildcard is no longer * (see further dovn) */
{
#ifdef NeXT
    HTSetPresentation(c,"application/postscript", "open %s",	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
    /* The following needs the GIF previewer -- you might not have it. */
    HTSetPresentation(c,"image/gif", 		"open %s", 	0.3, 2.0, 0.0);
    HTSetPresentation(c,"image/x-tiff", 		"open %s", 	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
    HTSetPresentation(c,"audio/basic", 		"open %s", 	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
    HTSetPresentation(c,"*/*", 			"open %s", 	0.05, 0.0, 0.0); 
#else
    if (getenv("DISPLAY")) {	/* Must have X11 */
	HTSetPresentation(c,"application/postscript", "ghostview %s",	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
	HTSetPresentation(c,"image/gif", 		"xv %s",	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
	HTSetPresentation(c,"image/x-tiff", 	"xv %s",	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
	HTSetPresentation(c,"image/jpeg", 	"xv %s",	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
    }
#endif
    HTSetConversion(c,"www/mime",			"*/*",		HTMIMEConvert,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"application/x-wais-source","*/*",		HTWSRCConvert, 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"text/x-c",	HTMLToC,	0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"text/plain",	HTMLToPlain,	0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"www/present",	HTMLPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"text/html",	HTPlainToHTML,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"www/present",	HTPlainPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"application/octet-stream",	"www/present",	HTSaveLocally,	0.1, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"*/*",			"www/present",	HTSaveLocally,	0.3, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",	       	"text/latex",	HTMLToTeX,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    /* www/source is replaced by star/star */
}


/* -----------------
   This function is for init of non-interactive mode, where no extern 'pop-up
   programs' are wanted during execution. Nor should functions be used that
   redirects the output stream to a temp file, e.g., HTSaveLocally()
   Henrik 01/03-94
   ----------------- */ 
PUBLIC void HTFormatInitNIM ARGS1(HTList *, c)
{
    HTSetConversion(c,"www/mime",		"*/*",		HTMIMEConvert,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"application/x-wais-source","*/*",	HTWSRCConvert, 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"text/x-c",	HTMLToC,	0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"text/plain",	HTMLToPlain,	0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",		"www/present",	HTMLPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"text/html",	HTPlainToHTML,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"www/present",	HTPlainPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"application/octet-stream","www/present",	HTThroughLine,	0.1, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"*/*",			"www/present",	HTThroughLine,	0.3, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/html",	       	"text/latex",	HTMLToTeX,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
}



/*	Define a basic set of suffixes
**	------------------------------
**
**	The LAST suffix for a type is that used for temporary files
**	of that type.
**	The quality is an apriori bias as to whether the file should be
**	used.  Not that different suffixes can be used to represent files
**	which are of the same format but are originals or regenerated,
**	with different values.
*/

#ifndef NO_INIT
PUBLIC void HTFileInit NOARGS
{
    /*		Suffix     Contenet-Type	Content-Encoding  Quality			*/

    HTAddType(".mime",   "www/mime",			"8bit",   1.0);	/* Internal -- MIME is	*/
                                                                        /* not recursive	*/
    HTAddType(".bin",    "application/octet-stream",	"binary", 1.0); /* Uninterpreted binary	*/
    HTAddType(".oda",    "application/oda",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".pdf",    "application/pdf",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".ai",     "application/postscript",	"8bit",   0.5);	/* Adobe Illustrator	*/
    HTAddType(".PS",     "application/postscript",	"8bit",	  0.8);	/* PostScript		*/
    HTAddType(".eps",    "application/postscript",	"8bit",   0.8);
    HTAddType(".ps",     "application/postscript",	"8bit",   0.8);
    HTAddType(".rtf",    "application/x-rtf",		"7bit",   1.0);	/* RTF			*/
    HTAddType(".Z",      "application/x-compressed",	"binary", 1.0);	/* Compressed data	*/
    HTAddType(".csh",    "application/x-csh",		"7bit",   0.5);	/* C-shell script	*/
    HTAddType(".dvi",    "application/x-dvi",		"binary", 1.0);	/* TeX DVI		*/
    HTAddType(".hdf",    "application/x-hdf",		"binary", 1.0);	/* NCSA HDF data file	*/
    HTAddType(".latex",  "application/x-latex",		"8bit",   1.0);	/* LaTeX source		*/
    HTAddType(".nc",     "application/x-netcdf",	"binary", 1.0);	/* Unidata netCDF data	*/
    HTAddType(".cdf",    "application/x-netcdf",	"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".sh",     "application/x-sh",		"7bit",   0.5);	/* Shell-script		*/
    HTAddType(".tcl",    "application/x-tcl",		"7bit",   0.5);	/* TCL-script		*/
    HTAddType(".tex",    "application/x-tex",		"8bit",   1.0);	/* TeX source		*/
    HTAddType(".texi",   "application/x-texinfo",	"7bit",   1.0);	/* Texinfo		*/
    HTAddType(".texinfo","application/x-texinfo",	"7bit",   1.0);
    HTAddType(".t",      "application/x-troff",		"7bit",   0.5);	/* Troff		*/
    HTAddType(".roff",   "application/x-troff",		"7bit",   0.5);
    HTAddType(".tr",     "application/x-troff",		"7bit",   0.5);
    HTAddType(".man",    "application/x-troff-man",	"7bit",   0.5);	/* Troff with man macros*/
    HTAddType(".me",     "application/x-troff-me",	"7bit",   0.5);	/* Troff with me macros	*/
    HTAddType(".ms",     "application/x-troff-ms",	"7bit",   0.5);	/* Troff with ms macros	*/
    HTAddType(".src",    "application/x-wais-source",	"7bit",   1.0);	/* WAIS source		*/
    HTAddType(".zip",    "application/zip",		"binary", 1.0);	/* PKZIP		*/
    HTAddType(".bcpio",  "application/x-bcpio",		"binary", 1.0);	/* Old binary CPIO	*/
    HTAddType(".cpio",   "application/x-cpio",		"binary", 1.0);	/* POSIX CPIO		*/
    HTAddType(".gtar",   "application/x-gtar",		"binary", 1.0);	/* Gnu tar		*/
    HTAddType(".shar",   "application/x-shar",		"8bit",   1.0);	/* Shell archive	*/
    HTAddType(".sv4cpio","application/x-sv4cpio",	"binary", 1.0);	/* SVR4 CPIO		*/
    HTAddType(".sv4crc", "application/x-sv4crc",	"binary", 1.0);	/* SVR4 CPIO with CRC	*/
    HTAddType(".tar",    "application/x-tar",		"binary", 1.0);	/* 4.3BSD tar		*/
    HTAddType(".ustar",  "application/x-ustar",		"binary", 1.0);	/* POSIX tar		*/
    HTAddType(".snd",    "audio/basic",			"binary", 1.0);	/* Audio		*/
    HTAddType(".au",     "audio/basic",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".aiff",   "audio/x-aiff",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".aifc",   "audio/x-aiff",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".aif",    "audio/x-aiff",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".wav",    "audio/x-wav",			"binary", 1.0);	/* Windows+ WAVE format	*/
    HTAddType(".gif",    "image/gif",			"binary", 1.0);	/* GIF			*/
    HTAddType(".ief",    "image/ief",			"binary", 1.0);	/* Image Exchange fmt	*/
    HTAddType(".jpg",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);	/* JPEG			*/
    HTAddType(".JPG",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".JPE",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".jpe",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".JPEG",   "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".jpeg",   "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".tif",    "image/tiff",			"binary", 1.0);	/* TIFF			*/
    HTAddType(".tiff",   "image/tiff",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".ras",    "image/cmu-raster",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".pnm",    "image/x-portable-anymap",	"binary", 1.0);	/* PBM Anymap format	*/
    HTAddType(".pbm",    "image/x-portable-bitmap",	"binary", 1.0);	/* PBM Bitmap format	*/
    HTAddType(".pgm",    "image/x-portable-graymap",	"binary", 1.0);	/* PBM Graymap format	*/
    HTAddType(".ppm",    "image/x-portable-pixmap",	"binary", 1.0);	/* PBM Pixmap format	*/
    HTAddType(".rgb",    "image/x-rgb",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".xbm",    "image/x-xbitmap",		"binary", 1.0);	/* X bitmap		*/
    HTAddType(".xpm",    "image/x-xpixmap",		"binary", 1.0);	/* X pixmap format	*/
    HTAddType(".xwd",    "image/x-xwindowdump",		"binary", 1.0);	/* X window dump (xwd)	*/
    HTAddType(".html",   "text/html",			"8bit",   1.0);	/* HTML			*/
    HTAddType(".c",      "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* C source		*/
    HTAddType(".h",      "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* C headers		*/
    HTAddType(".C",      "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* C++ source		*/
    HTAddType(".cc",     "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* C++ source		*/
    HTAddType(".hh",     "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* C++ headers		*/
    HTAddType(".m",      "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* Objective-C source	*/
    HTAddType(".f90",    "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* Fortran 90 source	*/
    HTAddType(".txt",    "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);	/* Plain text		*/
    HTAddType(".rtx",    "text/richtext",		"7bit",   1.0);	/* MIME Richtext format	*/
    HTAddType(".tsv",    "text/tab-separated-values",	"7bit",   1.0);	/* Tab-separated values	*/
    HTAddType(".etx",    "text/x-setext",		"7bit",   0.9);	/* Struct Enchanced Txt	*/
    HTAddType(".MPG",    "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);	/* MPEG			*/
    HTAddType(".mpg",    "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".MPE",    "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".mpe",    "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".MPEG",   "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".mpeg",   "video/mpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".qt",     "video/quicktime",		"binary", 1.0);	/* QuickTime		*/
    HTAddType(".mov",    "video/quicktime",		"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".avi",    "video/x-msvideo",		"binary", 1.0);	/* MS Video for Windows	*/
    HTAddType(".movie",  "video/x-sgi-movie",		"binary", 1.0);	/* SGI "moviepalyer"	*/

    HTAddType("*.*",     "application/octet-stream",	"binary", 0.1);
    HTAddType("*",       "text/plain",			"7bit",   0.5);

}
#endif /* !NO_INIT */

----------------
**
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTInit.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTPlain.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTWSRC.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"

PUBLIC void HTFormatInit ARGS1(HTList *, c)	/* Note: Wildcard is no longeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTInit.h1006640070060000000000000124605544654352014423 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                          Initialisation routines in libwww
                                  INITIALISATION MODULE
                                             
   This module resisters all the plug & play software modules which will be used in the
   program.  This is for a browser.
   
   To override this, just copy it and link in your version befoe you link with the
   library.
   
   Implemented by HTInit.c by default.
   
 */
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"

extern void HTFormatInit PARAMS((HTList * conversions));
extern void HTFormatInitNIM PARAMS((HTList * conversions));
extern void HTFileInit NOPARAMS;





/*

    */
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"text/html",	HTPlainToHTML,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"text/plain",		"www/present",	HTPlainPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"application/octet-stream",	"www/present",	HTSaveLocally,	0.1, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSetConversion(c,"*/*",			"www/present",	HTSaveLocally,	0.3, 0.0, 0.0);
    HTSeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTLex.c1006640070060000000000000573305475034131014236 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTLex.c
**		LEXICAL ANALYSOR
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include "HTAAUtil.h"
#include "HTLex.h"	/* Implemented here */


/*
** Global variables
*/
PUBLIC char lex_buffer[40];	/* Read lexical string		*/
PUBLIC int lex_line = 1;	/* Line number in source file	*/


/*
** Module-wide variables
*/
PRIVATE int lex_cnt;
PRIVATE BOOL lex_template;
PRIVATE LexItem lex_pushed_back = LEX_NONE;
PRIVATE FILE *cache = NULL;


PUBLIC void unlex ARGS1(LexItem, lex_item)
{
    lex_pushed_back = lex_item;
}


PUBLIC LexItem lex ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    int ch;

    if (fp != cache) {	/* This cache doesn't work ok because the system  */
	cache = fp;	/* often assign same FILE structure the next open */
	lex_line = 1;	/* file. So, if there are syntax errors in setup  */
    }			/* files it may confuse things later on.	  */

    if (lex_pushed_back != LEX_NONE) {
	LexItem ret = lex_pushed_back;
	lex_pushed_back = LEX_NONE;
	return ret;
    }

    lex_cnt = 0;
    lex_template = NO;

    for(;;) {
	switch (ch = getc(fp)) {
	  case EOF:
	  case ' ':
	  case '\t':
	  case '\r':
	  case '\n':
	  case ':':
	  case ',':
	  case '(':
	  case ')':
	  case '@':
	    if (lex_cnt > 0) {
		if (ch != EOF) ungetc(ch,fp);
		if (lex_template) return LEX_TMPL_STR;
		else		  return LEX_ALPH_STR;
	    }
	    else switch(ch) {
	      case EOF:		return LEX_EOF;		break;
	      case '\n':
		lex_line++;	return LEX_REC_SEP;	break;
	      case ':':		return LEX_FIELD_SEP;	break;
	      case ',':		return LEX_ITEM_SEP;	break;
	      case '(':		return LEX_OPEN_PAREN;	break;
	      case ')':		return LEX_CLOSE_PAREN;	break;
	      case '@':		return LEX_AT_SIGN;	break;
	      default:	;	/* Leading white space ignored (SP,TAB,CR) */
	    }
	    break;
	  default:
	    lex_buffer[lex_cnt++] = ch;
	    lex_buffer[lex_cnt] = (char)0;
	    if ('*' == ch) lex_template = YES;
	} /* switch ch */
    } /* forever */
}


PUBLIC char *lex_verbose ARGS1(LexItem, lex_item)
{
    static char msg[100];

    switch (lex_item) {
      case LEX_NONE:		/* Internally used	*/
	return "NO-LEX-ITEM";
	break;
      case LEX_EOF:		/* End of file		*/
	return "end-of-file";
	break;
      case LEX_REC_SEP:		/* Record separator	*/
	return "record separator (newline)";
	break;
      case LEX_FIELD_SEP:	/* Field separator	*/
	return "field separator ':'";
	break;
      case LEX_ITEM_SEP:	/* List item separator	*/
	return "item separator ','";
	break;
      case LEX_OPEN_PAREN:	/* Group start tag	*/
	return "'('";
	break;
      case LEX_CLOSE_PAREN:	/* Group end tag	*/
	return "')'";
	break;
      case LEX_AT_SIGN:		/* Address qualifier	*/
	return "address qualifier '@'";
	break;
      case LEX_ALPH_STR:	/* Alphanumeric string	*/
	sprintf(msg, "alphanumeric string '%s'", lex_buffer);
	return msg;
	break;
      case LEX_TMPL_STR:	/* Template string	*/
	sprintf(msg, "template string '%s'", lex_buffer);
	return msg;
	break;
      default:
	return "UNKNOWN-LEX-ITEM";
	break;
    }
}

,      "application/x-troff",		"7bit"WWW/Library/Implementation/HTLex.h1006640070060000000000000246005475034133014237 037777777777 1 0 /*                         LEXICAL ANALYSOR (MAINLY FOR CONFIG FILES)
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTLEX_H
#define HTLEX_H

#include "HTUtils.h"


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define lex_verb        lex_verbose
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/


typedef enum {
    LEX_NONE,           /* Internally used      */
    LEX_EOF,            /* End of file          */
    LEX_REC_SEP,        /* Record separator     */
    LEX_FIELD_SEP,      /* Field separator      */
    LEX_ITEM_SEP,       /* List item separator  */
    LEX_OPEN_PAREN,     /* Group start tag      */
    LEX_CLOSE_PAREN,    /* Group end tag        */
    LEX_AT_SIGN,        /* Address qualifier    */
    LEX_ALPH_STR,       /* Alphanumeric string  */
    LEX_TMPL_STR        /* Template string      */
} LexItem;

extern char lex_buffer[];       /* Read lexical string          */
extern int lex_line;            /* Line number in source file   */

/*

Get Next Lexical Item

   If returns LEX_ALPH_STR or LEX_TMPL_STR the string is in global buffer lex_buffer.
   
 */

PUBLIC LexItem lex PARAMS((FILE * fp));
/*

Push Back Latest Item

 */

PUBLIC void unlex PARAMS((LexItem lex_item));
/*

Get the Name for Lexical Item

 */

PUBLIC char *lex_verbose PARAMS((LexItem lex_item));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTLEX_H */
/*

   End of file HTLex.h.  */
",			"binary", 1.0);	/* JPEG			*/
    HTAddType(".JPG",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".JPE",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
    HTAddType(".jpe",    "image/jpeg",			"binary", 1.0);
   WWW/Library/Implementation/HTList.c1006640070060000000000000522205544654160014421 037777777777 1 0 /*	A small List class					      HTList.c
**	==================
**
**	A list is represented as a sequence of linked nodes of type HTList.
**	The first node is a header which contains no object.
**	New nodes are inserted between the header and the rest of the list.
*/

#include "HTList.h"

#include 				/* joe@athena, TBL 921019 */

HTList * HTList_new NOARGS
{
  HTList *newList = (HTList *)malloc (sizeof (HTList));
  if (newList == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTList_new");
  newList->object = NULL;
  newList->next = NULL;
  return newList;
}

void HTList_delete ARGS1(HTList *,me)
{
  HTList *current;
  while ((current = me)) {
    me = me->next;
    free (current);
  }
}

void HTList_addObject ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,newObject)
{
  if (me) {
    HTList *newNode = (HTList *)malloc (sizeof (HTList));
    if (newNode == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTList_addObject");
    newNode->object = newObject;
    newNode->next = me->next;
    me->next = newNode;
  }
  else {
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
        "HTList: Trying to add object %p to a nonexisting list\n",
		       newObject);
    abort();
  }
}

BOOL HTList_removeObject ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,oldObject)
{
  if (me) {
    HTList *previous;
    while (me->next) {
      previous = me;
      me = me->next;
      if (me->object == oldObject) {
	previous->next = me->next;
	free (me);
	return YES;  /* Success */
      }
    }
  }
  return NO;  /* object not found or NULL list */
}

void * HTList_removeLastObject ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  if (me && me->next) {
    HTList *lastNode = me->next;
    void * lastObject = lastNode->object;
    me->next = lastNode->next;
    free (lastNode);
    return lastObject;
  } else  /* Empty list */
    return NULL;
}

void * HTList_removeFirstObject ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  if (me && me->next) {
    HTList * prevNode;
    void *firstObject;
    while (me->next) {
      prevNode = me;
      me = me->next;
    }
    firstObject = me->object;
    prevNode->next = NULL;
    free (me);
    return firstObject;
  } else  /* Empty list */
    return NULL;
}

int HTList_count ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  int count = 0;
  if (me)
    while ((me = me->next))
      count++;
  return count;
}

int HTList_indexOf ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,object)
{
  if (me) {
    int position = 0;
    while ((me = me->next)) {
      if (me->object == object)
	return position;
      position++;
    }
  }
  return -1;  /* Object not in the list */
}

void * HTList_objectAt ARGS2 (HTList *,me, int,position)
{
  if (position < 0)
    return NULL;
  if (me) {
    while ((me = me->next)) {
      if (position == 0)
	return me->object;
      position--;
    }
  }
  return NULL;  /* Reached the end of the list */
}
2014423 037777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTList.h1006640070060000000000000433005544654337014433 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                     List object for libwww
                                       LIST OBJECT
                                             
   The list object is a generic container for storing collections of things in order.   In
   principle it could be implemented in many ways, but in practice knowing that it is a
   linked list is important for speed. See also the  traverse macro for example.
   
 */

#ifndef HTLIST_H
#define HTLIST_H

#include "HTUtils.h"  /* for BOOL type and PARAMS and ARGS*/

typedef struct _HTList HTList;

struct _HTList {
  void * object;
  HTList * next;
};

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTList_new                      HTLiNew
#define HTList_delete                   HTLiDele
#define HTList_addObject                HTLiAdOb
#define HTList_removeObject             HTLiReOb
#define HTList_removeLastObject         HTLiReLa
#define HTList_removeFirstObject        HTLiReFi
#define HTList_count                    HTLiCoun
#define HTList_indexOf                  HTLiInOf
#define HTList_objectAt                 HTLiObAt
#endif

extern HTList * HTList_new NOPARAMS;
extern void     HTList_delete PARAMS((HTList *me));

/*

  ADD OBJECT TO START OF LIST
  
 */

extern void     HTList_addObject PARAMS((HTList *me, void *newObject));


extern BOOL     HTList_removeObject PARAMS((HTList *me, void *oldObject));
extern void *   HTList_removeLastObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
extern void *   HTList_removeFirstObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
#define         HTList_isEmpty(me) (me ? me->next == NULL : YES)
extern int      HTList_count PARAMS((HTList *me));
extern int      HTList_indexOf PARAMS((HTList *me, void *object));
#define         HTList_lastObject(me) \
  (me && me->next ? me->next->object : NULL)
extern void *   HTList_objectAt PARAMS((HTList *me, int position));

/*

  TRAVERSE LIST
  
   Fast macro to traverse the list. Call it first with copy of list header :  it returns
   the first object and increments the passed list pointer. Call it with the same variable
   until it returns NULL.
   
 */
#define HTList_nextObject(me) \
  (me && (me = me->next) ? me->object : NULL)

/*

  FREE LIST
  
 */
#define HTList_free(x)  free(x)

#endif /* HTLIST_H */

/*

   end  */
 if (lex_cnt > 0) {
		if (ch != EOF) ungetc(ch,fp);
		if (lex_template) return LEX_TMPL_STR;
		else		  return LEX_ALPH_STR;
	    }
	    else switch(ch) {
	      case EOF:		return LEX_EOF;		break;
	      case '\n':
		lex_line++;	return LEX_REC_SEP;	break;
	      case ':':		return LEX_FIELD_SEP;	bWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.c1006640070060000000000002054105544654205014236 037777777777 1 0 /*			MIME Message Parse			HTMIME.c
**			==================
**
**	This is RFC 1341-specific code.
**	The input stream pushed into this parser is assumed to be
**	stripped on CRs, ie lines end with LF, not CR LF.
**	(It is easy to change this except for the body part where
**	conversion can be slow.)
**
** History:
**	   Feb 92	Written Tim Berners-Lee, CERN
**
*/
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"		/* Implemented here */
#include "HTAlert.h"


/*		MIME Object
**		-----------
*/

typedef enum _MIME_state {
	MIME_TRANSPARENT,	/* put straight through to target ASAP! */
	BEGINNING_OF_LINE,
	CONTENT_T,
	CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
	CONTENT_TYPE,
	SKIP_GET_VALUE,		/* Skip space then get value */
	GET_VALUE,		/* Get value till white space */
	JUNK_LINE,		/* Ignore the rest of this folded line */
	NEWLINE,		/* Just found a LF .. maybe continuation */
	CHECK,			/* check against check_pointer */
	MIME_NET_ASCII,		/* Translate from net ascii */
	MIME_IGNORE		/* ignore entire file */
	/* TRANSPARENT and IGNORE are defined as stg else in _WINDOWS */
} MIME_state;

#define VALUE_SIZE 128		/* @@@@@@@ Arbitrary? */
struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	
	BOOL			net_ascii;	/* Is input net ascii? */
	MIME_state		state;		/* current state */
	MIME_state		if_ok;		/* got this state if match */
	MIME_state		field;		/* remember which field */
	MIME_state		fold_state;	/* state on a fold */
	CONST char *		check_pointer;	/* checking input */
	
	char *			value_pointer;	/* storing values */
	char 			value[VALUE_SIZE];
	
	HTStream *		sink;		/* Given on creation */
	HTRequest *		request;	/* Given on creation */
	
	char *			boundary;	/* For multipart */
	
	HTFormat		encoding;	/* Content-Transfer-Encoding */
	HTFormat		format;		/* Content-Type */
	HTStream *		target;		/* While writing out */
	HTStreamClass		targetClass;
	
	HTAtom *		targetRep;	/* Converting into? */
};


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
**
**	This is a FSM parser which is tolerant as it can be of all
**	syntax errors.  It ignores field names it does not understand,
**	and resynchronises on line beginnings.
*/

PRIVATE void HTMIME_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    if (me->state == MIME_TRANSPARENT) {
    	(*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c);/* MUST BE FAST */
	return;
    }
    
    /* This slightly simple conversion just strips CR and turns LF to
    ** newline. On unix LF is \n but on Mac \n is CR for example.
    ** See NetToText for an implementation which preserves single CR or LF.
    */
    if (me->net_ascii) {
        c = FROMASCII(c);
	if (c == CR) return;
	else if (c == LF) c = '\n';
    }
    
    switch(me->state) {

    case MIME_IGNORE:
    	return;

    case MIME_TRANSPARENT:		/* Not reached see above */
    	(*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c);
	return;
	
    case MIME_NET_ASCII:
    	(*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c); /* MUST BE FAST */
	return;

    case NEWLINE:
	if (c != '\n' && WHITE(c)) {		/* Folded line */
	    me->state = me->fold_state;	/* pop state before newline */
	    break;
	}
	
	/*	else Falls through */
	
    case BEGINNING_OF_LINE:
        switch(c) {
	case 'c':
	case 'C':
	    me->check_pointer = "ontent-t";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_T;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	case '\n':			/* Blank line: End of Header! */
	    {
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			"HTMIME: MIME content type is %s, converting to %s\n",
			HTAtom_name(me->format), HTAtom_name(me->targetRep));
		me->target = HTStreamStack(me->format, me->request);
		if (!me->target) {
		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "MIME: Can't translate! ** \n");
		    me->target = me->sink;	/* Cheat */
		}
		if (me->target) {
		    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa;
		/* Check for encoding and select state from there @@ */
		
		    me->state = MIME_TRANSPARENT; /* From now push straigh through */
		} else {
		    me->state = MIME_IGNORE;		/* What else to do? */
		}
	    }
	    break;
	    
	default:
	   goto bad_field_name;
	   break;
	   
	} /* switch on character */
        break;
	
    case CHECK:				/* Check against string */
        if (TOLOWER(c) == *(me->check_pointer)++) {
	    if (!*me->check_pointer) me->state = me->if_ok;
	} else {		/* Error */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTMIME: Bad character `%c' found where `%s' expected\n",
		c, me->check_pointer - 1);
	    goto bad_field_name;
	}
	break;
	
    case CONTENT_T:
        switch(c) {
	case 'r':
	case 'R':
	    me->check_pointer = "ansfer-encoding:";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	    
	case 'y':
	case 'Y':
	    me->check_pointer = "pe:";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_TYPE;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	    
	default:
	    goto bad_field_name;
	    
	} /* switch on character */
	break;
	
    case CONTENT_TYPE:
    case CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING:
        me->field = me->state;		/* remember it */
	me->state = SKIP_GET_VALUE;
				/* Fall through! */
    case SKIP_GET_VALUE:
    	if (c == '\n') {
	   me->fold_state = me->state;
	   me->state = NEWLINE;
	   break;
	}
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Skip white space */
	
	me->value_pointer = me->value;
	me->state = GET_VALUE;   
	/* Fall through to store first character */
	
    case GET_VALUE:
    	if (WHITE(c)) {			/* End of field */
	    *me->value_pointer = 0;
	    switch (me->field) {
	    case CONTENT_TYPE:
	        me->format = HTAtom_for(me->value);
		break;
	    case CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING:
	        me->encoding = HTAtom_for(me->value);
		break;
	    default:		/* Should never get here */
	    	break;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (me->value_pointer < me->value + VALUE_SIZE - 1) {
	        *me->value_pointer++ = c;
		break;
	    } else {
	        goto value_too_long;
	    }
	}
	/* Fall through */
	
    case JUNK_LINE:
        if (c == '\n') {
	    me->state = NEWLINE;
	    me->fold_state = me->state;
	}
	break;
	
	
    } /* switch on state*/
    
    return;
    
value_too_long:
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTMIME: *** Syntax error. (string too long)\n");
    
bad_field_name:				/* Ignore it */
    me->state = JUNK_LINE;
    return;
    
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    if (me->state == MIME_TRANSPARENT)		/* Optimisation */
        (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target,s);
    else if (me->state != MIME_IGNORE)
        for (p=s; *p; p++) HTMIME_put_character(me, *p);
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char * p;
    if (me->state == MIME_TRANSPARENT)		/* Optimisation */
        (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, s, l);
    else
        for (p=s; p < s+l; p++) HTMIME_put_character(me, *p);
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    if (me->target) (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTMIME_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    if (me->target) (*me->targetClass.abort)(me->target, e);
    free(me);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTMIME =
{		
	"MIMEParser",
	HTMIME_free,
	HTMIME_abort,
	HTMIME_put_character,
	HTMIME_put_string,
	HTMIME_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTMIMEConvert ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    HTStream* me;
    
    me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTMIME;       

    me->sink = 		output_stream;
    me->request = 	request;
    me->target = 	NULL;
    me->state = 	BEGINNING_OF_LINE;
    me->format = 	WWW_PLAINTEXT;
    me->targetRep = 	output_format;
    me->boundary = 	0;		/* Not set yet */
    me->net_ascii = 	NO;	/* Local character set */
    return me;
}

PUBLIC HTStream* HTNetMIME ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    HTStream* me = HTMIMEConvert(
    	request, param, input_format, output_format, output_stream);
    if (!me) return NULL;
    
    me->net_ascii = YES;
    return me;
}


 *oldObject));
extern void *   HTList_removeLastObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
extern void *   HTList_removeFirstObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
#define         HTLWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.h1006640070060000000000000352005544654357014251 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                 HTMIME:   Parser of MIME format for libwww
                                       MIME PARSER
                                             
   The MIME parser stream presents a MIME document. It recursively invokes the format
   manager to handle embedded formats.
   
   As well as stripping off and parsing the headers, the MIME parser has to parse any
   weirld MIME encodings it may meet within the body parts of messages, and must deal with
   multipart messages.
   
   This module is implemented to the level necessary for operation with WWW, but is not
   currently complete for any arbitrary MIME message.
   
   Check the source for latest additions to functionality.
   
   The MIME parser is complicated by the fact that WWW allows real binary to be sent, not
   ASCII encoded.  Therefore the netascii decoding is included in this module. One cannot
   layer it by converting first from Net to local text, then decoding it. Of course, for
   local files, the net ascii decoding is not needed.  There are therefore two creation
   routines.
   
 */
#ifndef HTMIME_H
#define HTMIME_H

#include "HTStream.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

/*

  INPUT: LOCAL TEXT
  
 */
/* extern HTStream * HTMIMEConvert PARAMS((HTRequest * request,
                                        HTFormat input_format,
                                        HTFormat output_format,
                                        HTStream * output_stream));
*/
extern HTConverter HTMIMEConvert;

/*

  INPUT: NET ASCII
  
 */
/* extern HTStream * HTNetMIME PARAMS((HTRequest * request,
                                        HTFormat input_format,
                                        HTFormat output_format,
                                        HTStream * output_stream));
*/
extern HTConverter HTNetMIME;


#endif

/*

   end of HTMIME  */
nuation */
	CHECK,			/* check against check_pointer */
	MIME_NET_ASCII,		/* Translate from net ascii */
	MIME_IGNORE		/* ignore entire file */
	/* TRANSPARENT and IGNORE are deWWW/Library/Implementation/HTML.c1006640070060000000000006163305544654122014024 037777777777 1 0 /*		Structured stream to Rich hypertext converter
**		============================================
**
**	This generates of a hypertext object.  It converts from the
**	structured stream interface fro HTMl events into the style-
**	oriented iunterface of the HText.h interface.  This module is
**	only used in clients and shouldnot be linked into servers.
**
**	Override this module if making a new GUI browser.
**
*/

#include "HTML.h"

/* #define CAREFUL		 Check nesting here not really necessary */

#include 
#include 

#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include "HText.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"

#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"
#include "HTParse.h"

extern HTStyleSheet * styleSheet;	/* Application-wide */

/*	Module-wide style cache
*/
PRIVATE int 		got_styles = 0;
PRIVATE HTStyle *styles[HTMLP_ELEMENTS];
PRIVATE HTStyle *default_style;


/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/
#define MAX_NESTING 20		/* Should be checked by parser */

typedef struct _stack_element {
        HTStyle *	style;
	int		tag_number;
} stack_element;

struct _HTStructured {
    CONST HTStructuredClass * 	isa;
    HTParentAnchor * 		node_anchor;
    HText * 			text;

    HTStream*			target;			/* Output stream */
    HTStreamClass		targetClass;		/* Output routines */

    HTChunk 			title;		/* Grow by 128 */
    
    char *			comment_start;	/* for literate programming */
    char *			comment_end;
    
    CONST SGML_dtd*		dtd;
    
    HTTag *			current_tag;
    BOOL			style_change;
    HTStyle *			new_style;
    HTStyle *			old_style;
    BOOL			in_word;  /* Have just had a non-white char */
    stack_element 	stack[MAX_NESTING];
    stack_element 	*sp;		/* Style stack pointer */
};

struct _HTStream {
    CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
    /* .... */
};

/*		Forward declarations of routines
*/
PRIVATE void get_styles NOPARAMS;


PRIVATE void actually_set_style PARAMS((HTStructured * me));
PRIVATE void change_paragraph_style PARAMS((HTStructured * me, HTStyle * style));

/*	Style buffering avoids dummy paragraph begin/ends.
*/
#define UPDATE_STYLE if (me->style_change) { actually_set_style(me); }


#ifdef OLD_CODE
/* The following accented characters are from peter Flynn, curia project */

/* these ifdefs don't solve the problem of a simple terminal emulator
** with a different character set to the client machine. But nothing does,
** except looking at the TERM setting */


        { "ocus" , "&" },       /* for CURIA */
#ifdef IBMPC
        { "aacute" , "\240" },	/* For PC display */
        { "eacute" , "\202" },
        { "iacute" , "\241" },
        { "oacute" , "\242" },
        { "uacute" , "\243" },
        { "Aacute" , "\101" },
        { "Eacute" , "\220" },
        { "Iacute" , "\111" },
        { "Oacute" , "\117" },
        { "Uacute" , "\125" },
#else
        { "aacute" , "\341" },	/* Works for openwindows -- Peter Flynn */
        { "eacute" , "\351" },
        { "iacute" , "\355" },
        { "oacute" , "\363" },
        { "uacute" , "\372" },
        { "Aacute" , "\301" },
        { "Eacute" , "\310" },
        { "Iacute" , "\315" },
        { "Oacute" , "\323" },
        { "Uacute" , "\332" }, 
#endif
	{ 0,	0 }  /* Terminate list */
};
#endif


/* 	Entity values -- for ISO Latin 1 local representation
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
*/
static char * ISO_Latin1[] = {
  	"\306",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\301",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  	"\302",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\300",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  	"\305",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  	"\303",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  	"\304",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\307",	/* capital C, cedilla */ 
  	"\320",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
  	"\311",	/* capital E, acute accent */ 
  	"\312",	/* capital E, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\310",	/* capital E, grave accent */ 
  	"\313",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\315",	/* capital I, acute accent */ 
  	"\316",	/* capital I, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\314",	/* capital I, grave accent */ 
  	"\317",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\321",	/* capital N, tilde */ 
  	"\323",	/* capital O, acute accent */ 
  	"\324",	/* capital O, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\322",	/* capital O, grave accent */ 
  	"\330",	/* capital O, slash */ 
  	"\325",	/* capital O, tilde */ 
  	"\326",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\336",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  	"\332",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  	"\333",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\331",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  	"\334",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\335",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  	"\341",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  	"\342",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\346",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\340",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  	"\046",	/* ampersand */ 
  	"\345",	/* small a, ring */ 
  	"\343",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  	"\344",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\347",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  	"\351",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  	"\352",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\350",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  	"\360",	/* small eth, Icelandic */ 
  	"\353",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\076",	/* greater than */ 
  	"\355",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  	"\356",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\354",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  	"\357",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\074",	/* less than */ 
  	"\361",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  	"\363",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  	"\364",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\362",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  	"\370",	/* small o, slash */ 
  	"\365",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  	"\366",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\337",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  	"\376",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  	"\372",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  	"\373",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\371",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  	"\374",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\375",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  	"\377",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};


/* 	Entity values -- for NeXT local representation
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
**
*/
static char * NeXTCharacters[] = {
  	"\341",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) 	*/ 
  	"\202",	/* capital A, acute accent		*/ 
  	"\203",	/* capital A, circumflex accent 	*/ 
  	"\201",	/* capital A, grave accent 		*/ 
  	"\206",	/* capital A, ring 			*/ 
  	"\204",	/* capital A, tilde 			*/ 
  	"\205",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark	*/ 
  	"\207",	/* capital C, cedilla 			*/ 
  	"\220",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic 		*/ 
  	"\211",	/* capital E, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\212",	/* capital E, circumflex accent 			*/ 
  	"\210",	/* capital E, grave accent 				*/ 
  	"\213",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark 			*/ 
  	"\215",	/* capital I, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\216",	/* capital I, circumflex accent 	these are	*/ 
  	"\214",	/* capital I, grave accent		ISO -100 hex	*/ 
  	"\217",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark			*/ 
  	"\221",	/* capital N, tilde 					*/ 
  	"\223",	/* capital O, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\224",	/* capital O, circumflex accent 			*/ 
  	"\222",	/* capital O, grave accent 				*/ 
  	"\351",	/* capital O, slash 		'cept this */ 
  	"\225",	/* capital O, tilde 					*/ 
  	"\226",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark			*/ 
  	"\234",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  	"\230",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  	"\231",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\227",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  	"\232",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\233",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  	"\326",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  	"\327",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\361",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\325",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  	"\046",	/* ampersand */ 
  	"\332",	/* small a, ring */ 
  	"\330",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  	"\331",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\333",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  	"\335",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  	"\336",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\334",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  	"\346",	/* small eth, Icelandic 	*/ 
  	"\337",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\076",	/* greater than */ 
  	"\342",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  	"\344",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\340",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  	"\345",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\074",	/* less than */ 
  	"\347",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  	"\355",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  	"\356",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\354",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  	"\371",	/* small o, slash */ 
  	"\357",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  	"\360",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\373",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  	"\374",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  	"\363",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  	"\364",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\362",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  	"\366",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\367",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  	"\375",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};

/* 	Entity values -- for IBM/PC Code Page 850 (International)
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
**
*/
/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ TBD */



/*		Set character set
**		----------------
*/

PRIVATE char** p_entity_values = ISO_Latin1;	/* Pointer to translation */

PUBLIC void HTMLUseCharacterSet ARGS1(HTMLCharacterSet, i)
{
    p_entity_values = (i == HTML_NEXT_CHARS) ? NeXTCharacters
    					     : ISO_Latin1;
}


/*		Flattening the style structure
**		------------------------------
**
On the NeXT, and on any read-only browser, it is simpler for the text to have
a sequence of styles, rather than a nested tree of styles. In this
case we have to flatten the structure as it arrives from SGML tags into
a sequence of styles.
*/

/*		If style really needs to be set, call this
*/
PRIVATE void actually_set_style ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    if (!me->text) {			/* First time through */
	    me->text = HText_new2(me->node_anchor, me->target);
	    HText_beginAppend(me->text);
	    HText_setStyle(me->text, me->new_style);
	    me->in_word = NO;
    } else {
	    HText_setStyle(me->text, me->new_style);
    }
    me->old_style = me->new_style;
    me->style_change = NO;
}

/*      If you THINK you need to change style, call this
*/

PRIVATE void change_paragraph_style ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (me->new_style!=style) {
    	me->style_change = YES;
	me->new_style = style;
    }
    me->in_word = NO;
}

/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c)
{

    switch (me->sp[0].tag_number) {
    case HTML_COMMENT:
    	break;					/* Do Nothing */
	
    case HTML_TITLE:	
    	HTChunkPutc(&me->title, c);
	break;

	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
/*	We guarrantee that the style is up-to-date in begin_litteral
*/
    	HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
	break;
	
    default:					/* Free format text */
	if (me->style_change) {
	    if ((c=='\n') || (c==' ')) return;	/* Ignore it */
	    UPDATE_STYLE;
	}
	if (c=='\n') {
	    if (me->in_word) {
		HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' ');
		me->in_word = NO;
	    }
	} else {
	    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
	    me->in_word = YES;
	}
    } /* end switch */
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	This is written separately from put_character becuase the loop can
**	in some cases be promoted to a higher function call level for speed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s)
{

    switch (me->sp[0].tag_number) {
    case HTML_COMMENT:
    	break;					/* Do Nothing */
	
    case HTML_TITLE:	
    	HTChunkPuts(&me->title, s);
	break;

	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:

/*	We guarrantee that the style is up-to-date in begin_litteral
*/
    	HText_appendText(me->text, s);
	break;
	
    default:					/* Free format text */
        {
	    CONST char *p = s;
	    if (me->style_change) {
		for (; *p && ((*p=='\n') || (*p==' ')); p++)  ;  /* Ignore leaders */
		if (!*p) return;
		UPDATE_STYLE;
	    }
	    for(; *p; p++) {
		if (me->style_change) {
		    if ((*p=='\n') || (*p==' ')) continue;  /* Ignore it */
		    UPDATE_STYLE;
		}
		if (*p=='\n') {
		    if (me->in_word) {
			HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' ');
			me->in_word = NO;
		    }
		} else {
		    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, *p);
		    me->in_word = YES;
		}
	    } /* for */
	}
    } /* end switch */
}


/*	Buffer write
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char* p;
    CONST char* e = s+l;
    for (p=s; snode_anchor,				/* parent */
		present[HTML_A_NAME] ? value[HTML_A_NAME] : 0,	/* Tag */
		present[HTML_A_HREF] ? href : 0,		/* Addresss */
		present[HTML_A_REL] && value[HTML_A_REL] ? 
			(HTLinkType*)HTAtom_for(value[HTML_A_REL])
			    			: 0);
	    
	    if (present[HTML_A_TITLE] && value[HTML_A_TITLE]) {
	        HTParentAnchor * dest = 
		    HTAnchor_parent(
			HTAnchor_followMainLink((HTAnchor*)source)
				    );
		if (!HTAnchor_title(dest))
			HTAnchor_setTitle(dest, value[HTML_A_TITLE]);
	    }
	    UPDATE_STYLE;
	    HText_beginAnchor(me->text, source);
	    free(href);			/* Leak fix Henrik 17/02-94 */
	}
    	break;
	
    case HTML_TITLE:
        HTChunkClear(&me->title);
	break;
	
    case HTML_NEXTID:
    	/* if (present[NEXTID_N] && value[NEXTID_N])
		HText_setNextId(me->text, atoi(value[NEXTID_N])); */
    	break;
	
    case HTML_ISINDEX:
   	HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor);
	break;
	
    case HTML_BR: 
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendCharacter(me->text, '\n');
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;
	
    case HTML_HR: 
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendCharacter(me->text, '\n');
	HText_appendText(me->text, "___________________________________");
	HText_appendCharacter(me->text, '\n');
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;
	
    case HTML_P:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;

    case HTML_DL:
        change_paragraph_style(me, present && present[DL_COMPACT]
    		? styles[HTML_DL]
		: styles[HTML_DL]);
	break;
	
    case HTML_DT:
        if (!me->style_change) {
	    HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	    me->in_word = NO;
	}
	break;
	
    case HTML_DD:
        UPDATE_STYLE;
	HTML_put_character(me, '\t');	/* Just tab out one stop */
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;

    case HTML_UL:
    case HTML_OL:
    case HTML_MENU:
    case HTML_DIR:
	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);
	break;
	
    case HTML_LI:
        UPDATE_STYLE;
	if (me->sp[0].tag_number != HTML_DIR)
	    HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	else
	    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, '\t');	/* Tab @@ nl for UL? */
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;
	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);
	UPDATE_STYLE;
    	if (me->comment_end)
    	    HText_appendText(me->text, me->comment_end);
	break;

    case HTML_HTML:			/* Ignore these altogether */
    case HTML_HEAD:
    case HTML_BODY:
    
    case HTML_IMG:			/* Images -- ignore */
    
    case HTML_TT:			/* Physical character highlighting */
    case HTML_B:			/* Currently ignored */
    case HTML_I:
    case HTML_U:
    
    case HTML_EM:			/* Logical character highlighting */
    case HTML_STRONG:			/* Currently ignored */
    case HTML_CODE:
    case HTML_SAMP:
    case HTML_KBD:
    case HTML_VAR:
    case HTML_DFN:
    case HTML_CITE:
    	break;
	
    case HTML_H1:			/* paragraph styles */
    case HTML_H2:
    case HTML_H3:
    case HTML_H4:
    case HTML_H5:
    case HTML_H6:
    case HTML_H7:
    case HTML_ADDRESS:
    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE:
    	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);	/* May be postponed */
	break;

    } /* end switch */

    if (me->dtd->tags[element_number].contents!= SGML_EMPTY) {
        if (me->sp == me->stack) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTML: ****** Maximum nesting of %d exceded!\n",
	    MAX_NESTING); 
	    return;
	}
    	--(me->sp);
	me->sp[0].style = me->new_style;	/* Stack new style */
	me->sp[0].tag_number = element_number;
    }	
}


/*		End Element
**		-----------
**
*/
/*	When we end an element, the style must be returned to that
**	in effect before that element.  Note that anchors (etc?)
**	don't have an associated style, so that we must scan down the
**	stack for an element with a defined style. (In fact, the styles
**	should be linked to the whole stack not just the top one.)
**	TBL 921119
**
**	We don't turn on "CAREFUL" check because the parser produces
**	(internal code errors apart) good nesting. The parser checks
**	incoming code errors, not this module.
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int , element_number)
{
#ifdef CAREFUL			/* parser assumed to produce good nesting */
    if (element_number != me->sp[0].tag_number) {
        fprintf(stderr, "HTMLText: end of element %s when expecting end of %s\n",
		me->dtd->tags[element_number].name,
		me->dtd->tags[me->sp->tag_number].name);
		/* panic */
    }
#endif
    
    me->sp++;				/* Pop state off stack */
    
    switch(element_number) {

    case HTML_A:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_endAnchor(me->text);
	break;

    case HTML_TITLE:
        HTChunkTerminate(&me->title);
    	HTAnchor_setTitle(me->node_anchor, me->title.data);
	break;
	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
    	if (me->comment_start)
    	    HText_appendText(me->text, me->comment_start);
	/* Fall through */
	
    default:
    
	change_paragraph_style(me, me->sp->style);	/* Often won't really change */
	break;
	
    } /* switch */
}


/*		Expanding entities
**		------------------
*/
/*	(In fact, they all shrink!)
*/

PRIVATE void HTML_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number)
{
    HTML_put_string(me, ISO_Latin1[entity_number]);	/* @@ Other representations */
}


/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
** If the document is empty, the text object will not yet exist.
   So we could in fact abandon creating the document and return
   an error code.  In fact an empty document is an important type
   of document, so we don't.
**
**	If non-interactive, everything is freed off.   No: crashes -listrefs
**	Otherwise, the interactive object is left.	
*/
PUBLIC void HTML_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    UPDATE_STYLE;		/* Creates empty document here! */
    if (me->comment_end)
		HTML_put_string(me,me->comment_end);
    HText_endAppend(me->text);

    if (me->target) {
        (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
    }
    HTChunkClear(&me->title);	/* Henrik 18/02-94 */
    free(me);
}


PRIVATE void HTML_abort ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTError, e)

{
    if (me->target) {
        (*me->targetClass.abort)(me->target, e);
    }
    HTChunkClear(&me->title);	/* Henrik 18/02-94 */
    free(me);
}


/*	Get Styles from style sheet
**	---------------------------
*/
PRIVATE void get_styles NOARGS
{
    got_styles = YES;
    
    default_style =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Normal");

    styles[HTML_H1] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading1");
    styles[HTML_H2] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading2");
    styles[HTML_H3] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading3");
    styles[HTML_H4] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading4");
    styles[HTML_H5] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading5");
    styles[HTML_H6] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading6");
    styles[HTML_H7] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading7");

    styles[HTML_DL] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Glossary");
    styles[HTML_UL] =
    styles[HTML_OL] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "List");
    styles[HTML_MENU] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Menu");
    styles[HTML_DIR] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Dir");    
/*  styles[HTML_DLC] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "GlossaryCompact"); */
    styles[HTML_ADDRESS]=	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Address");
    styles[HTML_BLOCKQUOTE]=	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "BlockQuote");
    styles[HTML_PLAINTEXT] =
    styles[HTML_XMP] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Example");
    styles[HTML_PRE] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Preformatted");
    styles[HTML_LISTING] =	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Listing");
}
/*				P U B L I C
*/

/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PUBLIC CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"text/html",
	HTML_free,
	HTML_abort,
	HTML_put_character, 	HTML_put_string,  HTML_write,
	HTML_start_element, 	HTML_end_element,
	HTML_put_entity
}; 


/*		New Structured Text object
**		--------------------------
**
**	The structured stream can generate either presentation,
**	or plain text, or HTML.
*/
PUBLIC HTStructured* HTML_new ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{

    HTStructured * me;
    
    if (output_format != WWW_PLAINTEXT
    	&& output_format != WWW_PRESENT
	&& output_format != HTAtom_for("text/x-c")) {
        HTStream * intermediate = HTStreamStack(WWW_HTML, request);
	if (intermediate) return HTMLGenerator(intermediate);
        fprintf(stderr, "** Internal error: can't parse HTML to %s\n",
       		HTAtom_name(output_format));
	exit (-99);
    }

    me = (HTStructured*) malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");

    if (!got_styles) get_styles();

    me->isa = &HTMLPresentation;
    me->dtd = &DTD;
    me->node_anchor =  request->anchor;
    me->title.size = 0;
    me->title.growby = 128;
    me->title.allocated = 0;
    me->title.data = 0;
    me->text = 0;
    me->style_change = YES; /* Force check leading to text creation */
    me->new_style = default_style;
    me->old_style = 0;
    me->sp = me->stack + MAX_NESTING - 1;
    me->sp->tag_number = -1;				/* INVALID */
    me->sp->style = default_style;			/* INVALID */
    
    me->comment_start = NULL;
    me->comment_end = NULL;
    me->target = output_stream;
    if (output_stream) me->targetClass = *output_stream->isa;	/* Copy pointers */
    
    return (HTStructured*) me;
}


/*	HTConverter for HTML to plain text
**	----------------------------------
**
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToPlain ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    return SGML_new(&DTD, HTML_new(
    	request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream));
}


/*	HTConverter for HTML to C code
**	------------------------------
**
**	C copde is like plain text but all non-preformatted code
**	is commented out.
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    
    HTStructured * html;
    
    (*output_stream->isa->put_string)(output_stream, "/* "); /* Before even title */
    html = HTML_new(request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream);
    html->comment_start = "/* ";
    html->dtd = &DTD;
    html->comment_end = " */\n";	/* Must start in col 1 for cpp */
/*    HTML_put_string(html,html->comment_start); */
    return SGML_new(&DTD, html);
}


/*	Presenter for HTML
**	------------------
**
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
**
**	Override this if you have a windows version
*/
#ifndef GUI
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLPresent ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    return SGML_new(&DTD, HTML_new(
    	request, NULL, input_format, output_format, output_stream));
}
#endif


/*	Record error message as a hypertext object
**	------------------------------------------
**
**	The error message should be marked as an error so that
**	it can be reloaded later.
**	This implementation just throws up an error message
**	and leaves the document unloaded.
**	A smarter implementation would load an error document,
**	marking at such so that it is retried on reload.
**
** On entry,
**	sink 	is a stream to the output device if any
**	number	is the HTTP error number
**	message	is the human readable message.
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a negative number to indicate lack of success in the load.
*/

PUBLIC int HTLoadError ARGS3(
	HTRequest *, 	req,
	int,		number,
	CONST char *,	message)
{
    char *err = "Oh I screwed up!";    	/* Dummy pointer not used (I hope) */
    HTAlert(message);		/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
    /* Clean up! Henrik 04/03-94 */
    if (req && req->output_stream)
	(*req->output_stream->isa->abort)(req->output_stream, err);
    return -number;
} 

, styles[element_number]);
	break;
	
    case HTML_LI:
        UPDATE_STYLE;
	if (me->sp[0].tag_numbeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTML.h1006640070060000000000000476505544654277014047 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                     HTML to rich text converter for libwww
                         THE HTML TO STYLED TEXT OBJECT CONVERTER
                                             
   This interprets the HTML semantics and some HTMLPlus.
   
   Part of libwww . Implemented by HTML.c
   
 */
#ifndef HTML_H
#define HTML_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTMLPDTD.h"

#define DTD HTMLP_dtd

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTMLPresentation        HTMLPren
#define HTMLPresent             HTMLPres
#endif

extern CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation;

/*

HTML_new: A structured stream to parse HTML

   When this routine is called, the request structure may contain a childAnchor value.  I
   that case it is the responsability of this module to select  the anchor.
   
   
   
 */
extern HTStructured* HTML_new PARAMS((HTRequest * request,
                                        void *   param,
                                        HTFormat input_format,
                                        HTFormat output_format,
                                        HTStream * output_stream));

/*

  REOPEN
  
   Reopening an existing HTML object allows it to be retained (for example by the styled
   text object) after the structured stream has been closed. To be actually deleted, the
   HTML object must  be closed once more times than it has been reopened.
   
 */
extern void HTML_reopen PARAMS((HTStructured * me));

/*

Converters

 */
extern HTConverter HTMLToPlain, HTMLToC, HTMLPresent, HTMLToTeX;


/*

Selecting internal character set representations

 */
typedef enum _HTMLCharacterSet {
        HTML_ISO_LATIN1,
        HTML_NEXT_CHARS,
        HTML_PC_CP950
} HTMLCharacterSet;

extern void HTMLUseCharacterSet PARAMS((HTMLCharacterSet i));

/*

Record error message as a hypertext object

   The error message should be marked as an error so that it can be reloaded later. This
   implementation just throws up an error message and leaves the document unloaded.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  sink                    is a stream to the output device if any
                         
  number                  is the HTTP error number
                         
  message                 is the human readable message.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
   a return code like HT_LOADED if object exists else < 0
   
 */
PUBLIC int HTLoadError PARAMS((
        HTRequest *     req,
        int             number,
        CONST char *    message));

#endif


/*

   end  */
le);	/* OftWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLDTD.c1006640070060000000000001702505475033616014356 037777777777 1 0 /*		Our Static DTD for HTML
**		-----------------------
**
**	 6 Nov 93	MD	Increased size of img_attr array to make space
**  				for terminator.
*/

/* Implements:
*/

#include "HTMLDTD.h"

/* 	Entity Names
**	------------
**
**	This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables
*/
static CONST char* entities[] = {
  "AElig",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "Aacute",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  "Acirc",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  "Agrave",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  "Aring",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  "Atilde",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  "Auml",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ccedil",	/* capital C, cedilla */ 
  "ETH",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
  "Eacute",	/* capital E, acute accent */ 
  "Ecirc",	/* capital E, circumflex accent */ 
  "Egrave",	/* capital E, grave accent */ 
  "Euml",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Iacute",	/* capital I, acute accent */ 
  "Icirc",	/* capital I, circumflex accent */ 
  "Igrave",	/* capital I, grave accent */ 
  "Iuml",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ntilde",	/* capital N, tilde */ 
  "Oacute",	/* capital O, acute accent */ 
  "Ocirc",	/* capital O, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ograve",	/* capital O, grave accent */ 
  "Oslash",	/* capital O, slash */ 
  "Otilde",	/* capital O, tilde */ 
  "Ouml",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "THORN",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  "Uacute",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  "Ucirc",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ugrave",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  "Uuml",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Yacute",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  "aacute",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  "acirc",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  "aelig",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "agrave",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  "amp",	/* ampersand */ 
  "aring",	/* small a, ring */ 
  "atilde",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  "auml",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "ccedil",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  "eacute",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  "ecirc",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  "egrave",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  "eth",	/* small eth, Icelandic */ 
  "euml",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "gt",		/* greater than */ 
  "iacute",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  "icirc",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  "igrave",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  "iuml",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "lt",		/* less than */ 
  "ntilde",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  "oacute",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  "ocirc",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  "ograve",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  "oslash",	/* small o, slash */ 
  "otilde",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  "ouml",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "szlig",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  "thorn",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  "uacute",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  "ucirc",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  "ugrave",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  "uuml",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "yacute",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  "yuml",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};

#define HTML_ENTITIES 65


/*		Attribute Lists
**		---------------
**
**	Lists must be in alphatbetical order by attribute name
**	The tag elements contain the number of attributes
*/
static attr no_attr[1] = 
	{{ 0 }};

static attr a_attr[] = {		/* Anchor attributes */
	{ "HREF"},
	{ "NAME" },			/* Should be ID */
	{ "REL" },			/* Relationship */
	{ "REV" },			/* Reverse relationship */
	{ "TITLE" },
	{ "TYPE" },
	{ "URN" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr img_attr[HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {	/* Anchor attributes */
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "ALT" },
	{ "ISMAP"},			/* Use HTTP SpaceJump instead */
	{ "SRC"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr list_attr[] = {
	{ "COMPACT"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr glossary_attr[] = {
	{ "COMPACT" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr nextid_attr[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "N" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr pre_attr[HTML_PRE_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "WIDTH" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};


/*	Elements
**	--------
**
**	Must match definitions in HTMLDTD.html!
**	Must be in alphabetical order.
**
**    Name, 	Attributes, 		content
*/
static HTTag tags[HTML_ELEMENTS] = {
    { "A"	, a_attr,	HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ADDRESS"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "B"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "BLOCKQUOTE", no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "BODY"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "BR"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "CITE"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "CODE"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "COMMENT",  no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "DFN"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DIR"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DL"	, glossary_attr,1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DLC"	, glossary_attr,1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DT"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "EM"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "HEAD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H1"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H2"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H3"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H4"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H5"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H6"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H7"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "HR"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "HTML"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "I"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "IMG"     , img_attr,	2,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "ISINDEX" , no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "KBD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "LI"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LINK"	, a_attr,	HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LISTING"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
    { "MENU"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "NEXTID"  , nextid_attr,	1,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "OL"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "P"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "PLAINTEXT", no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
    { "PRE"	, pre_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "SAMP"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "STRONG"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "TITLE", 	  no_attr,	0,		SGML_CDATA },
    { "TT"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "U"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "UL"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "VAR"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "XMP"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
};


PUBLIC CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd = {
	tags,
	HTML_ELEMENTS,
	entities,
	sizeof(entities)/sizeof(char**)
};

/*	Utility Routine: useful for people building HTML objects */

/*	Start anchor element
**	--------------------
**
**	It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for
**	starting an anchor element, as everything else for HTML is
**	simple anyway.
*/
struct _HTStructured {
    HTStructuredClass * isa;
	/* ... */
};

PUBLIC void HTStartAnchor ARGS3(HTStructured *, obj,
		CONST char *,  name,
		CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_A , present, value);

}

PUBLIC void HTNextID ARGS2(HTStructured *, obj,
		int,	next_one)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES];
    char string[10];
    
    sprintf(string, "z%i", next_one);
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_NEXTID , present, value);

}

esent             HTMLPres
#endif

extern CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation;

/*

HTML_new: A structured stream to parse HTML

   When this routine is called, the request structure may contain a childAnchor value.  I
   that case it is the responsability of this module to select  the anchor.
   
   
   
 */
extern HTStructured* HTML_new PARAMS((HTRequest * request,
                                        void *   param,
                                        HTFormat input_formaWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLDTD.h1006640070060000000000000615605475033763014371 037777777777 1 0 /*                                               The HTML DTD -- software interface in libwww
                              HTML DTD - SOFTWARE INTERFACE
                                             
   SGML purists should excuse the use of the term "DTD" in this file to represent
   DTD-related information which is not exactly a DTD itself.
   
   The C modular structure doesn't work very well here, as the dtd is partly in the .h and
   partly in the .c which are not very independent.  Tant pis.
   
 */
#ifndef HTMLDTD_H
#define HTMLDTD_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "SGML.h"

/*

Element Numbers

 */

/*

   Must Match all tables by element! These include tables in HTMLDTD.c and code in HTML.c
   .
   
 */
typedef enum _HTMLElement {
        HTML_A,         HTML_ADDRESS,
        HTML_B,         HTML_BLOCKQUOTE,        HTML_BODY,
        HTML_BR,
        HTML_CITE,      HTML_CODE,      HTML_COMMENT,
        HTML_DD,        HTML_DFN,       HTML_DIR,
        HTML_DL,        HTML_DLC,       HTML_DT,
        HTML_EM,
        HTML_HEAD,
        HTML_H1,        HTML_H2,        HTML_H3,
        HTML_H4,        HTML_H5,        HTML_H6,        HTML_H7,
        HTML_HR,
        HTML_HTML,
        HTML_I,         HTML_IMG,       HTML_ISINDEX,
        HTML_KBD,
        HTML_LI,        HTML_LINK,      HTML_LISTING,
        HTML_MENU,      HTML_NEXTID,
        HTML_OL,        HTML_P,         HTML_PLAINTEXT, HTML_PRE,
        HTML_SAMP,      HTML_STRONG,
        HTML_TITLE,     HTML_TT,
        HTML_U,         HTML_UL,
        HTML_VAR,       HTML_XMP } HTMLElement;

#define HTML_ELEMENTS 47

/*

Attribute numbers

 */

/*

   Identifier is HTML__. These must match the tables in HTMLDTD.c !
   
 */
#define HTML_A_HREF             0
#define HTML_A_NAME             1
#define HTML_A_REL              2
#define HTML_A_REV              3
#define HTML_A_TITLE            4
#define HTML_A_TYPE             5
#define HTML_A_URN              6
#define HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES       7

#define DL_COMPACT 0

#define HTML_IMG_ALIGN          0

#define HTML_IMG_ALT            1
#define HTML_IMG_ISMAP          2       /* Obsolete but supported */
#define HTML_IMG_SRC            3
#define HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES     4

#define HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES  1
#define HTML_NEXTID_N 0

#define HTML_PRE_WIDTH          0
#define HTML_PRE_ATTRIBUTES     1

extern CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd;


/*

Start anchor element

   It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for starting an anchor element, as
   everything else for HTML is simple anyway.
   
  ON ENTRY
  
   targetstream poinst to a structured stream object.
   
   name and href point to attribute strings or are NULL if the attribute is to be omitted.
   
 */
extern void HTStartAnchor PARAMS((
                HTStructured * targetstream,
                CONST char *    name,
                CONST char *    href));


#endif /* HTMLDTD_H */


/*

Specify next ID to be used

   This is anoter convenience routine, for specifying the next ID to be used by an editor
   in the series z1. z2,...
   
 */
extern void HTNextID PARAMS((HTStructured * targetStream, int n));

/*

   End of module definition */
*/ 
  "aacute",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  "acirc",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  "aelig",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "agrave",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  "amp",	/* ampersand */ 
  "aring",	/* small a, ring */ 
  "atilde",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  "auml",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "ccedil",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  "eacute",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  "eWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.c1006640070060000000000002335705544654141014460 037777777777 1 0 /*		HTML Generator
**		==============
**
**	This version of the HTML object sends HTML markup to the output stream.
**
** Bugs:	Line wrapping is not done at all.
**		All data handled as PCDATA.
**		Should convert old XMP, LISTING and PLAINTEXT to PRE.
**
**	It is not obvious to me right now whether the HEAD should be generated
**	from the incomming data or the anchor.  Currently it is from the former
**	which is cleanest.
*/

#define BUFFER_SIZE	80	/* Line buffer attempts to make neat breaks */

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTMLGen.h"

#include 
#include "HTMLPDTD.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "SGML.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c)
/* #define PUTS(s) (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target, s) */
#define PUTB(s,l) (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, s, l)

/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *		isa;	
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	/* COPY for speed */
};

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	/* COPY for speed */
	CONST SGML_dtd *		dtd;
	
	char				buffer[BUFFER_SIZE+1]; /* 1for NL */
	char *				write_pointer;
	char *				line_break;
	int				cleanness;
	BOOL				delete_line_break_char;
	BOOL				preformatted;
};


/*	Flush Buffer
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_flush ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, 
    				me->buffer,
				me->write_pointer - me->buffer);
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    me->line_break = me->buffer;
    me->cleanness = 0;
    me->delete_line_break_char = NO;
}


/*	Character handling
**	------------------
**
**	The tricky bits are the line break handling.  This attempts
**	to synchrononise line breaks on sentence or phrase ends. This
**	is important if one stores SGML files in a line-oriented code
**	repository, so that if a small change is made, line ends don't
**	shift in a ripple-through to apparently change a large part of the
**	file. We give extra "cleanness" to spaces appearing directly
**	after periods (full stops), [semi]colons and commas.
**	   This should make the source files easier to read and modify
**	by hand, too, though this is not a primary design consideration.
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c)
{

    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
    
    if (c=='\n') {
        HTMLGen_flush(me);
	return;
    }
    
    if ((!me->preformatted  && c==' ')) {
        int new_cleanness = 1;
	if (me->write_pointer > (me->buffer + 1)) {
	    char delims[5];
	    char * p;
	    strcpy(delims, ",;:.");		/* @@ english bias */
	    p = strchr(delims, me->write_pointer[-2]);
	    if (p) new_cleanness = p - delims + 2;
	}
	if (new_cleanness >= me->cleanness) {
	    me->line_break = me->write_pointer - 1;  /* Point to space */
	    me->cleanness = new_cleanness;
	    me->delete_line_break_char = YES;
	}
    }
    
    /* Flush buffer out when full */
    if (me->write_pointer == me->buffer + BUFFER_SIZE) {
    	if (me->cleanness) {
	    char line_break_char = me->line_break[0];
	    char * saved = me->line_break;
	    
	    if (me->delete_line_break_char) saved++; 
	    me->line_break[0] = '\n';
	    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target,
	    				me->buffer,
					me->line_break - me->buffer + 1);
	    me->line_break[0] = line_break_char;
	    {  /* move next line in */
	    	char * p=saved;
		char *q;
		for(q=me->buffer; p < me->write_pointer; )
			*q++ = *p++;
	    }
	    me->cleanness = 0;
	    me->delete_line_break_char = 0;
	    me->write_pointer = me->write_pointer - (saved-me->buffer);

	} else {
	    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target,
	    	me->buffer,
		BUFFER_SIZE);
	    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
	}
	me->line_break = me->buffer;
    }
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for(p=s; *p; p++) HTMLGen_put_character(me, *p);
}

PRIVATE void HTMLGen_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for(p=s; ppreformatted;
    HTTag * tag = &me->dtd->tags[element_number];

    me->preformatted = NO;	/* free text within tags */
    HTMLGen_put_character(me, '<');
    HTMLGen_put_string(me, tag->name);
    if (present) for (i=0; i< tag->number_of_attributes; i++) {
        if (present[i]) {
	    HTMLGen_put_character(me, ' ');
	    HTMLGen_put_string(me, tag->attributes[i].name);
	    if (value[i]) {
	 	HTMLGen_put_string(me, "=\"");
		HTMLGen_put_string(me, value[i]);
		HTMLGen_put_character(me, '"');
	    }
	}
    }
    HTMLGen_put_string(me, ">\n");
    
    if (tag->contents != SGML_EMPTY) {  /* can break after element start */ 
    	me->line_break = me->write_pointer;	/* Don't you hate SGML?  */
	me->cleanness = 1;
	me->delete_line_break_char = NO;
    }
    /* Make very specific HTML assumption that PRE can't be nested! */
    me->preformatted = (element_number == HTML_PRE) ? YES : was_preformatted;
}


/*		End Element
**		-----------
**
*/
/*	When we end an element, the style must be returned to that
**	in effect before that element.  Note that anchors (etc?)
**	don't have an associated style, so that we must scan down the
**	stack for an element with a defined style. (In fact, the styles
**	should be linked to the whole stack not just the top one.)
**	TBL 921119
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me,
			int , element_number)
{
    if (me->dtd->tags[element_number].contents != SGML_EMPTY) {
    				/* can break before element end */ 
    	me->line_break = me->write_pointer;	/* Don't you hate SGML?  */
	me->cleanness = 1;
	me->delete_line_break_char = NO;
    }
    HTMLGen_put_string(me, "dtd->tags[element_number].name);
    HTMLGen_put_string(me, ">\n");
    if (element_number == HTML_PRE) me->preformatted = NO;
}


/*		Expanding entities
**		------------------
**
*/

PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number)
{
    HTMLGen_put_character(me, '&');
    HTMLGen_put_string(me, me->dtd->entity_names[entity_number]);
    HTMLGen_put_character(me, ';');
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    (*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, '\n');
    HTMLGen_flush(me);
    (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);	/* ripple through */
    free(me);
}


PRIVATE void PlainToHTML_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    HTMLGen_end_element(me, HTML_PRE);
    HTMLGen_end_element(me, HTML_BODY);
    HTMLGen_end_element(me, HTML_HTML);
    HTMLGen_free(me);
}



PRIVATE void HTMLGen_abort ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTError, e)
{
    HTMLGen_free(me);
}


PRIVATE void PlainToHTML_abort ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTError, e)
{
    PlainToHTML_free(me);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLGeneration = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"text/html",
	HTMLGen_free,
	HTMLGen_abort,
	HTMLGen_put_character, 	HTMLGen_put_string, HTMLGen_write,
	HTMLGen_start_element,	HTMLGen_end_element,
	HTMLGen_put_entity
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStructured * HTMLGenerator ARGS1(HTStream *, output)
{
    HTStructured* me = (HTStructured*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTMLGenerator");
    me->isa = &HTMLGeneration;       
    me->dtd = &HTMLP_dtd;

    me->target = output;
    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa; /* Copy pointers to routines for speed*/
    
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    me->line_break = 	me->buffer;
    me->cleanness = 	0;
    me->delete_line_break_char = NO;
    me->preformatted = 	NO;
    return me;
}

/*	Stream Object Class
**	-------------------
**
**	This object just converts a plain text stream into HTML
**	It is officially a structured stream but only the stream bits exist.
**	This is just the easiest way of typecasting all the routines.
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStructuredClass PlainToHTMLConversion =
{		
	"plaintexttoHTML",
	PlainToHTML_free,	/* HTMLGen_free,  Henrik 03/03-94 */
	PlainToHTML_abort,	
	HTMLGen_put_character,
	HTMLGen_put_string,
	HTMLGen_write,
	NULL,		/* Structured stuff */
	NULL,
	NULL
}; 


/*	HTConverter from plain text to HTML Stream
**	------------------------------------------
**
** Changed by henrik 03/03-94, so no more core dumps etc. (I hope!!!)
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTPlainToHTML ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    BOOL present[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* Flags: attribute is present? */
    CONST char *value[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* malloc'd strings or NULL if none */
    HTStructured* me = (HTStructured*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "PlainToHTML");
    
    memset(present, '\0', MAX_ATTRIBUTES);
    memset(value, '\0', MAX_ATTRIBUTES*sizeof(char *));
    
    me->isa = (HTStructuredClass*) &PlainToHTMLConversion;
    me->dtd = &HTMLP_dtd;
    me->target = output_stream;
    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa;/* Copy pointers to routines for speed*/
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    me->line_break = 	me->buffer;
    me->cleanness = 	0;
    me->delete_line_break_char = NO;
    me->preformatted = NO;
    
    HTMLGen_start_element(me, HTML_HTML, present, value);
    HTMLGen_start_element(me, HTML_BODY, present, value);
    HTMLGen_start_element(me, HTML_PRE, present, value);

    return (HTStream*) me;
}








37777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.h1006640070060000000000000116505544654315014461 037777777777 1 0 /*                  /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.html
                                      HTML GENERATOR
                                             
   This module converts structed stream into stream.  That is, given a stream to write to,
   it will give you a structured stream to
   
 */
#ifndef HTMLGEN_H
#define HTMLGEN_H

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/* Subclass:
*/
/* extern CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLGeneration; */

/* Special Creation:
*/
extern HTStructured * HTMLGenerator PARAMS((HTStream * output));

extern HTConverter HTPlainToHTML;


#endif


/*

    */
 speed */
	CONST SGML_dtd *		dtd;
	
	char				buffer[BUFFER_SIZE+1]; /* 1for NL */
	char *				write_pointer;
	char *				line_break;
	int				cleanness;
	BOOL				delete_line_break_char;
	BOOL				preformatted;
};


/*	Flush Buffer
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_flush ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, 
    				me->buffer,
				me->write_pointer - me->WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.c1006640070060000000000003310605544654127014477 037777777777 1 0 /*		Our Static DTD for HTML
**		-----------------------
**
**	 6 Nov 93	MD	Increased size of img_attr array to make space
**  				for terminator.
*/

/* Implements:
*/

#include "HTMLPDTD.h"

/* 	Entity Names
**	------------
**
**	This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables
*/
static CONST char* entities[] = {
  "AElig",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "Aacute",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  "Acirc",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  "Agrave",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  "Aring",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  "Atilde",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  "Auml",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ccedil",	/* capital C, cedilla */ 
  "ETH",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
  "Eacute",	/* capital E, acute accent */ 
  "Ecirc",	/* capital E, circumflex accent */ 
  "Egrave",	/* capital E, grave accent */ 
  "Euml",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Iacute",	/* capital I, acute accent */ 
  "Icirc",	/* capital I, circumflex accent */ 
  "Igrave",	/* capital I, grave accent */ 
  "Iuml",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ntilde",	/* capital N, tilde */ 
  "Oacute",	/* capital O, acute accent */ 
  "Ocirc",	/* capital O, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ograve",	/* capital O, grave accent */ 
  "Oslash",	/* capital O, slash */ 
  "Otilde",	/* capital O, tilde */ 
  "Ouml",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "THORN",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  "Uacute",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  "Ucirc",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ugrave",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  "Uuml",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Yacute",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  "aacute",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  "acirc",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  "aelig",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "agrave",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  "amp",	/* ampersand */ 
  "aring",	/* small a, ring */ 
  "atilde",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  "auml",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "ccedil",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  "eacute",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  "ecirc",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  "egrave",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  "eth",	/* small eth, Icelandic */ 
  "euml",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "gt",		/* greater than */ 
  "iacute",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  "icirc",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  "igrave",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  "iuml",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "lt",		/* less than */ 
  "ntilde",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  "oacute",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  "ocirc",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  "ograve",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  "oslash",	/* small o, slash */ 
  "otilde",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  "ouml",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "szlig",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  "thorn",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  "uacute",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  "ucirc",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  "ugrave",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  "uuml",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "yacute",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  "yuml",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};

#define HTML_ENTITIES 65


/*		Attribute Lists
**		---------------
**
**	Lists must be in alphatbetical order by attribute name
**	The tag elements contain the number of attributes
*/
static attr no_attr[1] = 
	{{ 0 }};

static attr a_attr[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {		/* Anchor attributes */
	{ "EFFECT" },
	{ "HREF"},
	{ "ID" },
	{ "METHODS" },
	{ "NAME" },			/* Should be ID */
	{ "PRINT" },
	{ "REL" },			/* Relationship */
	{ "REV" },			/* Reverse relationship */
	{ "SHAPE" },
	{ "TITLE" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr base_attr[] = {		/* BASE attributes */
	{ "HREF"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	


static attr changed_attr[] = {
	{ "ID" },
	{ "IDREF" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr fig_attr[] = {		/* Figures */
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "ISMAP" },				/* @@@ NO! */
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "SRC" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr form_attr[] = {		/* General, for many things */
	{ "ACTION" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "METHOD" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr gen_attr[] = {		/* General, for many things */
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr htmlplus_attr[] = {		/* wrapper HTMLPLUS */
	{ "FORMS" },
	{ "VERSION" },
	{ 0 }				/* terminate list */
};

static attr id_attr[2] = {
	{ "ID" },
	{ 0 }				/* terminate list */
};

static attr image_attr[HTML_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {	/* Image attributes */
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "ISMAP"},			/* Use HTTP SpaceJump instead */
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "SEETHRU"},
	{ "SRC"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr img_attr[HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {	/* IMG attributes */
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "ALT" },
	{ "ISMAP"},			/* Use HTTP SpaceJump instead */
	{ "SEETHRU"},
	{ "SRC"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr input_attr[HTML_INPUT_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "CHECKED" },
	{ "DISABLED" },
	{ "ERROR" },
	{ "MAX" },
	{ "MIN" },
	{ "NAME" }, 
	{ "SIZE" },
	{ "SRC" },
	{ "TYPE" },
	{ "VALUE" },
	{ "0" }
};

static attr l_attr[] = {
	{ "ALIGN"},
	{ "ID" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr li_attr[] = {
	{ "ID" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "SRC"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr link_attr[HTML_LINK_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {	/* link attributes */
	{ "HREF"},
	{ "IDREF" },
	{ "METHODS" },
	{ "REL" },			/* Relationship */
	{ "REV" },			/* Reverse relationship */
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr list_attr[] = {
	{ "COMPACT"},
	{ "ID" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr glossary_attr[HTML_DL_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "ID" },
	{ "COMPACT " },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr nextid_attr[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "N" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr note_attr[HTML_NOTE_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {	/* Footnotes etc etc */
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "ROLE" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr option_attr[HTML_OPTION_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "DISABLED" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "SELECTED" },
	{ 0 }
};

#ifdef OLD_CODE
 static attr pre_attr[HTML_PRE_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "WIDTH" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};
#endif

static attr render_attr[HTML_RENDER_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "STYLE" },
	{ "TAG" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr select_attr[HTML_SELECT_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "ERROR" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "NAME" },
	{ "SEVERAL" },
	{ 0 },
};

static attr tab_attr[HTML_TAB_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "AT" },
	{ 0 }
};

static attr table_attr[HTML_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "BORDER" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ 0 }
};

static attr td_attr[HTML_TD_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "COLSPAN" },
	{ "ROWSPAN" },
	{ "TAG" },
	{ 0 }
};

static attr textarea_attr[HTML_TEXTAREA_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "COLS" },
	{ "DISABLED" },
	{ "ERROR" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "NAME" },
	{ "ROWS" },
	{ 0 }
};

static attr ul_attr[HTML_UL_ATTRIBUTES+1] = {
	{ "COMPACT" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "PLAIN" },
	{ "WRAP" },
	{ 0 }
};


/*	Elements
**	--------
**
**	Must match definitions in HTMLPDTD.html!
**	Must be in alphabetical order.
**
**	HTML is included to allow HTML documents to be parsed as a subset.
**	TITLE is changed to type SGML_MIXED so it get parsed as well
**	Henrik 08/03-94
**
**    Name, 	Attributes, 		content
*/
static HTTag tags[HTMLP_ELEMENTS] = {
    { "A"	, a_attr,	HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ABBREV"  , gen_attr,     HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ABSTRACT" , gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ACRONYM"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ADDED"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ADDRESS"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "ARG"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "B"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "BASE"	, base_attr,	HTML_BASE_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "BLOCKQUOTE", no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "BODY"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "BOX"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "BR"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "BYLINE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "CAPTION"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "CHANGED"	, changed_attr, HTML_CHANGED_ATTRIBUTES, SGML_MIXED },
    { "CITE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "CMD"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "CODE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "COMMENT"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "DD"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "DFN"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "DIR"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "DL"	, glossary_attr,HTML_DL_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "DT"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "EM"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "FIG" 	, fig_attr,	HTML_FIG_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "FOOTNOTE" , gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "FORM" 	, form_attr,	HTML_FORM_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H1"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H2"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H3"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H4"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H5"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H6"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "H7"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "HEAD"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "HR"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "HTML"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },  /* */
    { "HTMLPLUS", htmlplus_attr,HTML_HTMLPLUS_ATTRIBUTES, SGML_MIXED },
    { "I"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "IMAGE"	, image_attr,	HTML_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "IMG"     , img_attr,	HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "INPUT"	, input_attr,	HTML_INPUT_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "ISINDEX" , no_attr,	0,			SGML_EMPTY },
    { "KBD"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "L"	, l_attr,	HTML_L_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "LI"	, li_attr,	HTML_LI_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LINK"	, link_attr,	HTML_LINK_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LISTING"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_LITERAL },
    { "LIT"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "MARGIN"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "MATH"	, id_attr,	HTML_ID_ATTRIBUTE,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "MENU"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "NEXTID"  , nextid_attr,	1,			SGML_EMPTY },
    { "NOTE"	, note_attr,	HTML_NOTE_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "OL"	, list_attr,	HTML_LIST_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "OPTION"	, option_attr,	HTML_OPTION_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "OVER"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_MIXED },
    { "P"	, l_attr,	HTML_L_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "PERSON"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "PLAINTEXT", no_attr,	0,			SGML_LITERAL },
    { "PRE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "Q"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "QUOTE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "RENDER"	, render_attr,	HTML_RENDER_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "REMOVED"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "S"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "SAMP"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "SELECT"	, select_attr,	HTML_SELECT_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "STRONG"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "SUB"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "SUP"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TAB"	, tab_attr,	HTML_TAB_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "TABLE"	, table_attr,	HTML_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TD"	, td_attr,	HTML_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TEXTAREA", textarea_attr,HTML_TEXTAREA_ATTRIBUTES,SGML_MIXED},
    { "TH"	, td_attr,	HTML_TD_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TITLE"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TR"	, id_attr,	HTML_ID_ATTRIBUTE,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "TT"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "U"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "UL"	, ul_attr,	HTML_UL_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "VAR"	, gen_attr,	HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "XMP"	, no_attr,	0,			SGML_LITERAL }
};


#ifdef OLD_CODE
PUBLIC CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd = {
	tags,
	HTML_ELEMENTS,
	entities,
	sizeof(entities)/sizeof(char**)
};
#endif

PUBLIC CONST SGML_dtd HTMLP_dtd = {
	tags,
	HTMLP_ELEMENTS,
	entities,
	sizeof(entities)/sizeof(char**)
};

/*	Utility Routine: useful for people building HTML objects */

/*	Start anchor element
**	--------------------
**
**	It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for
**	starting an anchor element, as everything else for HTML is
**	simple anyway.
*/
struct _HTStructured {
    HTStructuredClass * isa;
	/* ... */
};

PUBLIC void HTStartAnchor ARGS3(HTStructured *, obj,
		CONST char *,  name,
		CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_A , present, value);

}

PUBLIC void HTNextID ARGS2(HTStructured *, obj,
		int,	next_one)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES];
    char string[10];
    
    sprintf(string, "z%i", next_one);
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_NEXTID , present, value);

}

 BASE attributes */
	{ "HREF"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	


static attr changed_attr[] = {
	{ "ID" },
	{ "IDREF" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr fig_attr[] = {		/* Figures */
	{ "ALIGN" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "ISMAP" },				/* @@@ NO! */
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "SRC" },
	{ 0 }	/* terminate list */
};

static attr form_attr[] = {		/* General, for many things */
	{ "ACTION" },
	{ "ID" },
	{ "INDEX" },
	{ "LANG" },
	{ "MEWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLPDTD.h1006640070060000000000001261505544654302014501 037777777777 1 0 /*                                          The HTML PLUS DTD -- software interface in libwww
                            HTML PLUS DTD - SOFTWARE INTERFACE
                                             
   SGML purists should excuse the use of the term "DTD" in this file to represent
   DTD-related information which is not exactly a DTD itself.
   
   The C modular structure doesn't work very well here, as the dtd is partly in the .h and
   partly in the .c which are not very independent.  Tant pis.
   
   There are a couple of HTML-specific utility routines also defined.
   
 */
#ifndef HTMLDTD_H
#define HTMLDTD_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "SGML.h"

/*

Element Numbers

 */

/*

   Must Match all tables by element! These include tables in HTMLPDTD.c and code in HTML.c
   .
   
   Differences from Internet Draft 00: HTML, H7,PLAINTEXT LISTINGand XMP left in.
   
 */
typedef enum _HTMLElement {
        HTML_A,
        HTML_ABBREV,
        HTML_ABSTRACT,
        HTML_ACRONYM,
        HTML_ADDED,
        HTML_ADDRESS,
        HTML_ARG,
        HTML_B,
        HTML_BASE,
        HTML_BLOCKQUOTE,
        HTML_BODY,
        HTML_BOX,
        HTML_BR,
        HTML_BYLINE,
        HTML_CAPTION,
        HTML_CHANGED,
        HTML_CITE,
        HTML_CMD,
        HTML_CODE,
        HTML_COMMENT,
        HTML_DD,
        HTML_DFN,
        HTML_DIR,
        HTML_DL,
        HTML_DT,
        HTML_EM,
        HTML_FIG,
        HTML_FOOTNOTE,
        HTML_FORM,
        HTML_H1,
        HTML_H2,
        HTML_H3,
        HTML_H4,
        HTML_H5,
        HTML_H6,
        HTML_H7,
        HTML_HEAD,
        HTML_HR,
        HTML_HTML,
        HTML_HTMLPLUS,
        HTML_I,
        HTML_IMAGE,
        HTML_IMG,
        HTML_INPUT,
        HTML_ISINDEX,
        HTML_KBD,
        HTML_L,
        HTML_LI,
        HTML_LINK,
        HTML_LISTING,
        HTML_LIT,
        HTML_MARGIN,
        HTML_MATH,
        HTML_MENU,
        HTML_NEXTID,
        HTML_NOTE,
        HTML_OL,
        HTML_OPTION,
        HTML_OVER,
        HTML_P,
        HTML_PERSON,
        HTML_PLAINTEXT,
        HTML_PRE,
        HTML_Q,
        HTML_QUOTE,
        HTML_RENDER,
        HTML_REMOVED,
        HTML_S,
        HTML_SAMP,
        HTML_SELECT,
        HTML_STRONG,
        HTML_SUB,
        HTML_SUP,
        HTML_TAB,
        HTML_TABLE,
        HTML_TD,
        HTML_TEXTAREA,
        HTML_TH,
        HTML_TITLE,
        HTML_TR,
        HTML_TT,
        HTML_U,
        HTML_UL,
        HTML_VAR,
        HTML_XMP }
HTMLElement;

#define HTMLP_ELEMENTS 85

/*

Attribute numbers

 */

/*

   Identifier is HTML__. These must match the tables in HTMLPDTD.c !
   
 */
#define HTML_A_EFFECT           0
#define HTML_A_HREF             1
#define HTML_A_ID               2
#define HTML_A_METHODS          3
#define HTML_A_NAME             4
#define HTML_A_PRINT            5
#define HTML_A_REL              6
#define HTML_A_REV              7
#define HTML_A_SHAPE            8
#define HTML_A_TITLE            9
#define HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES       10

#define HTML_BASE_ATTRIBUTES    1
#define HTML_FORM_ATTRIBUTES    5

#define HTML_FIG_ATTRIBUTES     6

#define HTML_GEN_ATTRIBUTES     3

#define HTML_HTMLPLUS_ATTRIBUTES        2

#define HTML_IMAGE_ATTRIBUTES   5

#define HTML_CHANGED_ATTRIBUTES 2
#define HTML_DL_ATTRIBUTES      3

#define DL_COMPACT 0

#define HTML_IMG_ALIGN          0
#define HTML_IMG_ALT            1
#define HTML_IMG_ISMAP          2       /* Obsolete but supported */
#define HTML_IMG_SEETHRU        3

#define HTML_IMG_SRC            4

#define HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES     5

#define HTML_INPUT_ALIGN        0
#define HTML_INPUT_CHECKED      1
#define HTML_INPUT_DISABLED     2
#define HTML_INPUT_ERROR        3
#define HTML_INPUT_MAX          4
#define HTML_INPUT_MIN          5
#define HTML_INPUT_NAME         6
#define HTML_INPUT_SIZE         7
#define HTML_INPUT_SRC          8
#define HTML_INPUT_TYPE         9
#define HTML_INPUT_VALUE        10
#define HTML_INPUT_ATTRIBUTES   11

#define HTML_L_ATTRIBUTES       4

#define HTML_LI_ATTRIBUTES      4
#define HTML_LIST_ATTRIBUTES    4

#define HTML_LINK_ATTRIBUTES    5

#define HTML_ID_ATTRIBUTE       1

#define HTML_NEXTID_ATTRIBUTES  1
#define HTML_NEXTID_N 0

#define HTML_NOTE_ATTRIBUTES    4

#define HTML_OPTION_ATTRIBUTES  3

/* #define HTML_PRE_WIDTH               0
  #define HTML_PRE_ATTRIBUTES   1
*/
#define HTML_RENDER_ATTRIBUTES  2

#define HTML_SELECT_ATTRIBUTES  4
#define HTML_TAB_ATTRIBUTES     2
#define HTML_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES   4
#define HTML_TD_ATTRIBUTES      4

#define HTML_TEXTAREA_ATTRIBUTES        6

#define HTML_TH_ATTRIBUTES      4

#define HTML_UL_ATTRIBUTES      6

extern CONST SGML_dtd HTMLP_dtd;


/*

Start anchor element

   It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for starting an anchor element, as
   everything else for HTML is simple anyway.
   
  ON ENTRY
  
   targetstream poinst to a structured stream object.
   
   name and href point to attribute strings or are NULL if the attribute is to be omitted.
   
 */
extern void HTStartAnchor PARAMS((
                HTStructured * targetstream,
                CONST char *    name,
                CONST char *    href));




/*

Specify next ID to be used

   This is anoter convenience routine, for specifying the next ID to be used by an editor
   in the series z1. z2,...
   
 */
extern void HTNextID PARAMS((HTStructured * targetStream, int n));

#endif /* HTMLDTD_H */

/*

   End of module definition  */
 },
    { "LI"	, li_attr,	HTML_LI_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LINK"	, link_attr,	HTML_LINK_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.c1006640070060000000000002172205544654105014602 037777777777 1 0 
/*
**		Multiformat handling
**
** History:
**	March 94  AL	Separated from HTFile.c because
**			multiformat handling would be a mess in VMS.
**
**
*/

#include "HTMulti.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef VMS
#define USE_DIRENT
#define GOT_READ_DIR
#include "dirent.h"
#define R_OK 3
#endif

#ifdef USE_DIRENT		/* Set this for Sys V systems */
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent
#else
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct
#endif


PRIVATE HTList * welcome_names = NULL;	/* Welcome.html, index.html etc. */


/*
**	Set default file name for welcome page on each directory.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAddWelcome ARGS1(char *, name)
{
    if (name) {
	char * mycopy = NULL;
	StrAllocCopy(mycopy,name);

	if (!welcome_names)
	    welcome_names = HTList_new();
	HTList_addObject(welcome_names, (void*)mycopy);
    }
}


#ifdef GOT_READ_DIR

/* PRIVATE						multi_match()
**
**	Check if actual filename (split in parts) fulfills
**	the requirements.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL multi_match ARGS4(char **, required,
			       int,	m,
			       char **, actual,
			       int,	n)
{
    int c;
    int i,j;

#ifdef VMS
    for(c=0;  cd_ino) continue;	/* Not in use */
	if (!strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,".") ||
	    !strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,"..") ||
	    !strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,".www_browsable"))
	    continue;
	if ((int)(dirbuf->d_namlen) >= baselen) {
	    n = HTSplitFilename(dirbuf->d_name, actual);
	    if (multi_match(required, m, actual, n)) {
		HTContentDescription * cd;
		cd = HTGetContentDescription(actual, n);
		if (cd) {
		    if (cd->content_type) {
			cd->filename = (char*)malloc(strlen(dirname) + 2 +
						     strlen(dirbuf->d_name));
			if (!cd->filename) outofmem(__FILE__, "dir_matches");
			sprintf(cd->filename, "%s/%s",
				dirname, dirbuf->d_name);
			HTList_addObject(matches, (void*)cd);
		    }
		    else free(cd);
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    closedir(dp);

  dir_match_failed:
    free(dirname);
    return matches;
}


/*
**	Get the best match for a given file
**	-----------------------------------
** On entry:
**	req->conversions  accepted content-types
**	req->encodings	  accepted content-transfer-encodings
**	req->languages	  accepted content-languages
**	path		  absolute pathname of the filename for
**			  which the match is desired.
** On exit:
**	returns	a newly allocated absolute filepath.
*/
PRIVATE char * HTGetBest ARGS2(HTRequest *,	req,
			       char *,		path)
{
    HTList * matches;
    HTList * cur;
    HTContentDescription * cd;
    HTContentDescription * best = NULL;
    char * best_path = NULL;

    
    if (!path || !*path) return NO;

    matches = dir_matches(path);
    if (!matches) {
	CTRACE(stderr, "No matches.. for \"%s\"\n", path);
	return NO;
    }

    /* BEGIN DEBUG */
    cur = matches;
    CTRACE(stderr, "Multi....... Possibilities for \"%s\"\n", path);
    CTRACE(stderr, "\nCONTENT-TYPE  LANGUAGE  ENCODING  QUALITY  FILE\n");
    while ((cd = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	CTRACE(stderr, "%s\t%s\t%s\t  %.5f  %s\n",
	       cd->content_type    ?HTAtom_name(cd->content_type)  :"-\t",
	       cd->content_language?HTAtom_name(cd->content_language):"-",
	       cd->content_encoding?HTAtom_name(cd->content_encoding):"-",
	       cd->quality,
	       cd->filename        ?cd->filename                     :"-");
    }
    CTRACE(stderr, "\n");
    /* END DEBUG */

    /*
    ** Finally get best that is readable
    */
    if (HTRank(matches, req->conversions, req->languages, req->encodings)) {
	cur = matches;
	while ((best = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	    if (best && best->filename) {
		if (access(best->filename, R_OK) != -1) {
		    StrAllocCopy(best_path, best->filename);
		    break;
		}
		else CTRACE(stderr, "Bad News.... \"%s\" is not readable\n",
			    best->filename);
	    }
	}
    } /* Select best */

    cur = matches;
    while ((cd = (HTContentDescription*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	if (cd->filename) free(cd->filename);
	free(cd);
    }
    HTList_delete(matches);

    return best_path;
}



PRIVATE int welcome_value ARGS1(char *, name)
{
    HTList * cur = welcome_names;
    char * welcome;
    int v = 0;

    while ((welcome = (char*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
	v++;
	if (!strcmp(welcome,name)) return v;
    }
    return 0;
}



PRIVATE char * get_best_welcome ARGS1(char *, path)
{
    char * best_welcome = NULL;
    int best_value = 0;
    DIR * dp;
    STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf;
    char * last = strrchr(path, '/');

    if (!welcome_names) {
	HTAddWelcome("Welcome.html");
	HTAddWelcome("welcome.html");
	HTAddWelcome("Index.html");
	HTAddWelcome("index.html");
    }

    if (last) *last = 0;
    dp = opendir(path);
    if (last) *last='/';
    if (!dp) {
	CTRACE(stderr, "Warning..... Can't open directory %s\n",path);
	return NULL;
    }
    while ((dirbuf = readdir(dp))) {
	if (!dirbuf->d_ino ||
	    !strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,".") ||
	    !strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,"..") ||
	    !strcmp(dirbuf->d_name,".www_browsable"))
	    continue;
	else {
	    int v = welcome_value(dirbuf->d_name);
	    if (v > best_value) {
		best_value = v;
		StrAllocCopy(best_welcome, dirbuf->d_name);
	    }
	}
    }
    closedir(dp);

    if (best_welcome) {
	char * welcome = (char*)malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(best_welcome)+2);
	if (!welcome) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_best_welcome");
	sprintf(welcome, "%s%s%s", path, last ? "" : "/", best_welcome);
	free(best_welcome);
	CTRACE(stderr,"Welcome..... \"%s\"\n",welcome);
	return welcome;
    }
    return NULL;
}

#endif /* GOT_READ_DIR */


/*
**	Do multiformat handling
**	-----------------------
** On entry:
**	req->conversions  accepted content-types
**	req->encodings	  accepted content-transfer-encodings
**	req->languages	  accepted content-languages
**	path		  absolute pathname of the filename for
**			  which the match is desired.
**	stat_info	  pointer to result space.
**
** On exit:
**	returns	a newly allocated absolute filepath of the best
**		match, or NULL if no match.
**	stat_info	  will contain inode information as
**			  returned by stat().
*/
PUBLIC char * HTMulti ARGS3(HTRequest *,	req,
			    char *,		path,
			    struct stat *,	stat_info)
{
    char * new_path = NULL;
    int stat_status = -1;
    int len;

    if (!req || !path || !*path || !stat_info)
	return NULL;

#ifdef GOT_READ_DIR
    len = strlen(path);
    if (path[len-1] == '/') {	/* Find welcome page */
	new_path = get_best_welcome(path);
	if (new_path) path = new_path;
    }
    else{
	char * multi = strrchr(path, MULTI_SUFFIX[0]);
	if (multi && !strcasecomp(multi, MULTI_SUFFIX)) {
	    CTRACE(stderr, "Multi....... by %s suffix\n", MULTI_SUFFIX);
	    if (!(new_path = HTGetBest(req, path))) {
		CTRACE(stderr, "Multi....... failed -- giving up\n");
		return NULL;
	    }
	    path = new_path;
	}
	else {
	    stat_status = stat(path, stat_info);
	    if (stat_status == -1) {
		CTRACE(stderr,
		       "AutoMulti... because can't stat \"%s\" (errno %d)\n",
		       path, errno);
		if (!(new_path = HTGetBest(req, path))) {
		    CTRACE(stderr, "AutoMulti... failed -- giving up\n");
		    return NULL;
		}
		path = new_path;
	    }
	}
    }
#endif /* GOT_READ_DIR */

    if (stat_status == -1)
	stat_status = stat(path, stat_info);
    if (stat_status == -1) {
	CTRACE(stderr, "Stat fails.. on \"%s\" -- giving up (errno %d)\n",
	       path, errno);
	return NULL;
    }
    else {
	if (!new_path) {
	    StrAllocCopy(new_path, path);
	    return new_path;
	}
	else return path;
    }
}


n void HTStartAnchor PARAMS((
                WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMulti.h1006640070060000000000000121305544654267014611 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                             Multiformat handling in libwww
                                   MULTIFORMAT HANDLING
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTMULTI_H
#define HTMULTI_H

#include "HTFile.h"

/*
**      Set default file name for welcome page on each directory.
*/
PUBLIC void HTAddWelcome PARAMS((char * welcome_name));

/*
**      Perform multiformat handling
*/
PUBLIC char * HTMulti PARAMS((HTRequest *       req,
                              char *            path,
                              struct stat *     stat_info));

#endif /* HTMULTI_H */

/*

   End of HTMulti.  */
S.
**
**
*/

#include "HTMulti.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef VMS
#define USE_DIRENT
#define GOT_READ_DIR
#include "dirent.h"
#define R_OK 3
#endif

#ifdef USE_DIRENT		/* Set this for Sys V systems */
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent
#else
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct
#endif


PRIVATE HTList * welcome_names = NULL;	/* Welcome.html, index.htmWWW/Library/Implementation/HTNews.c1006640070060000000000007246705544654211014436 037777777777 1 0 /*			NEWS ACCESS				HTNews.c
**			===========
**
** History:
**	26 Sep 90	Written TBL
**	29 Nov 91	Downgraded to C, for portable implementation.
**	16 Feb 94	Added Lou Montulli's Lynx & LIST NEWSGROUPS diffs.
*/
/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTNews.h"

#define CR   FROMASCII('\015')	/* Must be converted to ^M for transmission */
#define LF   FROMASCII('\012')	/* Must be converted to ^J for transmission */

#define NEWS_PORT 119		/* See rfc977 */
#define APPEND			/* Use append methods */
#define MAX_CHUNK	40	/* Largest number of articles in one window */
#define CHUNK_SIZE	20	/* Number of articles for quick display */

#ifndef DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST
#define DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST "news"
#endif
#ifndef SERVER_FILE
#define SERVER_FILE "/usr/local/lib/rn/server"
#endif

#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"		/* Coding convention macros */
#include "tcp.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"

#define BIG 1024 /* @@@ */

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

#define NEWS_PROGRESS(foo) HTProgress(foo)


#define NEXT_CHAR HTInputSocket_getCharacter(isoc)
#define LINE_LENGTH 512			/* Maximum length of line of ARTICLE etc */
#define GROUP_NAME_LENGTH	256	/* Maximum length of group name */


/*	Module-wide variables
*/
PUBLIC char * HTNewsHost;
PRIVATE struct sockaddr_in soc_address;		/* Binary network address */
PRIVATE int s;					/* Socket for NewsHost */
PRIVATE char response_text[LINE_LENGTH+1];	/* Last response */
/* PRIVATE HText *	HT;	*/		/* the new hypertext */
PRIVATE HTStructured * target;			/* The output sink */
PRIVATE HTStructuredClass targetClass;		/* Copy of fn addresses */
PRIVATE HTParentAnchor *node_anchor;		/* Its anchor */
PRIVATE int	diagnostic;			/* level: 0=none 2=source */


#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)

PUBLIC HTInputSocket *isoc;		/* @@@ non-reentrant */

PUBLIC CONST char * HTGetNewsHost NOARGS
{
	return HTNewsHost;
}

PUBLIC void HTSetNewsHost ARGS1(CONST char *, value)
{
	StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, value);
}

/*	Initialisation for this module
**	------------------------------
**
**	Except on the NeXT, we pick up the NewsHost name from
**
**	1.	Environment variable NNTPSERVER
**	2.	File SERVER_FILE
**	3.	Compilation time macro DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST
**	4.	Default to "news"
**
**	On the NeXT, we pick up the NewsHost name from, in order:
**
**	1.	WorldWideWeb default "NewsHost"
**	2.	Global default "NewsHost"
**	3.	News default "NewsHost"
**	4.	Compilation time macro DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST
**	5.	Default to "news"
*/
PRIVATE BOOL initialized = NO;
PRIVATE BOOL initialize NOARGS
{
    CONST struct hostent  *phost;	  /* Pointer to host - See netdb.h */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;

        
/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    	/* Family = internet, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(NEWS_PORT);   /* Default: new port,    */

/*   Get name of Host
*/
#ifdef NeXTStep
    if ((HTNewsHost = NXGetDefaultValue("WorldWideWeb","NewsHost"))==0)
        if ((HTNewsHost = NXGetDefaultValue("News","NewsHost")) == 0)
	    HTNewsHost = DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST;
#else
    if (getenv("NNTPSERVER")) {
        StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, (char *)getenv("NNTPSERVER"));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: NNTPSERVER defined as `%s'\n",
		HTNewsHost);
    } else {
        char server_name[256];
        FILE* fp = fopen(SERVER_FILE, "r");
        if (fp) {
	    if (fscanf(fp, "%s", server_name)==1) {
	        StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, server_name);
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTNews: File %s defines news host as `%s'\n",
		        SERVER_FILE, HTNewsHost);
	    }
	    fclose(fp);
	}
    }
    if (!HTNewsHost) HTNewsHost = DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST;
#endif

    if (*HTNewsHost>='0' && *HTNewsHost<='9') {   /* Numeric node address: */
	sin->sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr((char *)HTNewsHost); /* See arpa/inet.h */

    } else {		    /* Alphanumeric node name: */
	phost=gethostbyname((char*)HTNewsHost);	/* See netdb.h */
	if (!phost) {
	    char message[150];		/* @@@ */
	    sprintf(message, 
	    "HTNews: Can't find news host `%s'.\n%s",HTNewsHost,
	    "Please define your NNTP server");
	    HTAlert(message);
	    CTRACE(tfp,
	      "HTNews: Can't find news host `%s'.\n",HTNewsHost);
	    return NO;  /* Fail */
	}
	memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    }

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"HTNews: Parsed address as port %4x, inet %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		(unsigned int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));

    s = -1;		/* Disconnected */
    
    return YES;
}



/*	Send NNTP Command line to remote host & Check Response
**	------------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	command	points to the command to be sent, including CRLF, or is null
**		pointer if no command to be sent.
** On exit,
**	Negative status indicates transmission error, socket closed.
**	Positive status is an NNTP status.
*/


PRIVATE int response ARGS1(CONST char *,command)
{
    int result;    
    char * p = response_text;
    if (command) {
        int status;
	int length = strlen(command);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "NNTP command to be sent: %s", command);
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    CONST char  * p;
	    char 	* q;
	    char ascii[LINE_LENGTH+1];
	    for(p = command, q=ascii; *p; p++, q++) {
		*q = TOASCII(*p);
	    }
            status = NETWRITE(s, ascii, length);
	}
#else
        status = NETWRITE(s, command, length);
#endif
	if (status<0){
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	        "HTNews: Unable to send command. Disconnecting.\n");
	    NETCLOSE(s);
	    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
	    s = -1;
	    return status;
	} /* if bad status */
    } /* if command to be sent */
    
    for(;;) {  
	if (((*p++=NEXT_CHAR) == LF)
	                || (p == &response_text[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "NNTP Response: %s\n", response_text);
	    sscanf(response_text, "%d", &result);
	    return result;	    
	} /* if end of line */
	
	if (*(p-1) < 0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTNews: EOF on read, closing socket %d\n", s);
	    NETCLOSE(s);	/* End of file, close socket */
	    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
	    return s = -1;	/* End of file on response */
	}
    } /* Loop over characters */
}


/*	Case insensitive string comparisons
**	-----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	template must be already un upper case.
**	unknown may be in upper or lower or mixed case to match.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL match ARGS2 (CONST char *,unknown, CONST char *,template)
{
    CONST char * u = unknown;
    CONST char * t = template;
    for (;*u && *t && (TOUPPER(*u)==*t); u++, t++) /* Find mismatch or end */ ;
    return (BOOL)(*t==0);		/* OK if end of template */
}

/*	Find Author's name in mail address
**	----------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	THE EMAIL ADDRESS IS CORRUPTED
**
** For example, returns "Tim Berners-Lee" if given any of
**	" Tim Berners-Lee  "
**  or	" tim@online.cern.ch ( Tim Berners-Lee ) "
*/
PRIVATE char * author_name ARGS1 (char *,email)
{
    char *s, *e;
    
    if ((s=strchr(email,'(')) && (e=strchr(email, ')')))
        if (e>s) {
	    *e=0;			/* Chop off everything after the ')'  */
	    return HTStrip(s+1);	/* Remove leading and trailing spaces */
	}
	
    if ((s=strchr(email,'<')) && (e=strchr(email, '>')))
        if (e>s) {
	    strcpy(s, e+1);		/* Remove <...> */
	    return HTStrip(email);	/* Remove leading and trailing spaces */
	}
	
    return HTStrip(email);		/* Default to the whole thing */

}

/*	Start anchor element
**	--------------------
*/
PRIVATE void start_anchor ARGS1(CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; i' 
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchor ARGS2(CONST char *,text, CONST char *,addr)
{
    char href[LINE_LENGTH+1];
		
    {
    	CONST char * p;
	strcpy(href,"news:");
	for(p=addr; *p && (*p!='>') && !WHITE(*p) && (*p!=','); p++);
        strncat(href, addr, p-addr);	/* Make complete hypertext reference */
    }
    
    start_anchor(href);
    PUTS(text);
    END(HTML_A);
}


/*	Write list of anchors
**	---------------------
**
**	We take a pointer to a list of objects, and write out each,
**	generating an anchor for each.
**
** On entry,
**	HT 	has a selection of zero length at the end.
**	text 	points to a comma or space separated list of addresses.
** On exit,
**	*text	is NOT any more chopped up into substrings.
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchors ARGS1 (char *,text)
{
    char * start = text;
    char * end;
    char c;
    for (;;) {
        for(;*start && (WHITE(*start)); start++);  /* Find start */
	if (!*start) return;			/* (Done) */
        for(end=start; *end && (*end!=' ') && (*end!=','); end++);/* Find end */
	if (*end) end++;	/* Include comma or space but not NULL */
	c = *end;
	*end = 0;
	write_anchor(start, start);
	START(HTML_BR);
	*end = c;
	start = end;			/* Point to next one */
    }
}

/*	Abort the connection					abort_socket
**	--------------------
*/
PRIVATE void abort_socket NOARGS
{
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTNews: EOF on read, closing socket %d\n", s);
    NETCLOSE(s);	/* End of file, close socket */
    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
    PUTS("Network Error: connection lost");
    PUTC('\n');
    s = -1;		/* End of file on response */
    return;
}

/*	Read in an Article					read_article
**	------------------
**
**
**	Note the termination condition of a single dot on a line by itself.
**	RFC 977 specifies that the line "folding" of RFC850 is not used, so we
**	do not handle it here.
**
** On entry,
**	s	Global socket number is OK
**	HT	Global hypertext object is ready for appending text
*/       
PRIVATE void read_article NOARGS
{

    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *references=NULL;			/* Hrefs for other articles */
    char *newsgroups=NULL;			/* Newsgroups list */
    char *p = line;
    BOOL done = NO;
    
/*	Read in the HEADer of the article:
**
**	The header fields are either ignored, or formatted and put into the
**	 Text.
*/
    if (!diagnostic) {
        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_ADDRESS, 0, 0);
	while(!done){
	    char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	    if (ch==(char)EOF) {
		abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    	return;		/* End of file on response */
	    }
	    if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		*--p=0;				/* Terminate the string */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "H %s\n", line);

		if (line[0]=='.') {	
		    if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
			done = YES;
			break;
		    }
		
		} else if (line[0]<' ') {
		    break;		/* End of Header? */

		} else if (match(line, "SUBJECT:")) {
		    END(HTML_ADDRESS);
		    START(HTML_TITLE);			/** Uuugh! @@@ */
		    PUTS(line+9);
		    END(HTML_TITLE);
		    START(HTML_H1);
		    PUTS(line+8);
		    END(HTML_H1);
		    START(HTML_ADDRESS);

		} else if (match(line, "DATE:")
			|| match(line, "ORGANIZATION:")) {
		    PUTS(strchr(line,':')+2);
		    START(HTML_BR);

		} else if(match(line, "FROM:")) {
		   char * temp=0;
		   char * href=0;
		   char *cp1, *cp2;

		   /* copy into temporary storage */
		   StrAllocCopy(temp, strchr(line,':')+1);

		   cp1=temp;
		   while(isspace(*cp1)) cp1++;
		   /* remove space and stuff after */
		   if((cp2 = strchr(cp1,' ')) != NULL)
		      *cp2 = '\0';

		   StrAllocCopy(href,"mailto:");
		   StrAllocCat(href,cp1);

		   start_anchor(href);
		   PUTS("Reply to ");
    		   PUTS(strchr(line,':')+1);
     		   END(HTML_A);
		   START(HTML_BR);

		   /* put in the owner as a link rel. as well */
		   start_link(href, "made");
		
		   /* free of temp vars */
  		   free(temp);
		   free(href);

		} else if (match(line, "NEWSGROUPS:")) {
		    StrAllocCopy(newsgroups, HTStrip(strchr(line,':')+1));
		    
		} else if (match(line, "REFERENCES:")) {
		    StrAllocCopy(references, HTStrip(strchr(line,':')+1));
		    
		} /* end if match */
		p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
	    } /* if end of line */
	} /* Loop over characters */
	END(HTML_ADDRESS);
    
	if (newsgroups || references) {
	    START(HTML_DL);
	    if (newsgroups) {
#ifdef POSTING
		char *href=0;
#endif

	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DT , 0, 0);
		PUTS("Newsgroups:");
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DD , 0, 0);
		write_anchors(newsgroups);

#ifdef POSTING
		/* make posting possible */
		StrAllocCopy(href,"newspost:");
		StrAllocCat(href,newsgroups);
		START(HTML_DT);
                start_anchor(href);
                PUTS("Reply to newsgroup(s)");
                END(HTML_A);
#endif

		free(newsgroups);
	    }
	    
	    if (references) {
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DT , 0, 0);
		PUTS("References:");
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DD , 0, 0);
		write_anchors(references);
		free(references);
	    }
#ifdef WHEN_WE_HAVE_HTMLPLUS
	    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_DLC);
#else
	    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_DL);
#endif
	}
	PUTS("\n\n\n");
	
    }
    
/*	Read in the BODY of the Article:
*/
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_PRE , 0, 0);

    p = line;
    while(!done){
	char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	if (ch==(char)EOF) {
	    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    return;		/* End of file on response */
	}
	if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "B %s", line);
	    if (line[0]=='.') {
		if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
		    done = YES;
		    break;
		} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
		    PUTS(&line[1]);	/* Ignore first dot */
		}
	    } else {

/*	Normal lines are scanned for buried references to other articles.
**	Unfortunately, it will pick up mail addresses as well!
*/
		char *l = line;
		char * p;
		while ((p=strchr(l, '<'))) {
		    char *q  = strchr(p,'>');
		    char *at = strchr(p, '@');
		    if (q && at && at */
		} 
		PUTS( l);	/* Last bit of the line */
	    } /* if not dot */
	    p = line;				/* Restart at beginning */
	} /* if end of line */
    } /* Loop over characters */
    
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_PRE);
}


/*	Read in a List of Newsgroups
**	----------------------------
*/
/*
**	Note the termination condition of a single dot on a line by itself.
**	RFC 977 specifies that the line "folding" of RFC850 is not used, so we
**	do not handle it here.
*/        
PRIVATE void read_list NOARGS
{

    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *p;
    BOOL done = NO;
    
/*	Read in the HEADer of the article:
**
**	The header fields are either ignored, or formatted and put into the
**	Text.
*/
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_H1 , 0, 0);
    PUTS( "Newsgroups");
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_PRE);
    p = line;
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DL, 0, 0);
    while(!done){
	char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	if (ch==(char)EOF) {
	    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    return;		/* End of file on response */
	}
	if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "B %s", line);
    	    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DT , 0, 0);
	    if (line[0]=='.') {
		if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
		    done = YES;
		    break;
		} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
		    PUTS( &line[1]);
		}
	    } else {

/*	Normal lines are scanned for references to newsgroups.
*/
		int i=0;

		/* find whitespace if it exits */
		for(; line[i] != '\0' && !WHITE(line[i]); i++)
		    ;  /* null body */
	
		if(line[i] != '\0') {
		    line[i] = '\0';
		    write_anchor(line, line);
    	            (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DD , 0, 0);
		    PUTS(&line[i+1]); /* put description */
		} else {
		    write_anchor(line, line);
		}

#ifdef OLD_CODE
		char group[LINE_LENGTH];
		int first, last;
		char postable;
		if (sscanf(line, "%s %d %d %c", group, &first, &last, &postable)==4)
		    write_anchor(line, group);
		else
		    PUTS(line);
#endif /*OLD_CODE*/

	    } /* if not dot */
	    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
	} /* if end of line */
    } /* Loop over characters */
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_DL);
}


/*	Read in a Newsgroup
**	-------------------
**	Unfortunately, we have to ask for each article one by one if we
**	want more than one field.
**
*/
PRIVATE void read_group ARGS3(
  CONST char *,groupName,
  int,first_required,
  int,last_required
)
{
    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char author[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char subject[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *p;
    BOOL done;

    char buffer[LINE_LENGTH];
    char *reference=0;			/* Href for article */
    int art;				/* Article number WITHIN GROUP */
    int status, count, first, last;	/* Response fields */
					/* count is only an upper limit */

    sscanf(response_text, " %d %d %d %d", &status, &count, &first, &last);
    if(TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, 
		"Newsgroup status=%d, count=%d, (%d-%d) required:(%d-%d)\n",
		status, count, first, last, first_required, last_required);
    if (last==0) {
        PUTS( "\nNo articles in this group.\n");
#ifdef POSTING
	goto add_post;
#endif
	return;
    }
    
#define FAST_THRESHOLD 100	/* Above this, read IDs fast */
#define CHOP_THRESHOLD 50	/* Above this, chop off the rest */

    if (first_required last)) last_required = last;
    
    if (last_required<=first_required) {
        PUTS( "\nNo articles in this range.\n");
#ifdef POSTING
	goto add_post;
#endif
	return;
    }

    if (last_required-first_required+1 > MAX_CHUNK) {	/* Trim this block */
        first_required = last_required-CHUNK_SIZE+1;
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr, "    Chunk will be (%d-%d)\n",
		       first_required, last_required);

/*	Set window title
*/
    sprintf(buffer, "Newsgroup %s,  Articles %d-%d",
    		groupName, first_required, last_required);
    START(HTML_TITLE);
    PUTS(buffer);
    END(HTML_TITLE);

/*	Link to earlier articles
*/
    if (first_required>first) {
    	int before;			/* Start of one before */
	if (first_required-MAX_CHUNK <= first) before = first;
	else before = first_required-CHUNK_SIZE;
    	sprintf(buffer, "%s/%d-%d", groupName, before, first_required-1);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Block before is %s\n", buffer);
	PUTS( " (");
	start_anchor(buffer);
	PUTS("Earlier articles");
	END(HTML_A);
	PUTS( "...)\n");
    }
    
    done = NO;

/*#define USE_XHDR*/
#ifdef USE_XHDR
    if (count>FAST_THRESHOLD)  {
        sprintf(buffer,
	"\nThere are about %d articles currently available in %s, IDs as follows:\n\n",
		count, groupName); 
        PUTS(buffer);
        sprintf(buffer, "XHDR Message-ID %d-%d%c%c", first, last, CR, LF);
	status = response(buffer);
	if (status==221) {

	    p = line;
	    while(!done){
		char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
		if (ch==(char)EOF) {
		    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
		    return;		/* End of file on response */
		}
		if ((ch == '\n') || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "X %s", line);
		    if (line[0]=='.') {
			if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
			    done = YES;
			    break;
			} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
			    	/* Ignore strange line */
			}
		    } else {
	
	/*	Normal lines are scanned for references to articles.
	*/
			char * space = strchr(line, ' ');
			if (space++)
			    write_anchor(space, space);
		    } /* if not dot */
		    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
		} /* if end of line */
	    } /* Loop over characters */

	    /* leaving loop with "done" set */
	} /* Good status */
    };
#endif

/*	Read newsgroup using individual fields:
*/
    if (!done) {
        if (first==first_required && last==last_required)
		PUTS("\nAll available articles in ");
        else PUTS( "\nArticles in ");
	PUTS(groupName);
	START(HTML_MENU);
	for(art=first_required; art<=last_required; art++) {
    
/*#define OVERLAP*/
#ifdef OVERLAP
/* With this code we try to keep the server running flat out by queuing just
** one extra command ahead of time. We assume (1) that the server won't abort
** if it gets input during output, and (2) that TCP buffering is enough for the
** two commands. Both these assumptions seem very reasonable. However, we HAVE
** had a hangup with a loaded server.
*/
	    if (art==first_required) {
		if (art==last_required) {
			sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art, CR, LF);	/* Only one */
			status = response(buffer);
		    } else {					/* First of many */
			sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%cHEAD %d%c%c",
				art, CR, LF, art+1, CR, LF);
			status = response(buffer);
		    }
	    } else if (art==last_required) {			/* Last of many */
		    status = response(NULL);
	    } else {						/* Middle of many */
		    sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art+1, CR, LF);
		    status = response(buffer);
	    }
	    
#else	/* NOT OVERLAP */
	    sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art, CR, LF);
	    status = response(buffer);
#endif	/* NOT OVERLAP */

	    if (status == 221) {	/* Head follows - parse it:*/

		p = line;				/* Write pointer */
		done = NO;
		while(!done){
		    char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
		    if (ch==(char)EOF) {
			abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
			return;		/* End of file on response */
		    }
		    if ((ch == LF)
			|| (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH]) ) {
		    
			*--p=0;		/* Terminate  & chop LF*/
			p = line;		/* Restart at beginning */
			if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "G %s\n", line);
			switch(line[0]) {
    
			case '.':
			    done = (line[1]<' ');	/* End of article? */
			    break;
    
			case 'S':
			case 's':
			    if (match(line, "SUBJECT:"))
				strcpy(subject, line+9);/* Save subject */
			    break;
    
			case 'M':
			case 'm':
			    if (match(line, "MESSAGE-ID:")) {
				char * addr = HTStrip(line+11) +1; /* Chop < */
				addr[strlen(addr)-1]=0;		/* Chop > */
				StrAllocCopy(reference, addr);
			    }
			    break;
    
			case 'f':
			case 'F':
			    if (match(line, "FROM:")) {
				char * p;
				strcpy(author,
					author_name(strchr(line,':')+1));
				if (*author) {		/* Not always there! */
				    p = author + strlen(author) - 1;
				    if (*p==LF) *p = 0;	/* Chop off newline */
				}
			    }
			    break;
				    
			} /* end switch on first character */
		    } /* if end of line */
		} /* Loop over characters */
    
		START(HTML_LI);
		sprintf(buffer, "\"%s\" - %s", subject, author);
		if (reference) {
		    write_anchor(buffer, reference);
		    free(reference);
		    reference=0;
		} else {
		    PUTS(buffer);
		}
		
    
/*	 indicate progress!   @@@@@@
*/
    
	    } /* If good response */
	} /* Loop over article */	    
    } /* If read headers */
    END(HTML_MENU);
    START(HTML_P);
    
/*	Link to later articles
*/
    if (last_requiredanchor);
    char command[257];			/* The whole command */
    char groupName[GROUP_NAME_LENGTH];	/* Just the group name */
    int status;				/* tcp return */
    int retries;			/* A count of how hard we have tried */ 
    BOOL group_wanted;			/* Flag: group was asked for, not article */
    BOOL list_wanted;			/* Flag: group was asked for, not article */
    int first, last;			/* First and last articles asked for */

    diagnostic = (request->output_format == WWW_SOURCE);	/* set global flag */
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: Looking for %s\n", arg);
    
    if (!initialized) initialized = initialize();
    if (!initialized) return -1;	/* FAIL */
    
    {
        CONST char * p1=arg;

/*	We will ask for the document, omitting the host name & anchor.
**
**	Syntax of address is
**		xxx@yyy			Article
**				Same article
**		xxxxx			News group (no "@")
**		group/n1-n2		Articles n1 to n2 in group
*/        
	group_wanted = (strchr(arg, '@')==0) && (strchr(arg, '*')==0);
	list_wanted  = (strchr(arg, '@')==0) && (strchr(arg, '*')!=0);

	/* p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION); */
	/* Don't use HTParse because news: access doesn't follow traditional
	   rules. For instance, if the article reference contains a '#',
	   the rest of it is lost -- JFG 10/7/92, from a bug report */
 	if (!strncasecomp (arg, "news:", 5))
	  p1 = arg + 5;  /* Skip "news:" prefix */
	if (list_wanted) {
	    strcpy(command, "LIST NEWSGROUPS");
	} else if (group_wanted) {
	    char * slash = strchr(p1, '/');
	    strcpy(command, "GROUP ");
	    first = 0;
	    last = 0;
	    if (slash) {
		*slash = 0;
		strcpy(groupName, p1);
		*slash = '/';
		(void) sscanf(slash+1, "%d-%d", &first, &last);
	    } else {
		strcpy(groupName, p1);
	    }
	    strcat(command, groupName);
	} else {
	    strcpy(command, "ARTICLE ");
	    if (strchr(p1, '<')==0) strcat(command,"<");
	    strcat(command, p1);
	    if (strchr(p1, '>')==0) strcat(command,">");
	}

        {
	    char * p = command + strlen(command);
	    *p++ = CR;		/* Macros to be correct on Mac */
	    *p++ = LF;
	    *p++ = 0;
	    /* strcat(command, "\r\n");	*/	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */
	}
    } /* scope of p1 */
    
    if (!*arg) return NO;			/* Ignore if no name */

    
/*	Make a hypertext object with an anchor list.
*/       
    node_anchor = request->anchor;
    target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML,
    		request->output_format, request->output_stream);
    targetClass = *target->isa;	/* Copy routine entry points */
    
    	
/*	Now, let's get a stream setup up from the NewsHost:
*/       
    for(retries=0;retries<2; retries++){
    
        if (s<0) {
            NEWS_PROGRESS("Connecting to NewsHost ...");
	    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
	    if (status<0){
		char message[256];
	        NETCLOSE(s);
		s = -1;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: Unable to connect to news host.\n");
/*		if (retries<=1) continue;   WHY TRY AGAIN ? 	*/
		sprintf(message,
"\nCould not access %s.\n\n (Check default WorldWideWeb NewsHost ?)\n",
		    HTNewsHost);
		return HTLoadError(request, 500, message);
	    } else {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: Connected to news host %s.\n",
				HTNewsHost);
		isoc = HTInputSocket_new(s);	/* set up buffering */
		if ((response(NULL) / 100) !=2) {
			char message[BIG];
			NETCLOSE(s);
			HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
			s = -1;
			sprintf(message, 
		  "Can't read news info. News host %.20s responded: %.200s",
		  	    HTNewsHost, response_text);
		        return HTLoadError(request, 500, message);
		}
	    }
	} /* If needed opening */
	
	/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@Tell user something's happening */
	
	status = response(command);
	if (status<0) break;
	if ((status/ 100) !=2) {
	    HTProgress(response_text);
/*	    NXRunAlertPanel("News access", response_text,
	    	NULL,NULL,NULL);
*/
	    NETCLOSE(s);
	    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);
	    s = -1;
/* return HT; -- no:the message might be "Timeout-disconnected" left over */
	    continue;	/*	Try again */
	}
  
/*	Load a group, article, etc
*/
        
	
	if (list_wanted) read_list();
	else if (group_wanted) read_group(groupName, first, last);
        else read_article();

	(*targetClass.free)(target);
	return HT_LOADED;
	
    } /* Retry loop */
    
    
    /* HTAlert("Sorry, could not load requested news.\n"); */
        
/*    NXRunAlertPanel(NULL, "Sorry, could not load `%s'.",
	    NULL,NULL,NULL, arg);No -- message earlier wil have covered it */

    return HT_LOADED;
}

GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTNews = { "news", HTLoadNews, NULL, NULL};
first_required>first) {
    	int before;			/* Start of one before */
	if (first_required-MAX_CHUNK <= first) before = first;
	else before = first_required-CHUNK_SIZE;
    	sprintf(buffer, "%s/%d-%d", gWWW/Library/Implementation/HTNews.h1006640070060000000000000113405475034061014420 037777777777 1 0 /*                                  Network News Transfer protocol module for the WWW library
                                          HTNEWS
                                             
 */
/* History:
**      26 Sep 90       Written TBL in Objective-C
**      29 Nov 91       Downgraded to C, for portable implementation.
*/

#ifndef HTNEWS_H
#define HTNEWS_H

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTNews;

extern void HTSetNewsHost PARAMS((CONST char *value));
extern CONST char * HTGetNewsHost NOPARAMS;
extern char * HTNewsHost;

#endif /* HTNEWS_H */


/*

   tbl */
es are scanned for references to articles.
	*/
			char * space = strchr(line, ' ');
			if (space++)
			    write_anchor(space, space);
		    } /* if not dot */
		    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
		} /* if end of line */
	    } /* Loop over characters */

	    /* leaving loop with "done" set */
	} /* Good status */
    };
#endif

/*	Read newsgroup using individual fields:
*/
    if (!done) {
        if (firsWWW/Library/Implementation/HTParse.c1006640070060000000000003273105544654057014572 037777777777 1 0 /*		Parse HyperText Document Address		HTParse.c
**		================================
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

struct struct_parts {
	char * access;
	char * host;
	char * absolute;
	char * relative;
/*	char * search;		no - treated as part of path */
	char * anchor;
};


/*	Strip white space off a string
**	------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	Return value points to first non-white character, or to 0 if none.
**	All trailing white space is OVERWRITTEN with zero.
*/

PUBLIC char * HTStrip ARGS1(char *, s)
{
#define SPACE(c) ((c==' ')||(c=='\t')||(c=='\n')) 
    char * p=s;
    if (!s) return NULL;	/* Doesn't dump core if NULL */
    for(p=s;*p;p++);		/* Find end of string */
    for(p--;p>=s;p--) {
    	if(SPACE(*p)) *p=0;	/* Zap trailing blanks */
	else break;
    }
    while(SPACE(*s))s++;	/* Strip leading blanks */
    return s;
}


/*	Scan a filename for its consituents
**	-----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	name	points to a document name which may be incomplete.
** On exit,
**      absolute or relative may be nonzero (but not both).
**	host, anchor and access may be nonzero if they were specified.
**	Any which are nonzero point to zero terminated strings.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void scan(char * name, struct struct_parts *parts)
#else
PRIVATE void scan(name, parts)
    char * name;
    struct struct_parts *parts;
#endif
{
    char * after_access;
    char * p;
    int length = strlen(name);
    
    parts->access = 0;
    parts->host = 0;
    parts->absolute = 0;
    parts->relative = 0;
    parts->anchor = 0;
    
    after_access = name;
    for(p=name; *p; p++) {
	if (*p==':') {
		*p = 0;
		parts->access = name;	/* Access name has been specified */
		after_access = p+1;
	}
	if (*p=='/') break;
	if (*p=='#') break;
    }
    
    for(p=name+length-1; p>=name; p--) {
	if (*p =='#') {
	    parts->anchor=p+1;
	    *p=0;				/* terminate the rest */
	}
    }
    p = after_access;
    if (*p=='/'){
	if (p[1]=='/') {
	    parts->host = p+2;		/* host has been specified 	*/
	    *p=0;			/* Terminate access 		*/
	    p=strchr(parts->host,'/');	/* look for end of host name if any */
	    if(p) {
	        *p=0;			/* Terminate host */
	        parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root has been found */
	    }
	} else {
	    parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root found but no host */
	}	    
    } else {
        parts->relative = (*after_access) ? after_access : 0;	/* zero for "" */
    }

#ifdef OLD_CODE
    /* Access specified but no host: the anchor was not really one
       e.g. news:j462#36487@foo.bar -- JFG 10/jul/92, from bug report */
    /* This kludge doesn't work for example when coming across
       file:/usr/local/www/fred#123
       which loses its anchor. Correct approach in news is to
       escape weird characters not allowed in URL.  TBL 21/dec/93
    */
    if (parts->access && ! parts->host && parts->anchor) {
      *(parts->anchor - 1) = '#';  /* Restore the '#' in the address */
      parts->anchor = 0;
    }
#endif

#ifdef NOT_DEFINED	/* search is just treated as part of path */
    {
        char *p = relative ? relative : absolute;
	if (p) {
	    char * q = strchr(p, '?');	/* Any search string? */
	    if (q) {
	    	*q = 0;			/* If so, chop that off. */
		parts->search = q+1;
	    }
	}
    }
#endif
} /*scan */    


/*	Parse a Name relative to another name
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	This returns those parts of a name which are given (and requested)
**	substituting bits from the related name where necessary.
**
** On entry,
**	aName		A filename given
**      relatedName     A name relative to which aName is to be parsed
**      wanted          A mask for the bits which are wanted.
**
** On exit,
**	returns		A pointer to a malloc'd string which MUST BE FREED
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTParse(const char * aName, const char * relatedName, int wanted)
#else
char * HTParse(aName, relatedName, wanted)
    char * aName;
    char * relatedName;
    int wanted;
#endif

{
    char * result = 0;
    char * return_value = 0;
    int len;
    char * name = 0;
    char * rel = 0;
    char * p;
    char * access;
    struct struct_parts given, related;
    
    /* Make working copies of input strings to cut up:
    */
    len = strlen(aName)+strlen(relatedName)+10;
    result=(char *)malloc(len);		/* Lots of space: more than enough */
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTParse");
    
    StrAllocCopy(name, aName);
    StrAllocCopy(rel, relatedName);
    
    scan(name, &given);
    scan(rel,  &related); 
    result[0]=0;		/* Clear string  */
    access = given.access ? given.access : related.access;
    if (wanted & PARSE_ACCESS)
        if (access) {
	    strcat(result, access);
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, ":");
	}
	
    if (given.access && related.access)	/* If different, inherit nothing. */
        if (strcmp(given.access, related.access)!=0) {
	    related.host=0;
	    related.absolute=0;
	    related.relative=0;
	    related.anchor=0;
	}
	
    if (wanted & PARSE_HOST)
        if(given.host || related.host) {
	    char * tail = result + strlen(result);
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "//");
	    strcat(result, given.host ? given.host : related.host);
#define CLEAN_URLS
#ifdef CLEAN_URLS
	    /* Ignore default port numbers, and trailing dots on FQDNs
	       which will only cause identical adreesses to look different */
	    {
	    	char * p;
		p = strchr(tail, ':');
		if (p && access) {		/* Port specified */
		    if (  (   strcmp(access, "http") == 0
		    	   && strcmp(p, ":80") == 0 )
			||
		          (   strcmp(access, "gopher") == 0
		    	   && strcmp(p, ":70") == 0 )
		    	)
		    *p = (char)0;	/* It is the default: ignore it */
		}
		if (!p) p = tail + strlen(tail); /* After hostname */
		p--;				/* End of hostname */
		if (*p == '.') *p = (char)0; /* chop final . */
	    }
#endif
	}
	
    if (given.host && related.host)  /* If different hosts, inherit no path. */
        if (strcmp(given.host, related.host)!=0) {
	    related.absolute=0;
	    related.relative=0;
	    related.anchor=0;
	}
	
    if (wanted & PARSE_PATH) {
        if(given.absolute) {				/* All is given */
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "/");
	    strcat(result, given.absolute);
	} else if(related.absolute) {	/* Adopt path not name */
	    strcat(result, "/");
	    strcat(result, related.absolute);
	    if (given.relative) {
		p = strchr(result, '?');	/* Search part? */
		if (!p) p=result+strlen(result)-1;
		for (; *p!='/'; p--);	/* last / */
		p[1]=0;					/* Remove filename */
		strcat(result, given.relative);		/* Add given one */
		HTSimplify (result);
	    }
	} else if(given.relative) {
	    strcat(result, given.relative);		/* what we've got */
	} else if(related.relative) {
	    strcat(result, related.relative);
	} else {  /* No inheritance */
	    strcat(result, "/");
	}
    }
		
    if (wanted & PARSE_ANCHOR)
        if(given.anchor || related.anchor) {
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "#");
	    strcat(result, given.anchor ? given.anchor : related.anchor);
	}
    free(rel);
    free(name);
    
    StrAllocCopy(return_value, result);
    free(result);
    return return_value;		/* exactly the right length */
}


/*
**	As strcpy() but guaranteed to work correctly
**	with overlapping parameters.	AL 7 Feb 1994
*/
PRIVATE void ari_strcpy ARGS2(char *, to,
			      char *, from)
{
    char * tmp;

    if (!to || !from) return;

    tmp = (char*)malloc(strlen(from)+1);
    if (!tmp) outofmem(__FILE__, "my_strcpy");

    strcpy(tmp, from);
    strcpy(to, tmp);
    free(tmp);
}
/*	        Simplify a filename
//		-------------------
//
// A unix-style file is allowed to contain the seqeunce xxx/../ which may be
// replaced by "" , and the seqeunce "/./" which may be replaced by "/".
// Simplification helps us recognize duplicate filenames.
//
//	Thus, 	/etc/junk/../fred 	becomes	/etc/fred
//		/etc/junk/./fred	becomes	/etc/junk/fred
//
//      but we should NOT change
//		http://fred.xxx.edu/../..
//
//	or	../../albert.html
*/
PUBLIC void HTSimplify ARGS1(char *, filename)
{
    char * p = filename;
    char * q;
    
    if (p) {
	while (*p && (*p == '/' || *p == '.'))     /* Pass starting / or .'s */
	    p++;
	while(*p) {
	    if (*p=='/') {
	    if ((p[1]=='.') && (p[2]=='.') && (p[3]=='/' || !p[3] )) {
		for (q=p-1; (q>=filename) && (*q!='/'); q--); /* prev slash */
		if (q[0]=='/' && 0!=strncmp(q, "/../", 4)
			&&!(q-1>filename && q[-1]=='/')) {
	            ari_strcpy(q, p+3);		/* Remove  /xxx/..	*/
		    if (!*filename) strcpy(filename, "/");
		    p = q-1;		/* Start again with prev slash 	*/
		} else {			/*   xxx/.. leave it!	*/
#ifdef BUG_CODE
		    ari_strcpy(filename, p[3] ? p+4 : p+3); /* rm  xxx/../ */
		    p = filename;		/* Start again */
#endif
		}
	    } else if ((p[1]=='.') && (p[2]=='/' || !p[2])) {
	        ari_strcpy(p, p+2);		/* Remove a slash and a dot */
	    } else if (p[-1] != ':') {
		while (p[1] == '/') {
		    ari_strcpy(p, p+1);	/* Remove multiple slashes */
		}
	    }
	    }
	    p++;
	}  /* end while (*p) */
    } /* end if (p) */
}


/*		Make Relative Name
**		------------------
**
** This function creates and returns a string which gives an expression of
** one address as related to another. Where there is no relation, an absolute
** address is retured.
**
**  On entry,
**	Both names must be absolute, fully qualified names of nodes
**	(no anchor bits)
**
**  On exit,
**	The return result points to a newly allocated name which, if
**	parsed by HTParse relative to relatedName, will yield aName.
**	The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting name later.
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTRelative(const char * aName, const char *relatedName)
#else
char * HTRelative(aName, relatedName)
   char * aName;
   char * relatedName;
#endif
{
    char * result = 0;
    CONST char *p = aName;
    CONST char *q = relatedName;
    CONST char * after_access = 0;
    CONST char * path = 0;
    CONST char * last_slash = 0;
    int slashes = 0;
    
    for(;*p; p++, q++) {	/* Find extent of match */
    	if (*p!=*q) break;
	if (*p==':') after_access = p+1;
	if (*p=='/') {
	    last_slash = p;
	    slashes++;
	    if (slashes==3) path=p;
	}
    }
    
    /* q, p point to the first non-matching character or zero */
    
    if (!after_access) {			/* Different access */
        StrAllocCopy(result, aName);
    } else if (slashes<3){			/* Different nodes */
    	StrAllocCopy(result, after_access);
    } else if (slashes==3){			/* Same node, different path */
        StrAllocCopy(result, path);
    } else {					/* Some path in common */
        int levels= 0;
        for(; *q && (*q!='#'); q++)  if (*q=='/') levels++;
	result = (char *)malloc(3*levels + strlen(last_slash) + 1);
      if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTRelative");
	result[0]=0;
	for(;levels; levels--)strcat(result, "../");
	strcat(result, last_slash+1);
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HT: `%s' expressed relative to\n    `%s' is\n   `%s'.",
    		aName, relatedName, result);
    return result;
}


/*		Escape undesirable characters using %		HTEscape()
**		-------------------------------------
**
**	This function takes a pointer to a string in which
**	some characters may be unacceptable unescaped.
**	It returns a string which has these characters
**	represented by a '%' character followed by two hex digits.
**
**	Unlike HTUnEscape(), this routine returns a malloced string.
*/

PRIVATE CONST unsigned char isAcceptable[96] =

/*	Bit 0		xalpha		-- see HTFile.h
**	Bit 1		xpalpha		-- as xalpha but with plus.
**	Bit 2 ...	path		-- as xpalphas but with /
*/
    /*   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
    {    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,6,0,7,7,4,	/* 2x   !"#$%&'()*+,-./	 */
         7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,0,0,	/* 3x  0123456789:;<=>?	 */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,	/* 4x  @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO  */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,7,	/* 5X  PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_	 */
	 0,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,	/* 6x  `abcdefghijklmno	 */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,0 };	/* 7X  pqrstuvwxyz{\}~	DEL */

PRIVATE char *hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";

PUBLIC char * HTEscape ARGS2 (CONST char *, str,
	unsigned char, mask)
{
#define ACCEPTABLE(a)	( a>=32 && a<128 && ((isAcceptable[a-32]) & mask))
    CONST char * p;
    char * q;
    char * result;
    int unacceptable = 0;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        if (!ACCEPTABLE((unsigned char)TOASCII(*p)))
		unacceptable++;
    result = (char *) malloc(p-str + unacceptable+ unacceptable + 1);
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTEscape");
    for(q=result, p=str; *p; p++) {
    	unsigned char a = TOASCII(*p);
	if (!ACCEPTABLE(a)) {
	    *q++ = HEX_ESCAPE;	/* Means hex commming */
	    *q++ = hex[a >> 4];
	    *q++ = hex[a & 15];
	}
	else *q++ = *p;
    }
    *q++ = 0;			/* Terminate */
    return result;
}


/*		Decode %xx escaped characters			HTUnEscape()
**		-----------------------------
**
**	This function takes a pointer to a string in which some
**	characters may have been encoded in %xy form, where xy is
**	the acsii hex code for character 16x+y.
**	The string is converted in place, as it will never grow.
*/

PRIVATE char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return  c >= '0' && c <= '9' ?  c - '0' 
    	    : c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'? c - 'A' + 10
    	    : c - 'a' + 10;	/* accept small letters just in case */
}

PUBLIC char * HTUnEscape ARGS1( char *, str)
{
    char * p = str;
    char * q = str;
    while(*p) {
        if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    p++;
	    if (*p) *q = from_hex(*p++) * 16;
	    if (*p) *q = FROMASCII(*q + from_hex(*p++));
	    q++;
	} else {
	    *q++ = *p++; 
	}
    }
    
    *q++ = 0;
    return str;
    
} /* HTUnEscape */


ts from the related name where necessarWWW/Library/Implementation/HTParse.h1006640070060000000000000745405435571710014574 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                   HTParse:  URL parsing in the WWW Library
                                         HTPARSE
                                             
   This module of the WWW library contains code to parse URLs and various related things.
   Implemented by HTParse.c .
   
 */
#ifndef HTPARSE_H
#define HTPARSE_H
#include "HTUtils.h"

/*

   The following are flag bits which may be ORed together to form a number to give the
   'wanted' argument to HTParse.
   
 */
#define PARSE_ACCESS            16
#define PARSE_HOST               8
#define PARSE_PATH               4
#define PARSE_ANCHOR             2
#define PARSE_PUNCTUATION        1
#define PARSE_ALL               31


/*

HTParse:  Parse a URL relative to another URL

   This returns those parts of a name which are given (and requested) substituting bits
   from the related name where necessary.
   
  ON ENTRY
  
  aName                   A filename given
                         
  relatedName             A name relative to which aName is to be parsed
                         
  wanted                  A mask for the bits which are wanted.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 A pointer to a malloc'd string which MUST BE FREED
                         
 */

extern char * HTParse  PARAMS((const char * aName, const char * relatedName, int wanted));


/*

HTStrip: Strip white space off a string

  ON EXIT
  
   Return value points to first non-white character, or to 0 if none.
   
   All trailing white space is OVERWRITTEN with zero.
   
 */
#ifdef __STDC__
extern char * HTStrip(char * s);
#else
extern char * HTStrip();
#endif

/*

HTSimplify: Simplify a UTL

   A URL is allowed to contain the seqeunce xxx/../ which may be replaced by "" , and the
   seqeunce "/./" which may be replaced by "/". Simplification helps us recognize
   duplicate filenames. It doesn't deal with soft links, though. The new (shorter)
   filename overwrites the old.
   
 */
/*
**      Thus,   /etc/junk/../fred       becomes /etc/fred
**              /etc/junk/./fred        becomes /etc/junk/fred
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
extern void HTSimplify(char * filename);
#else
extern void HTSimplify();
#endif


/*

HTRelative:  Make Relative (Partial) URL

   This function creates and returns a string which gives an expression of one address as
   related to another. Where there is no relation, an absolute address is retured.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
   Both names must be absolute, fully qualified names of nodes (no anchor bits)
   
  ON EXIT,
  
   The return result points to a newly allocated name which, if parsed by HTParse relative
   to relatedName, will yield aName. The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting
   name later.
   
 */
#ifdef __STDC__
extern char * HTRelative(const char * aName, const char *relatedName);
#else
extern char * HTRelative();
#endif


/*

HTEscape:  Encode unacceptable characters in string

   This funtion takes a string containing any sequence of ASCII characters, and returns a
   malloced string containing the same infromation but with all "unacceptable" characters
   represented in the form %xy where X and Y are two hex digits.
   
 */
extern char * HTEscape PARAMS((CONST char * str, unsigned char mask));

/*

   The following are valid mask values. The terms are the BNF names in the URL document.
   
 */
#define URL_XALPHAS     (unsigned char) 1
#define URL_XPALPHAS    (unsigned char) 2
#define URL_PATH        (unsigned char) 4


/*

HTUnEscape: Decode %xx escaped characters

   This function takes a pointer to a string in which character smay have been encoded in
   %xy form, where xy is the acsii hex code for character 16x+y. The string is converted
   in place, as it will never grow.
   
 */
extern char * HTUnEscape PARAMS(( char * str));


#endif  /* HTPARSE_H */


/*

   end of HTParse
   
    */
red 	becomes	/etc/fred
//		/etc/junk/./fred	becomes	/etc/junk/fred
//
//      but we should NOT change
//		http://fred.xxx.edu/../..
//
//	or	../../albert.html
*/
PUBLIC void HTSimplify ARGS1(char *, filename)
{
WWW/Library/Implementation/HTPasswd.c1006640070060000000000001707105475034127014752 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTPasswd.c
**		PASSWORD FILE ROUTINES
**
** AUTHORS:
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**	MD	Mark Donszelmann    duns@vxdeop.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	 7 Nov 93 	MD 	free for crypt taken out (static data returned) 
**
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/


#include 

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAAUtil.h"	/* Common parts of AA	*/
#include "HTAAFile.h"	/* File routines	*/
#include "HTPasswd.h"	/* Implemented here	*/
#include "tcp.h"	/* FROMASCII()		*/

extern char *crypt();


PRIVATE char salt_chars [65] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./";


/* PRIVATE						next_rec()
**		GO TO THE BEGINNING OF THE NEXT RECORD
**		Otherwise like HTAAFile_nextRec() but
**		does not handle continuation lines
**		(because password file has none).
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp	is the password file from which records are read from.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns	nothing. File read pointer is located at the beginning
**		of the next record.
*/
PRIVATE void next_rec ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    int ch = getc(fp);

    while (ch != EOF  &&  ch != CR  &&  ch != LF)
	ch = getc(fp);		/* Skip until end-of-line */

    while (ch != EOF &&
	   (ch == CR  ||  ch == LF))	/*Skip carriage returns and linefeeds*/
	ch = getc(fp);

    if (ch != EOF)
	ungetc(ch, fp);
}


/* PUBLIC						HTAA_encryptPasswd()
**		ENCRYPT PASSWORD TO THE FORM THAT IT IS SAVED
**		IN THE PASSWORD FILE.
** ON ENTRY:
**	password	is a string of arbitrary lenght.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		password in one-way encrypted form.
**
** NOTE:
**	Uses currently the C library function crypt(), which
**	only accepts at most 8 characters long strings and produces
**	always 13 characters long strings. This function is
**	called repeatedly so that longer strings can be encrypted.
**	This is of course not as safe as encrypting the entire
**	string at once, but then again, we are not that paranoid
**	about the security inside the machine.
**
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_encryptPasswd ARGS1(CONST char *, password)
{
    char salt[3];
    char chunk[9];
    char *result;
    char *tmp;
    CONST char *cur = password;
    int len = strlen(password);
    extern time_t theTime;
    int random = (int)theTime;	/* This is random enough */

    if (!(result = (char*)malloc(13*((strlen(password)+7)/8) + 1)))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_encryptPasswd");

    *result = (char)0;
    while (len > 0) {
	salt[0] = salt_chars[random%64];
	salt[1] = salt_chars[(random/64)%64];
	salt[2] = (char)0;

	strncpy(chunk, cur, 8);
	chunk[8] = (char)0;

	tmp = crypt((char*)password, salt);  /*crypt() doesn't change its args*/
	strcat(result, tmp);

	cur += 8;
	len -= 8;
    } /* while */

    return result;
}



/* PUBLIC						HTAA_passwdMatch()
**		VERIFY THE CORRECTNESS OF A GIVEN PASSWORD
**		AGAINST A ONE-WAY ENCRYPTED FORM OF PASSWORD.
** ON ENTRY:
**	password	is cleartext password.
**	encrypted	is one-way encrypted password, as returned
**			by function HTAA_encryptPasswd().
**			This is typically read from the password
**			file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if password matches the encrypted one.
**			NO, if not, or if either parameter is NULL.
** FIX:
**	Only the length of original encrypted password is
**	checked -- longer given passwords are accepted if
**	common length is correct (but not shorter).
**	This is to allow interoperation of servers and clients
**	who have a hard-coded limit of 8 to password.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_passwdMatch ARGS2(CONST char *, password,
				   CONST char *, encrypted)
{
    char *result;
    int len;
    int status;

    if (!password || !encrypted)
	return NO;

    len = 13*((strlen(password)+7)/8);
    if (len < strlen(encrypted))
	return NO;

    if (!(result = (char*)malloc(len + 1)))
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAA_encryptPasswd");

    *result = (char)0;
    while (len > 0) {
	char salt[3];
	char chunk[9];
	CONST char *cur1 = password;
	CONST char *cur2 = encrypted;
	char *tmp;

	salt[0] = *cur2;
	salt[1] = *(cur2+1);
	salt[2] = (char)0;

	strncpy(chunk, cur1, 8);
	chunk[8] = (char)0;

	tmp = crypt((char*)password, salt);
	strcat(result, tmp);

	cur1 += 8;
	cur2 += 13;
	len -= 13;
    } /* while */

    status = strncmp(result, encrypted, strlen(encrypted));

    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr,
		"%s `%s' (encrypted: `%s') with: `%s' => %s\n",
		"HTAA_passwdMatch: Matching password:",
		password, result, encrypted,
		(status==0 ? "OK" : "INCORRECT"));

    free(result);

    if (status==0)
	return YES;
    else
	return NO;
}


/* PUBLIC					HTAAFile_readPasswdRec()
**			READ A RECORD FROM THE PASSWORD FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**	fp		open password file
**	out_username	buffer to put the read username, must be at
**			least MAX_USERNAME_LEN+1 characters long.
**	out_passwd	buffer to put the read password, must be at
**			least MAX_PASSWORD_LEN+1 characters long.
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		EOF on end of file,
**			otherwise the number of read fields
**			(i.e. in a correct case returns 2).
**	out_username	contains the null-terminated read username.
**	out_password	contains the null-terminated read password.
**
** FORMAT OF PASSWORD FILE:
**	username:password:maybe real name or other stuff
**				(may include even colons)
**
**	There may be whitespace (blanks or tabs) in the beginning and
**	the end of each field. They are ignored.
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readPasswdRec ARGS3(FILE *, fp,
					char *, out_username,
					char *, out_password)
{
    char terminator;
    
    terminator = HTAAFile_readField(fp, out_username, MAX_USERNAME_LEN);

    if (terminator == EOF) {				/* End of file */
	return EOF;
    }
    else if (terminator == CR  ||  terminator == LF) {	/* End of line */
	next_rec(fp);
	return 1;
    }
    else {
	HTAAFile_readField(fp, out_password, MAX_PASSWORD_LEN);
	next_rec(fp);
	return 2;
    }
}



/* PUBLIC						HTAA_checkPassword()
**		CHECK A USERNAME-PASSWORD PAIR
** ON ENTRY:
**	username	is a null-terminated string containing
**			the client's username.
**	password	is a null-terminated string containing
**			the client's corresponding password.
**	filename	is a null-terminated absolute filename
**			for password file.
**			If NULL or empty, the value of
**			PASSWD_FILE is used.
** ON EXIT:
**	returns		YES, if the username-password pair was correct.
**			NO, otherwise; also, if open fails.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_checkPassword ARGS3(CONST char *, username,
				     CONST char *, password,
				     CONST char *, filename)
{
    FILE *fp = NULL;
    char user[MAX_USERNAME_LEN+1];
    char pw[MAX_PASSWORD_LEN+1];
    int status;
    
    if (filename && *filename)  fp = fopen(filename,"r");
    else			fp = fopen(PASSWD_FILE,"r");

    if (!fp) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s `%s'\n",
			   "HTAA_checkPassword: Unable to open password file",
			   (filename && *filename ? filename : PASSWD_FILE));
	return NO;
    }
    do {
	if (2 == (status = HTAAFile_readPasswdRec(fp,user,pw))) {
	    if (TRACE)
		fprintf(stderr,
			"HTAAFile_validateUser: %s \"%s\" %s \"%s:%s\"\n",
			"Matching username:", username,
			"against passwd record:", user, pw);
	    if (username  &&  user  &&  !strcmp(username,user)) {
		/* User's record found */
		if (pw) { /* So password is required for this user */
		    if (!password ||
			!HTAA_passwdMatch(password,pw)) /* Check the password */
			status = EOF;	/* If wrong, indicate it with EOF */
		}
		break;  /* exit loop */
	    }  /* if username found */
	}  /* if record is ok */
    } while (status != EOF);

    fclose(fp);
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAAFile_checkPassword: (%s,%s) %scorrect\n",
		       username, password, ((status != EOF) ? "" : "in"));

    if (status == EOF)  return NO;  /* We traversed to the end without luck */
    else                return YES; /* The user was found */
}

mes /etc/junk/fred
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
extern void HTSimplify(char * filename);
#else
extern void HTSimplify();
#endif


/*

HTRelative:  Make Relative (Partial) URL

   This function creates and returns a string which gives an expression of one address as
   related to another. Where there is no relation, an absolute address is retured.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
   Both names must be absolute, fully qualified names of nodes (no anchor bits)
   
  ON EXIT,
  WWW/Library/Implementation/HTPasswd.h1006640070060000000000001110405475034132014742 037777777777 1 0 /*                                   PASSWORD FILE ROUTINES
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTPASSWD_H
#define HTPASSWD_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAAenPw        HTAA_encryptPasswd
#define HTAApwMa        HTAA_passwdMatch
#define HTAAFrPR        HTAAFile_readPasswdRec
#define HTAAchPw        HTAA_checkPasswd
#endif /* SHORT_NAMES */

/*

User Authentication

   HTAA_checkPassword(username,password,passwdfile)opens the password file, and checks if
   the username-password pair is correct. Return value is YES, if and only if they are
   correct. Otherwise, and also if the open fails, returns NO.
   
   If the given password file name is NULL or an empty string, the default password file
   name is used (macro PASSWD_FILE).
   
 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_checkPassword()
**                      VALIDATE A USERNAME-PASSWORD PAIR
** ON ENTRY:
**      username        is a null-terminated string containing
**                      the client's username.
**      password        is a null-terminated string containing
**                      the client's corresponding password.
**      filename        is a null-terminated absolute filename
**                      for password file.
**                      If NULL or empty, the value of
**                      PASSWD_FILE is used.
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         YES, if the username-password pair was correct.
**                      NO, otherwise; also, if open fails.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_checkPassword PARAMS((CONST char * username,
                                       CONST char * password,
                                       CONST char * filename));
/*

Password File Maintenance Routines

 */

/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_encryptPasswd()
**              ENCRYPT PASSWORD TO THE FORM THAT IT IS SAVED
**              IN THE PASSWORD FILE.
** ON ENTRY:
**      password        is a string of arbitrary lenght.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         password in one-way encrypted form.
**
** NOTE:
**      Uses currently the C library function crypt(), which
**      only accepts at most 8 characters long strings and produces
**      always 13 characters long strings. This function is
**      called repeatedly so that longer strings can be encrypted.
**      This is of course not as safe as encrypting the entire
**      string at once, but then again, we are not that paranoid
**      about the security inside the machine.
**
*/
PUBLIC char *HTAA_encryptPasswd PARAMS((CONST char * password));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAA_passwdMatch()
**              VERIFY THE CORRECTNESS OF A GIVEN PASSWORD
**              AGAINST A ONE-WAY ENCRYPTED FORM OF PASSWORD.
** ON ENTRY:
**      password        is cleartext password.
**      encrypted       is one-way encrypted password, as returned
**                      by function HTAA_encryptPasswd().
**                      This is typically read from the password
**                      file.
**
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         YES, if password matches the encrypted one.
**                      NO, if not, or if either parameter is NULL.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_passwdMatch PARAMS((CONST char * password,
                                     CONST char * encrypted));


/* PUBLIC                                               HTAAFile_readPasswdRec()
**                      READ A RECORD FROM THE PASSWORD FILE
** ON ENTRY:
**      fp              open password file
**      out_username    buffer to put the read username, must be at
**                      least MAX_USERNAME_LEN+1 characters long.
**      out_passwd      buffer to put the read password, must be at
**                      least MAX_PASSWORD_LEN+1 characters long.
** ON EXIT:
**      returns         EOF on end of file,
**                      otherwise the number of read fields
**                      (i.e. in a correct case returns 2).
**      out_username    contains the null-terminated read username.
**      out_password    contains the null-terminated read password.
**
** FORMAT OF PASSWORD FILE:
**      username:password:maybe real name or other stuff
**                              (may include even colons)
**
**      There may be whitespace (blanks or tabs) in the beginning and
**      the end of each field. They are ignored.
*/
PUBLIC int HTAAFile_readPasswdRec PARAMS((FILE * fp,
                                          char * out_username,
                                          char * out_password));
/*

 */

#endif /* not HTPASSWD_H */
/*

   End of file HTPasswd.h.  */
FIX:
**	Only the length of original encrypted password is
**	checked -- longer given passwords are accepted if
**	common length is correct (but not shorter).
**	This is to allow interoperation of servers and clients
**	who have a hard-coded limit of 8 to password.
*/
PUBLIC BOOL HTAA_passwdMatch ARGS2(CONST char *, password,
				   CONST char *, encrypted)
{
    char *result;
    int len;
    int status;

    if (!password || !encrypted)
	rWWW/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.c1006640070060000000000000440705544654130014552 037777777777 1 0 /*		Plain text object		HTWrite.c
**		=================
**
**	This version of the stream object just writes to a socket.
**	The socket is assumed open and left open.
**
**	Bugs:
**		strings written must be less than buffer size.
*/
#include "HTPlain.h"

#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096;	/* Tradeoff */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HText.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"

extern HTStyleSheet * styleSheet;



/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;

	HText * 		text;
};

/*	Write the buffer out to the socket
**	----------------------------------
*/


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTPlain_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTPlain_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    HText_appendText(me->text, s);
}


PRIVATE void HTPlain_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char* p;
    CONST char* e = s+l;
    for (p=s; ptext, *p);
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTPlain_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTPlain_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    HTPlain_free(me);
}



/*		Structured Object Class
**		-----------------------
*/
PUBLIC CONST HTStreamClass HTPlain =
{		
	"PlainText",
	HTPlain_free,
	HTPlain_abort,
	HTPlain_put_character, 	HTPlain_put_string, HTPlain_write,
}; 


/*		New object
**		----------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTPlainPresent ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{

    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTPlain_new");
    me->isa = &HTPlain;       

    me->text = HText_new2(request->anchor, output_stream);
    HText_beginAppend(me->text);
    HText_setStyle(me->text, HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Example"));

    return (HTStream*) me;
}


   FILE *fp = NULL;
    char user[MAX_USERNAME_LEN+1];
    char pw[MAX_PASSWORD_LEN+1];
    int status;
    
    if (filename && *filename)  fp = fopen(filename,"r");
    else			fp = fopen(PASSWD_FILE,"r");

    if (!fp) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderrWWW/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.h1006640070060000000000000052405544654303014555 037777777777 1 0 /*                  /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.html
                                    PLAIN TEXT OBJECT
                                             
   What a small file!
   
 */
#ifndef HTPLAIN_H
#define HTPLAIN_H

#include "HTFormat.h"

extern HTConverter HTPlainPresent;

#endif


/*

    */
: (%s,%s) %scorrect\n",
		       username, password, ((status != EOF) ? "" : "in"));

    if (status == EOF)  return NO;  /* We traversed to the end without luck */
    elsWWW/Library/Implementation/HTRules.c1006640070060000000000002327505544654167014617 037777777777 1 0 /*	Configuration manager for Clients			HTRules.c
**	=================================
**
**	This module is replaced by HTConfig.c in httpd.
**
** History:
**	 3 Jun 91	Written TBL
**	10 Aug 91	Authorisation added after Daniel Martin (pass, fail)
**			Rule order in file changed
**			Comments allowed with # on 1st char of rule line
**      17 Jun 92       Bug fix: pass and fail failed if didn't contain '*' TBL
**       1 Sep 93       Bug fix: no memory check - Nathan Torkington
**                      BYTE_ADDRESSING removed - Arthur Secret
**	11 Sep 93  MD	Changed %i into %d in debug printf. 
**			VMS does not recognize %i.
**			Bug Fix: in case of PASS, only one parameter to printf.
**	19 Sep 93  AL	Added Access Authorization stuff.
**	 1 Nov 93  AL	Added htbin.
**	30 Nov 93  AL	Added HTTranslateReq().
**	 4 Feb 94  AL	Took away all the daemon-specific stuff.
**
*/

/* (c) CERN WorldWideWeb project 1990,91. See Copyright.html for details */
#include "HTRules.h"

#include 
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTParse.h"	/* HTParse() */
#include "HTAAUtil.h"

#ifndef VMS
#include 	/* Unix password file routine: getpwnam() */
#endif /* not VMS */


#define LINE_LENGTH 256


typedef struct _rule {
	struct _rule *	next;
	HTRuleOp	op;
	char *		pattern;
	char *		equiv;
} rule;


/*	Module-wide variables
**	---------------------
*/

PRIVATE rule * rules = 0;	/* Pointer to first on list */
#ifndef PUT_ON_HEAD
PRIVATE rule * rule_tail = 0;	/* Pointer to last on list */
#endif


/*	Add rule to the list					HTAddRule()
**	--------------------
**
**  On entry,
**	pattern		points to 0-terminated string containing a single "*"
**	equiv		points to the equivalent string with * for the
**			place where the text matched by * goes.
**  On exit,
**	returns		0 if success, -1 if error.
*/

PUBLIC int HTAddRule ARGS3(HTRuleOp,		op,
			   CONST char *,	pattern,
			   CONST char *,	equiv)
{ /* BYTE_ADDRESSING removed and memory check - AS - 1 Sep 93 */
    rule *      temp;
    char *      pPattern;

    temp = (rule *)malloc(sizeof(*temp));
    if (temp==NULL) 
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAddRule"); 
    pPattern = (char *)malloc(strlen(pattern)+1);
    if (pPattern==NULL) 
	outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAddRule"); 
    if (equiv) {		/* Two operands */
	char *	pEquiv = (char *)malloc(strlen(equiv)+1);
	if (pEquiv==NULL) 
	    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAddRule"); 
        temp->equiv = pEquiv;
        strcpy(pEquiv, equiv);
    } else {
        temp->equiv = 0;
    }
    temp->pattern = pPattern;
    temp->op = op;

    strcpy(pPattern, pattern);
    if (TRACE) {
       if (equiv)
          fprintf(stderr, "Rule: For `%s' op %d `%s'\n", pattern, op, equiv);
       else
          fprintf(stderr, "Rule: For `%s' op %d\n", pattern, op);
    }

#ifdef PUT_ON_HEAD
    temp->next = rules;
    rules = temp;
#else
    temp->next = 0;
    if (rule_tail) rule_tail->next = temp;
    else rules = temp;
    rule_tail = temp;
#endif

        
    return 0;
}


/*	Clear all rules						HTClearRules()
**	---------------
**
** On exit,
**	There are no rules
**	returns		0 if success, -1 if error.
**
** See also
**	HTAddRule()
*/
PUBLIC int HTClearRules NOARGS
{
    while (rules) {
    	rule * temp = rules;
	rules = temp->next;
	free(temp->pattern);
	free(temp->equiv);
	free(temp);
    }
#ifndef PUT_ON_HEAD
    rule_tail = 0;
#endif

    return 0;
}



/*	Translate by rules					HTTranslate()
**	------------------
**
** ATTENTION:
**	THIS FUNCTION HAS BEEN OBSOLITED BY HTTranslateReq()
**	ON SERVER SIDE -- ON BROWSER SIDE THIS IS STILL USED!
**	Don't add new server features to this, this already has
**	more than it can handle cleanly.
**
**	The most recently defined rules are applied last.
**
** On entry,
**	required	points to a string whose equivalent value is neeed
** On exit,
**	returns		the address of the equivalent string allocated from
**			the heap which the CALLER MUST FREE. If no translation
**			occured, then it is a copy of te original.
** NEW FEATURES:
**			When a "protect" or "defprot" rule is mathed,
**			a call to HTAA_setCurrentProtection() or
**			HTAA_setDefaultProtection() is made to notify
**			the Access Authorization module that the file is
**			protected, and so it knows how to handle it.
**								-- AL
*/
PUBLIC char * HTTranslate ARGS1(CONST char *, required)
{
    rule * r;
    char *current = NULL;
    StrAllocCopy(current, required);

    for(r = rules; r; r = r->next) {
        char * p = r->pattern;
	int m=0;   /* Number of characters matched against wildcard */
	CONST char * q = current;
	for(;*p && *q; p++, q++) {   /* Find first mismatch */
	    if (*p!=*q) break;
	}

	if (*p == '*') {		/* Match up to wildcard */
	    m = strlen(q) - strlen(p+1); /* Amount to match to wildcard */
	    if(m<0) continue;           /* tail is too short to match */
	    if (0!=strcmp(q+m, p+1)) continue;	/* Tail mismatch */
	} else 				/* Not wildcard */
	    if (*p != *q) continue;	/* plain mismatch: go to next rule */

	switch (r->op) {		/* Perform operation */

	case HT_Pass:				/* Authorised */
    		if (!r->equiv) {
		    CTRACE(stderr, "HTRule: Pass `%s'\n", current);
		    return current;
	        }
		/* Else fall through ...to map and pass */
		
	case HT_Map:
	    if (*p == *q) { /* End of both strings, no wildcard */
		CTRACE(stderr, "For `%s' using `%s'\n", current, r->equiv);  
		StrAllocCopy(current, r->equiv); /* use entire translation */
	    } else {
		  char * ins = strchr(r->equiv, '*');	/* Insertion point */
	          if (ins) {	/* Consistent rule!!! */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(
				strlen(r->equiv)-1 + m + 1);
			if (temp==NULL) 
			    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTranslate"); /* NT & AS */
			strncpy(temp, 	r->equiv, ins-r->equiv);
			/* Note: temp may be unterminated now! */
			strncpy(temp+(ins-r->equiv), q, m);  /* Matched bit */
			strcpy (temp+(ins-r->equiv)+m, ins+1);	/* Last bit */
    			CTRACE(stderr, "For `%s' using `%s'\n",
						current, temp);
			free(current);
			current = temp;			/* Use this */

		    } else {	/* No insertion point */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(strlen(r->equiv)+1);
			if (temp==NULL) 
			    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTranslate"); /* NT & AS */
			strcpy(temp, r->equiv);
    			CTRACE(stderr, "For `%s' using `%s'\n", current, temp);
			free(current);
			current = temp;			/* Use this */
		    } /* If no insertion point exists */
		}
		if (r->op == HT_Pass) {
		    CTRACE(stderr, "HTRule: ...and pass `%s'\n", current);
		    return current;
		}
		break;

	case HT_Fail:				/* Unauthorised */
	default:
	    CTRACE(stderr,"HTRule: *** FAIL `%s'\n", current);
	    return (char *)0;
		    		    
	} /* if tail matches ... switch operation */

    } /* loop over rules */

    return current;	/* For clients default is to pass */
}



/*	Load one line of configuration
**	------------------------------
**
**	Call this, for example, to load a X resource with config info.
**
** returns	0 OK, < 0 syntax error.
*/
PUBLIC int HTSetConfiguration ARGS1(CONST char *, config)
{
    HTRuleOp op;
    char * line = NULL;
    char * pointer = line;
    char *word1, *word2, *word3;
    float quality, secs, secs_per_byte;
    int status;
    
    StrAllocCopy(line, config);
    {
	char * p = strchr(line, '#');	/* Chop off comments */
	if (p) *p = 0;
    }
    pointer = line;
    word1 = HTNextField(&pointer);
    if (!word1) {
    	free(line);
	return 0;
    } ;	/* Comment only or blank */

    word2 = HTNextField(&pointer);
    word3 = HTNextField(&pointer);

    if (!word2) {
	fprintf(stderr, "HTRule: Insufficient operands: %s\n", line);
	free(line);
	return -2;	/*syntax error */
    }

    if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "suffix") ||
	0==strcasecomp(word1, "addtype")) {
        char * encoding = HTNextField(&pointer);
	if (pointer) status = sscanf(pointer, "%f", &quality);
	else status = 0;
	HTAddType(word2,	word3,
				encoding ? encoding : "binary",
				status >= 1? quality : 1.0);

    } else if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "addencoding") ||
	       0==strcasecomp(word1, "encoding")) {
	if (pointer)
	    status = sscanf(pointer, "%f", &quality);
	else status = 0;
	HTAddEncoding(word2, word3,
		      status >= 1 ? quality : 1.0);

    } else if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "addlanguage") ||
	       0==strcasecomp(word1, "language")) {
	if (pointer)
	    status = sscanf(pointer, "%f", &quality);
	else status = 0;
	HTAddLanguage(word2, word3,
		      status >= 1 ? quality : 1.0);

    } else if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "presentation")) {
        if (pointer) status = sscanf(pointer, "%f%f%f",
			    &quality, &secs, &secs_per_byte);
        else status = 0;
	if (!HTConversions) HTConversions = HTList_new();
	HTSetPresentation(HTConversions, word2, word3,
		    status >= 1? quality 		: 1.0,
		    status >= 2 ? secs 			: 0.0,
		    status >= 3 ? secs_per_byte 	: 0.0 );

    } else {
	op =	0==strcasecomp(word1, "map")  ?	HT_Map
	    :	0==strcasecomp(word1, "pass") ?	HT_Pass
	    :	0==strcasecomp(word1, "fail") ?	HT_Fail
	    :					HT_Invalid;
	if (op==HT_Invalid) {
	    CTRACE(stderr, "HTRule: Bad rule `%s'\n", config);
	} else {  
	    HTAddRule(op, word2, word3);
	} 
    }
    free(line);
    return 0;
}


/*	Load the rules from a file				HTLoadRules()
**	--------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	Rules can be in any state
** On exit,
**	Any existing rules will have been kept.
**	Any new rules will have been loaded.
**	Returns		0 if no error, 0 if error!
**
** Bugs:
**	The strings may not contain spaces.
*/

int HTLoadRules ARGS1(CONST char *, filename)
{
    FILE * fp = fopen(filename, "r");
    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    
    if (!fp) {
        CTRACE(stderr, "HTRules: Can't open rules file %s\n", filename);
	return -1; /* File open error */
    }
    for(;;) {
	if (!fgets(line, LINE_LENGTH+1, fp)) break;	/* EOF or error */
	(void) HTSetConfiguration(line);
    }
    fclose(fp);
    return 0;		/* No error or syntax errors ignored */
}

37777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTRules.h1006640070060000000000001142405544654344014612 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                           Configuration Manager for libwww
                                  CONFIGURATION MANAGER
                                             
   Author Tim Berners-Lee/CERN. Public domain. Please mail changes to timbl@info.cern.ch.
   
   The configuration information loaded includes tables (file suffixes, presentation
   methods) in other modules.  The most likely routines needed by developers will be:
   
  HTSetConfiguration      to load configuration information.
                         
  HTLoadRules             to load a whole file of configuration information
                         
  HTTranslate             to translate a URL using the rule table.
                         
 */
#ifndef HTRULE_H
#define HTRULE_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"   /* HTRequest */

typedef enum _HTRuleOp {
        HT_Invalid,
        HT_Map,
        HT_Pass,
        HT_Fail,
        HT_DefProt,
        HT_Protect,
        HT_Exec,
        HT_Redirect
} HTRuleOp;

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTSearSc HTSearchScript
#define HTPutScr HTPutScript
#define HTPostSc HTPostScript
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

/*

Server Side Script Execution

   If a URL starts with /htbin/ it is understood to mean a script execution request on
   server. This feature needs to be turned on by setting HTBinDir by the htbin rule.
   Index searching is enabled by setting HTSearchScript into the name of script in BinDir
   doing the actual search by search rule (BinDir must also be set in this case, of
   course).
   
 */

extern char * HTSearchScript;   /* Search script name */
extern char * HTPutScript;      /* Script handling PUT */
extern char * HTPostScript;     /* Script handling POST */

/*

HTAddRule:  Add rule to the list

  ON ENTRY,
  
  pattern                points to 0-terminated string containing a single "*"
                         
  equiv                  points to the equivalent string with * for the place where the
                         text matched by * goes.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                0 if success, -1 if error.
                         
   Note that if BYTE_ADDRESSING is set, the three blocks required are allocated and
   deallocated as one. This will save time and storage, when malloc's allocation units are
   large.
   
 */
extern int HTAddRule PARAMS((HTRuleOp op, const char * pattern, const char * equiv));


/*

HTClearRules: Clear all rules

  ON EXIT,
  
  Rule file               There are no rules
                         
  returns
                          0 if success, -1 if error.
                         
 */

#ifdef __STDC__
extern int HTClearRules(void);
#else
extern int HTClearRules();
#endif


/*

HTTranslate: Translate by rules

 */
        
/*

  ON ENTRY,
  
  required                points to a string whose equivalent value is neeed
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 the address of the equivalent string allocated from the heap
                         which the CALLER MUST FREE. If no translation occured, then it is
                         a copy of the original.
                         
 */

PUBLIC char * HTTranslate PARAMS((CONST char * required));

/*

HTTranslateReq: Translate request by rules

  ON ENTRY,
  
  req                    request structure.
                         
  req->simplified        simplified pathname (no ..'s etc in it), which will be translated
                         by rules.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                YES on success, NO on failure (Forbidden).
                         
  req->translated        contains the translated filename; NULL if a script call.
                         
  req->script            contains the executable script name; NULL if not a script call.
                         
 */

PUBLIC BOOL HTTranslateReq PARAMS((HTRequest * req));


/*

HTSetConfiguration:  Load one line of configuration information

  ON ENTRY,
  
  config                  is a string in the syntax of a rule file line.
                         
   This routine may be used for loading configuration information from sources other than
   the  rule file, for example INI files for X resources.
   
 */
extern int HTSetConfiguration PARAMS((CONST char * config));


/*

HtLoadRules:  Load the rules from a file

  ON ENTRY,
  
  Rule table              Rules can be in any state
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  Rule table              Any existing rules will have been kept. Any new rules will have
                         been loaded on top, so as to be tried first.
                         
  Returns                 0 if no error.
                         
 */

#ifdef __STDC__
extern int HTLoadRules(const char * filename);
#else
extern int HTLoadRules();
#endif
/*

 */


#endif /* HTUtils.h */
/*

   end  */
v); /* use entire translation */
	    } else {
		  char * ins = strchr(r->equiv, '*');	/* Insertion point */
	          if (ins) {	/* Consistent rule!!! */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(
				strlen(r->equiv)-1 + m + 1);
			if (temp==NWWW/Library/Implementation/HTStream.h1006640070060000000000000340005475034014014733 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                      The Stream class definition -- libwww
                                 STREAM OBJECT DEFINITION
                                             
   A Stream object is something which accepts a stream of text.
   
   The creation methods will vary on the type of Stream Object.   All creation methods
   return a pointer to the stream type below.
   
   As you can see, but the methods used to write to the stream and close it are pointed to
   be the object itself.
   
 */
#ifndef HTSTREAM_H
#define HTSTREAM_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

typedef struct _HTStream HTStream;

/*

   These are the common methods of all streams.  They should be self-explanatory, except
   for end_document which must be called before free.  It should be merged with free in
   fact:  it should be dummy for new streams.
   
   The put_block method was write, but this upset systems whiuch had macros for write().
   
 */
typedef struct _HTStreamClass {

        char*  name;                            /* Just for diagnostics */
                
        void (*free) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me));

        void (*abort) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                HTError         e));
                
        void (*put_character) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                char            ch));
                                
        void (*put_string) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                CONST char *    str));
                
        void (*put_block) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                CONST char *    str,
                int             len));
                
                
}HTStreamClass;

#endif /* HTSTREAM_H */

/*

   end of HTStream.h */
  } else if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "addencoding") ||
	       0==strcasecomp(word1, "encoding")) {
	if (pointer)
	    status = sscanf(pointer, "%f", &quality);
	else status = 0;
	HTAddEncoding(word2, word3,
		      status >= 1 ? quality : 1.0);

    } else WWW/Library/Implementation/HTString.c1006640070060000000000000613205435571647014764 037777777777 1 0 /*		Case-independent string comparison		HTString.c
**
**	Original version came with listserv implementation.
**	Version TBL Oct 91 replaces one which modified the strings.
**	02-Dec-91 (JFG) Added stralloccopy and stralloccat
**	23 Jan 92 (TBL) Changed strallocc* to 8 char HTSAC* for VM and suchlike
**	 6 Oct 92 (TBL) Moved WWW_TraceFlag in here to be in library
*/
#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

PUBLIC int WWW_TraceFlag = 0;	/* Global trace flag for ALL W3 code */

#ifndef VC
#define VC "unknown"
#endif

PUBLIC CONST char * HTLibraryVersion = VC; /* String for help screen etc */

#ifndef VM		/* VM has these already it seems */
	
/*	Strings of any length
**	---------------------
*/
PUBLIC int strcasecomp ARGS2 (CONST char*,a, CONST char *,b)
{
	CONST char *p =a;
	CONST char *q =b;
	for(p=a, q=b; *p && *q; p++, q++) {
	    int diff = TOLOWER(*p) - TOLOWER(*q);
	    if (diff) return diff;
	}
	if (*p) return 1;	/* p was longer than q */
	if (*q) return -1;	/* p was shorter than q */
	return 0;		/* Exact match */
}


/*	With count limit
**	----------------
*/
PUBLIC int strncasecomp ARGS3(CONST char*,a, CONST char *,b, int,n)
{
	CONST char *p =a;
	CONST char *q =b;
	
	for(p=a, q=b;; p++, q++) {
	    int diff;
	    if (p == a+n) return 0;	/*   Match up to n characters */
	    if (!(*p && *q)) return *p - *q;
	    diff = TOLOWER(*p) - TOLOWER(*q);
	    if (diff) return diff;
	}
	/*NOTREACHED*/
}
#endif

/*	Allocate a new copy of a string, and returns it
*/
PUBLIC char * HTSACopy
  ARGS2 (char **,dest, CONST char *,src)
{
  if (*dest) free(*dest);
  if (! src)
    *dest = NULL;
  else {
    *dest = (char *) malloc (strlen(src) + 1);
    if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACopy");
    strcpy (*dest, src);
  }
  return *dest;
}

/*	String Allocate and Concatenate
*/
PUBLIC char * HTSACat
  ARGS2 (char **,dest, CONST char *,src)
{
  if (src && *src) {
    if (*dest) {
      int length = strlen (*dest);
      *dest = (char *) realloc (*dest, length + strlen(src) + 1);
      if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACat");
      strcpy (*dest + length, src);
    } else {
      *dest = (char *) malloc (strlen(src) + 1);
      if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACat");
      strcpy (*dest, src);
    }
  }
  return *dest;
}


/*	Find next Field
**	---------------
**
** On entry,
**	*pstr	points to a string containig white space separated
**		field, optionlly quoted.
**
** On exit,
**	*pstr	has been moved to the first delimiter past the
**		field
**		THE STRING HAS BEEN MUTILATED by a 0 terminator
**
**	returns	a pointer to the first field
*/
PUBLIC char * HTNextField ARGS1(char **, pstr)
{
    char * p = *pstr;
    char * start;			/* start of field */
    
    while(*p && WHITE(*p)) p++;		/* Strip white space */
    if (!*p) {
	*pstr = p;
        return NULL;		/* No first field */
    }
    if (*p == '"') {			/* quoted field */
        p++;
	start = p;
	for(;*p && *p!='"'; p++) {
	    if (*p == '\\' && p[1]) p++;	/* Skip escaped chars */
	}
    } else {
	start = p;
	while(*p && !WHITE(*p)) p++;	/* Skip first field */
    }
    if (*p) *p++ = 0;
    *pstr = p;
    return start;
}
define HTPostSc HTPostScript
#endif /*SHORT_NAMES*/

/*

Server Side Script Execution

   If a URL starts with /htbin/ it is understood to mean a script execution request on
   server. This feature needs to be turned on by setting HTBinDir by the htbin rule.
   Index searching is enabled by setting HTSearchScript into the name of script in BinDir
   doing the actual search by search rule (BinDir must also be set in thiWWW/Library/Implementation/HTString.h1006640070060000000000000213005435571747014764 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                 String handling for libwww
                                         STRINGS
                                             
   Case-independent string comparison and allocations with copies etc
   
 */
#ifndef HTSTRING_H
#define HTSTRING_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

extern int WWW_TraceFlag;       /* Global flag for all W3 trace */

extern CONST char * HTLibraryVersion;   /* String for help screen etc */

/*

Case-insensitive string comparison

   The usual routines (comp instead of cmp) had some problem.
   
 */
extern int strcasecomp  PARAMS((CONST char *a, CONST char *b));
extern int strncasecomp PARAMS((CONST char *a, CONST char *b, int n));

/*

Malloced string manipulation

 */
#define StrAllocCopy(dest, src) HTSACopy (&(dest), src)
#define StrAllocCat(dest, src)  HTSACat  (&(dest), src)
extern char * HTSACopy PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));
extern char * HTSACat  PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));

/*

Next word or quoted string

 */
extern char * HTNextField PARAMS ((char** pstr));


#endif
/*

   end
   
    */
                  
 */

PUBLIC char * HTTranslate PARAMS((CONST char * required));

/*

HTTranslateReq: Translate request by rules

  ON ENTRY,
  
  req                    request structure.
                         
  req->simplified        simplified pathname (no ..'s etc in it), which will be translated
                         by rules.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                YES on success, WWW/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.c1006640070060000000000002140705544654156014616 037777777777 1 0 /*	Style Implementation for Hypertext			HTStyle.c
**	==================================
**
**	Styles allow the translation between a logical property
**	of a piece of text and its physical representation.
**
**	A StyleSheet is a collection of styles, defining the
**	translation necessary to
**	represent a document. It is a linked list of styles.
*/
#include "HTStyle.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"

/*	Create a new style
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle* HTStyleNew NOARGS
{
    HTStyle * self = (HTStyle *)malloc(sizeof(*self));
    memset(self, 0, sizeof(*self));
    self->font = (HTFont) 0;
    self->color = 0;
    return self;
}

/*	Create a new style with a name
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle* HTStyleNewNamed ARGS1 (CONST char *,name)
{
    HTStyle * self = HTStyleNew();
    StrAllocCopy(self->name, name);
    return self;
}


/*	Free a style
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle * HTStyleFree ARGS1 (HTStyle *,self)
{
    if (self->name) free(self->name);
    if (self->SGMLTag) free(self->SGMLTag);
    free(self);
    return 0;
}


#ifdef SUPPRESS  /* Only on the NeXT */
/*	Read a style from a stream	(without its name)
**	--------------------------
**
**	Reads a style with paragraph information from a stream.
**	The style name is not read or written by these routines.
*/
#define NONE_STRING "(None)"
#define HTStream NXStream

HTStyle * HTStyleRead (HTStyle * style, HTStream * stream)
{
    char myTag[STYLE_NAME_LENGTH];
    char fontName[STYLE_NAME_LENGTH];
    NXTextStyle *p;
    int	tab;
    int gotpara;		/* flag: have we got a paragraph definition? */
	
    NXScanf(stream, "%s%s%f%d",
	myTag,
	fontName,
	&style->fontSize,
	&gotpara);
    if (gotpara) {
	if (!style->paragraph) {
	    style->paragraph = malloc(sizeof(*(style->paragraph)));
	    style->paragraph->tabs = 0;
	}
	p = style->paragraph;
	NXScanf(stream, "%f%f%f%f%hd%f%f%hd",
	    &p->indent1st,
	    &p->indent2nd,
	    &p->lineHt,
	    &p->descentLine,
	    &p->alignment,
	    &style->spaceBefore,
	    &style->spaceAfter,
	    &p->numTabs);
	if (p->tabs) free(p->tabs);
	p->tabs = malloc(p->numTabs * sizeof(p->tabs[0]));
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++) {
	    NXScanf(stream, "%hd%f",
		    &p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    &p->tabs[tab].x);
	}
    } else { /* No paragraph */
        if (style->paragraph) {
    	    free(style->paragraph);
    	    style->paragraph = 0;
	}
    } /* if no paragraph */
    StrAllocCopy(style->SGMLTag, myTag);
    if (strcmp(fontName, NONE_STRING)==0)
        style->font = 0;
    else
        style->font = [Font newFont:fontName size:style->fontSize];
    return 0;

}


/*	Write a style to a stream in a compatible way
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleWrite (HTStyle * style, NXStream * stream)
{
    int tab;
    NXTextStyle *p = style->paragraph;
    NXPrintf(stream, "%s %s %f %d\n",
	style->SGMLTag,
	style->font ? [style->font name] : NONE_STRING,
	style->fontSize,
	p!=0);

    if (p) {
	NXPrintf(stream, "\t%f %f %f %f %d %f %f\t%d\n",
	    p->indent1st,
	    p->indent2nd,
	    p->lineHt,
	    p->descentLine,
	    p->alignment,
	    style->spaceBefore,
	    style->spaceAfter,
	    p->numTabs);
	    
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++)
	    NXPrintf(stream, "\t%d %f\n",
		    p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    p->tabs[tab].x);
	}
    return style;
}


/*	Write a style to stdout for diagnostics
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleDump (HTStyle * style)
{
    int tab;
    NXTextStyle *p = style->paragraph;
    printf("Style %d `%s' SGML:%s. Font %s %.1f point.\n",
    	style,
	style->name,
	style->SGMLTag,
	[style->font name],
	style->fontSize);
    if (p) {
        printf(
    	"\tIndents: first=%.0f others=%.0f, Height=%.1f Desc=%.1f\n"
	"\tAlign=%d, %d tabs. (%.0f before, %.0f after)\n",
	    p->indent1st,
	    p->indent2nd,
	    p->lineHt,
	    p->descentLine,
	    p->alignment,
	    p->numTabs,
	    style->spaceBefore,
	    style->spaceAfter);
	    
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++) {
	    printf("\t\tTab kind=%d at %.0f\n",
		    p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    p->tabs[tab].x);
    	}
	printf("\n");
    } /* if paragraph */
    return style;
}
#endif


/*			StyleSheet Functions
**			====================
*/

/*	Searching for styles:
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleNamed ARGS2 (HTStyleSheet *,self, CONST char *,name)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (0==strcmp(scan->name, name)) return scan;
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "StyleSheet: No style named `%s'\n", name);
    return 0;
}

#ifdef NEXT_SUPRESS		/* Not in general common code */

HTStyle * HTStyleMatching (HTStyleSheet * self, HTStyle *style)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (scan->paragraph == para) return scan;
    return 0;
}

/*	Find the style which best fits a given run
**	------------------------------------------
**
**	This heuristic is used for guessing the style for a run of
**	text which has been pasted in. In order, we try:
**
**	A style whose paragraph structure is actually used by the run.
**	A style matching in font
**	A style matching in paragraph style exactly
**	A style matching in paragraph to a degree
*/

HTStyle * HTStyleForRun (HTStyleSheet *self, NXRun *run)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    HTStyle * best = 0;
    int	bestMatch = 0;
    NXTextStyle * rp = run->paraStyle;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (scan->paragraph == run->paraStyle) return scan;	/* Exact */

    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next){
    	NXTextStyle * sp = scan->paragraph;
    	if (sp) {
	    int match = 0;
	    if (sp->indent1st ==	rp->indent1st)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->indent2nd ==	rp->indent2nd)	match = match+2;
	    if (sp->lineHt ==		rp->lineHt)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->numTabs ==		rp->numTabs)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->alignment ==	rp->alignment)	match = match+3;
	    if (scan->font ==		run->font)	match = match+10;
	    if (match>bestMatch) {
		    best=scan;
		    bestMatch=match;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTStyleForRun: Best match for style is %d out of 18\n",
    			 bestMatch);
    return best;
}
#endif


/*	Add a style to a sheet
**	----------------------
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetAddStyle ARGS2
  (HTStyleSheet *,self, HTStyle *,style)
{
    style->next = 0;		/* The style will go on the end */
    if (!self->styles) {
    	self->styles = style;
    } else {
    	HTStyle * scan;
        for(scan=self->styles; scan->next; scan=scan->next); /* Find end */
	scan->next=style;
    }
    return self;
}


/*	Remove the given object from a style sheet if it exists
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle ARGS2
  (HTStyleSheet *,self, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (self->styles == style) {
    	self->styles = style->next;
	return self;
    } else {
    	HTStyle * scan;
	for(scan = self->styles; scan; scan = scan->next) {
	    if (scan->next == style) {
	        scan->next = style->next;
		return self;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*	Create new style sheet
*/

HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetNew NOARGS
{
    HTStyleSheet * self = (HTStyleSheet *)malloc(sizeof(*self));

    memset((void*)self, 0, sizeof(*self));	/* ANSI */
/* Harbison c ref man says (char*)self
   but k&r ansii and abc books and Think_C say (void*) */
    
/*    bzero(self, sizeof(*self)); */		/* BSD */
    return self;
}


/*	Free off a style sheet pointer
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetFree ARGS1 (HTStyleSheet *,self)
{
    HTStyle * style;
    while((style=self->styles)!=0) {
        self->styles = style->next;
	HTStyleFree(style);
    }
    free(self);
    return 0;
}


/*	Read a stylesheet from a typed stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	Reads a style sheet from a stream.  If new styles have the same names
**	as existing styles, they replace the old ones without changing the ids.
*/

#ifdef NEXT_SUPRESS  /* Only on the NeXT */
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRead(HTStyleSheet * self, NXStream * stream)
{
    int numStyles;
    int i;
    HTStyle * style;
    char styleName[80];
    NXScanf(stream, " %d ", &numStyles);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Stylesheet: Reading %d styles\n", numStyles);
    for (i=0; istyles; style; style=style->next) numStyles++;
    NXPrintf(stream, "%d\n", numStyles);
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "StyleSheet: Writing %d styles\n", numStyles);
    for (style=self->styles; style; style=style->next) {
        NXPrintf(stream, "%s ", style->name);
	(void) HTStyleWrite(style, stream);
    }
    return self;
}
#endif
dest, src) HTSACopy (&(dest), src)
#define StrAllocCat(dest, src)  HTSACat  (&(dest), src)
extern char * HTSACopy PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));
extern char * HTSACat  PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));

/*

Next word or quoted strinWWW/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.h1006640070060000000000001510305544654334014615 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                       HTStyle: Style management for libwww
                              STYLE DEFINITION FOR HYPERTEXT
                                             
   Styles allow the translation between a logical property of a piece of text and its
   physical representation.
   
   A StyleSheet is a collection of styles, defining the translation necessary to represent
   a document. It is a linked list of styles.
   
Overriding this module

   Why is the style structure declared in the HTStyle.h module, instead of having the user
   browser define the structure, and the HTStyle routines just use sizeof() for copying?
   
   It's not obvious whether HTStyle.c should be common code.  It's useful to have common
   code for loading style sheets, especially if the movement toward standard style sheets
   gets going.
   
   If it IS common code, then both the hypertext object and HTStyle.c must know the
   structure of a style, so HTStyle.h is a suitable place to put that.  HTStyle.c has to
   be compiled with a knowledge of the
   
   It we take it out of the library, then of course HTStyle could be declared as an
   undefined structure. The only references to it are in the structure-flattening code
   HTML.c and HTPlain.c, which only use HTStypeNamed().
   
   You can in any case override this function in your own code, which will prevent the
   HTStyle from being loaded.  You will be able to redefine your style structure in this
   case without problems, as no other moule needs to know it.
   
 */
#ifndef HTStyle_H
#define HTStyle_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

typedef long int HTFont;        /* Dummy definition instead */

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTStyleNew                      HTStNew
#define HTStyleFree                     HTStFree
#define HTStyleRead                     HTStRead
#define HTStyleWrite                    HTStWrite
#define HTStyleSheetNew                 HTStShNe
#define HTStyleSheetFree                HTStShFr
#define HTStyleNamed                    HTStName
#define HTStyleForParagraph             HTStFoPa
#define HTStyleMatching                 HTStMatc
#define HTStyleForRun                   HTStFoRu
#define HTStyleSheetAddStyle            HTStShAd
#define HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle         HTStShRm
#define HTStyleSheetRead                HTStShRe
#define HTStyleSheetWrite               HTStShWr
#endif

#ifdef NeXT_suppressed
#include 
typedef NXCoord HTCoord;
#define HTParagraphStyle NXTextStyle
#define HTCoord NXCoord
typedef struct _color {
        float   grey;
        int     RGBColor;
} HTColor;
#else

typedef float HTCoord;

typedef struct _HTParagraphStyle {
    HTCoord     left_indent;            /* @@@@ junk! etc etc*/
} HTParagraphStyle;

typedef int HTColor;            /* Sorry about the US spelling! */

#endif



#define STYLE_NAME_LENGTH       80      /* @@@@@@@@@@@ */
        
typedef struct {
    short               kind;           /* only NX_LEFTTAB implemented*/
    HTCoord             position;       /* x coordinate for stop */
} HTTabStop;


/*      The Style Structure
**      -------------------
*/

typedef struct _HTStyle {

/*      Style management information
*/
    struct _HTStyle     *next;          /* Link for putting into stylesheet */
    char *              name;           /* Style name */
    char *              SGMLTag;        /* Tag name to start */


/*      Character attributes    (a la NXRun)
*/
    HTFont              font;           /* Font id */
    HTCoord             fontSize;       /* The size of font, not independent */
    HTColor             color;  /* text gray of current run */
    int                 superscript;    /* superscript (-sub) in points */

    HTAnchor            *anchor;        /* Anchor id if any, else zero */

/*      Paragraph Attribtes     (a la NXTextStyle)
*/
    HTCoord             indent1st;      /* how far first line in paragraph is
                                 * indented */
    HTCoord             leftIndent;     /* how far second line is indented */
    HTCoord             rightIndent;    /* (Missing from NeXT version */
    short               alignment;      /* quad justification */
    HTCoord             lineHt;         /* line height */
    HTCoord             descentLine;    /* descender bottom from baseline */
    HTTabStop           *tabs;          /* array of tab stops, 0 terminated */

    BOOL                wordWrap;       /* Yes means wrap at space not char */
    BOOL                freeFormat;     /* Yes means \n is just white space */
    HTCoord             spaceBefore;    /* Omissions from NXTextStyle */
    HTCoord             spaceAfter;
    int                 paraFlags;      /* Paragraph flags, bits as follows: */

#define PARA_KEEP       1       /* Do not break page within this paragraph */
#define PARA_WITH_NEXT  2       /* Do not break page after this paragraph */

#define HT_JUSTIFY 0            /* For alignment */
#define HT_LEFT 1
#define HT_RIGHT 2
#define HT_CENTER 3

} HTStyle;


/*      Style functions:
*/
extern HTStyle * HTStyleNew NOPARAMS;
extern HTStyle* HTStyleNewNamed PARAMS ((CONST char * name));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleFree PARAMS((HTStyle * self));
#ifdef SUPRESS
extern HTStyle * HTStyleRead PARAMS((HTStyle * self, HTStream * stream));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleWrite PARAMS((HTStyle * self, HTStream * stream));
#endif
/*              Style Sheet
**              -----------
*/
typedef struct _HTStyleSheet {
        char *          name;
        HTStyle *       styles;
} HTStyleSheet;


/*      Stylesheet functions:
*/
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetNew NOPARAMS;
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetFree PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleNamed PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self, CONST char * name));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleForParagraph PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTParagraphStyle * paraStyle));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleMatching PARAMS((HTStyleSheet *self, HTStyle * style));
/* extern HTStyle * HTStyleForRun PARAMS((HTStyleSheet *self, NXRun * run)); */
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetAddStyle PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTStyle * style));
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTStyle * style));
#ifdef SUPPRESS
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRead PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
                                                HTStream * stream));
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetWrite PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
                                                HTStream * stream));
#endif
#define CLEAR_POINTER ((void *)-1)      /* Pointer value means "clear me" */
#endif /* HTStyle_H */



/*

    */
 go on the end */
    if (!self->styles) {
    	self->styles = style;
    } else {
    	HTStyle * scan;
        for(scan=self->styles; scan->next; scan=scan->next); /* Find end */
	scan->next=style;
    }
    return self;
}


/*	Remove the given object from a style sheet if it exists
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle ARGS2
  (HTStyleSheet *,self, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (self->styles == style) {
    	self->styles = style->next;
	reWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c1006640070060000000000002264605544654111014141 037777777777 1 0 /*			Generic Communication Code		HTTCP.c
**			==========================
**
**	This code is in common between client and server sides.
**
**	16 Jan 92  TBL	Fix strtol() undefined on CMU Mach.
**	25 Jun 92  JFG  Added DECNET option through TCP socket emulation.
**	13 Sep 93  MD   Added correct return of vmserrorno for HTInetStatus.
**			Added decoding of vms error message for MULTINET.
*/


#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"		/* Defines SHORT_NAMES if necessary */
#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTInetStatus		HTInStat
#define HTInetString 		HTInStri
#define HTParseInet		HTPaInet
#endif


/* VMS stuff */
#ifdef VMS
#ifndef MULTINET
#define FD_SETSIZE 32
#else /* Multinet */
#define FD_SETSIZE 256
#endif /* Multinet */
#endif /* VMS */


/*	Module-Wide variables
*/

PRIVATE char *hostname=0;		/* The name of this host */


/*	PUBLIC VARIABLES
*/

/* PUBLIC SockA HTHostAddress; */	/* The internet address of the host */
					/* Valid after call to HTHostName() */

/*	Encode INET status (as in sys/errno.h)			  inet_status()
**	------------------
**
** On entry,
**	where		gives a description of what caused the error
**	global errno	gives the error number in the unix way.
**
** On return,
**	returns		a negative status in the unix way.
*/
#ifndef PCNFS
#ifdef VMS
#ifndef __DECC
extern int uerrno;	/* Deposit of error info (as per errno.h) */
extern volatile noshare int socket_errno; /* socket VMS error info 
                                             (used for translation of vmserrno) */
extern volatile noshare int vmserrno;	/* Deposit of VMS error info */
extern volatile noshare int errno;  /* noshare to avoid PSECT conflict */
#endif /* not DECC */
#endif /* VMS */

#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif /* errno */

#ifndef VM
#ifndef VMS
#ifndef NeXT
#ifndef THINK_C
extern char *sys_errlist[];		/* see man perror on cernvax */
extern int sys_nerr;
#endif  /* think c */
#endif	/* NeXT */
#endif  /* VMS */
#endif	/* VM */

#endif	/* PCNFS */

/*	Report Internet Error
**	---------------------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC int HTInetStatus(char *where)
#else
PUBLIC int HTInetStatus(where)
    char    *where;
#endif
{
#ifndef VMS
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP......... Error %d in `errno' after call to %s() failed.\n\t%s\n",
	    errno,  where,

#ifdef VM
	    "(Error number not translated)");	/* What Is the VM equiv? */
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif
#ifdef NeXT
	    strerror(errno));
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif
#ifdef THINK_C
	    strerror(errno));
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif

#ifndef ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
	    errno < sys_nerr ? sys_errlist[errno] : "Unknown error" );
#endif

#else /* VMS */
    CTRACE(tfp, "         Unix error number          = %ld dec\n", errno);
    CTRACE(tfp, "         VMS error                  = %lx hex\n", vaxc$errno);
#ifdef MULTINET
    CTRACE(tfp, "         Multinet error             = %lx hex\n", socket_errno); 
#endif /* MULTINET */
#endif /* VMS */

#ifdef VMS
    /* errno happen to be zero if vaxc$errno <> 0 */
    return -vaxc$errno;
#else
    return -errno;
#endif
}


/*	Parse a cardinal value				       parse_cardinal()
**	----------------------
**
** On entry,
**	*pp	    points to first character to be interpreted, terminated by
**		    non 0:9 character.
**	*pstatus    points to status already valid
**	maxvalue    gives the largest allowable value.
**
** On exit,
**	*pp	    points to first unread character
**	*pstatus    points to status updated iff bad
*/

PUBLIC unsigned int HTCardinal ARGS3
	(int *,		pstatus,
	char **,	pp,
	unsigned int,	max_value)
{
    int   n;
    if ( (**pp<'0') || (**pp>'9')) {	    /* Null string is error */
	*pstatus = -3;  /* No number where one expeceted */
	return 0;
    }

    n=0;
    while ((**pp>='0') && (**pp<='9')) n = n*10 + *((*pp)++) - '0';

    if (n>max_value) {
	*pstatus = -4;  /* Cardinal outside range */
	return 0;
    }

    return n;
}


#ifndef DECNET  /* Function only used below for a trace message */

/*	Produce a string for an Internet address
**	----------------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a pointer to a static string which must be copied if
**		it is to be kept.
*/

PUBLIC CONST char * HTInetString ARGS1(SockA*,sin)
{
    static char string[16];
    sprintf(string, "%d.%d.%d.%d",
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));
    return string;
}
#endif /* Decnet */


/*	Parse a network node address and port
**	-------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	str	points to a string with a node name or number,
**		with optional trailing colon and port number.
**	sin	points to the binary internet or decnet address field.
**
** On exit,
**	*sin	is filled in. If no port is specified in str, that
**		field is left unchanged in *sin.
*/
PUBLIC int HTParseInet ARGS2(SockA *,sin, CONST char *,str)
{
    char *port;
    char host[256];
    struct hostent  *phost;	/* Pointer to host - See netdb.h */
    strcpy(host, str);		/* Take a copy we can mutilate */



/*	Parse port number if present
*/    
    if ((port=strchr(host, ':'))) {
    	*port++ = 0;		/* Chop off port */
        if (port[0]>='0' && port[0]<='9') {

#ifdef unix
	    sin->sin_port = htons(atol(port));
#else /* VMS */
#ifdef DECNET
	    sin->sdn_objnum = (unsigned char) (strtol(port, (char**)0 , 10));
#else
	    sin->sin_port = htons(strtol(port, (char**)0 , 10));
#endif /* Decnet */
#endif /* Unix vs. VMS */

	} else {

#ifdef SUPPRESS		/* 1. crashes!?!.  2. Not recommended */
	    struct servent * serv = getservbyname(port, (char*)0);
	    if (serv) sin->sin_port = serv->s_port;
	    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "TCP......... Unknown service %s\n", port);
#endif
	}
      }

#ifdef DECNET
    /* read Decnet node name. @@ Should know about DECnet addresses, but it's
       probably worth waiting until the Phase transition from IV to V. */

    sin->sdn_nam.n_len = min(DN_MAXNAML, strlen(host));  /* <=6 in phase 4 */
    strncpy (sin->sdn_nam.n_name, host, sin->sdn_nam.n_len + 1);

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"DECnet: Parsed address as object number %d on host %.6s...\n",
		      sin->sdn_objnum, host);

#else  /* parse Internet host */

/*	Parse host number if present.
*/  
    if (*host>='0' && *host<='9') {   /* Numeric node address: */
	sin->sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(host); /* See arpa/inet.h */

    } else {		    /* Alphanumeric node name: */
#ifdef MVS	/* Oustanding problem with crash in MVS gethostbyname */
	if(TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTCP: Calling gethostbyname(%s)\n", host);
#endif
	phost=gethostbyname(host);	/* See netdb.h */
#ifdef MVS
	if(TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTCP: gethostbyname() returned %d\n", phost);
#endif
	if (!phost) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		    "HTTPAccess: Can't find internet node name `%s'.\n",host);
	    return -1;  /* Fail? */
	}
	memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    }

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"TCP......... Parsed address as port %d, IP address %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		(int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));

#endif  /* Internet vs. Decnet */

    return 0;	/* OK */
}


/*
**	Get host name of the machine on the other end of a socket.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTGetHostName ARGS1(int, soc)
{
    struct sockaddr addr;
    int len = sizeof(struct sockaddr);
    struct in_addr *iaddr;
    struct hostent * phost;		/* Pointer to host -- See netdb.h */
    char *name = NULL;

#ifdef DECNET  /* Decnet ain't got no damn name server 8#OO */
    return NULL;
#else
    if (getpeername(soc, &addr, &len) < 0)
	return NULL;

    iaddr = &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&addr)->sin_addr);
    phost=gethostbyaddr((char*)iaddr,
			sizeof(struct in_addr),
			AF_INET);
    if (!phost) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			   "TCP......... Can't find internet node name for peer!!\n");
	return NULL;
    }
    StrAllocCopy(name, phost->h_name);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "TCP......... Peer name is `%s'\n", name);

    return name;

#endif	/* not DECNET */
}


/*	Derive the name of the host on which we are
**	-------------------------------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void get_host_details NOARGS

#ifndef MAXHOSTNAMELEN
#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 64		/* Arbitrary limit */
#endif

{
    char name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN+1];	/* The name of this host */
    struct hostent * phost;		/* Pointer to host -- See netdb.h */
    int namelength = sizeof(name);
    
    if (hostname) return;		/* Already done */
    gethostname(name, namelength);	/* Without domain */
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP......... Local host name is %s\n", name);
    StrAllocCopy(hostname, name);

#ifndef DECNET  /* Decnet ain't got no damn name server 8#OO */
    phost=gethostbyname(name);		/* See netdb.h */
    if (!phost) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"TCP......... Can't find my own internet node address for `%s'!!\n",
		name);
	return;  /* Fail! */
    }
    StrAllocCopy(hostname, phost->h_name);
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP......... Full local host name is %s\n", hostname);

#ifdef NEED_HOST_ADDRESS		/* no -- needs name server! */
    memcpy(&HTHostAddress, &phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "     Name server says that I am `%s' = %s\n",
	    hostname, HTInetString(&HTHostAddress));
#endif /* NEED_HOST_ADDRESS */

#endif /* not Decnet */
}

#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC const char * HTHostName(void)
#else
PUBLIC char * HTHostName()
#endif
{
    get_host_details();
    return hostname;
}

, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (self->styles == style) {
    	self->styles = style->next;
	reWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h1006640070060000000000000601305544654272014144 037777777777 1 0 /*                               /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/src/HTTCP.html
                               GENERIC TCP/IP COMMUNICATION
                                             
   This module has the common code for handling TCP/IP connections etc.
   
 */
#ifndef HTTCP_H
#define HTTCP_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

#include "tcp.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTInetStatus            HTInStat
#define HTInetString            HTInStri
#define HTParseInet             HTPaInet
#endif


/*      Produce a string for an internet address
**      ---------------------------------------
**
** On exit:
**           returns a pointer to a static string which must be copied if
**                it is to be kept.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern const char * HTInetString(struct sockaddr_in* sin);
#else
        extern char * HTInetString();
#endif


/*      Encode INET status (as in sys/errno.h)                    inet_status()
**      ------------------
**
** On entry:
**              where gives a description of what caused the error
**      global errno gives the error number in the unix way.
**
** On return:
**      returns a negative status in the unix way.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern int HTInetStatus(char *where);
#else
        extern int HTInetStatus();
#endif

/*      Publicly accessible variables
*/
/* extern struct sockaddr_in HTHostAddress; */
                        /* The internet address of the host */
                        /* Valid after call to HTHostName() */


/*      Parse a cardinal value                                 parse_cardinal()
**      ----------------------
**
** On entry:
**      *pp points to first character to be interpreted, terminated by
**      non 0..9 character.
**      *pstatus points to status already valid,
**      maxvalue gives the largest allowable value.
**
** On exit:
**      *pp points to first unread character,
**      *pstatus points to status updated iff bad
*/

extern unsigned int HTCardinal PARAMS((int *pstatus,
                char            **pp,
                unsigned int    max_value));


/*      Parse an internet node address and port
**      ---------------------------------------
**
** On entry:
**               str points to a string with a node name or number,
**               with optional trailing colon and port number.
**               sin points to the binary internet or decnet address field.
**
** On exit:
**               *sin is filled in. If no port is specified in str, that
**               field is left unchanged in *sin.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern int HTParseInet(struct sockaddr_in * sin, CONST char * str);
        /*!! had to change this to get it to compile. CTB */
#else
        extern int HTParseInet();
#endif

/*
**      Get Name of a Machine on the Other Side of a Socket
**      ---------------------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC char * HTGetHostName PARAMS((int soc));

/*      Get Name of This Machine
**      ------------------------
**
*/

extern CONST char * HTHostName NOPARAMS;

#endif   /* HTTCP_H */
/*

   End.  */
inal()
**	----------------------
**
** On entry,
**	*pp	    points to first character to be interpreted, terminated by
**		    non 0:9 character.
**	*pstatus    points to status already valid
**	maxvalue    gives the largest allowable value.
**
** On exit,
**	*pp	    points to first unread character
**	*pstatus    points to status updated iff bad
*/

PUBLIC unsigned int HTCardinal ARGS3
	(int *,		pstatus,
	char **,	pp,
	unsigned int,	max_value)
{
    int   n;
    if ( (**pp<'0') || (**pp>'9')) {	WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTP.c1006640070060000000000004003105544654071014027 037777777777 1 0 /*	HyperText73 Tranfer Protocol	- Client implementation		HTTP.c
**	==========================
**
** Bugs:
**	Not implemented:
**		Forward
**		Redirection
**		Error handling
*/

/*	Module parameters:
**	-----------------
**
**  These may be undefined and redefined by syspec.h
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTTP.h"

#define HTTP_VERSION	"HTTP/1.0"
#define HTTP2				/* Version is greater than 0.9 */

#define INIT_LINE_SIZE		1024	/* Start with line buffer this big */
#define LINE_EXTEND_THRESH	256	/* Minimum read size */
#define VERSION_LENGTH 		20	/* for returned protocol version */

/* Uses:
*/
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include 
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTML.h"		/* SCW */
#include "HTInit.h"		/* SCW */
#include "HTAccess.h"		/* HTRequest */
#include "HTAABrow.h"		/* Access Authorization */
#include "HTTee.h"		/* Tee off a cache stream */
#include "HTFWriter.h"		/* Write to cache file */

struct _HTStream {
	HTStreamClass * isa;		/* all we need to know */
};

extern char * HTAppName;	/* Application name: please supply */
extern char * HTAppVersion;	/* Application version: please supply */

PUBLIC long HTProxyBytes = 0;	/* Number of bytes transferred thru proxy */
extern BOOL using_proxy;	/* are we using a proxy gateway? */
PUBLIC char * HTProxyHeaders = NULL;	/* Headers to pass as-is */

PRIVATE void parse_401_headers ARGS2(HTRequest *,	req,
				     HTInputSocket *,	isoc)
{
    HTAAScheme scheme;
    char *line;
    int num_schemes = 0;
    HTList *valid_schemes = HTList_new();
    HTAssocList **scheme_specifics = NULL;
    char *template = NULL;

    /* Read server reply header lines */

    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "Server 401 reply header lines:\n");

    while (NULL != (line = HTInputSocket_getUnfoldedLine(isoc)) &&
	   *line != 0) {

	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", line);

	if (strchr(line, ':')) {	/* Valid header line */

	    char *p = line;
	    char *fieldname = HTNextField(&p);
	    char *arg1 = HTNextField(&p);
	    char *args = p;
	    
	    if (0==strcasecomp(fieldname, "WWW-Authenticate:")) {
		if (HTAA_UNKNOWN != (scheme = HTAAScheme_enum(arg1))) {
		    HTList_addObject(valid_schemes, (void*)scheme);
		    if (!scheme_specifics) {
			int i;
			scheme_specifics = (HTAssocList**)
			    malloc(HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES * sizeof(HTAssocList*));
			if (!scheme_specifics)
			    outofmem(__FILE__, "parse_401_headers");
			for (i=0; i < HTAA_MAX_SCHEMES; i++)
			    scheme_specifics[i] = NULL;
		    }
		    scheme_specifics[scheme] = HTAA_parseArgList(args);
		    num_schemes++;
		}
		else if (TRACE) {
		    fprintf(stderr, "Unknown scheme `%s' %s\n",
			    (arg1 ? arg1 : "(null)"),
			    "in WWW-Authenticate: field");
		}
	    }

	    else if (0==strcasecomp(fieldname, "WWW-Protection-Template:")) {
		if (TRACE)
		    fprintf(stderr, "Protection template set to `%s'\n", arg1);
		StrAllocCopy(template, arg1);
	    }

	} /* if a valid header line */
	else if (TRACE) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "Invalid header line `%s' ignored\n", line);
	} /* else invalid header line */
	free(line);
    } /* while header lines remain */
    FREE(line);
    req->valid_schemes = valid_schemes;
    req->scheme_specifics = scheme_specifics;
    req->prot_template = template;
}



/*		Load Document from HTTP Server			HTLoadHTTP()
**		==============================
**
**	Given a hypertext address, this routine loads a document.
**
**
** On entry,
**	arg	is the hypertext reference of the article to be loaded.
**
** On exit,
**	returns	>=0	If no error, a good socket number
**		<0	Error.
**
**	The socket must be closed by the caller after the document has been
**	read.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadHTTP ARGS1 (HTRequest *, request)
{
    CONST char * arg = NULL;
    int s;				/* Socket number for returned data */
    int status;				/* tcp return */
    char crlf[3];			/* A CR LF equivalent string */
    HTStream *	target = NULL;		/* Unconverted data */
    BOOL cache_http = YES;	   /* Enable caching of HTTP-retrieved files */

    CONST char* gate = 0;		/* disable this feature */
    SockA soc_address;			/* Binary network address */
    SockA * sin = &soc_address;
    BOOL extensions = YES;		/* Assume good HTTP server */

    if (HTImProxy) HTProxyBytes = 0;

    arg = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);

    if (!arg) return -3;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -2;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/

/*  Set up defaults:
*/
#ifdef DECNET
    sin->sdn_family = AF_DECnet;	    /* Family = DECnet, host order */
    sin->sdn_objnum = DNP_OBJ;          /* Default: http object number */
#else  /* Internet */
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family = internet, host order */
    sin->sin_port = htons(TCP_PORT);    /* Default: http port    */
#endif

    sprintf(crlf, "%c%c", CR, LF);	/* To be corect on Mac, VM, etc */
    
    if (TRACE) {
        if (gate) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTTPAccess: Using gateway %s for %s\n", gate, arg);
        else fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Direct access for %s\n", arg);
    }
    
/* Get node name and optional port number:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	int status = HTParseInet(sin, p1);  /* TBL 920622 */
        free(p1);
	if (status) return status;   /* No such host for example */
    }
    
/*
** Compose authorization information (this was moved here
** from after the making of the connection so that the connection
** wouldn't have to wait while prompting username and password
** from the user).				-- AL 13.10.93
*/
#ifdef ACCESS_AUTH
    HTAA_composeAuth(request);
    if (TRACE) {
	if (request->authorization)
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: Sending Authorization: %s\n",
		    request->authorization);
	else
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: Not sending authorization (yet)\n");
    }
#endif /* ACCESS_AUTH */
   
/*	Now, let's get a socket set up from the server for the data:
*/      
#ifdef DECNET
    s = socket(AF_DECnet, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
#else
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
#endif
    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
    if (status < 0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	      "HTTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s' (errno = %d).\n",
	      arg, errno);

	    return HTInetStatus("connect");
      }
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP connected, socket %d\n", s);


/*	Compose and send command
**	------------------------
*/
    {
        char *command;			/* The whole command */
	
/*	Ask that node for the document,
**	omitting the host name & anchor if not gatewayed.
*/        
	if (gate) { /* This is no longer used, and could be thrown away */
	    command = malloc(4 + strlen(arg)+ 2 + 31);
	    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
	    strcpy(command, "GET ");
	    strcat(command, arg);
	} else { /* not gatewayed */
	    char * p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
	    command = malloc(4 + strlen(p1)+ 2 + 31);
	    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
	    if (request->method != METHOD_INVALID) {
		strcpy(command, HTMethod_name(request->method));
		strcat(command, " ");
	    }
	    else {
		strcpy(command, "GET ");
	    }
	    /* if we are using a proxy gateway don't copy in the first slash
	    ** of say: /gopher://a;lkdjfl;ajdf;lkj/;aldk/adflj
	    ** so that just gohper://.... is sent.
	    */
	    if (using_proxy)
		strcat(command, p1+1);
	    else
		strcat(command, p1);
	    free(p1);
	}
#ifdef HTTP2
	if (extensions) {
	    strcat(command, " ");
	    strcat(command, HTTP_VERSION);
	}
#endif
    
	strcat(command, crlf);	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */
    
	if (extensions && HTImProxy && HTProxyHeaders) {
	    StrAllocCat(command, HTProxyHeaders);
	}
	else if (extensions) {

	    int i;
	    HTAtom * present = WWW_PRESENT;
	    char line[256];    /*@@@@ */
	    HTList *conversions[2];

	    if (!HTConversions) {
		HTConversions = HTList_new();
/*		HTFormatInit(HTConversions);	App may do this not us tbl940210 */
	    }

	    conversions[0] = HTConversions;
	    conversions[1] = request->conversions;

	    
	    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
		HTList *cur = conversions[i];
		HTPresentation *pres;

		while ((pres = (HTPresentation*)HTList_nextObject(cur))) {
		    if (pres->rep_out == present) {
			if (pres->quality != 1.0) {
			    sprintf(line, "Accept: %s; q=%.3f%c%c",
				    HTAtom_name(pres->rep),
				    pres->quality, CR, LF);
			} else {
			    sprintf(line, "Accept: %s%c%c",
				    HTAtom_name(pres->rep), CR, LF);
			}
			StrAllocCat(command, line);
		    }
		}
	    }

	    sprintf(line, "User-Agent: %s/%s  libwww/%s%c%c",
		    HTAppName ? HTAppName : "unknown",
		    HTAppVersion ? HTAppVersion : "0.0",
		    HTLibraryVersion, CR, LF);
	    StrAllocCat(command, line);

#ifdef ACCESS_AUTH
	    if (request->authorization != NULL) {
		sprintf(line, "Authorization: %s%c%c",
			request->authorization, CR, LF);
		StrAllocCat(command, line);
	    }
#endif /* ACCESS_AUTH */

	}

	StrAllocCat(command, crlf);	/* Blank line means "end" */
    
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP Tx: %s\n", command);
    
    /*	Translate into ASCII if necessary
    */
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    char * p;
	    for(p = command; *p; p++) {
		*p = TOASCII(*p);
	    }
	}
#endif
    
	status = NETWRITE(s, command, (int)strlen(command));
	free(command);
	if (status<0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTTPAccess: Unable to send command.\n");
	    return HTInetStatus("send");
	}
    } /* compose and send command */
    

/*	Read the response
**	-----------------
**
**	HTTP0 servers must return ASCII style text, though it can in
**	principle be just text without any markup at all.
**	Full HTTP servers must return a response
**	line and RFC822 style header.  The response must therefore in
**	either case have a CRLF somewhere soon.
**
**	This is the theory.  In practice, there are (1993) unfortunately
**	many binary documents just served up with HTTP0.9.  This
**	means we have to preserve the binary buffer (on the assumption that
**	conversion from ASCII may lose information) in case it turns
**	out that we want the binary original.
*/
    if (HTImProxy) {

	/*
	** Server as a gateway -- send body of the message
	** received from client (if any).
	*/
	if (request->isoc && request->content_length > 0) {
	    int remain = request->content_length;
	    int i = remain;
	    char * buf;

	    while (remain > 0  &&
		   (buf = HTInputSocket_getBlock(request->isoc, &i))) {
		int status = NETWRITE(s, buf, i);
		if (status < 0) {
		    CTRACE(stderr, "HTTPAccess.. Unable to forward body\n");
		    return HTInetStatus("send");
		}
		remain -= i;
		i = remain;
	    }
	}

	/*
	** Load results directly to client
	*/
	HTProxyBytes = HTCopy(s, request->output_stream);
	(*request->output_stream->isa->free)(request->output_stream);

	return HT_LOADED;
    }
    else {	/* read response */

	HTFormat format_in;		/* Format arriving in the message */
	HTInputSocket *isoc = HTInputSocket_new(s);
	char * status_line = HTInputSocket_getStatusLine(isoc);

/* Kludge to trap binary responses from illegal HTTP0.9 servers.
** First time we have enough, look at the stub in ASCII
** and get out of here if it doesn't look right.
**
** We also check for characters above 128 in the first few bytes, and
** if we find them we forget the html default.
**
** Bugs: A HTTP0.9 server returning a document starting "HTTP/"
**	will be taken as a HTTP 1.0 server.  Failure.
**	An HTTP 0.9 server returning a binary document with
**	characters < 128 will be read as ASCII.
*/

	/* If HTTP 0 response, then DO NOT CACHE (Henrik 14/02-94) */
	if (!status_line) {	
	    if (HTInputSocket_seemsBinary(isoc)) {
		format_in = HTAtom_for("www/unknown");
	    }
	    else {
		format_in = WWW_HTML;
	    }
	    cache_http = NO;	/* Do not cache */
	    goto copy;
	} /* end kludge */

	if (status_line) {	/* Decode full HTTP response */
	    /*
	    ** We now have a terminated server status line, and we have
	    ** checked that it is most probably a legal one.  Parse it.
	    */
	    char server_version[VERSION_LENGTH+1];
	    int server_status;

	    if (TRACE)
		fprintf(stderr, "HTTP Status Line: Rx: %.70s\n", status_line);
    
	    sscanf(status_line, "%20s%d", server_version, &server_status);

	    format_in = HTAtom_for("www/mime");
    
	    switch (server_status / 100) {

	      default:		/* bad number */
		HTAlert("Unknown status reply from server!");
		break;
		    
	      case 3:		/* Various forms of redirection */
		HTAlert(
	    "Redirection response from server is not handled by this client");
		break;
		    
	      case 4:		/* Access Authorization problem */
#ifdef ACCESS_AUTH
		switch (server_status) {
		  case 401:
		    parse_401_headers(request, isoc);

		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "%s %d %s\n",
				       "HTTP: close socket", s,
				       "to retry with Access Authorization");
		    if (HTAA_retryWithAuth(request, HTLoadHTTP)) {
			status = HT_LOADED;/* @@ THIS ONLY WORKS ON LINEMODE */
			goto clean_up;
		    }
		    /* else falltrough */
		  default:
		    {
			char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "",
					   PARSE_HOST);
			char * message;

			if (!(message = (char*)malloc(strlen(status_line) +
						      strlen(p1) + 100)))
			    outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTP 4xx status");
			sprintf(message,
				"HTTP server at %s replies:\n%s\n\n%s\n",
				p1, status_line,
				((server_status == 401) 
				 ? "Access Authorization package giving up.\n"
				 : ""));
			status = HTLoadError(request, server_status, message);
			free(message);
			free(p1);
			goto clean_up;
		    }
		} /* switch */
		goto clean_up;
		break;
#else
		/* case 4 without Access Authorization falls through */
		/* to case 5 (previously "I think I goofed").  -- AL */
#endif /* ACCESS_AUTH */

	      case 5:		/* I think you goofed */
		{
		    char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
		    char * message = (char*)malloc(strlen(status_line) + 
						   strlen(p1) + 100);
		    if (!message) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTP 5xx status");
		    sprintf(message,
			    "HTTP server at %s replies:\n%s", p1, status_line);
		    status = HTLoadError(request, server_status, message);
		    free(message);
		    free(p1);
		    goto clean_up;
		}
		break;
		    
	      case 2:		/* Good: Got MIME object */
		break;
    
	    } /* switch on response code */
	    
	} /* Full HTTP reply */
	    
    
/*	Set up the stream stack to handle the body of the message
**
**	In the special case of user asking for source and the message
**	being in MIME, we force the MIME decoding to occur, as it is really
**	HTTP decoding.  If the user really wants the HTTP headers, he
**	can ask for them as www/mime.
*/

copy:

	if ((format_in == WWW_MIME)
	    && (request->output_format == WWW_SOURCE)) {
	    target = HTMIMEConvert(request, NULL, format_in,
	    request->output_format, request->output_stream);
	} else {
	    target = HTStreamStack(format_in, request);
	}
	
	if (!target) {
	    char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	    sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, no known way of converting %s to %s.",
		    HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(request->output_format));
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: %s", buffer);
	    status = HTLoadError(request, 501, buffer);
	    goto clean_up;
	}
    
        /* @@ Bug: The decision of whether or not to cache should also be
	** made contingent on a IP address match or non match.
	*/
        if (cache_http) {
	    target = HTTee(target, HTCacheWriter(request, NULL, format_in,
						 request->output_format,
						 request->output_stream));
	}
	
/*	Push the data down the stream
**	We have to remember the end of the first buffer we just read
*/
	if (format_in == WWW_HTML)  {  
	    target = HTNetToText(target);	/* Pipe through CR stripper */
	}

	(*target->isa->put_block)(target,
				  isoc->input_pointer,
				  isoc->input_limit - isoc->input_pointer);

	HTCopy(s, target);
	    
	(*target->isa->free)(target);
	status = HT_LOADED;
    
/*	Clean up
*/
	
clean_up: 
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: close socket %d.\n", s);
	(void) NETCLOSE(s);
	if (isoc)
	    HTInputSocket_free(isoc);	    
	if (status_line)
	    free(status_line);		/* Leak fix Henrik 18/02-94 */
	return status;			/* Good return  */
    
    } /* read response */
} /* load HTTP */

/*	Protocol descriptor
*/

GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTP = { "http", HTLoadHTTP, 0, 0 };

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	      "HTTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s' (errno = %d).\n",
	      arg, errno);

	    return HTInetStatus("connect");
      }
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP connected, socket %d\n", s);


/*	Compose and send command
**	------------------------
*/
    {
        char *command;			/* The whole command */
	
/*	Ask that node for the document,
**	omitting the host name & anchor if not gatewayed.
*/        
	if (gate) { /* This is no WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTP.h1006640070060000000000000112605544654260014036 037777777777 1 0 /*                     /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTP.html
                                HYPERTEXT TRANFER PROTOCOL
                                             
 */
#ifndef HTTP_H
#define HTTP_H

#include "HTAccess.h"

/*

  CACHE CONTROL FLAG
  
   Turn this off if you don't want HTTP protocol fetches to leave cache files.  extern
   BOOL  HTCacheHTTP; This variable is now replaced by the (char *) HTCacheDir in
   HTAccess.html Henrik 09/03-94
   
  PROTOCOL
  
 */
GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTTP;

#endif /* HTTP_H */

/*

   end of HTTP module definition */
ders);
	}
	else if (extensions) {

	    int i;
	    HTAtom * present = WWW_PRESENT;
	    char line[256];    /*@@@@ */
	    HTList *conversions[2];

	    if (!HTConversions) {
		HTConversions = HTList_new();
/*		HTFormatInit(HTConversions);	App may do this not us tbl940210 */
	    }

	    conversions[0] = HTConversions;
	    conversions[1] = request->conversions;

	    
	    for (i=0; i<2; i++) {
		HTList *cur = conversionsWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.c1006640070060000000000003700105544654250014640 037777777777 1 0 /* Simple LaTeX Generator that converts in a 1:1 manner from HTML to LaTeX
** =======================================================================
**
** 	This version of the HTML object sends LaTeX to the output stream.
** 	No attributes are considered in the translation!
** 	The module uses simple 1:1 table-conversions, but this COULD be
**	expanded to a stack-machine. This would then be in start_element and
**	end_element...
**						Henrik 07/03-94
*/

#define BUFFER_SIZE	80	/* Line buffer attempts to make neat breaks */
#define WORD_DELIMITERS ",/;:\"[]()"

/* Implements: */
#include "HTTeXGen.h"
#include 
#include "HTMLPDTD.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "SGML.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "tcp.h"


/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *		isa;	
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	   /* COPY for speed */
};

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	   /* COPY for speed */
	CONST SGML_dtd *		dtd;
	
	char				buffer[BUFFER_SIZE+20];  /* Needed!! */
	char *				write_pointer;
	char *				line_break;
	BOOL				sensitive;          /* Can we put \n */
	BOOL				preformatted;     /* Is it verbatim? */
	BOOL				markup;     /* If doing LaTeX markup */
	BOOL				startup;      /* To skip MIME header */
};

PRIVATE char *TeX_names[HTMLP_ELEMENTS][2] = {
    { "",       	""		},	/* HTML_A		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_ABBREV		*/
    { "\n\\begin{abstract}\n","\n\\end{abstract}\n"},  /* HTML_ABSTRACT	*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_ACRONYM		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_ADDED		*/
    { "{\\it ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_ADDRESS		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_ARG		*/
    { "{\\bf ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_B		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_BASE		*/
    { "{\\sf ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_BLOCKQUOTE 	*/
    { "", 		""		},	/* HTML_BODY     	*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_BOX		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_BR		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_BYLINE		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_CAPTION		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_CHANGED		*/
    { "\\cite{",      	"}"		},	/* HTML_CITE		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_CMD		*/
    { "{\\tt ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_CODE		*/
    { "\n\\typeout{",	"}\n"		},	/* HTML_COMMENT		*/
    { "]",		""		},	/* HTML_DD		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_DFN		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_DIR		*/
    { "\n\\begin{description}","\n\\end{description}\n"}, /* HTML_DL 	*/
    { "\n\\item[",	""		},	/* HTML_DT		*/
    { "{\\em ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_EM		*/
    { "",	""			},	/* HTML_FIG		*/
    { "\n\\footnote{",	"}\n"	       	},	/* HTML_FOOTNOTE	*/
    { "",	"" 			},	/* HTML_FORM		*/
    { "\n\\chapter{",	"}\n"		},	/* HTML_H1		*/
    { "\n\\section{",	"}\n"		},	/* HTML_H2		*/
    { "\n\\subsection{","}\n"  		},	/* HTML_H3		*/
    { "\n\\subsubsection{","}\n"	},	/* HTML_H4		*/
    { "\n\\paragraph{",	"}\n"		},	/* HTML_H5		*/
    { "\n\\subparagraph{","}\n"		},	/* HTML_H6		*/
    { "",		"\n"		},	/* HTML_H7		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_HEAD		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_HR		*/
    { "",		""		}, 	/* HTML_HTML		*/
    { "",		""		},    	/* HTML_HTMLPLUS	*/
    { "{\\it ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_I		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_IMAGE		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_IMG		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_INPUT		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_ISINDEX		*/
    { "{\\tt ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_KBD		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_L		*/
    { "\n\\item ",      "" 	        },	/* HTML_LI		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_LINK		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_LISTING		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_LIT		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_MARGIN		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_MATH		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_MENU		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_NEXTID		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_NOTE		*/
    { "\n\\begin{enumerate}\n","\n\\end{enumerate}\n"}, /* HTML_OL     	*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_OPTION		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_OVER		*/
    { "\n\n",		""		},	/* HTML_P		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_PERSON		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_PLAINTEXT	*/
    { "\n\\begin{verbatim}"," \\end{verbatim}\n"},  /* HTML_PRE        */
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_Q		*/
    { "\\begin{quote}",	"\\end{quote}"}, 	/* HTML_QUOTE		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_RENDER		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_REMOVED		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_S		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_SAMP		*/
    { "", 		""		},	/* HTML_SELECT		*/
    { "{\\bf ",		"}"		},	/* HTML_STRONG		*/
    { "", 		""		},	/* HTML_SUB		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_SUP		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TAB		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TABLE		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TD		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TEXTAREA	*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TH		*/
    { "\n\\title{",	"}\n\\author{}\n\\maketitle\n"},  /* HTML_TITLE */
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TR		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_TT		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_U		*/
    { "\n\\begin{itemize}","\n\\end{itemize}\n"},   /* HTML_UL		*/
    { "",		""		},	/* HTML_VAR		*/
    { "{\\sf ",		"}"		}	/* HTML_XMP		*/
};

PRIVATE char *TeX_entities[] = {
    "\\AE ",		/*"AElig",	 capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
    "\\\'{A}",		/*"Aacute",	 capital A, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{A}",		/*"Acirc",	 capital A, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{A}",		/*"Agrave",	 capital A, grave accent */ 
    "\\AA",   	 	/*"Aring",	 capital A, ring */ 
    "\\~{A}", 		/*"Atilde",	 capital A, tilde */ 
    "\\\"{A}",		/*"Auml",	 capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\c{C}",		/*"Ccedil",	 capital C, cedilla */ 
    "\\OE ",		/*"ETH",	 capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
    "\\\'{E}",		/*"Eacute",	 capital E, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{E}",		/*"Ecirc",	 capital E, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{E}",		/*"Egrave",	 capital E, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{E}",		/*"Euml",	 capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\\'{I}",		/*"Iacute",	 capital I, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{I}",		/*"Icirc",	 capital I, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{I}",		/*"Igrave",	 capital I, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{I}",		/*"Iuml",	 capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\~{N}",		/*"Ntilde",	 capital N, tilde */ 
    "\\\'{O}",		/*"Oacute",	 capital O, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{O}",		/*"Ocirc",	 capital O, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{O}",		/*"Ograve",	 capital O, grave accent */ 
    "\\O ",            	/*"Oslash",	 capital O, slash */ 
    "\\~{O}",		/*"Otilde",	 capital O, tilde */ 
    "\\\"{O}",        	/*"Ouml",	 capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    " ",      	/*"THORN",	 capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
    "\\\'{U}",		/*"Uacute",	 capital U, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{U}",		/*"Ucirc",	 capital U, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{U}",		/*"Ugrave",	 capital U, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{U}",		/*"Uuml",	 capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\\'{Y}",		/*"Yacute",	 capital Y, acute accent */ 
    "\\\'{a}",		/*"aacute",	 small a, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{a}",		/*"acirc",	 small a, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\ae ",		/*"aelig",	 small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
    "\\`{a}",		/*"agrave",	 small a, grave accent */ 
    "&",            	/*"amp",	 ampersand */ 
    "\\aa ",		/*"aring",	 small a, ring */ 
    "\\~{a}",		/*"atilde",	 small a, tilde */ 
    "\\\"{a}",		/*"auml",	 small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\c{c}",		/*"ccedil",	 small c, cedilla */ 
    "\\\'{e}",		/*"eacute",	 small e, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{c}",		/*"ecirc",	 small e, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{c}",		/*"egrave",	 small e, grave accent */ 
    "\\oe ",		/*"eth",	 small eth, Icelandic */ 
    "\\\"{e}",		/*"euml",	 small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    ">",		/*"gt",	 greater than */ 
    "\\\'{\\i}",      	/*"iacute",	 small i, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{\\i}",       	/*"icirc",	 small i, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{\\i}",       	/*"igrave",	 small i, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{\\i}",     	/*"iuml",	 small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "<",		/*"lt",	 less than */ 
    "\\~{n}",		/*"ntilde",	 small n, tilde */ 
    "\\\'{o}",		/*"oacute",	 small o, acute accent */ 
    "\\~{o}",		/*"ocirc",	 small o, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{o}",		/*"ograve",	 small o, grave accent */ 
    "\\o ",            	/*"oslash",	 small o, slash */ 
    "\\~{o}",         	/*"otilde",	 small o, tilde */ 
    "\\\"{o}",	   	/*"ouml",	 small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\ss ",		/*"szlig",	 small sharp s, German (sz ligature)*/ 
    " ",       	/*"thorn",	 small thorn, Icelandic */ 
    "\\\'{u}",        	/*"uacute",	 small u, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{u}",        	/*"ucirc",	 small u, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{u}",         	/*"ugrave",	 small u, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{u}",        	/*"uuml",	 small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\\'{y}",		/*"yacute",	 small y, acute accent */ 
    "\\\"{y}"	    	/*"yuml",	 small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};


/*	Flush Buffer
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_flush ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, 
				 me->buffer,
				 me->write_pointer - me->buffer);
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    me->line_break = me->buffer;
}


/*	Character handling
**	------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c)
{
    if (!me->startup)		                      /* To skip MIME header */
	return;
    if (c=='\n') {
	if (me->markup || me->preformatted) {     /* Put out as is and flush */
	    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
	    HTTeXGen_flush(me);
	    return;
	} else if (me->sensitive || *(me->write_pointer-1)==' ') {
	    return;
        } else
	    *me->write_pointer++ = ' ';		      /* Try to pretty print */
    } else if (me->markup || me->preformatted) {
	*me->write_pointer++ = c;
    } else if (c==' ' || c=='\t') {	              /* Skip space and tabs */
	if (*(me->write_pointer-1) != ' ')
	    *me->write_pointer++ = ' ';
	else
	    return;
    } else {
	if (c=='$' || c=='&' || c=='%' || c=='#' ||         /* Special chars */
	    c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='_') {
	    *me->write_pointer++ = '\\';
	    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
	} else if (c=='\\') {			            /* Special names */
	    char *temp = "$\\backslash$";
	    strcpy(me->write_pointer, temp);
	    me->write_pointer += strlen(temp);
	} else if (c=='^') {
	    char *temp = "$\\hat{ }$";
	    strcpy(me->write_pointer, temp);
	    me->write_pointer += strlen(temp);	    
	} else if (c=='~') {
	    char *temp = "$\\tilde{ }$";
	    strcpy(me->write_pointer, temp);
	    me->write_pointer += strlen(temp);
	} else if (c=='|' || c=='<' || c=='>') {       	        /* Math mode */
	    *me->write_pointer++ = '$';
	    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
	    *me->write_pointer++ = '$';
	} else
	    *me->write_pointer++ = c;	      	        /* Char seems normal */
    }

    if (c==' ')						   /* Find deliniter */
	me->line_break = me->write_pointer;
    else if (strchr(WORD_DELIMITERS, c))
	me->line_break = me->write_pointer-1;

    /* Flush buffer out when full */
    if (me->write_pointer >= me->buffer+BUFFER_SIZE-3) {
	if (me->markup || me->preformatted) {
	    *me->write_pointer = '\n';
	    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target,
					 me->buffer,
					 me->write_pointer-me->buffer+1);
	    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
	} else {		       		          /* Use break-point */
	    char line_break_char = *me->line_break;
	    char *saved = me->line_break;
	    *me->line_break = '\n';
	    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target,
					 me->buffer,
					 me->line_break-me->buffer+1);
	    *me->line_break = line_break_char;
	    {                                           /* move next line in */
		char *p = saved;
		char *q;
		for(q=me->buffer; pwrite_pointer; )
		    *q++ = *p++;
	    }
	    me->write_pointer = me->buffer + (me->write_pointer-saved);
	}	    
	me->line_break = me->buffer;
    }
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for (p=s; *p; p++)
	HTTeXGen_put_character(me, *p);
}


PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for(p=s; pstartup = YES;			        /* Now, let's get down to it */
    if (me->preformatted == YES)	       /* Don't start markup in here */
	return;
    if (element_number == HTML_PRE)
	me->preformatted = YES;
    if (element_number == HTML_CITE ||	              /* No \n here, please! */
	element_number == HTML_COMMENT ||
	element_number == HTML_DT ||
	element_number == HTML_H1 ||
	element_number == HTML_H2 ||
	element_number == HTML_H3 ||
	element_number == HTML_H4 ||
	element_number == HTML_H5 ||
	element_number == HTML_H6 ||
	element_number == HTML_H7 ||
	element_number == HTML_TITLE)
	me->sensitive = YES;
    else if (element_number == HTML_DD)         /* Only way to turn 
       off */
	me->sensitive = NO;
    me->markup = element_number == HTML_A ? NO : YES;
    HTTeXGen_put_string(me, *TeX_names[element_number]);
    me->markup = NO;
}


/*		End Element
**		-----------
**
**	Ends an markup element			Henrik 07/03-94
**	Does no assumptions of WHAT element is ended...
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me,
					int , element_number)
{
    if (me->preformatted && element_number != HTML_PRE)
	return;			
    me->preformatted = NO;
    me->markup = YES;
    HTTeXGen_put_string(me, *(TeX_names[element_number]+1));
    me->markup = NO;
    if (element_number == HTML_CITE ||	
	element_number == HTML_COMMENT ||
	element_number == HTML_DL ||
	element_number == HTML_H1 ||
	element_number == HTML_H2 ||
	element_number == HTML_H3 ||
	element_number == HTML_H4 ||
	element_number == HTML_H5 ||
	element_number == HTML_H6 ||
	element_number == HTML_H7 ||
	element_number == HTML_TITLE)
	me->sensitive = NO;
}


/*		Expanding entities
**		------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number)
{
    BOOL mark = me->markup;
    if (*TeX_entities[entity_number] != '&' && /* Theese are converted later */
	*TeX_entities[entity_number] != '<' &&
	*TeX_entities[entity_number] != '>')
	me->markup = YES;
    HTTeXGen_put_string(me, TeX_entities[entity_number]);
    me->markup = mark;
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    HTTeXGen_flush(me);
    (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target, "\n\\end{document}\n");
    HTTeXGen_flush(me);
    (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);	/* ripple through */
    free(me);
}


PRIVATE void HTTeXGen_abort ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTError, e)
{
    HTTeXGen_free(me);
}


/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStructuredClass HTTeXGeneration = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"HTMLToTeX",
	HTTeXGen_free,
	HTTeXGen_abort,
	HTTeXGen_put_character,        	HTTeXGen_put_string,	HTTeXGen_write,
	HTTeXGen_start_element, 	HTTeXGen_end_element,
	HTTeXGen_put_entity
}; 


/*	HTConverter from HTML to TeX Stream
**	------------------------------------------
**
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToTeX ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    HTStructured* me = (HTStructured*) calloc(1, sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTMLToTeX");    

    me->isa = (HTStructuredClass*) &HTTeXGeneration;
    me->dtd = &HTMLP_dtd;
    me->target = output_stream;
    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa;/* Copy pointers to routines for speed*/
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    me->line_break = 	me->buffer;
    (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target,
        "\\documentstyle[11pt]{report}\n\\begin{document}\n");
    return SGML_new(&HTMLP_dtd, me);
}


/* END OF FILE HTTeXGen.c */








dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\\'{I}",		/*"Iacute",	 capital I, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{I}",		/*"Icirc",	 capital I, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{I}",		/*"Igrave",	 capital I, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{I}",		/*"Iuml",	 capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    "\\~{N}",		/*"Ntilde",	 capital N, tilde */ 
    "\\\'{O}",		/*"Oacute",	 capital O, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{O}",		/*"Ocirc",	 capital O, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{O}",		/*"Ograve",	 capital O, grave accent */ 
    "\\O ",           WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.h1006640070060000000000000112305544654417014646 037777777777 1 0 /*                 /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTeXGen.html
                                      TEX GENERATOR
                                             
   This module converts structed stream into stream.  That is, given a stream to write to,
   it will give you a structured stream to
   
 */
#ifndef HTTEXGEN_H
#define HTTEXGEN_H

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/* Subclass:
*/
/* extern CONST HTStructuredClass HTTeXGeneration; */

/* Special Creation:
*/
extern HTStructured * HTTeXGenerator PARAMS((HTStream * output));

#endif

/*

    */
{c}",		/*"egrave",	 small e, grave accent */ 
    "\\oe ",		/*"eth",	 small eth, Icelandic */ 
    "\\\"{e}",		/*"euml",	 small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
    ">",		/*"gt",	 greater than */ 
    "\\\'{\\i}",      	/*"iacute",	 small i, acute accent */ 
    "\\^{\\i}",       	/*"icirc",	 small i, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{\\i}",       	/*"igrave",	 small i, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{\\i}",     	/*"iuml",	 small i, diWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTee.c1006640070060000000000000271705544654144014233 037777777777 1 0 
/*
**	T E E    C L A S S
**
**	The Tee class just writes to two streams.  Easy.
**	See also the Black Hole stream which is even easier.
*/


#include "HTTee.h"


/*		Stream Object
**		------------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	
	HTStream *		s1;
	HTStream *		s2;
};


PRIVATE void HTTee_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    (*me->s1->isa->put_character)(me->s1, c);
    (*me->s2->isa->put_character)(me->s2, c);
}
PRIVATE void HTTee_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    (*me->s1->isa->put_string)(me->s1, s);
    (*me->s2->isa->put_string)(me->s2, s);
}
PRIVATE void HTTee_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    (*me->s1->isa->put_block)(me->s1, s, l);
    (*me->s2->isa->put_block)(me->s2, s, l);
}
PRIVATE void HTTee_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    (*me->s1->isa->free)(me->s1);
    (*me->s2->isa->free)(me->s2);
    free(me);
}
PRIVATE void HTTee_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    (*me->s1->isa->abort)(me->s1, e);
    (*me->s2->isa->abort)(me->s2, e);
    free(me);
}


/*	Tee stream
**	----------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTTeeClass =
{		
	"Tee",
	HTTee_free,
	HTTee_abort,
	HTTee_put_character, 	HTTee_put_string,
	HTTee_write
}; 


/*	Tee creation
*/
PUBLIC HTStream * HTTee ARGS2(HTStream *, s1,HTStream *, s2)
{
    HTStream * me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (!me) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTee");
    me->isa = &HTTeeClass;
    me->s1 = s1;
    me->s2 = s2;
    return me;
}


c=='$' || c=='&' || c=='%' || c=='#' ||         /WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTee.h1006640070060000000000000137305544654306014235 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                              HTTee:  Tee stream for libwww
                                        TEE STREAM
                                             
   This is part of libwww .  The Tee stream just writes everything you put into it into
   two oter streams.
   
   One use (the only use?!) is for taking a cached copey on disk while loading the main
   copy, without having to wait for the disk copy to be finished and reread it.
   
 */
#include "HTStream.h"

extern HTStream * HTTee PARAMS((HTStream* s1, HTStream* s2));





/*

                                                                                    Tim BL
                                                                                          
    */
buffer;
	} else {		       		          /* Use break-point */
	    char line_break_char = *me->line_break;
	    char *saved = me->line_break;
	    *me->line_break = '\n';
	    (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target,
					 me->buffer,
					 me->line_break-me->bufWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.c1006640070060000000000001351605544654217014751 037777777777 1 0 /*		Telnet Acees, Roligin, etc			HTAccess.c
**		==========================
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee timbl@info.cern.ch
**	JFG	Jean-Francois Groff jgh@next.com
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca (310) 825-4580  
** History
**       8 Jun 92 Telnet hopping prohibited as telnet is not secure (TBL)
**	26 Jun 92 When over DECnet, suppressed FTP, Gopher and News. (JFG)
**	 6 Oct 92 Moved HTClientHost and logfile into here. (TBL)
**	17 Dec 92 Tn3270 added, bug fix. (DD)
**	 2 Feb 93 Split from HTAccess.c. Registration.(TBL)
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTTelnet.h"

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTTP.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include 
#include 

#include "tcp.h"
#include "HText.h"

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"

#define HT_NO_DATA -9999


/*	Telnet or "rlogin" access
**	-------------------------
*/
PRIVATE int remote_session ARGS2(char *, access, char *, host)
{
	char * user = host;
	char * hostname = strchr(host, '@');
	char * port = strchr(host, ':');
	char   command[256];
	enum _login_protocol { telnet, rlogin, tn3270 } login_protocol =
		strcmp(access, "rlogin") == 0 ? rlogin :
		strcmp(access, "tn3270") == 0 ? tn3270 : telnet;
	
	if (hostname) {
	    *hostname++ = 0;	/* Split */
	} else {
	    hostname = host;
	    user = 0;		/* No user specified */
	}
	if (port) *port++ = 0;	/* Split */


/* If the person is already telnetting etc, forbid hopping */
/* This is a security precaution, for us and remote site */

	if (HTSecure) {

#ifdef TELNETHOPPER_MAIL
	    sprintf(command, 
	      "finger @%s | mail -s \"**telnethopper %s\" tbl@dxcern.cern.ch",
	       HTClientHost, HTClientHost);
	    system(command);
#endif
	    printf("\n\nSorry, but the service you have selected is one\n");
	    printf("to which you have to log in.  If you were running www\n");
	    printf("on your own computer, you would be automatically connected.\n");
	    printf("For security reasons, this is not allowed when\n");
	    printf("you log in to this information service remotely.\n\n");

	    printf("You can manually connect to this service using %s\n",
		   access);
	    printf("to host %s", hostname);
	    if (user) printf(", user name %s", user);
	    if (port) printf(", port %s", port);
	    printf(".\n\n");
	    return HT_NO_DATA;
	}

/* Not all telnet servers get it even if user name is specified
** so we always tell the guy what to log in as
*/
        if (user) printf("When you are connected, log in as %s\n", user);
	
#ifdef NeXT
#define TELNET_MINUS_L
#endif
#ifdef ultrix
#define TELNET_MINUS_L
#endif

#ifdef TELNET_MINUS_L
	sprintf(command, "%s%s%s %s %s", access,
		user ? " -l " : "",
		user ? user : "",
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");

	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif

/* Most unix machines suppport username only with rlogin */
#ifdef unix
#ifndef TELNET_DONE
	if (login_protocol != rlogin) {
	    sprintf(command, "%s %s %s", access,
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");
	} else {
	    sprintf(command, "%s%s%s %s %s", access,
		user ? " -l " : "",
		user ? user : "",
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");
	}
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif
#endif

#ifdef MULTINET				/* VMS varieties */
	if (login_protocol == telnet) {
	    sprintf(command, "TELNET %s%s %s",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	} else if (login_protocol == tn3270) {
	    sprintf(command, "TELNET/TN3270 %s%s %s",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	} else {
	    sprintf(command, "RLOGIN%s%s%s%s %s",  /*lm 930713 */
		user ? "/USERNAME=" : "",
		user ? user : "",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	}
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif

#ifdef UCX
#define SIMPLE_TELNET
#endif
#ifdef VM
#define SIMPLE_TELNET
#endif
#ifdef SIMPLE_TELNET
	if (login_protocol == telnet) {			/* telnet only */
	    sprintf(command, "TELNET  %s",	/* @@ Bug: port ignored */
		hostname);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	    system(command);
	    return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
	}
#endif

#ifndef TELNET_DONE
	fprintf(stderr,
	"Sorry, this browser was compiled without the %s access option.\n",
		access);
	fprintf(stderr,
	"\nTo access the information you must %s to %s", access, hostname);
	if (port) fprintf(stderr," (port %s)", port);
	if (user) fprintf(stderr," logging in with username %s", user);
	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
	return -1;
#endif
}

/*	"Load a document" -- establishes a session
**	------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0	Error has occured.
**			>=0	Value of file descriptor or socket to be used
**				 to read data.
**	*pFormat	Set to the format of the file, if known.
**			(See WWW.h)
**
*/
PRIVATE int HTLoadTelnet ARGS1(HTRequest *, request)
{
    char * access;
    CONST char * addr = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    char * host;
    int status;
    
    if (request->output_stream) {
        HTAlert("Can't output a live session -- it has to be interactive");
	return HT_NO_ACCESS;
    }
    access =  HTParse(addr, "file:", PARSE_ACCESS);
    
    host = HTParse(addr, "", PARSE_HOST);
    status = remote_session(access, host);

    free(host);	
    free(access);
    return status;
}


GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTelnet = { "telnet", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };
GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTRlogin = { "rlogin", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };
GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTn3270 = { "tn3270", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };


t */ 
    "\\^{\\i}",       	/*"icirc",	 small i, circumflex accent */ 
    "\\`{\\i}",       	/*"igrave",	 small i, grave accent */ 
    "\\\"{\\i}",     	/*"iuml",	 small i, diWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.h1006640070060000000000000060105475034101014730 037777777777 1 0 /*                 /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.html
                            TELNET AND SIMILAR ACCESS METHODS
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTTELNET_H
#define HTTELNET_H

#include "HTAccess.h"

GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTTelnet;
GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTRlogin;
GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTTn3270;

#endif

/*

   end */
ter)(me->s1, c);
    (*me->s2->isa->put_character)(me->s2, c);
}
PRIVATE void HTTee_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST charWWW/Library/Implementation/HTUU.c1006640070060000000000001633505544654246014053 037777777777 1 0 
/* MODULE							HTUU.c
**			UUENCODE AND UUDECODE
**
** ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
**	This code is taken from rpem distribution, and was originally
**	written by Mark Riordan.
**
** AUTHORS:
**	MR	Mark Riordan	riordanmr@clvax1.cl.msu.edu
**	AL	Ari Luotonen	luotonen@dxcern.cern.ch
**
** HISTORY:
**	Added as part of the WWW library and edited to conform
**	with the WWW project coding standards by:	AL  5 Aug 1993
**	Originally written by:				MR 12 Aug 1990
**	Original header text:
** -------------------------------------------------------------
**  File containing routines to convert a buffer
**  of bytes to/from RFC 1113 printable encoding format.
**
**  This technique is similar to the familiar Unix uuencode
**  format in that it maps 6 binary bits to one ASCII
**  character (or more aptly, 3 binary bytes to 4 ASCII
**  characters).  However, RFC 1113 does not use the same
**  mapping to printable characters as uuencode.
**
**  Mark Riordan   12 August 1990 and 17 Feb 1991.
**  This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
** -------------------------------------------------------------
**
** BUGS:
**
**
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTUU.h"


PRIVATE char six2pr[64] = {
    'A','B','C','D','E','F','G','H','I','J','K','L','M',
    'N','O','P','Q','R','S','T','U','V','W','X','Y','Z',
    'a','b','c','d','e','f','g','h','i','j','k','l','m',
    'n','o','p','q','r','s','t','u','v','w','x','y','z',
    '0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','+','/'
};

PRIVATE unsigned char pr2six[256];


/*--- function HTUU_encode -----------------------------------------------
 *
 *   Encode a single line of binary data to a standard format that
 *   uses only printing ASCII characters (but takes up 33% more bytes).
 *
 *    Entry    bufin    points to a buffer of bytes.  If nbytes is not
 *                      a multiple of three, then the byte just beyond
 *                      the last byte in the buffer must be 0.
 *             nbytes   is the number of bytes in that buffer.
 *                      This cannot be more than 48.
 *             bufcoded points to an output buffer.  Be sure that this
 *                      can hold at least 1 + (4*nbytes)/3 characters.
 *
 *    Exit     bufcoded contains the coded line.  The first 4*nbytes/3 bytes
 *                      contain printing ASCII characters representing
 *                      those binary bytes. This may include one or
 *                      two '=' characters used as padding at the end.
 *                      The last byte is a zero byte.
 *             Returns the number of ASCII characters in "bufcoded".
 */
PUBLIC int HTUU_encode ARGS3(unsigned char *,	bufin,
			     unsigned int,	nbytes,
			     char *,		bufcoded)
{
/* ENC is the basic 1 character encoding function to make a char printing */
#define ENC(c) six2pr[c]

   register char *outptr = bufcoded;
   unsigned int i;

   for (i=0; i> 2);            /* c1 */
      *(outptr++) = ENC(((*bufin << 4) & 060) | ((bufin[1] >> 4) & 017)); /*c2*/
      *(outptr++) = ENC(((bufin[1] << 2) & 074) | ((bufin[2] >> 6) & 03));/*c3*/
      *(outptr++) = ENC(bufin[2] & 077);         /* c4 */

      bufin += 3;
   }

   /* If nbytes was not a multiple of 3, then we have encoded too
    * many characters.  Adjust appropriately.
    */
   if(i == nbytes+1) {
      /* There were only 2 bytes in that last group */
      outptr[-1] = '=';
   } else if(i == nbytes+2) {
      /* There was only 1 byte in that last group */
      outptr[-1] = '=';
      outptr[-2] = '=';
   }
   *outptr = '\0';
   return(outptr - bufcoded);
}


/*--- function HTUU_decode ------------------------------------------------
 *
 *  Decode an ASCII-encoded buffer back to its original binary form.
 *
 *    Entry    bufcoded    points to a uuencoded string.  It is 
 *                         terminated by any character not in
 *                         the printable character table six2pr, but
 *                         leading whitespace is stripped.
 *             bufplain    points to the output buffer; must be big
 *                         enough to hold the decoded string (generally
 *                         shorter than the encoded string) plus
 *                         as many as two extra bytes used during
 *                         the decoding process.
 *             outbufsize  is the maximum number of bytes that
 *                         can fit in bufplain.
 *
 *    Exit     Returns the number of binary bytes decoded.
 *             bufplain    contains these bytes.
 */
PUBLIC int HTUU_decode ARGS3(char *,		bufcoded,
			     unsigned char *,	bufplain,
			     int,		outbufsize)
{
/* single character decode */
#define DEC(c) pr2six[(int)c]
#define MAXVAL 63

   static int first = 1;

   int nbytesdecoded, j;
   register char *bufin = bufcoded;
   register unsigned char *bufout = bufplain;
   register int nprbytes;

   /* If this is the first call, initialize the mapping table.
    * This code should work even on non-ASCII machines.
    */
   if(first) {
      first = 0;
      for(j=0; j<256; j++) pr2six[j] = MAXVAL+1;

      for(j=0; j<64; j++) pr2six[(int)six2pr[j]] = (unsigned char) j;
#if 0
      pr2six['A']= 0; pr2six['B']= 1; pr2six['C']= 2; pr2six['D']= 3; 
      pr2six['E']= 4; pr2six['F']= 5; pr2six['G']= 6; pr2six['H']= 7; 
      pr2six['I']= 8; pr2six['J']= 9; pr2six['K']=10; pr2six['L']=11; 
      pr2six['M']=12; pr2six['N']=13; pr2six['O']=14; pr2six['P']=15; 
      pr2six['Q']=16; pr2six['R']=17; pr2six['S']=18; pr2six['T']=19; 
      pr2six['U']=20; pr2six['V']=21; pr2six['W']=22; pr2six['X']=23; 
      pr2six['Y']=24; pr2six['Z']=25; pr2six['a']=26; pr2six['b']=27; 
      pr2six['c']=28; pr2six['d']=29; pr2six['e']=30; pr2six['f']=31; 
      pr2six['g']=32; pr2six['h']=33; pr2six['i']=34; pr2six['j']=35; 
      pr2six['k']=36; pr2six['l']=37; pr2six['m']=38; pr2six['n']=39; 
      pr2six['o']=40; pr2six['p']=41; pr2six['q']=42; pr2six['r']=43; 
      pr2six['s']=44; pr2six['t']=45; pr2six['u']=46; pr2six['v']=47; 
      pr2six['w']=48; pr2six['x']=49; pr2six['y']=50; pr2six['z']=51; 
      pr2six['0']=52; pr2six['1']=53; pr2six['2']=54; pr2six['3']=55; 
      pr2six['4']=56; pr2six['5']=57; pr2six['6']=58; pr2six['7']=59; 
      pr2six['8']=60; pr2six['9']=61; pr2six['+']=62; pr2six['/']=63;
#endif
   }

   /* Strip leading whitespace. */

   while(*bufcoded==' ' || *bufcoded == '\t') bufcoded++;

   /* Figure out how many characters are in the input buffer.
    * If this would decode into more bytes than would fit into
    * the output buffer, adjust the number of input bytes downwards.
    */
   bufin = bufcoded;
   while(pr2six[(int)*(bufin++)] <= MAXVAL);
   nprbytes = bufin - bufcoded - 1;
   nbytesdecoded = ((nprbytes+3)/4) * 3;
   if(nbytesdecoded > outbufsize) {
      nprbytes = (outbufsize*4)/3;
   }

   bufin = bufcoded;
   
   while (nprbytes > 0) {
      *(bufout++) = (unsigned char) (DEC(*bufin) << 2 | DEC(bufin[1]) >> 4);
      *(bufout++) = (unsigned char) (DEC(bufin[1]) << 4 | DEC(bufin[2]) >> 2);
      *(bufout++) = (unsigned char) (DEC(bufin[2]) << 6 | DEC(bufin[3]));
      bufin += 4;
      nprbytes -= 4;
   }
   
   if(nprbytes & 03) {
      if(pr2six[(int)bufin[-2]] > MAXVAL) {
         nbytesdecoded -= 2;
      } else {
         nbytesdecoded -= 1;
      }
   }

   return(nbytesdecoded);
}

, ".\n");
	return -1;
#endif
}

/*	"Load a document" -- establishes a session
**	------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0	Error has occured.
**			>=0	Value of file descriptor or sWWW/Library/Implementation/HTUU.h1006640070060000000000000163305475034136014044 037777777777 1 0 /*                              ENCODING TO PRINTABLE CHARACTERS
                                             
   File module provides functions HTUU_encode() and HTUU_decode() which convert a buffer
   of bytes to/from RFC 1113 printable encoding format. This technique is similar to the
   familiar Unix uuencode format in that it maps 6 binary bits to one ASCII character (or
   more aptly, 3 binary bytes to 4 ASCII characters).  However, RFC 1113 does not use the
   same mapping to printable characters as uuencode.
   
 */

#ifndef HTUU_H
#define HTUU_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

PUBLIC int HTUU_encode PARAMS((unsigned char *bufin,
                               unsigned int nbytes,
                               char *bufcoded));

PUBLIC int HTUU_decode PARAMS((char *bufcoded,
                               unsigned char *bufplain,
                               int outbufsize));

#endif
/*

   End of file.  */
WWW/Library/Implementation/HTUtils.h1006640070060000000000002000305544654367014616 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                    Utitlity macros for the W3 code library
                                  MACROS FOR GENERAL USE
                                             
   Generates: HTUtils.h
   
   See also: the system dependent file "tcp.h"
   
 */

#ifndef DEBUG
#define DEBUG   /* Noone ever turns this off as trace is too important */
#endif          /* Keeep option for really small memory applications tho */
                
#ifndef HTUTILS_H
#define HTUTILS_H

#ifdef _WINDOWS                         /* SCW */
#include "windef.h"
#define BOOLEAN_DEFINED
#endif

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define WWW_TraceFlag HTTrFlag
#endif

/*

Debug message control.

 */
#ifndef STDIO_H
#include 
#define STDIO_H
#endif

#ifdef DEBUG
#define TRACE (WWW_TraceFlag)
#define PROGRESS(str) printf(str)
        extern int WWW_TraceFlag;
#else
#define TRACE 0
#define PROGRESS(str) /* nothing for now */
#endif

#define CTRACE if(TRACE)fprintf
#define tfp stderr

/*

  ERROR TYPE
  
   This is passed back when streams are aborted. It might be nice to have some structure
   of error messages, numbers, and recursive pointers to reasons. Curently this is a
   placeholder for something more sophisticated.
   
 */
typedef void * HTError;                 /* Unused at present -- best definition? */

/*

Standard C library for malloc() etc

 */
#ifdef vax
#ifdef unix
#define ultrix  /* Assume vax+unix=ultrix */
#endif
#endif

#ifndef VMS
#ifndef ultrix
#ifdef NeXT
#include        /* NeXT */
#endif
#ifndef MACH /* Vincent.Cate@furmint.nectar.cs.cmu.edu */
#include      /* ANSI */
#endif
#else /* ultrix */
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include    /* ANSI */   /* BSN */
#endif

#else   /* VMS */
#include 
#include 
#define unlink remove
#include 
#define S_ISDIR(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISREG(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#define putenv HTVMS_putenv
#endif

/*

Macros for declarations

 */
#define PUBLIC                  /* Accessible outside this module     */
#define PRIVATE static          /* Accessible only within this module */

#ifdef __STDC__
#define CONST const             /* "const" only exists in STDC */
#define NOPARAMS (void)
#define PARAMS(parameter_list) parameter_list
#define NOARGS (void)
#define ARGS1(t,a) \
                (t a)
#define ARGS2(t,a,u,b) \
                (t a, u b)
#define ARGS3(t,a,u,b,v,c) \
                (t a, u b, v c)
#define ARGS4(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d)
#define ARGS5(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e)
#define ARGS6(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f)
#define ARGS7(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g)
#define ARGS8(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h)
#define ARGS9(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h, r i)
#define ARGS10(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i,q,j) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h, r i, q j)

#else  /* not ANSI */

#ifndef _WINDOWS
#define CONST
#endif
#define NOPARAMS ()
#define PARAMS(parameter_list) ()
#define NOARGS ()
#define ARGS1(t,a) (a) \
                t a;
#define ARGS2(t,a,u,b) (a,b) \
                t a; u b;
#define ARGS3(t,a,u,b,v,c) (a,b,c) \
                t a; u b; v c;
#define ARGS4(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d) (a,b,c,d) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d;
#define ARGS5(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e) (a,b,c,d,e) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e;
#define ARGS6(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f) (a,b,c,d,e,f) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f;
#define ARGS7(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g;
#define ARGS8(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h;
#define ARGS9(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h; r i;
#define ARGS10(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i,q,j) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h; r i; q j;
                
        
#endif /* __STDC__ (ANSI) */

#ifndef NULL
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif

/*

Booleans

 */
/* Note: GOOD and BAD are already defined (differently) on RS6000 aix */
/* #define GOOD(status) ((status)38;1)   VMS style status: test bit 0         */
/* #define BAD(status)  (!GOOD(status))  Bit 0 set if OK, otherwise clear   */

#ifndef _WINDOWS
#ifndef BOOLEAN_DEFINED
        typedef char    BOOLEAN;                /* Logical value */
#ifndef CURSES
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE    (BOOLEAN)1
#define FALSE   (BOOLEAN)0
#endif
#endif   /*  CURSES  */
#endif   /* _WINDOWS */
#define BOOLEAN_DEFINED
#endif

#ifndef BOOL
#define BOOL BOOLEAN
#endif
#ifndef YES
#define YES (BOOLEAN)1
#define NO (BOOLEAN)0
#endif

#ifndef HTMIN
#define HTMIN(a,b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define HTMAX(a,b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif

#define TCP_PORT 80     /* Allocated to http by Jon Postel/ISI 24-Jan-92 */
#define OLD_TCP_PORT 2784       /* Try the old one if no answer on 80 */
#define DNP_OBJ 80      /* This one doesn't look busy, but we must check */
                        /* That one was for decnet */

/*      Inline Function WHITE: Is character c white space? */
/*      For speed, include all control characters */

#define WHITE(c) (((unsigned char)(TOASCII(c))) <= 32)


/*

Sucess (>=0) and failure (<0) codes

 */

#define HT_LOADED 29999                 /* Instead of a socket */
#define HT_REDIRECTION_ON_FLY 29998     /* Redo the retrieve with a new URL */

#define HT_OK           0               /* Generic success*/

#define HT_NO_ACCESS    -10             /* Access not available */
#define HT_FORBIDDEN    -11             /* Access forbidden */
#define HT_INTERNAL     -12             /* Weird -- should never happen. */
#define HT_BAD_EOF      -13             /* Premature EOF */


#include "HTString.h"   /* String utilities */

#ifdef __STDC__
#include 
#else
#include 
#endif

#ifdef CURSES
        /* htbrowse.c; */
#ifdef ULTRIX      /* or DECSTATION */
#include     /* Extended curses under X. Only decent one :lou. */
#else
#include 
#endif /* ULTRIX */
        extern        WINDOW  *w_top, *w_text, *w_prompt;
        extern        void    user_message PARAMS((const char *fmt, ...));
        extern        void    prompt_set PARAMS((CONST char * msg));
        extern        void    prompt_count PARAMS((long kb));
#else
#define user_message printf
#endif

/*

Out Of Memory checking for malloc() return:

 */
#ifndef __FILE__
#define __FILE__ ""
#define __LINE__ ""
#endif

#define outofmem(file, func) \
 { fprintf(stderr, "%s %s: out of memory.\nProgram aborted.\n", file, func); \
  exit(1);}
/* extern void outofmem PARAMS((const char *fname, const char *func)); */


/*

  WHO PUT THESE IN AND WHAT ARE THEY ANYWAY?
  
 */
#ifdef THEY_WILL_BE_REMOVED
extern void msg_init PARAMS((int height));
extern void msg_printf PARAMS((int y, const char *fmt, ...));
extern void msg_exit PARAMS((int wait_for_key));
#endif

/*

Upper- and Lowercase macros

   The problem here is that toupper(x) is not defined officially unless isupper(x) is.
   These macros are CERTAINLY needed on #if defined(pyr) || define(mips) or BDSI
   platforms. For safefy, we make them mandatory.
   
 */
#include 

#ifndef TOLOWER
  /* Pyramid and Mips can't uppercase non-alpha */
#define TOLOWER(c) (isupper(c) ? tolower(c) : (c))
#define TOUPPER(c) (islower(c) ? toupper(c) : (c))
#endif /* ndef TOLOWER */

/*

The local equivalents of CR and LF

   We can check for these after net ascii text has been converted to the local
   representation. Similarly, we include them in strings to be sent as net ascii after
   translation.
   
 */
#define LF   FROMASCII('\012')  /* ASCII line feed LOCAL EQUIVALENT */
#define CR   FROMASCII('\015')  /* Will be converted to ^M for transmission */

#endif /* HTUTILS_H */

/*

   end of utilities  */
/Library/Implementation/HTUU.h1006640070060000000000000163305475034136014044 037777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.c1006640070060000000000005523005544654227014261 037777777777 1 0 /*	WorldWideWeb - Wide Area Informaion Server Access	HTWAIS.c
**	==================================================
**
**	This module allows a WWW server or client to read data from a
**	remote  WAIS
**  server, and provide that data to a WWW client in hypertext form.
**  Source files, once retrieved, are stored and used to provide
**  information about the index when that is acessed.
**
** Authors
**	BK	Brewster Kahle, Thinking Machines, 
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee, CERN 
**
** History
**	   Sep 91	TBL adapted shell-ui.c (BK) with HTRetrieve.c from WWW.
**	   Feb 91	TBL Generated HTML cleaned up a bit (quotes, escaping)
**			    Refers to lists of sources. 
**	   Mar 93	TBL   Lib 2.0 compatible module made.	
**
** Bugs
**	Uses C stream i/o to read and write sockets, which won't work
**	on VMS TCP systems.
**
**	Should cache connections.
**
**	ANSI C only as written
**
** Bugs fixed
**      NT Nathan Torkington (Nathan.Torkington@vuw.ac.nz)
**
** WAIS comments:
**
**	1.	Separate directories for different system's .o would help
**	2.	Document ids are rather long!
**
** WWW Address mapping convention:
**
**	/servername/database/type/length/document-id
**
**	/servername/database?word+word+word
*/
/* WIDE AREA INFORMATION SERVER SOFTWARE:
   No guarantees or restrictions.  See the readme file for the full standard
   disclaimer.

   Brewster@think.com
*/


#define DIRECTORY "/cnidr.org:210/directory-of-servers"
/* define DIRECTORY "/quake.think.com:210/directory-of-servers" */

#define BIG 1024	/* identifier size limit  @@@@@ */

/*			From WAIS
**			---------
*/

#include 

#define MAX_MESSAGE_LEN 100000
#define CHARS_PER_PAGE 10000 /* number of chars retrieved in each request */

#define WAISSEARCH_DATE "Fri Jul 19 1991"


/*			FROM WWW
**			--------
*/
#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096	/* Arbitrary size for efficiency */

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"		/* We implement a protocol */
#include "HTML.h"		/* The object we will generate */
 
/* #include "ParseWSRC.h" */

extern int WWW_TraceFlag;	/* Control diagnostic output */
extern FILE * logfile;		/* Log file output */

PRIVATE BOOL	as_gate;	/* Client is using us as gateway */

PRIVATE char	line[2048];	/* For building strings to display */
				/* Must be able to take id */


#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
/* #include "HTWSRC.h"	*/	/* Need some bits from here */

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e)
#define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target)

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*								showDiags
*/
/* modified from Jonny G's version in ui/question.c */

void showDiags ARGS2(
	HTStream *, 		target,
	diagnosticRecord **, 	d)
{
  long i;

  for (i = 0; d[i] != NULL; i++) {
    if (d[i]->ADDINFO != NULL) {
      PUTS("Diagnostic code is ");
      PUTS(d[i]->DIAG);
      PUTC(' ');
      PUTS(d[i]->ADDINFO);
      PUTC('\n'); ;
    }
  }
}

/*	Matrix of allowed characters in filenames
**	-----------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE BOOL acceptable[256];
PRIVATE BOOL acceptable_inited = NO;

PRIVATE void init_acceptable NOARGS
{
    unsigned int i;
    char * good = 
      "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./-_$";
    for(i=0; i<256; i++) acceptable[i] = NO;
    for(;*good; good++) acceptable[(unsigned int)*good] = YES;
    acceptable_inited = YES;
}

/*	Transform file identifier into WWW address
**	------------------------------------------
**
**
** On exit,
**	returns		nil if error
**			pointer to malloced string (must be freed) if ok
*/
char * WWW_from_archie ARGS1 (char *, file)
{
    char * end;
    char * result;
    char * colon;
    for(end=file; *end > ' '; end++);	/* assumes ASCII encoding*/
    result = (char *)malloc(10 + (end-file));
    if (!result) return result;		/* Malloc error */
    strcpy(result, "file://");
    strncat(result, file, end-file);
    colon = strchr(result+7, ':');	/* Expect colon after host */
    if (colon) {
	for(; colon[0]; colon[0]=colon[1], colon++);	/* move down */
    }
    return result;
} /* WWW_from_archie */

/*	Transform document identifier into URL
**	--------------------------------------
**
** Bugs: A static buffer of finite size is used!
**	The format of the docid MUST be good!
**
** On exit,
**	returns		nil if error
**			pointer to malloced string (must be freed) if ok
*/
PRIVATE char hex [17] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
extern char from_hex PARAMS((char a));			/* In HTWSRC @@ */

PRIVATE char * WWW_from_WAIS ARGS1(any *, docid)

{
    static char buf[BIG];
    char * q = buf;
    char * p = (docid->bytes);
    int i, l;
    if (TRACE) {
	char *p;
	fprintf(stderr, "WAIS id (%d bytes) is ", (int)docid->size);
	for(p=docid->bytes; pbytes+docid->size; p++) {
	    if ((*p >= ' ') && (*p<= '~')) /* Assume ASCII! */
		fprintf(stderr, "%c", *p);
	    else
		fprintf(stderr, "<%x>", (unsigned)*p);
	}
	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
    }	 
    for (p=docid->bytes; (pbytes+docid->size) && (q<&buf[BIG]);) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Record type %d, length %d\n",
		p[0], p[1]);
        if (*p>10) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "Eh? DOCID record type of %d!\n", *p);
	    return 0;
	}
	{	/* Bug fix -- allow any byte value 15 Apr 93 */
	    unsigned int i = (unsigned) *p++;
	    
	    if (i > 99) {
		*q++ = (i/100) + '0';
		i = i % 100;
	    }
	    if (i > 9) {
		*q++ = (i/10) + '0';
		i = i % 10;
	    }
	    *q++ = i + '0';	/* Record type */
	}
	*q++ = '=';		/* Separate */
	l = *p++;		/* Length */
	for(i=0; i> 4];
		*q++ = hex[(*p) & 15];
	    }
	    else *q++ = *p;
	}
	*q++= ';';		/* Terminate field */
    }
    *q++ = 0;			/* Terminate string */
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "WWW form of id: %s\n", buf); 
    {
        char * result = (char *)malloc(strlen(buf)+1);
	strcpy(result, buf);
	return result;
    }
} /* WWW_from_WAIS */


/*	Transform URL into WAIS document identifier
**	-------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	docname		points to valid name produced originally by
**			WWW_from_WAIS
** On exit,
**	docid->size	is valid
**	docid->bytes	is malloced and must later be freed.
*/
PRIVATE any * WAIS_from_WWW ARGS2 (any *, docid, char *, docname)
{
    char *z; 	/* Output pointer */
    char *sor;	/* Start of record - points to size field. */
    char *p; 	/* Input pointer */
    char *q; 	/* Poisition of "=" */
    char *s; 	/* Position of semicolon */
    int n;	/* size */
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "WWW id (to become WAIS id): %s\n", docname); 
    for(n=0, p = docname; *p; p++) {	/* Count sizes of strings */
        n++;
	if (*p == ';')  n--;		/* Not converted */
	else if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) n=n-2;	/* Save two bytes */
        docid->size = n;
    }
    
    docid->bytes = (char *) malloc(docid->size); /* result record */
    z = docid->bytes;
    
    for(p = docname; *p; ) {	/* Convert of strings */
    				/* Record type */
				
	*z = 0;			/* Initialize record type */
	while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') {
	    *z = *z*10 + (*p++ - '0');	/* Decode decimal record type */
	}
	z++;
	if (*p != '=') return 0;
	q = p;
	
/*        *z++ = *p++ - '0';
	q = strchr(p , '=');
	if (!q) return 0;
*/
	s = strchr(q, ';');	/* (Check only) */
	if (!s) return 0;	/* Bad! No ';';	*/
        sor = z;		/* Remember where the size field was */
	z++;			/* Skip record size for now	*/
	for(p=q+1; *p!=';' ; ) {
	   if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	        char c;
		unsigned int b;
		p++;
	        c = *p++;
		b =   from_hex(c);
		c = *p++;
		if (!c) break;	/* Odd number of chars! */
		*z++ = (b<<4) + from_hex(c);
	    } else {
	        *z++ = *p++;	/* Record */
	    }
	}
	*sor = (z-sor-1);	/* Fill in size -- not counting size itself */
	p++;			/* After semicolon: start of next record */
    }
    
    if (TRACE) {
	char *p;
	fprintf(stderr, "WAIS id (%d bytes) is ", (int)docid->size);
	for(p=docid->bytes; pbytes+docid->size; p++) {
	    if ((*p >= ' ') && (*p<= '~')) /* Assume ASCII! */
		fprintf(stderr, "%c", *p);
	    else
		fprintf(stderr, "<%x>", (unsigned)*p);
	}
	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
    }	 
    return docid;		/* Ok */
    
} /* WAIS_from_WWW */


/*	Send a plain text record to the client		output_text_record()
**	--------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void output_text_record ARGS4(
    HTStream *,			target,
    WAISDocumentText *,		record,
    boolean,			quote_string_quotes,
    boolean,                    binary)
{
  long count;
  /* printf(" Text\n");
     print_any("     DocumentID:  ", record->DocumentID);
     printf("     VersionNumber:  %d\n", record->VersionNumber);
     */

  if (binary) {
    (*target->isa->put_block)(target,
			      record->DocumentText->bytes,
			      record->DocumentText->size);
    return;
  }

  for(count = 0; count < record->DocumentText->size; count++){
    long ch = (unsigned char)record->DocumentText->bytes[count];
    if (ch == 27) {	/* What is this in for? Tim */

	    /* then we have an escape code */
	    /* if the next letter is '(' or ')', then ignore two letters */
	    if('(' == record->DocumentText->bytes[count + 1] ||
		')' == record->DocumentText->bytes[count + 1])
	    count += 1;             /* it is a term marker */
	    else count += 4;		/* it is a paragraph marker */
    } else if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') {
	    PUTC('\n');
    } else if ((ch=='\t') || isprint(ch)){
	    PUTC(ch);
    } 
  }
} /* output text record */



/*	Format A Search response for the client		display_search_response
**	---------------------------------------
*/
/* modified from tracy shen's version in wutil.c
 * displays either a text record or a set of headlines.
 */
void
display_search_response ARGS4(
    HTStructured *,		target,
    SearchResponseAPDU *,	response,
    char *,			database,
    char *,	 		keywords)
{
  WAISSearchResponse  *info;
  long i, k;
  
  BOOL archie =  strstr(database, "archie")!=0;	/* Specical handling */
  
  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Displaying search response\n");
  sprintf(line,
  	"Index %s contains the following %d item%s relevant to '%s'.\n",
	 database,
	 (int)(response->NumberOfRecordsReturned),
	 response->NumberOfRecordsReturned ==1 ? "" : "s",
	 keywords);

  PUTS(line);
  PUTS("The first figure for each entry is its relative score, ");
  PUTS("the second the number of lines in the item.");
  START(HTML_MENU);

  if ( response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords != 0 ) {
    info = (WAISSearchResponse *)response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords;
    i =0; 

    if (info->Diagnostics != NULL)
      showDiags((HTStream*)target, info->Diagnostics);

    if ( info->DocHeaders != 0 ) {
      for (k=0; info->DocHeaders[k] != 0; k++ ) {
	WAISDocumentHeader* head = info->DocHeaders[k];
	char * headline = trim_junk(head->Headline);
	any * docid = head->DocumentID;
	char * docname;			/* printable version of docid */
	i++;

/*	Make a printable string out of the document id.
*/
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"HTWAIS:  %2ld: Score: %4ld, lines:%4ld '%s'\n", 
	       i,
	       (long int)(info->DocHeaders[k]->Score),
	       (long int)(info->DocHeaders[k]->Lines),
	       headline);

	START(HTML_LI);
	sprintf(line, "%4ld  %4ld  ",
	    head->Score,
	    head->Lines);
	PUTS( line);

	if (archie) {
	    char * www_name = WWW_from_archie(headline);
	    if (www_name) {
		HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, www_name);
		PUTS(headline);
		
		END(HTML_A);
		free(www_name);
	    } else {
		 PUTS(headline);
		 PUTS(" (bad file name)");
	    }
	} else { /* Not archie */
	    docname =  WWW_from_WAIS(docid);
	    if (docname) {
		char * dbname = HTEscape(database, URL_XPALPHAS);
		sprintf(line, "%s/%s/%d/%s",		/* W3 address */
				    dbname,
		    head->Types ? head->Types[0] : "TEXT",
		    (int)(head->DocumentLength),
		    docname);
		HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, ( (head->Types) 
		      && (!strcmp(head->Types[0], "URL"))) ? 
			      headline : line); /* NT, Sep 93 */
		PUTS(headline);
		END(HTML_A);
		free(dbname);
		free(docname);
	    } else {
		 PUTS("(bad doc id)");
	    }
	  }
      } /* next document header */
    } /* if there were any document headers */
    
    if ( info->ShortHeaders != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->ShortHeaders[k] != 0 ) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "(Short Header record, can't display)");
      }
    }
    if ( info->LongHeaders != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->LongHeaders[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nLong Header record, can't display\n");
      }
    }
    if ( info->Text != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Text[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nText record\n");
	output_text_record((HTStream*)target, info->Text[k++], false, false);
      }
    }
    if ( info->Headlines != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Headlines[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nHeadline record, can't display\n");
	/* dsply_headline_record( info->Headlines[k++]); */
      }
    }
    if ( info->Codes != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Codes[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nCode record, can't display\n");
	/* dsply_code_record( info->Codes[k++]); */
      }
    }
  }				/* Loop: display user info */
  END(HTML_MENU);
  PUTC('\n'); ;
}




/*		Load by name					HTLoadWAIS
**		============
**
**	This renders any object or search as required
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadWAIS ARGS1(HTRequest * , request)

#define MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_SERVER_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_DATABASE_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_SERVICE_LENGTH 1000
#define MAXDOCS 40

{
    CONST char * arg = HTAnchor_physical(request->anchor);
    HTParentAnchor *	anAnchor = request->anchor;
    HTFormat		format_out = request->output_format;
    HTStream*		sink = request->output_stream;
    
    static CONST char * error_header =
"
      Access error
      \nThe following error occured in accesing a WAIS server:
      \n";
    char * key;			  /* pointer to keywords in URL */
    char* request_message = NULL; /* arbitrary message limit */
    char* response_message = NULL; /* arbitrary message limit */
    long request_buffer_length;	/* how of the request is left */
    SearchResponseAPDU  *retrieval_response = 0;
    char keywords[MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH + 1];
    char *server_name;	
    char *wais_database = NULL;		/* name of current database */
    char *www_database;			/* Same name escaped */
    char *service;
    char *doctype;
    char *doclength;
    long document_length;
    char *docname;
    FILE *connection = 0;
    char * names;		/* Copy of arg to be hacked up */
    BOOL ok = NO;
    
    extern FILE * connect_to_server();
    
    if (!acceptable_inited) init_acceptable();
    
        
/*	Decipher and check syntax of WWW address:
**	----------------------------------------
**
**	First we remove the "wais:" if it was spcified.  920110
*/  
    names = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST | PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    key = strchr(names, '?');
    
    if (key) {
    	char * p;
	*key++ = 0;	/* Split off keywords */
	for (p=key; *p; p++) if (*p == '+') *p = ' ';
	HTUnEscape(key);
    }
    if (names[0]== '/') {
	server_name = names+1;
	if (as_gate =(*server_name == '/'))
	    server_name++;	/* Accept one or two */
	www_database = strchr(server_name,'/');
	if (www_database) {
	    *www_database++ = 0;		/* Separate database name */
	    doctype = strchr(www_database, '/');
	    if (key) ok = YES;	/* Don't need doc details */
	    else if (doctype) {	/* If not search parse doc details */
		*doctype++ = 0;	/* Separate rest of doc address */
		doclength = strchr(doctype, '/');
		if(doclength) {
		    *doclength++ = 0;
		    document_length = atol(doclength);
		    if (document_length) {
			docname=strchr(doclength, '/');
			if (docname) {
			    *docname++ = 0;
			    ok = YES;	/* To avoid a goto! */
			} /* if docname */
		    } /* if document_length valid */
		} /* if doclength */
	    } else { /* no doctype?  Assume index required */
	        if (!key) key = "";
		ok = YES;
	    } /* if doctype */
	} /* if database */
     }
     
     if (!ok)
	 return HTLoadError(request, 500, "Syntax error in WAIS URL");

     if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Parsed OK\n");
     
     service = strchr(names, ':');
     if (service)  *service++ = 0;
     else service = "210";
     
     if (server_name[0] == 0)
        connection = NULL;

     else if (!(key && !*key))
      if ((connection=connect_to_server(server_name,atoi(service)))
      	 == NULL)  {
	 if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
	     "%sCan't open connection to %s via service %s.\n",
	     error_header, server_name, service);
	 free(names);
	 return HTLoadError(request, 500, "Can't open connection to WAIS server");
    }

    StrAllocCopy(wais_database,www_database);
    HTUnEscape(wais_database);
    
	/* This below fixed size stuff is terrible */
    request_message = (char*)s_malloc((size_t)MAX_MESSAGE_LEN * sizeof(char));
    response_message = (char*)s_malloc((size_t)MAX_MESSAGE_LEN * sizeof(char));

/*	If keyword search is performed but there are no keywords,
**	the user has followed a link to the index itself. It would be
**	appropriate at this point to send him the .SRC file - how?
*/

    if (key && !*key) {				/* I N D E X */
    
#ifdef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
	char filename[256];
	FILE * fp;
#endif
	HTStructured * target = HTML_new(request, NULL,
					WWW_HTML, format_out, sink);
	
	START(HTML_ISINDEX);

	{
	    START(HTML_TITLE);
	    PUTS(wais_database);
	    PUTS(" index");
	    END(HTML_TITLE);
	    
	    START(HTML_H1);
	    PUTS(wais_database);
	    END(HTML_H1);
	    
	}
	/* If we have seen a source file for this database, use that:
	*/

#ifdef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
	sprintf(filename, "%sWSRC-%s:%s:%.100s.txt",
		CACHE_FILE_PREFIX,
		server_name, service, www_database);

	fp = fopen(filename, "r");	/* Have we found this already? */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTWAIS: Description of server %s %s.\n",
		filename,
		fp ? "exists already" : "does NOT exist!");

	if (fp) {
	    char c;
	    START(HTML_PRE);		/* Preformatted description */
	    while((c=getc(fp))!=EOF) PUTC(c);	/* Transfer file */
	    END(HTML_PRE);
	    fclose(fp);
	}
#endif
	START(HTML_P);
	PUTS("Specify search words.");
	
	FREE_TARGET;
	
    } else if (key) {					/* S E A R C H */
	char *p;
	HTStructured * target;
	
	strncpy(keywords, key, MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH);
	while(p=strchr(keywords, '+')) *p = ' ';
    
        /* Send advance title to get something fast to the other end */
	
	target = HTML_new(request, NULL, WWW_HTML, format_out, sink);
	
	START(HTML_ISINDEX);
	START(HTML_TITLE);
	PUTS(keywords);
	PUTS(" (in ");
	PUTS(wais_database);
	PUTS(")");
	END(HTML_TITLE);
	
	START(HTML_H1);
	PUTS(keywords);
	END(HTML_H1);

	request_buffer_length = MAX_MESSAGE_LEN; /* Amount left */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Search for `%s' in `%s'\n",
		keywords, wais_database);
	if(NULL ==
	generate_search_apdu(request_message + HEADER_LENGTH, 
				&request_buffer_length, 
				keywords, wais_database, NULL, MAXDOCS))
	panic("request too large");
	

	if(!interpret_message(request_message, 
				MAX_MESSAGE_LEN - request_buffer_length, 
				response_message,
				MAX_MESSAGE_LEN,
				connection,
				false	/* true verbose */
				)) {
	    panic("returned message too large");
    
        } else {	/* returned message ok */
	
	    SearchResponseAPDU  *query_response = 0;
	    readSearchResponseAPDU(&query_response,
	    	response_message + HEADER_LENGTH);
	    display_search_response(target, 
	    	query_response, wais_database, keywords);
	    if (query_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)
		freeWAISSearchResponse(
			query_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords);         
	    freeSearchResponseAPDU( query_response);
	}	/* returned message not too large */
    
	FREE_TARGET;

    } else {			/* D O C U M E N T    F E T C H */
    
	HTFormat format_in;
	boolean binary;     /* how to transfer stuff coming over */
	HTStream * target;
	long count;
	any   doc_chunk;
	any * docid = &doc_chunk;
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"HTWAIS: Retrieve document id `%s' type `%s' length %ld\n",
		docname, doctype, document_length);
		
	format_in = 
	  !strcmp(doctype, "WSRC") ? HTAtom_for("application/x-wais-source") :
	  !strcmp(doctype, "TEXT") ? HTAtom_for("text/plain") :
	  !strcmp(doctype, "HTML") ? HTAtom_for("text/html") :
	  !strcmp(doctype, "GIF")  ? HTAtom_for("image/gif") :
	   		             HTAtom_for("application/octet-stream");
	binary = 
	  0 != strcmp(doctype, "WSRC") &&
	  0 != strcmp(doctype, "TEXT") &&
	  0 != strcmp(doctype, "HTML") ;


	target = HTStreamStack(format_in, request);
	if (!target) return HTLoadError(request, 500,
		"Can't convert format of WAIS document");
/*	Decode hex or litteral format for document ID
*/	
	WAIS_from_WWW(docid, docname);

	
/*	Loop over slices of the document
*/	
	for(count = 0; 
	    count * CHARS_PER_PAGE < document_length;
	    count++){
	  char *type = s_strdup(doctype);	/* Gets freed I guess */
	  request_buffer_length = MAX_MESSAGE_LEN; /* Amount left */
	  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Slice number %ld\n", count);
	  if(0 ==
	      generate_retrieval_apdu(request_message + HEADER_LENGTH,
		    &request_buffer_length, 
		    docid, 
		    CT_byte,
		    count * CHARS_PER_PAGE,
		    HTMIN((count + 1) * CHARS_PER_PAGE,document_length),
		    type,
		    wais_database
		    ))
		panic("request too long");
	  
	  /*	Actually do the transaction given by request_message */   
	  if(0 ==
	     interpret_message(request_message, 
			       MAX_MESSAGE_LEN - request_buffer_length, 
			       response_message,
			       MAX_MESSAGE_LEN,
			       connection,
			       false /* true verbose */	
			       ))
	    panic("Returned message too large");

	  /* 	Parse the result which came back into memory.
	  */
	  readSearchResponseAPDU(&retrieval_response, 
				 response_message + HEADER_LENGTH);

	  if(NULL == ((WAISSearchResponse *)
	  	retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)->Text){
		/* display_search_response(target, retrieval_response,
					wais_database, keywords); */
		PUTS("No text was returned!\n");
		/* panic("No text was returned"); */
	  } else {
	  
		output_text_record(target,
		   ((WAISSearchResponse *)
		    retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)->Text[0],
		false, binary);
	  
	  } /* If text existed */
	  
	}	/* Loop over slices */

	(*target->isa->free)(target);

	free (docid->bytes);
	
	freeWAISSearchResponse( retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords); 
	freeSearchResponseAPDU( retrieval_response);

    } /* If document rather than search */




/*	(This postponed until later,  after a timeout:)
*/
    if (connection) close_connection(connection);
    if (wais_database) free(wais_database);
    s_free(request_message);
    s_free(response_message);

    free(names);
    return HT_LOADED;
}

GLOBALDEF PUBLIC HTProtocol HTWAIS = { "wais", HTLoadWAIS, NULL };


Text[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nText record\n");
	output_text_record((HTStream*)target, info->Text[k++], false, false);
      }
    }
    if ( info->Headlines != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Headlines[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nHeadline record, can't display\n");
	/* dsply_headline_record( info->Headlines[k++]); */
      }
    }
    if ( info->Codes WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.h1006640070060000000000000263005475034107014252 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                    WAIS protocol module for the W3 library
                                 WAIS PROTOCOL INTERFACE
                                             
   This module does not actually perform the WAIS protocol directly, but it does using one
   or more libraries of the freeWAIS distribution. The ui.a library came with the old free
   WAIS from TMC,  the client.a and wais.a libraries are needed from the freeWAIS from
   CNIDR.
   
   If you include this module in the library, you must also
   
      Register the HTWAIS protocol at initialisation (e.g. HTInit or HTSInit) by compiling
      it with -DDIRECT_WAIS
      
      Link with the WAIS libraries
      
   The wais source files are parsed by a separate and independent module, HTWSRC .   You
   can include HTWSRC without including direct wais using this module, and your WWW code
   will be able to read source files, and access WAIS indexes through a gateway.
   
   A WAIS-WWW gateway is just a normal W3 server with a libwww compiled with this module.
   
   Anyways, this interface won't change much:
   
 */
#ifndef HTWAIS_H
#define HTWAIS_H
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"

GLOBALREF HTProtocol HTWAIS;

#endif

/*

                                                                                    Tim BL
                                                                                          
    */
 (key) {
    	char * p;
	*key++ = 0;	/* Split off keywords */
	for (p=key; *p; p++) if (*p == '+') *p = WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.c1006640070060000000000002372105544655572014300 037777777777 1 0 /*			Parse WAIS Source file			HTWSRC.c
**			======================
**
**	This module parses a stream with WAIS source file
**	format information on it and creates a structured stream.
**	That structured stream is then converted into whatever.
**
**	3 June 93	Bug fix: Won't crash if no description
*/

#include "HTWSRC.h"


/* #include 	already in tcp.h */
/* #include   	this too         */
#include 
#include "HTML.h"

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTParse.h"

#define BIG 10000		/* Arbitrary limit to value length */
#define PARAM_MAX BIG
#define CACHE_PERIOD (7*86400)	/* Time to keep .src file in seconds */

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

#define PUTC(c) (*me->target->isa->put_character)(me->target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*me->target->isa->put_string)(me->target, s)
#define START(e) (*me->target->isa->start_element)(me->target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*me->target->isa->end_element)(me->target, e)


/*	Here are the parameters which can be specified in a  source file
*/
PRIVATE CONST char* par_name[] = {
	"version", 
	"ip-address",
#define PAR_IP_NAME 2
	"ip-name", 
#define PAR_TCP_PORT 3
	"tcp-port", 
#define PAR_DATABASE_NAME 4
	"database-name",
#define PAR_COST 5
	"cost", 
#define PAR_COST_UNIT 6
	"cost-unit", 
#define PAR_FREE 7
	"free",	
#define PAR_MAINTAINER 8
	"maintainer", 	
#define PAR_DESCRIPTION 9
	"description",
	"keyword-list", 	
	"source",
#define PAR_UNKNOWN 12
	"unknown",
	0,				/* Terminate list */
#define PAR_COUNT 13
} ;


enum tokenstate { beginning, before_tag, colon, before_value,
		value, bracketed_value, quoted_value, escape_in_quoted, done };


/*		Stream Object
**		------------
**
**	The target is the structured stream down which the
**	parsed results will go.
**
**	all the static stuff below should go in here to make it reentrant
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	HTStructured *		target;
	char *			par_value[PAR_COUNT];
	enum tokenstate 	state;
	char 			param[BIG+1];
	int			param_number;
	int			param_count;
};




PUBLIC CONST char * hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";

/*	Decode one hex character
*/

PUBLIC char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return 		  (c>='0')&&(c<='9') ? c-'0'
			: (c>='A')&&(c<='F') ? c-'A'+10
			: (c>='a')&&(c<='f') ? c-'a'+10
			:		       0;
}


/*			State machine
**			-------------
**
** On entry,
**	me->state	is a valid state (see WSRC_init)
**	c		is the next character
** On exit,
** 	returns	1	Done with file
**		0	Continue. me->state is updated if necessary.
**		-1	Syntax error error
*/


/*		Treat One Character
**		-------------------
*/
PRIVATE void WSRCParser_put_character ARGS2(HTStream*, me, char, c)
{
    switch (me->state) {
    case beginning:
        if (c=='(') me->state = before_tag;
	break;
	
    case before_tag:
        if (c==')') {
	    me->state = done;
	    return;			/* Done with input file */
	} else if (c==':') {
	    me->param_count = 0;
	    me->state = colon;
	}				/* Ignore other text */
	break;

    case colon:
        if (WHITE(c)) {
	    me->param[me->param_count++] = 0;	/* Terminate */
	    for(me->param_number = 0; par_name[me->param_number]; me->param_number++) {
		if (0==strcmp(par_name[me->param_number], me->param)) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    if (!par_name[me->param_number]) {	/* Unknown field */
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "HTWSRC: Unknown field `%s' in source file\n",
		    me->param);
		me->param_number = PAR_UNKNOWN;
		me->state = before_value;	/* Could be better ignore */
		return;
	    }
	    me->state = before_value;
	} else {
	    if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	}
	break;
	
    case before_value:
        if (c==')') {
	    me->state = done;
	    return;			/* Done with input file */
	}
	if (WHITE(c)) return;		/* Skip white space */
	me->param_count = 0;
	if (c=='"') {
	    me->state = quoted_value;
	    break;
	}
	me->state = (c=='"') ? quoted_value : 
		    (c=='(') ? bracketed_value : value;
	me->param[me->param_count++] = c;	/* Don't miss first character */
	break;

    case value:
        if (WHITE(c)) {
	    me->param[me->param_count] = 0;
	    StrAllocCopy(me->par_value[me->param_number], me->param);
	    me->state = before_tag;
	} else {
	    if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	}
	break;

    case bracketed_value:
        if (c==')') {
	    me->param[me->param_count] = 0;
	    StrAllocCopy(me->par_value[me->param_number], me->param);
	    me->state = before_tag;
	    break;
	}
        if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	break;
	
    case quoted_value:
        if (c=='"') {
	    me->param[me->param_count] = 0;
	    StrAllocCopy(me->par_value[me->param_number], me->param);
	    me->state = before_tag;
	    break;
	}
	
	if (c=='\\') {		/* Ignore escape but switch state */
	    me->state = escape_in_quoted;
	    break;
	}
	/* Fall through! */

    case escape_in_quoted:
        if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	break;
	
    case done:				/* Ignore anything after EOF */
	return;

    } /* switch me->state */
}


/*			Open Cache file
**			===============
**
**   Bugs: Maybe for filesystem-challenged platforms (MSDOS for example) we
**   should make a hash code for the filename.
*/

#ifdef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
PRIVATE BOOL write_cache ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    FILE * fp;
    char cache_file_name[256];
    char * www_database;
    www_database = HTEscape(me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME], URL_XALPHAS);
    sprintf(cache_file_name, "%sWSRC-%s:%s:%.100s.txt",
    	CACHE_FILE_PREFIX,
	me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME],
	me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] ? me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] : "210",
	www_database);
    free(www_database);
    fp = fopen(cache_file_name, "w");
    if (!fp) return NO;
    
    if (me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION])
        fputs(me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION], fp);
    else 
        fputs("Description not available\n", fp);
    fclose(fp);
    return YES;
}
#endif

/*			Output equivalent HTML
**			----------------------
**
*/

void give_parameter ARGS2(HTStream *, me, int, p)
{
    PUTS(par_name[p]);
    if (me->par_value[p]) {
	PUTS(": ");
	PUTS(me->par_value[p]);
	PUTS("; ");
    } else {
        PUTS(" NOT GIVEN in source file; ");
    }
}


/*			Generate Outout
**			===============
*/
PRIVATE void WSRC_gen_html ARGS2(HTStream *, me, BOOL, source_file)

{
    if (me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {
	char * shortname = 0;
	int l;
	StrAllocCopy(shortname, me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]);
	l = strlen(shortname);
	if ( l > 4 && !strcasecomp(shortname + l -4, ".src")) {
	    shortname[l-4] = 0;	/* Chop of .src -- boring! */
	}
	
	START(HTML_TITLE);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(source_file ? " WAIS source file" : " index");
	END(HTML_TITLE);
    
	START(HTML_H1);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(source_file ? " description" : " index");
	END(HTML_H1);
    }
    
    START(HTML_DL);		/* Definition list of details */
    
    if (source_file) {
	START(HTML_DT);
	PUTS("Access links");
	START(HTML_DD);
	if (me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME] &&
	    me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {
    
	    char WSRC_address[256];
	    char * www_database;
	    www_database = HTEscape(me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME],
	    	URL_XALPHAS);
	    sprintf(WSRC_address, "wais://%s:%s/%s",
		me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME],
		me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] ? me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT]
			: "210",
		www_database);
	
	    HTStartAnchor(me->target, NULL, WSRC_address);
	    PUTS("Direct access");
	    END(HTML_A);
	    
	    PUTS(" or ");
	    
	    sprintf(WSRC_address, "http://info.cern.ch:8001/%s:%s/%s",
		me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME],
		me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] ? me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT]
		: "210",
		www_database);
	    HTStartAnchor(me->target, NULL, WSRC_address);
	    PUTS("through CERN gateway");
	    END(HTML_A);
	    
	    free(www_database);
	    
	} else {
	    give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
	    give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
	}
    
    } /* end if source_file */
    
    if (me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]) {
	START(HTML_DT);
	PUTS("Maintainer");
	START(HTML_DD);
	PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]);
    }
    START(HTML_DT);
    PUTS("Host");
    START(HTML_DD);
    PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME]);

    END(HTML_DL);

    if (me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION]) {
	START(HTML_PRE);		/* Preformatted description */
	PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION]);
	END(HTML_PRE);
    }
    
    (*me->target->isa->free)(me->target);
    
    return;
} /* generate html */


PRIVATE void WSRCParser_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str)
{
    CONST char *p;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        WSRCParser_put_character(context, *p);
}


PRIVATE void WSRCParser_write ARGS3(
		HTStream *, 	context,
		CONST char*, 	str,
		int, 		l)
{
    CONST char *p;
    CONST char *e = str+l;
    for(p=str; ppar_value[p]) {
		free(me->par_value[p]);
	    }
	}
    }
    free(me);
}

PRIVATE void WSRCParser_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    WSRCParser_free(me);
}


/*		Stream subclass		-- method routines
**		---------------
*/

HTStreamClass WSRCParserClass = {
	"WSRCParser",
	WSRCParser_free,
	WSRCParser_abort,
	WSRCParser_put_character,
 	WSRCParser_put_string,
	WSRCParser_write

};


/*		Converter from WAIS Source to whatever
**		--------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTWSRCConvert ARGS5(
	HTRequest *,		request,
	void *,			param,
	HTFormat,		input_format,
	HTFormat,		output_format,
	HTStream *,		output_stream)
{
    HTStream * me = (HTStream*) malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (!me) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTWSRCConvert");

    me->isa = &WSRCParserClass;
    me->target = HTML_new(request,
    		param, input_format, output_format,output_stream);

    {
	int p;
	for(p=0; p < PAR_COUNT; p++) {	/* Clear out parameter values */
	    me->par_value[p] = 0;
	}
    }
    me->state = beginning;

    return me;
}

WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.h1006640070060000000000000220205544654405014266 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                             A parser for WAIS source files
                                 WAIS SOURCE FILE PARSER
                                             
   This converter returns a stream object into which a WAIS source file can be written.
   The result is put via a structured stream into whatever format was required for the
   output stream.
   
   See also: HTWAIS protocol interface module
   
 */
#ifndef HTWSRC_H
#define HTWSRC_H
#include "HTUtils.h"

#include "HTFormat.h"

extern  HTConverter HTWSRCConvert;

/*

Escaping Strings

   HTDeSlash takes out the invlaid characters in a URL path ELEMENT by converting them
   into hex-escaped characters. HTEnSlash does the reverse.
   
   Each returns a pointer to a newly allocated string which must eventually be freed by
   the caller.
   
 */
extern char * HTDeSlash PARAMS((CONST char * str));

extern char * HTEnSlash PARAMS((CONST char * str));

#endif

/*

                                                                                    Tim BL
                                                                                          
    */
oted_value, escape_in_quoted, done };


/*		Stream Object
**		------------
**
**	The target is the structured stream down which the
**	parsed results will go.
**
**	all the static stuff below should go in here to make it reentrant
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	HTStructured *		target;
	char *			par_value[PAR_COUNT];
	enum tokenstate 	state;
	char 			param[BIGWWW/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.c1006640070060000000000000730005475033627014763 037777777777 1 0 /*		FILE WRITER			HTWrite.c
**		===========
**
*/
#include "HTWriter.h"

#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096	/* Tradeoff */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include 


/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;

	int	soc;
	char	*write_pointer;
	char 	buffer[BUFFER_SIZE];
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	BOOL	make_ascii;	/* Are we writing to the net? */
#endif
};


/*	Write the buffer out to the socket
**	----------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void flush ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    char *read_pointer 	= me->buffer;
    char *write_pointer = me->write_pointer;

#ifdef NOT_ASCCII
    if (me->make_ascii) {
    	char * p;
	for(p = me->buffer; p < me->write_pointer; p++)
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
    }
#endif
    while (read_pointer < write_pointer) {
        int status;
	status = NETWRITE(me->soc, me->buffer,  /* Put timeout? @@@ */
			write_pointer - read_pointer);
	if (status<0) {
	    if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTWrite: Error: write() on socket returns %d !!!\n", status);
	    return;
	}
	read_pointer = read_pointer + status;
    }
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
}


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTWriter_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    if (me->write_pointer == &me->buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]) flush(me);
    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    int l = strlen(s);
    if (me->write_pointer + l > &me->buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]) flush(me);
    strcpy(me->write_pointer, s);
    me->write_pointer = me->write_pointer + l;
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
 
    CONST char *read_pointer 	= s;
    CONST char *write_pointer = s+l;

    flush(me);		/* First get rid of our buffer */

    while (read_pointer < write_pointer) {
        int status = NETWRITE(me->soc, read_pointer,
			write_pointer - read_pointer);
	if (status<0) {
	    if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTWriter_write: Error on socket output stream!!!\n");
	    return;
	}
	read_pointer = read_pointer + status;
    }
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    flush(me);
    NETCLOSE(me->soc);
    free(me);
}

PRIVATE void HTWriter_abort ARGS2(HTStream *, me, HTError, e)
{
    HTWriter_free(me);
}


/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTWriter = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"SocketWriter",
	HTWriter_free,
	HTWriter_abort,
	HTWriter_put_character, HTWriter_put_string,
	HTWriter_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTWriter_new ARGS1(int, soc)
{
    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTWriter;       
    
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    me->make_ascii = NO;
#endif    
    me->soc = soc;
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    return me;
}

/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTASCIIWriter ARGS1(int, soc)
{
    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTWriter;       

#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    me->make_ascii = YES;
#endif    
    me->soc = soc;
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    return me;
}

Outout
**			===============
*/
PRIVATE void WSRC_gen_html ARGS2(HTStream *, me, BOOL, source_file)

{
    if (me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {
	char * shortname = 0;
	int l;
	StrAllocCopy(shortname, me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]);
	l = strlen(shortname);
	if ( l > 4 && !strcasecomp(shortname + l -4, ".src")) {
	 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.h1006640070060000000000000135205544654310014764 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                   Socket writer for libwww
                          UNIX FILE DESCRIPTOR OR SOCKET WRITER
                                             
   This version of the stream object just writes to a socket. The socket is assumed open
   and closed afterward.There are two versions (identical on ASCII machines) one of which
   converts to ASCII on output.
   
   Part of libwww. See also HTFWriter for writing to C files.
   
  BUGS:
  
      strings written must be less than buffer size.
      
 */
#ifndef HTWRITE_H
#define HTWRITE_H

#include "HTStream.h"

extern HTStream * HTWriter_new PARAMS((int soc));

extern HTStream * HTASCIIWriter PARAMS((int soc));

#endif

/*

   end  */

	} else {
	    give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
	    give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
	}
    
    } /* end if source_file */
    
    if (me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]) {
	START(HTML_DT);
	PUTS("Maintainer");
	START(HTML_DD);
	PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]);
    }
    STAWWW/Library/Implementation/HText.h1006640070060000000000001726705544654375014337 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                           Rich Hypertext object for libWWW
                                  RICH HYPERTEXT OBJECT
                                             
 */

/*

   This is the C interface to the Objective-C (or whatever) Style-oriented HyperText
   class. It is used when a style-oriented text object is available or craeted in order to
   display hypertext.
   
 */
#ifndef HTEXT_H
#define HTEXT_H
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "SGML.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTMainText                      HTMaText
#define HTMainAnchor                    HtMaAnch
#define HText_new                       HTHTNew
#define HText_new2                      HTHTNew2
#define HText_free                      HTHTFree
#define HText_beginAppend               HTHTBeAp
#define HText_endAppend                 HTHTEnAp
#define HText_setStyle                  HTHTSeSt
#define HText_appendCharacter           HTHTApCh
#define HText_appendImage               HTHTApIm
#define HText_appendText                HTHTApTe
#define HText_appendParagraph           HTHTApPa
#define HText_beginAnchor               HTHTBeAn
#define HText_endAnchor                 HTHTEnAn
#define HText_dump                      HTHTDump
#define HText_nodeAnchor                HTHTNoAn
#define HText_select                    HTHTSele
#define HText_selectAnchor              HTHTSeAn
#define HText_applyStyle                HTHTApSt
#define HText_updateStyle               HTHTUpSt
#define HText_selectionStyle            HTHTStyl
#define HText_replaceSel                HTHTRepl
#define HText_applyToSimilar            HTHTApTo
#define HText_selectUnstyled            HTHTSeUn
#define HText_unlinkSelection           HTHTUnSe
#define HText_linkSelTo                 HTHTLiSe
#define HText_referenceSelected         HTHTRefS
#endif

#ifndef THINK_C
#ifndef HyperText               /* Objective C version defined HyperText */
typedef struct _HText HText;    /* Normal Library */
#else
@class HText;                   /* Objective C version for NeXTStep */
#endif
#else
class CHyperText;               /* Mac Think-C browser hook */
typedef CHyperText HText;
#endif

extern HText * HTMainText;              /* Pointer to current main text */
extern HTParentAnchor * HTMainAnchor;   /* Pointer to current text's anchor */

/*

Creation and deletion

  HTEXT_NEW: CREATE HYPERTEXT OBJECT
  
   There are several methods depending on how much you want to specify. The output stream
   is used with objects which need to output the hypertext to a stream.  The structure is
   for objects which need to refer to the structure which is kep by the creating stream.
   
 */
 extern HText * HText_new PARAMS((HTParentAnchor *      anchor));

 extern HText * HText_new2 PARAMS((HTParentAnchor *     anchor,
                                HTStream *              output_stream));

 extern HText * HText_new3 PARAMS((HTRequest *          request,
                                HTStream *              output_stream,
                                HTStructured *          structure));

/*

  FREE HYPERTEXT OBJECT
  
 */
extern void     HText_free PARAMS((HText * me));


/*

Object Building methods

   These are used by a parser to build the text in an object HText_beginAppend must be
   called, then any combination of other append calls, then HText_endAppend. This allows
   optimised handling using buffers and caches which are flushed at the end.
   
 */
extern void HText_beginAppend PARAMS((HText * text));

extern void HText_endAppend PARAMS((HText * text));

/*

  SET THE STYLE FOR FUTURE TEXT
  
 */

extern void HText_setStyle PARAMS((HText * text, HTStyle * style));

/*

  ADD ONE CHARACTER
  
 */
extern void HText_appendCharacter PARAMS((HText * text, char ch));

/*

  ADD A ZERO-TERMINATED STRING
  
 */

extern void HText_appendText PARAMS((HText * text, CONST char * str));

/*

  NEW PARAGRAPH
  
   and similar things
   
 */
extern void HText_appendParagraph PARAMS((HText * text));

extern void HText_appendLineBreak PARAMS((HText * text));

extern void HText_appendHorizontalRule PARAMS((HText * text));



/*

  START/END SENSITIVE TEXT
  
 */

/*

   The anchor object is created and passed to HText_beginAnchor. The senstive text is
   added to the text object, and then HText_endAnchor is called. Anchors may not be
   nested.
   
 */
extern void HText_beginAnchor PARAMS((HText * text, HTChildAnchor * anc));
extern void HText_endAnchor PARAMS((HText * text));


/*

  APPEND AN INLINE IMAGE
  
   The image is handled by the creation of an anchor whose destination is the image
   document to be included. The semantics is the intended inline display of the image.
   
   An alternative implementation could be, for example, to begin an anchor, append the
   alternative text or "IMAGE", then end the anchor. This would simply generate some text
   linked to the image itself as a separate document.
   
 */
extern void HText_appendImage PARAMS((
        HText *         text,
        HTChildAnchor * anc,
        CONST char *    alternative_text,
        CONST char *    alignment,
        BOOL            isMap));

/*

  HTEXT_APPENDOBJECT:  APPEND AN OBJECT WHICH DOES ITS OWN WORK
  
   The SGML parameters are passed untouched. Currently this is only used for empty
   elements.  Extensions could be (1) to pass CDATA contents as well as any attributes and
   (2) to pass the whole structured stream until the compound object has parsed itself.
   
 */
extern void HText_appendObject PARAMS((
        HText *                 text,
        int                     element_number,
        CONST BOOL *            present,
        CONST char * CONST *    value));

/*

  HTEXT_UNIMPLEMENTED: WARN THAT OBJECT IS NOT COMPLETELY RENDERED.
  
   If the parser realises that it has incompletely parsed an object, then it can call this
   to flag it to the object.  This will for example prevent editing or writing back.
   
 */
extern void HText_unimplemented PARAMS((
        HText *         text));


/*

Utilities

  DUMP DIAGNOSTICS TO STDERR
  
 */

extern void HText_dump PARAMS((HText * me));

/*

  RETURN THE ANCHOR ASSOCIATED WITH THIS NODE
  
 */
extern HTParentAnchor * HText_nodeAnchor PARAMS((HText * me));


/*

Browsing functions

 */


/*

  BRING TO FRONT AND HIGHLIGHT IT
  
 */


extern BOOL HText_select PARAMS((HText * text));
extern BOOL HText_selectAnchor PARAMS((HText * text, HTChildAnchor* anchor));

/*

Editing functions

   These are called from the application. There are many more functions not included here
   from the orginal text object. These functions NEED NOT BE IMPLEMENTED in a browser
   which cannot edit.
   
 */
/*      Style handling:
*/
/*      Apply this style to the selection
*/
extern void HText_applyStyle PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Update all text with changed style.
*/
extern void HText_updateStyle PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Return style of  selection
*/
extern HTStyle * HText_selectionStyle PARAMS((
        HText * me,
        HTStyleSheet* sheet));

/*      Paste in styled text
*/
extern void HText_replaceSel PARAMS((HText * me,
        CONST char *aString,
        HTStyle* aStyle));

/*      Apply this style to the selection and all similarly formatted text
**      (style recovery only)
*/
extern void HTextApplyToSimilar PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Select the first unstyled run.
**      (style recovery only)
*/
extern void HTextSelectUnstyled PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyleSheet *sheet));


/*      Anchor handling:
*/
extern void             HText_unlinkSelection PARAMS((HText * me));
extern HTAnchor *       HText_referenceSelected PARAMS((HText * me));
extern HTAnchor *       HText_linkSelTo PARAMS((HText * me, HTAnchor* anchor));


#endif /* HTEXT_H */
/*

   end  */
n me;
}

Outout
**			===============
*/
PRIVATE void WSRC_gen_html ARGS2(HTStream *, me, BOOL, source_file)

{
    if (me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {
	char * shortname = 0;
	int l;
	StrAllocCopy(shortname, me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]);
	l = strlen(shortname);
	if ( l > 4 && !strcasecomp(shortname + l -4, ".src")) {
	 WWW/Library/Implementation/SGML.c1006640070060000000000004362505544654115014025 037777777777 1 0 /*			General SGML Parser code		SGML.c
**			========================
**
**	This module implements an HTStream object. To parse an
**	SGML file, create this object which is a parser. The object
**	is (currently) created by being passed a DTD structure,
**	and a target HTStructured oject at which to throw the parsed stuff.
**	
**	 6 Feb 93  Binary seraches used. Intreface modified.
*/
#include "SGML.h"

#include 
#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include "tcp.h"		/* For FROMASCII */

#define INVALID (-1)

/*	The State (context) of the parser
**
**	This is passed with each call to make the parser reentrant
**
*/



	
/*		Element Stack
**		-------------
**	This allows us to return down the stack reselcting styles.
**	As we return, attribute values will be garbage in general.
*/
typedef struct _HTElement HTElement;
struct _HTElement {
	HTElement *	next;	/* Previously nested element or 0 */
	HTTag*		tag;	/* The tag at this level  */
};


/*	Internal Context Data Structure
**	-------------------------------
*/
struct _HTStream {

    CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;		/* inherited from HTStream */
    
    CONST SGML_dtd 		*dtd;
    HTStructuredClass	*actions;	/* target class  */
    HTStructured	*target;	/* target object */

    HTTag 		*current_tag;
    int 		current_attribute_number;
    HTChunk		*string;
    HTElement		*element_stack;
    enum sgml_state { S_text, S_literal, S_tag, S_tag_gap, 
		S_attr, S_attr_gap, S_equals, S_value,
		S_ero, S_cro,
#ifdef ISO_2022_JP
 		S_esc, S_dollar, S_paren, S_nonascii_text,
#endif
		  S_squoted, S_dquoted, S_end, S_entity, S_junk_tag} state;
#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
    void *		callerData;
#endif
    BOOL present[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* Flags: attribute is present? */
    char * value[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* malloc'd strings or NULL if none */
} ;


#define PUTC(ch) ((*context->actions->put_character)(context->target, ch))



/*	Handle Attribute
**	----------------
*/
/* PUBLIC CONST char * SGML_default = "";   ?? */

#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_name(HTStream * context, const char * s)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_name(context, s)
    HTStream * context;
    char *s;
#endif
{

    HTTag * tag = context->current_tag;
    attr* attributes = tag->attributes;

    int high, low, i, diff;		/* Binary search for attribute name */
    for(low=0, high=tag->number_of_attributes;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i) )  {
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcasecomp(attributes[i].name, s);
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
    	    context->current_attribute_number = i;
	    context->present[i] = YES;
	    if (context->value[i]) {
		free(context->value[i]);
		context->value[i] = NULL;
	    }
	    return;
	} /* if */
	
    } /* for */
    
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Unknown attribute %s for tag %s\n",
	    s, context->current_tag->name);
    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;	/* Invalid */
}


/*	Handle attribute value
**	----------------------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_value(HTStream * context, const char * s)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_value(context, s)
    HTStream * context;
    char *s;
#endif
{
    if (context->current_attribute_number != INVALID) {
	StrAllocCopy(context->value[context->current_attribute_number], s);
    } else {
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Attribute value %s ignored\n", s);
    }
    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID; /* can't have two assignments! */
}


/*	Handle entity
**	-------------
**
** On entry,
**	s	contains the entity name zero terminated
** Bugs:
**	If the entity name is unknown, the terminator is treated as
**	a printable non-special character in all cases, even if it is '<'
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_entity(HTStream * context, char term)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_entity(context, term)
    HTStream * context;
    char term;
#endif
{

    CONST char ** entities = context->dtd->entity_names;
    CONST char *s = context->string->data;
    
    int high, low, i, diff;
    for(low=0, high = context->dtd->number_of_entities;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i))   {  /* Binary serach */
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcmp(entities[i], s);	/* Csse sensitive! */
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
	    (*context->actions->put_entity)(context->target, i);
	    return;
	}
    }
    /* If entity string not found, display as text */
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Unknown entity %s\n", s); 
    PUTC('&');
    {
	CONST char *p;
	for (p=s; *p; p++) {
	    PUTC(*p);
	}
    }
    PUTC(term);
}


/*	End element
**	-----------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void end_element(HTStream * context, HTTag * old_tag)
#else
PRIVATE void end_element(context, old_tag)
    HTTag * old_tag;
    HTStream * context;
#endif
{
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: End   \n", old_tag->name);
    if (old_tag->contents == SGML_EMPTY) {
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,"SGML: Illegal end tag  found.\n",
		old_tag->name);
	return;
    }
    while (context->element_stack) 	{/* Loop is error path only */
	HTElement * N = context->element_stack;
	HTTag * t = N->tag;
	
	if (old_tag != t) {		/* Mismatch: syntax error */
	    if (context->element_stack->next) {	/* This is not the last level */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"SGML: Found  when expecting .  assumed.\n",
		    old_tag->name, t->name, t->name);
	    } else {			/* last level */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	            "SGML: Found  when expecting .  Ignored.\n",
		    old_tag->name, t->name, old_tag->name);
	        return;			/* Ignore */
	    }
	}
	
	context->element_stack = N->next;		/* Remove from stack */
	free(N);
	(*context->actions->end_element)(context->target,
		 t - context->dtd->tags);
	if (old_tag == t) return;  /* Correct sequence */
	
	/* Syntax error path only */
	
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	"SGML: Extra end tag  found and ignored.\n", old_tag->name);
}


/*	Start a element
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void start_element(HTStream * context)
#else
PRIVATE void start_element(context)
    HTStream * context;
#endif
{
    HTTag * new_tag = context->current_tag;
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Start <%s>\n", new_tag->name);
    (*context->actions->start_element)(
    	context->target,
	new_tag - context->dtd->tags,
	context->present,
	(CONST char**) context->value);  /* coerce type for think c */
    if (new_tag->contents != SGML_EMPTY) {		/* i.e. tag not empty */
	HTElement * N = (HTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTElement));
        if (N == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "start_element");
	N->next = context->element_stack;
	N->tag = new_tag;
	context->element_stack = N;
    }
}


/*		Find Tag in DTD tag list
**		------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	dtd	points to dtd structire including valid tag list
**	string	points to name of tag in question
**
** On exit,
**	returns:
**		NULL		tag not found
**		else		address of tag structure in dtd
*/
PUBLIC HTTag * SGMLFindTag ARGS2(CONST SGML_dtd*, dtd, CONST char *, string)
{
    int high, low, i, diff;
    for(low=0, high=dtd->number_of_tags;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i))   {  /* Binary serach */
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcasecomp(dtd->tags[i].name, string);	/* Case insensitive */
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
	    return &dtd->tags[i];
	}
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*________________________________________________________________________
**			Public Methods
*/


/*	Could check that we are back to bottom of stack! @@  */

PUBLIC void SGML_free  ARGS1(HTStream *, context)
{
    int cnt;

    while (context->element_stack) {    /* Make sure, that all tags are gone */
	HTElement *ptr = context->element_stack;

	if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Non-matched tag found: <%s>\n",
			  context->element_stack->tag->name);
	context->element_stack = ptr->next;
	free(ptr);
    }
    (*context->actions->free)(context->target);
    HTChunkFree(context->string);
    for(cnt=0; cntvalue[cnt])
	    free(context->value[cnt]);
    free(context);
}

PUBLIC void SGML_abort  ARGS2(HTStream *, context, HTError, e)
{
    int cnt;

    while (context->element_stack) {    /* Make sure, that all tags are gone */
	HTElement *ptr = context->element_stack;

	if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Non-matched tag found: <%s>\n",
			  context->element_stack->tag->name);
	context->element_stack = ptr->next;
	free(ptr);
    }
    (*context->actions->abort)(context->target, e);
    HTChunkFree(context->string);
    for(cnt=0; cntvalue[cnt])
	    free(context->value[cnt]);
    free(context);
}


/*	Read and write user callback handle
**	-----------------------------------
**
**   The callbacks from the SGML parser have an SGML context parameter.
**   These calls allow the caller to associate his own context with a
**   particular SGML context.
*/

#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
PUBLIC void* SGML_callerData ARGS1(HTStream *, context)
{
    return context->callerData;
}

PUBLIC void SGML_setCallerData ARGS2(HTStream *, context, void*, data)
{
    context->callerData = data;
}
#endif

PUBLIC void SGML_character ARGS2(HTStream *, context, char,c)

{
    CONST SGML_dtd	*dtd	=	context->dtd;
    HTChunk	*string = 	context->string;

    switch(context->state) {
    case S_text:
#ifdef ISO_2022_JP
 	if (c=='\033') {
 	    context->state = S_esc;
 	    PUTC(c);
 	    break;
 	}
#endif /* ISO_2022_JP */
	if (c=='&' && (!context->element_stack || (
	    		 context->element_stack->tag  &&
	    		 ( context->element_stack->tag->contents == SGML_MIXED
			   || context->element_stack->tag->contents ==
			      				 SGML_RCDATA)
			))) {
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_ero;
	    
	} else if (c=='<') {
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = (context->element_stack &&
	    	context->element_stack->tag  &&
	    	context->element_stack->tag->contents == SGML_LITERAL) ?
	    			S_literal : S_tag;
	} else PUTC(c);
	break;

#ifdef ISO_2022_JP
    case S_esc:
	if (c=='$') {
	    context->state = S_dollar;
	} else if (c=='(') {
	    context->state = S_paren;
	} else {
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	PUTC(c);
	break;
    case S_dollar:
	if (c=='@' || c=='B') {
	    context->state = S_nonascii_text;
	} else {
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	PUTC(c);
	break;
    case S_paren:
	if (c=='B' || c=='J') {
	    context->state = S_text;
	} else {
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	PUTC(c);
	break;
    case S_nonascii_text:
	if (c=='\033') {
	    context->state = S_esc;
	    PUTC(c);
	} else {
	    PUTC(c);
	}
	break;
#endif /* ISO_2022_JP */

/*	In literal mode, waits only for specific end tag!
**	Only foir compatibility with old servers.
*/
    case S_literal :
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	if ( TOUPPER(c) != ((string->size ==1) ? '/'
		: context->element_stack->tag->name[string->size-2])) {
	    int i;
	    
	    /*	If complete match, end literal */
	    if ((c=='>') && (!context->element_stack->tag->name[string->size-2])) {
		end_element(context, context->element_stack->tag);
		string->size = 0;
		context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }		/* If Mismatch: recover string. */
	    PUTC( '<');
	    for (i=0; isize; i++)	/* recover */
	       PUTC(
	       				      string->data[i]);
	    context->state = S_text;	
	}
	
        break;

/*	Character reference or Entity
*/
   case S_ero:
   	if (c=='#') {
	    context->state = S_cro;  /*   &# is Char Ref Open */ 
	    break;
	}
	context->state = S_entity;    /* Fall through! */
	
/*	Handle Entities
*/
    case S_entity:
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	else {
	    HTChunkTerminate(string);
	    handle_entity(context, c);
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	break;

/*	Character reference
*/
    case S_cro:
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);	/* accumulate a character NUMBER */
	else {
	    int value;
	    HTChunkTerminate(string);
	    if (sscanf(string->data, "%d", &value)==1)
	        PUTC(FROMASCII((char)value));
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	break;

/*		Tag
*/	    
    case S_tag:				/* new tag */
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	else {				/* End of tag name */
	    HTTag * t;
	    if (c=='/') {
		if (TRACE) if (string->size!=0)
		    fprintf(stderr,"SGML:  `<%s/' found!\n", string->data);
		context->state = S_end;
		break;
	    }
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;

	    t = SGMLFindTag(dtd, string->data);
	    if (!t) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: *** Unknown element %s\n",
			string->data);
		context->state = (c=='>') ? S_text : S_junk_tag;
		break;
	    }
	    context->current_tag = t;
	    
	    /*  Clear out attributes
	    */
	    
	    {
	        int i;
	        for (i=0; i< context->current_tag->number_of_attributes; i++)
	    	    context->present[i] = NO;
	    }
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
	    
	    if (c=='>') {
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
	    } else {
	        context->state = S_tag_gap;
	    }
	}
	break;

		
    case S_tag_gap:		/* Expecting attribute or > */
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Gap between attributes */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_attr;		/* Get attribute */
	break;
	
   				/* accumulating value */
    case S_attr:
	if (WHITE(c) || (c=='>') || (c=='=')) {		/* End of word */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_name(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }
	    context->state = (c=='=' ?  S_equals: S_attr_gap);
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
		
    case S_attr_gap:		/* Expecting attribute or = or > */
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Gap after attribute */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	} else if (c=='=') {
	    context->state = S_equals;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_attr;		/* Get next attribute */
	break;
	
    case S_equals:			/* After attr = */ 
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Before attribute value */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: found = but no value\n");
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	    
	} else if (c=='\'') {
	    context->state = S_squoted;
	    break;

	} else if (c=='"') {
	    context->state = S_dquoted;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_value;
	break;
	
    case S_value:
	if (WHITE(c) || (c=='>')) {		/* End of word */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }
	    else context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
		
    case S_squoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='\'') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_dquoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='"') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_end:					/* data)	{	/* Empty end tag */
	        t = context->element_stack->tag;
	    } else {
		t = SGMLFindTag(dtd, string->data);
	    }
	    if (!t) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "Unknown end tag \n", string->data); 
	    } else {
	        context->current_tag = t;
		end_element( context, context->current_tag);
	    }

	    string->size = 0;
	    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
	    if (c!='>') {
		if (TRACE && !WHITE(c))
		    fprintf(stderr,"SGML:  `data, c);
		context->state = S_junk_tag;
	    } else {
	        context->state = S_text;
	    }
	}
	break;

		
    case S_junk_tag:
	if (c=='>') {
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	
    } /* switch on context->state */

}  /* SGML_character */


PUBLIC void SGML_string ARGS2(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str)
{
    CONST char *p;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        SGML_character(context, *p);
}


PUBLIC void SGML_write ARGS3(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str, int, l)
{
    CONST char *p;
    CONST char *e = str+l;
    for(p=str; pisa = &SGMLParser;
    context->string = HTChunkCreate(128);	/* Grow by this much */
    context->dtd = dtd;
    context->target = target;
    context->actions = (HTStructuredClass*)(((HTStream*)target)->isa);
    					/* Ugh: no OO */
    context->state = S_text;
    context->element_stack = 0;			/* empty */
#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
    context->callerData = (void*) callerData;
#endif    
    for(i=0; ivalue[i] = 0;

    return context;
}












 	 /* Leak fix Henrik 18/02-94 */
	if(context->value[cnt])
	    free(context->value[cnt]);
    free(contextWWW/Library/Implementation/SGML.h1006640070060000000000001345205544654275014034 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                SGML parse and stream definition for libwww
                               SGML AND STRUCTURED STREAMS
                                             
   The SGML parser is a state machine. It is called for every character
   
   of the input stream. The DTD data structure contains pointers
   
   to functions which are called to implement the actual effect of the
   
   text read. When these functions are called, the attribute structures pointed to by the
   DTD are valid, and the function is passed a pointer to the curent tag structure, and an
   "element stack" which represents the state of nesting within SGML elements.
   
   The following aspects are from Dan Connolly's suggestions:  Binary search, Strcutured
   object scheme basically, SGML content enum type.
   
   (c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
   
 */
#ifndef SGML_H
#define SGML_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/*

SGML content types

 */
typedef enum _SGMLContent{
  SGML_EMPTY,    /* no content */
  SGML_LITERAL, /* character data. Recognized exact close tag only.
                    Old www server compatibility only! Not SGML */
  SGML_CDATA,    /* character data. recognize current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	    
	} else if (c=='\'') {
	    context->state = S_squoted;
	    break;

	} else if (c=='"') {
	    context->state = S_dquotedWWW/Library/Implementation/Version.make1006640070060000000000000001205544654422015363 037777777777 1 0 VC = 2.15
value */
	if (c=='\'') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_dquoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='"') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChuWWW/Library/Implementation/tcp.h1006640070060000000000003711505544654372014060 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                      System dependencies in the W3 library
                                   SYSTEM DEPENDENCIES
                                             
   System-system differences for TCP include files and macros. This file includes for each
   system the files necessary for network and file I/O.  Part of libwww.
   
  AUTHORS
  
  TBL                     Tim Berners-Lee, W3 project, CERN, 
                         
  EvA                     Eelco van Asperen 
                         
  MA                      Marc Andreesen NCSA
                         
  MD                      Mark Donszelmann 
                         
  AT                      Aleksandar Totic 
                         
  SCW                     Susan C. Weber 
                         
  HISTORY:
  
  22 Feb 91               Written (TBL) as part of the WWW library.
                         
  16 Jan 92               PC code from (EvA)
                         
  22 Apr 93               Merged diffs bits from xmosaic release
                         
  29 Apr 93               Windows/NT code from (SCW)
                         
  29 Sep 93               VMS fixes (MD)
                         
 */

#ifndef TCP_H
#define TCP_H

/*

Default values

   These values may be reset and altered by system-specific sections later on.  there are
   also a bunch of defaults at the end .
   
 */
/* Default values of those: */
#define NETCLOSE close      /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#define NETREAD  read       /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#define NETWRITE write      /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */

/* Unless stated otherwise, */
#define SELECT                  /* Can handle >1 channel.               */
#define GOT_SYSTEM              /* Can call shell with string           */

#ifdef unix
#define GOT_PIPE
#endif
#ifdef VM
#define GOT_PIPE                /* Of sorts */
#endif

#ifdef DECNET
typedef struct sockaddr_dn SockA;  /* See netdnet/dn.h or custom vms.h */
#else /* Internet */
typedef struct sockaddr_in SockA;  /* See netinet/in.h */
#endif


/*

Macintosh - Think-C

   Think-C is one development environment on the Mac.
   
   We recommend that you compile with 4-byte ints to be compatible with MPW C.  We used
   Tom Milligan's s_socket library which was written for 4 byte int, and the MacTCP
   library assumes 4-byte int.
   
 */
#ifdef THINK_C
#undef GOT_SYSTEM
#define DEBUG                   /* Can't put it on the CC command line  */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* getuid() missing                     */
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist              */
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist               */

#undef NETCLOSE             /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#undef NETREAD              /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#undef NETWRITE             /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */
#define NETCLOSE s_close    /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#define NETREAD  s_read     /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#define NETWRITE s_write    /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */

#define bind s_bind         /* Funny names presumably to prevent clashes */
#define connect s_connect
#define accept s_accept
#define listen s_listen
#define socket s_socket
#define getsockname s_getsockname

/* The function prototype checking is better than the include files
*/

extern s_close(int s);
extern s_read(int s, char *buffer, int buflen);
extern s_write(int s, const char *buffer, int buflen);

extern bind(int s, struct sockaddr *name, int namelen);
extern accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, int *addrlen);
extern listen(int s, int qlen);
extern connect(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, int addrlen);

extern s_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol);
extern s_getsockname(int s, struct sockaddr *name, int *namelen);
extern struct hostent *gethostent(const char * name);
extern unsigned long inet_addr(const char * name);

#endif /* THINK_C */


/*

Macintosh - MPW

   MPW is one development environment on the Mac.
   
   This entry was created by Aleksandar Totic (atotic@ncsa.uiuc.edu) this file is
   compatible with sockets package released by NCSA.  One major conflict is that this
   library redefines write/read/etc as macros.  In some of HTML code these macros get
   executed when they should not be. Such files should define NO_SOCKET_DEFS on top. This
   is a temporary hack.
   
 */
#ifdef applec                   /* MPW  */
#undef GOT_SYSTEM
#define DEBUG                   /* Can't put it on the CC command line */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* getuid() missing
*/
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist
*/
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist
*/

#undef NETCLOSE             /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket */
#undef NETREAD              /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket */
#undef NETWRITE             /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETCLOSE s_close    /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETREAD  s_read     /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETWRITE s_write    /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket */
#define _ANSI_SOURCE
#define GUI
#define LINEFEED 10
#define ANON_FTP_HOSTNAME
#ifndef NO_SOCKET_DEFS
#include 
#endif

#include 
#include 

#endif                 /* MPW */



#ifndef STDIO_H
#include 
#define STDIO_H
#endif

/*

Big Blue - the world of incompatibility

IBM RS600

   On the IBM RS-6000, AIX is almost Unix.
   
 */
#ifdef _AIX
#define AIX
#endif
#ifdef AIX
#define unix
#endif

/*    AIX 3.2
**    -------
*/

#ifdef _IBMR2
#define USE_DIRENT              /* sys V style directory open */
#endif


/*

IBM VM-CMS, VM-XA Mainframes

   MVS is compiled as for VM. MVS has no unix-style I/O.  The command line compile options
   seem to come across in lower case.
   
 */
#ifdef mvs
#define MVS
#endif

#ifdef MVS
#define VM
#endif

#ifdef NEWLIB
#pragma linkage(newlib,OS)      /* Enables recursive NEWLIB */
#endif

/*      VM doesn't have a built-in predefined token, so we cheat: */
#ifndef VM
#include              /* For bzero etc - not  VM */
#endif

/*      Note:   All include file names must have 8 chars max (+".h")
**
**      Under VM, compile with "(DEF=VM,SHORT_NAMES,DEBUG)"
**
**      Under MVS, compile with "NOMAR DEF(MVS)" to get rid of 72 char margin
**        System include files TCPIP and COMMMAC neeed line number removal(!)
*/

#ifdef VM                       /* or MVS -- see above. */
#define NOT_ASCII               /* char type is not ASCII */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* Unix I/O routines are not supported */
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist */
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist */
#ifndef SHORT_NAMES
#define SHORT_NAMES             /* 8 character uniqueness for globals */
#endif
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include           /* independent */
extern char asciitoebcdic[], ebcdictoascii[];
#define TOASCII(c)   (c=='\n' ?  10  : ebcdictoascii[c])
#define FROMASCII(c) (c== 10  ? '\n' : asciitoebcdic[c])

#include 
#include 
#include 
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#endif


/*

IBM-PC running MS-DOS with SunNFS for TCP/IP

   This code thanks to Eelco van Asperen 
   
 */
#ifdef PCNFS
#include 
#include 
#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include           /* In place of sys/param and sys/file */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define FD_SET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) |=  (1<<(fd))
#define FD_CLR(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) &= ~(1<<(fd))
#define FD_ZERO(pmask)   (*(unsigned*)(pmask))=0
#define FD_ISSET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask) & (1<<(fd)))
#endif  /* PCNFS */

/*

IBM-PC running Windows NT

   These parameters providede by  Susan C. Weber .
   
 */
#ifdef _WINDOWS
#include "fcntl.h"                      /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\types.h"                  /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\stat.h"                   /* For HTFile.c */

#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? closesocket(s) : close(s))
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
typedef struct sockaddr_in SockA;  /* See netinet/in.h */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* WINDOWS */



/*

VAX/VMS

   Under VMS, there are many versions of TCP-IP. Define one if you do not use Digital's
   UCX product:
   
  UCX                     DEC's "Ultrix connection" (default)
                         
  WIN_TCP                 From Wollongong, now GEC software.
                         
  MULTINET                From SRI, now from TGV Inv.
                         
  DECNET                  Cern's TCP socket emulation over DECnet
                         
   The last three do not interfere with the unix i/o library, and so they need special
   calls to read, write and close sockets. In these cases the socket number is a VMS
   channel number, so we make the @@@ HORRIBLE @@@ assumption that a channel number will
   be greater than 10 but a unix file descriptor less than 10.  It works.
   
 */
#ifdef VMS
#define CACHE_FILE_PREFIX  "SYS$LOGIN:Z_"

#ifdef WIN_TCP
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? netread((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? netwrite((s),(b),(l)) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? netclose(s) : close(s))
#endif /* WIN_TCP */

#ifdef MULTINET
#undef NETCLOSE
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? socket_read((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? socket_write((s),(b),(l)) : \
                                write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif /* MULTINET */

#ifdef DECNET
#undef SELECT  /* not supported */
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif /* Decnet */

/*      Certainly this works for UCX and Multinet; not tried for Wollongong
*/
#ifdef MULTINET
#ifdef __TIME_T
#define __TYPES
#define __TYPES_LOADED
#endif /* __TIME_T */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]types.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include]errno.h"
#ifdef __TYPES
#define __TIME_T
#endif /* __TYPE */
#ifdef __TIME_LOADED
#define __TIME
#endif /* __TIME_LOADED */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]time.h"
#else /* not MULTINET */
#include 
#include 
#include 
#endif /* not MULTINET */

#include string

#ifndef STDIO_H
#include stdio
#define STDIO_H
#endif

#include file

#ifndef DECNET  /* Why is it used at all ? Types conflict with "types.h" */
#include unixio
#endif

#define INCLUDES_DONE

#ifdef MULTINET  /* Include from standard Multinet directories */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]socket.h"
#ifdef __TIME_LOADED  /* defined by sys$library:time.h */
#define __TIME  /* to avoid double definitions in next file */
#endif
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.netinet]in.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.arpa]inet.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include]netdb.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]ioctl.h"

#else  /* not multinet */
#ifdef DECNET
#include "types.h"  /* for socket.h */
#include "socket.h"
#include "dn"
#include "dnetdb"
/* #include "vms.h" */

#else /* UCX or WIN */
#ifdef CADDR_T
#define __CADDR_T
#endif /* problem with xlib.h inclusion */
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 

#endif  /* not DECNET */
#endif  /* of Multinet or other TCP includes */

#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE

/*

   On VMS machines, the linker needs to be told to put global data sections into a data
   segment using these storage classes. (MarkDonszelmann)
   
 */
#ifdef VAXC
#define GLOBALDEF globaldef
#define GLOBALREF globalref
#endif /*  VAXC */

#endif  /* vms */

/*

   On non-VMS machines, the GLOBALDEF and GLOBALREF storage types default to normal C
   storage types.
   
 */
#ifndef GLOBALREF
#define GLOBALDEF
#define GLOBALREF extern
#endif



/*

SCO ODT unix version

 */

#ifdef sco
#include 
#define USE_DIRENT
#endif

/*

MIPS unix

 */
/* Mips hack (bsd4.3/sysV mixture...) */

#ifdef mips
extern int errno;
#endif

/*

Solaris

   (And Linux, thanks to Rainer Klute)
   
 */

#if defined(__svr4__) || defined(_POSIX_SOURCE)
#include 
#endif
/*

OSF/1

 */
#ifdef __osf__
#define USE_DIRENT
#endif /* OSF1 AXP */


/*

Regular BSD unix versions

   These are a default unix where not already defined specifically.
   
 */
#ifndef INCLUDES_DONE
#include 
/* #include                  not ultrix */
#include 

#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include 
#include        /* For open() etc */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* Normal includes */

/*                      Directory reading stuff - BSD or SYS V
*/
#ifdef unix                    /* if this is to compile on a UNIX machine */
#define GOT_READ_DIR 1    /* if directory reading functions are available */
#ifdef USE_DIRENT             /* sys v version */
#include 
#define direct dirent
#else
#include 
#endif
#if defined(sun) && defined(__svr4__)
#include 
#include 
#endif
#endif

/*

NeXT

 */

#ifdef NeXT
#include "sys/types.h"
#include "sys/stat.h"

#ifndef S_ISDIR
#define S_ISDIR(m)     (m & S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISREG(m)     (m & S_IFREG)
#define S_ISCHR(m)     (m & S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISBLK(m)     (m & S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISLNK(m)     (m & S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISSOCK(m)    (m & S_IFSOCK)
#define S_ISFIFO(m)    (NO)
#endif

#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
#define WEXITSTATUS(s) (((s).w_status >> 8) & 0377)
#endif

#ifndef S_IRWXU
#define S_IRWXU 0000700
#define S_IRWXG 0000070
#define S_IRWXO 0000007
#endif

#endif

/*

Defaults

  INCLUDE FILES FOR TCP
  
 */
#ifndef TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#include 
#include 
#ifndef __hpux /* this may or may not be good -marc */
#include       /* Must be after netinet/in.h */
#endif
#include 
#endif  /* TCP includes */


/*

  MACROS FOR MANIPULATING MASKS FOR SELECT()
  
 */
#ifdef SELECT
#ifndef FD_SET
typedef unsigned int fd_set;
#define FD_SET(fd,pmask) (*(pmask)) |=  (1<<(fd))
#define FD_CLR(fd,pmask) (*(pmask)) &= ~(1<<(fd))
#define FD_ZERO(pmask)   (*(pmask))=0
#define FD_ISSET(fd,pmask) (*(pmask) & (1<<(fd)))
#endif  /* FD_SET */
#endif  /* SELECT */

/*

  M ACROS FOR CONVERTING CHARACTERS
  
 */
#ifndef TOASCII
#define TOASCII(c) (c)
#define FROMASCII(c) (c)
#endif

/*

  CACHE FILE PREFIX
  
   This is something onto which we tag something meaningful to make a cache file name.
   used in HTWSRC.c at least. If it is nor defined at all, caching is turned off.
   
 */
#ifndef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
#ifdef unix
#define CACHE_FILE_PREFIX  "/usr/wsrc/"
#endif
#endif

#endif /* TCP_H */



/*

   end of system-specific file */
e IBM RS-6000, AIX is almost Unix.
   
 */
#ifdef _AIX
#define AIX
#endif
#ifdef AIX
#define unix
#endif

/*    AIX 3.2
**    -------
*/

#ifdef _IBMR2
#define USE_DIRENT              /* sys V style directory open */
#endif


/*

IBM VM-CMS, VM-XA Mainframes

   MVS is compiled as for VM. MVS has no unix-style I/O.  The command line compile options
   seem to come across in lower case.
   
 */
#ifdef mvs
#define MVS
#endif

#ifdef r.nl>
   
 */
#ifdef PCNFS
#include 
#include 
#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include           /* In place of sys/param and sys/file */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define FD_SET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) |=  (1<<(fd))
#define FD_CLR(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) &= ~(1<<(fd))
#define FD_ZERO(pmask)   (*(unsigned*)(pmask))=0
#define FD_ISSET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask) & (1<<(fd)))
#endif  /* PCNFS */

/*

IBM-PC running Windows NT

   These parameters providede by  Susan C. Weber .
   
 */
#ifdef _WINDOWS
#include "fcntl.h"                      /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\types.h"                  /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\stat.h"                   /* For HTFile.c */

#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? closesocket(s) : close(s))
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
typedef struct sockaddr_in SockA;  /* See netinet/in.h */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* WINDOWS */



/*

VAX/VMS

   Under VMS, there are many versions of TCP-IP. Define one if you do not use Digital's
   UCX product:
   
  UCX                     DEC's "Ultrix connection" (default)
                         
  WIN_TCP                 From Wollongong, now GEC software.
                         
  MULTINET                From SRI, now from TGV Inv.
                         
  DECNET                  Cern's TCP socket emulation over DECnet
                         
   The last three do not interfere with the unix i/o library, and so they need special
   calls to read, write and close sockets. In these cases the socket number is a VMS
   channel number, so we make the @@@ HORRIBLE @@@ assumption that a channel number will
   be greater than 10 but a unix file descriptor less than 10.  It works.
   
 */
#ifdef VMS
#define CACHE_FILE_PREFIX  "SYS$LOGIN:Z_"

#ifdef WIN_TCP
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? netread((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? netwrite((s),(b),(l)) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? netclose(s) : close(s))
#endif /* WIN_TCP */

#ifdef MULTINET
#undef NETCLOSE
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? socket_read((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? socket_write((s),(b),(l)) : \
                                write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif /* MULTINET */

#ifdef DECNET
#undef SELECT  /* not supported */
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif /* Decnet */

/*      Certainly this works for UCX and Multinet; not tried for Wollongong
*/
#ifdef MULTINET
#ifdef __TIME_T
#define __TYPES
#define __TYPES_LOADED
#endif /* __TIME_T */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]types.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include]errno.h"
#ifdef __TYPES
#define __TIME_T
#endif /* __TYPE */
#ifdef __TIME_LOADED
#define __TIME
#endif /* __TIME_LOADED */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]time.h"
#else /* not MULTINET */
#include 
#include 
#include 
#endif /* not MULTINET */

#include string

#ifndef STDIO_H
#include stdio
#define STDIO_H
#endif

#include file

#ifndef DECNET  /* Why is it used at all ? Types conflict with "types.h" */
#include unixio
#endif

#define INCLUDES_DONE

#ifdef MULTINET  /* Include from standard Multinet directories */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]socket.h"
#ifdef __TIME